Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-76, under the command of Captain George S. Nares and the late Captain Frank Tourle Thomson : a summary of the scientific results

Natural History Museum Library

VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

ZOOLOGY-VOL XM.

7^

%

e.O. & ru rt^

REPORT

ON THE

SCIENTIFIC RESULTS

OF THE

VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

DURING THE YEARS i87 3-7 6

UNDER THE COMMAND OF

Captain GEORGE S. NARES, R.N., F.R.S.

AND THE Late

Captain FRANK TOURLE THOMSON, R.N.

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERINTENDENCE OF

THE LATE

Sir C. WYVILLE THOMSON, Knt., F.R.S., &c.

REGIUS PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF EDINBURGH
DIRECTOR OF THE CIVILIAN SCIENTIFIC STAFF ON BOARD

AND NOW OF

JOHN MURRAY

ONE OF THE NATURALISTS OF THE EXPEDITION

Puf)lt£il)eli bp of i^er jHajestp’g ^obernment

PRINTED FOR HER MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE

AND SOLD BY

LONDON LONGMANS & CO.; JOHN MURRAY; MACMILLAN & CO.; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, & CO.
TRUBNER & CO. ; E. STANFORD ; J. D. POTTER ; and KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, & CO.
EDINBURGH ADAM & CHARLES BLACK and DOUGLAS & FOULIS.

DUBLIN A. THOM & CO. AND HODGES, FIGGIS, & CO.

1885

Price Sixty Shillings.

PRINTED BY NEILL AND COMPANY, EDINBURGH,
FOR HER MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE.

The Editor of the Challenger Reports will be greatly obliged to
Authors sending him copies of separate papers, or references to
works, in which the Challenger discoveries are referred to, or the
observations of the Expedition are discussed.

This will greatly facilitate the compilation of a complete Biblio-
graphy, and the discussion of the results of the Expedition, in the
final Volume of the Series.

Letters and Papers should be addressed —

JOHN MURRA F,

Chau.enger Office,

J2 Queen Street,

EDINBURGH,

EDITOKIAL NOTE.

The Report on the Annelida Polych^ta, by Professor William C. MTntosh,
F.R.S., &c., occupies the whole of the present volume, and forms Part
XXXIV. of the Zoological Series of Reports on the Scientific Results
of the Expedition.

The preparation of this valuable Report has occupied Professor MTntosh
over seven years, and it will be welcomed by all naturalists as a most laborious
and painstaking contribution to Science.

The Manuscript was received by me in fifteen batches, at various dates,
between the 8th August 1884 and the 20th July 1885.

John Murray.

Challenger Office, 32 Queen Street,
Edinburgh, \st SepUmher 1885.

CORRIGENDA ET ADDENDA.

vii, line 12, for “ Edward” read “ Edouard.”

21, “PI. IlA. figs. 8-12” should he “PI. IIa. figs. 9-11.”

27, “PL III. fig. 3” should he “PI. III. fig. 2.”

29, “PI. IIIa. figs. 10-12” shoidd he “PI. IIIa. figs. 10, 11.”

34, Aphrodita australis, for “PI. VII.” read “PI. VI.”

39, Loitmoniee producta, insert reference to “PL VI. figs. 1, 2.”

67, Lepidonotus eristatus, “ PL XI. fig. 2 ” {7iot “ fig. 3 ”), and “ PL XVII. fig. 1 ” {not “ PI. XVIII.”)
71, after Eunoa opalma” insert “PL VIIIa. figs. 9-11.”

77, for “ PL XXXII. fig. 7 ” read “ PL XXXIIa. fig. 7.”

Ill, for Polynoe platyeirnts” read Polynoe platycirrataf
135, for “ PL XXIIa.” read “ PL XIIIa.” '

170, line 9 from foot, for “ Genetyllis lutea'" read “ Genehjllis oculata.”

172, line 7 from foot, for “ Genetyllis lutea,” read “ Genetyllis oculata.” '

223, line 10 from foot) transpose and “long.”

240, in explanation of woodcut, fig. 4 “ capensis” should be pettigrewi.”

244, line 4, for Lumhriconereis capensis” read “ Notoeirrus capensis.”

299, line 6 from bottom, after “PL XXXVIII. figs. 6-8,” add “fig. 19.”

337, line 14 from bottom, after Hyalinceeia tuhicola, &c.,” add “PL XL. fig. 2.”

343, for “ Glycera tesselata ” read “ Glycera tessellata.”

343, Glycera capitata, also from Station II.; lat. 38° 10' X., long. 9° 14' W.; depth, 470 fathoms; sea-
bottom, green mud.

346, line 2, for “ hremewris ” read “ hrevicirrus.”

359, line 14, /or “Station 141, &c.,” read “Station 145a, December 27, 1873; lat. 46° 41' S., long.

38° 10' E. ; depth, 310 fathoms; sea-bottom, volcanic sand.”

385, insert “ Ghtetozone, Malmgren.”

394, line 16, for antaretia” read antarctica.”

394, line 17, “west” should he “east.”

480, line 4 from foot, add “also from Christmas Harbour, Kerguelen.”

481, line 12 from foot, /or “above”’ read “below.”

481, lines 5 and 6, for “ above the ventral edge ” read “ below the dorsal arch.”

THE

VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEK.

ZOOLOGY.

KEPORT on. the Annelida Polych^ta collected by H.M.S. Challenger
during the years 1873-76. By William C. M‘Intosh, M.D., L.R.C.S.E.,
LL.D., F.R.SS. L. & E., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Soc. Psychol. Par. Soc.
Honor., &c.; Professor of Natural History in the University of St.
Andrews.

INTRODUCTION.

During the organisation of the Challenger Expedition the subject of the Annelids had
several times been brought under my notice by the late Dr. Owyn Jeffreys, who more
than any other marine zoologist in our country had kept the department in view during
various dredging expeditions in the neighbouring seas. Though unable, by reason of
strict and responsible official engagements, to lend any active service to the Expedition, I
had explained as fully as possible the best mode of preserving these somewhat delicate
animals (Annelids) both to Professor Wyville Thomson and Mr. Murray. Towards
the middle of 1877 I received intimation from Sir Wyville Thomson about the
examination of this part of the collection, which he described as somewhat limited in
extent. A review of the specimens, however, on their arrival proved that instead
of being limited, the series was an extensive one, and reflected much credit on the
scientific staff of the Expedition. This was probably due 'to the interest taken in
the group by the late Dr. Rudolf von Willemoes-Sulmi, a young naturalist of great
ability, whose previous acquaintance with the Annelida had been considerably extended
by a trip to the Fseroes just before the equipment of the Challenger. He was chiefly
occupied with the Crustacea, it is true, during the voyage, though a few notes and
sketches he made on the Annelids will be specially referred to. The loss of this

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI U

11

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

accomplished and energetic young naturalist ^ was a serious blow to the zoological stafl'
of the Expedition.

Mr. Murray forwarded eight pages of sketches and notes made by Dr. v. Willemoes-
Suhm. The first refers to a Nematoid parasite in a prawn procured on February 24, 1874
(Antarctic Ocean), in 150 fathoms, apparently very similar to one found in a prawn in
Shetland many years ago, and forwarded to Dr. Cobbold. The second is an Eteone
(probably new) from the Spanish coast. Station L, lat. 41° 58' N., long. 9° 42' W., in 1125
fathoms. The third is termed by Dr. v. Willemoes-Suhm a Syllidean, but it also approaches
the Alciopidse in the structure of the feet. The fourth sketch enables me to supplement
the description of Dalhousia atlantica (p. 186), and to correct the remark that there is no
median tentacle. Dr. v. Willemoes-Suhm did not attach any name to this form, but there
can be no doubt it is the same specimen. In the fresh animal the elevated areas of the
head do not seem to be so prominent, and Dr. v. Willemoes-Suhm figures the crescentic
pigment-mass on each side as the posterior pair of eyes, while the smaller pair behind the
large anterior eyes are not shown. In his view of the foot a long slender ventral cirrus
is indicated, this being absent in the preparation. His figure of a ventral bristle is quite
recognisable, and he adds a wing or guard in the fresh specimen at the tip. Moreover, the
drawing of the pharyngeal region and stomach is characteristic, no armature, as already
stated, being present. The tail terminates somewhat bluntly, has two median slender cirri,
and two lateral jointed processes, thus agreeing with the arrangement at the anterior end.
It is satisfactory that the further information derived from the sketches of the lamented
naturalist does not alter in any material respect the position assigned to this novel form.

The fifth sheet represents a pen and ink sketch of the peculiar Trophonia ivyvillei
(p. 366) of the natural size, and one of its bristles, under the term “ Annelide aus der
Ophelien-Familie,” while it is further stated “ Fuss-stummeln und Kiemen fehlen
ganzlich.” It is not remarkable that this form should have given rise to ambiguity.
The sixth series of sketches are connected with Mynochele from Station 20 (p. 410).
Dr. V. Willemoes-Suhm termed the form Myriochele abyssorum, “ n. sp.,” but as his figure
of the hook is not minutely accurate enough for satisfactory comparison, and the figure
of the body of the animal shows no new feature, the decision that it is Myriochele
lieeri, Malmgren, is perhaps at present prudent.

The seventh plate represents a Protula from “ 600 fathoms,” Cape St. Vincent,
Portugal. It is uncertain whether this be Protula lusitanica, from Station II., 470
fathoms, or another form. All Dr. Willemoes-Suhm states is that -it is a “ Serpuloid.”
The eighth and last sheet gives an imperfect sketch of Hydroplianes, procured on August
20, 1873, off St. Paul’s Eocks. From the partial outline with pen and ink this seems

^ For an interesting memorial of E. von Willemoes-Suhm, Ph.D., vide Challenger Briefe an C. Th. E. von
Siehold ; Nach dem Tode des Verfassers herausgegehen von seiner Mutter. Leipzig, 1877, and also the Narr. Chall.
Exp., vol. i. p. 769, 1885.

EEPORT THE ANNELIDA.

iii

to be a remarkable form with some superficial resemblances to the Polynoidse, though it
may be a larval animal belonging to a different tyj^e. The absence of minute descrip-
tions, with the exception of Trophonia loyvillei, and still more of specimens, prevents
anything further being advanced about the foregoing sketches.

Numerous specimens of Sternaspis occurred in the collection, but, believing with
Selenka, Vejdovsky, and others, that this group lies between the Chsetopoda and Gephyrea,
they were at once forwarded with a few other forms to Prof. E. Pay Lankester, who at that
time intended to work up the Gephyreans.^ It was my intention to describe the
Nemerteans, and, indeed, sections of the majority had been made, and an outline of the
group and its literature prepared. So much work, however, had fallen to my lot since
my return to St. Andrews, especially in connection with the fisheries, that with Mr.
Murray’s sanction I had great pleasure in handing over the Nemerteans to my friend
Prof. Hubrecht of Utrecht, in whose skilled hands the interests of science will be more
than safe. I confidently look forward to the publication of the recent important
researches of Ur. Hubrecht, based on the Nemerteans of this Expedition.

A few Crustacean parasites occurred on the Annelids, and it has been deemed proper
to describe them along with their hosts rather than separate them by giving them over
to another worker.

In order to gain a correct view of the position occupied by the group to which this
Report is devoted, I have made a few notes on some of the previous voyages. These
must not by any means be regarded as complete or exhaustive, but simply represent a
few broad touches to aid in bringing out the relations of the series of Annelids collected
by the Challenger to previous efforts in this department.

The earlier voyagers seldom included the Annelids in their collections, though it is
true a ship captain brought some specimens to Pallas, and gave that author an oppor-
tunity of describing certain new forms; while a few others, for iustance Adler, mention
them in connection with phosphorescence. In some of these voyages the invertebrates,
however, formed a prominent feature, e.g., in Phipp’s Voyage to the North Pole in H.M.S.
“Racehorse.”^ Moreover, in this early expedition it is evident considerable care had
been taken to secure specimens, and the use of the trawl on the northern shores of
Spitzbergen is a feature of considerable interest. Three Annelids are mentioned as
having been thus procured, viz., Serpula spirorbis, Serpula triquetra, and Sabella
frustiilosa, the latter characterised by “ Testa solitaria libera simplici curvata; fragmentis
conchaceis sabulosisque.” The attention given to zoology in this expedition is note-
worthy, and in contrast, for instance, with what was done in M. Soniierat’s Voyage a la
Nouvelle Guinee,® which was published shortly afterwards.

1 Vide Keport on the Gephyrea, collected by H.M.S. Challenger, by Prof. Emil Selenka of Erlangen. Zool. Chalk
Exp., part xxxvi., 1885.

^ London, 1774, 4to.

^ Paris, 1776.

IV

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

The voyages in the latter part of the eighteenth century and the begioning of the
nineteenth showed little improvement in this respect. Thus the cruise round the world
in the ships “ King George ” and “ Queen Charlotte ” ^ gave no addition to our knowledge
of this and some other invertebrate groups, though crabs, shells, and birds are mentioned
and figured, and the same may be said of the French Voyage de la Perouse autour du
Monde.^ Similar remarks apply to the trip to Cuba and St. Domingo by M. E.
Descourtily,^ and to Baron Albert von Sack’s Voyage to Surinam,^ The cruise of H.M.S.
“ Investigator ” to Australia and other parts was even less productive in this department.

Captain Tuckey’s voyage to the Zaire (usually called Congo) contains a note® by J.
Cranch that a new species of Nereis was taken on a bit of floating wood, lat. 0° 21' 0" N.,
long. 5° 49' 37" E., together with a genus not known to him. A single species {Nereis
heteropoda) also is given by Chamisso and Eysenhardt in their Voyage Round the World. ^
There can be little doubt that during Sir John Ross’ two Arctic voyages (1818 and
1829) Annelids of considerable interest must have been obtained, indeed, he mentions in
his first voyage that “worms’’ were procured in the mud at the depth of 1000 fathoms.
Unfortunately the collections in each case have disappeared.

In the Narrative of a Survey of the Intertropical and Western Coasts of Australia,
by Captain King, the versatile talents of Dr. J, E. Gray added an Annelid to the list,
viz., Leodice gigantea, Savigny,* which measured nearly five feet in length.

The presence of so acute an officer as Captain Ed. Sabine in Parry’s first voyage ® to
Greenland, accounts for the mention of two species of Annelids from the “Fauna
Groenlandica,’’ viz.. Poly me cirrata and Polynoe scabra. The notices of Annelids,
however, at this time by navigators are brief and fragmentary, a single species, jDerhaps,
only coming under observation, as for instance in Eschscholtz’s voyage from Cronstadt to
St. Peter and St. Paul, in which Tomopteris oniscifoj'inis is mentioned. Even in more
ambitious voyages they made a small appearance, as for example in Freycinet’s Voyage
autour du Monde. In other expeditions certain groups of Vermes become prominent,
as in Riippel’s Atlas zu der Reise im nbrdlichen Africa, where the Planarians and
Gephyreans {Sipunctdi) are specially noticed by Leu chart. The Nemerteans, again,
occupy a plate in the Voyage de 1’ Astrolabe, and reference is made to the elegant forms
and rich coloration of such Annelids as Amphitrite, Serpida, Nereis, and TerehellaP

In the Voyages en Scandinavie et en Laponie,^^ considerable attention is given to

1 By Captains Portlock and Dickson, London, 1789, 4to.

^ 4 vols., Paris, 1797. ^ Voyages d’un Naturaliste, &c., Paris, 1809.

* London, 1810. ® 2 vols. 4to., London, 1814.

® Narrative of an Expedition to Explore tlie Eiver Zaire, &c., London, 1818, Appendix, p. 418.

T Berolini, 1819-1822 (?). « London, 1818-1822, p. 437.

^ Supplement to the Appendix of Captain Parry’s First Voyage for the Discovery of a N.W. Passage, &c., London,
1824, p. 239.

Frankfurt am Main, 1826.

1838-1840.

Voyage de I’Astrolabe (ZooL), MM. Quoy et Gaimard, Pari.?, 1834.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

V

the Nemerteans and Planarians, but little to the Annelids, though an atlas of fifty folio
plates (many coloured) enriches the work. The groups just mentioned, on the other hand,
disappear from such works as The Zoology of Captain Beechy’s Voyage to the Pacific
and Behrings Island in H.M.S. “Blossom,”^ and the Voyage autour du Monde par les
mers de ITnde et de Chine execute sur la corvette de I’Etat la Favourite, though
many other groups are mentioned in both works.

The extensive area traversed by H.M.S. “Sulphur,” under the command of Sir E.
Belcher, was barren of results in regard to the Annelids ; and even Mr. Darwin’s classic
voyage in H.M.S. “Beagle” produced little in the department of the marine forms
further than a few interesting Planarians, including a pelagic form in the open sea, off
Fernando Noronha.

During the Antarctic voyage of Sir James Eoss, Dr. (now Sir Joseph) Hooker^
mentions that Ditrypa and another Annelid were dredged at 400 fathoms, while
between 200 and 400 fathoms, off Victoria Land, Serimlce and various other Annelids were
procured by the same instrument. The interest taken by this author in the group is well
shown by a series of carefully coloured drawings of Annelids made during the voyage in
H.M. ships “ Erebus ” and “ Terror,” and forwarded to me by Mr. Murray for examination.
These include examples of Syllis and Nereis, of the Phyllodocidse and Lumbrinereidse,
fragments of the Terebellidse, and a complete young form, a species like Potamilla, and
various examples of the Serpulidse, amongst which Serpula narconensis, with its roseate
branchial plumes, appears to be represented. Excellent drawings of Tomopteris and a
Pontobdella conclude the list. That a botanist should have done so much under the
circumstances merits more than a passing comment. From the published account of
this voyage^ a considerable amount of information is obtained about the nature of
the natural harbours at Kerguelen, the muddy bottoms of which especially abound
in Annelids.

The latter are, again, absent from the account of the voyage of H.M.S. “Fly,”^
but the zoology of this expedition, it is true, comprises only four pages of the appendix.
None occur in the invertebrates found during the voyage of H.M.S. “ Samarang.” ^

A change was now, however, looming in the distance, and the publication of Prof.
Edward Grube’s account of the Annelids procured in the Eeise in den aussersten
Norden und Osten Sibiriens,® forms one of the earlier indications of increased attention
to the group. Several expeditions, however, the accounts of which were j)ublished after
this date, give little information on the subject, such as the United States Exploring
Expedition (C. Wilkes),^ the Voyage autour du Monde of “La Bonite,”® and

1 London, 1839, 4to. ^ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. i. vol. xvi. p. 238, 1845.

3 Voyage of Discovery and Research in the Southern and Antarctic Regions, London, 1847, 4 vols.

* 2 vols. 8vo., London, 1847.

^ Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. “ Samarang,” under Sir E. Belcher, London, 1850.

® St. Petersburg, 1851. ^ Philadelphia, 1852. ® Paris, 1852.

VI

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Macgillivray’s Narrative of the Voyage of H.M.S. “ Eattlesnake,” ^ yet in the latter the
powerful help of Assistant-Surgeon T. H. Huxley was available. As an example of the
scanty reference to the group in these, it may be mentioned that the only example of the
“Vers” in the Zoologie of the “La Bonite” is Sagitta hipunctata. This work,
however, is pre-eminent in its folio atlas of beautifully coloured steel engravings. No
improvement on the foregoing in regard to the Annelids occurred in the zoology of H.M.S.
“Herald,” edited by Edward Forbes;^ and the same may be said of The Last of the
Arctic Voyages, by Sir E. Belcher.^

The presence of W. Stimpson in the United States Surveying Expedition to the North
Pacific, Japan Sea, &c., resulted in the brief description^ of various Annelids, but the con-
tribution is limited and difficult to follow from the absence of illustrative figures. In
the voyage of A. S. OErsted to the West Indies and Central America, and that of
H. Kroyer to South America, about a hundred Annelids were procured, and these formed
the materials for Grube’s well-known Annulata CErstediana,® which only lacked figures
to have been much more important. All previous expeditions, however, were eclipsed
by the able report of Kinberg on the Annelids of the Swedish frigate “ Eugenie,” ® in
which a thoroughly scientific grasp of this subject was taken, and the aid of a really
skilful artist obtained in drawing the structural features of the animals. Unfortunately,
but a fragment of the work is complete, the majority of the forms being only known by
brief descriptions in the Ofversigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl. Such a contribution marks
an era in the list of voyages, and is equally creditable to Kinberg and his country.

Following close upon this publication is the treatise by Schmarda on the Turbellarians
Rotifers and Annelids procured “Auf einer Reise um die Erde.” The second volume
is composed for the most part of an account of the marine Annelids, with nineteen
brightly coloured plates (steel engravings) and many woodcuts, and both it and the
former are referred to constantly in the subsequent Report on the Annelids collected by
the Challenger. The work^ forms a conspicuous landmark in the history of the subject,
and though often failing in severe attention to structural details, bears evidence of much
labour and perseverance.

The many voyages undertaken in our country previous to the Challenger Expedition
had produced zoologically results of considerable value, though the scientific staff
connected with their production both at home and abroad was often of a very limited
description. We were, however, not in advance of other countries in this respect. This is
boldly shown by the liberal subsidy by government which enabled the fine series of volumes
(six of which were zoological) giving the results of the Austrian Novara Expedition to

1 London, 1852. ^ London, 1854. ^ London, 1855.

* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1855, &c.

® Vidensk. Meddel. f. d. nat. Foren., 1856-58.

® Kongliga svenska Fregatten Eugenics Eesa omkring jorden, &c., Stockkolm, 1858.

^ Zweite Heft, Leipzig, 1861.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

vii

surpass anything of this kind previously published in our own country. Grube took the
Annelids ^ in hand, and in less than half a hundred pages and four fine steel plates
carefully described them and figured the most interesting. In this department, therefore,
the comparison with the Annelidan results of the Challenger is noteworthy, since both
ships traversed similar seas.

Stimulated by such examples as the foregoing, as well as by the activity of the
Scandinavians and Americans, and more than all by the influence of the late Sir Wyville
Thomson and Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys, in conjunction with Dr. Carpenter, our own government
fitted out the “Lightning” and “Porcupine,” and in both ships, notably in the final
expedition of the latter (1870), very considerable additions were made to our knowledge
of the Annelids, especially by the labours of Prof. Ehlers of Gottingen, who, after the death"
of Edward ClajDarede, examined those frequenting deeper water than 500 fathoms in the
“Lightning” and “Porcupine” expeditions of 1868 and 1869. Subsequent voyages
have further extended our information in the Annelidan department, as for instance the
cruise of Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys in the “Valorous” to Davis Strait, the last North Polar
Expedition under Sir George Nares, the Transit of Venus Expedition to Kerguelen, the
dredgings of Captain St. John in the China Sea, and those of Dr. John Murray in
the “ Knight Errant ” and “ Triton ” in the North Atlantic.

The recent advances made in our knowledge of the Annelids by the expeditions of
other nations have been numerous ; indeed, no well-organised exploration of the ocean
now returns without representatives of the group. Amongst others that occur to me are
the American expeditions in the “ Blake,” the Annelids of which are now in the skilled
hands of Prof. Ehlers ; the collection made by the German exploring ship “ Gazelle,”
a preliminary account of which was published by the late veteran zoologist, Prof.
Grube, in 1877, and which is frequently referred to in the following pages ; the Annelids
of the Swedish North Polar Expedition under Prof. Nordenskiold, as described and
figured by Theel ; and those of the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition by Hansen.
In the Challenger a large number of the Annelids were procured in the trawl, and this
is consonant with our own experience in British waters. The extensive surface afforded
by the trawl, and the readiness with which Annelids, Nemerteans, and even such forms
as Corymorpha cling to the meshes is remarkable, while perhaps it is occasionally vain
to search for them with a dredge.

General Condition of the Preparations.

In reviewing the condition of the preparations forwarded for examination, it has to be
stated that many, as might have been expected, are injured or have to be described from
mere fragments. A few had been dried. The great depth from which others were
obtained probably caused laceration or softening before they reached the surface, and in

1 Annel. Novara-Exp., Zool. Theil., Bd. ii. Atth. 3, 1868.

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

viii

this respect it is well to remember that many sj)ontaneously rupture on the slightest
irritation.

In regard to the preservation of the Annelids, it is unsafe to mix them with other
classes, for when separation is carried out by hands that perhaps are imperfectly acquainted
with the grou|), loose scales or cirri are apt to be overlooked, and are thus irretrievably
lost.

One important aid in dealing with any group was entirely absent, viz., coloration.
The staff on board the Challenger w^as wholly inadequate to overtake this department,
yet the beauty of the marine Annelids as a whole depends on the endless variety and
often gorgeous loveliness of their hues.

Methods followed in Description.

In dealing with the materials placed at my disposal, an external survey of each
was made under a lens, the structure of the feet, the minute anatomy of the bristles and
hooks, as well as of the body-wall and other parts, was considered. It w'as impossible,
however, to do more than glance at the anatomy of the group in passing, leaving for the
present, for instance, such interesting questions as the nature of the remarkably folded
organ (called liver by Johannes Steen at the anterior jiart of the alimentary canal
(below and at the sides of the gullet) of Terehellides, for future consideration. Little
reliance was placed on the description of the bristles and hooks without accurate representa-
tions, since many species come so close that it would be very difficult for one’s successors
to comprehend all the details. The distinctions while reliable are fine. Moreover, the hard
parts just mentioned are less liable to be altered by the spirit than the soft tissues of the
animals. The remarkable modifications observed in the bristles of every foot in many of
the groups, and which are so disposed that a regular gradation in form exists between
those at the superior border, and those at the inferior border, afford even a more complex
subject for reflection than the changes undergone by the spines of an Echinoderm.

Classification.

The large number of new forms brought within our knowledge by the Challenger
would have been supposed to lead to a noteworthy change in classification, but from the
first it was apparent that no new family was required. All the types fell under the
groups already constituted, and which have been very satisfactorily given by Malmgren
in his Annulata Polychseta.^ A careful review of these groups in connection with the
arrangement and relations of the nerve-cords, and the general structure of the body-wall,

^ Jenaische Zeitsclir., Bd. xvi. p. 227, Jena, 1883.

2 Helsingfors, 1867.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

IX

in 1876^ led me to give a general support to this classification, and further experience
has not as yet shown the necessity for any material change. It is true there are some
forms, such as the genus Eulepis, which almost merit the distinction of a separate family,
but they have only recently been discovered, and may properly be left for further
investigation.

Species.

While perhaps some species might have been united, the difficulties surrounding
the subject (arising chiefly from imperfect descriptions and figures of essential parts)
have been considerable. It is hoped, however, that the present observations and drawings
will enable subsequent observers to clear up the discrepancies. There can be no doubt,
as A. S. CErsted observed, that a single accurate figure, for instance of a characteristic hook
or bristle, is of greater cod sequence in certain cases than an elaborate Latin description ;
moreover, experience does not altogether bear out the statement made by Hansen with
regard to the Polynoidse, viz., that the scales are of greater importance in specific separa-
tion than the bristles. A specimen certainly would be more easily and accurately
determined with both scales and bristles present, but some, including myself, would
consider a specimen of greater value with bristles and without scales, than with scales and
without bristles.

No less than about two hundred and twenty new species fall to be noticed.

Food of Annelids.

In many cases the food of the Annelids has been examined, and as there can be no
question (excluding surface forms) that this was obtained on the bottom of the ocean,
the condition of the various types in their alimentary canals has a direct bearing on
their bathymetrical distribution. Thus the almost perfect state of some organisms, for
example, Foraminifera and Radiolaria, with their contained protoplasm in the digestive
tracts of Annelids from great depths, leads us to conclude that in all probability they
live there, and do not in all cases fall to the bottom for the nourishment of the fauna
of that region. The discrimination shown by the Annelids in regard to food may readily
be observed by contrasting the muddy contents of the alimentary canal with that forming
the tube. Most feed on mud containing minute organisms, but others devour their
neighbours, small Crustaceans, zoophytes, and sponges, while a few, such as certain
Nereids and Eunicidse, are partial to Fuci and other Algse.

1 Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin., 1876-77, vol. ix. p. 372. This paper has escaped the notice of Dr. Pruvot in his Eecherches
Anat. et Morphologiques sur les systeme Nerveux des Annelides Polychetes, Archives d. Zool. expe'r., 1885, No. 2,

p. 210.

(zool. chall. exp.— part XXXIV. — 1885.) LI h

X

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Tubes.

The majority of the tubes formed by the Annelids collected by the Challenger have
been described along with their inhabitants, but a few remarks are necessary on certain
empty tubes. A very striking form is one procured by the trawl at Station 298 (south
of Valparaiso); lat. 34° 1' S., long. 73° 56' W.; depth, 2225 fathoms; bottom tem-
perature 35°‘6, surface temperature 59° ; sea-bottom, blue mud. The same form comes
from the neighbouring Station 299. It consists of a triangular tapering tube (PI. XLIX.
figs. 8, 9) composed of very fine dark mud, and having the three ridges hispid vdth short
muddy processes. On magnifying the surface between the ridges (fig. 9) peculiar trans-
verse markings, which almost resemble scutes, are observed. Its occupant probably
pertained to the Terebellidse or a neighbouring family, but no trace of it was found.

The tubes composed of the secretion produced by the body of the animal, such as
those of Hyalincecia and Eunice, are of course independent of their surroundings, but the
majority have a composite nature, viz., have either an internal lining of the secretion or
an admixture, and an external investment of mud or other solid particles. On the blue
mud and red clay the tubes are often almost entirely formed of these deposits. As
GlohigerincB appear these are studded over the surface of the mud ; while in certain
localities the discoid Foraminifera are set on edge on the surface of the mud so as to
render the tube hispid. Massive tubes, almost entirely composed of Foraminifera,
occurred at Station 158 (south of Australia). Small bivalves and other Mollusks are also
largely used to strengthen and protect muddy tubes, and the extreme development of
this method is shown in the empty tube in fig. 13 of PI. XXXIXa. from Port Jackson.
The tube is quite squamous, from a close series of Molluscan valves which overlap each
other around the tube.

General Kemarks.

The drawings of the first fifty-five plates were made by my niece, who patiently
endeavoured to render them as life-like as possible, though it was hardly possible
in all cases to represent minute structural detail. Moreover, many of the specimens
were so much injured that difficulty was felt in making a satisfactory picture ; indeed,
previous knowledge of their structure was necessary in this respect. Upwards of thirty
plates and the woodcuts are from my own drawings, a fact which will explain the
somewhat tardy a^Dpearance of the Report, which had to be carried on amidst one or two
distractions. Mr. Edward Prince and Mr. John Wilson, my former students and prize-
men, aided me with several of the concluding plates ; while Dr. R. Marcus Gunn,
previously associated with me in Perthshire, and now one of the ophthalmic surgeons at
Moorfields, illustrated his own observations on the eyes of the Alciopidse and Phyllodocidse.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

XI

It may be deemed by some an inconvenience to refer to several plates for the
structural and other details of the same species, but the study of the Annelids is a matter
that requires so much deliberation that the inconvenience is comparatively slight.
Moreover, it was found that different treatment was required in the execution of the
structural plates. In the explanations of the latter, it has not been thought necessary to
go into details, since this had already been done in the text.

I have to acknowledge the unfailing courtesy of Dr. John Murray, who, after the
death of Sir Wyville Thomson, became Director of the Challenger Commission, of Mr.
Hoyle, M.A., M.R.C.S., Naturalist to the Commission, and Mr. Monteith of the same
office, who suggested improvements in passing the work through the press. Prof
Moseley also kindly forwarded a fine specimen of the Hexactinellicl Sponge {Cratero-
morpha meyeri) infested by Syllis ramosa, from the Oxford Museum. It was procured
off the Philippines by Capt. Chimmo of H.M.S. “Herald.”

To Prof Flower, Director of the British Museum, as well as Prof Jeffrey Bell
and Mr. S. 0. Ridley of the same institution, I am much indebted for their aid in
examining the Annelids in the collection. I am especially obliged to Prof Jeffrey
Bell for his patient and courteous attention in this respect. Lastly, Dr. Murie’s valued
aid in the Library of the Linnean Society deserves my cordial acknowledgments.

GEOGRAPHICAL AND BATHYMETRICAL DISTRIBUTION.

In the following arrangement I have adopted the regions given by Prof. Busk in his
able Eeport on the Polyzoa, which regions are generally acquiesced in by most
observers. They are, indeed, such as suggest themselves in a natural grouping of the
oceanic areas.

In the first of these. A., the North Atlantic Eegion (see the sketch-map), a large
number of forms occur, and relatively few range to other areas ; but this apparent
definition in so vast a region is probably due to the comparatively unexplored condition
both of it and the other oceans. "Within its limits marked diversities present them-
selves, such as the comparative absence of the Amphinomidse (with the exception
of Paramphinone) in the north-eastern part of the area, and their abundance in
the south-western; the appearance of the Euphrosynidae between tide-marks in the
southern parts, and their limitation to the deeper water in the northern. Most of the
genera are cosmopolitan in their range, but the remarkable new genus BusJciella is entirely
confined to the abysses of this and the South Atlantic. Many interesting extensions of
the previously known range of genera have been made by the Challenger, for example,
the finding of Pulepis in the West Indies, its original habitat being in the Philippines*.
The cosmopolitan habits of such types as Harmothoe imhricata, Hyalinceda tubicola,
Scolecolepis cirrata, and Terebellides stroemi have also been more clearly disclosed.

SUEFACE FoEMS.

Besides the purely pelagic Alciopidae, which were met with by the Challenger in
the Atlantic and Antarctic Oceans, as well as more abundantly in Mid Pacific, oflF the
Sandwich Islands, Tomopteridae and various larval forms occurred. Amongst the latter
were young Terebellidae, about half an inch in length, which were caught in the Atlantic
on the return voyage. Various larval Polygordii were found in the tow-nets near
St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, along with Tornaria, Pteropods, and Copepods.
Tomopteris, again, ranged to both Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, and was ? ccompanied by
Sagitta, Copepoda, and various larval forms such as the young of Chh'odota. The

XIV

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

surface-fauna of our own seas presents similar cliaracters, though such types as Alciopa are
rarely met with. A remarkable feature in the surface collections of the Challenger is the
occurrence of a Glycera of the ordinary marine type on the surface of an inland sea in
Japan. The specimen is about an inch in length, and by no means larval, for the
proboscidian armature is complete. The state of the nets perhaps may not have been
such as lead to absolute reliance on this peculiar exception.

A. North Atlantic Eegion.

Station II. Off Setubal ; lat. 38° 10' S.
(dredged).

Allmaniella setubalensis, n. sp.
Nephthys malmgreni, Theel.

Syllis setubalensis, n. sp.

long. 9° 14' W. ; 470 fathoms; green mud

Praxilla cliallengerice, n. sp.
Euthelepus setubalensis, n. sp.
Protula lusitanica, n. sp.

Station III. Off Cape St. Vincent; lat. 37° 2' N,, long. 9° 14' W. ; 900 fathoms;
blue mud (dredged).

Nothria conchylega, Sars.

Station VI. Off Gibraltar; lat. 36° 23' N., long. 11° 18' W. ; 1525 fathoms; Globi-
gerina ooze (trawled).

Evarne tenuisetis, n. sp.
Nereis longisetis, n. sp.

Maldane malmgreni, n. sp.
Amphicteis gunneri, Sars.

Station 3. South of the Canaries ; lat.
hard ground (dredged).

Chloenea atlantica, n. sp.

Polynoe [Robertianella) synopli-
thalma, n. sp., B.

25° 45' N., long. 20° 14' W. ; 1525 fathoms ;

Halodora reynaudii, Aud. and Edw.
(surface).

Dalliousia atlantica, n. sp.

Station 20, East of the Antilles; lat. 18° 56' N., long. 59° 35' W. ; 2975 fathoms;
red clay (dredged).

Myriocliele heeri, Malmgren.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

XV

Station 23. Oflf Sombrero and St. Thomas,

AphrocUta intermedia, n. sp.

Eulepis challengericB, n. sp.
Psammolyce occidentalis, n. sp.
Macduffia honhardi, n. sp.

Nothria sonibreriana, n. sp. and var.

Station 33. Off the Bermudas ; lat. 32°
mud (dredged).

Eulepis ivyvillei, n. sp.

Eunotomastus grubei, n. sp.

Station 36. Off the Bermudas ; lat. 32°
(dredged).

Notopygos megalops, n. sp.

Off the Bermudas, floating at surface on a ]
Amphinome rostrata, Pallas.

Between tide-marks, Bermuda.

Eurythoe paci/ica, Kinberg, D.
Polynoe pustulata, n. sp.

Nereis iPerinereis) melanocephala,
n. sp.

Eunice vittata, Della Chiaje, var.
cirrohranchiata, n. sp.
harvicensis, n. sp.

West Indies ; 390 to 450 fathoms (about).

Scolecolepis cirrata, Sars, var. 2.
Chcetozone atlantica, n. sp.

Maldane atlantica, n. sp,

Ampharete sombreriana, n, sp.
Melinna maculata, Webster.

L' N., long. 64° 35' W. ; 435 fathoms; coral

Placostegus assimilis, n. sp.
Spirobranchus occidentalis, n. sp.

' N., long. 65° 4' W.; 30 fathoms; coral

Hipponoe gaudichaudi. And. and
Edw. (surface).

f

r,

Hermodice carunculata, Pallas.
Eunice sp,

Aricia platycephala, n. sp.
Cirratulus assimilis, n. sp.

Terebella crassicornis, Schmarda.
Pista sombreriana, n. sp.

Dasychone bairdi, n. sp,

Serpida sombreriana, n, sp.

Station 44. Off Chesapeake Bay ; lat. 37° 25' N,, long. 71° 40' W. ; 1700 fathoms ; blue
mud (dredged).

Melinnopsis atlantica, n. sp.

Station 45. Off the North American coast; lat. 38° 34' N., long. 72° 10' W. ; 1240
fathoms ; blue mud (dredged).

Harmothoe benthaliana, n. sp.
Nephthys phyllobranchia, n. sp.
Lumbriconereis punctata, n. sp.

Eunice cerstedi, Stimpson.
Spioclicetopterus sp.
Praxilla occidentalis, n. sp.

XVI

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

■ Station 47. Off the North American coast; lat. 41° 14' N., long. 65° 45' W. ; 1340
fathoms ; blue mud (dredged).

Laranda longa, Webster.
Lumbriconereis ehlersi, n. sp.
Aricia norvegica, Sars.
Aricidea fragilis, Webster.

Notomastus agassizii, u. sp.
Maldane sp.

Myriochele Jieeri, Mgrn., var.
Thelepus sp.

Terehellides stroemi, Sars.

Station 48. Nova Scotia; lat. 43° 4' N., long. 64° 5' W. ; 51 fathoms; rock (dredged).

Eusyllis tubifex, Gosse. ' Thelepus cincinnatus, 0. Fabricius,

var. canadensis, nov.

Station 49. Off Halifax ; lat. 43° 3' N., long. 63° 39' W. ; 85 fathoms ; gravel, stones
(dredged).

Euphrosyne borealis, CErsted.
Lcetmonice producta, Grube, var.
assimilis, nov.

Nereis pelagica, Linnaeus.
Potarnilla torelli, Malmgren.
Protula americana, n. sp.

Station 50. Off North American coast; lat. 42° 8' N., long. 63° 39' W. ; 1250
fathoms ; blue mud (dredged).

Chcetozone benihaliana, n. sp.

Station 63. Mid Atlantic; lat. 35° 29' N., long. 50° 53' W. ; 2750 fathoms; red clay
(trawled).

Amphicteis gunneri, Sars, var.
atlantica, nov.

Eupista darwini, n. sp., var., Gr.
Lanassa benihaliana, n. sp.

Ehlersiella atlantica, n. sp.

Station 70. West of the Azores; lat. 38° 25' N., long. 35° 50' W. ; 1675 fathoms;
Globigerina ooze (trawled).

Lcetmonice producta, Grube, var. xvilleinoesi, nov., B, C, D.

Station 73. Off the Azores ; lat. 38° 30' N., long. 31° 14' W. ; 1000 fathoms ; Pteropod
ooze (dredged).

Leanira hystricis, Ehlers. | Staurocephalus atlanticus, n. sp.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

XV] 1

Station 75. Off Fayal, Azores; lat. 38° 38' N., long. 28° 28' W. ; 450 fathoms;
volcanic mud (dredged).

Lepidonotus squamatus, Linn.
Sigalion huskii, M‘Intosh.
Hyalincecia tubicola,0. F. Mtiller, B.

Glycera tessellata, Grube.
capita ta, (Ersted.

Branchiomma vesiculosum, Montagu.

^ O

Ditrypa arietina, 0. F. Muller.

Station 76. Off the Azores; lat. 38° 11' N., long. 27° 9' W. ; 900 fathoms; Pteropod
ooze (dredged).

Praxilla sp.

Off St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands.

Hermione hystrix, Savigny.
Lagisca tenuisetis, n. sp.

Lagisca per acuta, n. sp.
Phyllodoce sancti-vincentis, n. sp.
Hesione pantherina, Eisso.

Nereis atlantica, n. sp.

Terebella sp.

Nereis [Platy nereis) dumerilii,
Aud. and Edw.

Nematonereis sp.

Eunice torquata, De Quatrefages.
Sahellaria{Pallasia)jolmstoni, n. sp.
Loimia savignyi, n. sp.

Laonome haeckelii, n. sp.

Station 101. Off Sierra Leone ; lat. 5° 48' N., long. 14° 20' W. ; 2500 fathoms; blue
mud (trawled).

Buskiella ahyssorum, n. sp., B.

Station 106. Mid Atlantic, near Equator; lat. 1° 47' N., long. 24° 26' W. ; 1850
fathoms ; Globigerina ooze (trawled)

Lagisca {Agnodice) moseleyi, n. sp. | Buskiella ahyssorum, n. sp., B.

St. Thomas, West Indies, shallow water and between tide-marks.

Hesione sp. (1). j Sabella bipunetata, Baird.

Nereis antillensis, n. sp. Dasychone ivyvillei, n. sp.

Marphysa goodsiri, n. sp.

nigro-macidata (Baird).

B. South Atlantic Eegion.

In this region the two chief centres for specimens were the coast of Brazil and the
Cape. As formerly indicated, the remarkable Buskiella ahyssorum extended into the
deeps (2025 fathoms) of this as well as the North Atlantic. The wide range of

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI C

xviii THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Hyalinoecia tubicola, of wliicli a large variety occurred off the South American coast, is
also noteworthy. Some of the types, such as Euphione, Pista mirahilis, Eupista, and
Ranzania are also peculiar.

Station 113a. OIF Fernando Noronha; lat. 3° 47' S,, long. 32° 24' 30" W.; 25 fathoms;
volcanic sand and gravel (dredged).

Nereis eatoni, M‘Intosh, C.

Station 122. Off Brazil; lat. 9° 5' S., long. 34° 50' W. ; 350 fathoms; red mud
(trawled).

Syllis hrasiliensis, n. sp. Nematonereis schmardce, n. sp.

Nereis [Ceratonereis) hrasiliensis, Eunice equibranchiata, n. sp.

n. sp.

Station 124. Off Brazil; lat. 10° 11' S., long. 35° 22' W. ; 1600 fathoms; red mud
(dredged).

Polynoe {Robertianella) synophthalma, n. sp., A.

Station 133. Off Tristan da Cunha ; lat. 35° 41' S., long. 20° 55' W. ; 1900 fathoms;
Globigerina ooze (trawled).

Lcetmonice producta, Grube, var. willemoesi, nov., A, C, D.

STx^tion 141. South of the Cape; lat. 34° 41' S., long. 18° 36' E. ; 98 fathoms; green
sand (dredged).

Polyiwe cape.nsis, n. sp.

Syllis capensis, n. sp.
Lumbriconereis p>ettigreioi, n. sp.

Ranzania capensis, n. sji.
Prionospio capensis, n. sp.
Praxilla capensis, n. sp.

Stations 141, 142. Between tide-marks. Sea Point, Cape Town, and Simon’s Bay, &c.

Euplirosyne capensis, Kinberg.
Lepidonotus walilbergi, Kinberg.
Eunoa capensis, n. sp.

Polynoe attenuata, n. sp.

Eulalia capensis, n. sp.
Notocirrus capensis, n. sp.
Nematonereis sp.

Eunice murrayi, n. sp.

Trophonia capensis, n. sp.
Cirratulus capensis, Schmarda.
Nicomaclie capensis, n. sp.
Sabellaria (Pallasia) capensis, n. sp.
Sclimardanella pterochceta,
(Schmarda).

Dasyclione violacea (Schmarda).

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

XIX

Station 142. South of the Cape; lat. 35° 4' S., long. 18°- 37' E. ; 150 fathoms; green
sand (dredged).

EupJiione elisahethce, n. sp. | Dasychone capensis, n. sp.

Protula capensis, n, sp.

Station 320. Off South America; lat. 37° 17' S., long. 53° 52' W. ; 600 fathoms;
green sand (trawled).

Eulagisca corrientis, n. sp., C.
Lcenilla fusca, n. sp.

Syllis robertiance, n. sp.

Pista mirahilis, n. sp.

corrientis, n. sp.
Sahella assimilis, n. sp.

Hyalinoecia tuhicola, 0. F. Muller, var.. A,

Station 322. Off South America; lat. 35° 20' S., long. 53° 42' W. ; 21 fathoms;
sand and shells (trawled).

Terebella seticornis, n. sp.

Station 325. Off the coast of Buenos Ayres; lat. 36° 44' S,, long. 46° 16' W. ; 2650
fathoms ; blue mud (trawled).

Myriochele heeri, Malmgren, var. | Amphicteis sarsi, n. sp.

Eupista grubei, n. sp.

Station 333. West of Tristan da Cunha; lat. 35° 36' S., long. 21° 12' W. ; 2025
fathoms ; Globigerina ooze (trawled).

BusMella abyssorum, n. sp., A.

Station 335. North of Tristan da Cunha; lat. 32° 24' S., long. 13° 5' W. ; 1425
fathoms ; Pteropod ooze (dredged).

Nothria abranchiata, n. sp., C.

Station 344, Off Ascension; lat. 7° 54' S,, long. 14° 28' W, ; 420 fathoms; volcanic
sand (dredged).

Eunice prognatha, n. sp.

XX

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

O. South Indian or Kerguelen Eegion.

One of the most striking features in the collection made in this region is the large pro-
portion of species pertaining to Kerguelen. The abundance of Annelids in the deep
water of the land-locked bays of this island, as well as the special opportunities of the
naturalists for collecting them, probably account for their number. The bottom of these
still inlets is also favourable to the increase of such forms. This is also the headquarters
of Lcetmonice ‘pvoducta, Grube, varieties of which, however, extend into several of the
great oceans. The cosmopolitan nature of certain Annelids is shown by the occurrence of
Scolecolepis cirrata and Terebellides strcemi in the same water. This region and the
neighbouring sea contain also many new forms, Terebellidse being especially conspicuous.

^Station 144a. Off Marion Island; lat. 46°
volcanic sand (dredged).

Lagisca antarctica, n. sp.

magellanica, n. sp., var.
gruhei., nov.

Exogone heterosetosa, n. sp.

48' S., long. 37° 49' 30" E.; 69 fathoms ;

Nereis eatoni, MTntosh, B.
Terehella Jiabellum, Baird.

Neottis antarctica, MTntosh, G.
Serpula narconensis, Baird, G.

Station 145a. Off Prince Edward Island ; lat. 46° 41' S., long. 38° 10' E.; 310 fathoms ;
volcanic sand (dredged).

Polyeunoa Icevis, n. sp. | Eunice edwardsi, n. sp.

Scalibregma injlatum, H. Eathke, var.

Station 146. East of Prince Edward Island; lat. 46° 46' S., long. 45° 31' E.; 1375
fathoms ; Globigerina ooze (trawled).

Lcetmonice producta, Grube, var.
willemoesi, nov.. A, B, D.

Polynoe {Admetella) longipedata,
n. sp.

Maldanella antarctica, n. sp.

Station 147. Between Prince Edward and Kerguelen Islands; lat. 46° 16' S., long.
48° 27' E.; 1600 fathoms ; Diatom ooze (trawled).

Lcetmonice producta, Grube, var. j Lagisca crosetensis, n. sp.

benthaliana, nov., E. | Petta assimilis, n. sp.

Amphicteis wyvillei, n. sp.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

XXI

Station 149. Off Kerguelen ; lat. 49° 8' S., long. 70° 12' E., &c. (dredged at and near).

LcBtmonice producta, Grube.

Evarne kerguelensis, n. sp.

Eupolynoe mollis, M'Intosb.

Hemnadion kerguelensis, n. sp.

NephtJiys trissophyllus, Grube.

Salvatoria kerguelensis, n. sp.

Eusyllis kerguelensis, n. sp.

Syllis gigantea, n. sp.

Sg)hcBrosyllis kerguelensis, n. sp.

Autolytus maclearanus, n. sp.

Nereis kerguelensis, n. sp.

Lumhriconereis kerguelensis, Grube.

Eunice magellanica, n. sp. young (Vj.
Glycera kerguelensis, n. sp.

Spirorbis sp.

Scoloplos kerguelensis, n. sp.
Travisia kerguelensis, n. sp.
Trophoniob kerguelarum, Grube. .
Brada mammillata, Grube.
Scolecolepis cirrata, Sars, var.
Notomastus sp. (1).

Praxilla kerguelensis, n. sp.

assimilis, n. sp.
Ampharete kerguelensis, n. sp.
Ampliitrite kerguelensis, M‘Intosh.
Ereutho kerguelensis, n. sp.

Poly cirrus kerguelensis, n. sp.
Artacama challenger ice, n. sp.
Terebellides stroemi, M. Sars, var.

Between Kerguelen and Macdonald Islands ; surface.

Tomopteris carpenteri, De Quatrefages.

Station 151. Off Heard Island; lat. 52° 59' S., long. 73° 33' E.; 75 fathoms; volcanic
mud (dredged).

Phyllocomus croceus, Grube.

Surface of sea between Stations 154 and 155 (Antarctic Sea). By tow-net.

Alciopa antarctica, n. sp.

Station 156. Antarctic Sea; lat. 62° 26' S., long. 95° 44' E.; 1975 fathoms; Diatom
ooze (trawled).

Nothria abranchiata, n. sp., B. Grubianella antarctica, n. sp.

Ephesia antarctica, n. sp. Lecena antarctica, n. sp.

Station 157. Midway between the Antarctic region and Australia ; lat. 53° 55' S., long.
108° 35' E.; depth, 1950 fathoms ; Diatom ooze (trawled).

Lcetmonice producta, Grube, var.

ivyvillei, nov.

Nothria armandi, n. sp.

Trophonia ivyvillei, n. sp.
Praxilla abyssorum, r. sp.
Pista abyssicola, n. sp.

xxu

THE YOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

D. The Australian Eegion.

The types in this area are in many cases peculiar and novel. It and the Indian
region are distinguished by the ^irominence of the Chloeia group, and the Australian
specially by the remarkable nature of the Polynoidse, e.g., Lejndonotus cristatus, Polynoe
mirabilis, Polynoe platycirrata, Scalisetosus ceramensis, Eunoa iphionoides, and Eunoa
ahyssorum. The latter is also the region of fine examples of the genus Thalenessa, of one
of the most remarkable discoveries of the Challenger, viz., the branched Syllis, of many
Eunicidee, from the large Eunice amphroditois downward, of Nicidon, the edible Palolo,
and the striking Nothria willemoesii with its spinose tube. Comparatively few of the
species range into the other areas if we except the ubiquitous varieties of Lcetmonice
producta and one or two others.

Station 158. Considerably south of Australia; lat. 50° 1' S., long. 123° 4' E. ; 1800
fathoms ; Globigerina ooze (trawled).

HyalincBcia henthaliana, n. sp. | Gruhianella antarctica, n. sp., var.

Station 160. South of Australia; lat. 42° 42' S., long. 134° 10' E,; 2600 fathoms; red
clay (trawled).

Eunoa ahyssorum, n. sp. | Polynoe ascidioides, n. sp.

Station 162. Bass Strait; lat. 39° 10' S., long. 146° 37' E. ; 38 fathoms; sand and
shells (dredged).

Polynoe platycirrata, n. sp.
Thalenessa oculata, n. sp.
Staurocephalus australiensis, n, sp.

Eunice vittata, D. Chiaje.

pycnohrancliiata, n. sp.
hassensis, n. sp.

Station 163a. Twofold Bay, Australia ; lat. 36° 59' S., long. 150° 20' E.; 150 fathoms;
green mud (trawled).

Phyllodoce duplex-, n. sp. [ Sahellaria (Pallasia) giardi, n. sp.

Terebella gruhei, n. sp.

Station 163b, Off Port Jackson; lat. 33° 51' S,, long. 151° 22' W. ; 35 fathoms; hard
ground (dredged).

Aphrodita australis, Baird.
Thalenessa Jlmhriata, n. sp.

Eunice aphroditois, Pallas.
Sahella fusca, Grube.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

xxiii

Station 166. Off New Zealand; lat. 38° 50' S., long. 169° 20' E.; 275 fathoms;
Globigerina ooze (trawled).

Eunoa iphionoides, n. sp.

Station 167a. Queen Charlotte Sound, New Zealand; lat. 41° 4' S., long. 174° 19' E. ;
10 fathoms ; mud (dredged at and near).

Leanira Icevis, n. sp.

Nephthys verrillii, n. sp.
Hyalinoecia tuhicola, 0. F. Muller,
var. longihranchiata, nov.

Eone trijida, ii. sp.

Glycera lamelliformis, n. sp.
Apomatus elisabethm, n. sp.
Pomatocerus strigiceps, Morch.

Station 168. Queen Charlotte Sound, New Zealand; lat. 40° 28' S., long. 177° 43' E. ;
1100 fathoms ; blue mud (trawled).

Eumenia reticulata, n. sp. Melinna armandi, n. sp.

Maldanella neo-zealanice, n. sp. Lecena neo-zealanice, n. sp.

Lecena langerhansi, n. sp.

Station 169. Off New Zealand; lat. 37° 34' S., long. 179° 22' E. ; 700 fathoms; blue
mud (trawled).

LcBtmonice producta, Grube, var.

willemoesi, nov.. A, B, C.
Polynoe [Macellicephalci) mira-
hilis, n. sp.

Lumbrico nereis neo-zealanice, n. sp.

Nothria tenuisetis, n. sp,
minuta, n. sp.
Chatozone pacijica, n. sp,
Lanassa sarsi, n. sp.
Terebellides sp.

Station 170. Off the Kermadec Islands; lat. 29° 55' S., long, 178° 14' W. ; 520
fathoms ; volcanic mud (trawled).

Lagisca hermadecensis, n. sp.

Nicidon balfouriana, n. sp.

Station 171. North of the Kermadec Islands; lat. 28° 33' S., long. 177° 50' W. ; 600
fathoms ; hard ground (trawled).

Polynoe magnipalpa, n. sp.

Terebella kermctdecensis, n. sp.

XXIV

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Station 172. Off Tongatabu ; lat. 20° 58' S., long. 175° 9' W. ; 18 fathoms; coral
mud (dredged).

Hesione pacijica, n. sp. | Nereis {Platynereis) tongatabuensis, n. sp.

Station 174. South of Fiji Islands; lat. 19° 6' S., long. 178° 14' E. ; 140 fathoms;
coral mud (dredged).

Praxilla hdllikeri, n. sp. | Te7xhellides ehlei^si, n. sp.

OIF the Fiji Islands,

Palolo vwidis, Gray.

Off Levuka, Fiji,

Eurythoe pacijica, n. sp., var. levu-
Tcaensis, nov., A.

Psammolyce fijiensis, n. sp.

Station 186. Torres Strait; lat. 10° 30' S., long. 142° 18' E.; 8 fathoms; coral mud
(dredged).

Lepidonotus cidstatus, Grube.

Eupompe australiensis, n. sp.

Eunice torresiensis, n. sp.

Thelepus sp.

Eunice Unhranchiata, n. sp.
Hyalincecia tuhicola, 0. F. Muller,
var. papuensis, nov.

Arafura Sea, south of New Guinea.

Nephthys dibrancliis, Grube.

Ne7-'eis [Platynereis) a7^afu7^ensis,n.sg.

Eunice elseyi, Baird.
Protula a7’'afurensis, n. sp.

Station 192. Off Ki Island, Flores Sea; lat. 5° 49' 15" S., long. 132° 14' 15" E. ; 140
fathoms ; blue mud (dredged).

Syllis ramosa, n. sp., E.

Off Amboina (dredged).

Nothria willemoesii, n. sp.

Glycera ambome7isis, n. sp.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

XXV

Station 194a. Off Ceram; lat. 4° 31' S., loug. 129° 57' E. ; 360 fathoms; volcanic
mud (trawled).

Scalisetosus ceramensis, n. sp.

Near Banda, off the Moluccas.

Chloeia fiisca, n. sp.

Admiralty Islands ; 16 to 25 fathoms.

Thalenessa digitata, n. sp.

E. Philippine or Japanese Region.

This region (E), like D, contains many species common to the shores of Hindustan,
as shown by a series of beautifully coloured drawings made under the superintendence of
Sir Walter Elliot of Wolfelee,^ and of the collections made by Dr. Anderson of the
Imperial Museum of Calcutta. The Chloeia group is as well represented as in the former
area (D), and in this respect agrees with the Bengal series. A variety of Lattmonice
'producta is common to this region and C, while the rich waters of Japan add a new
species to the genus, amidst a profusion of other remarkable t}^es. The area is specially
rich in new Polynoidse, such as those commensalistic in Euplectella, and in the Hexac-
tinellid Sponge lodging the branched Syllis. It is also the region of Palmyra and
Eupholoe, and of the large-eyed Genetyllis oculata.

Station 201. Basilan Strait, south of the Philippines; lat. 7° 3' N., long. 121° 48' E.;

82 fathoms ; stones and gravel (trawled).

Notopygos lahiatus, n. sp. ' Polynoe{Lepidonotus)iphionoidesp.?p.

Eunoa mindanavensis, n. sp. Eupholoe philippensis, n. sp.

Eunice mindanavensis, n. sp.

Station 205. Offthe Philippines; lat. 16° 42' N., long. 119° 22' E.; 1050 fathoms; blue
mud (trawled).

Serptda philippensis, n. sp.

Off Hong Kong; 10 fathoms (dredged).

Dasychone orientalis, n. sp.

1 I have to thank Sir Walter Elliot for so kindly permitting me to have these for several years. Unfortunately,
no specimens accompanied the drawings, and thus much less could be accomplished with them than I at first
anticipated.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.)

LI d

XXVI

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S, CHALLENGEE.

Station 209. Off Zebu; lat. 10° 14' N., long. 123° 54' E.; 95 fathoms; blue mud
(dredged).

Lagisca hexactinellidce, n. sp.
Polynoe [Langerhansia) euplectellce,
n. sp.

Syllis ramosa, M‘Intosh, D.
Cirratulus zehuensis, n. sp.
Artacama zehuensis, n. sp.

Sahella zehuensis, n. sp.

Station 214. South of Mindanao ; lat. 4 33 N., long. 127° 6' E.; 500 fathoms; blue

mud (trawled).

Ipliionella cimex, De Quatrefages. |

Station 232. South of Yedo, Japan ; lat. 35°
green mud (dredged).

LcBtmonice japonica, n. sp.

Eunoa yedoensis, n. sp.

Leanira areolata, n. sp.

Lumhriconereis hifurcata, n. sp.

japonica, Marenzeller.

Genetyllis oculata, n. sp.

11' N., long. 139° 28' E.; 345 fathoms;

Nothria inacrohranchiata, n. sp.
Maldane sarsi, Malmgren.
Nicomache jap)onica, n. sp.

Praxilla lankesteri, n. sp.
Amjohicteis jap>onica, n. sp.

Off Japan; lat. 33° 56' N., long. 130° 27' E.; 30 fathoms.

Ammotrypane gracile, n. sp.

Station 233a. Near Kobe, Japan; lat. 34° 38' N., long. 135° 1' E.; 50 fathoms; sand
(dredged).

Palmyra' aurifera, Savigny (1).
Lepidonotus gymnonotus, Maren-^
zeller.

Polynoe ocellata, n. sp.

Leanira japanensis, n. sp.

Nereis [Platynereis) kohiensis, n. sp.

Eunice Jcobiensis, n. sp.
PhyllochcBtopterus claparedii, n. sp.
Pista fasciata, (Grube).

Dasychone picta, n. sp.

japonica, n. sp.

ELydroides mul tispinosa, Marenzeller.

Station 233b. South of Japan; lat. 34° 18' N., long. 133° 35' E.; 15 fathoms; blue
mud (trawled).

Cldoeia fiava, Pallas.

Dasyhranchus sp.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

xxvii

Station 235. South of Yedo, Japan ; lat. 34° 7' N., long. 138° 0' E.; 565 fathoms ; green
mud (trawled).

Loetmonice apJiroditoides, n. sp. | Folynoella levisetosa, n. sp.

Station 236. South Japan; lat. 34° 58' N., long. 139° 29' E.; 775 fathoms; green
mud (trawled).

Tlielepus marenzelleri, n. sp.

Off Yokohama, Japan ; 550 fathoms.

Lagisca yokohamiensis, n. sjd. |

Station 241. North Pacific; lat. 35° 41' N.
clay (trawled).

Lcetmonice producta, var, hen- j
thaliana, C. 1

Lumhriconereis heteropoda, Marenzeller.

long. 157° 42' E.; 2300 fathoms; red

Nicomache henthaliana, n. sp.
Eusamytha pacijica, n. sp.

Station 244. Depths of the Pacific; lat. 35° 22' N., long. 169° 53' E.; 2900 fathoms ;
red clay (trawled).

Placostegus ornatus, Sowerby.

Station 246. Mid Pacific ; lat. 36° 10' N., long. 178° 0' E.; 2050 fathoms; G-lobigerina
ooze (trawled).

Melinna pacijica, n. sp.

F. North Pacific Eegion.

Comparatively few Annelids come from this region, but three out of the five are
surface forms of interest (Alciopidse). The members of this family thus frequent the
superficies of all the great seas, from the Arctic to the Antarctic Oceans, and from the
eastern to the western shores of the Americas. Prof. Huxley’s remark that it is doubtful
whether any well marked provinces of the ocean can be defined by the occurrence of
purely pelagic animals thus still holds.

As to the causes which have led to the relegation of such peculiar forms as Buskiella
to the remote abysses of the Atlantic, and of Lecena ahyssorum and Placostegus
henthalianus to the depths of the North Pacific, various opinions may be held. We have
no reliable data in support of the view which supposes that these “ primitive ” types have

XXVlll

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

been gradually pressed by the more prolific and hardier shallow-water forms deeper and
deeper into the ocean. In the case of Lecena and Placostegus, again, both are members
of genera not unknown in comparatively shallow water, and even between tide-marks.

Station 253. Mid Pacific; lat. 38° 9' N., long. 156° 25' W.; 3125 fathoms; red clay
(dredged).

Lecena ahyssorum, n. sp. | Placostegus henthalianus, n. sp.

Surface of the sea at Honolulu.

Alciopa quadrioculata, n. sp. | Alciopa sp. {V).

Greeffia oahuensis, n. sp.

G. South Pacific Eegion.

The majority of the specimens from this area come from the Strait of Magellan, the
confined waters of which seem to be favourable for their development. Of characteristic
forms the most striking are Aj)hrodita echidna, De Quatrefages, two species of Lagisca,
Eunoa opalina, Leanira magellanica, Eunice, Nothi'ia, Plemipodus, Sarny thoq)sis,
Eupista, and Euthelepus.

Station 272. Mid Pacific; lat. 3° 48' S., long. 152° 56' W.; 2600 fathoms; Radiolarian
ooze (trawled).

Myriochele paeijiea, n. sp.

Off Tetuaroa Islands.

Glyeera sagittarice, n. sp.

Station 285. Pacific ; lat.
(trawled).

32° 36' S., long. 137° 43' W.; 2375 fathoms; red clay
Placotegus morchii, n. sp.

Station 298. Off the west coast of South America; lat. 34° 7' S., long. 73° 56' W.;
2225 fathoms ; blue mud (trawled).

Lumbriconereis ahyssorum, n. sp.
Nothria pycnobranchiata, n. sp.
ehlersi, n. sp.

Maldanella valparaisiensis, n. sp.
Samythopsis grubei, n. sp.

Eupista darwini, n. sp., A.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

XXIX

Station 299. Off Valparaiso; lat, 33° 31' S., long. 74° 43' W.; 2160 fathoms; blue
mud (trawled).

Euthelepus chilensis, n. sp.

Station 302. West of Patagouia ; lat. 42° 43' S., long. 82° 11' W.; 1450 fathoms;

Globigerina ooze (trawled).

Vermilia sp.

Station 306a. Strait of Magellan; lat. 48° 27' S., long. 74° 30' W.; 345 fathoms;
blue mud (trawled).

Leanira magellanica, n. sp. | Hemipodus magellanicus, n. sp.

Station 307. Strait of Magellan ; lat. 49° 24' S., long. 74° 23' W.; 140 fathoms; blue
mud (trawled).

Aplirodita echidna, De Quatrefages.

Station 308. Strait of Magellan; lat. 50° 8' S., long. 74° 41' W. ; 175 fathoms; blue
mud (trawled).

Lagisca magellanica, n. sp.

darwini, n. sp.
Eunice magellanica, n. sp.

Seipula narconensis, Baird, var.
magellanica, nov., C.

Station 310. Strait of Magellan; lat. 51° 27' S., long. 74° 3' W.; 400 fathoms; blue
mud (trawled).

Lagisca magellanica n. sp., var. murrayi, nov.

Station 311. Strait of Magellan; lat. 52° 45' S., long. 73°
blue mud (trawled).

Eunoa opcdina, n. sp.

46' W.;

245 fathoms ;

Station 313. Strait of Magellan; lat. 52° 20' S., long. 67° 39' W.; 55 fathoms; sand
(trawled).

Nereis patagonica, n. sp.

XXX

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

BATHYMETEICAL DISTRIBUTION.

In regard to bathymetrical distribution, the greatest number of species occur in the
shallow water (10 fathoms and under), probably because much work was done in this
region in the pinnace, especially in rich localities, and also because the opportunities for
collecting between tide-marks were fully taken advantage of ; moreover, the surface-forms
are included in this division. The two regions ranging from 10 to 50 fathoms and from
50 to 100 fathoms have each about the same number of Annelids, and both are similar
in respect to new forms. In the three areas just mentioned, the known species are fairly
represented, though the majority are new. The number between 100 and 200 fathoms
is less than the foregoing, but the proportion of new forms is much higher, and several
are of considerable interest, e.g., Syllis rcanosa. In the rich region ranging from 200 to
500 fathoms, very few known forms break the long list (the second of the series) of novel
Annelids. About five new genera are included, and the remarkable types are exemplified
by Allmaniella, Scalisetosus, Eulepis, Genetyllis ocidata, Macdiiffia, Hemipodus, and
Euthelepus. The number of species at this depth, however, may be partly due to
the more frequent dredging therein. Between 500 and 600 fathoms the number
falls to less than half that in the previous grouj), but the majority are new. The
number found between 600 and 1000 fathoms include two known S23ecies out of
a list of fourteen.

The four sjDecies occurring between 1000 and 1200 fathoms are new. Those between
1200 and 1500 fathoms are more than five times as numerous as the last, and include
only five known forms, most of which, however, are found in shallow water as well as at
this great depth, e.g., Eunice oerstedi, Aricia norvegica, Amphicteis gimneri, and Terehel-
lides stroemi, the latter three, besides, having a very wide geograj^hical range. About
the same number were procured between 1500 and 2000 fathoms. All are new, and
three new genera required to be formed.

Between 2000 and 2500 fathoms the total numbers about half that just mentioned
(between 1500 and 2000 fathoms), and all are new, while four new genera are present in
the series. In the region between 2500 and 3000 fathoms several known forms occur,
viz., LcBtmonice producta, a marked variety [henthaliana) of which, however, only is
found at this dej^th, Myriochele lieeri, Amphicteis gunneri (var. atlantica), and Placo-
stegus 07'iiatus. If the diagnosis be correct, the latter was first procured by Sowerby in
shallow water in the Phili^Dpines. The two forms from the profound abyss of 3125
fathoms are new, though the genera are well known.

In glancing over the lists, and excluding the pelagic types, it is evident that no
definite law as to the j^resence or absence of genera at particular depths, can be
enunciated, though it is true that such genera as Lecena, Eupista, Euthelepus, Melin-

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

XXXI

nopsis, Eusamytha, Samythojjsis, GrubianeUa.^ and others come from profound depths.
But it must be remembered that much as the memorable voyage of the Challenger has
added to our knowledge in this respect, still more remains to be accomj^lished in the vast
oceanic areas. If the deepest abysses have produced in the present instance known
genera, it is probable that further research will enlarge the areas to which the new
genera are limited. It is also noteworthy in connection with the Annelids obtained from
the profound abysses, that the majority are tube-dwellers, and thus are more or less
protected, though at the same time this fact renders their presence in the trawl or dredge
more frequent.

10 fathoms and under.

Euphrosyne capensis.

Amphinome rostrata (surface).
Hermodice carunculata.

Eurythoe pacifica.

var. levukaensis.

Hipponoe gaudichaudi (surface).
Hermione hystrix.

Lepidonotus wahlhergi.

cristatus.

Eunoa capensis.

Polynoe pustulata.

attenuata.

Eupompe australiensis.

Leanira IcBvis.

Nephthys atlantica.

Phyllodoce sancti-vincenfis.
Eulalia capensis.

Alciopa antarctiea. j

quadrioculata. \

Alciopa sp. surface.

Halodora reynaudii. j

Greeffia oahuensis. J

Hesione assimilis.

Hesione sp.

Nereis melanocephcda.

Notocirrus eapensis.

Palolo virid.is.

Neinatonereis sp.

Eunice torresiensis.
vittata, var.
eirrobranchiata.
aphroditois.
torquata.
barvicensis.
tribrancliiata.

Eone trijida.

GlycerOj lamelliformis.

Aricia platycepliala.

Trophonia cape7isis.

Brada whiteavesii.

Cirratulus capensis.

Nieoinache capensis.

Sabellaria jolinstoni.

capensis.

Terebella crassicornis.

Sehmardanella pterochcefa.

Thelepus sp.

Sabella bipunetata.
fusca.

Dasychone baWdi.

oidentalis.

wyvillei.

nigro-maculata.

violacea.

XXXll

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEK.

10 to 50

Chloeia Jiava.
fusca.

Notopygos megcdops.

Aphrodita australis.

Palmyra aurifera.

Lepidonotus gymnonotus.

Lagisca tenuisetis.
per acuta.

Evarne herguelensis.
tenuisetis.

Polynoe platycirrata.
ocellata.

Thalenessa oculata.

d igitata.
fi.mhriata.

Leanira japanensis.

Hesione pacifica.

Autolyt us maclearan i is.

Nereis hrasiliensis.

Jcohiensis.

Hydroides i
50 to 10<

Euphrosyne borealis.

Notopygos labiatus.

Lagisca yokolia mie nsis.

Polynoe liexactineUida.

Harmoth oe hcdiaeti.

Eupolynoe mollis.

Hermadion he i 'guelensis.

Polynoe euplectellce.
capensis.
ipliionoides.

Eupholoe philippensis.

Nephthys trissophyllus (and 20
fathoms).

Syllis capensis.

fathoms.

Nereis tongatabuensis.
eato7ii.

Staurocephalus a ustraliensis.
LumbriconeiNs hetei'opoda.
Eunice hobiensis.
murrayi.
equibranchiata.
bassensis.

Gl ycera amboinensis.
Ammotrypane gracile.

Travis ia herguelensis.

Brad a man imilla ta .
Phylloclicetopterus claparedii.
Dasybranclius sp.

Sabellarm giardi.

Terebella seticornis.

Pista fasciata.

A rtacania ch allengei ia.
Dasyclione picta.

japo7iica.

ultispmosa.

fathoms.

Syllis gigantea.

Eusyllis tubifex.

Exogone heterosetosa.

Nereis pelagica.

hergueleiisis.
p>atagonica.
Notocirmis capensis.

Eunice mandanavensis.
Nothria ivil lem oesii.

Glycera tessellata.
capitata.

Scalihagma inflatum.
Ranzania capensis.
Prionospiio cap>ensis.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

xxxiii

50 to 100 fathoms — continued.

Cirratidus zehuensis.

Pmxilla ca'pensis.

Phyllocomus croceus.

Amphitrite hei'guelensis.

Thelepus cincinnatus, var. cana-
densis.

Neottis antarctica.

Artacama zehuensis.
Potamilla torelli.

Sahella zehuensis.
Branchiomma vesieulosum.
Protula americana.
Serpida 7iarconensis.
Ditrypa arietina.

100 to 200 fathoms.

Aphrodita eehidna.

Lcetmonice producta.

Euphione elisahethcB.

Eunoa mindanavensis.

Lagisca antarctica.

magellanica.

darwini.

Phyllodoce duplex.

Salvatoria kerguelensis.

Sphcerosyllis kerguelensis.

Syllis ramosa.

Lumhriconereis kerguelensis.

Eunice edwardsi.

pycnohrancJiiata.

Glycera kerguelensis.

Scoloplos kerguelensis.

Trophonia kerguelarum.

Spirorhis sp.

Scolecolepis cirrata.

Praxilla kollikeri.

kerguelensis.

assimilis.

Ampharete kerguelensis.

Terehella gruhei.

jiahellum (and to 50
fathoms).

Ereutho kerguelensis.

Polycirrus kerguelensis.

Terehellides strcemi, var.

Dasychone capensis.

Protula capensis.

Apomatus elisahethcB.

Serpula narconensis, var. magel-
lanica.

Pomatocerus strigiceps.

200 to 500 fathoms.

Lcetmonice japonica.
Aphrodita intermedia.
Iphionella cimex.

Lepidonotus squamatus.
Eunoa iphionoides.
opalina.
yedoensis.

Polyeunoa levis.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.')

Lagisca magellanica, var. murrayi

var. gruhei.

Allmaniella setuhalensis.
Scalisetosus ceramensis.

Eulepis wyvillei.

challengerice.

Sigalion huskii.

Psammolyee occidentalis.

Lie

XXXIV

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

200 to 500 fathoms — continued.

Leanira magellanica.
areolata.

Ne'phthys malmgreni.

GenetylUs oculata.

Syllis setubalensis.
brasiliensis.

Nematonereis schmardce.
Lumbriconereis bifurcata.

japonica.

Eunice magellanica.

prognatha.

Macduffia bonhardi.

Nothria sombj^eriana, and var.

macrobrancliiata.

Hemipodus magellanicus.

Spirobranchus

Scolecolepis cirrata, var.
ChcBtozone atlantica.
Notomastus grubei.
Maldane sarsi.
Nicomache japonica.
Maldane atlantica.
Praxilla. challengerice.
Ampharete sombreriana.
Amphicteis japonica.
Melinna macidata.
Euthelepus setubalensis.
Terebellides ehlersi.
Protula lusitanica.
Serpula sombreriana.
Placostegus assimilis.
occidentalis.

500 to 600 fathoms.

Aphrodita aculeata.
Lostmonice jilicornis.

aphroditoides.
Dasylepis equitis.

Lagisca propinqua.

kermadecensis.
Eulagisca corrientis.
Evarne johnstoni.

Lcenilla fusca.

Polynoe magnipalpa.
Polynoella levisetosa.
Syllis robertiance.
Nicidon balfouriana.
Nothria quadricuspis.
Hyalinoecia tubicola, var.
Terebella kermadecensis.
Pista mirabilis.
corrientis.

Sabella assimilis.

600 to

Polynoe mirabilis.

Leanira hystricis.

Staurocephalus atlanticus.
Lumbriconereis neo-zealanice.
Nothria tenuisetis.

conchylega.

minuta.

1000 fathoms.

ChcBtozone pacijica.
Praxilla sp.

Terebella sp.

Lanassa sarsi.
Thelepus marenzelleri.
Ehlersiella atlantica.
Terebellides sp.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

XXXV

Eumenia reticulata.
Melinna armandi.

1000 to 1200 fathoms.

I Lecena neo-zealanice.

I langerhansi.

1200 to 1500 fathoms.

Harmothoe henthaliana.
Polynoe synophthahna.
longipedata.

Nephthys phyllobi^anchia.
Laranda longa.

Lumbriconereis punctata.

ehlersi.

Eunice cerstedi (to 83 fathoms).
Aricia norvegica.

Chcetozone henthaliana.
Notomastus agassizii.

Maldanella antarctica.

neo-zealanim.
Nicomache henthaliana.
Maldane sp.

Praxilla occidentalis.
Myriochele heeri.
Amphicteis gunner i.
Thelepus sp.

Terehellides stroemi.
Serpida philippensis.
Vermilia sp.

1500 to 2000 fathoms.

Chloenea atlantica.

Lcetmonice producta, var. ivyvillei
(and to 50 fathoms).

Lcetmonice producta, var. wille-
moesii (to 700 fathoms).

Lagisca moseleyi.

crosetensis.

Dalhousia atlantica.

Nereis longisetis.

Nothria ahranchiata.
armandi.

Nothria henthaliana.

Ephesia antarctica.

Trophonia wyvillei.

Mcddane malmgreni.

Praxilla ahyssorum.

Petta assimilis.

Amphicteis sarsi.

Gruhianella antarctica, and var.
Melinnopsis atlantica.

Pista ahyssicola.

Lecena antarctica.

2000 to 2500 fathoms.

Lumhriconereis ahyssorum.
Nothria pycnohranchiata.
ehlersi.

Maldanella valparaisiensis.

Samythopsis gruhei.
Eusamytha pacijica.
Melinna pacijica.
Euthelepus chilensis.

Placostegus morchii.

xxxvi

THE VOYAGE OP OHALLENGEE.

2500 to 3000 fathoms.

LcBtmanioe producta^ var, hen-
thaliana (to 1600 fathoms).

Eunoa abyssorum.

Polynoe ascidioides.

Buskiella abysmrum (to 1850
fathoms).

Myviochele heeru

Serpula sp.

Myriochele pacijica.

Amphicteis gunneri, var. atlantica.

sarsi.

Eupista darwini (to 2225 fathoms).
grubei.

Lanobssa benthaliana^

Placostegus ornatus..

Lemia abyssorum^

3125 fathoms.

I Placostegus henthalianus^

: DESCRIPTION OF GENERA AND SPECIES.

Family EuPHEOSYisrrD^.

The Euphrosynidse, as the first group of his Amphinomea, have been so clearly
indicated by Ehlers/ that at present they stand in no need of further notice. Their short
ovoid form — hirsute with the characteristic bristles, rows of dorsal branchise, and the
carunculated head— is diagnostic.

The Challenger was fortunate in procuring two species, for as their haunts are often
littoral, they would thus seldom come under observation. A single species was found by
Kinberg and Schmarda, since the Euphrosyne polyhi'anchia of the latter is undoubtedly
synonmous (as Ehlers states) with Kinberg’s Eivphrosyne capensis. Grube gives
none in his Annulata (Erstediana, nor in the account of the Annelids of the German
exploring ship “ Gazelle,” and only one (Euphrosyne aurifei'a) in Semper s fine series from
the Philippines. In the “ Novara ” collection he found the same species as Kinberg and
Schmarda. One form also is noted by Marenzeller^ from southern Japan.

Euphrosyne, Savigny.

Euphrosyne capensis, Kinberg (PL II. fig. 5 ; PL I a. figs. 1-3).

Euphrosyne capensis, Kinberg, Ofversigtk. Vetensk.-Akad. ForbandL, d. 14 Januari 1857, Stockh.,
1858, p. 14; and Fregatten Eugenies Resa, 1858, taf. 12, fig. 14.

Euphrosyne polyhranchia, Schmarda, Keue wirbeUose Thiere, vol. i. part 2, 1861, p. 136,
taf. 32, figs. 264-287.

Body rather more than usually elongate, somewhat fusiform, and of a reddish-orange
colour. The caruncle, consisting of an elevated keel and a flat band, reaches to the eighth
segment, and a short and somewhat stout conical tentacle exists in front of the ridge, with
a well-marked eye at each side of the latter anteriorly. A pair of much more minute and
in some nearly confluent eyes occurs on the ventral surface of the narrow cephalic ridge.
The arborescent branchise are purplish, with the elliptical or sub-oval tips pale reddish, and
each complete row generally consists of eleven trunks. The bifid dorsal bristles are of

^ Die Borstenwiinner, i. p. 64 et. seq.

2 Denhschr. d. h. Akad. d. TFiss. Wien, Bd. xli., 1879, p. 2 (sep. Abd.).

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART. XXXIV. — 1885.)

LI. 1

2

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGED.

two kinds — smootli and crenated in the fissure, while the bifid ventral bristles are all
smooth. There are about fifty-seven segments. Length, 45 mm. ; breadth, 12 mm.

Habitat. — Under stones between tide-marks at Sea Point, near Cape Tovm, South
Africa, November 1873.

The species seems to be tolerably abundant at the Cape, and it is noteworthy that it,
was the only one procured by Kinberg and Schmarda in their well-known travels. It is
evident that both refer to the same form, as Prof. Ehlers^ more than susj)ected, and
consequently Kinberg’s name has the priority. It belongs to the first group of Ehlers,
viz., those having the sides of the segments furnished with both cirri and branchiae, all
the latter, moreover, being ramose. Grube describes the same species from St. Paul, in
his account of the Annelids of the “Novara” Expedition.^

The body of Ewphrosyne capensis is proportionally longer, more finely spinose and
more flattened than that of the British Euphrosyne foliosa. Kinberg observes that the
caruncle is semiglobose anteriorly — a feature that has not been seen in these examples.
Schmarda, again, describes and figures seven tentacles (Ftihler) in connection with the
caruncle, but such apparently is a misapprehension. None sho'wed any trace of the rudi-
mentary clavate tentacles observed by Ehlers in his Euphrosyne racemosa. In front of
the puckered opening of the mouth are the two kidney-shaped pads, separated by a deep
median fissure. These pads are probably of some importance as pivots during the complex
actions of the buccal apparatus. A typical segment of the body consists of a convex dorsal
and a flattened ventral arch. The former is bare in the middle line, but has laterally a
superior division carrying a dense series of bristles and a posterior row of the branchiae, with
a cirrus at the dorsal margin and another midway between the bristles and the branchiae.
The latter is the longer and shows a slight constriction in the middle, but neither tapers
much. The inferior division, again, presents a tuft of bristles, and interiorly and
posteriorly a cirrus, which is generally more slender at the tip than either of the fore-
going. All the cirri are shorter and stouter than in Eiphrosyne foliosa. The dorsal row of
bristles is comparatively short when contrasted with Euphrosyne borealis, and even less
boldly marked than in Euphrosyne foliosa ; while their apertures in the thick cuticle appear
as if punched out. Kinberg’s figure is a very fair, though not quite accurate, representation
of the serrated kind, while Schmarda’s deviates still further from nature. The curve of
the tip (PI. Ia. fig. l) is less pronounced than in Euphrosyne foliosa, and the disproportion
between the processes better marked. When viewed antero-posteriorly, the notches on
the limbs of the fork are observed to be due to transverse grooves. At the dorsal edge
as well as in the centre of the row many with a smooth fork occur (PL Ia. fig. 2), the long
process being much attenuated. All the smooth bristles project considerably beyond the

1 Die Borstenwiirmer, i., 1864, p. 65.

2 Annel. Novara Expect, p. 6 (sep. Abd.).

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

serrated kind. M. Claparkle^ has drawn attention to the special characters of the bristles
in JEuphrosyne, viz., their extreme brittleness, their tubular structure, calcareous nature,
and the entrance of air into the interior. The same features have been noticed in Chloeia.^
Schmarda also mentions the occurrence of a yellow fluid in the central canal of the present
form. Nothing has been seen to verify his statement that a network of slightly
curved bristles, pointed at both ends (fusiform-acerate, Bowerbank), exists at the lower
border of the branchiaj. His figures very much resemble sponge-spicules. The ventral
bristles (PL Ia. fig. 3) are considerably larger than the dorsal, and are terminated by a
shghtly curved blunt tip, with a conical spike at the base. The internal canals from the
processes join after a short course downward, and there is a slight dilatation of the cavity
opposite the enlargement at the upper third of the shaft.®

The dorsal region of each segment is further supplied with a densely ramose series of
branchial processes, which are eleven in number in the typical segments. Schmarda
says there are twelve, but such a discrepancy is of little importance. Each is dicho-
tomously branched, and the tips end in a series of elliptical or sub-oval bodies somewhat
like those in Euphrosyne foliosa. The superior are the longer. So far asTan be observed
in sections of the organs, the view of M. Claparede — that these structures are entirely
devoid of an axial cavity, if we exclude from this term the blood-vessels — seems to be
correct, especially as regards the distal branches. This author, indeed, thought that the
general surface of the body exercised the function of respiration. On the other hand, it
requires very little manipulation to trace the large blood-vessels from the body-cavity
into the branchise and follow their branches up to (but not into) the tips of the organs.
In sections of the base of the trunks a complex series of muscular fibres appear, and the
cuticle and hypoderm of the entire structure are dense except distally, where the former
becomes very thin.

In the structure of the body-wall this form agrees with its congeners. The nerve-
cords have superiorly a firm investment which is continuous from side to side. In the
hollow between them superiorly is a fascicle of muscular fibres, and below them a central
granular structure. Moveover, the cords are united by a streaked isthmus interiorly. The
anatomy of one region of this form is especially interesting, viz., that of the buccal
apparatus. The anterior part of the structure consists of a cylindrical protrusible proboscis
densely covered with cuticle. The centre of the latter in front is occupied by a large
muscular and vascular, but chiefly glandular mass, the inner lining of which is throvm
into bold longitudinal rugae. The vast collection of glands in this organ would indicate

1 Anu. Chetop. clu Golfe de Naples, p. 109.

^ “ Porcupine ” Annelids, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. ix. p. 396.

® A remarkable and apparently new form in the British Museum shows the peculiarity of having along with the
ordinary forked ventral bristles a dense series of long slender dotted hairs tapering to a tip which is slightly birlbous.
The dorsal serrated forms are very boldly marked, and the smooth ones are long. The branchise are much branched, and
the tips somewhat lanceolate. The species is fully an inch in length, and comes fioin the Pascadores Islands — Consul
Swinhoe’s Collection (70, 6, 18, 13).

4

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

important secerning functions. Behind is a remarkable lingual organ, which in longi-
tudinal section presents much resemblance to the tongue in mammals. It is attached
at the base posteriorly to a dense glistening muscular mass — separated by a layer of
horizontal fibres from the complex series of radiating muscles which diverge upward to
the periphery of the organ. In vertical longitudinal sections in the middle fine these
fibres are separated posteriorly, by septa passing downward from the thick cuticular
(chitinous) coat, into spaces that enlarge as we proceed anteriorly. In such sections
most of the fibres in the posterior half are more or less vertical, though it is evident they
are closely interwoven. The muscles at the tip of the tongue arch backward over the
posterior part of the preceding glandular region (which forms a highly vascular cushion),
and pass downward to the front of the dense glistening basal mass formerly aUuded to —
the curve of the arch becoming less and less till the fibres are nearly vertical behind the
cushion, or at the commencement of the smooth and dense cuticular region of the tongue.
The chitinous cuticular surface of the organ is so largely developed at this part that it is
as thick as the hypodermic layer. In this region also there are at least three strong
plates of transverse muscular fibres extending from summit to base. If the section deviate
to the lateral regions, the decussation of the fibres is extremely complex. In transverse
sections, again, near the tip of the tongue, the thickness of the hypoderm on the rugae
of the prelingual mass as well as in the lingual papillm is considerable. Moreover, it is
apparent that the entire diameter at the base of the prelingual mass is formed on the
same plan, the central region (lingua proper) being, however, most muscular. When the
section passes through the thick mass of the tongue an inextricable series of crossed and
interwoven fibres occurs, the base assuming a somewhat stratified appearance, since the
numerous blood-vessels are situated at intervals in regular horizontal rows. Nothing can
exceed the complexity of the muscular structure of the organ, which is thus eminently
calculated to subserve very important functions. The tip of the tongue is highly vascular ;
indeed, the organ throughout is largely supplied with blood-vessels. The dorsum of the
free tip is covered by a series of elevated papillae — truncated at the tip, and with one
angle pointed — composed of processes of the hypoderm sheathed in cuticle. Schmarda
describes a series of small blackish horny teeth as situated on the ridges of the vault of
the proboscis, but, in the present instance, nothing further than the hypodermic longi-
tudinal furrows covered with cuticle have been observed. Elders found simdar ridges in
Euphrosyne racemosa, but in the latter as well as in the Euphrosyne foliosa of Britain the
parts are less developed than in the large African form.

Behind the tongue the alimentary region presents on its ventral aspect a large
and a small fold, the former in longitudinal section often having a broad summit
applied to the vault of the canal and a narrow base so that the whole resembles a
pedicled mass, but it varies according to the condition of the spirit-preparations.
This region is furnished with numerous transverse folds, so deep in some cases as to

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

o

merit the name of lamellae (like those in the ruminant’s “ manyplies ”). The canal then
bends upward (from the posterior pit) and forms a kind of pylorus, with thick walls
and bold longitudinal furrows, and terminates in the intestine, into which the part freely
projects like a long os uteri into a vagina. The thick rugose intestine, which agrees in
structure with that in the ordinary Annelids, terminates in a dorsal anus, with two styloid
processes, of the usual shape, at the sides interiorly. None of the specimens presented
developed generative organs, which in the British examples from Herm are in full
maturity in August. Claparede mentions that they originate at the bases of the
feet.

So far as structure shows, the animal would appear to evert its lingual organ and apply
it with a rasping action to the surface of the sponge, the successive pieces being crushed
against the firm rugose wall behind by the hardened posterior surface of the tongue, and
again subjected to the action of the deeply folded or lamellar region behind it. Thus,
before the (especially soft tissues like those of sponges) food reaches the intestinal surface,
it has been partially disintegrated and fitted for absorption. Minute shells of Spirorhis
are of course less affected, though many are broken into fragments, and all are in a
condition to give up their contents. Like the British Euphrosyne foliosa at Herm, the
South African form would seem to browse on the patches of Halichondria and other
sponges which abound under stones between tide-marks ; and there is little wonder
therefore that there should be so many interesting homologies between its buccal
apparatus and that of such Nudibranchs as Doris tuberculata and Doris johnstoni, which
follow precisely similar habits.

Euphrosyne borealis, (Ersted (PI. I. figs. 2, 3 ; PI. Ia. figs. 4-6).

Euplirosyna horealis, CErsted, Gronl. Ann. Dorsibrancli., p. 18, Tab. II. figs. 23-27.

Euphrosyne horealis, Auctorum.

Habitat. — A small example apparently referable to the foregoing occurred at Station
49 (off Halifax), May 20, 1873, lat. 43° 3' N., long. 63° 39' W.; depth, 85 fathoms;
bottom temperature 35°’0, surface 40°‘5 ; gravel and stones.

Observations, — The specimen agrees in external appearance with the Norwegian form
— the smooth dorsal bristles projecting far beyond the branchise, and giving the back a
very hirsute appearance. The serrated bifid dorsal bristles (PL Ia. fig. 4) are strongly
marked ; and it is to be observed that when viewed antero-posteriorly they are also bent
laterally. The ventral bristles present rather an elongated tip beyond the spur, and the
edge above the latter is often marked by a series of irregularly placed serrations — two
varieties being shown in PL Ia. figs. 5, 6. Each of the processes at the tip has its
internal canal. Some of the stronger bristles have the terminal portion less bent than

6

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEPv.

those represented ; and all the characters are better marked in the large examples from
Greenland. The latter very well bear out Oersted’s original remark — to the effect that the
branchiae are two or three lobed. In the present specimen, however, the organ next the
dorsal median line is sometimes quadripartite. GErsted also observes that there is no
dorsal cirrus, but near the base of the latter branchial process is an organ which seems to
be the homologue of the cirrus in the other forms, and which he had overlooked. This
species is entered in the American fauna by Stimpson,’ who states that it is not uncommon
on muddy bottoms. It is not mentioned by Prof. Verrill in his dredgings on the coast
of New England ; and no example was obtained by Mr. Whiteaves in the Gulf of
St. Lawrence, though the other forms procured at this Station closely resembled those
from the latter region. In this form the nerve-cords seem to be placed farther inwards
than in Euphrosyne foliosa, or than in Euplirosyne capensis. The layers of the body-
wall — cuticular, hypodermic, and muscular — are largely developed. The proboscis has a
well-marked chitinous layer (usually thrown into numerous wrinkles in the preparations)
just within its external investment in situ. In his excellent brochure on the Annelids of
Denmark,^ Tauber includes this species, but he labours under a misunderstanding in
comprising Hipponoe jeffreysii as a synonym.

Family Amphinomida:.

Few representatives of this family were procured by the Challenger. In Grube’s
Annulata CErstediana three are noticed. Sixteen are mentioned by Kinberg, but it is
doubtful how many of these came from the voyage of the frigate “Eugenie.” Four occur
in Grube’s list from the ship “ Gazelle ” ; while five are included in Semper’s PhilqDpine
series of the same author. Schmarda describes nine. The moderate number obtained by
the Challenger probably depended on the prevalence of the common kinds amongst
the shore rather than the deep-sea fauna, though the occurrence of others as surface-
forms doubtless increased the list. They are chiefly southern, though the patient and
successful labours of the elder Sars and those of his distinguished son have added two
species to the northern fauna, viz., Euryihoe horealis Parampliinome pulcliella,^ both
ranging to the British shores. Moreover, both forms occur occasionally in deep water
(about 600 fathoms) while extending to comparatively shallow water, or, in the case of
Euryihoe horealis, to the tidal region. Those procured by the Challenger with one
exception do not pass to a greater depth than 100 fathoms, several inhabiting the
littoral region. The exception, however, is marked, for Chloenea atlantica, n. sp., descends
to no less a depth than 1525 fathoms.

1 Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 36. ^ Annulata Danica, Kjobenhavn, 1879, p. 78.

3 On some Eemarbable Forms of Animal Life, &c. i., 1872, p. 45. This species was probably first described by the
author from specimens procured off Shetland by Dr. Gwyn J effreys, vide Trans. Boy. Soc. Edin., vol. xxv. p. 406.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

7

Tlie members of the family have thus a varied distribution, ranging from the surface
to the bottom, and from great depths to the littoral region. It has to be noted, however,
that the species found at the surface have generally been on floating timber or other
buoyant substances.

The Chloeia group is at present in a somewhat unsatisfactory state, even the number
of eyes having been for a long time erroneously described; indeed it is only about twelve
years ago that Kinberg and W. Baird made this correction. The head must thus have
been superflcially examined by Savigny, Lamarck, Audouin and M. -Edwards, Eisso,
Grube, Schmarda and De Quatrefages. Even in the work of the last-named author a
form called Aristenia conspurcta, Sav., is admitted amongst the Amphinomacese of
uncertain seat. Now the figures in Savigny’s plate (pi. ii. figs. 4^-E) clearly show
that a Trophonia from the Eed Sea has been represented, and that probably from bad
keeping or otherwise certain changes had caused the artist to represent branchiae. The
actual structure of the dorsal and ventral bristles of the forms described up to the present
date is shrouded in considerable obscurity, and though Kinberg’s plates partly improve
this condition, they also show that more yet remains to be done.

The bristles throughout the Amphinomaceae have certain characters in common, viz.,
brittleness, calcareous composition, oleaginous contents often forming crystalline aggre-
gations, and the well-marked tubular structure. In the Mediterranean Chloeia from the
“Porcupine” the unusual form of a dorsal bristle with a simple tip (PI. IIa. fig. 7) occurs,
but it is interesting to observe that there is a distinct bend (on the right in the figure)
a little below the serrations, and that in certain examples which have no evident serrations
there is a rudimentary indication of the spur.

In regard to the structure of the bristles, again, the examples of the Chloeia group that
have occurred in this collection and in the “ Porcupine ” range themselves under six heads.
(1) The Mediterranean Chloeia from the “Porcupine,” which has its dorsal bristles simple
and serrate, and the ventral very slightly bifid. (2) Those from East Indian and
Arafura Seas [Chloeia jiavoL), in which the dorsal bristles are boldly serrated and bifid
(small spur), and the ventral more distinctly bifid than the former. (3) Chloeia fusca,
from the region near the Moluccas, which has bifid bristles of three kinds, viz., (c<) very
slender and attenuate, (6) with stout, short tips, and (c) with longer tips, serrated
externally, while the ventral bristles are bifid and smooth. (4) In this and the two
following a second dorsal or branchial cirrus is present, and the bifid dorsal bristles are
of two kinds — (a) boldly bifid and smooth, and (6) bifid and serrated externally on the
long limb. The ventral bristles are bifid and serrated internally on the long limb.
The branchiae are branched. It comes from the Atlantic (Canaries). (5) From the
Bermudas. In this both dorsal and ventral bristles are bifid and serrated only on the
inner side of the long limb, and the tips of both are short. (6) From the Phfiippine
Islands. The dorsal bristles are very strong, with smooth bifid tips. The ventral are

8

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

similarly shaped, but with two serrations on the inner side of the long limb. Tbe sbgbt
differences in tbe characters of tbe last mentioned series correspond with tbe close
resemblances of tbe forms generally. Lirione agrees with tbe three last in ba^dng tbe
branchial cirrus, but it is much shorter. There is only a single dorsal cirrus (in its usual
position behind tbe bristle-tuft) in Amphinome vagans and in Eurythoe pacijica.

Chloeia, Savigny.

Chloeia jiava (Pallas) (PI. III. figs. 1 and 3 ; PI. Ia. figs. 7-9).

Aphrodita flava, Pallas, Miscell. Zool., p. 97, pi. viii. figs. 7-11.

Chloeia flava, Auctorum.

Habitat. — Two examples were trawled at Station 233b (south of Japan), May 26tb,
1875, in lat. 34° 18' N., and long. 133° 35' E., at a depth of 15 fathoms, amongst blue
mud, the occurrence of Synapta in the same bottle bearing out the latter statement, though
it would rather have been expected elsewhere. Surface temperature, 66° ‘3. The locality
of the third specimen (a small one) is doubtfully marked “ Arafura Sea.”

The range of this form is great — from Cape Verde to Amboina, and generally
throughout the Indian Ocean and Chinese waters.

Observations.— In his Miscellanea Zoologica, published in 1766, Pallas gives a very
good account of the external characters of this form, one example of which Schlosser
obtained for him from the shores of Bengal, whence it was fished uj) by the anchor
of a Belgian trader, while the other came from Amboyna. Pallas gave it the name
of Aphrodita flava, from the fancied resemblance of the colour of the bristles to the
locks of Dione, the mother of Aphrodite (Venus). Gmelin then included it in his
edition (1788) of Linnmus as Terebella flava.^ Bruguieres next mentioned the same
form under the name of Amphinome cajoillata.^ Eisso ® afterwards described a new form
[Chloeia rupjestris) from the Mediterranean, a fact which escaped the notice of some of
his successors. Cuvier* then joined the two species as Amphinome jaune ou chevelue.
Savigny,® again, established the genus Chloeia, in the fourth family of his Amphinomidse,
entering the same species as Chloeia capillata — the name given to it by his countryman
being chosen rather than the rightful one of Pallas. This author and several others state
that the eyes are only two ; but there are really four, two on each side. Audouin and
M. -Edwards ® followed the latter, and pointed out the serrated condition of the dorsal
bristles, and the bifurcated nature of the ventral bristles. They also only knew of the
single form described by Pallas. Grube likewise gave Chloeia only two eyesd and both

1 Loc. cit, p. 3114, No. 7.

2 Encycl. mdtfi., Diet, des vers, i. p. 45, No. 1, pi. lx. figs. 1-5. ^ ]^^t. Eur. merid., iv. p. 425.

^ Diet. d. Sci. Nat., t. ii. p. 71 ; and Eegne Anim., t. ii. p. 527, edit. 3, pi. ix.

® Syst. des Ann61. p. 58. ® Hist. Nat. des Annel., p. 120. ^ Earn, der Anneliden, pp. 40 and 121.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

9

he and Blainville ^ term the species Chloeia Jiava. Kinherg ^ separates the Chloeia Jlava
of De Quatrefages as Thesmia Jlava, since it differs in the structure of the bristles ; and
the remarks by Dr. Baird ® on the latter author’s species are important. Thus I agree with
him in considering that Chloeia incerta, De Quatrefages, cannot be separated from Chloeia
jlava, and that probably an error has crept into his description of the dorsal bristles
of the latter. The observation of De Quatrefages that Chloeia furcigera is distinguished
by having bifid bristles in both dorsal and ventral series only shows that the true nature
of these organs in the group was misunderstood, since all are morphologically bifid.
Finally, Prof. Grube describes the occurrence of the present form from Amboina,
Salavatti, and Cape Verde, in the collection made by the German frigate “ Gazelle,” as
well as in that made in the Philippines by Prof. Semper. The same author points out ^
that his Chloeia ceylonica ® is only a young form of Chloeia Jlava ; while the Chloeia pul-
chella of Dr. Baird in the British Museum seems to be the same species. It was procured
by H.M.S. “Herald” from Eaine Islet, North Australia. Chloeia Jlava appears, on the
whole, to be an eastern type.

The larger of the two Japanese examples is less than 3 inches, and therefore does
not come up to the original specimen procured by Pallas ; and this difference in size
would appear to correspond with the diminution in the number of segments. Pallas
mentions forty segments, whereas M. de Quatrefages says from thirty -five to thirty-seven.
In the present case the segments numbered res23ectively thirty-five and thirty-eight.

The body is somewhat fusiform in outline, but the addition of the bristles gives it an
ovoid appearance. The head is small, and dorsally almost wholly occupied by the
tentacles and caruncle. Anteriorly are four tentacles, the inferior pair being pale in the
preparation, widely separated at the base, and considerably shorter than the superior.
The latter (which alone are mentioned by Pallas) arise close together in front of the
caruncle, and are pale ventrally, but tinted of a rich madder-brown dorsally. Behind

them is the large rugose caruncle, which consists of an elevated, doubly crenate crest and

a wrinkled horizontal portion ; moreover, the middle of the crest is marked by an
interrupted brown line. The organ, fixed to the first two segments, extends to the
commencement of the fourth, and terminates in a free tapering extremity. Attached in
a groove at the anterior end of the caruncle is the long brown median tentacle, which is
about twice as long as the pair in front of it : like the rest it is a simple subulate
process. In a line with the anterior margin of the latter, or in the smaller form
decidedly in front, is a large jDigment-speck, and behind it a smaller, on each side, so that,
as mentioned in the Mediterranean Chloeia,^ four is the correct number of eyes, and not
two, as mentioned by Savigny and many of his successors. Kinberg ^ noticed the error,

^ Diet. d. Sci. Nat., art. “Vers.” 2 Qfversigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl., 1867, p. 86.

® Journ. Linn. Soc. Land. (Zool.), vol. x. p. 230. ^ Annel. Fauna d. Philippinen, p. 10.

® Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 326. ® Trans. Zool. Soc. Land., vol. ix. p. 396.

7 Freg. Eugen. Resa, pi. xi. fig. 1.

(zoou CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.)

LI 2

10

THE VOYAGE OF FI.M.S. CHALLENGER.

and rightly gave his figure four eyes ; and Dr. Baird ^ likewise observed the true
condition in several species.

When closed, the mouth presents a simple puckered orifice with two prominent fleshy
lobes running to the anterior border of the head, and which are probably the homologues
of the same parts in Euphrosyne. They are not merged into the gape during the
extrusion of the proboscis, but form two sides of a special triangular fold superiorly. The

posterior border of the mouth occurs at the margin of the fourth segment. The

extruded proboscis probably agrees with that of the Mediterranean form in being in
three tiers, viz., a membranous basal portion, a denser median, and a firm cartilaginous
distal part in the form of two lateral lips.

Each of the typical segments of the body bears a branchial tuft, a well-marked dorsal
papilla with a fascicle of bristles, and immediately behind a long madder-brown cirrus
upon a pale basal portion, while the ventral division has a very long tuft of bristles,
and a shorter pale cirrus placed inferiorly and posteriorly. The first three body-segments
possess no branchial tuft,' but, as mentioned by Pallas, have a second small pale cirrus
at the base of the dorsal one.

The dorsal bristles spring’ in a radiating fan-like manner from the papilla, and
consist of long tapering organs with yellow tips and a secondary spur at the base
(PI. Ia. fig. 7, which represents one from the middle of the dorsum). The distal end is
pointed — smooth on the side with the basal spur (absent in Dr. Baird’s Cliloeia tumida from
India), but on the opposite edge furnished with from twelve to twenty large recurved fangs,
besides having the tip beyond the latter slightly serrated. Kinberg’s artist does not
clearly define the spur.^ In the preparations the yellow pigment is most intense just
above the latter, and this colour is very characteristic in glancing at the bristles en masse
in spirit-preparations, especially when contrasted with Notopygos and allied forms.
These bristles have a slight curve, and terminate inferiorly in a slender and almost
pointed extremity, so that they are fusiform. The anterior dorsal bristles differ in having
in some cases smooth tips and a longer basal spur (PI. Ia. fig. 8), while in others there
are very few recurved fangs. The mere number of the latter is therefore immaterial.
The bristle-papilla to which the dorsal fascicle is attached is peculiar in rising out of
a kind of pit in the adjoining skin, which forms a free margin all round, with the
exception of the posterior third. The whole tuft can thus be readily moved.

The ventral bristles consist of long yellowish structures having tips like that repre-
sented in PI. Ia. fig. 9. They terminate inferiorly in long tapering roots, which
appear to be solid for a considerable distance. There is little difference between the anterior
and posterior forms, except that the former are more slender. It will thus be apparent
that all the bristles of this form are modifications of a single type.

The dorsal cirrus is a simple subulate process springing from the bristle-paj^illa

^ Journ. Linn. Soc. Land., vol. x. p. 230. ^ Qp p]_ xi. fig. 1, G.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

11

towards its posterior border and having a basal segment and an elongated terminal region,
which is purplish-brown throughout, wdiereas the former region is less deeply coloured,
with a pale band in front. From the base of the process a fan-shaped patch of pigment
extends downward and inward on the bristle-papilla. The ventral cirrus is quite pale,
and lies below and rather behind the ventral tuft of bristles. A slight enlargement of
the base occurs anteriorly. The cirrus is filiform, tapering, and considerably shorter than
the dorsal.

About thirty-two pairs of arborescent branchise are ranged along the dorsum, the
number var5dng according to the length of the specimen. Each is situated at the
posterior border of the segment, a short distance from the cirrus, and slightly overlapped
by the radiating dorsal bristles. Their shape is dendritic ; a central stem rising from the
dorsum and giving off, first, a large external branch, which generally divides into two, and
these give off others, which bear the ultimate pinnules. The other branches of the main
stem pass off transversely (nearly opposite in arrangement) and subdivide into pinnules.
Those at the tip are simple, i.e., have no subdivisions. In the ordinary condition the
branchiae fold backward, and since the pinnules are all grouped posteriorly they are thus
in the most protected position. In minute structure the stem' consists externally of a
firm cuticular investment, a considerable layer of hypoderm, a -central area of muscular
and connective tissue, and the two main vessels (afferent and efferent). Each of the
ultimate pinnules also carries its two blood-vessels in the midst of a considerable amount
of hypoderm. The muscular fibres in the centre of the main stem are complex-
longitudinal and radiating as well as transverse. If a longitudinal section of any of the
larger branches be made, the tranverse fibres form a series of septa.

The branchise continue to the penultimate segment, but diminish in size posteriorly.
They are marked by a deposit of pigment, best seen in small specimens, along the
main branches.

The dorsum of the animal has a very conspicuous row of brownish-purple spots,
which occupy the posterior two-thirds of each segment, in the middle line. A brownish
band also occurs at the anterior part of each segment, from the branchise outward. The
anus is dorsal, with two elongated cirri behind it.

When withdrawn the proboscidian region presents three layers — an outer membranous,
a denser middle portion, and an inner division of cartilaginous consistence. The latter
forms two longitudinal folds, which in extrusion become transverse. In the quiescent
state of the parts {i.e., when withdmwn) in the Mediterranean Chloeia procured during
the “Porcupine” Expedition, the lining tissue of the buccal cavity forms some simple
folds superiorly, above the two muscular external lips. These folds gradually increase in
complexity, and when the lips disappear they form a series of vertical and horizontal
papillae. The latter are covered by the usual dense cuticle, with h}q)oderm beneath,
and followed by a complex muscular layer varying according to the situation examined

12

THE YOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

Immediately behind the mouth-slit a continuous ring of the following structure is formed
by the buccal wall : — Superiorly are various leaf-like glandular papillae, succeeded on each
side by an inferior dense margin composed of the two muscular processes which become
terminal in extrusion. A variously folded papillose region occurs beneath and completes the
ring. The chief muscles are massed at the sides of the dense superior folds. The great
ridges increase in size and muscularity as we proceed backward, and the wall beneath
becomes more compact. The muscular fibres moving the dense lips are evidently important,
and are probably the chief agents in the biting movements which the part performs in
alimentation. The fibres form a complex transverse and longitudinal meshwork, the free
surface of the part having a glandular structure. Passing inwards, another fold then
occurs externally on each side, and the superior papillae occupy a larger space, while the
region next them has its surface covered with pointed papillae, and the dense portion is
confined to the ventral part of the massive plait. The wall of the buccal organ presents
the following minute structure ; — Below the dorsal thin glandular portion the massive
lateral wall is formed by an interwoven series of transverse and longitudinal fibres, the
conical papillae being on the inner surface. Beneath is a dense fold of the hard pad,
which in section has the inner part of its area filled with longitudinal fibres. The
secondary fold below is now made up of interwoven longitudinal and oblique fibres, and
this and the former plait are bound to the dense outer wall of the organ by strong
muscular bands. Instead, therefore, of forming the upper part of the lateral wall, the
dense portion now constitutes the lower, the two accessory folds (enveloped in a firm
layer) meeting in the middle line beneath, while the papillae have disappeared from the
wall outside them. Immediately behind, the fold on each side unites with its fellow, the
larger superior mass being formed chiefly of longitudinal fibres within the glandular
layer, and the inferior of a complex interlacement of longitudinal and transverse fibres, the
latter forming spaces for the former. The upper lateral wall is boldly papillose, while the
dorsal margin has a row of blunt papillse. The lower part of the organ gradually merges
into the upper, with similar radiating and circular fibres, the whole (with the exception
of the dorsal arc) forming a dense muscular tube. Beneath is a great retractor of longi-
tudinal and vertical fibres. Internally the long papillse of the lateral surface are continued
over the ventral curve. The outer wall of the rounded tube is composed of a well-marked
series of longitudinal fibres, which gradually increase in thickness from the dorsal to the
ventral median line. The papillse on the inner surface then have a tendency to form
ridges, and the thin glandular wall is greatly extended dorsally; while the canal
diminishes in calibre, assuming a uniform outline, the inner surface being covered with
the glandular rugse and papillse resting on a coat of circular muscular fibres —
externally bounded by the longitudinal layer.

The whole muscular mechanism of the organ is suited for performing the functions of
a pair of flesh}^ biting pads, ’for the extrusion and retraction of these in varying degrees.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

13

and probably also for their employment as crushing surfaces in the passage of the food
inwards in the ordinary state of the parts. The arrangement of the fibres in the thickened
retractor would further assist in the expulsion of the organ, as in Magelona.

In extrusion the basal or membranous portion of the organ is formed by a plait
continuous with the lips, which passes inward to the posterior retractor muscles, so as to
join the denser inner fold of the proboscis ; the middle region is formed by the latter,
and the distal by the denser yellowish part, the two divisions of which, by the nature
of their connections, are directed vertically in the extruded condition.

The food of this species probably consists of the same nature as that of Euphrosyne.
The cardiac opening of the stomach, in the retracted condition of the proboscis, projects
into the organ on a similar long rugose eminence. The inner surface of the stomach is
remarkably ridged and glandular, while in transverse section the intestine presents a
closely arranged series of glandular lamellae.

In vertical section the caruncle is found to be composed chiefly of hypodermic tissue
enveloped in cuticle. In the centre a strong vertical muscular band proceeds from the
body-wall to the crest, and numerous longitudinal fibres appear at the base (in the
peduncle). In front a deep indentation exists on each side a little above the base,
surmounted by numerous narrow folds. The latter occur from base to summit posteriorly,
and have the aspect of a single series of zig-zag folds on each side. The madder-brown
pigment is deeply imbedded, and close to the central vertical muscular septum. In front a
series of fibres proceed from the latter along the median tentacle, and similar bands occur
in the other cirri. The anterior part of the caruncle lies over the cephalic ganglion, but
the function of the organ is doubtful.

In regard to the structure of the body-wall, the cuticle is comparatively dense, the
hypoderm somewhat less developed, while the circular, longitudinal, and other muscles are
strong. The nerve-cords are somewhat small and flattened, being placed in an area
bounded internally by a transverse band of fibres, and externally by the circular muscular
layer and hypoderm. The oblique muscles are attached at the outer border of each
trunk.

Dr. Baird’s Chloeia tumida seems to be rather like this form, but devoid of spots
on the dorsum. One collected by H.M.S. “Alert” off Torres Straits Islands had taken
a hook, which is now firmly grasped by the proboscis of the blackened preparation.

A small specimen measuring about an inch in length is marked with doubt as a native
of the Arafura Sea. The segments amount to about thirty, exclusive of head and tail.
The bristles agree in structure with the foregoing, allowing for the difference in size. The
branchiae are less branched, a condition probably due to the latter. The coloration and
other features correspond.

14

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLEHGEK.

Chloeia fasca, n. sp. (PL II. figs. 1 and 2 ; PI. Ia. figs. 14, 15 ; PI. IIa. figs. 1, 2).

Habitat. — Dredged near Banda (a Station ofi* the Moluccas), 1st October 1874.

The entire body of this species is iridescent dusky brown, with a well-marked pale
median dorsal strijDe from the caruncle to the tail. This pale band is rendered very
distinct by a darker brown belt on each side, so that there are really three stripes on the
dorsum. The body is about 18 mm. long, and consists of twenty-three segments. The
latter are broader from before backwards than in Chloeia Jlava, and on the whole are
more evidently marked.

The head is well-defined, and bears posteriorly a caruncle, which extends to the fifth
body-segment. The folds of the organ are more lax than in Chloeia Jlava ; indeed they
form a series of distinct vertical lamellae, which are easily separated externally down to
the ventral fold. The four eyes are distinct, two being at the anterior border and two
toward the posterior border of the head in front of the caruncle. At the anterior end
of the latter is a very long tentacle, which exceeds the caruncle in length. Like the
caruncle it is pale buff in the preparation, without any special development of pigment.
Two shorter tentacular cirri spring from the anterior border of the head ; and the inferior
cirri at the sides of the labial folds are pale, short, and slender. The labial folds are large
and prominent, and the mouth opens immediately behind, i.e., at the anterior border of
the third body-segment, which has two curved rugm in the middle line.

The branchise commence on the fifth body-segment, and continue to the tail, about
seventeen being visible; while the first four feet, on the other hand, have a second (smaller)
dorsal cirrus, placed to the inner side of the bristle-tuft. In the preparation the organs
are directed backward, with the pinnse placed outward and backward, so that the main
stem is internal, a feature less prominent in Chloeia Jlava. There are generally five
branches on each side of the main stem, each furnished with secondary pinnae, the basal
branch on the outer side being larger than the rest. Their colour throughout is slightly
ferruginous.

Most of the bristles had been swept from the dorsal tufts, only the anterior and
posterior segments having escaped. The bristles on the whole are more opalescent than
in Chloeia Jlava, though a tinge of the same characteristic greenish-yellow occurs in all.
As, however, many of the best marked and most typical bristles are absent, the following
remarks will probably require qualification when a complete example is obtained. Three
types are apparent in the dorsal tuft ; first, a very slender elongate kind, which diminishes
from the lower third to a little below the fork (PI. Ia. fig. 14), the slender tip extending
far beyond the point figured; and one tinted of a deep yellow throughout this region, the
long limb of the fork being extremely produced, and, like all the other tips of the dorsal
bristles, minutely granular from microscopic projections. The next kind (PI. IIa. fig. 1)
has either a deep yellow tip and pale shaft, or is more elongated, with a pale attenuated

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

15

tip beyond tbe fork, and very conspicuous grains toward the end of the longer limb.
The third type (PL IIa. fig. 2) has the usual serrations on the edge of the long limb, and
each is tinted deep yellow from a little below the dilatation of the fork to the tip. The
figure represents an intermediate form, some being longer, and with more distinctly-
marked serrations.

The ventral bristles in structure resemble PI. IIa. fig. 1, some having the tips deep
yeUow, others being pale or very slightly tinted. As a rule the long limb of the fork is
somewhat more slender than in the case of the dorsal, and posteriorly this feature is
much more developed. The granular (shagreen) aspect of the tips is also present in the
ventral bristles, an average example of wliich is shown in PI. Ia. fig. 15, from one of the
anterior feet.

The dorsal cirri spring from the usual position at the posterior border of the dorsal
bristle-papilla, and are slender, the tip being very 'finely and gradually attenuated.
The base and tip are somewhat pale, the rest deep purplish-brown. The ventral cirrus
tapers from base to apex, is pale and much shorter than the dorsal. The caudal styles
are absent. A little granular matter and sand only were present in the stomach, and it is
curious that both this and the previous species should have the intestinal tract so empty.

Kinberg ^ mentions two species from the east besides Chloeia jlava,
viz., Chloeia heiigalensis and Chloeia malaica, but as no description or figure is given, it
is impossible to identify them. Accordingly it has been deemed prudent to give the
present form a new name. It will readily be distinguished when descriptions of the two
first-mentioned are published. The Chloeia loarva of Dr. Baird resembles this form in
the outline of the body, but differs in other respects. Its locality is unknown. The
Chloeia niacleayi of Mr. Haswell, from Australia, differs in the structure of the bristles
(so far as description goes) and in coloration. Prof. Grube’s Chloeia ceylonica, likewise
appears to have a dark body.

Chloenea, Kinberg.

Chloenea atlantica, n. sp. (PI. I. fig. 4; PL Ia. figs. 10-13).

Haloitat. — Dredged at Station 3 (south of the Canaries) 18th February 1873, lat.
25° 45' N., long. 20° 14' W., in a depth of 1525 fathoms; bottom temperature 37°'0,
surface 68° '0 ; hard ground. Two specimens were found adhering to the remarkable
sponge Poliopogon amadou, Wyv. Thoms., which grew upon the calcareous axis of a dead
Corallium, coated with peroxide of manganese.

The body (measuring 1 2 mm. in length and 5 mm. in breadth) is short and somewhat
ovoid, wide at its anterior third but tapering posteriorly, and composed of about

^ Op. cit, p. 86.

16

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

nineteen segments. The opalescent bristles (milk-white in life) project nearly as much
on each side as the breadth of the body. Posteriorly it terminates in two elongated
styles. The head bears a large and somewhat spongy, rugose caruncle, which extends
backward at least to the fourth segment. The folds almost separate from each other on
manipulation, and their looseness affords a distinctive feature when contrasted with those of
Chloeia jiava and others. No eyes are visible in the specimens. In front of the caruncle
is the median tentacle, which has about the same proportional length as in Chloeia. It is
tinted of a dark greenish hue superiorly. After a longer interval than in Chloeia a pair
of tentacular cirri, also slightly tinted superiorly, occur at the anterior border of the
snout. The other pair (similarly coloured) are situated at the sides of the anterior labial
processes. The latter are well developed, and homologous with those in Chloeia. The
posterior border of the mouth is formed by the second body-segment instead of the^
fourth as in Chloeia. The segments of the body have a comparatively large antero-
posterior diameter, the median five or six being conspicuous in this respect. A
tyjDical segment bears on each side of the middle line a dorsal branchia, a tuft of long
opalescent bristles, two dorsal cirri, a ventral tuft of long bristles, and a ventral cirrus.

The branchiae seem to commence on the fifth segment, and when fuUy developed
consist of a short trunk bearing three or four simple pinnae, and an external basal division
of a few processes. These organs are softer than in Chloeia jiava, and their hypodermic
tissue is less compact. A series of muscular fibres runs from base to apex along the main
stem, and in the pinnae fibres occur within the hypoderm at each side in ordinary views.

The dorsal bristles are opalescent and elongated, especially posteriorly, so that the
body of the animal is enveloped in a kind of chevaux defrise by the crossing of the
bristles anteriorly and posteriorly. Each bristle may be described as a long fusiform
structure, the base equally with the tip tapering to a fine point. The shaft gradually
dilates upward, then diminishes somewhat below the fork, where a little enlargement
occurs. The elongated limb beyond the bifurcation has a slight bend opposite the tip of
the shorter, and in the best developed a series of serrations occurs on the outer border of
the long limb (PI. Ia. fig. 10), the points being directed downward in the ordinary way.
Others show a slighter array of serratures along the edge next the fork (PL Ia. fig. 11),
while a third and somewhat shorter set (PL Ia. fig. 12) appear to be quite smooth.
These bristles have a very thin external crust, and are somewhat less brittle than in
Chloeia Jiava. The air alluded to by Claparede probably gained entrance into the
bristles of the latter through cracks. The anterior dorsal bristles have stouter though
shorter tips, with all the markings boldly developed, especially the serrations on the
side next the fork. The point of insertion is much more slender than the distal end.
Those towards the extremity of the tail, again, are characterised by very elongated tips
and distinctly serrated outer margins, as in PL Ia. fig. 10.

The ventral bristles form long asbestos-like tufts, which make a remarkable fringe.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

17

especially in the posterior half of the animal. About the middle of the body the
structure of the tip of each bristle resembles that in PI. Ia. fig. 13. The long limb
beyond the fork has serratures like those seen in the corresponding region of the dorsal
bristles, and the shaft is extremely long, nearly cylindrical for the greater part of its
length, and terminates interiorly in a pointed extremity, as formerly indicated in
the dorsal bristles. Moreover, the same shortening of the tips anteriorly and the elonga-
tion posteriorly characterise the ventral bristles. In the posterior bristles the longer
limb of the fork is in many shghtly curved inward at the tip.

At the inner margin of the dorsal bristle-tuft, and a little in front and to the exterior
of the branchia is situated a long fihform cirrus, which is tinted brownish-green superiorly,
such forming a distinction, therefore, between this form and Chloeia. Another cirrus, the
homologne of that in Chloeia, springs from the posterior part of the dorsal bristle-papilla,
and like the former is extremely long and attenuated, with the pigment placed distally.
The ventral cirrus occurs in its usual position, viz., rather below and behind the ventral
bristle-tuft. It is also furnished with pigment distally.

"When dredged up, it was referred {vide Atlantic, vol. i. p. 176) by Dr. v. Willemoes
Suhm to the family Amphinomidae, sub-family Euphrosyninae, with many of the char-
acters of the genus Euphrosyne. It approaches Grube’s genus Notopygos in general
configuration, and in the presence of the branchial cirrus, but differs materially in regard
to the structure of the branchiae and the nature of the bristles, both of which show a
nearer approach to Chloeia. In the present unsatisfactory condition of the Chloeia group,
and though Kinberg’s description of the genus can hardly be followed, I have thought it
best not to make a new genus, but to place it under his Chloenea} In the structure of
the body-wall and the arrangement of the nerves it agrees with Chloeia. The perivisceral
corpuscles are largely developed, and the wall of the stomach is loaded with refracting
cells and granules, the contrast between this region and the more rigid intestinal canal
with its lobose and more translucent glandular papillae being well marked.

Notopygos, Grube.

Notopygos megalops, n. sp. (? crinitus, Grube, var.) (PI. I. fig. 1 ; PI. IIa. figs. 3, 4).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 36 (off the Bermudas) April 22, 1873, in 30 fathoms,
amongst coral.

The body is about 9 mm. in length and 3 mm. in breadth, is fringed by a dense series
of pellucid bristles, and consists of about nineteen segments besides head and tail. The
segments are distinctly marked, those in the middle of the body having the greatest
antero-posterior diameter, as in the previous form.

1 Op. cit., p. 86.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.)

LI 3

18

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The head bears a caruncle which extends backward to the fifth body-segment, and
has the usual folded structure, a little more lax than in Chloeia. At its anterior border
is a short, slender, filiform tentacle, and the two pairs of tentacular cirri (one in front of
the head and the other beneath) are also very small and short. All these organs are
quite pale in the preparation. A pair of very large black eyes lie immediately behind the
tentacular cirri at the front of the head, and a smaller jDair behind them, a little anterior
to the base of the tentacle. In front of the mouth are the fleshy lips, which extend to
the anterior border of the third body-segment.

The branchiae commence on the first segment clear of the caruncle (sixth), and continue
apparently to the last. When fully developed each consists of a small tuft of about four
branches, viz., a lateral on each side, and a median, which becomes bifid shortly after its
commencement ; and occasionally a third small process proceeds from the larger division
of the latter. These organs are highly vascular, a large afiferent and efferent vessel
passing along each process.

The dorsal fascicle, projecting from the usual papilla, consists of a series of stiff
glassy bristles, which at the anterior third of the body present a boldly forked tip, with a
smooth outer margin, and having about three serrations on the inner surface of the longer
process, near the tip (PL IIa. fig. 3), thus differing from the Notopygos fidvus of
Haswell.^ The central canal is very distinctly marked, both in the shaft and the pro-
cesses beyond the fork. After remaining for some hours on the slide in distilled water,
a peculiar exudation (of an oleaginous appearance) took place from the fractured bristles,
the majority of the isolated drops having a pyriform aspect with a pointed end ; and
sometimes they formed a concentrically arranged group like certain fatty crystals.

The ventral bristles form a similar stiff glassy fringe. An average example is shown
in PL IIa. fig. 4, the form being more slender than in the dorsal series, but the curves at
the fork similar. The serrations along the inner margin of the long limb are, however,
much more distinctly marked than in the dorsal bristles, about four being present in each.
The type of bristle, therefore, is identical in both dorsal and ventral groups.

A slender filiform dorsal cirrus exists in front of the branchial tuft, and anteriorly it
occupies a similar position though the latter is absent. A cirrus with a stout buff-
coloured basal division arises from the usual situation behind the dorsal papilla. The tip
is pale, filiform, and long. The ventral cirrus is pale, subulate, and comparatively short.

In this form the nerve-cords lie within the circular coat, the hypodermic insertions
of the oblique being at their external border. The proboscis has internally numerous
ridges composed of hypoderm with a chitinous covering, while a well-marked circular
muscular layer encircles their bases in section.

This species has certain resemblances to Grube’s Notopygos crinitus,^ from the neigh-
l)Ourhood of St. Helena, but the structure of the bristles as shown by Kinberg differs,

1 Proc. Linn. Soc. N~. S. Wales, 1878, p. 343. ^ Arthiv f. Naturgesch., Jahrg. xlL, 1853, p. 93.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

19

since the ventral bristles in the form procured by the Challenger are serrated like the
dorsal. The size of the eyes also diverges. Further investigation is therefore necessary

Notopygos labiatus, n. sp. (PL II. fig. 6 ; PL IV, fig. 2 ; PL IIa. figs. 5, 6).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 201 (in Basilan Strait, to the south of the Philippine
Islands), in lat. 7° 3' N., and long. 121° 48' E., in a depth varying from 84 to 102
fathoms; surface temperature, 83°‘0; bottom — stones and gravel.

It was accompanied by Polynoe, Eunice, Serpula, and a small Holothurian with long
ambulacral processes. As further evidence of the hard nature of the ground is the
occurrence amongst the bristles of fragments of tubes formed solely of sponge-spicules,
ranged round the wall in a transverse manner or reticulated together to form the
branched end of the tube {Terebellaf). There were also in the same shelter a few
fragments of gravel.

This is a comparatively large form, measuring about 30 mm. in length by 9 mm. in
breadth, and having the sides and dorsum protected by a dense series of stiff bristles,
which are pale green throughout. The body has the usual shape, and consists of from
twenty-five to twenty-eight well-marked segments. On the dorsum a triangular
brownish area indicates the middle line at each segment-junction. The ventral surface is
marked by a median line. The head is furnished with a caruncle which extends to the
posterior part of the fifth body-segment. It is of a deep blackish hue below the inferior
frills. The lamellae are somewhat lax and spongy, but symmetrically arranged ; the lower
being very regularly folded and more rigid. The front of the organ is bounded by a
median and two lateral folds, while posteriorly the pointed tip is formed by a coalescence
of the transverse plaits. Close to the front of the caruncle is the comparatively short
median tentacle, while after an interval in front of the head are the two superior
tentacular cirri, which resemble the former in shape. The inferior are placed on each side
of the prominent lips. The rounded head lies in front of the caruncle, and has a large
eye on each side anteriorly, and a smaller, separated by a considerable interval,
behind. The great oral folds or lips project in front of the head when viewed from the
dorsum. The hinder part of the mouth is formed by the third body-segment. Posteriorly
the body terminates in two thick club-shaped processes.

The branchiae in contraction form small tufts composed of two divisions, viz., a small
outer and a larger inner. The outer bears a series of pinnae, with occasionally secondary
pinnae, while the inner, in the form of a miniature bush, likewise shows minor branches.
All have specks of pigment, so that they are slightly greenish in spirit. In their ordinary
position in the preparation the main stem is external, the pinnae being directed inward
toward the middle line.

The pale greenish dorsal bristles are very prominent, and are large, stiff, and fragle.

20

THE yOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

As usual they increase in length from before backward. Their chief peculiarities are the
large size, smoothness, and the great length of the median peninsula before the canals
from the processes join (PL II a. fig. 5).

A slightly opaque granular dej)osit exists outside the canal in the longer process, and
often also in the smaller, as well as in other parts of the tij). The canals show very
distinct granules below the fork. The whole of the tip, to a point below the fork, is
covered with a microscopic shagreen. The arrangement of these dorsal bristles is always
more lax than that of the ventral.

The ventral bristles form a dense fascicle with the broad axis of the fan directed
vertically. The larger bristles are generally dorsal, indeed, when the tuft is viewed from
the ventral aspect a somewhat regular gradation of the tips is observed, so that the slope
from below upward is bristled with a continuous series, which the few shorter dorsal
bristles do not affect. In a lateral view the outline narrows from below upward to
the long bristles. These are paler than the dorsal, and much more slender (PL IIa.
fig. 6). The inner border of the long process of the fork has two (or in some three)
serrations, and the isthmus at the base of the fork is proj)ortionally shorter than in
the dorsal. The type of both corresponds very closely except that the surface of the
tip in the ventral does not show the microscopic shagreen. When a bristle is broken and
left in water the shaft exhibits in its centre a series of obliquely curved lines, and in
many a number of regular transverse lines occur below the isthmus at the fork, and
throughout a considerable extent of the shaft beneath. The yellowish oleaginous contents
of the bristles are well seen after fracture, both externally and in the hollow of the shaft,
where they sometimes assume a lenticular shape. Mr. W. A. Haswell, B.Sc., who has so
carefully and skilfully investigated many of the Annelids of New South Wales, describes
two species of Notopygos ^ in which both dorsal and ventral bristles are quite smooth.
The dorsal bristles of the present species, Notopygos labiatus, have no serrations, so that too
much weight need not be attached to this character of Kinberg’s.

The branchial cirrus arises at the inner border of the bristle-papilla, a little in front
of the branchia, is pale at the base, but tinted madder-brown throughout the rest of its
extent. It is covered with rows of long cilia. The dorsal cirrus proper (in the usual j^osition
behind the papilla) has a madder-brown large basal division and a filiform pale distal
region, which is constricted just below the soihewhat cylindrical tip.

In transverse section the body-wall shows the features of the group, besides certain
definite characters of its own. Instead of the little bifid papillse of the hypoderm of .the
central dorsal region of the Chloeia from the Mediterranean, this form shows a central and
two median longitudinal ridges, by the great increase of the central oblique muscles of the
part. The circular muscular layer (beneath the hypoderm) is also largely developed. The
nerve-cords are especially large and distinct, and are much less flattened out than in

1 Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, November 25, 1878.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

21

Chloeia ; but the attachment of the oblique muscles at the sides, and the relation to
the other parts are the same. The circular muscular coat of the intestine is also
strongly developed. It is noteworthy that this and the previous kinds so often have
empty intestinal tracts. As in many fishes, the digestive process is probably rajDid. In
vertical longitudinal section the posterior part of the great muscular cushion or tongue
presents an easily separable series of the usual vertical muscular lamellse, transversely
arranged. They possess a somewhat fan-shaped appearance.

This form cbfiers from Grube’s Notopygos crinitus in regard to the branchiae and the
structure of the bristles as shown by Kinberg.^ There is considerable doubt in regard to
its connection with Notopygos macidata, Kinberg,^ from the island of Panama, which
Semper also found at Bohol in the Philippines;^ but in the characters above-mentioned it
also deviates from this species. A re-examination of the bristles of Notopygos maculata
would help to remove ambiguity.

Amphinome, Bruguiere.

Amphinome rostrata (Pallas) (PL I. fig. 7 ; PI. IV. fig. 1 ; PI. Ia. fig. 16 ; PL IIa.
figs. 8-12).

Aplirodita rostrata, Pallas, Misc. Zool., p. 106, Tab. viii. f. 14-18, 1766.

Amphinome rostrata, Auctorum.

Habitat. — Several fine examples were procured at the surface of the sea near the
Bermudas, some being captured along with a large Hermodice on a log. Amphinome
vagans is occasionally found under the same circumstances on floating timber.

All the specimens are distinguishable by very evident external characters in spirit, viz.,
the peculiar slate-blue of the entire body, and the ferruginous hue of the tentacles, cirri,
and branchiae. The smaller specimens have the bluish colour of the body less marked,
especially ventrally. A small example of Amphinome vagans, Leach (Sav.), procured
from the Godefiroy Collection, and named by Grube, shows this colour on the dorsum,
while the ventral surface is pale buff ; and the latter colour characterises another all over.

Since the description by Pallas, no author has entered minutely into the characters of
the animal, and therefore it is necessary to do so on the present occasion, as at least one
species [Amphinome vagans) is closely allied.

The body is elongated and somewhat tetragonal, the following numbers of body-seg-
ments occurring respectively in the examples : — 56, 56, 50 (imperfect), 52 (imperfect), 46
(small), 48 (imperfect), 50 (imperfect), 49, 51, 54, 52, 58, 59, 57, 51. Pallas gives 66 as
the total number in his small specimen, 55 in the larger. Segments are so readily throvm

1 Freg. Eugen. Resa, Tab. xi. fig. 3, G.

^ Ofversigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Fdrhandl., 1857, p. 12 ; and Freg. Eugen. Resa, Taf. xi. fig. 5 (as Lirione 'niaculata).

® Anuel. Fauna d. Philippinen., p. 8, Taf. i. fig. 3.

22

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

off in such an animal, and the anal region accommodates itself with such ease to the
altered circumstances, that little weight is to be put on this feature. Both dorsal and
ventral surfaces are somewhat convex, the former being marked transversely with the
segment-lines and slightly corrugated throughout ; the latter showing the segment-
junctions even more distinctly, each being coarsely rugose, and having a median
longitudinal furrow. The three segments behind the mouth are somewhat smoother.

For so large a body the head seems disproportionately small. In front the snout,
which consists of the anterior border of the buccal segment and corres]3onds to the
prominent anterior labial folds in Euphrosyne and Chloeia, bears two tentacular cirri
(palpi) which are larger than the succeeding processes of the kind. They are conical
and of a ferruginous hue from base to apex. The next organs are the two cirri situated
at the anterior border of the slightly differentiated cephalic region, which indeed appears
at this part to be continuous with their buccal division. Their bases are separated by a
slight interval, and each has a basal bluish segment, and a terminal conical ferruginous
division. Immediately behind is the small tongue-shaped caruncle, which springs nearly
in a line with the anterior border of the first bristle-papilla, and terminates in a groove
in front of the posterior border of the first body-segment. The organ is attached along
the middle throughout its entire length, but is free at the edges. Its upper surface is
quite smooth, or in some slightly wrinkled, and the whole is somewhat darker (bluish-
black) than the surrounding parts. In some the edges are of the latter shade, while the
central region is of the ordinary bluish colour of the dorsum. It is deeply cordate in
front, and at the termination of the sinus bears a short ferruginous conical process — the
median tentacle. The mouth opens inferiorly at the anterior border of the third body-
segment, and from the oral aperture two well-marked folds (corresponding with sjDecial
thickenings in Chloeia) run forward to the anterior prominence of the snout which bears
the cirri. These folds are wide in front, narrow behind. Two additional plaits pertain to
the second segment, and another to the first.

The branchiae commence on the third body-segment, and have the form of dense
arbuscles, the first being nearly as large as any of the succeeding. So dense are they,
indeed, that Pallas likened them to the cotyledons of the ruminant chorion. Each
arbuscle consists of six or seven main stems springing from a common base, and dividing
somewhat dichotomously into a dense bush of filaments. The outer stems have shorter
terminal processes, the inner possess both longer stems and longer terminal processes.
The latter are ferruginous in colour throughout, while the stems and branches are of the
usual bluish tint. The tuft is situated close to the base of the dorsal bristle-papilla, and
somewhat to the inner or dorsal side. The larger (dorsal) branches of the arbuscle
envelop the bristle-papilla in the preparation, so that only a small portion of its anterior
and inferior region is bare. The branchiae are continued to the tip of the tail. Towards
the posterior fourth of the body, as Pallas says, they meet on the dorsum, again separat-

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

23

ing toward the anal region. Pallas also correctly observed that the branchiae do not
proportionately decrease posteriorly.

The dorsal cirrns arises from the posterior part of the dorsal bristle-papilla, and has a
basal and a distal division. The former is bluish in colour, the latter ferruginous and
tapered towards the extremity, which extends as far outward as the tips of the bristles.
Occasionally the dorsal cirrus of the second segment shows a small inner filament. The
ventral cirrus is very short, but it possesses a similar structure. It is attached to the
posterior border of the ventral curve of the foot.

The dorsal bristles form a curved row, with the convexity directed forward, and
consist of two kinds, viz., a stout series with grooved and serrated tips (PI. IIa. fig. 8),
and a longer series with finely tapered, curved tips, the latter being minutely roughened
on the convex side with small points (PI. IIa. fig. 9). The shafts of the longer kind are
much more granular and opaque than in the stouter shorter series. The tips of the
spinose bristles are peculiarly curved, and the surface from which the rough points spring
would seem to be somewhat flattened. The points resemble the bases of a brush-like
series of spikes (PI. Ia. fig. 16). The ventral bristles, again, are few in number and
comparatively short, but powerfully developed (PI. IIa. fig. 10). The tip of each is
strongly curved (hook -like), and marked by a series of fine striae in the opaque or whitish
portion, these being continued downward on the posterior part of the bristle.

The spines of both dorsal and ventral divisions of the foot are peculiarly expanded at
the tip, and each differs from the other in the form of the dilatation. Thus the dorsal
(PL IIa. fig. 11) has a more elongated tip; while the ventral (PL IIa. fig. 12) has a
larger and shorter tip, and the entire organ is stronger. Besides the bristles and spines
projecting externally, each bristle-sheath has various spines and bristles in course of
development, and each from its earliest condition bears its characteristic features. The
solid tips are the first parts to appear, and in the case of the ventral series the bristles
are in pairs with a spine at intervals.

The anus in most of the specimens is a great circular opening, embracing several
segments at the posterior end of the body ; indeed the size of the aperture is a remarkable
feature. Internally the mucous membrane forms a prominent mass, occasionally with a
somewhat radiate arrangement of rugse. Pallas states that the anus is bilabiate, and in
some conditions the description is very appropriate. Most of the examples in the present
case may have lost the tip of the tail. The large size of the anus would indicate a
peculiarity in the digestive function.

In the intestinal canal fragments of sessile-eyed Crustacea were found in considerable
abundance, generall}?" mixed with brownish-purple debris. The cirri of barnacles were
also common, and occasionally a valve of the same animal, so that they would appear to
feed on them ; they would readily be procured on the floating timber.

The general structure of the proboscis conforms to that in Chloeia. The alimentary

24

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

canal is capacious, its first division being largely dilated and covered by transverse rugae.
A powerful layer of longitudinal muscular fibres is developed externally at the posterior
part of the proboscis.

The central organ of the nervous system occurs in the caruncular region, a little in
front of the median tentacle, in the form of a bilobed mass. It is interesting that the
separate nerve-cords in front are smaller in proportion than the trunks after they form
the double cord. The nervous system on the whole is feebly develoj^ed.

On each side, in a line with the median tentacle, is a large ocular (?) organ, which
appears to be single. Section, however, shows that there are two deep centres of the
pigment, and that there is a tendency to facets on the surface. Each mass forms a pro-
minent oval projection, and appears minutely dotted under a lens.

On the dorsum of the second body-segment are a number of prominent warty rugae
of the hypoderm.

Two small specimens from the Atlantic, named by Prof. Grube Amphinome vagans,
differ in no respect from the foregoing. They came from the Godeffroy Museum. This
species is probably the Amphinome pallasii of De Quatrefages,^ from the Azores and the
Antilles, and is certainly the Pleione tetraeda of M. -Edwards.^

Ilermodice, Kinberg.

Hermodice carunculata, Pallas (PL V. ; PI. IIIa. figs. 1-4).

He7'modice carunculata, Auctorum. It is doubtful -whether Seba’s Millepod amarina amhoinensis,
Seba, Tbes. Ser. Nat., i., tab. Ixxxviii. p. 131, be the same.

Habitat. — A large specimen measuring upw'ards of a foot in length was procured at
the surface of the bea near the Bermudas, while a bleached example about a fourth the
length comes from the littoral region of the same islands. Two others were found
at St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, in July 1873 ; and two were collected at St.
Thomas, West Indies, in March of the same year.

In those best preserved the characteristic features are the dull greenish or slate-bluish
finely corrugated dorsum, the small size of the branchial tufts as compared with Amphi-
nome rostrata, the pale buff of the ventral surface, and the alternation of the dorsal processes.

The body is even more distinctly tetragonal than in Amphinome rostrata, this
character being heightened by the issue of the bristles from the prominent angles.
The diminution of the body posteriorly is well marked. The segments are clearly
defined, and range from sixty-seven to seventy, and in the large example to one hundred
and fifty-five. On the ventral surface a large vessel runs along the median line and is
visible externally. The anus opens' as a somewhat symmetrically corrugated orifice on
the dorsum, and there is a peculiar papilla, projecting posteriorly at the lower border.

1 Anneles, i. p. 394. Efegne Anini. ill., pi. viii. his, fig. 1.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

25

The head is at once differentiated from that in Amphinome by the greater caruncle
and the modification of the anterior border of the snout. Instead of the broad median
region anteriorly there is in this form only the small rounded upper surface of the pre-
labial folds. The caruncle is much larger than in Amphinome, and extends to tlm
posterior border of the fourth body-segment. It is composed of a series of folds (eight
in number), each of which is again deejDly notched in the preparation, so that it resembles
a rope with its strands. The primary folds run from behind forward and outward, and
are alternate with regard to the central axis. The median tentacle arises immediately in
front of the latter, from the prominent top of the head. It is much larger than the two
tentacular cirri which lie outside and in front of it, or than the inferior cirri which
spring from the sides of the labial folds beneath. The eyes are two on each side, and by
no means large. One is situated in a line with the anterior margin of the median
tentacle ; the other has nearly the same relation to the posterior border of the organ.
In one a third pigment-spot occurred on the left, near the base of the tentacle ]30steriorly.
In the large example the anterior pair of eyes are brownish, the posterior black. The
top of the head and the caruncle are minutely flecked with whitish grains.

The mouth opens interiorly in the middle line between the third and fifth segments.
The thick pre-oral folds, so well marked in some of the genera, are here comparatively
small, and chiefly occupy the middle of the first segment. There is a decided interval
between their posterior border and the oral aperture. The pouting masses of buccal
tissue are softer and more rugose than in Amphinome.

The relative difference in the size of the branchise forms a characteristic feature when
contrasted with Amphinome ; moreover, they commence on the first bristled or body-
segment, the first three or four being less than the others. Each tuft (when fully
formed) consists of two main divisions, of a pale greenish colour, an outer smaller, in the
form of a separate process immediately behind the bristle-tnft, and a larger inner arl^uscle
which divides into several main Ijranches with short terminal processes. Three seems to
be a common numl^er in the terminal groups. The whole organ is minutely dotted with
white grains, which are densest on the posterior aspect of the process, and is somewhat
dichotomously branched. The branchise are continued to the posterior extremity of the
body, and only slightly diminished in that region.

The dorsal bristle-tufts are distinguished from those of Amp)hinome and the others
yet examined by their evidently alternate arrangement. So well-marked is this
feature that at first sight the dorsal series seems to be double. The bristles are very fine
and slender, and in this respect in strong contrast to those of Chloeia, Amiohinome,
and Notopijgos. Their beautiful asbestos-like whiteness is also striking, as well as
their slightly twisted appearance as they emerge from the socket, like a tuft of camel’s
hair from the cjuill of a hair-pencil. They do not spring from a raised papdla as in
Chloeia and Notopijgos, but emerge from a pit. Each tuft consists of a dense series of

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 4

26

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

simple, long, slender, and finely tapered bristles wliicli have tlie tips (PL IIIa, fig. l)
minutely roughened, from the point a considerable way downward. Such microscopic
processes on the surface are homologous with the bolder condition in Amphinome. The
other kind of bristle is distinctly serrated at the tip (PI. IIIa. fig. 2), upwards of twenty
teeth being visible, and a fold of the chitine passes from the apex of each serrature down-
ward like a hood. These bristles show in a remarkable degree the albuminous contents
(the brownish masses of Grube) after drying, for each bristle collapses, and the contents
form nodular masses all over the exterior. Glacial acetic acid causes many bubbles of gas
to escape from the central cavity of the bristles, but has no effect on the globules.
Sulphuric ether and absolute alcohol show as little action on the latter as the acid.
They would therefore appear to be albuminous, though their appearance is decidedly
fatty.

The ventral bristles are all of one kind (PL IIIa. fig. 4, which represents one of the
inferior bristles), presenting a slightly striated shaft and a curved, slightly bifid tip,
while a series of very distinct serrations occur on the edge of the latter, from the tip
to the spur. Like the dorsal bristles, each of the points or serrations does not indicate
merely a spike, but also a slight wing. The upper bristles possess much longer and
more slender tips, and the spike is more distinct (PL IIIa. fig. 3). In the bleached
example from Bermuda the serrations and tips of the ventral bristles are much abraded,
so that only those sheltered by position show the ordinary structure. The animal,
therefore, makes some use of them, for progression or otherwise, and probably under
stones. In the specimens from St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, these bristles form a
somewhat regular vertical row, the longest bristles (with the longest tips) being
superior. In the very large example many of the ventral bristles are more distinctly
bifid than usual.

The dorsal cirrus arises behind the bristle-23apilla, and has a very attenuated tip. It is
composed of a basal and a distal division. The ventral cirrus is smaller and occupies the
ordinary position behind the ventral bristle-tuft. Both increase in length posteriorly.

In the stomach of the large sj)ecimen were muddy masses containing sponge-spicules,
Diatoms, Eadiolarians, sand-grains, fragments of chitine, and cellular and granular
debris.

The nerve-cords are quite within the body-wall, for the oblique muscles meet in the
middle line beneath them, the fibres apparently decussating vdth the circular muscular
coat. Connective tissue and granular matter, moreover, separate them from the muscular
fibres, and in the sections the perivisceral corpuscles also often intervene. A considerable
hy|3odermic canal occurs immediately below the decussation just mentioned. This seems
to be filled with opaque material. When a section is made in the line of the ganglia, a
large nerve-cord on each side is seen to arise from the cells in their interior. The upper
and lower walls are strengthened by a dense capsule. Superiorly also a peculiar conical

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

27

band rests on the cords, the lower part (next tlie ganglion) being more translucent and
granular, the outer more opaque.

The perivisceral lining is bordered with large nucleated granular cells — the perivisceral
corpuscles.

The proboscis has the usual structure.

This species, subsequently to the remarks of Pallas and Savigny, formed the subject of
the late Prof. Grube’s inaugural dissertation,^ chiefly with regard to the digestive, vas-
cular, and nervous systems. It is a characteristic western form. The Ampliinome gigas
in the collection of the British Museum is this species from the Atlantic Ocean.

Prof. Grube mentioned it as one of the Annelids of Madeira in 1857, and it has since
l3een found there by Prof. Langerhans, whose figures ^ of the bristles, however, deviate
from those procured by the Challenger, since the serrations of both dorsal and ventral
bristles are much fewer. This author notes the calcareous nature of the bristles, which
in this respect agree with those of others of the group, e.g., Chloeia fucata.^ The form
described by Dr. Baird under the name of Amphinonie didymoh7xmchiata,‘^ from the
Island of Ascension, seems to approach this genus {Hermodice) in the size and structure of
the caruncle and in other particulars.

Eurijthoe, Kinberg.

Eurythoe pacifca, Kinberg? (PI. II. figs. 3, 4; PI. III. fig. 3; PI. IIa. fig. 13; PI.

IIIa. figs. 5-9).

Habitat. — Several specimens occurred at Bermuda between tide-marks. It seems to
extend to both great oceans, the coral reefs of the Pacific being a favourite haunt. Grube ®
describes a form from Tahiti and the Nicobar Islands, which he doubtfully refers to the same
species. Kinberg’s specimens came from the shores of the islands of Eimeo and Foua.

The body is somewhat flattened and rectangular in section, slightly pointed in front,
and gradually diminished posteriorly. The specimens are comparatively small, the
longest measuring about 65 mm., with a breadth of 7 mm. One had one hundred and
five body-segments.

The snout differs from that in Hermodice in having a broad lobe in front, shaped
somewhat like a hoof, and bearing the two tentacular cirri, one pair superiorl}^ in front
of the eyes, and another interiorly toward the posterior border. The head carries
the rather elongated and linear caruncle, which impinges] on the fourth body-segment,
and has anteriorly the median tentacle ending in a filiform tip, the organ being

1 De Pleione carunculata, Befiiomontii Prussonm, 1837.

^ Die Wurmfauna Madeiras, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., xxxiii. p. 277, Taf. xiv. fig. 8.^

2 Trans. Zool. Soc. Loncl, ix. p. 396. ^ Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxiv. p. 449, pi. xlv.

^ Annel. Novara-Exped., p. 8.

28

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

shorter than the foregoing cirri. The caruncle shows a dorsal ridge, indistinctly
separated from the horizontal basal portion, and thus decidedly different from that in
Hermodice. The larger pair of eyes is situated in a line with the anterior margin of
the tentacle, and the smaller a short distance behind. The four mark out an oblong,
probably nearly a square in life.

The mouth opens on the ventral surface at the anterior border of the fourth body-
segment, the central region in front being occupied by the wedge-like lobes which pass
forward to form the snout, and the sides by the convergent lines of the three anterior
body-rings. The anus occupies the dorsum of about three of the small terminal
segments, and has posteriorly a prominent papilla. In the intestinal canal of specimens
from the Seychelles are masses of algse and considerable pieces of coral and nuUipore.
In the present case pieces of olive-brown sea- weed are most conspicuous.

The branchiae commence on the second body-segment each as a tnft of two processes.
They are continued along the dorsum as somewhat less conspicuous organs than in
Hermodice. When fully formed each tuft consists of a series of slightly divided processes,
chiefly after a dichotomous type. They are continued to the last or the penultimate
segment. A peculiar infusorial parasite occurs in numbers on the branchiae.

The dorsal bristles consist (1) of a few simple distinctly curved bristles (PI. IIIa.
fig. 5), which are frequently alisent in the preparations ; (2) of a large group of charac-
teristic bristles with slightly bifid tips (PI. IIIa. fig. 6), one of the divisions being a mere
spur, while the other is extremely elongated and tapering, with serrations along the
inner edge ; and (3) of a well-marked serrated series (PI. IIIa. fig. 7), vdth the terminal
portion striated in a peculiar manner.

The ventral bristles are bifid, one or two superiorly (PI. IIIa. fig. 8) having slender
shafts and very long tips, with serrations on the inner edge ; while the majority have
stout tips (PI. IIIa. fig. 9) with three or four serrations on the inner margin. Anteriorly
the tips of these bristles are somewhat longer. Amongst the inferior bristles are some
short simple spines with a dilatation in the centre (PI. IIa. fig. 13). Similar forms are
also shown by Kinberg in Eurythoe corallina} These hastate spines have the tips
projecting only a short distance beyond the cuticle, the stoutest part of the bristle being
internal.

The dorsal cirrus has the usual basal segment, and though fairly developed does not
project quite as far as the bristles. It becomes more elongated jDosteriorly. The ventral
is a short process in the ordinary position.

The arrangement of the nerve-trunks differs from that in CJdoeia, since the oblique
muscles decussate beneath them. In some sections (anterior) a regularly arranged
series of longitudinal fibres occurs within the circular muscular layer, so that the nerve-
cords are carried further inward at these points.

1 Freg. Eugen. Resa, Tab. xii. fig. 12.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

29

This species agrees with the Eurythoe pacijica, Kinberg, as named by Prof. Grube
in the Godeffroy Collection, except in slight particulars due to indifferent preservation and
the wear of the bristles in the larger specimens. The same author, moreover, had under
examination other examples from Tahiti and the Nicobar Islands.^ Some from Samoa
measure about a foot in spirit. The same form was found by Prof. Percival Wright in
the Seychelles, and it appears to be identical with the Amphinome hruguieresi of De
Qnatrefages.^ The Eurythoe alcyonia of Savigny from the Eed Sea (Dr. Eiippell) is also
closely allied, to judge from an example in the British Museum. The ventral bristles are
smooth. A near form is the Amjohinome alba, Baird, the ventral bristles of which are
mostly smooth, only one showing a serration. In the British Museum the Eurythoe
[Amphinome) complanata from the West Indies seems to have the tip of the ventral
bristles quite smooth.

In the present state of our knowledge it is almost impossible to diagnose the forms
referred to by the various authors, and it is probable that the same species has received
several names. The laxity in this respect is shown by the fact that Kinberg in his
description states that the ventral bristles are smooth, while his artist figures them with
serrations.

One of the Ceylonese individuals of Eurythoe pacijica in the British Museum shows a
few notches in the ventral bristles towards the tip, but nO' distinct serrations.

Eurythoe pacijica, var. levuhaensis (PL XVI. fig. 5; PL IIa. fig. 14; PI. IIIa. figs,
10-12).

Habitat. — Levnka, Fiji.

The examples are small, the longest measuring about 18 mm., and the diameter of the
fragmentary larger sj^ecimen being 3 mm. One has fifty segments.

It is distinguished from the foregoing by the much more distinct segmentation, the
rings being both larger and more deeply cut. The snout is more evidently bi-lobed,
and the caruncle is proportionally broader, but it is doubtful how much reliance can be
placed on spirit-preparations in this respect. The median tentacle is smaller than in either
of the others. The eyes occupy the ordinary position, and are of a dull brown colour
The anterior pair (as usual) are considerably larger. The caruncle impinges posteriorly
on the fourth segment. Interiorly the mouth opens at the anterior border of the fourth
body-segment, the three anterior somites sloj)ing oblicjuely from the sides inward. The
median folds (prsestomium) show a distinct central hollow in front, though in this respect
it agrees with the previous form.

The only indication of branchiae on the first body-segment is an eminence at the
base of the cirrus, but on the next is an inner tuft of two or three erect processes,
1 Annel. Novara-Exped., Zool. Th., Bd. ii. p. 8. (sep. Abd.). ^ Anneles, i. p. 398.

30

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGES.

and an enter of two filaments. When fully formed the organs differ from those of the
previous form by their greater size and more evident divisions, features borne out on
microscopic examination. The processes are larger and longer, as well as more distinctly
lanceolate at the tip, whereas in the former case they are blunt. The branchiae are
continued to the posterior end.

In examining the dorsal bristles, a feature at once strikes the observer, viz., their
greater translucency and much more flexible nature. The bifid kind (PL IIIa. fig. 10) have
somewdiat larger shafts than in the former examj^les, and the serrations on the inner
side of the tip are less distinct. The serrated kind (PL IIIa. fig. 1 1 represents an average
specimen) is not marked by distinct lines or grooves toward the tip as in the previous
form, and the teeth are less prominent. These bristles seem to be more numerous in
the tuft than in the typical Eurytlioe 'pacijica. Another feature is the great prominence of
the smooth curved form (PL IIIa. fig. 5) in the foregoing specimens, and their comparative
paucity and slenderness in this.

The ventral bristles are on the whole more translucent, and have the tips more dilated
than in Eurytlioe pacijica proper. One of the average bristles from the anterior third of
the body is shown in PL IIIa. fig. 12, though it has to be mentioned that the number of
serrations on the inner edge of the tip is sometimes three or four in the anterior feet. If
the bristle is slightly turned round the tip appears narrower, so that there is lateral
flattening. The hastate spine (PL IIa. fig. 14) is somewhat larger than in the previous
form. The elongated series, corresponding to PL IIIa. fig. 8, is also present, and closely
approaches the latter. The resemblance in the characters of the bristles is striking, and
it has been thought unnecessary to make specific separation.

The nerve-cords have the same relations as in the preceding form, and the alternation
of the ventral longitudinal muscles is even more apparent. This alternate passage invurd
and outward of the ventral longitudinal muscle is noteworthy. A small canal exists in
the central line of the hypoderm. It is interesting to find the canal independent of the
nerve-oords.

Hipponoe, Audonin and Milne-Edwards.

Hipp>onoe gaudichaudi, Audouin and Milne-Edwards (PL I. fig. 5; PL IV. fig. 3; PL
IIIa. figs. 13-17).

Elabitat. — Several examples occurred on a log at the surface of the sea, 100 miles
north of Bermuda, 28th May 1873. Another was found adherent to Lepas fascicularis
on the surface of the North Pacific, 6th July 1875.

This form certainly presents a very considerable divergence from the Amphinomidse
in external appearance. The body is much more flattened, somewhat fusiform in outline,
and composed of about thirty-two boldly-marked segments, including head and tail.
The length of the largest specimen is 24 mm., and its breadth fully 5 mm.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELLDA.

31

Instead of the preoral folds the minute head of the animal forms the anterior border
of the snout. In shape it is somewhat ovoid or occasionally lozenge-shaped, from the
pointed nature of the anterior edge. It bears on the dorsal surface four eyes, all nearly
equal in size, and forming a rectangle, those of each pair being close together, thus
diverging from the ordinary type in the Amphinomidse. Somewhat behind the posterior
pair of eyes is the long median tentacle, a simple subulate process which projects
backward as far as the middle of the second body-segment. A little in front of the eyes
at each side is a tentacular cirrus, considerably shorter than the foregoing ; while
on either side of the tip of the snout is another of similar length. The mouth
opens on the under surface at the anterior border of the second body-segment, and a flat
surface, marked by two narrow longitudinal ridges, leads forward to the tip of the snout.
The posterior end terminates in a bulbous anus, which in some appears pediculated, from
the constriction immediately in front.

The branchiae commence on the fourth body-segment as a considerable tuft in each
case, and when fully developed consist of a slightly divided arbuscle richly coated with
cilia, and thus diverging from the condition in the Amphinomidae. Moreover, the hypo-
derm of the organ presents a lax and cellular appearance, while the cuticle is very thin on
the distal processes. In transverse section the translucent areolar hypoderm is especially
marked at the base of the organ. The central area is occupied by large granular globules,
apparently coagulated blood, and the latter also occurs in the two channels in the distal
branches, v/hich are irregularly dichotomous. The cilia appear to form several rows on
the sides of the processes. The branchiae in the Hippoyioe cranchii of Baird are decidedly
larger.

The dorsal bristles form a broad fan-like tuft at the anterior border of each segment,
extending from the dorsal to the ventral aspect of the foot, and with the slight concavity
of the curve directed backward. The bristles are translucent, simple, and tapering
(PI. IIIa. fig. 13). The outline of the lower part of the shaft (PI. IIIa. fig. 16) is slightly
irregular, from indications of the points or spikes, which become more distinct distally,
and there is a single median streak probably due to a ridge externally, the rest of the
surface being marked by fine longitudinal lines. In the figure the shaft is comj)ressed
and cracked, but the spikes are thus rendered more evident. In its normal condition the
lower part of the shaft appears as a clear tubular bristle (PL IIIa. fig. 15), only a slight
roughness along one of the margins indicating the spikes. The mere evaporation of a
small portion of the water between the cover and the slide suffices to destroy the outline
by breaking the tube and causing it to resemble fig. 16. The tips of some are peculiarly
bifid (PI. IIIa. fig. 14). Acetic acid has very little effect on these bristles except in
rendering them more translucent. No bubbles of gas escape, and they are less brittle
than in the Amphinomidse ; so that on the whole they do not seem to be of the same
characteristic calcareous nature.

82

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGER,

The dorsal surface of the body is slightly convex, whereas the ventral is marked hy a
deep median groove from the month to the posterior extremity. On the prominent
portion of the second body-segment, bounding the lateral and j^osterior part of the mouth,
on each side is a slight pit containing the characteristic hooks of the species. The
succeeding segments show a similar fossa on each side, about midway between the
median groove and the external border. The hooks (PL I II a. fig. 17) are strictly bifid,
with a long curved sharp terminal claw, and a shorter blunt one beneath ; the former
being marked by coarse, and the latter by fine striae. The deep pits with their prominent
fleshy margins are probably of importance in keeping the hooks always sharj) and
uninjured. The latter are perhaps capable of a certain amount of extrusion when the
animal wishes to anchor itself to floating timber or other structures. In Hipponoe cranchii,
Baird, the hooks quite differ in structure.

A single cirrus of considerable size, in the form of a simple subulate process, is
situated at the inferior margin and slightly behind the bristle-tuft, and therefore is best
seen from the ventral surface.

Posteriorly the body terminates in a simple rounded papilla bearing the anus on the
dorsum. The last pair of branchise occur at each side of the papilla.

The specimens are all so distended with ova that the structure of the body-wall
cannot be seen with clearness. The chief points noticed are the great thickness and
translucency of the hypoderm, which is almost Nemertean in its areolar and cellular
condition, along the ventral and lateral surfaces ; but on the dorsum between the bristle-
bundles it is much thinner and more compact. Moreover, the cuticle along the ventral
region is not readily distinguished as a separate layer (the surface resembling that in
the Nemertean which has a ciliated coat); while on the dorsum the cuticle is of considerable
thickness. There is thus some evident difference in the physiology of the surfaces.
Beneath the hypoderm is the circular muscular coat. The longitudinal and oblique
muscles were so interfered with by the ova in the somewhat softened preparation, that
nothing definite could be determined. So far as could be observed, the nerves seemed to
lie above the oblique muscles.

In the example from the North Pacific there are twenty-four segments, including head
and tail. The branchiae commence on the left side on the second, as a simple process, and
on the right on the fourth segment as an arbuscle. The ventral hooks and dorsal bristles
correspond in minute structure with those from Bermuda.

Dr. Baird speaks of certain small parasitic animals being attached to the under
surface of the specimens in the British Musuem. None occurred in the present forms.
The species aj)pears to have a very wide range, stretching from Port Jackson, Australia, to
Madeira and the Bermudas. Dr. Baird,^ has the credit of correcting the erroneous descrip-
tions of his predecessors in regard to the eyes, hooks, and other parts. It is remarkable

^ Proc. Linn. Soc. Land., toI. x. p. 239.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

33

that the two former organs escaped the notice of MM. Audouin and Milne-Edwards, in
their original description of the species from Port Jackson, where it was obtained by
Capt. Freycinet in his celebrated voyage round the world. In two instances in the British
Museum the specimens occurred amongst barnacles.

Family Aphroditidjs.

The descriptions of the family given by Kinberg and other authors render it
unnecessary to define it on the present occasion. All the genera procured in the
Expedition of the Challenger fall under those already described, yet there are some forms
which, from their intermediate structure, help to clear up the relationshi]3s between
Aphrodita, Lcetmonice, and Hermione, and especially indicate the steps between the two
first mentioned. Something of the same kind, however, is brought to light without
traversing the great oceans^ viz., in watching the development of the bristles in the
ventral branch of Hermione hystrix.

Those authors who, like Savigny, Milne-Edwards, De Quatrefages, Grube, and Ehlers
place the Aphroditidse, Polynoidse, Acoetidse, and Sigalionidse in one family have certain
grounds for this step. Thus all have biramous segments, all have ventral cirri on every
foot; the scales are borne by similar segments ; the head has two eyes on each side, a
median tentacle, a pair of palpi, and four tentacular cirri. Moreover, there is a certain
agreement in regard to the arrangement and relation of the great nerve-cords, which in
Aphrodita occur in a transversely elongated space between the ventral attachments of
the oblique muscles, bounded externally by the hypodermic basement-tissue of the
cuticle ; in Polynoe they occupy a hypodermic area between the ventral longitudinal
muscles, the oblique muscles piercing the vertical at the upper and outer angle of the
space, and being attached externally and superiorly to the cords. In the Acoetidse they
are situated in the hypodermic region between the ventral longitudinal muscles (which
are closer than in the Polynoidse), a thin layer of the former occurring between them
and the cuticle. The great oblique muscles pass down do their upper and outer border.
Lastly, in the Sigalionidse the space between the ventral longitudinal muscles is still
more narrowed than in the previous group, and the hypodermic area for the nerves is
thus increased in depth. Superiorly the arch is completely covered by the insertions of
the vertical and oblique muscles; and the latter do not pierce the former (which occupy the
middle line), but are attached to the basement-tissue below them on each side of the
nerve-area. It will be observed that there is a gradational narrowing of the ventral
longitudinal muscles between the first and last mentioned groups.

On the other hand there are fair reasons why several authors adhere to the anmigement
of these groups in separate families. Thus, for instance, the Polynoidse diverge

(zOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 5

84

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

considerably from the Aphroditidse in the structure of the head, the arrangement of the
eyes, the armature of the proboscis, the form of the bristles, the presence of the
antennse (lateral tentacles of Grube), and other points, including the relationships of the
great nerve-cords (which in the Aphroditidse have the ganglia of the three first feet sepa-
rate, i.e., not united by transverse commissures), while such features are coaimon to the rest.
Taking the known facts into consideration, it wonld appear to be prudent at present to
leave the various groups above mentioned in separate families as Malmgren has done.

The family of the Aphroditidse is well represented in the collection, as may be
inferred when it is stated that Kinberg in his Annelids of the Voyage of the Swedish
frigate “ Eugenie ” mentions seven ; that only two are noticed by Grube in Semper s
great Philippine collection, and the same number (two) amongst the Annelids dredged in
the German exploring ship “ Gazelle” ; further, that none occur in the same author’s
Annulata CErstediana, and none in Schmarda’s series ; while the present collection affords
no less than thirteen.

All the Aphroditidse are deep-water forms, a feature at once dividing them from the
other groups formerly mentioned. They are evidently active feeders, though their
opportunities for such may sometimes be limited.

Mr. HaswelG has recently added to our knowledge of the segmental organs of
Aphrodita. Their external apertures, he observes, are situated on the ventral surface
close to the base of the parapodia, but there is no perforated papilla as in Polynoe. The
segmental organs consist of small, flattened, and somewhat sigmoid sacs.

Aphrodita, Linnaeus.

Aphrodita acideata, Linnaeus.

Habitat. — Dredged by H.M.S. “Knight Errant,” in the Faeroe Channel at Station 7,
August 12, 1880, in 530 fathoms; bottom temperature 46° '5, surface temperature 5 7°;
ooze. A small specimen.

AjAirodita australis, Baird (PL VII. figs. 6, 7 ; PI. VIa. figs. 4-7).

Aphrodita australis, Baird, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., voL viii. p. 176, 1865.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 163b, off Port Jackson, Australia, 3rd June 1874;
lat. 33° 51' 15" S., long. 151° 22' 15" W. ; depth, 35 fathoms; bottom temperature 63°,
surface temperature 69° ; hard ground.

The single young specimen is about 26 mm. in length and 18 mm. in breadth.
Contrasted with an example of Aphrodita acideata of the same length, it is very much
broader, wdiile the more abundant lateral hairs give it a woolly aspect. The dorsal felt

1 Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wcdes, vol. yii. p. 608.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

35

is coated with greyish mud, amongst which a Sabdlaria was found, so that there must
have been soft parts amongst the rocks. The colour of the beautiful lateral hairs differs
from that of the common species, being of a more delicate green, the whole indeed
inclining to a mixed pale bluish appearance. These lateral hairs are also much longer.
The segments are forty-two, the posterior region, which as usual in the group is distinctly
narrowed, bearing a proportionally larger number. The dorsal felt is extremely tough and
dense, more so than in Aphrodita actdeata. The head is a rounder and comparatively
larger organ than in the latter, having in front a short blunt conical tentacle or papilla,
immediately behind which (in a transverse line) are two eyes on each side, the anterior
pair being wider apart than' the posterior. They are small but distinct black points,
entirely sessile.

The body is more depressed than in Aphrodita actdeata, and instead of the rows of
stiff, sharp, dark brown spines which flank the sides in the latter, a series of light bronze-
coloured spines project outwards amongst the hairs. The tips of these do not taper
much, but end in somewhat broad points (PI. VIa. fig. 4), which are covered with
minute chitinous spikes, so that the surface is rasp-like. In consequence of this structure
the tips are generally coated with extraneous organisms of various kinds. The inner tufts
of bristles, which curve round and backward amongst the felt of the dorsum, are broad
at the base but taper to a slender tip, also marked by slight roughnesses or points. A
translucent filiform prolongation of the tip is common (PI. YIa. fig. 5).

The ventral bristles anteriorly are for the most part dart-shaped (PL VIa. fig. 7), but
the tip is seldom entire. It is easy to pass from this form to the slightly hairy kinds as
we proceed backward, and then to the form typical of the group (PI. VIa. fig. 6), the
figure rej^resenting one of the smaller bristles from the inferior division of the ventral
branch of the foot, these being somewhat less liable to injury than the strong upper ones.
In the latter the tips are almost all broken, a mere trace of the hairy part remaining.
Posteriorly the ends of the stout superior ventral bristles are rather more tapered.

The dense tufts of fine iridescent bristles which spring from the middle of each foot
are longer than in Aphrodita aculeata, and on the whole the basal regions of the shafts
are more slender. They taper to an extremely fine tip.

The dorsal cirri occur on alternate feet, and are long and finely tapered toward the
tip, which is slightly clavate. The surface is smooth, while internally a very distinct
muscular band occupies the middle. A peculiar network of fibres, apparently sub-hypo-
dermic, is also present. The ventral cirri have the same position as in Aphrodita
aculeata, but the tips are more finely tapered and more definitely bulbous. Though the
cirri of the dorsum are alternate in Aphrodita, the alternate arrangement of the bristles
present in Lcetmonice does not occur.

Dr. Baird does not mention eyes (though they are present) in his examples, which
were considerably larger than the foregoing. They came from Port Lincoln and Van

36

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Dieman’s Land. The larger example, in the British Museum, measures upwards of 4
inches in length, and an inch and a half in transverse diameter at the widest part. It
is much tapered posteriorly. The coarse nature of the dorsal felt alluded to above is
conspicuous in this large specimen. The large flattened yellowish-brown bristles with a
metallic lustre, curve backward over the felt. The sides are furnished with the long
iridescent hairs, which on the ventral surface have a rusty brownish hue. The dorsal
and ventral cirri agree in having a dilatation below the slender clavate tip, a feature not
seen in the small example from the Challenger. The dorsal bristles on the w^hole agree
with the latter in structure, but the ventral show no trace of the woolly region, probably
from friction. A curious arenaceous Foraminifer is parasitic on the middle of the ventral
region of the body. The other large specimen (from Van Dieman’s Land) unfortunately
had been sent in a dried condition, so that it is doubtful if it quite agrees wdth the
former. All the dorsal bristles appear to be much worn. Mr. Haswell, in his excellent
account of the Australian Aphroditacese,^ states that this species is not so common as the
European form ; indeed, he had only seen a spirit-preparation. He mentions Port
Stej)hens in addition to the above localities.

Aphrodita echidna, De Quatrefages ? (PI. VII. figs. 1,2; PL VIa. figs. 2, 3).

Aplirodita echidna, De Quatrefages, Anneks, i. p. 197.

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 307 (in the Strait of Magellan), January 4, 1876 ;
lat. 49° 24' 30" S., long. 74° 23' 30" W.; depth, 140 fathoms ; bottom temperature 7°’6 C.,
surface temperature 53'°0; blue mud. Also at Station 309 in the same Strait, January
8, 1876 ; lat. 50° 56' S., long. 74° 15' W.; depth, 40 fathoms; blue mud.

The body of the large example measures about 53 mm., and has a diameter of 25 mm.
at its widest part, viz., the middle.

The dorsum has a dull muddy green hue, marked at the sides by the points of the
spines which barely project through the investment. The lateral regions are of a dusky
ferruginous colour, and the same tint occurs on the anterior third of the ventral surface.
The odour of the specimens is peculiar. The segments are about thirty-five. Numerous
long-stalked Pedicellinse occurred on the large specimen.

The head is smooth, prominent, and rounded, with the tentacle in the median line at
the anterior border ; the tentacle is barely the length of the head, and the swelling below
the tip of the long distal division seems to be slight. It is covered with a blackish
deposit. No eyes are visible. The palpi have the usual length.

The dorsal felt is formed of very distinct and nearly equal fibres, which have the
ordinary hooked tip. The dorsal bristles (PL VIa. fig. 2) are short, and for the most

1 Proc. Linn. Sue. N. S. Wales, vol. Yii., June 1882.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

37

part enveloped by tbe felt, and they constitute a kind of double row along the dorsum.
The shafts of these are somewhat ovoid in transverse section in the middle, and more
Hattened towards the tip. Their texture is brittle, and they have the usual lustrous brown
appearance. Below the dorsal spines is a tuft of very long, simple, flexible bristles,
generally coated from base to apex with fine mud. They are most conspicuous posteriorly,
forming a dense mass on each side superiorly.

The envelopment of the dorsal spines by the felt causes the upper ventral bristles to
appear very prominent. They resemble stiff brown spines with a slightly pilose tij?,
which is frequently broken. The inferior group (a short distance outside the cirrus) are
much more slender, but conform to the same type, their distal regions remaining more
perfect from their sheltered position (PL YIa. fig. 3 — one of tlm inferior or smaller group,
it may be wdth the tip in process of reproduction). Anteriorly, as in allied forms, the
tips of the bristles are in many cases quite smooth. The internal portion of the bristle
is also less brittle than the exterior, the former remaining as a long appendage after
fracture of the latter.

The dorsal cirrus is long and tapering, and ends in a slightly enlarged tip. Its surface,
with the exception of a microscopic q»^^lpocil or minute papilla or two, appears to be
smooth. The ventral cirrus is subnlate, tapering from base to apex, and with more
numerous papillae. The tip appears also to be slightly bulbous, but it must be recollected
that spirit greatly alters these delicate structures.

The scales as usual are fifteen pairs, and both dorsal and ventral surfaces are coated
with a ferruginous deposit. A few microscopic papillae occur on the upper surface.
Some fragments of long hair-like greenish confervae were attached to the felt on the
dorsum of one specimen.

The proboscis {'pharynx exsertilis of Kinberg) and alimentary canal conform to the
typical structure. The former is much compressed laterally. The body-wall appears to
agree in structure with Aphi'odita aculeata, except that the dorsal cuticular papillae are
somewhat longer and have simple pointed tips, whereas in Ayylirodita aculeata they have
a slight terminal button or dilatation. The nerve-cords occupy the middle of the same
wide area between the oblique muscles inferiorly.

In one specimen the intestinal canal contained much granular debris, forming a
pulpy mass, in which shreds of cuticle and numerous bristles apparently of one of the
Spionidae occurred.

This difiers both from the Aphrodita alta and the Aphrodita longicornis of Kinberg,
the former coming from the South Atlantic near Rio Janeiro, and the latter from the
same ocean off the River Plate. From the first it is distinguished by the prominent
spines of the dorsum (they are hidden under the felt in Kinberg’s form), the absence of
the elevated ocular region on each side, and the shape of the tentacle, which has a shorter
and wider distal region in Aphrodita cdta ; whilst from Aphrodita longicornis it diverges

88

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

botli in regard to the shape and length of the tentacle (the organ being much shorter
in Aphrodita echidna), the form of the head and the absence of eyes. There is nothing
in the description of the Aphrodita echidna of M. de Quatrefages to give certainty in
contrasting it with others, but it agrees with the present form in having the felt in a
single layer, transfixed by the dark brown spines, and in all probability the forms are
the same. Nothing further is known of the French specimen than that it was procured
off South America by A. d’Orbigny.

Aphrodita intermedia, n, sp. (PI. I. fig. 6 ; PI. VIa. fig. l).

Dredged at Station 23a, off Sombrero Island, West Indies; lat. 18° 26' N., long.
63° 31' 15" W. ; depth, 460 fathoms; Pteropod ooze: also at Station 2a, off Culebra
Island, West Indies, lat. 18° 38' 30" N., long. 65° 5' 30" W. ; depth, 390 fathoms;
Pteropod ooze.

A minute ovoid form, measuring about 5 mm. in length and about half as much in
breadth.

The whole dorsum is enveloped in a whitish coating of Foraminiferous mud, which
obscures all the parts of the animal except a few of the ventral bristles along the anterior
edge. In the natural condition it is, indeed, difficult to distinguish the anterior from the
posterior end. The dorsal surface is convex, the ventral flattened. On the latter surface
the spaces between the feet are occupied by masses of the same granular whitish material,
which also in some parts projects beyond the tips. The whitish coating over the dorsum
is composed of minute round spicular bodies, white sand-grains of various shapes, and
debris. The layer is friable, and has only a few fine hairs in its composition. The
latter have nearly the delicacy of those of Aphrodita, and pass from the upper division
of the foot in beautiful pale iridescent tufts. They are so mixed with the little white
spiked bodies and other debris, that it is difficult to detach them, especially as there are
traces of minute serrations at the tip. No dorsal spines are visible in the example, a
feature probably associated with the presence of the dense coating of the whitish granules.

The specimen, unfortunately, is much softened, so that a minute description of the
cephalic region is difficult. It is at once seen, however, that the shape of the head
corresponds to that in Aphrodita, not Lcetmonice — being pear-shaped with the broad
region posteriorly. Onl}" the base of the tentacle remains in front. No eyes are visible,
and no ocular peduncles. The palpi are of moderate length, and furnished with elongate
papillse, which from their pointed tips resemble spines.

The ventral bristles occur in groups of three or four, supported by a spine in the
slender foot. The tip of each passes off from the shaft at a characteristic angle (PL VIa.
fig. 1). There is a very well-marked spur as in Lcetmonice, above which is a region
densely joilose almost to the terminal hook, and placed on one side like the setose tip in the

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

39

ordinary examples of tlie genus just lueutioued. lu tins remarkable form, however, the
region is still further continued in the shape of a translucent filiform villose process which
projects considerably beyond the hooked tip. The morphology therefore of this bristle
is most interesting, since it shows an intermediate condition between the simply villose
Aphroditacean bristle, and that with hook, spur, and pinnae characteristic of Lcetmonice.

The scales are very thin and quite smooth.

Hermione, Blainville.

Hermione hystrix (Savigny) (PI. YIII. fig. 3).

Halitliea hystrix, Savigny, Systeme des Ann61ides, p. 20.

Habitat. — Two small specimens were procured at St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands,
July 1873.

They quite agree with those from the Channel Islands, the South of England, and the
Mediterranean. It seems to me that the two closely allied forms, viz., Hermione
hystrix and Hermione hystricella, De Quatrefages, require further investigation.^ The
prickly dorsal bristles which pass from tlie great spines inward over the back occur in
many of the family, and a ventral bristle with a blunt tip from Hermione hystrix would
quite agree with Kinberg’s Hermione hystricella, De Quatrefages. The definitions given
by M. de Quatrefages as to the distinctions of the species are also open to doubt.

Lcetmonice, Kinberg.

Lcetinonice jilicornis, Kinberg (PI. Va. fig. 7).

Lcetmonice filicornis, Kiuterg, Ofversigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Eorliandk, 1855, p. 382; andFreg.

Eugen. Resa, p. 7, Tab. iii. f. 7, &c.

Habitat. — A single small specimen was dredged in the Fseroe Channel by H.M.S.
“Knight Errant,” August 12, 1880, at Station 7; lat. 50° 37' N., long. 7° 19' W.; depth,
530 fathoms ; bottom temperature 46°'5 F., surface temperature 57° ; ooze.

This form ranges over both sides of the Atlantic, being found on the shores of the
United States and Canada, and off various parts of Northern Europe.

Lcetmonice producta, Grube (PI. IVa. figs. 1-8).

Lcetmonice j)roducta, Grube, Monatsber. k. Akad. zu Berlin, August 1877, p. 512.

Habitat. — K large number of all sizes were dredged off Kerguelen. One specimen at
Station 149, on January 9, 1874 ; lat. 49° 8' S., long. 70° 12' E., from Accessible Bay ;

1 The Hermione chrysocoma of Baird is one of the Palmyracere, with long spinous dorsal bristles.

40

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

depth, 20 fathoms; volcanic mud. Two examples at Station 149c, Balfour Bay, Eoyal
Sound, Kerguelen, January 19, 1874; lat. 49° 32' S., long. 70° 0' W.; depth, 60 fathoms;
volcanic mud. A considerable number from Balfour Bay in 20 to 60 fathoms. A large
number at Station 149k, on January 29, 1874, off Christmas Harbour, in 120 fathoms.
Further, two small specimens were dredged at Station 151, February 7, 1874, off Heard
Island; lat. 52° 59' 30" S., long. 73° 33' 30" W..; depth, 75 fathoms; volcanic mud.

Many of the sjDecimens are large, some measuring about 100 mm. in length, and
including the bristles about 50 mm. in breadth. The outline of the body is broadly
fusiform. Segments from forty-four to forty-seven.

The somewhat triangular head has a slender elongated median tentacle, with a tip
to which is attached a pear-shaped process, the bulbous end being suj^erior. On each
side is a prominent rounded peduncle, bearing on the dorsal surface the rather small
eye. The palpi spring from the anterior border of the snout above the oral aperture,
and are separated at their bases by a peculiar fimbriated lobe (facial tubercle of Kinberg),
which may well subserve a tactile function. They appear smooth and glistening to the
naked eye, but microscopically their whole surface is covered with pointed cuticular
papillae. The palpi are gradually tapered from base to apex, but do not appear to be
quite round, a ridge occurring along their dorsal aspect. The aperture of the mouth is
directed forward on the ventral surface, the post-oral cuticle being boldy ridged longi-
tudinally. Behind the ocular peduncles a multilobate process- occurs, extending forward
as a boundary along the outer border, almost to the eyes. It is apparently better
developed in some specimens than in others.

The first foot is directed forward and bears a double tuft of simple bristles and two
cirri (tentacular cirri of Grube), the dorsal longer than the tentacle or the inferior cirrus.
They are situated on the posterior surface of the foot, but as the latter is directed forward
they become external. Both have a stout basal segment, and the peculiar pear-shaped
process at the tip. The bristles of this foot form a sort of tufted fringe all round the
anterior region — dorsally, anteriorly and ventrally, and they consist of simple tapering
bristles as in Lcetmonice jilicornis, coated with mud and parasitic growths of various
kinds (PL IVa. fig. 1, representing one from the ventral group of the first foot). It is
easily noticeable that the internal structure of the bristle differs from that in the
Amphinomidse in being chitinous or fibro-chitinous throughout. The dorsal tufts are
more elongated than the ventral, but they have a similar structure.

In the second foot the upper branch consists of a lower division of simple smooth
bristles with finely tapered acute tips, and an upper group of stouter bristles (PI. IVa.
fig. 2) having their shafts covered with chitinous nodules, while the tip is finely pointed,
though curved, and in some slightly serrated. The lower branch of the foot, again,
has two groups of bristles. (1) A dense brownish series, increasing in strength

REPOKT ON THE ANNELIDA.

41

from below upward, and furnisbed with elongated spinous tips. The stronger upper
series are much more boldly spinous than the lower, each, however, having the same
armature, viz., a double row of spines from the point where the shaft begins to diminish
nearly to the tip, which is bare (PL IVa. fig. 4). (2) The upper division shows in some

only a single powerful brownish bristle (PL IVa. fig. 3) with a strong hook at the top
of the shaft, and a series of about twenty-five spines beyond it ; while the tip for a
considerable distance is quite smooth and gently hooked. This kind of bristle has much
more numerous processes than the homologous forms in Lcetmonice Jilicornis from
Shetland, yet the cirri of the latter are throughout of a more elongated character, even
to the terminal pear-shaped processes.

The third foot has all the foregoing nharacters more decidedly developed, and the
number of strong bristles in the upper group of the ventral series is increased. As in the
second foot the ventral cirrus has undergone a change, being now a short process with a
filiform tip, thus diverging from the elongated dorsal with its pear-shaped extremity.

The fourth foot, perhaps, presents a maximum amount of complexity in regard to its
bristles. From below upward it shows— above the greatly diminished ventral cirrus — a
dense series of the doubly serrated kind, the upper groups presenting a strong tooth at
the commencement of the spinous row on each side, and since they are not opposite, an
alternate character is impressed on the rows. From the papilla above spring one or

two very powerful bristles, with a basal spur at the tip, and apparently only a single

row of spines. Then from the upper papilla arises a still stronger bristle with the hooks
and spines better developed. In the superior division of this foot there are no less than
four groups of bristles : (1) An inferior dense series composed of bristles with compara-
tively smooth slender shafts and simple tips. The shafts are finely striated longitudinally
(by transmitted light), and the tips are shaiq), smooth, and finely tapered. (2) A vertical
series of strong brown bristles (few in number), distinctly curved, with granular or

minutely nodulated shafts and delicately tapered tips. (3) Immediately in front of

the former is a group of simple bristles with long sharp tips like the inferior division
of the dorsal series. (4) Superiorly is a set of bristles, more slender than the second
group, but stronger than the third, and showing granulations, especially towards the tip.

The eighth foot still presents the four groups superiorly, the more robust being in front
and somewhat below the dorsal cirrus. Ventrally there are four or five very strong
though very brittle bristles which show an increase in the gap between the spine and
the more numerous spikes beyond. The seventh foot bears dorsally a series of very long-
spines, and a scale but no dorsal cirrus, the eighth having neither of the former. The
spines of the seventh are not barbed at the tip, but they are fully so in the ninth group.

In an average specimen the following is the arrangement of the feet in regard to
cirri and bristles : — the first presents a dorsal and ventral cirrus ; the third, a dorsa^. cirrus ;
in the fifth the bristles have undergone great elongation, but are without traces of barbs ;

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 6

42

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGES.

tlie sixth, a dorsal cirrus; the seventh, long dorsal bristles; the eighth, a cirrus; the ninth,
abundantly barbed long dorsal bristles, with a few simple ones ; and so on to the twenty-
eighth, which has a cirrus ; the twenty -ninth, a cirrus ; the thirtieth, dorsal bristles ; the
thirty -first and thirty-second, dorsal cirri ; the thirty-third, bristles ; the thirty-fourth
and thirty-fifth, cirri ; the thirty-sixth, bristles ; the thirty-seventh and thirty-eighth,
cirri ; the thirty-ninth, modified small bristles ; the fortieth and forty-first, cirri ; and the
forty-second, bristles.

Thus the general arrangement in regard to the structure of the feet throughout the
chief jDart of the body, viz., from the fifth to the twenty-eighth foot, is that the segments
bear cirri and long dorsal bristles or spines (with scales) alternately, the former having
the chief bristle-tufts directed laterally, the latter dorsally. A typical spine-bearing
segment, e.g., the nineteenth, bears dorsally a series of boldly curved dull golden bristles
which sweep backward and inward over its own and the succeeding scale. These bristles
are rather broad and flattened inferiorly, but taper to attenuate simple extremities, the
greater part of the latter region being minutely nodulated. They seem to attain
their greatest development in those species devoid of a dorsal felt, and thus probably
subserve a protective function.. The next inferior group consists of a tuft of lustrous brown
spines {setce glocliidece), about three-quarters of an inch in length, which slant backward in a
conspicuous manner (PI. IVa. fig. 5- — representing an example in which the sheath at the
tip has been removed). A characteristic feature when contrasted with LcBtmonice JUicornis
is the opposite or nearly opposite position of the fangs, some showing them very slightly
alternate at the. base. There are usually five pairs of these recurved fangs, though a few
show six, the first and last being smaller than the others. This formidable defensive
apparatus is sheathed in two chitinous flaps (PI. IVa. fig. 6 — from the ninth foot, and
somewhat broader than usually seen). As mentioned, a few in the ordinary feet show
alternate fangs (PL IVa. fig. 7); and one or two equally powerful bristles of the same
length, but with smooth tips, also^occur. Below the foregoing is a tuft of simple bristles
having striated shafts and very attenuate tips. With the latter exception the whole of the
bristles are advanced upward, so that they alternate with neighbouring feet. In young
specimens the strong spines on the dorsum are often simple at the tip, and the dorsal dull
golden simple bristles stand nearly erect instead of curving over the scales as in the adult.
The number and variety of parasitic growths and adherent debris on these and other
bristles are remarkable, and indicate the rich nature of the ground on which they feed.

The ventral bristles (PI. IVa. fig. 8) have lustrous brown shafts, and project far
beyond the feet on each side. The shaft has a long and curved hook at its distal end,
then after an interval this is followed by a series of chitinous processes (arranged in a
pectinate manner), which gradually diminish in size to the slightly hooked tip. Posteriorly,
the bare part at the tip again lengthens as observed anteriorly (PI. IVa. fig. 3), and the
spines diminish in length. There is thus a transition anteriorly and posteriorly. The central

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

43

portion (tliat wliicli surrounds the cavity, and is streaked by transmitted light) is tougher
than the exterior glistening part, and is often torn out in the form of a long appendage
to the tip.

The scales amount to twenty pairs, and entirely cover the dorsum, the first and last
being small. They are smooth, parchment-like, slightly iridescent organs, showing under
a moderate power granular rows radiating from the attached portion. The segments to
which they are fixed in an example having twenty pairs are : — -second foot, fourth,
fifth, seventh, ninth, eleventh, thirteenth, fifteenth, seventeenth, nineteenth, twenty-first,
twenty-third, twenty-fifth, twenty-eighth, thirty-first, thirty-fourth, thirty-seventh,
fortieth, forty-third, and forty -fifth. They are symmetrically arranged, as usual, on both
sides. No dorsal felt exists.

The dorsal cirri are long smooth organs, tapering from base to tip, and each is
furnished with the distal pear-shaped process. As usual they occur on the feet devoid
of scales. The ventral cirrus is a short subulate process, with a basal division. The tip
scarcely reaches the point of exit of the inferior bristles.

The anus is dorsal and well-defined. The last pair of small scales arch over it
superiorly.

The ventral surface of the body has many brownish cuticular warts, which also cover
the sides of the feet. Some of the younger specimens dredged off Christmas Harbour
show a much more villous condition of the ventral surface, and the villi are pale. This
papillose state is very conspicuous over the post- oral area.

The play of colours even in the spirit-preparations is varied. The dorsum has a pale
iridescent hue from the scales, upon which the lustrous dark golden inner dorsal bristles
rest. These are flanked by the boldly developed long spines, which are deep brown,
while the pale golden lateral tufts form a conspicuous fringe from head to tail along their
outer border. Thus from the first the long spines form a median row flanked by two
golden rows of varying shades. Lastly, the long lustrous ventral bristles constitute an
interrupted series of palisades below. A large number of parasitic growths — sponges,
Foraminifera, Diatoms, hydroid zoophytes, Polyzoa, Loxosomse, Ascidians, entangled
worms, and others in tubes of sponge-spicules — occur amongst the bristles.

One half of the alimentary system of the animal is formed by the powerful oesophageal
apparatus or proboscis, the comparatively short intestinal canal succeeding the latter-
having its surface augmented by lateral diverticula, which in these subserves the
purpose of the spiral valve in higher forms. The intestine generally contains a cjuantity
of greyish pulp, showing a vast number of sponge-spicula, 'fragments of Diatoms, bristles
of Polynoidae and other Annelids, fragments of sessile-eyed Crustacea, ova, a few small
Mollusca, and all the organic debris usually found in rich mud. The proboscis is much
more flattened from side to side than in Aphrodita acideata, but it seems to be composed
of the same densely arranged series of fibres. It differs in its relation to the alimentary

44

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

canal posteriorly, for its conical termination projects freely into the dilated digestive tube,
which throughout is larger proportionally than in Aphrodita aculeata, and does not
exhibit the siphonal bend at the termination of the proboscis. The jDapillee of the cuticle
are less globular than in Aphrodita acideata, having a somewhat ovoid shape.

This species evidently occurs, as many of its congeners do elsewhere, in great pro-
fusion at Kerguelen. It is briefly described by Prof. Grube^ from specimens procured by
the German exj)loring ship “ Gazelle.” It w"as the only species of the genus got in the
Expedition. Although perhaps not a typical representative of the group, it shows how
insecure the notion of Kinberg and De Quatrefages was, that Lcetmonice diverges from
Hermione in having the dorsal covering of felt over the scales.. This has been dwelt on
by Baird, Grube, and Claparede.

Lcetmonice produGta, var. ivyvillei (PI. YIL fig. 3 ; Ph IVa. figs. 9-11).,

Habitat. — Dredged along with many other Annelids on very rich ground at Station
144a off Marion Island, December 26, 1873 ; lab 46° 48' S., long. 37° 49' AV. ; in 50 to
70 fathoms; surface temperature, 41°’0; volcanic sand. Another Station is off Prince
Edward Island, in 150 fathoms ; and a third is Station 157 (about midway between the
Antarctic regions and Australia), on March 3, 1874; lat. 53° 55' S., long. 108° 35' E ;
depth, 1950 fathoms ; surface temperature, 37°'2;. Diatom ooze. The latter Station was
also prolific in novelties..

This form on careful examination differs from the foregoing, even in external apjiear-
ance. Thus the colour of the long dorsal' bristles is much darker and duller than in
the typical Lcetmonice producta, and they also have less ‘‘sheen.” The ventral surface
is more villous or papillose, especially over the- oral region. The head has somewhat
shorter and more globular ocular peduncles, which, however, show no trace of eyes. The
median tentacle is considerably longer, though it follows the same type. The process
behind the ocular peduncle on each side is simple and much smaller. The length of the
largest example is about 68 mm., and its breadth 25 mm., exelusive of the bristles. The
number of segments is forty-three.

The great dark brown spines of the dorsum, traces of v/hich occur on the fourth
foot, quite differ from those of Lcetmonice producta. They are rather stouter, especially
at the tip (PI. ITa. fig. 9), and as a rule there are only three recurved fangs on each side,
rarely four. The differences in general structure are shown by contrasting the figure just
mentioned and fig. 5 of the same plate. The recurved teeth are directed more to one
face than another, so that both are not well seen at the same time. Another divergence
is the length of the inner dorsal bristles, which in the previous species form the con-
spicuous series over the scales. In Lcetmonice producta, var. loyvillei, they are longer, and

1 Monatsher. d. h. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, August 1877.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

45

tteir curve at the tip less marked. The minute nodes toward their distal region are also
larger and more evident (PL IVa. fig. 11), while the tip is smooth.

The semi pen n ate ventral bristles (PI. IVa. fig. 10), are distinguished from those of
the previous species in being furnished with much more slender and elongated tips, but
the terminal part or hook is shorter. The secondary processes or pinnae are more
numerous, more slender, and more elongated. Moreover, throughout the lower two thirds
it is observed that these show a shght enlargement toward the centre, so that the process
is somewhat fusiform. Instead of the comparatively small number of these pinnae in the
typical LcBtmonice producta, there are upwards of seventy in the present form. The
basal hook is pro]3ortionally smaller, and it is often broken ; indeed the entire bristle is
very easily injured, so that it is rare to have the pinnae perfect. Parasitic on the bristles
were many beautiful thecate Infusoria with Diatoms in their interior, and stalked
Acineta-ioxms, externally; and to one bristle a small Terehratida adhered. Foraminifera
and Diatoms occurred in swarms on these organs.

Only eighteen scales appear to be jDresent ; otherwise there is complete similarity
between this form and the foregoing, in regard to both scales and cirri. The* number
of the scales is, however, of comparatively little moment ; the main distinction lies in the
structure of the dorsal spines and ventral bristles. It is an interesting feature also that
the long lateral bristles of the cirriferous feet have a nodular surface towards the tip,
and that the head dilfers in form as well as in the- absence of eyes. The papillae of the
cuticle are ovoid. This appears to be a well marked variety of the foregoing.

The example from 1950 fathoms had evidently fed on one of the Polynoidse allied to
Evarne, and its intestinal canal contained shreds of skin, hosts of bristles, pieces of scales,
numerous Radiolaria, and much granular debris.

Loetmonice producta, var. henthaliana (PI. VIII. figs. 4, 5 ; PL IVa. fig. 12 ; PL Va.
figs. 1, 2)..

Habitat. — The geographical range of this form is- considerable. It occurred in the
trawl, along with a huge Balanoglossus from Station 147 (between Prince Edward Island
and Kerguelen), December 30, 1873; lat. 46° 16' S.,, long. 48° 27' E. ; depth, 1600
fathoms; bottom temperature 34°’2, surface temperature 41°‘0 ; Diatom ooze. Again in
the trawl at Station 157 (midway between the Antarctic regions and Australia), March 3,
1874; lat. 53° 55' S., long. 108° 35' E.; depth, 1950 fathoms; bottom temperature 32°T,
surface temperature 37°'2 ; Diatom ooze. Along with it were a remarkable villous
Trophonia, a rare Ascidian, and a Holothurian. It was also trawled at Station 241 (in
the North Pacific), June 23, 1875; lat 35° 41' N., long. 157° 42' E. ; depth, 2300
fathoms; bottom temperature 35°T, surface temperature 69°'2 ; red clay. Lastly at
Station 244, June 28, 1875; lat. 35° 22' N., long. 169° 53' E. ; depth, 2900 fathoms;

46

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

bottom temperature 35°’3, surface temperature 70°'5 ; red clay. Most of the specimens
were loaded with mud or ooze of varying character, according to the nature of the ground,
and it adhered most tenaciously to the bristles.

There is little in external appearance to distinguish it from its congeners except
perhaps the very great length of the dorsal spines, the greater delicacy of the scales, the
greyish muddy coating of the bristles, and the smoothness of the ventral surface. The
latter presents only a few minute papillae, which are somewhat conical in shaj^e, and a few
also occur in the middle of the dorsum, The length of a large example is about 48 mm.
The number of segments is about thirty-three.

The head is somewhat smaller than in either of the foreg-oino’ and the attachment of
the first pair of scales infringes considerably on its area posteriorly, in contrast with those
alluded to. The ocular peduncles are more globular, and they are eyeless. The median
tentacle is a similar elongated tapering structure with the peculiar enlargement at the
tip. The papilla in a line behind the ocular peduncle is much less developed than in
either of the foregoing, forming a barely appreciable eminence just in front of the attach-
ment of the first scale. The lateral regions of the head are very prominent. The palpi
are somewhat longer than in Lcetmonice pi'oducta, var. ivyvillei, but show the same
microscopic cuticular papillae. Between their bases is a papillose wedge, the papillae
being much less developed interiorly than in the last-mentioned form. Behind the oral
region ventrally is the usual longitudinally grooved area, which, however, has only
small papillae at the sides ; indeed, the whole ventral surface is in contrast with that of
either of the former species, for it is smooth and glistening, under the naked eye, the
lens, and the microscope.

It is unnecessary to go into the arrangement of the scales on the different feet, since
they follow the same rule as in the previous forms. Their number is generally fifteen
pairs ; and they are also more delicate and diaphanous, exhibiting under the microscope
a finely granular condition with radiating lines.

The dorsal bristles (forming the great spines) are considerably larger than in the
preceding, and while their shafts are large and flattened, the tips are relatively small
(PI. Ya. fig. 1), and, as represented in the drawing, present a distinct curve in certain views.
They are grooved at the base and have a peculiar reddish-brown sheen. The number of
recurved hooks at the tip varies, but the average is three or four. One showed the
peculiarity of having a series of small teeth on each side below the larger. The simple
bristles as a rule have minute spikes directed downward toward the terminal region, a
condition less marked in the previous forms, though the amount of adventitious structures
often obscures their minute characters. The granulations are probably modifications of
this feature. One of the hairs from the dorsal tuft overlapping the scales is represented
in PI. IVa. fig. 12, The longitudinal striae are very distinctly marked in these bristles.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

47

and as the recurved spikes are only seen on one side in relief, it is probable that they do
not entirely surround the bristle. The shaft likewise shows numerous chitinous prickles.
Viewed as a whole, the bristle is somewhat fusiform, narrow at tip and base, and dilated
in the middle.

The ventral bristles (PI. Va. fig, 2) have a brownish colour. The shaft slightly
dilates upward toward the spur, from which it diminishes to the tip. The latter is
strongly hooked, and the inward curve of the dorsal edge of the region below is much
more pronounced than in Lcetmonice producta, var. ivyvillei. The setae or pinnae of the
tip gradually increase in length from base to apex, the lowest series being shorter and
stouter than in the last-mentioned variety ; but the spur is similar.

The arrangement of the cirri seems to be the same as in the two previous forms.
The two cirri on the first foot are shorter than the succeeding, but all are very delicate
and tapering, much more so than in either of the foregoing. Nothing is more diagnostic
than the condition of the ventral cirrus, which forms a very minute filiform process about
the middle of the greatly elongated foot. It can barely be detected with the naked eye.

The anus forms a prominent button projecting upward in the middle line at the
posterior extremity. It is covered by the last pair of scales. In a specimen from Station
147 the intestine was loaded with greyish mud composed of sponge-spicules, Eadiolarians,
Foraminifera, Diatoms, &c.

The specimen from Station 157 has eighteen pairs of scales, but so far as can be
noticed the great dorsal bristles nearly agree with the description, while the ventral
mainly differ in regard to the greater number of short stiff ones near the lower edge. There
are slight differences in regard to the head. Those from Station 244 are much softened
and injured. The great spines of the dorsum generally show three recurved fangs on one
side and four on the other, and the shaft is covered with prickles. The largest example
has a parasitic hydrozoon growing under the scales on its dorsum, with a soft coenosarc
and peculiar saccate hydranths, which Prof. Allman finds is a new type. The ventral
bristles of these deep-sea forms are hollow, and become quite flattened by desiccation.
The extraordinary quantity of Diatoms, stalked Infusoria, spicules of sponges, and
Synaptce entangled in the mucus amongst the bristles is a striking feature.

In this form the nerve-cords seem to be much diminished, only a slight thickening in
the central region of the long area marking their situation in transverse section.

Lcetmonice producta, var. ivillemoesi (PI. VI. fig. 3 ; PI. Ya. figs. 3, 4),

Habitat. — This form has a very wide range, extending from the Azores to the
Antarctic Ocean and the north-eastern shores of Australia and New Zealand. It was
obtained in the trawl at the following localities, every one of which had a sea-botrom of
Globigerina ooze : — Station 70 (to the west of the Azores), June 26, 1873 ; lat. 38° 25' N.,

48

THE YOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

long. 35° 50' W.; depth, 1675 fathoms ; surface temperature, 70°‘0; Globigerina ooze.
Station 133 (near Tristan da Cunha, in the middle of the South Atlantic), October 11,
1873; lat. 35° 41' S., long. 20° 55' W.; depth, 1900 fathoms ; bottom temperature
35°*4, surface temperature 58°’0 ; Globigerina ooze. Station 146 (to the east of
Prince Edward Island), December 29, 1873; lat. 46° 46' S., long. 45° 31' E. ;
depth, 1375 fathoms; bottom temperature 35°‘6, surface temperature 43°'0 .; Globi-
gerina ooze. Station 169 (off the north-east point of the northern island of New
Zealand), July 10, 1874; lat. 37° 34' S., long. 179° 22' E. ; depth, 700 fathoms;
bottom temperature 40°'0, surface temperature 58°‘2 ; Globigerina ooze. Station 184
(off the north-eastern shores of Australia), August 29, 1874 ; lat. 12° 8' S., long.
145° 10' E.-; depth, 1400 fathoms; bottom temperature 36°‘0, surface temperature
77°'5 ; Globigerina ooze.

This species closely approaches Loetmonice proclucta, var. henthaliana in external
appearance, except that minute brownish papillae on the scales render the dorsum some-
what dusky, and that the palpi are much longer. The number of segments is about
thirty-five; the length of one of the larger examples is 33 mm., and the breadth (exclusive
of bristles) 13 mm.

The head differs from the preceding in having large ocular peduncles, which are quite
globular. The distinction is evident when two specimens of equal size are placed
together. The ocular peduncles, indeed, are so large that the median tentacle is thrusc
backward, whereas in the former it lies between the peduncles. In the north Australian
example the ocular peduncles are somewhat smaller and more distinctly separated from
the tentacle. The peduncles in all are devoid of pigment. The median tentacle and all
the cirri are decidedly longer. The palpi also exceed very considerably those of Lcetmonice
producta, var. henthcdiana in length, show both a dorsal and a ventral ridge in the pre-
paration, and have their surface covered with cuticular papillse. There is no visible
papilla behind the ocular peduncles. The palpi have a similar (triangular) papillose mass
between their bases, and the oral margins of the ventral eminence are papillose. Small
papillae occur on the cuticle of the ventral surface.

The extruded proboscis extends outwards nearly three fourths the length of the
animal. It is terminated dorsally and ventrally by a densely papillose fringe, and the
inner surface is produced above and below into firm almost cartilage-like protuberances.
The villous condition is due to an immense number of paj)illae arising from isolated
processes. The papillae are simple, bifid, or multifid structures, and show at least two
rows of cells. The basal region of the papillae is peculiarly wrinkled.

The scales are fifteen pairs, and differ from those of Lcetmonice producta, vai:. henthaliana,
in showing a few minute brownish papillae on the dorsal surface. The latter are absent
in one example, viz., that from Station 70.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

49

Unfortunately the dorsal spines had almost disappeared. Only a single short
(developing) spine occurred at the posterior third of one specimen. It resembles that of
the previous form, having four teeth on one side and three on the other (PI. Ya. fig. 3).
Its colour is somewhat lighter than in Lcetmonice producta, var. henthaliana, being of a
golden brown. The shaft, as in the latter, j)ossesses many prickles. In a specimen from
the north-east coast of New Zealand the dorsal spines showed three teeth on each side.

The ventral bristles are also much broken, and they differ from those of Lcetmonice
producta, var. henthcdiana in being somewhat more slender, and in having the pinnae next
the hook (PL Va. fig. 4) much more elongated. Only one or two of the inferior pinnae are
slightly thickened. These pinnae are also proportionally longer, especially towards the
tip, than those of Lcetmonice producta, var. wyvillei. The transverse striae in the shaft are
very closely arranged, and appear to be more regular and distinct than in any of the
former. In some of the larger examples the posterior edge of the tip shows minute
roughnesses. Occasionally the spur is bifid. The shafts also appear to be angular,
especially in mounted preparations.

The dorsal cirri are somewhat longer than in Lcetmonice producta, var. ivyvillei, but
the ventral are similar. The foot is also more gibbous at the base.

The siphonic curve of the alimentary region behind the proboscis is well marked in the
specimens. The intestine contained greyish mud composed of Foraminifera, fragments
of minute Crustacea, perforated calcareous plates like those of the Polyzoa, sponge-spicules,
and debris.

It is very interesting to notice the closeness with which the three forms, viz., this,
the var. henthaliana and the var. wyvillei approach each other ; yet, after careful con-
sideration, it is no easy matter to unite them. The differences in external appearance,
in the cephalic appendages, and in the structure of the bristles which characterise
each, are so well defined that, with the evidence at command, separation might have
been pardonable, but it has been thought prudent at present simply to make them
varieties of the typical form. The difference in size of the respective forms is also
noteworthy.

Lcetmonice p)roducta, var. assimilis (PI. VIII. fig. 2; PI. Va. figs. 5-8).

Dredged at Station 49 (south of Halifax, Nova Scotia), May 20, 1873; lat. 43° 3' N.,
long. 63° 39' W.; depth, 85 fathoms; bottom temperature 35°'0, surface 40°'5; gravel
and stones. The fauna of this region very much resembled that of the mouth of the
river St. Lawrence, Canada.

This form closely approaches several of its congeners, but shows certain differences
which merit special notice. The length is about 35 mm. and its breadth (exclusive of
the bristles) 15 mm. The segments are about thirty-five.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 7

50

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEPx.

The head agrees for the most part with that of Lcetmonice j^^'oclucta, var. willemoesi,
and the tentacle differs from the Zetlandic form ^ in its greater length. The ocular
peduncles are fairly developed and rounded. The scales amount to fifteen pairs.

The dorsal setae (PI. Va. fig. 5) show three recurved fangs on one side and four on
the other, sometimes four on both, and differ from the Zetlandic species in being less
flattened in the shaft, less rajDidly diminished at the tip, and in being differently curved ;
moreover, their shafts are devoid of the prickles usually seen thereon. In contrasting the
tip of the Zetlandic form (PI. Va. fig. 7) with this (PI. Va. fig. 6), the rapid and great
diminution is very apparent. The latter depends to some extent on the larger flattened
shaft of the British representative.

The ventral bristles (PI. Va. fig. 8) again diverge from any of the others (and
especially from the British form) in having the pinnae of the tip prolonged downward so
as to touch in many cases the origin of the spur at the end of the shaft. There is usually
a very clear interval in allied forms. Moreover, there is not much difference between the
pinnae at the tip and those next the spur. The latter is also very acute. The terminal
hook is more decided than in the previous varieties.

The intestinal canal in most was empty, but in one a brownish granular membranous
mass like a shred of a Salpa or other gelatinous invertebrate was present.

The ventral surface has a somewhat numerous series of ovoid papillse. The nerve-
area is indistinct in the preparation, and in the deep-sea forms seems to be more or
less atrophied.

Lcetmonice japonica, n, sp, (PI. VIII. fig. 1 ; PI, IVa. fig. 13 ; PI. Va. figs. 9, 10).

Dredged at Station 232 (south of Japan), May 12, 1875; lat. 35° 11' N., long.
139° 28' E. ; depth, 345 fathoms ; bottom temperature 41°T, surface 64°'2 ; green mud.

The single example is about 30 mm. in length and 13 mm. in breadth. The number
of segments is thirty-six.

The dorsum is wholly covered with a coat of felt much impregnated with sand, which
also invests the hairs on the sides. The pale, smooth scales are thus completely hidden.

The head is broad and rounded in front, narrow behind, and with a pit on each side
of the nuchal ridge posteriorly. The base of the tentacle alone remains. The ocular
peduncles are large and globular, and though no eyes are visible, a slight ring is present
on the anterior convexity of the peduncle.

Such of the great dorsal spines as remain are of a dull brownish hue with the usual
iridescence. The shaft is considerably flattened, and has very distinct prickles thinly
scattered over it, while the tip gently tapers (thus differing from the Zetlandic form) to
a point, which usually has two recurved fangs on each side (PL Va. fig. 10). A few show

1 Lcetmonice filicornis, Kbg.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

51

tliree on each side, or three on one and two on the other. The teeth are comparatively
large, and stand prominently ont from the stem. The shaft has numerous minute nodules
on its surface (PI. IVa. fig. 13, representing a portion a short distance below the inferior
end of PI. Va. fig. 10), and they are always seen on the side corresponding with the
concavity at the tip.

The ventral bristles (PI. Va. fig. 9) are quite uniform throughout, and consist
of an angular and brittle shaft, and a ti]3 with somewhat long pinnae. No spur was
observed, and no trace of such ever having been present. There is no enlargement at
the bases of the pinnae, and the latter at the tip are only a little more slender than those
further down.

The ventral surface is smooth to the naked eye, but when examined microscopically
shows a few somewhat clavate papillae, larger than in var. ivillemoesi and the rest, and the
cirri and other parts are similar to those in its allies. The dorsal felt is somewhat friable
and soft, and presents the usual elongated hairs enveloped in gelatinous material loaded
with sand-grains. The intestinal canal contained fragments of an Amphipod.

Prof. Grube describes ^ a species [Lcetmonice violascens) from the China Sea having a
dorsal coat of felt, purplish scales, and dorsal spines with four recurved fangs. The
description, however, is not sufficiently minute to render identification possible.

Lmtmonice aphroditoides, n. sp. (PI. YII. figs. 4, 5 ; PL Va. figs. 11-15).

Trawled at Station 235 (somewhat to the south of Yedo, Japan), June 4, 1875 ; lat.
34° 7' N., long. 138° 0' E.; depth, 565 fathoms ; bottom temperature 38°‘l, surface 73°‘0 ;
green mud.

The length of the single example is 25 mm., and its greatest breadth (exclusive of
bristles) is about 16 mm.

The outline of the body is rather broadly ovoid, and the posterior end is peculiarly
attenuated, and since there is no trace of reproduction having occurred this would seem to
be normal. The number of segments is thirty -nine. To the naked eye the dorsal cover-
ing (which entirely conceals the scales) appears to be composed of mucilaginous substance
and sand. Microscopically, however, this layer is made up of a vast series of fine hairs
with similar hooked tips to those of Aphrodita, though taking the field as a whole they
are much more slender. The entire area is covered by a nearly uniform mass of these
fine fibres, whereas in Aphrodita aculeata, of the same size, there are many fibres of
much larger diameter amongst the others. The terminal hooks of the fibres in this
species (PI. Va. fig. 11) do not appear to offer anything diagnostic. The ventral
surface is covered with numerous minute globular papillae, and the cuticle is so trans-
parent that the ganglia and nerve-cords are visible in the middle line. The head differs

1 Sitzungsh. d. naturwiss. der schlesischen Gesellsch., May 13 and December 2, 1874.

52

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

from that of any known form. It is prominent and rounded, having anteriorly a little
conical papilla in place of a median tentacle. On each side is a rather small ocular
peduncle without a trace of pigment. The fimbriated prefrontal lobe of the others is
here represented by a smooth tongue-shaped process, which from its concamty superiorly
is spoon-like. Posteriorly is a very deep pit on each side of the nuchal bridge of
the head. Moreover, after removal of the first scale a somewhat triangular thin lamella
(with the point in front) projects forward beyond the ocular peduncles and partly shades
the side of the head. The palpi are about the length of those in the British species.
The tentacular cirri are absent, but the dorsal show a decided difference in regard to the
general contour. The organ is somewhat shorter proportionally than in Lcetinonice
Jilicornis, and tapers more distinctly below the tip, so that the latter forms an elongated
ovoid nearly twice the diameter of the neck below. In Lcetinonice Jilicornis the neck is
somewhat thicker than the commencement of the tip. As Claparede truly remarks,^ these
organs are well fitted for showing the terminations of the nerves. The ventral cirrus
resembles that in the previous forms, being subulate and short. Posteriorly, however,
it becomes elongated.

The great dorsal spines form a conspicuous fringe to the sides of the body. They
have a lustrous brown colour, and are considerably shorter and broader than m Lcetinonice
Jilicornis. Their points, moreover, are simple throughout (PI. Va. fig. 12). The ventral
bristles, again (PL Va. fig. 13), lean towards the structure seen in Aplirodita, and it is easy
to conceive the passage from the densely spinous ventral tips of such as Lcetinonice
japonica to the hairy condition of this species. Those of the first eight or nine anterior
feet differ from the succeeding in having a series of minute serrate bristles (PI. Va. fig. 14),
along with one or more stout brownish spines (PI. Va. fig. 15.) A series of intermediate
forms between the one and the other generally occur in each foot, some of the smooth
forms having the shape of a dart with a finely tapered point. Towards the posterior end
of the body the serrate kind also occurs, but the tips are extremely elongated in the
posterior feet. Some of those with the dart-like smooth tips are curiously wrinkled. All
these features clearly agree with the morphology and relations of the several forms above
mentioned.

The species at first sight resembles a Lcetinonice, but the absence of the long median
cephalic and the lateral tentacles is diagnostic. The long palpi, however, still remain.
To the naked eye the dorsal and ventral bristles and their arrangement ajopears to be
similar, only the former are less covered with mud than usual. On the other hand, it
quite differs from Aplirodita in the absence of the iridescent hairs composing the felt, in
the characters of the dorsal spines, and in the flattened form of the body, which in
outline, however, more nearly resembles Apihrodita than Lcetinonice. The specimen is
too pulpy for satisfactory section.

1 Amiel. Chetop., p. 57.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

53

Family Palmyrida:.

Palmyra, Savigny.

Palmyra aiirifera, Savigny ? (PI. IX. figs. 1, 2 ; PI. VIa. figs. 8, 9).

Dredged at Station 233a (near Kobe, Japan), May 19, 1875 ; lat. 34° 38' N.,
long. 135° 1' E.; dejDth, 50 fathoms; surface temperature, 62°’6 ; sand.

The single specimen is about 12 mm. in length and 4 mm. in breadth, and the
body is slightly tapered at each end. The feet amount to thirty-three pairs.

The head is small, and covered by the anterior dorsal spines as well as the first pair
of scales, so that its structure is only observed on raising the latter. The eyes are two,
large and black, situated on a peduncle on each side, after the manner of Lcetmonice.
The median tentacle is absent, but in the bottle a slender process with a bulbous
tip, to which is attached a short distal piece like those of the cirri, occurs, and is
probably the organ in question. From the front of the head spring two long palpi,
which taper to a tolerably fine point. Their surface is covered from base to tip with
numerous long acicular papillse.

The dorsal surface of the body is slightly convex at the sides, depressed in the middle,
and furnished with the golden spines. The ventral is flattened and papillose, the smooth
regions of the ventral longitudinal muscles contrasting with the segmented centre and sides.

The first foot is directed forward, and bears the usual tentacular cirri, the dorsal being
the longer. This organ (to take the latter for an example) springs from a large basal
segment as a somewhat slender process, which gradually dilates, and narrows again so as
to assume a fusiform appearance. Finally it is continued as an elongated, slender, distal
region, of a somewhat clavate form, the terminal part having the cuticle so thin as to
appear (especially by transmitted light) differentiated from the rest. Such an appearance,
however, is deceptive, since the organ is continuous from the tip of the basal region to
the distal extremity. The dilated fusiform portion has a few short clavate papillae, some
of which are slightly bifid. The commencement of the slender distal region beyond is
marked by a few wrinkles. The globular papillae of the first foot are mounted on long
pedicles, and the bristles are for the most part smooth.

The dorsal division of the fully developed foot carries the remarkable spinose bristles
with the conspicuous golden lustre. In front they are shorter and broader, and, indeed,
they gradually lengthen towards the posterior extremity. Each of these bristles
(PI. VIa. 'fig. 8) consists of a more slender basal region or shaft, mostly hidden in the
dorsum, and a prominently serrated and larger distal division. The latter is clearly
homologous with the shorter (distal) serrated region in Claparede’s Pontogenia} and,
moreover, corresponds to the spinose part in the dorsal bristles in the Polynoidge, rhough

1 Aim41. Chetop., p. 57.

54

THE \rOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

in Palmyra it assumes tlie form of a transverse collar or scale, forming a double row.
The entire bristle is curved on itself, and it is difficult to see one on the flat. They are
by no means brittle, but on the contrary resist a considerable strain without fracture.
Immediately beneath the foregoing great bristles are a series of fine, elongated hair-like
bristles, with an extremely attenuate tip, which is marked with minute roughnesses or
points, so that foreign matters of all kinds adhere. The same series occurs in Pontogenia.
The ventral bristles (PI. VIa. fig. 9) are stout and somewhat fragile. They rather
increase in size than diminish from below upward toward the bifid tip, which is termin-
ated by a simple, slightly bent hook, with a short, strong spur at the base.

The dorsal cirri occur both on feet provided with scales and on those without them ;
the former arrangement having been seen in front, the latter in certain of the posterior
segments ; but the specimen is not in a fit state to show the precise condition in regard
to the serial arrangement. These have the same shape as the tentacular cirri, only
they become more slender and elongated posteriorly. The ventral cirrus is short, but it
has the same distal process (the so-called “articulation”) as the dorsal. A careful con-
sideration of the appearances presented by the cirri shows that Savigny s original de-
scription of the organs in Palmyra aurifera would equally suit the foregoing. They are
“ greles, cylindriques, termines, par un petit filet egalement cylindrique et renfle au
bout.” The figures and description of Savigny’s form by Audouin and Milne-Ed wards
bear out this view. Moreover, the whole structure of the organs (as given under the
tentacular cirri) so closely resembles the same parts in Claparede’s new genus Pontogenia
thaf it may be doubted whether much reliance can be placed on the so-called quadri-
articulate tentacle. The latter would be very exceptional in the group, while the inter-
pretation given above would be in accordance with that characteristic of the family and
its allies.

The first pair of scales are borne on the third foot, and the fourth is also elytrophor-
ous. The succeeding scales seem to be mostly alternate. No trace of a scale occurred on
the first foot (which is turned forwards) in the specimen. The first scale is smooth,
shining, and diaphanous ; and beyond a series of parallel streaks and a firm border shows
nothing noteworthy in structure. Their number would seem to be about fifteen, and
they cover the back completely.

In the structure of its body-wall this species is Aphroditacean. It possesses a similar
proboscis and muscular system, and its dense cuticle on the ventral and lateral regions
is thickly covered with the pedicled globular papillse. Moreover, the disposition of the
nerve-cords nearly approaches A-phrodita, though they are ^proportionally larger, and
the area in which they lie is narrower, the oblique muscles, indeed, touching the cords
at their insertion.

Savigny^ in 1820 established the genus Palmyra as one of his Aphroditaceans,

^ Syst. des Annel., p. 16.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

55

characterised bv a raouth with the proboscis devoid of tentacles ; head with two distinct
eyes, antennse complete, the middle very small and conical, the intermediate similar and
a little longer, the exterior large. Feet of two sej^arate divisions, the dorsal with two
unequal fasciculi of bristles inclined backward, the ventral with a single bundle of forked
bristles. The dorsal and ventral cirri slender, cylindrical, terminated by a little cylin-
drical process enlarged at the tip. The dorsal cirri are inserted behind the base of the
inferior fascicle of dorsal bristles. The first pair of feet furnished with bristles ; and the
last almost like the others. The branchise indistinct, ceasing to appear alternately on each
segment after the twenty- fifth pair of feet. No elytra. Head depressed, a little raised
behind the antennae. Body obloug, depressed, composed of a number of segments. His
only species (the Nereis palmifera of the Cuvierian collection) had been collected at the
Isle of France by M. Mathieu. Savigny in his original description noticed both kinds
of dorsal bristles, and as his specimen had thirty feet, he hazarded the opinion that if
scales had been developed they would have been fourteen in number. His countrymen,
Audouin and Milne-Ed wards, ^ in 1834 made Palmyra the third tribe of i\\eiv Aphro-
disiens, characterised by the absence of elytra [Aphrodisiens nus). Nothing was added
to Savigny’s description save a few indifferent figures, some of which afterwards appeared
in theRegne Animal. Grube^in 1855 added another species to the family. It had four
eyes and very different ventral bristles. Moreover, in his recent Annulata Semperiana,'^
he revises the description of the family, and gives a notice of Savigny’s species [Palmyra
aurifera). No scales are stated to exist. Clapar^de ^ in 1862 also referred generally
to the group in his description of two new forms (very different from the foregoing)
from the Mediterranean; and again in 1868 ® he alludes to the subject in regard to
Chrysopetalum in which scales are likewise absent. Schmarda® gives Kinberg’s defini-
tion of the family, viz., elytra absent, palese on every segment ; tubercles and dorsal cirri
alternate. The genera, Paleanotus and Bliawania, described are likewise quite different
from Palmyra. Ehlers, in his comprehensive general remarks on the literature of the
subject at the end of his description of Chrysopetalum fragile'^ gives no information on
this important subject of the scales, which he believes do not exist. De Quatrefages,®
again, in his account of the genus Palmyra, deprives it of eyes as well as scales, and
erroneously gives it three tentacular cirri instead of two.

The original specimen (of Palmyra aurifera) described by Savigny seems to have
been the only one examined, up to the date of Grube’s Annulata QUrstediana, and from
the close similarity of Palmyra in regard to the structure of the head, the structure of
. the feet, the form of the bristles, the pinnate condition of the alimentary canal, and other
points, it is hardly in accordance with what is known in allied forms that scales should

1 Hist, nat des Annel., p. 110, pi. iia. figs. 1-6. ^ Annulata CErstediana, p. 25.

^ Annel. Fauna d. Philippinen, p. 12. ^ Glanures Zootomiques, &c., p. 123.

® Ann41. Chetop., p. 107. ® Neue wirbell. Tliieie, I. ii. p. 162.

^ Die Borstenwiirmer, i. pp. 88-92. ® Anneles, i. p. 292.

56

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

be totally absent. There is a possibility that they may have been removed or overlooked.
At all events further and more precise observations are necessary before their entiin
absence can be held to be proved. The possibility of scales being present in Palmyra
gives a different aspect to Eisso’s ^ description of Eumolphe fi'agilis, a species he found
under stones on the shores of the Mediterranean ; and the same may be said of Claparede’s
genus Pontogenia^ from Naples.

Family Polynoida:.

This family is represented in the Challenger collection by a very large number of
species, and a few of these by many examples. Thus while in the important work of
Kinberg on those procured during the voyage of the Swedish frigate ‘‘ Eugenie,” thirty,
including the Iphionidse, are described, and Grube’s Philippine forms collected by Semper
amount to eighteen, those of the Challenger reach to about fifty.

In discriminating the species, little reliance (and in this De Quatrefages agrees) has
been placed on the number either of the segments or on that of the scales, within
certain limits. The position of the antennae and tentacles and the general structure of
the head in many cases is more satisfactory. Moreover, though Claparede thought that
it was wrong to place too great weight on the bifid or simjffe condition of the bristles,
there cannot be a doubt that the minute structure of both dorsal and ventral bristles is
absolutely essential in any efficient diagnosis. Some authors, such as Grul)e, give a
drawing of a scale and no other part of a species, but it is well to remember that in
many cases scales are absent, and that it has never been proved that the characters
afforded by the bristles are unreliable. Bristles alone, it is true, do not suffice to
establish genera, but it is worthy of note that they carry with them important corre-
sponding characters, in other parts. To say that the bristles of the same foot are bifid and
simple, and hence belong to different genera, conveys little information. There are many
different kinds of bifid bristles, just as there are many varieties of sim|)le bristles. It is
only by a careful study of external configuration, head, scales, bristles, and other parts,
that forms so closely allied, yet so distinctly (if delicately) separated, can be thoroughly
elucidated. It is often a laborious, and sometimes a hopeless task to discriminate closely
allied forms by description alone. A siagle accurate figure would put the question at
rest. Thus it is very difficult to come to definite conclusions with regard to most of the
Annelids described by Grube in his Annulata CErstediana, and so with many given by
De Quatrefages ; and the expenditure of time is often greater in such cases than is
warrantable, for the authors had not closely allied forms in view when making their
brief and often superficial descriptions. It is surprising to find such recent and excellent
^ Hist. Nat., Ac., iv. (1826) p. 415.

Op. cit, p. 57.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

57

publications as those of Dr. Hansen on the Annelids of the Norwegian North Sea Expedition
so lax in diagnosis and so indifferent to the value of the minute structure of the bristles.
It is no argument to say that the bristles vary in each foot, and that the anterior differ
from the posterior. Their variation in these parts respectively follows regular and definite
laws, which, however, are very difficult of explanation, though their condition is palpable
enough to every minute observer. In comparing species, each series of bristles from the
same foot must of course be contrasted, and with a little care an average one in each case
can readily be selected, without laboriously examining the whole. Every well-marked
species has a character of its own. In order to exemplify the laxity in such
descriptions it is sufficient to quote Dr. Hansen’s account of the feet in his Polynoe
foraminifera, n. sp. “The pedal protuberances with two short lobes ; the ventral cirrus
not reaching to the summit of the protuberance. The bristles normal in form, the dorsal
shorter than the ventral, which a little below the simple arcuate j^oint are much more
coarsely transverse-serrate than the former.” Familiarity with the Polynoidge is of little
avail to the reader of these lines. Dr. Hansen’s figures, however, are of value in a
critical revision.

In the general structure of the group considerable advances have been made in con-
nection with the segmental organs and ventral papillae. The authors who first called
attention to the subject were Grube and Claparede, while Huxley also associated the
papilla with the reproductive functions. Recently Mr. W. A. Haswell,^ B.Sc.
Edin., carefully examined the structure of the parts in Australian Polynoidae, and
pointed out the true position of the segmental organs, which open externally by the
ventral papillae, through which he also saw spermatozoa issuing in one example, and he
does not doubt that the ova issue by the same channel, and are directed by the currents
of cilia to the cavities under the elytra where they undergo the earlier stages of develop-
ment. He did not observe any apertures in the walls of the feet in the species examined,
hlr. A. G. Bourne,^ B.Sc. Bond., subsequently described the same parts, giving a minute
account of their structure, illustrated by excellent figures,- He is of opinion that the
segmental organs open by a trumpet-like internal termination close to the ventral longi-
tudinal muscles, and externally by the ventral papilla. Further, he thinks the generative
products do not pass out by the latter aperture, but probably by sjDontaneous rupture of
the body -wall. In connection with the external aperture, Grube ^ pointed out the
occurrence of the remarkable ventral lamellse of Gastrolepidia clavigera on the site of
the swelling at the base of the papilla.

The occurrence of the pseudobranchial process on the dorsum of the foot in Achloe

1 Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vol. vii. pp. 262 et seq. Mr. Haswell was good enough to send me some very
beantifnl sections of these parts, and they hear out his descriptions.

2 Trans. Linn. Soc. Land. (ZooL), ser. 2, vol. ii. pp. 352-354. Dr. Marenzeller, amongst others, had anticipated Mr.
Bourne in regard to the identity of Lepidonotus clava, Mont., with Polynoe grubiana, Claparede.

2 Annel. Fauna d. Philippinen, p. 43.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 8

58

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGED.

astericola, Delle Chiaje vitiates M. de Qnatrefages’ diagnosis between the Acoetidse on
the one hand and Polynoe and Lepidonotus on the other.

It is curious that no example of Harmothoe imhricata has appeared in the collection,
yet Marenzeller mentions it from Southern Japan, and Grnbe describes it from Sitcha and
the Sea of Ochotsk in Middendorfs Eeise. I also agree with Ehlers and others in
thinking that there are not sufficient grounds for the view of Mobius ^ that this common
form includes as mere varieties Evarne impar, Johnst., LcBiiilla glabra, Mgrn., Antinoe
sarsi, Kinberg, and others. Such an opinion could only arise from an imperfect examina-
tion, and with limited means of observation. It is sufficient at present to allude to the
identity of the minute structure of both dorsal and ventral bristles in the males and
females of such as Polynoe magnipalpa. Mobius has been followed to some extent l)y
Tauber ^ and Levinsen ® in the classification of the Poly noidae, especially the former, who
adds LcBiiilla mollis, Lcenilla alba, and Lagisca propinqua as varieties of Harmothoe
imbricata. Pie has, however, already been corrected by Dr. Hansen.^ The classification
of G. Levinsen will be referred to elsewhere.

Iphionella, n. gen.

I'phionella cimesc, De Qnatrefages (PI. IX. figs. 4-6 ; PI. XVII. fig. 3 ; PI. VIIIa.
figs. 7, 8).

T^lvione cimex, De Quatrefages, Anneles, i. p. 270.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 214 (a little south of Mindanao, one of the Philippine
Islands), February 10, 1875; lat. 4° 33' N., long. 127° 6' E.; depth, 500 fathoms;
bottom temj)erature 41°'8, surface temperature 80°'5 ; blue mud.

At first sight, and judging only from the description of Kinberg and De Quatrefages,
no definite distinction could be made out, but a critical investigation after the method
used in previous examinations brought out the salient points. It is a somewhat hard
form, possessing the appearance of certain Chitons, and its scales have a light yellow colour
and a smoother aspect than those of Iphione muricata. Moreover, the outline is more
ovate. The length of the single example is 13 mm., and the total breadth is 9 mm. It
is therefore somewhat less than the specimen described by De Quatrefages.

The body is rounded dorsally, and somewhat flattened ventrally. Along the
dorsal arch, after removal of the scales, is a double row of small tubercles or short
papillae.

The head diverges even more than in Iphione muricata from that of the Polynoiclse,
for instead of the hollow which occupies the site of the base of the tentacle in Savigny’s

1 Exped. auf Pommerania, &c., p. 111. ^ Annulata Danica, p. 80.

^ Nordiske Annulata, &c., 1883, pp. 27-39. ^ Deii Norske Nordhavs-Exped., p. 2.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

59

form, there is here a wide area, wdiich probably represents a further stage of the diverg-
ence from the common type. Instead of the fairly formed head of I'pliione muricata, it
is difficult to say which is the essential cephalic region in this form. The head presents
posteriorly a median fissure flanked on each side by a large soft tubercle, which may aid
in supporting the scale. A somewhat triangular area, with the broad base in front,
completes the snout, the rounded anterior edge (which appears to be buccal rather than
cephalic) folding over directly into the mouth. Inferiorly the scoop-like ventral lip projects
considerably in front of the cephalic brim just mentioned. The broad j^osterior tubercles
of the head narrow as they run forward, and end in a slight enlargement, which in the
specimen shows no decided trace of an antenna. The palpi are comparatively short,
tapering from base to apex, which is filiform. They arise beneath the posterior tubercles
at each side. Between the first bristled foot and the latter is a sickle-shaped flattened
lamella (corresponding to the first foot) bearing the tentacular cirri, which are short and
filiform. The lamella is slightly enlarged at the tip, especially inferiorly. No trace of
eyes occurs in the specimen. The great modification of the first foot (bearing the
tentacular cirri) affords a marked contrast with I'pliione 'muricata. In both, however,
the mouth opens C[uite in front, and thus differs from the ventral position of the organ in
Lepidonotus.

The scales are thirteen on each side. The first (PI. IX. fig. 5) is somewhat ovoid, the
rest are more or less elongated (fig. 6), narrower internally, wider externally, and with
a well-marked median curve. The posterior and outer angle is rather acute in the
posterior scales. The surface of attachment is unusually large and firm. The structure
of each areola respectively in Iphione muricata and this species differ, the former present-
ing (when the scale is viewed as a transparent object) an arrangement like the cells in
cork, the latter having a larger amount of chitinous tissue in the intersecting walls of the
spaces. The outer margin bears a series of well-marked cilia, which in the first scale pass
nearly all round. Along the anterior margin of this scale also there is a tendency to the
grouping of the cilia on a basal web or pedicle, which shows a bifid, trifid, or other sub-
division at the tip. Moreover, the homology of the spaces in the areae is indicated by
their transition into spines in the same scale. The scales are brittle, and fracture seems
always to take place along the junctions of the more or less hexagonal areae. The scar
for the attachment of the scale does not exhibit the well-marked accessory process
externally, so characteristic of Iphione muricata.. In vertical section the scales present
a beautifully regular series of thin chitinous septa, which run from the surface to the
base. Each of the little areas of the rounded dorsal papillae is thus mapped out.

The dorsal division of the foot bears a dense tuft of light coloured hairs, which are
considerably shorter than the ventral bristles, so that the latter constitute the prominent
points along the sides of the body, whereas in Iphione muricata these are formed oy the
dorsal bristles. Part of this prominence, however, is in the present species due to the

60

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

greater length of the foot generally, as well as that of the ventral bristles. In the dorsal
bristles of Iphione muricata there is a well-marked difference between the lower and the
distal spinous rows, the former being wide, the latter most regular and close, the whole
tip having a broader aspect than in the other species. The entire spinous arrangement is
also more lax (PL VIIIa. fig. 7 ). In ordinary views the bases of the spines are opposite,
as in the former species.

The ventral division of the foot is furnished with paler bristles than in Iphione
muricata. The upper have elongated tips and well-marked spinous rows, the extremities
being longer than in Iphione muricata. The next series (PI. VIIIa. fig. 8) are also pro-
portionally longer, and their spinous rows less prominent. The smooth portion with the
hook at the tip is evidently longer than in Iphione muricata, and the curve in front is
different. The upper part of the shaft (below the tip) is slightly marked by indications
of spinous rows. On the whole the rows of spines are much more distinctly marked in
Iphione muricata.

The dorsal cirri have an enlargement below their basal segment. The latter is large
and cylindrical, and appears almost to represent the body of the organ. The absence of
the papillae on its surface, however, makes its homology clear. The cirrus proper is only
about twice the length of the basal division, and is in the form of a slender tapering
process covered with rather large clavate cilia. The organ seems to be capable of a
certain degree of invagination within the basal part. The cirri of Iphione muricata are
much longer, and correspond more with the ordinary structure, showing a short basal
division, a long tapering ciliated shaft, dilating at the tip, and having a filiform process
(which is longer than the cirrus proper in the present species) appended to the latter.
Moreover, the cilia on the surface are much longer and less clavate than in the form from
the Challenger, The cirri scarcely reach the extremities of the dorsal bristles.

The ventral papilla is just indicated in this species as in Iphione muricata, and in
this respect diverges from Lepidonotus.

In transverse section the body-wall differs from Lepidonotus squaniatus in the longer
interval between the insertion of the oblique muscles in front and the smallness of the
flattened nerve-area. The muscular wall of the region, moreover, is comparatively
thin, and in marked contrast to the species just mentioned. The hypodermic layer of
the proboscis is perhaps more lax and areolar than usual.

Kinberg very justly sejDarates the genus Iphione from the other Polynoidse by a
wide interval, and when to his other characters the opposite condition of the pinnae or
spikes of the dorsal bristles is added, the distinction is even more decided. The remark-
able condition of the head and the absence of eyes in the present form are noteworthy.
De Quatrefages’ species, Iphione glabra, Iphione cimex, and Iphione jimbriata, seem to
be in need of re-examination, especially as he found no cilia on the scales of Kinberg’s
Iphione ovata. His descrqDtions are not sufficiently precise to give certainty, and much

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

61

time is wasted in sucli a case without an adequate result. The Lepidonotus dictyolepis
of Haswell/ from Watson’s Bay, Port Jackson, appears to approach this genus [Ip>hione)
so closely that it may be placed under it.

So little has been said about the typical species of this genus [Iphione muricata,
Savigny that it has been thought proper on the present occasion to point out several
additional features so as to elucidate the relations of the foregoing form. Besides the
characters of Iphione muricata (PI. IX. fig. 7) already given by Savigny, it may be
mentioned that the outer border of the scales is furnished with peculiar spinous papillae.
The latter are loosely attached to the edge of the scale, so that they are very mobile.
The spines on the papillae were probably overlooked by Savigny, and they are frec[uently
enveloped in muddy debris. Various ciliary grovdhs also occur both on the scale and
the spinous processes. The cicatrix on the dorsum of the foot for the attachment of the
scale is remarkably large and long, and, moreover, there is an accessory surface appended
to its anterior edge, externally. The dorsal bristles form a dense tuft at the anterior
superior border of the foot, and consist of a central axis supporting a series of spikes like
those of certain grasses. The secondary processes or pinnae, which, unlike those of
the Polynoidse proper, are opposite, at first are somewhat adherent, then gradually
become more closely arranged and more produced laterally, and by and by terminate in
a slender tip. The ventral bristles have a simple hook at the extremity, and beneath a
close series of transverse spinous rows.

Whether Kinberg’s Iphione spinosa is different from Iphione muricata, Savigny, or a
variety is a doubtful point. The statement that the head resembles that of Iphione
ovata would seem to favour the latter view. It would have saved ambiguity, however,
if he had clearly said in what respects the head differed and in what respects it agreed
with Savigny’s Iphione muricata. Grube,^ again, correctly notices the presence of a
small cephalic tubercle in the middle line posteriorly. He also speaks of the ventral
papilla (or mamilla) as commencing on the fourth segment, but this is of little conse-
quence, since the elevation indicating its presence is even more anterior. He does not
mention spines on the cilia of the scales, which the addition of glacial acetic acid brings
out very boldly, though it does not produce evidence of the carbonate of lime he
mentions in their tissue. Such calcareous matter was probably extraneous, and thus
deceived my friend, for sponges and other growths are common on the scales, which are
essentially chitinous. Schmarda’s Polynoe peronea^ from Ceylon appears to be very
closely allied to the foregoing if it be not identical therewith.

1 Free. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vii. p. 287. ^ Syst. des Annel., p. 21 ; Annel. gravees, pi. iii. fig. 1.

3 Anneliden Fauna d. Philippinen, p. 21. ^ Neue wirbell. Tliiere, I. ii. p. 157, Tab. xxsvi. figs. 315, 316, a.

62

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CFIALLEHGEE.

Eiijiliione, n. gen.

Ewphione elisahethce , n. sp. (PI. IX. fig. 3 ; PL XVII. fig. 7 ; PI. XYIII. fig. 10 ; PI.

VIIIa. figs. 3-6).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 142 (soutfi of the Cape of Good Hoj)e), December 18,
1873; lat. 35° 4' S., long. 18° 37' E,; deptli, 150 fathoms; bottom temjDerature 47°'0,
surface temperature 6 5° ’5 ; green sand.

Length about 35 mm., breadth at the widest part (including bristles) 23 mm.

A large and remarkable form, the stalked and rotate papillae giving the back a
characteristic appearance. The body is broadly fusiform or nearly elliptical in outline,
and is only a little less elevated ventrally than dorsally.

The head somewhat resembles that of Lepidonotus. The eyes occupy the postero-
lateral border of the head, and are so close as to be almost connate. They are nearer
each other and much less distinct than those of IjjJiione muricata. The tentacle is of
moderate length, reaching a little beyond the palpi, and narrows below the distal enlarge-
ment from which the filiform tip proceeds. The two latter parts are whitish while the
column is greyish. The antennae are of similar colour and shape, and are proportionally
lone;. The tentacular and dorsal cirri follow the same outline, and the constriction
below the swollen tip is in all well shown. The palpi are covered by a series of long
conical papillae which give them a very hirsute appearance (under the microscope).
These papillae show a crenated internal region, and the tip is in many furnished with a
palpocil. They are continued to the tip of the organ, though the distal j^apillae are short.
All the cirri have a dense cuticle, except at the tip, and though many adventitious
structures {e.g., mud and sponge-spicules) are attached, their surface is quite smooth.
The ventral cirri are subulate and projDortionadly large. The ventral papillae (or
mamillse) are much more prominent than in l2)liione, but somewhat less tlian iii Lepi-
donotus. They become distinct on the seventh foot, as in the latter. The mouth
opens on the ventral surface as in Lepidonotus.

The scales are thirteen in number on each side, and therefore the same as in Iphione,
but their texture is flexible and leathery, and their surface is studded with warts or
papillae as in Lepidonotus. The first scale is rounded, the rest more or less elongated
transversely, so that the general shape is rhomboidal — ^the anterior edge, however, being
incurved, and the posterior convex. The most characteristic feature is the presence of
the peculiar rotate papillae on their surface, some being small and adpressed, others large
and elevated on a pedicle. These processes occur mostly on the inner region of the scales,
the outer border being occupied by softer elongated spinose papillae, which in shape
somewhat resemble a prickly pear. Continuing along the border inward these
gradually merge into irregularly rotate forms. The latter marginal papillae are much

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

63

less than the great stalked rotate kinds which occur in an irregular, and sometimes very-
prominent, transverse row across the middle of the scale, and behind the minute papillae
which are overlapped by the preceding scale. AVith the exception of the anterior curve,
the margin of the scale is furnished with cilia, of considerable length and with slightly
rounded or bulbous extremities. The first scale is quite encircled by cilia. The cicatrix
for the attachment of the scales is long, but it is less firm, and does not show the ad-
ditional external process as in I]jhione muricata.

In vertical section these scales present a dense series of vertical fibres running from
the homogeneous and translucent inner surface to the outer (dorsal). The upper surface
presents the granular papillae, the large rotate kinds being hollow. All possess a similar
structure, even the apparently smooth surface being covered, under a high power, by
minute papillae.

The dorsal division of the foot has a dense tuft of pale yellowish silky hairs which
differ from those of Iphione muricata in being much more slender, and in having a very
attenuate tip (PL VIIIa. fig. 3). The comparison of the extremities in the respective
species is characteristic. The spines toward the tip are needle-like or capillary ; lower
down they assume the form of pinnae (as seen laterally in PI. VIIIa. fig. 4) ; moreover,
the pinnae agree with the arrangement in Iphione in being opj^osite, whereas in the
Polynoidae proper they are alternate. Inferiorly the spines diminish and disappear, the
shaft being striated longitudinally as in Iphione muricata.

The inferior division of the foot bears a strong group of dull yellow bristles with
simple slightly hooked tips (PI. VIIIa. fig. 5), the rows of spines beneath being so
developed as to form a densely bearded tip, the general arrangement being well seen in
an antero-posterior view (PI. VIIIa. fig. 6, which represents a smaller example). The
superior bristles have longer tips than those figured, but their spines are somewhat
shorter. Developing bristles, or at least those unworn, show a long tapering translucent
process beyond the hook.

An elevated cuticular protuberance occurs behind and partly overlaps the head, and is
most pronounced in the young animal. A double row of low papillae runs backward from
the foregoing on each side of the middle line. In neither is the development so great as
in Iphione. A series of wart-like papillae occur along the superior and posterior border of
each foot, the processes being best developed in those carrying cirri, which are not present
in Iphione muricata. The cuticle on the ventral surface is covered with minute papillae.

The area between the insertions of the oblique muscles is of moderate length in the
anterior third, and the nerve-cords are fairly developed. They are less flattened than in
Iphionella cimex.

There is nothing remarkable in the extruded proboscis except that the basal process
of the maxilla has an obscure elevation or two exterior to the teeth. In the alimentary
canal of one example were fragments of amphipodous Crustaceans.

64:

THE \^OYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The specimens had numerous Globigerince amongst and under their scales and between
their feet. An Ascidian also occurred on one or two scales.

This form leads by an easy stage from the genus Iphione to Lepidonotus. The
general outline of the bristles agrees with Iphione, the head and scales with Lepidonotus.

A form with small and somewhat spinose rotate papillae on the scales exists in the
collection of the British Museum from the south side of Cook’s Strait, New Zealand.
The position of the eyes is similar in both, but the ventral bristles do not show
the long hair-like spines, which, however, may have been abraded. It is very
interesting to find a form closely approaching Euphione elisahetliCB in a region so
distant.

Lepidonotus, Leach.

Lepidonotus squamatus (Linn).

Procured by the dredge at Station 75 (offFayal, Azores), July 2, 1873; lat. 38° 38' N.,
long. 28° 28' W. ; depth, 4.50 fathoms; surface temperature, 70°‘0 ; volcanic mud.

The sjDecimen is a small one, with a few Foraminifera parasitic on the scales. Verrill
and Webster state that it occurs on the Virginian coast. North America.

Lepidonotus gymnonotus, Marenzeller (PL X. fig. 4 ; PI. XVII. fig. 5 ; PI. IXa.
figs. 2, 3).

Polynoe {Lepidonotus) gymnonotus, Marenzeller, Sudjapanisclie Anneliden, i. p. 4, Taf. i. fig. 3,
Wien, 1879.

Dredged in 8 to 50 fathoms water, off Kobe, Japan.

The length of the longest example is about 30 mm. and the breadth about 15 mm.,
which corresponds with the proportion of Marenzeller’s specimens. His longest reached
40 mm., with a breadth of 19 mm.

As in Lepidonotus squamatus the head has an elongated appearance from the fact
that the antenna, instead of being inferior, are continuations of the anterior border of the
snout, occupying, indeed, the position of the sharp peaks usually seen in other genera.
The base of the tentacle is also somewhat inferior. The nuchal collar encroaches much
on the head, so as quite to cover the tolerably large posterior pair of eyes, which
are situated somewhat laterally on this region of the head. They are only partially
seen from the dorsum. The anterior pair are placed on the lateral prominence of the
head, a considerable portion of each, however, being visible dorsally. The tentacle does not
reach the length of the tips of the palpi, and its basal region is much encroached on by
the bases of the antennse. The process exhibits a distinct swelling below the filiform tip,
and similar features characterise the other cirri, which likewise are smooth throughout.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

6o

Tlie antennae are proportionally long. The palpi are large and thick, and show a marked
inferior ridge, and as in others of the genus are largely exposed on each side of the liases
of the antennae ; while the tentacular cirri are thrust considerably outward on very long
basal portions. The ventral cirri are short , and subulate, not reaching the bases of
the ventral bristles. The ventral papilla {mamilla ventralis of Malmgreii) is similar to
that of Lepidonotus squamatus, commencing, as Marenzeller says, on the seventh foot, and
apparently having an aperture in its bulbous end.

The scales are twelve pairs, of a dull leaden grey aspect, and with a white spot over
the point of attachment, the dark pigment round the latter being very prettily fretted.
The surface of the scale is minutely papillose under the microscope, but smooth to the
naked eye, with the exception of the posterior division, which has a series of very distinct,
though low, pale conical papillse scattered over the surface, which thus has a slightly
pustular appearance. Two specimens show scales of a pale (or nut-) brown hue, and there
is a tendency for the papillae to be grouped on the inner and posterior margin of the
white spot. The papillae are also comparatively few in number, fhe posterior group alone
being conspicuous. There is no trace of cilia on the edge. These scales are very easily'
removed, this and the former feature contrasting with the condition in Lepidonotus
squamatus. The cellida of Kinberg in the magnified fragment of the scale {e..g., of Lepi-
donotus coerideus^) appears to be an acicular papilla or spine with a broad base. In vertical
section it presents a fibrillar aspect, the fibres passing from surface to surface. Opaque
granular masses also occur here and there in the fibrous layer. When a thin piece of the
margin is viewed as a transparent object it is areolar, as usual in the group.

The dorsal division of the foot is feebly developed, and bears a series of pale yellow
slender bristles (PI. IXa. fig. 2) with finely serrated (from rows of spikes) and tapered
tips. They thus correspond in type to those of Lepidonotus squamatus.

The pale yellow ventral bristles, again, differ from those of Lepidonotus squamatus in
the absence of the great spikes superiorly below the hook, in the more numerous rows of
these, and in the curvature (PL IXa. fig. 3, representing an average example).

The bases of the anal styles or cirri unite behind the anus, which is thus, as in
Lepidonotus squamatus, situated on the dorsum opposite the penultimate foot.

In the intestine of the large specimen were masses of sponge with very minute slender
spicula. Diatoms, and muddy debris.

The nerve-area is comparatively limited, and the oblique muscles strong. The cords lie
in the midst of connective tissue within the hypoderm. Internally are two strong bands
of longitudinal muscles. Externally the ventral cuticle is thick and peculiarly granular ;
indeed the cuticle generally is minutely granular in section. The alimentary canal is sur-
rounded by an inner circular layer, and an outer thick coat of longitudinal muscular fibres.

Dr. Marenzeller ’s specimens were procured from the same region.

^ Freg. Eugen. Resa, &c., p. 14, Tab. iv. fig. 16, H.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 9

66

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

Lepidonotus wahlbergi, Kinberg (PL XL fig. 1; PL XVIII. fig. 8; PL Xa. figs. 15, 16).

Lepidonotus ivahlhergi, Kinberg, Freg. Eugen. Eesa, &c., p. 12, Tab. iv. fig. 14.

Habitat. — Found between tide-marks at Sea Point, near Cape Town, along with Tere-
bella, Sabella, and Sabellayda.

This is a stout, stiff Lepidonotus. A large male specimen measures 36 mm. in length
and 9 mm. in breadth, a size considerably exceeding that of Kinberg’s examples.

The head has the usual aspect in Lepidonotus, the bases of the antennae being rather
more elevated than the base of the tentacle, the head in short being continued into the
former. Two rather small eyes are situated at the posterior border, and are some-
times overlapped by the jugal fold ; while two occur on the lateral prominence in
front. The tentacle is somewhat longer than the palpi, and is characteristically dilated
at the tip, which has a filiform termination. A band of dark pigment occurs near the
base, and a narrow belt below the dilated tip. The antennae arise from bases which have
an hour-glass contraction and are epitomes of the tentacle. The cirri are like the fore-
going in colour, the belt of dark pigment at the tip being especially conspicuous. All
these organs are smooth. The brownish palpi taper gently from the base almost to the
apex, at which a filiform termination appears in the preparation. In some a slight
dilatation occurs below the tip. They are not smooth, as Kinberg says, but densely
papillose. The long granular papillae have a filiform terminal process. The ventral cirri
are short, and in the preparation taper very little. They have a short filiform tip, which
does not reach the base of the bristles. The ventral papilla is well formed, and in the
female somewhat tulip-shaped, with about four lobes round the central cavity at the
tip. The pigment at the base is streaked longitudinally, probably from the fluted
condition of the process. Moreover, the papillae are longer in the males than in the
females, a feature best seen posteriorly.

The first pair of scales are rounded, of a whitish colour, and touch in the middle line.
They are densely covered all over with prominent chitinous spines. The second pair have
the anterior half whitish, the posterior blackish, with the exception of the pale area of
attachment. The shape is more elongated, and the chitinous spines less prominent than
in the first. The rest of the scales are variously mottled with blackish pigment, the area
of attachment being whitish. The spines on the third pair are less prominent, and are
evidently assuming the tubercular condition characteristic of the other scales. The outer
margin is generally wrinkled and folded upward. The second pair of scales merely
touch. The others for the most part leave a portion of the dorsum bare, or, as posteriorly,
perhaps only touch at one point. The scales in section are dense. The upper and lower
surfaces are chitinous, and the intermediate layer is narrow and firm, densely fibrous, and
with brownish pigment where it adjoins the other layers. The dorsal surface is covered

REPOKT ON THE ANNELIDA.

67

by tbe large blunt spines which are solid, by various smaller forms, some of which are
hispid, and by various adventitious structures, such as minute thread-like algae and
Infusoria like Salpmgceca.

The feet are stiff and strong, bearing dorsally a series of pale, and ventrally a fascicle
of dull, brownish bristles. The dorsal tuft consists of rather stiffly arranged and widely
radiate bristles, almost in every case covered with adventitious growths, so that
Kinberg’s figure in the latter condition is indifferent. They are comparatively straight,
stiff, tapering bristles with keen points and somewhat fine rows of serrations (PI. Xa.
fig. 15).

The ventral division bears bristles of more distinctly brownish hue, especially at the tip,
which is strong and simply hooked, the spinous rows beneath having two strong spurs at
their commencement as usual in allied forms (PI. Xa. fig. 16 represents one of the
smaller forms toward the inferior edge of the group). When seen from behind, the tip
diminishes as a simple cone from the summit of the shaft.

The anus is opposite the last pair of feet. The alimentary canal in one contained
fragments of an Amphipod.

The shorter, stiffer examples were females laden with ova ; the longer forms, males.

The nerve-cords are somewhat flattened, but the area is of moderate length.

As Kinberg has pointed out, this is probably in part the Aprodita squamata of Pallas,
who conjoined the European form as figured by Paster^ with the foregoing from the Cape
of Good Hope. It occurs at Port Natal as well as the Cape according to Kinberg. Its
relation to Schmarda’s Polynoe trochiscopliora, from the same region, is uncertain, from
the vagueness of his distinctive characters.^ It is also closely allied to the Lepidonotus
semitecta of Stimpson ^ from Simon’s Bay, Cape of Good Hope.

Lepidonotus cristatus, Grube (PI. XI. figs. 2, 3 ; PI. XVIII. fig. 1 ; PL Xa.
figs. 10, 11).

Polynoe cristata, Grube, Jabrb. d. scbles. Gesellsch., fur 1875, p 62.

Polynoe [Lepidonotus) cristata, Grube, Anneliden Eauna der Philippinen, p. 27, Taf. ii. fig. 3.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 186 (Torres Strait), September 8, 1874 ; lat. 10° 30' S.,
long. 142° 18' E. ; depth, 8 fathoms; surface temperature, 7 7°' 2; coral mud. It occurred
along with numerous examples of Eunice torresiensis.

A remarkable form haviug pale madder -brown scales with a dark brovm spot over
the area of attachment, behind which is a tuberculated bilobed crest, situated transversely
(across the scale), and tipped with bright ochre-yellow pigment. The body is about
28 mm. in length and 12 mm. in breadth (including the bristles). The feet are twenty-
six in number.

^ Opusc. Subsec., vol. ii. lib. 3, pi. vi. fig. 5, A.B. ^ Neue wirbell. Tbiere, I. ii. p. 151, Taf. xxxvi. f. 310.

3 Prodromus Exped. Ocean. Pacif. Septen., &c., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., July 1855.

68

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGER,

The head is somewhat like that in Lepidonotus, the base of the tentacle, however,
l^eing slightly elevated above the base of the antennse. It presents two rounded hemi-
sj)heres in front with a deep notch from which the base of the tentacle arises. Two
rather large dark brown, circular eyes are situated on each side posteriorly, and two of
an oval form and about twice the size on the rounded lateral eminence. The latter
show a pale lenticular patch anteriorly. The tentacle springs from the elongated base
before mentioned, is somewhat slender and translucent, and scarcely exceeds the tip of
the palpus in length. A very distinct enlargement occurs at the tip, from which a long
filiform process abruptly proceeds. The antennse arise from basal segments which are
slightly beneath the foregoing, and which proceed a very little farther forward. They
are somewhat shorter than the tentacle, and the tip is rather smaller. The tentacular
and dorsal cirri are similar to the tentacle, the surface of all is quite smooth, and the
tissue somewhat translucent. The contour of the dorsal cirrus is characteristic, the
column tapering from the largely dilated base to the narrow region below the tip, which
again is broadly clavate, with an abrupt distal extremity from which the filiform process
sjDiings. A central opaque streak goes from base to apex. The cirri are of moderate
length, reaching only to the tip of the ventral bristles. The palpi are comparatively short
and conical, with a ridge superiorly and a short attenuated tip. The latter is smooth,
but the rest of the surface has numerous lanceolate papillge with central granules, so that
the organ appears downy under a lens. The ventral papillae are somewhat short, but
otherwise correspond with the type. The specimen is a female laden with ova.

Only one or two scales remained attached, but the appearance of these sufficed to
indicate that the species is probably one of the most brilliant of the group. The scales are
large, somewhat soft, mottled throughout the dorsal surface with madder -brown touches,
and with a large dark brown patch over the area of attachment. Behind the latter is a
prominent cock’s comb-like crest, directed transversely to the axis of the body, and with
a narrower base than summit. The former extends more than half the diameter of the
scale, while *the latter is still longer owing to the upward dilatation. The crest is
bilobed, with a hollow in the centre, and the free margin is covered with conical
tubercles or papillae with a globular base and a pointed chitinous summit. The sides of
the crest are streaked with madder-brown, but the edges of the ridges are of a bright
yellow, which stands boldly out from the fact that the pigment adjoining it is of a
deeper brown shade than elsewhere. The coloration and the bilobed tuberculated crest
remain with little change in the smaller posterior scales. The whole anterior area of
the scale is dotted over with small but characteristic papillae having a globular base,
and one, two, three, four, or more chitinous spikes on the summit like a hand-bomb
with its detonating points. Those least armed {i.e., with one or two points) occur
internally, those best armed are external. A few larger papillae like those on the
bilobed crest occur near the outer border. The number of the scales is twelve.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

69

The parallel ridges and triangular tuberculated elevations on the scales of certain
Australian Polynoidse in the British Museum would seem to indicate stages in the
production of these remarkable processes.

The dorsal branch of the foot bears a somewhat small tuft of slender and moderately •
elongated bristles (PI. XIa. fig. 10). The tip is rather blunt and the smooth por-
tion very short. The spinous rows again are somewhat small and closely arranged.
The structure of the bristle thus differs very considerably from that of Lepidonotus
squamatus.

The ventral bristles, on the other hand (PL XIa. fig. 11), have smooth simply hooked
tips with a pair of very large spurs at the summit of the spinous rows. The latter
are proportionally small.

The dorsum is characterised by the presence of a lozenge-shaped space im-
printed on each segment so as to leave a deep indentation at the bases of the feet.
The impressed space is marked by four, five, or six linear transverse parallel ridges.
Moreover, immediately behind the head are two dermal processes, connate in the middle
and free at the sides ; and posterior to the foregoing are two small eminences or papillae.

The anus opens nearly opposite the penultimate foot. Nothing of note occurred in
the alimentary canal.

Prof. Grube states that the palpi (his subtentacida) are smooth, but, as mentioned,
such is only the case to the naked eye. The accurate structure of the bristles also
escaped him and stiff more his artist, for the beautiful and costly steel engravings of
this work are unfortunately not reliable in regard to structure, and once more
exemplifies the trite remark that every zoologist should be more or less an artist. In
his specimens the elytra were flecked with white, and the dark pigment was greenish-
black. It is probable that this well-marked species exhibits considerable variation in
regard to colour. Grube’s examples were procured by Semper at Pandanon, one of the
Philippines.

Eunoa, Malmgren.

Eunoa iphionoides, n. sp. (PI. XVII. fig. 4 ; PI. VIIIa. figs. 1, 2).

Habitat. — Procured by the trawl at Station 166 (off the coast of New Zealand),
June'23, 1874 ; lat. 38° 50^ S., long. 169° 20' E. ; depth, 275 fathoms ; bottom tempera-
ture 50°' 8, surface temperature 5 8°' 5.; Globigerina ooze.

A small form about 11 mm. in length, and including the bristles 6 mm. in breadth.

It is of a uniform pale hue with the exception of the yellowish bristles and the minute
black dots on the scales. The body is elongate-ovoid.

The head presents posteriorly two rather large eyes — wide apart, and two stiff larger

70

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

on tlie lateral eminence in front of these. All are seen from the dorsum. The
tentacle is longer than the palj^i, and shows a slight enlargement below the veiy long-
filiform tip. It springs from a large basal segment which occupies the middle of the
anterior margin of the head. The antennge are subulate, and their tips reach the
terminal third of the palpi. The latter are of moderate length, with tapering tips.
Only very minute papillse (seen under a power of 350 diameters) occur on one side,
so that they are comparatively smooth. The tentacular and dorsal cirri agree with
the tentacle, the long filiform tips of the cirri projecting beyond the bristles. The
dilated terminal region has rather long clavate papillae, but these organs diminish
above and below this part. The subulate ventral cirrus is furnished with shorter
clavate papillae.

There are fifteen pairs of scales, and they completely envelop the dorsum after the
manner of Ipliione. The first scale is rounded, dotted with the black spines, and
bordered with rather long clavate cilia. The others (PI. XVII. fig. 4) are studded with
similar chitinous spines, the larger of which have the extrinsic blackish pigment, and
cilia along their outer border. In section the tissue of the scale is dense. The scales
are proportionally large and massive. They diminish in thickness from the surface of
attachment to the margin.

The dorsal branch of the foot has a series of somewhat slender elongate bristles
with comparatively short pointed tips (PI. VIIIa. fig. 1, the figure representing a stoutish
form, as some are much more slender). The rows of spines are well marked and
distinctly separated. The longer forms are extremely slender toward the tip.

The ventral bristles again have simple hooked tips like those in Eunoa} with well-
marked row of spines. On the whole the terminal region is short (PI. VIIIa. fig. 2).

The ventral area between the oblique muscles is of moderate size, and the cords are
ovoid. The ventral cuticle is quite smooth. This form approaches Lagisca in the
structure of the head and scales, but no bifid bristle occurs in the inferior group.
It quite differs from Iphione in the character of the dorsal bristles and other particulars.
It also comes near to Polynoe macrolepidota of Schmarda, from Auckland and New"
Zealand, but the spines on the scales of this species are much longer, and the cilia more
abundant on the edge, as well as longer. Schmarda’s figures ^ of the bristles are deficient
in precision.

1 I see no disadvantage in adopting Malmgren’s genus Eunoa, on structural grounds. Dr. Hansen (Norske
Nordhavs-Exped., p. 24) seems to have overlooked the essential characters which are common throughout the Polynoidas,
e.g., the general correspondence of the dorsal cirri with the tentacle and tentacular cirri. Thus he makes a new species
{Polynoe islandica) for a form in which the former processes are smooth while the latter are ciliated. If we hear in
mind the characters just mentioned, it is probable that this imperfect specimen is an abnormal example of Eunoa xrstedi,
Malmgren.

2 Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 155.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

71

Eunoa opalina, n. sp. (PL X. fig. 5 ; PI. XIX. fig. 2).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 311 (in the Strait of Magellan), January 11, 1876;
lat. 52° 45' 30" S., long. 73° 46' W. ; depth, 245 fathoms; bottom temperature 46°‘0,
surface temperature 50°‘0 ; blue mud.

The specimens are fragmentary, the longest measuring 25 mm. in length, and with
the bristles about 12 mm. in breadth.

In the preparation the scales are milky, but no pigment is elsewhere present.

The head is distinguished by the great prominence of the lateral regions anteriorly,
culminating in the widely separated peaks on each side of the tentacle. A pair of rather
small transversely ovoid eyes are situated a little in front of the posterior border. Some-
what anterior to these, but yet behind the lateral median prominence, are a much larger
round pair, which are barely seen from the dorsum. The tentacle rises abruptly from
the large basal segment, and is comparatively short, its filiform tip not reaching the
extremity of the palpus. It is pellucid, and shows no appreciable enlargement below the
filiform termination. The slender tips of the antennae extend about half-way along the
tentacle. The palpi are quite smooth. The tentacular and dorsal cirri agree with the
tentacle in shape, and have likewise a series of clavate papillae, sparsely distributed, and
as usual longest on the slightly tumid region below the filiform tip. The ventral cirri
are tapered nearly from the base to the slender apex, and are c[uite smooth. There is
only an eminence in place of the ventral mamilla.

The scales seem to be fifteen pairs, though neither example is perfect. They are soft,
large, milky, as well as slightly translucent, and the dorsum is fully covered by the
overlapping organs. Just within the posterior border are a series of soft papillae arranged
at intervals and visible under a lens. The first scale (PI. XIX. fig. 2) is small and
rounded, its soft papillae are large though few, and all round its border are a series of
microscopic clavate processes. Moreover, its anterior region shows minute papillae
scattered over the surface in considerable profusion.

The dorsal division of the foot bears a fascicle of pale yellow bristles, of moderate
length, and in all enveloped in pale mud. The tip is smooth, slightly dilated in
the middle, and with a peculiar double marking (PI. VIIIa. fig. 9 shows an average
example). The rows of spines are minute. An instance of a regenerated bristle
(PL VIIIa. fig. 10), apparently after fracture, occurred amongst the others. This is rare,
though the inherent recuperative power of these bristles is considerable.

The ventral branch carries pale yellow bristles with peculiarly long curved simple
terminations (PL VIIIa. fig. 11). Very few forms occur with so decided a curve at
the tip. The spinous rows are comparatively small.

An eyeless variety was trawled at Station 299 (between Juan Fernandez and

72

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Valparaiso), December 14, 1875 ; lat. 33° 31' S., long. 74° 43' W. ; depth, 2160 fathoms ;
bottom temperature 35°'2, surface temperature 62°’0 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

It is of good size, 38 mm. in length, and 15 mm. in breadth inclusive of the bristles.
The head is devoid of any trace of eyes, so that it forms another example of the
influence of habitat on these important organs. The bristles and other j^arts correspond
with the previous specimens. A developing foot exhibits setigerous lobe, cirrus, dorsal and
ventral bristles in miniature, showing that the reproduction of all these parts occurs simul-
taneously, and that the peculiar characters of the bristles exist independently of size.

The intestinal canal of this example contained a c[uantity of dark brownish mud, in
which were sponge-spicules, vegetable and other organic debris.

The ventral area is well marked, but thin, and the nerves are greatly flattened.
The hypoderm externally is apparently diminished, but internally connective tissue and
fibres form a protection. The cuticle is quite smooth.

Eunoa capensis, n. sp. (PI. XV. fig. 5 ; PI. XIa. figs. 1—3).

Habitat. — Found between tide-marks at Sea Point, near Cape Town, along with
Terehella, Sahella, and Sabellaria.

A fragment of the anterior end of a tolerably large species (about 8 mm. in
diameter). The scales are absent.

The head is characterised by the great size of the base of the tentacle, which occupies
the whole front of the head. The tentacle itself is absent. The antennse are somewhat
short and cylindrical, with a filiform tip passing off abruptly from the former. The
palpi are moderately elongated, tomentose under a lens, and when magnified show a
dense coating of blunt lanceolate papillae, which pass up to the base of the short filiform
tip. A pam of small eyes lie at the outer and posterior border of the head, while a pair
occur a little behind the anterior border, and lateral in position. The dorsal cirri are
absent, but one of the tentacular cirri presents a very slight enlargement below the filiform
tip, and a column rather closely covered with somewhat short and thick papillae, having
a nearly cylindrical outline.

The ventral cirri are very short.

The dorsal group consists of a small tuft of pale bristles, the structure of which is
not readily made out from their peculiar twist, the tip (PI. XIa. fig. 1, one of the
shorter examples) ends in a somewhat blunt rounded process, below which, on the convex
side, are a series of spinons rows. Some of the larger forms in the fascicle (e.p., PI. XIa.
fig. 2) show a more extended smooth portion at the tijD. A similar condition occurs in the
much larger dorsal bristles of Eunoa hispanica^ and an allied bristle appears in Kinberg’s ^

^ Freg. Eugen. Resa, p. 20, Tab. vi. fig. 29, Gs.

1 Trans. Zool. Soc. Land., ix. p. 396.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

73

Antinoe pulchella, from the moutli of the La Plata. The ventral branch has translucent
pale straw-coloured bristles with simple hooked tips (PI. XIa. fig. 3), while beneath are
a comparatively small number of spinous rows, which, indeed, somewhat approach the
arrangement in Lepidasthenia ; and perhaps this form may also possess an elongated body.
The superior ventral bristles have much longer tips than represented in the figure, which
shows an average or intermediate specimen.

This form approaches Lepidasthenia in the diminution of the dorsal bristles, and it
does not seem to fall under Eiinoa. There is nothing in the description or figures of
Schmarda’s Polynoe trochiscophoixP to connect it with the fragment from the Challenger.

The ventral area between the oblique muscles is narrow, and the nerve-cords are of
considerable size and ovoid in section. A few Loxosomce are |)arasitic on the dorsal
aspect of the feet.

Eunoa ahyssorum, n. sp. (PI. XIa. figs. 14—16).

Hahitat. — Trawded at Station 160 (south of Australia), March 13, 1874 ; lat.
42° 42' S., long. 134° 10' E.; depth, 2600 fathoms ; bottom temperature 33°'9,
surface temperature 55°'0 ; red clay.

Unfortunately the specimen has been dried, and all its scales are absent. It
measures about 27 mm. in length, and including the bristles 13 mm. in breadth.

The head appears to be devoid of eyes^ a common feature in forms from such depths.
The cirri are of considerable length. There are thirty-eight bristled segments including
those bearing the tentacular cirri, and the points of attachment of fifteen scales are
indicated.

Both sets of bristles are straw-coloured. The dorsal branch has a series of stiff,
acutely pointed bristles, with the spinous region rather short, though the spines are
distinct (PL XIa. fig. 14, which represents an average example amongst the longer
kinds). The ventral bristles have a well-marked simple hook at the end of the
smooth portion, and a comparatively short spinous region (PI. XIa. figs. 15, 16 — the
former representing one of the longer, and the latter one of the shorter and smaller
inferior forms). The smooth portion at the tip has a slight convexity on the anterior or
spinous edge.

The brownish debris in the intestine contained remarkable link-like spicular plates,
as if pertaining to a fantastically armed Synapta.

The advantage of having the assistance of the bristles in establishing an accurate
diagnosis is weU seen in the case of this injured and dried form.^

1 Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 151, Taf. xxxvi. fig. 310.

2 The Lepidonotus howerhanldi of Dr. Baird, from Australia, appears to approach this genus {Eunoa), having ventral
bristles, with a simple hooked tip. The dorsal bristles again are slender, and the scales have cilia.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.)

LI 10

74

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Tlie ventral area between the oblique muscles is large, and the nerve-cords seem to
be minute, forming a small flattened band on each side, at the edge of the great longi-
tudinal muscle of the region. This separation, with atrophy of the cords, is pecuhar, and
merits further attention. The only doubt arises from the condition of the specimen, but
this of itself could hardly cause the change,

E'unoa mindanavensis, n. sp. (PI. XI, flg. 6 ; PI. XVII. flg. 6 ; PI. XIIa.
figs. 7, 8).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 201 (in Basilan Strait, off Mindanao, one of the
Philippines), October 26, 1874; lat. 7° 3' N., long. 121° 48' E.; depth, 82 fathoms;
surface temperature, 83°‘0; stones and gravel,

A fragment of the posterior end of a well-marked species furnished with whitish
papillose scales. The diameter of the specimen is 3 ‘5 mm. including the bristles.

The scales (PI. XVII. fig. 6) are pale throughout, somewhat ovoid, and densely
covered wdth minute papillae, interspersed with larger ones, wdiich are quite visible under
a lens. In front of the scar for attachment the papillae are for the most part small,

though a few larger occur amongst them, especially toward the outer edge. The
latter is furnished anteriorly with short stout cilia, which, however, as we proceed back-
ward, assume a sj^inose form. By transmitted light these blunt spines present a central
granular region, with a constriction in the middle, and a clavate upper part, the whole
strengthened by the translucent chitinous deposit externally, and having at the tip a
pair of short prongs, rarely more.

The dorsal division of the foot bears a series of minute, pale bristles, strongly curved,
the tips being acutely pointed and furnished with very fine (almost obsolete) serrations
(PI. XIIa. fig. 7).

The ventral series again consists of bristles Avith simple tips, which are pointed rather
than hooked (PL XIIa. fig. 8, which represents an average example). The distal region
is on the whole short and wide, and it is marked by very fine transverse striae from the
obsolete spinous rows.

The cirri, so far as can be ascertained from the fragment, are moderately elongated
smooth tapering processes, with very slender tips. The ventral cmi extend beyond the
bases of the bristles.

The specimen is a male, the sperm-masses filling up the area beneath the alimentary
canal, and, indeed, extending both laterally and superiorly.

The nerve-area is small and almost spindle-shaped, as might be expected from
its position.

This form apparently approaches Griibe’s Polynoe am'pullifera} from Bohol, one of

1 O'p. cit., p. 35.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

75

the Philippines ; hut both scales and bristles differ, especially in regard to the serration
of the dorsal, and the expansion of the ventral tips. In regard to the structiun of the
bristles, it is somewhat allied to Malmgrenia.

Eunoa yedoensis, n. sp. (PL XV. fig. 4; PI. XIX. fig. 9 ; PL Xa. figs. 11, 12).

Habitat. — Procured at Station 232 (a little south of Yedo, Japan), May 12,
1875; lat. 35° ll' X., long. 139° 28' E. ; depth, 345 fathoms; bottom temperature
41°'l, surface 64°’2; green mud, in which several other families of Annelids were
represented.

A small and rather elongated species, about 1 2 mm. in length and 3 mm. in breadth.
There are about forty bristled segments.

The head (PL XV. fig. 4) is furnished with four very distinct eyes, two of which are
placed wide apart at the posterior border, and a larger pair slightly in front of the lateral
prominence. The latter are only fully seen from the side. The tentacle is absent. The
antennse are rather thick at the base but tapered at the extremity. The palpi are com-
paratively short, and have a filiform tip. The dorsal cirri are somewhat slender, and
their tips are long and filiform. Beneath the latter the surface is covered with a number
of somewhat cylindrical cdia, which toward the base of the cirrus become sparsely
distributed and clavate. The ventral cirrus is subulate, and extends very slightly beyond
the base of the bristles. The ventral papilla is a well-marked cylindrical process.

The scales (PL XIX. fig. 9) appear to be fifteen pairs. They are covered with
numerous rather distinct papdlse, and have on the posterior surface and edge a somewhat
dense series of cilia, longest and most abundant at the outer border. These cilia corre-
spond in outline with those on the dorsal cirri, being almost cylindrical. Toward the
inner border posteriorly they are short, sparsely arranged, and clavate. Such are not
common in the group.

The dorsal division of the foot bears proportionally long translucent bristles, which
have a remarkably extended smooth portion at the tip (PL Xa. fig. 11), the serrated
region beneath comprising about eleven spinous rows. As the smooth portion at the
tip considerably exceeds the spinous region in length, the latter is thus placed near
the middle of the bristle. This form of bristle is peculiar and rare.

The ventral branch, again, has a series of translucent bristles with rather short and
broad tips, simply hooked (PL Xa. fig. 12, representing an intermediate form). The
fine serrations on the edge are numerous and closely arranged. The setigerous inferior
lobe slopes acutely upward from the ventral surface to the spine, thus giving a pointed
character to the entire region.

The nerve-cords are somewhat flattened. The area is comparatively narrow.

70

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Polyeunoa, n. gen.

Polyeunoa Icevis, n. sp. (PI. XII. fig. 2 ; PL XX. fig. 8 ; PI. VIIa. figs. 12, 13).

Habitat. — Numerous examples were dredged at Station 145a (off Prince Edward
Island), December 27, 1873; lat. 46° 41' S., long. 38° 10' E.; depth, 310 fathoms;
surface temperature 41°'5; sea-bottom, volcanic sand.

Two fragmentary specimens also occurred at Station 310 (in the Strait of Magellan),
January 10, 1876; lat. 51° 27' 30" S., long. 74° 3' W.; depth, 400 fathoms; bottom
temperature 46°'5, surface temperature 50°‘5 ; blue mud.

The body is extremely elongated, indeed, vdth the exception of Achloe astericola
and Polynoe scolo-pendrina it exceeds all the British species, and approaches Lepidasthenia
in this respect, though it quite differs in the structure of the bristles from the latter. In
regard to fragility it certainly leans to the former. The length of some of the longer
examples is about 55 mm., and the greatest breadth (including the bristles) about 11 mm.
The number of bristled segments varies from seventy -three to seventy-five in such S23eci-
mens. The body is either pale, or marked along the dorsum by very regular touches of
madder -brown, which occupy in some the entir’e breadth of the dorsum, but in others
diminish to a slender streak of pigment in the centre. The ventral surface is either ]oale,
or in those with much dorsal pigment has a tinge of the same colour along each side
anteriorly.

The head is pale, with two moderately large black eyes situated vdde apart at the
posterior margin, and they are only partially visible in a dorsal view. Each has a
whitish speck in the centre. The anterior pair are placed on the lateral prominence,
their pigment being carried somewhat in front of it. They are larger than the posterior
pair, and also have a distinct white speck in the centre. The marginal position of all the
eyes gives a wide clear space in the centre of the head. The tentacle is a slender,
elongated, tapering process arising from a broad base. It considerably exceeds the palpi
in length. The antennse are likewise long, and taper to a filiform extremity, which
reaches about two-thirds along the palpi. The tentacular cirri are also long, the upper
exceeding the palpi in length, and the tip is filiform. The dorsal cirri are of the same
tapering filiform character, with very long attenuate tips. The surface of all these pro-
cesses is perfectly smooth. The palpi are of average length, smooth, and with a pointed
tip. The smooth ventral cirrus is comparatively long, extending considerably beyond
the base of the bristles. The ventral papilla is slightly developed, appearing as a small
l:)luntly conical process posteriorly. Two long tapering styles come off below the anus,
and terminate the body.

The feet have somewhat the appearance of those in Achloe astericola, the

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

77

dorsal bristles especially being few and short. They consist of a series of short pale
yellow bristles, which show only a very hiint trace of the spinous rows (PI. VIIa. fig. 12).
The points in a lateral view are somewhat blunt, and there is a characteristic curvature
in the same position. When viewed antero-posteriorly, however, they are nearly
sjrmmetrical in outline, narrowing as they emerge from the skin, dilating, and again
diminishing toward the tip.

The ventral bristles, again, have simple, broad hooked tips (PI. VIIa. fig. 13), and
somewhat short spinous rows beneath. In simplicity they resemble those of Eunoa,
Nychia, and Achloe, and, perhaps, though the curvature at the tip differs very consider-
ably, they are nearest to the latter. They are much longer proportionally than the dorsal
bristles.

The scales are nineteen pairs, overlap considerably in front, but not in the central
or posterior region of the body. They are perfectly smooth, somewhat thin, translucent
and milky, and have the scar for attachment very eccentric. The latter is situated
toward the outer and anterior margin in those in front, while in the posterior the scar
more nearly approaches the middle of an antero -posterior line drawn through the scale.
They show numerous branching nerves.

The species is remarkably free from parasites on the bristles or other parts.

The alimentary canal in those examined was quite empty. In the debris from the
anus of one example were many granular cells, probably from the surface of the canal.

The extruded proboscis is short, and has the usual nine papillae dorsally and ventrally.
The maxillse are dark brown, and as usual lock alternately. In section the muscular
walls of the body seem to be largely developed, while the proboscis is proportionally
small, and in the anterior third it is surrounded by a muscular ring. The nerve-cords
are comparatively thick, and have an area of somewhat lax hypodermic tissue in the
central line beneath them, giving rise in some views to a perforated appearance. The
ventral area is narrow.

Dr. Baird’s Hermadion magalhcensi resembles this form in the length of the body
and smoothness of the scales, but differs in the structure of the bristles, the dorsal being
comparatively smooth and the ventral having a bifid tip.

Dasylepis, Malmgren.

Dasylepis equitis, n. sp. (PI. XXXII. fig. 7 ; PI. XXXIXa. figs. 5, 6).

Habitat. — Dredged by H.M.S. “ Knight Errant ” in the Fseroe Channel at Station
8, August 17, 1880, in 540 fathoms ; bottom temperature 29^’5, surface temperature
56°‘5; ooze.

The specimen consists of a fragment of the posterior end about 9 mm. in length
and 8 mm. in breadth. It has three pairs of scales.

78

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The scales are not so firmly attached to the dorsum as in Lepidonotus sqiiaiiiatus,
though more so than usually seen in the group. Each is irregularly rounded, and the
exposed part covered with clavate or rather pedicled tubercles, with broad, truncated
tips. Moreover, each tubercle has its summit studded with minute truncated papillge
(PI. XXXII. fig. 7). As usual the tubercles increase in size from the anterior to the
posterior border, over which they project. Each scale has in addition at the posterior
edge a tubercle or two far surpassing the rest in size, and with the convex summit
rendered nodular by numerous ]3rocesses, so that each bears a resemblance to the
remarkable papillse of Iphione muricata.

The posterior and outer margins are furnished with numerous long and closely set
cilia.

The dorsal cirrus has a long bare filiform tip, and the rest is densely ciliated. The
slender ventral cirrus shows a few short clavate cilia. The ventral papilla does not project.

The dorsal division of the foot bears a series of bristles which somewhat resemble
those of Dasylepis asperrima, but which are nevertheless easily distinguished. They
are much less acute at the tip (PL XXXIXa. fig. 6), showing instead of the simple
pointed condition, a peculiar blunt tip, with a minute buttress or process on the anterior
edge, just below it. The spinous rows in the new form are also longer.

The ventral bristles (PI. XXXIXa. fig. 5, representing one of the inferior or shorter
forms) quite differ from those of Dasylepis asperrima, in possessing shorter spinous rows,
and in the absence of the secondary process below the tip. The latter, it is true, is not
evident in every bristle of Dasylepis asperrima, but it is very plain in others.^ It is
doubtful whether Malmgren is incomplete in his description, or had overlooked this
feature in the specimen in the British Museum. In the new form, at any rate, none of
the tips are bifid ; indeed the region below the terminal hook has a tendency to widen
out above the spinous rows as in Eunoa.

Lagisca, Malmgren.

Lagisca g)ropinqua, Malmgren.

Dredged by H.M.S. “ Knight Errant ” in the Eaeroe Channel at Station 5, August 11,
1880, in 515 fathoms ; bottom temperature 45°‘5, surface temperature 56°‘6 ; ooze ; two
small examples. Langerhans found it at Madeira.^

Lagisca tenuisetis, n. sp. (PI. II. fig. 7 ; PI. XVIII. fig. 9; PI. VIIa. figs. 5—9).

Dredged off St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, July 1873.

A single fragmentary example, measuring 8 mm. in length and 2 ‘5 mm. in breadth.

' Trans. Zool. Soc. Land., vol. ix. pt. 7, pi. Ixvii. figs. 10, 11.

^ Die Wurmfauna Madeiras, Zeitschr.f. wiss. Zool., Bd. xxxii. p. 275.

REPOET OR THE ARRELIDA.

79

The body is on the whole pale ; a faint greyish tinge, however, occurs along the
middle of the dorsum and on the scales, and a little brownish j^igment on the folds of
the mouth anteriorly.

The head is distinguished from Lagisca propinqiia, Mgrn, Lagisca jeffreysii, MT.,
and Lagisca rarispina, Sars, by the much larger size of the eyes ; indeed, it resembles
Evarne in this respect, though the basal portion of the tentacle is much diminished,
and the points of the head on each side less conspicuous ; and while the posterior
pair of eyes are nearer each other, the trapezoid formed by the eyes is smaller than in
any of the foregoing. The tentacle has a proportionally slender base, and in the
specimen (which probably is imperfectly developed) the distal region is short, and rapidly
terminates in a filiform extremity. It has a somewhat sparse series of clavate papillae.
The antennae are short and filiform. The tentacular cirri agree with the tentacle. The
palpi are comparatively long and pointed, and show peculiar bifid papillae.

The first scale is more or less rounded, and studded with somewhat large papillae, a
conspicuous row considerably exceeding the others in size occurring along the posterior
border. The shape of the succeeding scales alters to the elongate type in the usual
manner, and their free surface is covered with large papillae, the posterior row being
visible under a lens. A few long cilia also occur on the latter border (PI. XYIII.
fig. 7).

Both the dorsal and ventral bristles are pale. The former (PL VIIa. fig. 5, rejjre-"
senting an intermediate example) are characterised by remarkably close rows of spikes.
The longer forms (PI. VIIa. fig. 6) have more attenuate extremities.

The ventral bristles consist superiorly of a series (PI. VIIa. figs. 7, 8) with
distinctly alternate rows of spikes, the bifid portion at the tip in some being imperfectly
seen from its minuteness. The rows of spikes are boldly marked and long. Toward the
middle of the series the peculiar character of the bifid tip (PI. VIIa. fig. 9) is evident,
and its distinction from that in any of the known forms is clearly demonstrated. All
the bristles are very translucent and delicate.

The size and arrangement of the eyes, the minute structure of the scales, and the
structure of the bristles, are characteristic. Thus, in comparison with Lagisca progiinqua,
Mgrn., to which perhaps it comes nearest in regard to the scales, it diverges much in
the structure of the tips of the ventral bristles and in the arrangement and size of the
eyes.

Grube has a Polynoe tenuisetis ^ from Rio Janeiro, but the pellucid smooth scales
distinguish it from the foregoing. The Polynoe zonata of Langerhans,^ from Madeira,
approaches the form described above in the structure of the head and its appendages,
and in the size of the eyes, but it deviates considerably in the structure of the bristles,
which resemble those of Lagisca propinqiia rather than the present species.

1 Annulata CErstediana, p. 20.

2 Zeitschr.f. iviss. Zool, Bd. xxxii. p. 275, Taf. xiv. fig. 5.

80

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Lagisca antarctica, n. sp. (PL XIII. fig. 1; PI. XVI. fig. 3; PL XVIII. fig. 1 ;
PL VIa. figs. 10, 11).

Habitat. — Numerous examples were dredged at Station 144a (off Marion Island),
December 26, 1873, in 69 fathoms, amidst a profusion of other Annelids ; lat. 46° 48' S.,

long. 37° 49' E.; surface temperature, 41°'0; volcanic sand. Some young specimens

were also procured at Station 149h, off Christmas Harbour, Kerguelen, January
29, 1874 ; lat. 48° 45' S., long. 69° 14' E. ; in 127 fathoms, amongst the debris of Evarne
kerguelensis ; surface temperature, 39°’0 ; volcanic mud.

The length of a large specimen is 40 mm., and the breadth including the bristles
about 15 mm.

The outline of the body presents a somewhat rapid diminution posteriorly. Dorsally
it is in several marked (beneath the scales) with brownish pigment, in bold and rather
symmetrical touches. The ventral surface is pale, with the exception of a few flakes of
brown at the mouth, and at the base of the ventral bristles.

On viewing the head from the dorsum, only the large posterior pail’ of eyes are,
distinctly seen, a little in front of the nuchal fold, and widely separated from each other

(PL XVI. fig. 3), or just within the external border. The anterior pair are lateral,

occup}:"ing a position somewhat in front of the middle line of the head, and only
partially visible from the dorsum. They are, however, even larger than the posterior
pair. The head is quite pale (whitish) in the preparation, and its iridescent cuticle is
peculiarly wrinkled. The basal segment of the tentacle is whitish interiorly, but toward
the tip has two lateral brownish touches. The process itself is comparatively pale, only
a little brownish pigment occurring beyond the dilated region. The baSal division of the
antennae is also brownish, as likewise is the cylindrical region beyond and the lower part
of the terminal filiform process. The dilated part is thus conspicuous by its whitish hue.
The tentacular cirri have the centre of the cylindrical region pale, the basal and terminal
portions brownish, while the enlarged part is pale, and the base of the filiform tip is
brownish. The basal division is pale. The dorsal cirri generally jwesent a slightly
brownish basal division, followed by a deejD browmish band at the base of the distal
portion, fading toward the middle of the process, then a pale central region, a brownish
region below and another beyond the pale enlarged part. The filiform tip is somewhat
long. All the cirri are furnished with rather elongate clavate papillae. The palpi are
coloured pale brown, and have rather distinct papillae with bluntly acuminate tips. The
ventral cirrus is filiform and smooth. The ventral papilla occurs in its ordinary position,
and is fairly developed as a slightly tapering process.

The papilla from which the dorsal bristles spring is tinted of a deep brownish hue,
as also is the cuticular sheath of the spine. The bristles have the ordinary character
of the genus, one of the intermediate forms being represented in PL VIa. fig. 10. The

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

81

tip has a peculiar knife-edge appearance on the anterior or spinous margin. Parasitic
Loxosomce are frequently attached to them.

The ventral bristles (PI. VIa. fig. 11) are long and slender, but the tips conform to
the structure in Lagisca, the weak secondary process being diagnostic. The pigment
alluded to in the dorsal division is continued to the spinigerous process of the ventral,
and nearly forms a ring round it. An Exogone with its buds occurred amongst the
debris on these bristles.

The scales (PI. XVIII. fig. 1) are fifteen pairs, their most prominent feature being a
series of characteristic rotate (almost globular) papillae along the posterior border.
The first scale as usual is rounded, and besides the conspicuous papillae along its posterior
border, a group of smaller processes occurs in its centre, and a few larger appear
over the central region of most posteriorly. The scales are mottled with brownish
pigment, which is situated under the spinose dorsal cuticle, and often show a dark brown
patch in the centre. Besides the numerous conical papillae, a fringe of cilia occurs along
their outer border. The latter are longest on the posterior scales, which also have a few
elongated papillae instead of the globular processes on the posterior border. The surface
of the scale is minutely spinous ; and most present a curiously thickened and elevated
area toward the posterior part of the inner border.

The cuticle on the under surface of the scale is continuous with that of the scale-
papilla, the thickest part of the organ occurring just over this region, the hypoderm
dipping downward at the point of attachment, while the roof of the scar forms an arch,
so that the area is thinnest in the middle. In the hypoderm of the dorsal process for
the scale are a series of muscular fibres, vertical, circular, and oblique, so that considerable
motion is provided for. In one of the sections, moreover, a rounded cellulo -granular
body like a ganglion with a branch or two was situated just below the muscular fibres,
beneath the scale. A thin stratum or layer, apparently continuous with the hypoderm,
bridges over the summit of the scale-pillar. The fibres of the hypoderm of the scale
are directed in a radiate manner from the fold of attachment to the scar, sloping
inward and upward to the arch, to the central line of which many go, and interlace
with others in a very complex manner.

The alimentary canal contained elongated masses, amongst which fragments of sessile-
eyed Crustacea, soft odontophorus Mollusca, probably Pteropods, and quantities of
Diatoms, which seem to have been in the stomachs of their prey.

This species approaches Grube’s Polynoe vesiculosa,^ procured during the expedition
in the German ship “ Gazelle,” from the Strait of Magellan. Both have slightly bidentate
tips to the inferior bristles, and the structure of the scales is closely allied. It diverges
in the colour of the dorsal cirri, and in the structure of their cilia, which are stated to
be setiform in Polynoe vesiculosa. Grube’s example was only 21 mm. in length, and

^ Monatsber. d. h. preuss. Akad. d, Wiss. Berlin, August 1877, p. 514.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.)

LI 11

82

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

had neither palpi nor tentacular cirri. The Polynoe antarctica of Kinberg/ from the
same region, differs in the structure of the scales, cirri, and bristles.

Lagisca magellanica, n. sp. (PL XIII. fig. 5 ; PI. XVIII. figs. 3, 4 ; PI. VIIa.
figs. 1, 2).

Habitat. — Procured by the trawl at Station 308 (Strait of Magellan), January 5,
1876; lat. 50° 8' 30" S., long. 74° 41^ W.; depth, 175 fathoms; surface temperature,
51°‘7 ; blue mud.

Also from Station 149h (off Christmas Harbour, Kerguelen), January 29 1874 ; lat.
48° 45' S., long. 69° 14' E. ; depth, 127 fathoms; surface temperature, 39°’0; volcanic
mud.

The largest example (from Station 308) measures 32 mm. in length, and with the
bristles is 10 mm. in diameter.

In some the dorsum is tinted light brown, but the ventral surface in all is pale.

The head is somewhat broad and large, and furnished with four conspicuous eyes, two
of which are situated at the posterior border and wide apart, and two (the larger) on the
lateral prominence (PL XIII. fig. 5). This arrangement of the eyes seems to be common
in Lagisca. The head and the basal division of the tentacle are quite pale. The distal
portion of the latter is equally pallid, nearly cylindrical, or with very slight enlargement
below the filiform tip. The antennse and tentacular cirri are also pale and conform to the
same structure ; moreover, all these processes are covered with moderately long clavate
papillae. The palpi are pale, and under a high power quite smooth, only the fine
crenations of the contracted cuticle and hypoderm being visible. The ventral cirrus is
quite smooth ; and the ventral papdla, though less developed in this genus than in
Lepidonotus, is fairly prominent, and directed posteriorly between the feet.

The scales appear to be fifteen pairs, though none of the examples is complete.
The first is rounded and covered with a dense series of small spines, while round the
free border are numerous cilia which are slightly clavate and somewhat short (PL XVIII.
fig. 3). The surface of attachment presents in this and all the others a narrow brownish
ring. A first scale had apparently two umbilici, but the origin of the second mark is
uncertain. The first scales are either pale or flecked with brownish grains. The suc-
ceeding are marked with similar grains, and in some also have a very distinct brown
pigment-patch in the centre. If the latter be well developed the accessory grains are
few or absent ; whereas when the grains are abundant the central area is rather an
aggregation of grains than a well-marked pigment -patch. The scales are delicate and

translucent, the anterior having a slightly pinkish or skin hue, and the eyes are seen
through them. The only opaque parts are the spines (PL XVIII. fig. 4). The latter

1 0]p. cit., p. 23.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

83

occur also on the posterior scales, which show a few short cilia on the outer and
posterior borders.

The dorsal division of the foot bears a group of pale yellowish bristles (PI. VIIa.
hg. 1, representing an average form) having a bare tip, and a series of short closely
arranged spines along the side. Some of the longer bristles of this branch are of course
more attenuated than that figured, while on the other hand the shorter kinds are more
distinctly curved and stouter.

The ventral part bears similar pale yellow bifid bristles, which are both slender and
translucent (PL VIIa. fig. 2, one from the middle of the series). The tips on the whole
are rather short, but the rows of spines are well marked.

Fragments of Amphipods with strongly hooked claws and groups of long pin-
shaped spicules of sponges occurred in the intestine of a specimen from the Strait of
Magellan.

The median ventral area is of moderate size, and the cords, though flattened, are
distinct.

The Hermadion longicirratus of Kinberg,^ from the same region, somewhat approaches
the foregoing, but diverges in the minute structure of the head, scales, and bristles. His
Harmothoe spinosa'^ seems also to be an allied form, but it differs in the structure of
both dorsal and ventral bristles, and more obviously in regard to the structure of the
scales. It likewise came from the Strait of Magellan. The same may be said of Grube’s
Polynoe fallo^ from the same habitat (procured in the German ship “Gazelle”), for he
states that the palpi (his subtentacula) are furnished with minute papillae, while in
Lagisca magellanica the organs are smooth. Moreover, there are none of the long
conical papillae near the posterior margin of the scales as in Grube’s species. The
Harmothoe spinosa, Kinberg, of Dr. Baird seems to be allied in the closest manner,
but as the only specimen examined in the collection of the British Museum is devoid
of scales, some ambiguity remains.

Lagisca magellanica, var. murrayi (PI. XIX. fig. 1 ; PI. IXa. figs. 13, 14).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 310 (Strait of Magellan), January 10, 1876;
lat. 51° 27' 30" S., long. 74° 3' W.; depth, 400 fathoms; bottom temperature 46°-5,
surface temperature 50°'5; blue mud.

The specimens are fragmentary, but the form seems to be about the size of the
ordinary Lagisca magellanica. It comes very near the latter and var. griibei, but
differs from both in the greater comparative length and more pointed nature of the
dorsal bristles, though Lagisca magellanica most resembles it in this respect. In
neither of the other forms is the dilated condition of the smooth terminal portion of the
^ 0]p. cit., p. 22, jjI. vi. fig. 33. ^ Qp. cit, p. 21, pi. vi. fig. 31. ^ Op. cit., p. 515.

84

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

ventral bristles so well marked, and the same bristles are much longer than in the
forms mentioned. The ventral cirrus of the present form is decidedly larger than in var.
gruhei. The dorsum is marked by short brownish bars which are seen through the
scales. The eyes have slight “ lenses ” in var. murrayi.

Most papillse occur on the scales and dorsal cirri of Lagisca magellanica, and var.
murrayi differs from var. gruhei in this respect in having rather longer cilia on the
dorsal cirri, the basal pedicle of these, moreover, being more distinctly outlined from the
dilated terminal region. The area of the spines on the outer edge of the scale is limited
(PI. XIX. fig. 1).

One of the average dorsal bristles is seen laterally in PI. IXa. fig. 13. Its point is
somewhat more acute than in Lagisca magellanica, and decidedly more so than in var.
gruhei.

The bifid condition of the ventral bristles (PI. IXa. fig. 14) is less marked than in
var. gruhei, but it comes near Lagisca magellanica in this respect.

No further information is obtained by an examination of transverse sections of the
body-wall.

Lagisca magellanica, var. gruhei (PI. III. fig. 5; PI. XVIII. fig. 2; PI. VIIa.
figs. 14—16).

Hahitat. — Several specimens were dredged at Station 145a (off Prince Edward
Island), December 27, 1873; lat. 46° 41' S., long. 38° 10' E. ; depth, 310 fathoms;
surface temperature, 41°'5; volcanic sand.

This form occurred amongst the examples of Polyeunoa levis, and was only dis-
criminated on minute examination. It resembles the latter in its fine iridescence, its
pale colour and whitish scales, but differs in having a broader and shorter body, longer
and more numerous dorsal bristles, both of which, moreover, possess a slightly deeper
colour. It is interesting to find two from the same ground thus mimicking each other.

The length of the longest is 38 mm., and its breadth including the bristles 11 mm.
There are forty -five bristled segments.

The head (PI. III. fig. 5) has two very prominent points anteriorly. Two eyes,
widely removed from each other, are situated at the posterior edge, and two, still more
widely apart, on the lateral prominence, and only partially visible from the dorsum.
The tentacular base is well developed, but the tentacle is rather short and slender, its
filiform tip reaching very little beyond the palpi. The antennae likewise have a filiform
extremity. The tentacular and dorsal cirri agree in shape with the tentacle, but are
longer. All have a few (i.e., sparsely distributed) short clavate papillae. The ventral
cirrus reaches beyond the bars of the bristles, and is smooth. The ventral papilla has

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

85

the average development, rising from the posterior and outer angle of a prominent
elevation, and in the preparations being directed between the feet, or upwards
and outwards. The palpi are of moderate length and smooth. They taper rather
quickly toward the filiform termination. The tail is completed by two long
styles (cirri).

The scales amount to fifteen pairs, and are pale, slightly translucent and milky, and
show thinly scattered small papillae on their free surface, and a few clavate cilia along
their posterior border (PL XVIII. fig. 2). The scar of attachment, in the anterior third
of the body, is toward the anterior and outer region of the scale; posteriorly in the
elongated scales it is more nearly central. The finely branched nerves are well seeu.
The first and second scales, as usual, show the papillae very distinctly.

The feet are furnished with a much denser as well as a darker yellowish series of
bristles than those of Polyeimoa levis, with which it was associated. The dorsal division
has a series of stoutish bristles (PL VIIa. fig. 14) with well marked and rather broad,
smooth tips, and close spinous rows. Such bristles are not round, but conspicuously
angled, a feature best seen in the larger examples of the Polynoidae. The group shows
a definite arrangement of longer, straighter, and more pointed forms next the ventral
series (i.e., externally).

The ventral bristles superiorly possess rather long tips (PL VIIa. fig. 15, representing
one of the larger forms) and distinct spinous rows. The bifid tip is less evident than in
those from the middle of the series (PL VIIa. fig. 16). The secondary spur of the same
tip is broad and strong, and the spinous rows in all the ventral bristles are very boldly
marked. A minute Loxosoma with transversely striated stalk, and many Foraminifera,
occurred amongst the bristles.

In one specimen fragments of a hydroid zoophyte, sponge-spicules. Diatoms, and
Crustacean debris occupied the intestine.

There does not appear to be anything distinctive in the sections of this form, or of
the other varieties of Lagisca magellanica.

Lagisca per acuta, n. sp. (PL IV. fig. 6; PL VIIa. figs. 10, 11).

Habitat. — Several specimens were dredged off St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands,
July 1873.

All the examples are incomplete, the longest measuring about 14 mm. in length
and 4‘5 mm. in breadth.

The flattened dorsum is somewhat regularly tesselated throughout with brownish
markings, and a tinge of the same colour extends to the bases of the feet.

Toward the posterior third of those with the pigment well developed the segments

86

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

bearing cirri have the most conspicuous colouring. Thus within the elevated papilla on
each side of the base of the foot is a rounded deep brown pigment-spot, then a pale
streak, from which a broad band of brown proceeds to the central line, which is pale.
A transverse pale line behind separates this from a median and two lateral pigment-
touches. A somewhat symmetrically interrupted narrow band of brown marks the
commencement of the next (scale-bearing) segment, the central region of which is
occupied by an elongated area of brown, partially divided into three by two longitudinal
pale bars, and surrounded by a large pale region. Behind are three dark brown touches
similar to those in the preceding segment. The whole arrangement is both beautiful
and symmetrical.

The pigment on the palpi is occasionally arranged in transverse bars along the inner
border.

The head is pale, with four large eyes, all visible from the dorsum. Two are
situated at the posterior border, and two (somewhat larger and considerably wider
apart) in front of the lateral prominence. The tentacle is absent. The antennae are
filiform and rather long. The dorsal cirri and tentacular cirri are absent. The palpi
have numerous and distinct papillae. The ventral cirri reach considerably beyond the
setigerous process of the foot, and have well-marked clavate papillae. The ventral
papillae are similar to those in the former species.

The dorsal division of the foot bears moderately long bristles (PL YIIa. fig. 10),
which have an elongated, smooth, spear -like portion at the tip, and very distinct rows
of spines. The latter are, however, seldom so prominent as in the figure, which has
been slightly turned round to expose them.

The ventral series consists superiorly of bristles with longer tips, which are bifid,
though less conspicuously so than the next series (PI. VIIa. fig. 11). In the latter the
short tips are as distinctly bifid as in Lagisca propinqua, and the rows of spines are
long and distinct. On the whole the terminal regions of the ventral bristles are short.

Unfortunately no scale was sufficiently preserved to show more than a series of
minute papillae.

The extruded proboscis presented the ordinary nine papillae superiorly and interiorly ;
and the maxillae were light brownish in colour. As usual this organ is clasped
posteriorly by a muscular sheath, consisting externally chiefly of circular muscular
fibres, and internally of longitudinal fibres.

The cuticle seems to be somewhat thicker in the median line over the nerve-
area, which is narrow. The nerve-cords in section are rounded. One is a female,
containing in the perivisceral cavity many ova showing a granular yolk-mass, nucleus,
and nucleolus.

This species approaches Lagisca propinqua, Mgrn., in the structure of the ventral
bristles, but the tip of the dorsal quite differs both from this and Lagisca Jeffrey sii, MT.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

87

The eyes are also much larger than in the former species, and are all visible from the
dorsum.

In many examples numerous adventitious bristles had penetrated the dorsum.

Lagisca [Agnodice) moseleyi, n. sp. (PI. VI. fig. 6 ; PL Xa. figs. 7, 8).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 106 (in the middle of the Atlantic, in the line of the
tropics), August 25, 1873 ; lat. 1° 47' N., long. 24° 26' W. ; depth, 1850 fathoms ; bottom
temperature 36°’6, surface temperature 78°‘8; Globigerina ooze.

A fragmentary specimen without scales and somewhat injured, as indeed most
soft forms from deep water are. It is of considerable size, measuring 23 mm. in length
and nearly 18 mm. in breadth, the bristles greatly increasing the diameter. The body
is quite pale throughout, and seems to be in process of regeneration posteriorly.

The head (PL VI. fig. 6) is pale, with two somewhat ovoid whitish masses anteriorly,
like bleached eyes, and posteriorly two paler rounded spots on each side of the middle
line. The palpi are long, rather slender, and gently tapered from base to apex. They
also show faint longitudinal striae, and under a lens the sides are downy, from a dense
series of somewhat long slender papillae with very slightly bulbous tips. The proboscis has
a little dark pigment internally, a feature of interest in connection with the external pallor.

The dorsal cirri are long, slender, and filiform distally, gently tapered from base
to apex, and covered with long cilia, which extend far upward on the tip. The cilia
have bulbous extremities. The tips of the cirri extend beyond the bristles on each side.
The ventral cirri pass very considerably beyond the bases of the ventral bristles, are
slender and tapered, and are covered with long cilia similar to the foregoing. The
ventral papillae project distinctly about the eighth foot, and are continued backwards as
large and proportionally thick processes, which differ entirely from those of Lepidonotus
and Lagisca.

All the bristles are of a very pale straw colour and remarkably long. The dorsal
(PL Xa. fig. 7) are long, slender, and nearly straight, with the exception of a few of the
upper and inner series. The length of the hispid region is characteristic, and the rows
of spines very distinct, so that at first sight it resembles an Evarne. Below the spinous
region the shaft is striated longitudinally, and the strise continue upwards nearly to the
tip. The latter is peculiar, being probe-pointed and slightly curved. Many have a
blackish granular deposit of a parasitic nature placed at intervals on the shafts, so that
they are moniliform under a lens.

The ventral bristles are likewise extremely long and slender. The shafts are finely
striated, and a distinct dilatation occurs, as usual, where the serrations commence. The

88

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

spinous rows are so closely arranged (PI. Xa. fig. 8) that the whole surface is more or less
hispid. The tip is acute and very slightly curved, no trace of a secondary process
being visible in any.

The structure of the head is peculiar, and the bristles differ from those of Lagisca,
though the simple tips of such as Lagisca jeffreysii are closely allied. A new genus
will probably be necessary for its reception, after a complete example is obtained.

The intestine contained fragments of minute Crustacea, the stomachs of which seem
to have been loaded with Diatoms, minute Foraminifera, and other organisms.

In transverse section the first feature is the thinness of the cuticle, which forms a
mere film over the attenuated hypoderm in the median ventral line, where it usually
is conspicuous. These layers thus form a very thin investment outside the nerve-trunks,
which are of considerable size. The proboscis seems to be proportionally large in
comparison with the thin walls of the body.

Lagisca crosetensis, n. sp. (PI. VIII. fig. 6 ; PI. XIII. fig. 2 ; PI. XYIII. fig. 7 ;
PI. XIa. figs. 4-6).

Habitat. — Two specimens were procured by the trawl at Station 147 (near the
Crozet Islands), December 30, 1873; lat. 46° 16' S., long. 48° 27' E. ; depth, 1600
fathoms ; bottom temperature 34°‘2, surface 41°‘0; Diatom ooze.

The form is characterised by the whitish papillose scales, the long palpi, the rapid
diminution of the body posteriorly, and the length of the dorsal bristles. Many of the
feet had been thrown off, probably on immersion in spirit, so that it is in all likelihood
active and irritable.

The head has two rather distinct eyes at the posterior border and quite at the outer
extremity. The anterior pair (which are considerably larger) occur on the lateral
prominence. The tentacle is absent. The palpus is very long, and gradually tapered
from base to point. It is quite smooth. The antennse are long, slender, and finely
attenuate at the tip. They are covered with long cilia with bulbous extremities, and
some even extend upward on the delicate tip. The dorsal cirri are long and slender,
with scarcely a noticeable enlargement below the filiform termination. They have
similar cilia. The tips of the long, smooth, subulate ventral cirri extend considerably
beyond the bases of the bristles. The ventral papilla shows slight development.

The whitish ovoid scales (PI. XVIII. fig. 7) entirely cover the back, and indeed
considerably overlap. The larger processes are visible under a lens, so that the scales
appear slightly pilose. The whole scale is covered with spines, which commence
anteriorly as very minute structures, but posteriorly form long and conspicuous conical
processes. The posterior and outer borders are furnished with long and slender cilia.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

89

The spines as usual are much developed in the first scale. Amongst the long conical
thorns are a few slender cilia, which sometimes extend beyond the tips of the former.
There are also some globular or blunt processes, which probably represent developing
spines after injury.

The dorsal division of the foot has a series of very long, stiff, nearly straight and
acutely pointed bristles with short though boldly marked spinous rows (PI. XIa. fig. 4,
one of the longer and more slender forms). They are tapered almost from the base, so
that a very acute tip results. The rows of spines are also often visible on both sides.
The smooth portion at the tip is very short, sharp, and slightly bent when seen from
the front as in the figure. In the less numerous shorter forms (PI. XIa. fig. 5, a lateral
view) the tip is broader. The transverse lines are distinctly marked. These bristles

are of a brownish tint.

The ventral division bears bristles which are much less conspicuous, both in thickness
and length, than the dorsal. The superior have long serrated tips, the inferior short,
and though in neither are the rows furnished with long spines, they have the
peculiarly defined serratures observed in the dorsal, and which are best seen antero-
posteriorly. In lateral views (PI. XIa. fig. 6) the spinous rows are less distinct. The
nature of the bifid tip is peculiar. Below the terminal hook is a short and very acute spine
directed upward, and the smooth portion beneath is sometimes convex, as in the figure.

The cuticle is dense, especially in the ventral median line. The nerve-cords are of
average size, and the area is moderate.

This species is easily distinguished from the known forms by the shape of the body
and the length and structure of the dorsal bristles.

Lagisca yokohamiensis, n. sp. (PI. XIa. figs. 12, 13).

Habitat. — Dredged off Yokohama, Japan, May 6, 1875, in 5 to 50 fathoms.

The single specimen unfortunately had been dried, so that only an imperfect
description can be given.

The scales and dorsum are mottled all over with dark brownish pigment, and the
head is especially dark, being in the specimen almost purplish-black. The eyes seem to
have an arrangement similar to the ordinary examples of Lagisca. The tentacles, tenta-
cular and dorsal cirri have numerous and somewhat long cilia, with a slightly bulbous tip.
The palpi seem to be comparatively smooth, only a few short papillse being visible here
and there in the preparation. The scales are studded all over with small spines, and
the posterior and outer borders have numerous and rather long cilia.

Both dorsal and ventral bristles are comparatively long. They are of a pale straw-
colour. The dorsal division of the foot bears a series of bristles (PI. XIa. fig. 12)

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 12

90

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

with a smooth, sharp point. The serrated rows are distinct, though the spines are
not long.

The ventral branch has bristles with bifid tips and well-marked spinous rows
(PI. XIa. fig. 13, an average form). The secondary process forms an acute angle with
the long axis of the hook at the tip; and the smooth portion between the latter and
the commencement of the hispid rows is long.

This species somewhat approaches the Polynoe (? Laenilla) lamellifera of Marenzeller,^
but it differs in the absence of the pear-shaped processes on the scales, which are also
apparently less minutely spinous. The dorsal bristles of Marenzeller’s form further do
not show so long a smooth region at the tip, and the secondary process or spur of the
inferior series has a different angle. Too much weight, however, should not be j^laced
on the latter points, and but for the essential differences in the scales the two might have
been united.

Lagisca darwmi, n. sp. [an Evarne juvenis'l) (PI. VI. fig. 5; PI. XIX. fig. 5;

PI. XIIa. figs. 1-3).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 308 (in the Strait of Magellan), January 5, 1876;
lat. 50° 8' 30'' S., long. 74° 41' W. ; depth 175 fathoms, surface temperature 51°'7;
blue mud.

Two minute specimens of this form occurred, and though neither is perfect, one had
a few scales attached. The longest measures a little over 2 mm. with a breadth of
about 1’2 mm. The examples appear to be immature.

The head (PI. VI. fig. 5) is furnished with four very distinct eyes, two being placed
posteriorly, and two over the lateral eminence, so as to be entirely on the dorsum. The
palpi are comparatively large, and taper rather abruptly at the tip. The tentacle is a
simple filiform process diminishing from base to apex. The antennse have the same
structure. All these processes have sparsely distributed clavate cilia. The ventral cirrus
reaches beyond the base of the bristles.

The scales (PL XIX. fig. 5) are pellucid and delicate, the surface being covered with
minute spines, and the edge with short clavate cilia.

Both dorsal and ventral bristles are translucent and proportionally attenuated. The
dorsal division bears an elongated and boldly curved series with comparatively long
spinous rows (PL XIIa. fig. 1, representing one of the longer forms). The smooth portion
at the tip is simply pointed.

The ventral branch has also elongated translucent bristles with peculiar tips, those
of the upper forms being obscurely bifid (PL XIIa. fig. 2), while the lower (PL XIIa.

1 Siidjapan. Aunel., p. 7, Tab. i. fig. 5.

KEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA,

91

fig. 3) present tips that are almost simple as in Evarne. It is sometimes difficult to say
what the exact structure of these tips is, for the bristles are small and extremely trans-
lucent. A slight projection occurs in some beneath the hook, as in the figure.

This form approaches Evarne both in the arrangement of the eyes and in the
structure of the bristles.

The nerve-cords are comparatively large.

Eidagisca, n. gen.

Eulagisca corrientis, n. sp. (PI. XIII. fig. 4; PI. VIIa. figs. 3, 4).

Habitat. — A single specimen was trawled on hard ground at Station 320 (off the
east coast of South America south of Buenos Ayres), February 14, 1876; lat. 37° 17' S.,
long. 53° 52' W.; depth, 600 fathoms; bottom temperature 37°'2, surface temperature
67°'5; green sand.

A fragmentary example also occurred at Station 150 (between Kerguelen and Heard
Islands), February 2, 1874 ; lat. 52° 4' S., long 71° 22' E.; depth, 150 fathoms; bottom
temperature 35°’2, surface temperature 37°’5; coarse gravel. The feet of the specimen,
however, showed Globigerina ooze. Length about 38 mm.; breadth of the widest part,
including bristles, 15 mm. This fragmentary example was evidently larger.

The body is characteristically narrowed posteriorly as commonly seen in Lagisca
and Evarne. The dorsum is barred and flecked with brown, and there is a dark brown
patch on the papilla for the scale and its homologue on the other feet.

The head (PI. XIII. fig. 4) has the pointed anterior processes tipped with brown,
and the basal portion of the tentacle (which is absent) of the same colour. The eyes
are remarkably large, the second pair being situated at the margin of the head
posteriorly, and each has a lenticular whitish opacity in the centre. The anterior pair
occupy the projecting lateral region, and are only partially visible from the dorsum. A
similar central whitish opacity is- present. From the large size of the organs those of
each side are separated by a very narrow interval. The antennae and tentacular cirri
are absent. A single palpus showed rather elongated acute papdlse on its surface.
Just in the middle line beneath the insertions of the tentacles and between the bases of
the palpi is a short conical process, marking the central part of the superior oral arch,
which is slightly bent upward at this point. A brown band leads from the centre of
the roof upward to this process, which is also brownish, and at each side is a dark brown
pigment-mass. This subtentacular cirrus is remarkable.

The dorsal cirri show a scarcely appreciable enlargement below the filiform tip.
Their surface has numerous elongated slender cilia with a distinctly bulbous extremity.

92

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

A pale protoplasmic mass is frequently observed to issue from the torn bases of these
cirri. Stretching through this mass are granular lines which at intervals dilate into what
ajDpear to be ganglion-cells (with granules and nuclei). It is not yet knovm whether
these are hypodermic or nervous elements. The ventral cirri show a marked constriction
above the basal enlargement, and the majority have indeed separated at this point.

' They are rather slender, reach a little beyond the bases of the bristles, and have a few
somewhat short clavate papillse on their surfaces. The ventral papilla is largely
developed, especially towards the middle of the body. It appears as a considerale pro-
cess on the fifth foot (sixth if that bearing the tentacular cirri be calculated). A ridge of
skin runs inwards from the base of the papilla nearly to the ventral groove.

The fragmentary example from Station 150 fortunately carried two somewhat

Fig. 1. — Remarkable parasitic structure on the twenty-first foot of Eulagisca corrientis.

oblong scales. These are comparatively small, have their surface flecked with pale
brownish touches, are comparatively smooth over the greater part of the area, and have
a few long clavate cilia at the posterior border.

The dorsal branch of the foot bears a series of long pale bristles of somewhat
uniform diameter and with wide rows of short spikes (PL 'VIIa. fig. 3, one of the
intermediate or average forms). The tip is bare for a short distance, and the dorsal
curve of the bristle is more pronounced than the ventral. By transmitted light the tips
are slightly opaque, apparently from increased density, the rest of the bristle being
translucent. The first foot (bearing the tentacular cirri) has its dorsal bristles directed
forward.

The ventral l^ristles are all attenuated and translucent, the upper series having very

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

93

!■

long and faintly bifid tips. The latter gradually diminish in length from above down-
ward (PI. YIIa. fig. 4, one from the middle of the series). A faint opacity by trans-
mitted fight also occurs from the commencement of the spinous region at the tip
downward. These bristles come nearest to those of Lagisca.

In the intestine were greyish-brown masses of cells and granules.

Attached to the twenty -first left foot is a curious pedunculated organism that at
first sight presented the appearance of a minute white Lucernaria. The peduncle is
somewhat short and vdde, and terminates interiorly in a small sucker-like body having
a curved lateral process like a hook, which loosened with a jerk when the structure was
detached from the foot. The peduncle gradually dilates upward into a broad and
somewhat thin expansion or disk, which has its upper surface furnished with a series of
filiform tentacles. In the centre of these are two remarkable pear-shaped firm bodies
fixed by a broad base (indicated externally in each case by a scar), their pointed
ends projecting freely upward. The total height of the structure is 2 A mm., and
the breadth of the disk 2 mm. The peduncle is eccentric in position, the scars of
the two hard bodies appearing on the larger or external moiety of the disk (see
woodcut 1).

The bristles are aUied to those of Lagisca, while the eyes, scales, and ventral papillse
diverge. The subtentacular cirrus is unique, and is akin to the proboscidian process in
the Acoetidee {^Eupompe and Panthalis). In transverse section both cuticle and hypo-
derm appear to be very thin, so that the ventral area forms a mere band. The nerve-
cords are small and much flattened.

Lagisca (?) kermadecensis, n. sp. (PI. XIII. fig. 8 ; PI. XIIa. figs. 4—6).

Llahitat. — Trawled at Station 170 (a little north of the Kermadec Islands), July
14, 1874; lat. 29° 55' S., long. 178° 14' W.; depth, 520 fathoms; bottom temperature
43°‘0, surface temperature 65°'0; volcanic mud.

A fragmentary example of a small species, measuring about 5 mm. in length and
2 A mm. in breadth.

The head bears four brownish eyes ; the two smaller occupying the sides of the head
posteriorly, and the two larger being situated on each lateral eminence, and only partially
visible from the dorsum. The tentacle is absent, but its basal region is tinted dark
grey. The other cephalic appendages are also absent. The ventral cirrus is a simple
tapering process, its tip extending far beyond the base of the bristles, and even beyond
the spine.

In structure the feet somewhat resemble those of Evarne or Lagisca, but are dis-
tinguished by a remarkable cristate lobe above the spine of the inferior setigerous region.

94

THE YOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

The dorsal division of the foot hears a series of rather large translucent bristles
(PL XII A. fig. 4) with very short tips and boldly marked spinous rows. The latter
indeed very much resemble those in Evarne iinpar, though the bristle itseK is less
tapered.

The ventral bristles have very short tips, with a simple terminal hook. The spinous
region is elongated, especially superiorly (PI. XIIa. fig. 5). The hispid rows, indeed, in
the superior bristles approach so near the hook that their spines project slightly beyond
it, or at any rate quite as far (PI. XIIa. fig. 6), a feature best observed in an antero-
posterior view. Some of the tips seem to be slightly bifid, a character rendered less
evident than usual by the length of the spines.

No scales are present.

The spinous condition of the tips of the ventral bristles resembles that of Sars’s
Lcenilla mollis,'^ from Drobach and Lofoten; though the organs perhaps are less setose.
The forms are somewhat allied.

Lagisca (?) hexactinellidce, n. sp. (PL IV. fig. 5; PL XIIa. figs. 14—16).

Habitat. — Procured in the Hexactinellid sponge containing Sgllis ramosa at Station
209 (near Zebu, one of the Philippines), January 22, 1875 ; lat. 10° 14' N., long.
123° 54' E.; depth, 95 fathoms; bottom temperature 7l°'0, surface temperature 81°‘0;
blue mud.

A minute species, quite pale, and measuring in its somewhat imperfect condition
about 5 mm. in length, and including the bristles fully 2 mm. in breadth.

The head (PL IV. fig. 5) is characterised by the presence of four very distinct
brownish eyes. The first pair occupy the lateral region about the middle of the
head, while the second occur at its posterior border. The palpi are somewhat short,
smooth, and attenuated at the tip. The antennse, tentacular and dorsal cirri are all
smooth, tapering jDrocesses. The latter (dorsal cirri) have slender fihform tips. The
ventral cirri are subulate and smooth, the extremities reaching considerably beyond the
setigerous lobe of the foot.

The scales are translucent, slightly milky structures, perfectly smooth all round the
margin, and by transmitted light only showing a few distinct processes between the scar
for attachment and the anterior border. The whole area is covered by branching nerve-
fibres issuing from the scar. The scales are proportionally large, and appear to overlap
in the middle line of the dorsum.

When fully formed the foot bears dorsally a very long cirrus, which tapers in a filiform
manner from base to apex. If folded backward, the organ, throughout the anterior

^ Bidrag til Kimdskaben om Christianiafjordens Fauna, iii., 1873, p. 7, Tab. 14.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

05

third of the body, stretches over about seven successive feet, and thus its length
is a marked feature. The setigerous dorsal lobe of the foot is feebly developed, and
projects so slightly that the tips of its bristles pass little beyond the bases of the
ventral bristles. The dorsal bristles are translucent and somewhat slender, having fine
serrations along the edge, and a peculiar tip (PI. XIIa. fig. 14, one of the shorter dorsal
forms) which gives an indication of the bifid condition present in the ventral series.

The ventral is the chief setigerous lobe, and forms a well-marked cone in an antero-
posterior view. The bristles are also translucent and somewhat slender, and the tips are
distinctly bifid. The serrated region is long in the superior bristles (PI. XIIa. fig. 15),
and shorter and broader in the inferior (fig. 16). The terminal hook is strongly curved,
while the secondary process beneath stands outward at a wide angle to the long axis of
the bristle.

The larger example is a female, and probably only the pair existed in the sponge.
The translucency of both this commensalistic form and the Syllis is noteworthy. The
specimen is not in a good state for minute examination, but in transverse section the
typical structure exists. The ventral area is almost wholly occupied by the large
rounded nerve-cords. The comparatively large ova are grouped chiefly at the bases of
the feet.

Harmothoe, Kinberg.

Harmoihoe henthaliana, n. sp. (PI. XIII. fig. 3 ; PI. XX. fig. 7 ; PI. Xa. figs. 9, 10).

Habitat. — Two specimens were dredged off the American coast at Station 45,
May 3, 1873 ; lat. 38° 34' N., long. 72° 10' W. ; depth, 1240 fathoms ; bottom tempera-
ture 37°'2, surface temperature 49°'5 ; blue mud. It was accompanied by several
peculiar types in other divisions of the invertebrates.

The head (PL XIII. fig. 3) is pale and appears to be devoid of eyes, but in the
larger specimen four very minute eyes are present ; the posterior situated within the
posterior border and at the outer corner, the anterior, on the lateral eminence about the
middle of the head. There is thus no possibility of confounding this form with
Harmothoe imhricata, the eyes in which, besides, are very much larger. The tentacle
is a simple tapering process, somewhat shorter than the palpi, and the tentacular and
long dorsal cirri have a similar shape with very attenuate extremities. All these have
clavate cdia. The palpi are rather long and gently tapered, as well as apparently smooth.
The ventral cirrus is glabrous and proportionally large and long, the tip reaching the
extremity of the elongated inferior lobe. The scales are pellucid and pale (PI. XX.
fig. 7), a few long and somewhat conical papillse being visible at the posterior border.

96

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

while numerous short spines occur near the point of attachment which lies toward the
anterior margin,

A glance at a foot in profile shows the essential distinction between this form and
Harmothoe imbricata, irrespective of the condition of the cirri abeady alluded to. While
in the latter the dorsal and ventral bristles are fahdy balanced in regard to size, those of
the new form are not so, the ventral much exceeding the dorsal tuft. The inferior
division of the foot, moreover, in Harmothoe henthaliana bears a large flattened and
somewhat lanceolate lobe projecting far outward.

The dorsal division of the foot carries a grouj) of rather long boldly curved bristles
(PI. Xa, fig. 9), finely serrated and with peculiarly flattened tips which have a “ knife-
edge ” aspect on the convex side. The edge, moreover, shows a slight curve in the
middle, and the shaft of the bristle is striated. There is no marked distinction between
the longer forms externally (next the ventral in a lateral view) and the shorter next the
body.

The ventral bristles consist superiorly of a few slender forms with elongated spinous
regions and a distinctly bifid tip, and a conspicuous series of much stronger bristles
beneath (PI. Xa. fig. 10, which represents an average form). The great proportional
size of the latter is characteristic. The tip is boldly hooked, and a minute secondary
process occurs below. From the latter to the commencement of the serrated region a
peculiar flattening (knife-edge) of the smooth portion exists, and the outline is slightly
convex.

In transverse section the chief feature is the comparatively large size of the neive-
cords.

Harmothoe haliaeti, MTntosh.

Harmothoe haliaeti, MTntosli, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. ix. pt. vii. p. 384, pi. Ixix. figs. 7,
8, 9, and 10.

Habitat. — Dredged in the Faeroe Channel by H.M.S, ‘‘ Knight Errant ” at Station 3,
August 3 and 4, 1880, in 53 fathoms.

The capture of complete examples of this form enables the description abeady given
to be supplemented, since only a fragment of the posterior end of the Annelid was
dredged by Dr, Gwyn Jeffreys in his yacht “ Osprey ” in the Minch. It is satisfactory
to find that the data relied on in the case of the fragment have withstood further tests.

One specimen measures in length about 18 mm., with a breadth of 6 ’5 mm. from the
tips of the bristles ; but from the appearance of other fragments this is rather a small
example. Unfortunately the rest had been dried.

The head somewhat resembles that of Lagisca, having a pair of well marked and

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

97

widely separated eyes posteriorly, and a larger pair situated on the anterior lateral
prominence. The tentacle is absent. The antennae are subulate and brownish, with a
filamentous tip. The dorsal cirri have a characteristic fusiform appearance, from the
gradual nature of the dilatation and the long filiform tip. They are sparsely covered
with clavate cilia which in length barely attain three -fourths the diameter of the thickest
part of the cirrus. The ventral cirri are rather slender and small, and also possess a few
short clavate cilia.

The scales seem to be fifteen pairs. The smaller first pair are rounded, and studded
with tubercles and minute spines. The latter occur along the anterior border, while the
larger are scattered over the outer and posterior areas, in the form of low blunt
processes, five or six along the posterior border being very large. The scales are thin
and translucent, and thus show all the markings clearly. The border is quite smooth
throughout. The scales from the middle of the body have the greater part of the surface
covered with small tubercles, while the isolated large blunt conical forms occur within the
posterior border and neighbourhood, a few^' intermediate kinds being situated within the
outer border. The scales are mottled with touches of brown, best marked round the
area of attachment.

The brownish pigment of the dorsum of the body posteriorly is very prettily
arranged in lozenges and touches, as often seen in species of Lagisca.

Evarne, Malmgren.

Evarne kerguelensis, n. sp. (PL VI. fig. 4; PI. XIX. fig. 6; PI. VIa. figs. 12—14).

Habitat. — One example was procured by the dredge at Station 149e (Kerguelen
Island, off Greenland Harbour), January 21, 1874; lat. 49° 37' S., long. 70° 16' E.;
depth, 30 fathoms; volcanic mud.

Many others were obtained amongst the bristles of Lcetmonice producta, dredged
off Christmas Harbour in the same region, January 29, 1874; depth, 127 fathoms.

This new form, when compared with the well-known Evarne impar, Johnston, from
Europe, is smaller, and the feet and bristles are proportionally shorter, thus giving the
body to the naked eye a firmer appearance and more defined outline. The brown pig-
ment of the dorsum (after removal of the scales) is also in a large and more uniform
transverse bar in each segment. The length of the larger form is about 13 mm. and
the breadth about 4 mm., whereas a good example of the British Evarne impar
measures from 18 to 20 mm., and has a transverse diameter of 7 or 8 mm.

The head has considerably smaller eyes than Evarne impar, but they hold the
same position. The tentacle shows more evident cilia, a feature, however, only apparent,
and due to the presence of parasitic growths. The organ has a longer filiform tip than

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 13

98

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Evarne im-par, and the cilia are somewhat shorter and less bulbous at the extremity.
These cilia are often rendered downy under the lens by the development of large
numbers of stalked Infusoria on them. The basal division of the tentacle is brownish,
and further the lower part of the distal region is similarly tinted. There is also a little
brownish pigment below the filiform tip as usual in such forms. In Evarne impar the
base of the tentacle is often pale in the spirit-preparations. The ventral cirri also differ
from those of the latter in being smooth.

On contrasting the scales of the two forms a marked difference is caused by the
absence, in the new form (PI. XIX. fig. 6), of the conspicuous soft papillae which are so
prominent in Evarne impar along the posterior border. In the first scale of the
present form the greater part of the margin shows short cilia, those on the anterior and
outer borders, however, being proportionally longer than in the former species. The
surface is covered with very much larger and more isolated truncated spines than in
Evarne impar, though the scale is smaller. Moreover, in place of the large bulbous
papillae toward the posterior border of the scale in the latter there are only a few
bluntly conical papillae. In Evarne impar the first scale has a dense mass of cilia along
the outer and anterior borders, a few longer and larger than in the previous form; the
posterior margin is on the whole smooth, while the inner has short cilia. The whole
surface is densely covered with short spinous papillae (but though the scale is larger
these are much less than in Evarne kerguelensis), and toward the posterior border
internally are two large globular pedicled papillae, besides one or two on the outer side.
The bulbous heads of the two large processes show small secondary papillae. No other
scale remained attached in the new form, but in those gathered amongst the debris it was
evident that a dense series of much longer cilia than in Evarne impar existed along the
outer border, and that such gradually diminished along the posterior border. The few and
large spinous papillae over the surface distinguish them from the densely spinous scales
of Evarne impar, which, moreover, possess the large pedicled globular papillae posteriorly.

The bristles, as indicated, are considerably shorter than in Evarne impar. The
dorsal have the rows of spines less distant, and the tip is on the whole more slender
(PI. VIa. fig. 12). All the dorsal bristles, indeed, are somewhat more slender and
pointed than in the British form.

The ventral bristles, again, have shorter tips, even the superior (PI. VIa. fig. 13) in
most cases showing no trace of a secondary process at the tip. Such occur, however, in
a few. The shorter series from the middle of the tuft (PI. VIa. fig. 14), as weU as the
inferior group, are also devoid of a secondary process.

In the intestine were fragments of small Crustacea, pieces of sponge, broken tests of
Radiolaria, and other debris.

Externally numerous Infusoria (Aa'ueto-forms and others) occur on the bristles along
with confervoid growths.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

99

In transverse sections of the body-wall the cuticle is well developed ventrally. The
nerve-area is of moderate breadth, and the cords of a flattened ovoid shape. The strong
oblique muscles are attached to the upper and outer border of the area. Some of the
examples carried ova in the perivisceral cavity.

Evarne tenuisetis, n. sp. (PI. IXa. figs. 10—12).

Habitat. — Procured by the trawl at Station VI. (in the Atlantic off the south coast
of Spain, westward from the Strait of Gibraltar), January 30, 1873 ; lat. 36° 23' N.,
long. 11° 18' W. ; depth, 1525 fathoms; bottom temperature 36°'0, surface temperature
58°‘0; Globigerina ooze.

The specimen is fragmentary and much injured, so that only an imperfect descrip-
tion can be attained. The upper and other parts of the head had been destroyed. It
is a species of considerable size, probably between 20 and 30 mm. in length, and having
a diameter from tip to tip of the ventral bristles of 10 mm.

The palpi are very long and attenuate. There is no trace of dorsal cirri, but what
remain of the ventral seem to be long and filiform, stretching considerably beyond the
bases of the bristles.

The great length and attenuation of the feet and bristles in proportion to the size of
the body are characteristic features. Each foot with its bristles is about twice the
breadth of the body. The bristles throughout are pale yellowish or golden. Tho^e
of the dorsal branch are very long, slender, and tapering, the finely attenuate tips
having different curves when viewed laterally (or in other words slightly hooked, PI. IXa.
fig. 10), so that the type of the ventral is maintained. The rows of spines are widely
separated as in Evarne, and extend far downward, so that the spinous region is much
elongated.

The ventral division has superiorly bristles (PI. IXa. fig. 11) which approach the
dorsal series in their attenuate condition, very slightly hooked tips and great length of
the spinous region, though of course they are much more slender proportionally than the
dorsal bristles. Proceeding downwards the shafts increase in strength, the spinous
regions become shorter, and the tips (PI. IXa. fig. 1 2) more distinctly hooked, — all these
characters being best marked in those at the ventral border.

Evarne johnstoni, MTntosh.

Evarne johnstoni, MTntosli, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. ix. pt. vii. p. 398, pi. Ixxi. figs. 13-18.

Habitat. — Dredged in the Fseroe Channel by H.M.S. “Knight Errant” at Station 5,
August 11, 1880, in 515 fathoms ; bottom temperature 45°‘5, surface temperature 56°'6 ;

100

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

ooze. A fragment of the anterior region measuring about 4 mm. in length and
3 ’5 mm. across the bristles. It is therefore about the same size as that dredged in the
“Porcupine” in the Atlantic (Station 3) in 1870. It seems to be active and irritable.
All the scales are likewise absent.

Lcenilla, Malmgren.

Lcenilla fusca, n. sp. (PI. XIV. fig. 3 ; PI. VIIIa. figs. 12, 13).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 320 (in the Atlantic, off the mouth of the La Plata),
February 14, 1876; lat. 37° 17' S., long. 53° 52' W. ; depth, 600 fathoms; bottom
temperature 37°’2, surface temperature 67°'5 ; sea-bottom composed of green sand. It
occurred along with Polyzoa, Terebella, Hyalinoecia, and Foraminifera.

A fragment consisting of 1 1 mm. of the anterior region of the body only was
procured. The greatest breadth is about 14 mm. inclusive of the ventral bristles, which
extend outward on each side fuUy half the breadth of the body. The dorsum is of a
rich purplish-brown hue, the surface for the attachment of the scales alone remaining pale
in the preparation. The colour becomes less intense on the bases of the feet. Inferiorly
the tint is paler, especially on the feet. The body of this species seems to be fragile.

The head is mainly distinguished by the peculiar condition and great disparity in
regard to the size of the eyes. It is pale, with the exception of a faint madder -brown
blush behind the anterior peaks, and the median brown bar running backward from the
tentacular region, and therefore is in marked contrast with the deep purplish-brown
body. A pair of small eyes occur at the posterior border, at each side, and almost
touching the fold of the body. Besides the black pigment internally there would seem
to be a pale or greyish region externally. The whole area, however, is much less than
in the anterior eyes. The latter occupy the lateral prominences, and are only partially
visible from the dorsum ; indeed their appearance varies according to the angle of
inspection. Each consists of a large greyish circular area having superiorly a deep
black spot about the size of the posterior eye in the centre with a black pigment-band
running anteriorly and posteriorly. When viewed from above, the transparent surface
of the eye gives a characteristic lustre to the lateral aspect. A line drawn transversely
through the middle of the head would pass somewhat in front of their central axes.
The tentacle is absent. Its basal region is brownish, and the bar formerly alluded to
runs backward therefrom. The antennse are simple subulate organs. The tentacular
and dorsal cirri show a very slight enlargement below the tip, and have sparsely distri-
buted short clavate papillae on their surfaces. The tips of the papillae (cilia) are in many
cases almost globular, from a slight constriction of the neck of the process. The palpi are

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

101

absent. The ventral cirrus is a tapering subulate process extending about as far outward
as the setigerous lobe of the foot. It has a few clavate papdlee. Both it and the dorsal
are readily detached. The ventral papilla is a small process directed between the feet.

The dorsal division of the foot has a series of rather long dull yellowish bristles,
the outer, or those nearest the ventral, being very long and attenuate ; indeed, with the
exception of the short forms, all possess a much tapered and rather straight terminal
region, so that the bristles (PI. VIIIa. fig. 12, an intermediate one) are comparatively
slender and translucent. The rows of spines are fairly developed.

The ventral branch carries a dense group of slender bristles with attenuate spinous
tips, the latter being bifid, though superiorly and inferiorly this feature is not very
evident. The secondary process is minute and nearly in the long axis of the bristle
(PI. YIIIa. fig. 13, representing an average example). They are semitranslucent, and
for the size of the species are very delicate.

The body seems to be loaded with male reproductive elements, and the proboscis
projects posteriorly from the fragment.

Transverse section demonstrates that the dark pigment invades the entire hypoderm
and forms a thick layer on the dorsal arch of the body, especially at the outer border
of the dorsal longitudinal muscle. The nerve-cords are large and rounded, resting below
on the hypoderm, and bounded internally {i.e., dorsally) by connective tissue. In the
section the ventral area (containing the cords) projects considerably, so that a horizontal
line opposite the oblique muscles would leave them external. The hypoderm within
the chitinous lining of the proboscis is as deeply tinted with pigment as that surrounding
the body, and consequently the nerve-cords of the organ (which abut on the muscular
layer) are unusually conspicuous.

The Hermadion fidigineum of Dr. Baird, from the Antarctic Expedition, is an
allied form probably referable to the same genus, and diverging from Hermadion
proper. The position of the eyes, which are situated quite differently, and the structure
of the ventral bristles, which are much more elongate, at once discriminate the species.
The same blackish -brown body characterises both. In another preparation, while the
position of the eyes remains the same, the inferior ventral bristles are somewhat shorter.

Eupolynoe, MTntosh.

Eupolynoe mollis, MTntosh.

Eupolynoe mollis, MTntosh, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xvii. p. 319, 1876.

Polynoe mollis (M‘L), Gruhe, Annelidenausbeute von S.H.S. “Gazelle,” p. 513.

Eupolynoe mnllis, Transit of Venus Exped., Phil. Trans., extra voL, 1879, p. 259, pi. xv. figs. 5-9.

Habitat. — A fragment of the anterior end occurred at Station 149 (Boyal Sound,
Kerguelen), January 18, 1874 ; depth, 100 fathoms.

102

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The complete state of the head enables the description formerly given to be supple-
mented. The tentacle is a long slightly brownish process, having just below the tip a
darker brown band. The enlargement below the extremity both in this and the cirri —
which have the same colour — is so slight that it could hardly be recognised. These
processes have sparsely distributed short clavate cilia. The brownish palpi are of average
length and quite smooth.

In this specimen the scales are very thin, but they present no trace of the
gelatiniform conditions observed in those of Halosydna gelatmosa, Sars. The colour of
the scale is faintly brownish, with a pale border externally, and a lighter spot toward
the point of attachment. The brownish pigment is best seen on the under surface of the
scale. The somewhat circular first scale has a pale border all round and a pale patch
in the centre. The right (first) scale is superior.

The ventral papilla is well marked as a prominent cylindrical process on the
fifth bristled foot. In some a small soft mass projected from the tip as if a granular
substance had exuded. The process extends farther outward than usual on the foot.

The ventral area is of considerable length, and the nerve-cords much flattened. The
cuticle separates very readily from the hypoderm.

Allmaniella} n. gen.

Allmaniella setubalensis, n. sp. (PL XIV. fig. 2; PL Xa. figs. 3, 4).

Habitat. — Procured by the dredge at Station II. (off Setubal), January 13, 1873;
lat. 38° 10' N., long. 9° 14' W. ; depth, 470 fathoms; surface temperature 57°'0 ;
green mud.

The anterior fragment of a minute species measuring about 3 mm. in length. The
breadth from tip to tip of the ventral bristles is about the same. It is characterised
by its large eyes, peculiar shape of the head, and the remarkable structure of the
ventral bristles, which show bifid points terminally, and then some distance beneath
another distinct point inaugurates the spinous rows. The dorsum is reddish-brown, and
the ventral surface is of the same hue but somewhat paler.

The shape of the head (PL XIY. fig. 2) is peculiar, since the tentacle lies nearly in
the centre, and from this a furrow is continued backward to the neck. The head is thus
divided into two well-marked lobes. Only the basal region of the tentacle is present.
Two large eyes are situated on the dorsal aspect of the head posteriorly, and wide apart.
Each has a central white speck. Two others occupy a lateral position opposite the
tentacle. The latter are much larger, and also have a central whitish area. The head

1 The genus is named in honour of Prof. Allman, F.E.S.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

]03

terminates on each side anteriorly in an elongated bluntly conical process bearing at its
tip an organ like an antenna, the surface of which has clavate cilia. The brownish
terminal appendage is slightly enlarged at the base and tapers to a filiform tip. A
cicatrix appeared to be present on each side beneath, and to this a palpus may have been
attached. Such traces of the dorsal and tentacular cirri as remain show that these organs
also had sparsely distributed clavate ciha. The ventral cirrus is long, tapering, and
apparently smooth. It is peculiar in having a number of rounded granular cells
internally. All the scales are absent.

The dorsal division of the foot bears two series (which, however, run into one
another) of translucent bristles with well-developed spinous rows and boldly marked
longitudinal striae. Those next the body are shorter, broader, more curved, and more
abruptly pointed (PI. Xa. fig. 3) ; moreover, the” longitudinal striae are crossed by close
transverse striae, which thus 'make the hispid region minutely checkered. The outer
series (next the ventral) are straighter, longer, and proportionally more slender than the
former, and their spinous rows are longer.

The ventral group has superiorly slender bristles with elongated spinous regions, and
terminated by long peculiarly curved smooth tips, which are slightly bifid. Toward the
middle of the series the structure of the latter is better shown (PI. Xa. fig. 4). The
spinous rows end superiorly at a well-marked process, and the curve of the long smooth
region below the bifid tip is characteristic. The inferior setigerous lobe is produced
into a long conical process, with the spine at the apex.

Theel ^ describes a new genus [Bylgia) from the Kara Sea in which the small
antennae are the only organs on the anterior margin of the head, but the tentacle is
entirely absent, and the form of the head and the structure of the bristles diverge
much from the foregoing. The nerve-cords, as in similar small forms, are proportionally
large and rounded.

Scdlisetosus, n. gen.

Scalisetosus ceramensis, n. sp. (PI. Xa. figs. 13, 14).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 194a (south of the island of Ceram), September 29,
1874; lat. 4° 31' S., long. 129° 57' 20" E. ; depth, 360 fathoms; surface temperature,
8 2° ’5 ; volcanic mud.

The single specimen is devoid of scales, and seems to have been partially dried.
Length 16 mm. and breadth about 6 mm. An imperfect description only can be
attempted.

^ Anndl. Polychetes d. mers. d. la Nouvelle-Zemble, K. Svenslc. Vetenslc, Akad. Handl,, Bd. xvi., No. 3, Stockholm,
1879, p. 20, pi. i. fig. 13, &c.

104

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The genus is characterised by the condition of the scales, which do not cover the
dorsum, and by the structure of the bristles.

The body is somewhat flattened and elongate, and in the preparation devoid of
pigment. The head is much injured, and all that can be said is that the anterior peaks
are unusually distinct and firm, and that there are traces of ocular pigment posteriorly and
laterally. The palpi are short and smooth ; and the antennae are also smooth. Neither
dorsal nor tentacular cirrus is present. The ventral cirrus is a smooth tapering process
like the antenna, and reaches beyond the bases of the bristles. The ventral papilla
is very distinct from the fourth or fifth bristled segment backward. It is a small
slightly tapered jarocess, and is carried on the inner edge of the foot. ClaparMe
made the interesting observation that in his Hermadion fragile (a closely allied form)
this organ opens by a ciliated canal into the interior of the foot near the reproductive
masses.

The bristles are pale, translucent, and of moderate length. The dorsal group is
made up of translucent bristles with but three or four, and in one or two of the shorter
forms, five prominent though somewhat blunt spines to represent the rows usually seen
in such structures (PI. Xa. fig. 13, which represents one of the thicker long forms in
which the spines are less developed than in the shorter kinds). In a few of these
bristles a thin ridge runs from each side of the spine, apparently the homologue of the
spinous row.

The ventral tuft consists of rather long and large translucent bristles, the superior
having elongated and more distinctly spinous tips, the inferior shorter and broader tips
(PI. Xa. fig. 14). The termination is somewhat strongly hooked, and beneath is a
distinct though small secondary process. The spinous rows are numerous and close.
The inferior setigerous lobe- slopes acutely upward to the prominent cone containing the
spine superiorly.

Both sets of bristles are peculiarly translucent, and after preservation in calcium
chloride numerous granules occur toward the base of the hollow shaft.

The longitudinal ventral muscles present a well-marked inferior convexity in section.
The ventral area is of considerable width, but the cords are flattened and indistinct.
The cuticle and hypoderm are both very attenuate. Ova of various sizes occur in the
perivisceral chamber, so that the specimen is a female.

Claparede ^ thought his Hermadion fragile (the Polynoe pellucida of Ehlers) was
closely allied to Kinberg’s Hermadion magalhaensi, especially as the scales did not
cover the dorsum ; but a minute examination of all the characters shows that there is
very little in common, while on the other hand the structure of the foregoing and other
allied forms demonstrates the necessity for instituting a new genus. The Polyfioe
longicirra of Schmarda,^ from the southern shores of Ceylon, resembles this group in the

1 Annel. Chetop., p. 72.

2 Neue Avirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 152, Tab. xxxvi. fig. 309.

REPOJRT ON THE ANNELIDA.

105

structure of tlie dorsal bristles, but bis figures are so indefinite that no oj)inion can be
expressed concerning the ventral.

Hermadion, Kinberg.

Hermadion kerguelensis, n. sp. (PI. XI. fig. 5 ; PI. XII. fig. 1).

Hermadion longieirratum, Kinberg, Baird, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. viii. p. 196.

Hermadion longicirraius, Kinberg, MTntosb, Transit of Venus Exped., p. 258, pi. xv. figs. 1-4.

Habitat. — Many specimens of this large species were dredged at Station 149, off
Kerguelen Islands, January 9, 1874; lat. 49° 8' S., long. 70° 12' E. ; Accessible Bay;
depth, 20 fathoms ; volcanic mud. Also at Station 149b, off Royal Sound, Kerguelen,
January 17, 1874 ; lat. 49° 28' S., long. 70° 30' E. ; depth, 25 fathoms; surface tempera-
ture, 40°'5 ; volcanic mud. Station 149c, Balfour Bay, Royal Sound, Kerguelen,
January 19, 1874; lat. 49° 32' S., long. 70° 0' E. ; depth 60 fathoms; volcanic mud;
large numbers. Port William, Falkland Islands, in 5 to 10 fathoms.

This is one of the largest of the Polynoidse, specimens measuring upwards of 80 mm.
in length and about 30 mm. (inclusive of the bristles) in breadth.

The body is elongated and narrowed posteriorly, the greatest transverse diameter
occurrmg a little behind the anterior third. It is not much flattened. The number
of bristled segments ranges from forty -two to forty -five.

The head (PI. XI. fig. 5) is comparatively small, devoid of the anterior peaks on
each side, and in the preparations the eyes are somewhat indistinct. Two are situated
laterally just in front of the nuchal fold, and two on the anterior region, the latter
being only partially seen from the dorsum. They are most distinct in young specimens.

The basal portion of the tentacle is much developed, and the column has the usual
enlargement below the filiform tip. The tentacle is pale beyond the basal region, then
becomes tinted towards the enlarged part — the latter and the filiform tip being pale.
A series of short clavate cilia are sparsely scattered over its surface with the exception
of the filiform termination. It is interesting to observe that the basal processes of such
structures are never furnished with papillae or cilia, whereas the distal parts are so very
frequently. The former would seem to belong to the same system as the cuticular
surface in the neighbourhood. The bases of the antennae are considerably below
the tentacle, and thus the appearances materially differ from those in Lepidonotus
in which, likewise, there are no anterior peaks. The antennae are like the tentacle
on a smaller scale ; and the tentacular and dorsal cirri are similar. The palpi are
brownish, of average length, and pointed at the tip. Minute cilia with the ends
truncate rather than clavate occur on their surface, from a little above the base almost
to the tip.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.)

LI 14

lOG

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

The dorsal cirri commence on the second bristled foot, then on the fifth, ^ud on
every alternate foot to the twenty-third. The latter has one, and so has the twenty-
fourth ; the twenty -fifth is blank. They then occur on the twenty -sixth, twenty-
seventh, twenty-ninth, thirtieth, thii’ty-second, thirty-thhxl, and every succeeding one
to the forty -seventh. The tail is represented by a long and large cutus of a similar
character in the middle line beloW the anus, a peculiarity — if it were constant, which it
is not — of considerable importance in regard to classification. The dorsal cirri of
several of the last feet are longer than those in front.

The first ventral cirrus (on the first bristle -bearing foot) corresponds in structure
and appearance to the dorsal cirri ; and the others behind are somewhat longer than
their successors. The latter also lose the clavate papillae on their surface. Toward the
tail, on the other hand, the papillae again appear, and on the penultimate segment the organ
resembles the anterior dorsal cirri. The average ventral cutus is a short tapering process
wdiich reaches the bases of the ventral bristles. The ventral papilla is well developed,
occurring on an eminence at the base of each foot. It has the form of a shghtly tapered
truncate cone.

The scales are fifteen on each side, the four anterior pairs only meeting in the
middle line, those which follow leaving a considerable portion of the dorsum bare.
Two or three of tlie terminal pairs, however, again meet in the preparations. The first
occurs on the second foot (first bristled), the second on the fourth, the third on the fifth,
the fourth on the seventh, and so on alternately to the tw^enty-thud. The thirteenth
scale is placed on the twenty-sixth, the fourteenth on the twenty-ninth, and the
fifteenth on the thirty-second foot. To the naked eye the scales are smooth, but they
are really covered all over with minute spines (Transit of Venus Exped., pi. xv. fig. 1).
The spines have in most cases a somewhat truncate tip. In section the scale is
comparatively thin. The external margin is slightly curved upward in many. The
scales in young forms almost entirely cover the dorsum, except the bare part at the tall.

The foot consists of two well-marked divisions, and each has dorsally an inner
tubercle for a scale, or a cirrus projects from the posterior part of the bristle-papilla, as
in the previous families. It is interesting thus to notice the uniformity in regard to the
arrangement of the processes. The bristles form a prominent border of a light brown
colour along the sides, the dorsal being somewhat darker than the ventral. They are
rigid, and easily penetrate the hand if pressure be made against them. The dorsal
bristles are comparatively few in number, and radiate stiffly outwmrd from a conical
papilla {o‘p. cit., pi. xv. figs. 2, 3). They increase in length toward the posterior end
of the body. The spine of this division is black.

The ventral bristles are in two groups, an upper smaller, situated rather above and
behind the spine, and a large dense series placed in transverse rows below the spine.

The superior group consists of stout bristles ; the inferior as usual diminishes in

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

107

strength from above downward {op. cit., pi. xv. fig. 4, one from the middle of the
latter series).

The proboscis forms a laterally compressed tube occupying the middle line of the
anterior third of the animal. The mouth leads by a wide muscular gullet into this
chamber. When extruded there are nine papillae superiorly, and nine inferiorly. Four
short teeth guard the aperture.

Externally the organ is invested by a transparent finely fibrous layer, which, after
reaching half way backward on each side, converges to a muscular sli23 which is inserted
into the middle of the posterior boss. Such a slip would ]3ull on the latter, probably in
connection with the passage of a bolus. The whole canal is marked by evident trans-
verse striae, caused by intersecting fibrous bands which enclose the vertical muscular fibres
as it were with a loose parallel network, and which run continuously round the organ,
intersected, however, at each lateral region by a line of the same nature running from
front to back. These transverse bands are highly elastic, the fibres adhering together much
more closely than the vertical fibres forming the main mass of the proboscis. This adhe-
sion appears to be due to the granular sarcolemma. The function of this peculiar arrange-
ment seems to be analogous to that of the reticulated layer in the Nernertean jDroboscis.

In transverse section the proboscis shows externally the well-marked fibrous
investment, which is densest at the two poles ,- then a series of radiate fibres which
make uj) the bulk of the organ, and pass from without inward to the thin basement-
layer beneath. These elastic fibres, as ordinarily seen, are parallel, and readily separated
from each other. They are also smooth throughout, when isolated. In mass, however,
they often present a peculiar wavy ap]3earance, a feature most marked externally.
Cu’cular fibres occur here and there externally in the sections, so that they would
ap2>ear to be present in most forms, though much more largely developed in some than
others. The cap or external investment of each pole is formed of a layer differentiated
from the rest. Externally is a coat of elastic tissue, then a stratum of thick
zig-zag and probably elastic fibres which in thin transverse sections are continuous
from side to side. In dilatation of the proboscis this elastic coat will probably be
quite straight ; in the ordinary position in retraction it assumes a zig-zag condition.
Beneath the basement-layer just mentioned is a considerable glandular and fibrous
covering, apparently the homologue of the hypoderm. It is composed for the most
part of fan-shaped groups of fibres spreading from a granular and glandular base toward
the innermost coat of the organ. This forms a small conical fold, projecting inward,
at each pole. The inner layer is firm, chitinous, and translucent.

The ventral area is large and well defined, and the nerve-cords are rounded or ovoid.
The hypodermic area is somewhat spindle-shaped, beginning by a narrow end under each
longitudinal ventral muscle, and assuming considerable depth in the median line. The
cuticle is of moderate thickness.

108

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

The proboscis ends in a prominent puckered os which projects into the commence-
ment of the capacious glandular intestine in the ordinary state of the parts. The latter
canal contains in many cases elongated firm greyish masses of mud with sponge-spicules,
Diatoms, fragments of Crustacean cuticle, and other debris.

The same whitish parasitic structure is found in this form as described in Nycliia
cirrosa from Holsteinborg.^

The excellent condition of the specimens procured in the Challenger Expedition
enables a more perfect estimate to be formed of the structure and relations of this form.
It evidently differs from any species described by Kinberg. The structure of the head,
scales, bristles, and the frequent presence of the long median caudal cirrus, are charac-
teristic, It is true Malmgren attributes a median caudal style to Polynoe scolopendrina,
Sav., but such is of little moment so far as this well-known form is concerned, for it
has two short caudal styles, as usual in the group. The head agrees somewhat closely
with that in the species last mentioned. The occurrence of a single median caudal style
is a peculiarity in certain examjDles ; others show a pair, and one or two a larger and a
smaller. The nearest of the three species described by Kinberg from the Strait of
Magellan is TPermadion magalhcensi, which closely resembles the j>resent form in regard
to the structure of the ventral bristles, and there may be some ambiguity in his remark
that the dorsal bristles and cirri are smooth. The coarsely granular scales and the
divergent dorsal and ventral bristles readily distinguish his Hermadion longicirratus,
just as the bifid ventral bristles separate his Polynoe antarctica. In the British
Museum are numerous specimens which had been referred by Dr. Bamd to Kinberg’s
species, as I also did formerly. The localities have been indicated by Dr. Baird. The
latter author’s Hermadion ferox appears to be one of the Palmyracese allied to his
Hermione chrysocoma.

Polynoe, Savigny,

Polynoe [Langerhansia) euplectellce, n. sp. (PL XV. fig. 6 ; PI. XIX, fig. 7 ; PL IXa.
figs. 8, 9),

Habitat. — Dredged in Euplectella at Station 209 (off the Philippines), January 22,
1875 ; lat. 10° 14' X., long. 123° 54' E. ; depth, 95 fathoms ; bottom temperature 71°’0,
surface temperature 81°'0; blue mud. Various remarkable Sponges, Gephyreans, and
Molluscs occurred on the same ground.

The species is very fragile and translucent, apparently not well adapted for other
than commensalistic life. Its length is about 21 mm. and breadth 7 mm.

The body is long, narrow, and flattened, slightly tapered in front of the anterior third,
and more so posteriorly. It is pale throughout.

1 Proc. Roy. Soc. Land., vol. xxv. p. 216, 1877.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

109

The head (PL XV. fig. 6) has two prominent and somewhat rounded lateral lobes
which end bluntly in front. Two rather small eyes are situated, widely apart, at the
posterior border, and two on the lateral region — behind the middle line — the pairs on
each side being thus approximated. The anterior pair are only partially seen from the
dorsum. The tentacle is a smooth gently-tapered process about the length of the palpi.
The antennae and cirri are likewise smooth. The dorsal cirri have finely attenuated
extremities, and present numerous granular cells, apparently in connection with fine
radiating fibres, as well as the central axis. The palpi are rather short, gently tapered,
smooth processes. The slender ventral cirrus reaches beyond the bases of .the bristles,
and has a filiform tip. The ventral j^apilla is minute.

The scales have a slightly opalescent or milky appearance, are translucent, and under
a high power are minutely granular. Only a few short translucent papillae occur along
the free border (PL XIX. fig. 7). From the scar of attachment fine branching fibres
radiate outward. They seem to number about eighteen or twenty pairs, and to cover the
dorsum completely.

The feet are comparatively long, and in some are so translucent as to show large
nucleated cells rolling in their anterior. The bristles are pale. Those of the dorsal branch
are elongated, and have a slightly bent smooth tip (PL IXa. fig. 8). The rows of spines
are both closely arranged and minute, so that at first sight the bristle seems merely marked
by transverse lines. Very few bristles surpass these in the delicacy of the spinous rows.

The ventral bristles are c[uite as pale and translucent, and their tips are very finely
serrated, the rows of spines being so minute toward the hooked tip that they are with
difficulty distinguished (PL IXa. fig. 9, representing an intermediate form). The superior
group possesses very much longer and more attenuated, and the inferior much shorter tips
than the specimen figured. The close similarity in the facies of both dorsal and ventral
bristles is interesting.

This Annelid is not mentioned by Capt. Chimmo as a “parasite” oi Euplectella.^
Commensalism, however, is frequent in the family.

In the transverse section of a female the ova are comparatively large, and form con-
spicuous organs in the perivisceral cavity. The nerve-cords are flattened.

Polynoe (?) ascidioides, n. sp. (PL XXXIIa. figs. 3-5).

Hahitat.- — Found by Prof. Herdman inside the branchial chamber of an Ascidian,
trawled at Station 160 (south of Australia), March 13, 1874; lat. 42° 42' S., long. 134°
10' E. ; depth 2600 fathoms ; bottom temperature 33°'9, surface temperature 55°'0 ;
red clay.

Only a single injured example occurred, its total length being about 14 mm., and its
^ On Euplectella aspergillum, 4to, London, 1878.

110

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

greatest breadth 2 mm. If the bristles be included in the latter then it is nearly
8 mm., so long are the feet and these organs.

This form somewhat approaches Macellicepliala mirabilis, from Station 269. The
body is narrow and elongate, delicate and semi-translucent in the preparation, and with
very long feet and bristles. The proboscis and intestine are quite visible from the
exterior; and posteriorly large nucleated cells are observed in the upper lateral regions.
The mouth forms a well-marked aperture surrounded by puckered edges on the under
surface of the buccal segment. The anus is terminal and prominent. A cirrus is
probably attached to a small papilla on each side (between the anus and the large cirrus).

The head is rather rounded, with a pale elevation on each side of the tentacle, as if
from a large pale eye. The large whitish opacity in the middle of each may represent
ocular pigment. The origin of the tentacle is peculiar, being nearly in the middle of the
head. It is elongate and filiform, gently taj^ered from base to apex. A pair of very
minute filaments (one in front of each eye) may represent antennae. The organs
apparently corresponding to the palpi are considerably shorter than the tentacle, have a
somewhat falciform outline, with a tapering tip. The tentacular cirri have the same
shape as the tentacle, and appear slightly jointed under a lens, perhaps from imperfect
preservation. The dorsal cirri are l^orne on the feet at a considerable distance from the
body, and their slender tips project beyond the most prominent bristles. The last pair
present in the preparation (only a papilla without a ventral cirrus intervening between
each, and the anus) are much larger than the others, and appear to be articulated at
the base. The ventral cirrus is a simple tapering slender process. All these organs are
smooth. The ventral papilla forms only an elevation.

The scales seem to amount to nine pairs, and are all comparatively small and semi-
translucent. The first pair occur on the first feet, and are so small as to form little
round lamellae, about the diameter of the feet. They are supported on a pedicle. The next
two pairs occur as usual on the third and fourth pairs of feet, and are gradationally larger.
The succeeding scales are on alternate feet, and three are nearly equal in size. Thereafter
they diminish toward the tail, the last (on the terminal foot), however, being larger than the
first. All are pedicled. The scales are delicate, translucent smooth structures with an
opaque patch over the pedicle, from which a series of bifurcating nerves radiate to the
margin. From their position the scales project more over the bases of the feet than over
the dorsum, and in the majority they do not touch each other on the same side, and are
separated by a wide interval from their fellows of the opposite side. In shape the larger
have the antero-posterior diameter longer than the transverse.

When viewed from. above the feet are elongate, an enlargement occurring just within
the tapering tip. Viewed antero-posteriorly, the foot presents an outline not unlike that
in the Ilesionidse, at least in the shape of the distal part. Toward the base dorsally is

HEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

Ill

the pedicle of the scale (the active region in which regeneration of the latter occurs). This
is situated somewhat nearer the body than the pedicle of the cirrus in those feet bearing
such. Beyond is the dorsal bristle-papilla placed at the anterior border of the foot, which
is also separated by a larger interval from the scale-peduncle than from the basal region
of the cirrus. From the lower part of the division an acute process, ensheathing the
spine, projects outward and forward, the latter direction also being followed by the
fascicle of long slender pale bristles. These are slightly narrowed at the base, dilate
upward and again diminish toward the tip, which has the usual curve backward (PL XXXIIa.
fig. 3). The cbstal region shows indications of the usual spinous rows in the form of
lateral serrations having a whorled disposition, so that the lateral notches seem alternate.

Beyond the dorsal setigerous process and the ventral cirrus, which in antero-posterior
■vdews are nearly opposite, the outline of the foot is somewhat lanceolate, the long pointed
apex being formed by the spine and its investment. All the bristles are extremely
elongate and translucent, those above the spine (in lateral view) presenting a dilated or
probe-pointed tip (PI. XXXIIa. fig. 4), with very fine serrations of the ordinary kind
beneath, the latter being closer and more distinct than in the dorsal bristles. The shafts
are slightly narrower than the tips. Below the spine the extremities of the upper forms
are also probe-pointed, but they are broader, and thus more boldly distinguished from the
shaft. Toward the inferior border, again, there are several with even broader and shorter
tips, which are pointed, and the serrations on the edge are closer (PI. XXXIIa. fig. 5).

The specimen is in an indifferent condition, but so far as can be seen the ventral
area is remarkably short ; indeed, the oblique muscles meet in the middle line, and in
section the large rounded nerve-cords lie beneath.

Polynoe platycirrus, n. sj). (PI. III. fig. 4 ; PI. XVI. fig. 2 ; PI. XIX. fig. 3 ;

PI. VIIIa. figs. 14, 15 ; PI. IXa. fig. 1).

Habitat. — Dredged sparingly at Station 162 (off East Moncoeur Island, Bass Strait),
April 2, 1874; lat. 39° 10' S., long. 146° 37' E. ; depth, 38 fathoms; surface temperature,
63°'2 ; sea-bottom, sand and shells.

A pale fragment also occurred at Station 163, April 4, 1874; lat. 36° 57' S., long.
150° 34' E. ; depth, 2200 fathoms ; bottom temperature 34°'5, surface temperature 72°'0;
sea-bottom, green mud. Trawled likewise at Station 163a (off Twofold Bay, Australia) ;
lat. 36° 59' S., long. 150° 20' E. ; in 120 to 150 fathoms; surface temperature, 71°'0 ;
green mud.

The length of the largest example is about 45 mm., and its total breadth nearly 10 mm.

The body is elongated and flattened, tapered slightly anteriorly and more so
posteriorly. It is specially characterised by its great flattened lancet-like cirri, and the
peculiar striated brownish scales.

112

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLEHGEE.

The head is shaped somewhat like that in Lepidonotus, with the bases of the antennse
elevated dorsally and nearly on a level with the same ]Dart of the tentacle. Two smaller
eyes are placed quite at the margin posteriorly, and a much larger one on each lateral
eminence. A small lens-like whitish speck occurs in the middle of each of the former,
and a similar structure lies toward the anterior part of the latter, being thus eccentric
in position and probably connected with anterior vision. The base of the tentacle is
large, and tapers little distally ; while the column of the organ is longer than the palpi,
and nearly of uniform diameter, though rather larger p,t the distal than the proximal end.
A filiform process occurs distally. The antennae are of considerable length and similar
in shape. Their filiform terminations almost reach the tips of the palpi. The tentacular
cirri agree in shaj)e with the tentacle, being very slightly increased in diameter from base
to tip. The anterior dorsal cirri are similar, but they soon assume a flattened, broadlv
fusiform or lancet-shape below the filiform process, till near the posterior end of the body,
when they become more slender distally. A symmetrical pair terminate the body. All
are quite smooth. The palpi are comparatively short, finely tapered at the tip, and also
smooth. There is a short cylindrical j>rocess in the median line dorsally, over the oral
aperture, as in certain other forms {e.g., Eulagisca corrientis, p. 91) and as indicated by
the rounded boss in Lepidonotus squamatus. The ventral cirrus is a subulate tapering
organ, reaching nearly to the base of the bristles. The ventral papilla is a well-marked
cylindrical process, slightly enlarged below the tip as in Lepidonotus. It is, however,
considerably shorter than the latter.

The scales are about twenty-three pairs. They are somewhat ovoid (PI. XIX. fig. 3)
and comparatively smooth, a region along the outer border, however, having a series
of closely arranged minute blunt tubercles rather than spines. The scar of attachment
is outside the median line, and is indicated on the scale by a pale spot. The latter, in the
last scale, is near the anterior border, which is inflected. The rest of the surface of the scale
is pale brown, with four darker longitudinal belts which join those of the preceding and
succeeding scales, so that the four stripes are continuous from head to tail, the outer pair
having the pale area of attachment between them. In vertical section the thickest part of
the scale seems to be at or rather around the scar of attachment, and it tapers conspicuously
in its inward progress, less so externally. The dorsal cuticle of the scale is thicker than
the ventral. The intermediate hjqDodermic layer is comparatively thin and firm.

The dorsal division of the foot is very little developed, being represented only by a
small papilla, from which the spine does not protrude. On one side of the papilla are a
few minute bristles (PI. IXa. fig. l), the shorter forms are probably homologous with those
occurring near the body in the ordinary types, while the longer example with a tapering
extremity probably indicates an average specimen. The spinous rows are well marked.
The bristles of this branch of the foot somewhat resemble such imperfectly developed
kinds as are found in Harmothoe mmphysce.

REPORT THE ANNELIDA.

113

The ventral region of the foot forms in antero-posterior view a broad process, the
extremity sloping from the rounded tip downward and backward. The dull yellowish
bristles have long straight shafts with comparatively short tips, which are boldly bifid
after the manner of Harmothoe marphysw. The bifurcation (PI. VIIIa. fig. 14) shows a
stout terminal or main division, and a well developed inferior one, the spinous rows
beneath being proportionately large, and resembling those of Lepidasthenia, as is apparent
in the antero-posterior view (PI. VIIIa. fig. 15) of one of the same group, viz., the longer
forms toward the upper part of the division.

The larger specimen had a considerable quantity of pale brownish ova attached to the
dorsal surface of the posterior feet, extending beyond as well as elevating the scale-margins.

The cuticle of the body, especially that of the ventral surface, is remarkably thick ;
indeed it is considerably thicker than the hypoderm of the same region even in the middle
line. The area between the oblique muscles is well marked, and the somewhat ovoid
nerve-cords are distinct. They are bounded internally by a firm investment of con-
nective tissue. In one example a few ova occurred in the perivisceral cavity. The
structure of the body-wall is clearly defined and firm.

In transverse section [in situ) the proboscis shows a deep median longitudinal groove
externally, situated somewhat nearer the dorsal than the ventral pole. Such is by no
means common in the group.

The striped condition of this species is interesting in connection with the prevalence
of conspicuously striped leeches in the fresh waters of Australia.

The foregoing form appears to be closely connected with the Lepidonotus striatus of
Kinberg,^ who found an imperfect specimen off Port Jackson, Australia, with thirteen
pairs of scales. His figure, however, indicates that the anterior eyes are dorsal in position,
and they are considerably smaller than in the examples from the Challenger. He does
not refer to the peculiar condition of the dorsal cirri, and the outline of the foot is
somewhat different, especially in the slope of the distal margin and in the brevity of the
ventral cirrus. His figures of the bristles are also more or less at variance, and he appears
to have selected one of the shortest dorsal forms. It is possible, however, that many of
these differences are due to his artist. There is little in the description of Grube’s Polynoe
fulvovittata,‘^ from Pandanon in the Philippines, to distinguish it either from the
Challenger form or Kinberg’s. It is true he speaks of eighteen scales only, but then
his specimen was imperfect posteriorly. On the other hand, his figure of the scale is
identical even to the occurrence of the scar of attachment between the two outer
brown bands. He thinks the species approaches Halosydna. The Polynoe australis of
Schmarda,^ from Port Jackson, likewise comes near Polynoe platy cirrus in the structure
of the bristles, but the author does not mention the condition of the scales.

2 Ann el. Fauna der Philippinen, p. 33, Tab. iv. fig. 1.

1 Freg. Eugen. Resa, &c., p. 14, Tab. iv. fig. 18.
^ Neue wirbell. Tliiere, I. ii. p. 154.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. 1885.)

LI 15

114

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The Lepidonotus stellatus of Dr. Baird, ^ from the Australian seas, is apparently
similar. The scales have a V-shaped arrangement of tubercles, the open end of the V
being posterior. The lucid dots alluded to by Dr. Baird are probably hypodermic, and
by transmitted light are arranged very prettily in groups. The dorsal bristles seem to
be better developed in Dr. Baird’s species, being larger and more numerous, but the
ventral approach those of the present form closely, though the tips are not identical. No
stripes appear, moreover, externally, only the V-shaped mark of the scales. Another
allied Annelid, lately collected by H.M.S. “Alert” in the same regions, shows two parallel
longitudinal (to the axis of the body) ridges toward the outer border of the scale.

The division of the Polynoidse to which these various forms belong seems to be
confined to the Australian seas.

Polynoe capensis, n. sp. (PL IV. fig. 4 ; PL XV. fig. 1 ; PL XIX. fig. 4 ; PL IXa.
figs. 4, 5).

Habitat. — Two examples were dredged at Station 141 (near the Cape of Good Hope),
December 17, 1873 ; lat. 34° 41' S., long. 18° 36' E. ; depth, 98 fathoms; bottom tem-
perature 49° '5, surface temperature 66° ‘5 ; green sand.

Length about 25 mm., and breadth nearly 9 mm.

The body is rather elongated and narrow, and when the scales are present is tinted
a dull blackish -grey. On removal of the latter organs the centre of the back
throughout the greater part of the body is pale, but a little granular pigment occurs
on the dorsum of each foot. Posteriorly also the last six or seven segments show in
each a broad bar of pigment in front and a narrow one behind, rather regularly disposed.
A little pigment is present on the same region ventrally, and on the bases of the feet
generally.

The head (PL IV. fig. 4) is somewhat elongated from before backward, and, as in
Lepidonotus, there are no prominent anterior peaks, the frontal edges running into the
bases of the antennae, which are conspicuous on the sides of the tentacle. Two rather
small eyes are situated at the posterior border, and two larger in front of the lateral
prominences. The pairs are thus wide apart, and somewhat like those of Polynoe scolo-
pendrina. The tentacle is absent in both, but a loose organ probably represents it. This
is somewhat fusiform, narrowed a little at the base, and tapered at the pale tip. It is
blackish-grey in colour. The antennae are also blackish-grey, and tapered from base to
apex. The tentacular and dorsal cirri have a tendency to assume a fusiform condition.
The basal region of each is dark greyish, the column blackish-grey, and the slightly
tapered tip pale. All are rather short and smooth. The ventral cirri are long and large,

1 Journ. Linn. Soc. Land., vol. viii. p. 185.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

115

the extremities reaching far beyond the bases of the bristles. They are smooth, dark
greyish at the base, from which they taper to the pale tip. The ventral papilla is a
sHghtly tapered process, proportionally smaller than in Lepidonotus. The tumid region
from which it arises is slightly tinted with the greyish pigment posteriorly.

The ovoid scales appear to be fifteen in number on each side, and have the exposed
parts of a dull blackish-grey, and as the boundary line of the pigment is nearly straight,
the pale anterior or covered region is sharply defined. They are quite smooth, with the
exception of a triangular group of blunt tubercles near the anterior notch.

The dorsal branch of the somewhat short foot bears a series of feebly developed pale
bristles, which under a lens sometimes resemble minute zoophytes, from the growth of a
large thecate Infusorian. They have (PI. IXa. fig. 4, which represents a short and broad
form in profile) a short and peculiarly curved tip, and very fine rows of spikes along the
margin, especially prominent toward the extremity.

The ventral division (which is acutely pointed superiorly) carries equally pale bristles
with a weU-marked hook at the tip (PI. IXa. fig. 5, an intermediate form), and a small
but well-defined secondary process beneath. The superior group possesses longer spinous
rows, but a less distinct hook, the latter being best developed in the inferior series. The
middle bristles, again, have the spinous rows faintly marked.

The head quite differs from that of Halosydna as well as from Lepidonotus, but it is
more closely allied to the latter. The bristles, again, approach those of the former.

Polynoe pustulata, n. sp. (PI. X. fig. 3 ; PI. XVII. fig. 2 ; PL IXa. figs. 6, 7).

Habitat. — Two specimens were procured between tide-marks at Bermuda.

A somewhat elongated species, the larger though incomplete example measuring 38
mm. in length and nearly 8 mm. between the tips of the bristles.

The dorsum shows a little blackish pigment in the middle line, usually arranged, after
the anterior third, in two somewhat lozenge-shaped patches in each segment. The
ventral surface is quite pale.

The head is similar to that in Lepidonotus, having the antennae developed on a level
with and on each side of the base of the tentacle. Two somewhat small eyes are situated
at the posterior border, externally, and between them is a conical nuchal projection. The
anterior pair are placed on the lateral prominence, and are slightly larger. In the smaller
example there is a considerable amount of pigment developed on the head. The tentacle
is longer than the palpi, and has a swollen extremity, with a filiform process. The
antennae are also of considerable length, their filiform tips extending beyond the palpi in
one specimen, but these comparative lengths are not much to be relied on except in
carefully preserved animals. The palpi have peculiar j^apillse on their surface, the base

116

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

of each (papilla) being a bluntly conical process, to which a filiform extremity is attached.
The smooth dorsal cirri have a well-marked blackish belt a little below the pale extremity.
The ventral cirrus is short and slightly tapered. It does not reach the bases of the
bristles. The ventral papilla is somewhat clavate, its nearest ally in this respect being
Lepidonotus clava.

There are eighteen pairs of blackish-grey ovoid scales (PI. XVII. fig. 2), variegated
with a white patch over the surface of attachment, a somewhat pale external border (a
continuation of the pale anterior covered portion), and a series of very distinct tubercles
which resemble pustules. The posterior scales are considerably smaller, but the isolated
tubercles are larger. In vertical section the thick dorsal cuticle of the scales is peculiarly
wTinkled or facetted, a feature probably due to the tuberculated condition. On the
external border of the scale are a series of small conical papillae, about three appearing
in each transverse section just within the tip.

The bristles of the dorsal division of the foot are very slightly developed, forming a
small tuft projecting outward at the tip of the strong spine. The bristles (PL IXa. fig. 6)
have stout basal portions and very finely attenuated tips, with well-marked rows of
spines, somewhat like those of Polynoe platycirrus. The shorter forms possess blunt
extremities, but even more boldly marked spinous rows.

The ventral series consist of pale straw-coloured bristles, characterised by very short
extremities. The shaft (PI. IXa. fig. 7) dilates gradually from the insertion towards the
tip, which presents the stout appearance of such as Lepidonotiis squamatus, but further has
beneath the terminal hook a very characteristic secondary process and ridge ; while the
spinous rows are largely developed. The nerve-area is small, the ovoid cords placed
close together in section, and with a median space beneath. The cuticle is very dense.

In the intestine of the smaller example was a little whitish debris which contained
fragments of Eadiolaria, minute Crustacea, and a large series of the dorsal palese and
bristles of a Chrysopetalum, or a form allied to Bliawania myrialepis, Schmarda.

This form closely approaches Lepidonotus. Dr. Baird’s Lepidonotus ocidatus^ from
the Australian seas, presents a pustular condition of the anterior scales, but the organ in
the preparations is pale, with the exception of a black spot over the surface of attachment,
and the structure of both dorsal and ventral bristles materially diverges. The latter are
simple, not bifid at the tip.

Polynoe {Lepidonotus) iphionoides, n. sp. (PI. X. figs. 1, 2; PL Xa. figs. 1, 2).

Habitat. — A single example was procured by the trawl at Station 201 (in Basilian
Strait off the Philippine Islands), October 26, 1874; lat. 7° 3' N., long. 121° 48' E. ;
depth, 82 fathoms ; surface temperature, 83°'0 ; stones and gravel.

1 Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. viii. p. 184.

EEPOUT ON THE ANNELIDA.

117

A remarkably short ovoid form, characterised by the closely approximated eyes, the
greatly developed palpi, and the structure of the bristles. Its length is 32 mm., and its
breadth, inclusive of the bristles, about 20 mm. There are twenty-six bristled feet,
the bases of which are bifid on the dorsal aspect.

The head (PL X. fig. 2) is by no means large, but is characterised by the great size
and juxtaposition of the pairs of eyes on each side, indeed, the posterior pair project so
far outward that in certain views they seem almost to overlap the other pair. Both
occupy the lateral eminence, which in this form is placed far back. The posterior pair
have a pale area (lens) in the centre, a feature also present at the front edge of the
anterior pair. The latter look downward and forward, the former outward and upward.
The tentacle is considerably longer than the palpi, and is somewhat slender and attenuate,
with a marked enlargement (having some madder-brown pigment) below the filiform tip.
The antennae arise nearly on a level with the foregoing from the frontal edge as in
Lepidonotus, and extend to the terminal third of the palpi. They also show the enlarge-
ment below the filiform tip. The palpi are large and inflated, and are densely papillose.
The tentacular and dorsal cirri extend to the tips of the bristles and are quite smooth.
The enlargement below the tip is marked in each case with a madder-brown ring. A note
worthy feature of the superior cirri is the remarkable dorsal swelling of the basal process,
which gives a character to this region of the body. The ventral cirri are somewhat
stout, the finely tapered tip extending a little beyond the bases of the bristles. The
ventral papiUa forms a well-marked nipple-shaped process.

The fleshy part of the foot is largely developed, and since the bristles are also of
considerable length, the body acquires great proportional breadth in outline. The dorsal
division of the foot carries a series of rather slender pale yellow translucent bristles with
acute tips and somewhat straight shafts (PI. Xa. fig. 1). The smooth distal portion
is flattened, or even slightly concave on the serrated side of the bristle, and the rows
of spines are short and fine, and therefore in marked contrast to those of the ventral
series.

The ventral branch bears somewhat delicate and translucent bristles with very long
spinous rows, the tips in some cases being almost feathery (PL Xa. fig. 2, which
represents one of the upper or longer forms). The tip is simple and distinctly hooked.
The long hispid rows resemble those on the bristles of Iphione, hence the derivation of
the specific appellation. They rapidly diminish inferiorly.

No scales are present, but the scars show that twelve occur on each side, as in
Lepidonotus.

The intestine contained fragments of small Crustacea and calcareous grains of
various kinds. The proboscidian teeth are pale brown (amber coloured).

In transverse section the cuticle on the ventral surface is thick, while the hypo-
derm is very thin, even in the median ventral area. The nerve-cords are some-

118

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

what flattened. The reproductive elements (male) are present in the bases of the
feet.

This form differs from any known genus.

Polynoe magni'pal'pa, n. sp. (PL XIII. fig. 6 ; PL XIV. figs. 1,6; PL XYIII. fig. 5 ;

PL Xa. figs. 5, 6).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 171 (a little north of the Kermadec Islands), July 15,
1874; lat. 28° 33' S., long. 177° 50' W. ; depth, 600 fathoms; bottom temperature
3 9° '5, surface temperature 6 6° '5 ; hard ground.

The length of the male is 17 mm. and its breadth about 4*5 mm. The females
measure about 8 mm., and have a breadth of 4 mm.

In the female (PL XIV. fig. 6), which was that first noticed, the body is short
(almost elongate ovoid in outline) and the palpi conspicuously large.

The head in the same sex (PL XIII. fig. 6) is somewhat short in antero-posterior
diameter, and wide transversely. Two large black eyes are jjlaced at the posterior
border and wide apart, and two larger with pale centres occur on the prominent lateral
region, and therefore little removed from the former. The tentacle is absent, but it
arose from the anterior border of the head. The antennae are short and subulate, and
are widely separated from the tentacle, springing just under the slight anterior peak of
the head. The palpi are proportionally large, much dilated in the middle, but finely
tapered at the tip. They appear to be nearly smooth, a few translucent and slender
papillae only appearing along the edges. The dorsal cirri in several instances present
remarkably tumid columns, the tijDS being finely tapered. Others are simple tapering
organs like the tentacular cirri. They also show a very few short clavate papillae on
their surface. The ventral cirrus is somewhat longer than in the male, and its filiform
tip extends beyond the bases of the bristles. The enlargement from which the ventral
papilla springs is much more conspicuous than in the other sex.

The scales (PL XVIII. fig. 5) are thin, pale, and somewhat translucent, the anterior
being minutely spinous over nearly the whole area, a few short clavate cilia appearmg
along the posterior border. The posterior, again, are minutely granular, with a few
short clavate papillae along the free border. Within the scale are a number of branched
gland-like structures resembling fragments of granular vermicelli. These are especially
conspicuous just inside the margin. Moreover, the surface of the scale has minute black
grains. The scales almost entirely cover the dorsum.

The feet of the female are smaller (for the entire animal is less) than those of the
male, but their general configuration corresponds. The dorsal branch bears a tuft of pale
bristles of two kinds, those next the ventral being rather attenuate and long, with weU-

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

119

marked spinous rows, those toward the body being shorter and more curved (PL Xa.
fig. 5, an intermediate example).

The ventral group consists of bifid bristles with somewhat short tips (PI. Xa. fig. 6,
an average example), the usual gradational series occurring from above downward
(he., the longest and most slender tips being superior). They are faintly straw-coloured
and translucent, and have a finely attenuate secondary process which passes nearly straight
outward. The rows of spines are only well-marked superiorly and inferiorly.

A large number of ova occurred posteriorly on the dorsal aspect of the feet, under the
scales.

The male (PI. XIV. fig. 1) differs considerably in outline, being longer, and cylindrical
rather than ovoid ; the body is larger, and the scales leave the middle of the dorsum
uncovered from head to tail. The arrangement of the eyes, however, is very similar, the
pale lenticular region of the large anterior eyes in both being toward the front, as if
vision were most useful in that direction. The scales seem to number about fifteen or
sixteen on each side, and are much more opaque than in the female. Their structure,
however, is similar, and especially the peculiar granular vermiform bodies. The scar for
their attachment is large. The pedicle for the first scale is very prominent in both sexes.
In the male the enlargement which is present in several dorsal cirri of the anterior third
(PL XIV. fig. 1) is mainly a ventral development, forming a kind of dependent lobe
containing a granular substance below the cirrus proper. These enlarged cirri seem to
be arranged alternately with the ordinary tapering forms (like the tentacular cirri), and
they are shorter. The ventral cirrus is on the whole shorter and thicker at the base
than in the female. The ventral papilla is similar. The dorsal bristles appear to be
somewhat shorter than in the female, and this is an interesting feature in regard to the
ovigerous character of the dorsum of the foot.. In intimate structure both dorsal and
ventral bristles agree with those of the other sex.

In the intestine of the male were the translucent chitinous plates and long hairs of
a minute Crustacean and a few fragments of Algae. The teeth are pale brownish, and the
appearance of the proboscis and its papillae corresponds with that generally observed.

This form approaches Harmothoe, though the dilatation of the dorsal cirri is
characteristic.

In minute anatomy the sexes differ slightly. The oblique muscles in both proceed to the
upper and external part of the nerve-area, which is very limited. The cords in the male
are flattened, and protected externally by a very thin layer of hypoderm, and a thick
layer of cuticle, which, however, diminishes over the median ventral area. The male
elements fiU the perivisceral cavity and its ramifications.

In the female the nerve-area seems to be more limited, and the cords less flattene I.
The oblique muscles also appear to approach each other somewhat more closely above
this region.

120

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Polynoe attenuata, n. sp. (PL XV. fig. 2 ; PL XX. fig. 9 ; PL XIa. figs. 8, 9).

Hahitat. — Found between tide-marks at Sea Point near Cape Town, along with
Terehella, Sahella, and Sabellaria, and from its great length and general appearance it
would seem to be a commensalistic form, probably with the first mentioned.

The length of the single specimen is about 55 mm., and the breadth, including the
bristles, about 6 ‘5 mm.

The body is comparatively long and narrow, and the dorsum has a considerable
amount of blackish pigment (anteriorly arranged in transverse bars) from end to end, the
region behind the scales being beautifully marked with symmetrical touches. Moreover,
the three rows (two lateral and a median) of prominent papillae are in connection with
the pattern, the lateral being pale while the median is dark. The ventral surface is quite
pale anteriorly, but posteriorly each segment has some dark greyish j)igment over the
swelling for the ventral papilla, and between the patches of opposite sides is a somewhat
linear arrangement of pigment-grains. Each segment, moreover, has a long lozenge of
pigment on each side of the median pale band.

The head is somewhat dusky, with two eyes of moderate size placed near the posterior
border a short distance within the margin, and two (of larger size), as in Polynoe scolo-
pendrina, Sav., and Harmothoe, just below the peaks of the head in front. The tentacle
arises from a large base, which fills up the space between the peaks. The column is
comparatively thick, and slightly dilated below the filiform tip. It is brownish and
freckled with the pale cilia which densely coat its surface and make a strong contrast
with the same organ in Polynoe scolopendrina. The dilatation and filiform tip are pale.
The antennae proceed from bases which lie wholly beneath the former ; and both are of
the same olive-green colour as the tentacular base. The column of each agrees wth that
of the tentacle, but the enlargement below the tip is barely appreciable. The palpi are
absent. The tentacular and dorsal cirri are all covered with short, thick clavate cilia, the
dilated extremities of the latter showing a granular interior. The anterior cirri have a
slight enlargement below the filiform tip, but throughout the greater part of the body
they taper from the base upward. The base of the cirrus soon becomes connected with
the pigment of the dorsum, and posteriorly the same dark grey coloration passes along
the dorsal aspect of the column." The ventral cirri are short and subulate, and the tips do
not reach the • bases of the bristles. The ventral papilla is a well-developed cylindrical
process.

There are fifteen pairs of scales which meet in the middle line of the dorsum anteriorly.
The first has a greyish border all round with a whitish spot in the centre. The rest, as a
rule, present a dark granular inner half, the outer being whitish, with a spot of the same
blackish pigment. Structurally (PL XX. fig. 9) each is covered with short thick cilia,

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

121

which in some cases are mere tubercles, so that under a low powder or a lens the
blackish pigment has a minutely punctate appearance. In some the inner and posterior
border is slightly crenated, the short cilia projecting from the summit of each little
elevation.

The feet are comparatively short, and the pallor of the bristles is in contrast with the
dark pigment of the dorsum. They agree closely in general outline with those of
Polynoe scolopendrina. The dorsal division of the foot has a series of somewhat short
slender bristles (PI. XIa. fig. 8) tapered from base to apex, and having distally very
distinct hispid ro^ws. They are covered with parasitic growths. The tips do not show
the smooth terminal region so common in the group.

The ventral consist of pale and rather straight bristles (PI. XIa. fig. 9) with
boldly bifid tips, and well-marked spinous rows. The distal region of the bristle is
proportionally short, a feature sometimes seen in commensalistic Polynoidse, in which
respect this form closely agrees with Polynoe scolojoendrina.

In transverse section of the body-wall, the muscular constituents are largely
developed, and the nerve-cords large, though the area is narrow. The hyjDoderm is very
thin, but the cuticle is somewhat thick ventrally. The blackish pigment deeply tints the
hypoderm over the dorsal arch. No reproductive elements occur in the specimens.

This evidently takes the place of our Polynoe scolopendrina, to which it is closely
allied, but from which it differs in the absence of the large superior ventral bristles, and
in the much more conspicuously ciliated condition of the cirri and scales.

Polynoe {Macellicephala) mirahilis} n. sp. (PL XVI. fig. 1 ; PL XIIa. figs. 9-11).

Hahitat. — A single example was dredged at Station 169 (off the north-west corner of
the North Island of New Zealand), July 10, 1874 ; lat. 37° 34' S., long. 179° 22' E.; depth,
700 fathoms ; bottom temperature 40°‘0, surface temperature 58°‘2 ; blue mud.

The length of the specimen is about 25 mm., and its breadth, inclusive of the bristles,
18 mm.

The body is thick and massive, little tapered anteriorly or posteriorly. The dorsal
surface is pale, but the ventral in the preparation has a fine lustrous purplish or mauve
hue, best marked on the slightly everted proboscis.

The head (PL XVI. fig. 1) presents great divergence from the ordinary type in the
Polynoidse. Anteriorly, it has two flattened lobes, which toward their inner border bear
a short filiform process, that may be the homologue of the antenna. A wide hiatus
separates the two lobes, and extends posteriorly almost to the base of the tentacle. The
posterior part of the head is formed of two rounded eminences which bulge at each side,

^ ^a.x.iKhu, a shovel.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.)

LI 16

122

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLEHGEE.

SO that the outline of the head is somewhat like a broad and flattened Scotch thistle.
The base of the tentacle is attached between the two posterior lobes, and is thus placed
far backward. The organ is smooth, very long (extending beyond the tips of the palpi),
and much tapered. The palpi are also smooth, of considerable length, and taper from
l)ase to apex. They show the usual dorsal ridge in the preparation. The tentacular and
dorsal cirri are long, smooth, tapering processes with a slight swelling below the filiform
tip. The ventral cirrus is very small or filiform, and does not reach the base of the
ventral bristles. The ventral papilla is unusually large though short, and occupies the
ordinary position. Traces of two large cirri occur on each side of the anus (which is
terminal), but the condition of the posterior end does not admit of accurate description.
The dorsal surface of the proboscis shows two pajjillse, one beneath each flattened frontal lobe.

The pedicles of nine pairs of scales exist in the preparation.

The feet are largely developed, their soft j)arts considerably exceeding the breadth of
the middle of the body, and the process for each sj^ine is long and slender. The dorsal
division bears a comparatively small number of brittle, flattened, iridescent bristles, of
large size and devoid of serrations (PL XIIa. fig. 9). The tip is very gradually
diminished, and ends in a somewhat blunt point. On the whole they are thin and fragile,
from the large size of the internal cavity.

The ventral bristles are even longer in proportion and extremely slender, the flattened
diaphanous spear-shaped tips showing obscure traces of spines along each side, ooe,
however, being more distinctly serrated than the other (PI. XIIa. figs. 10, 11, one of the
smaller forms).

The testes formed thick and rather firm curved sacculi beneath the glandular intestine.

At first sight the form might readily have been mistaken for a Hesione. The state
of the bristles somewhat resembles those in epitocous Nereides, and the massive external
appearance of the body is evidently due to the development of the sexual elements.

The cuticle forms a thin investment ventrally, and the hypoderm is likewise attenuate.
The median area is arched over by the oblique muscles which meet in the middle line.
The cords are somewhat flattened. The muscles of the body- wall follow the ordinary type,
but they are comparatively small. The proboscis is large, is devoid of median folds either
dorsally or ventrally, and the circular fibres near the outer margin are developed more dis-
tinctly than usual. The hypoderm on the inner surface is deeply tinted (dark brownish).

Polynoe [Robertianella) synophthalma, n. sp. (PI. XIV. fig. 4; PL XX. fig. 5;
PL XIIa. figs. 12, 13).

IlalMat. — An injured specimen occurred at Station 3 (in the Atlantic south of the
Canaries), February 18, 1873; lat. 25° 45' N., long. 20° 14' W.; depth, 1525 fathoms;
bottom temperature 37°'0, surface temperature 65°'0; hard ground.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA,

123

Another was dredged at Station 124 (off Macis, Brazil), September 11, 1873; fat.
10° 11' S., long. 35° 22' W.; depth, 1600 fathoms; mud.

This species is readily distinguished by the large and peculiarly shaped head, formed of
two ovoid masses, and the very large size, position, and nearly confluent condition of the
eyes. The total length is about 15 mm., and the breadth over the bristles 5 mm.

The body is narrow and elongated, and tapers much posteriorly, but very little
anteriorly. It is pale throughout.

The head (PL XIV. fig. 4) is deeply cleft in front, and formed of two symmetrical
ovoid lobes, which have the large and characteristic black eyes toward the posterior
border. The somewhat ovoid eyes are placed in a transverse line, the outer on each side
being the larger, as well as more elongated from before backward, and its inner border
abuts on and mingles with the pigment of the more rotund eye. Only the base of the
tentacle remains attached to the central hollow at the front of the cephalic lobes. The
antennae are short and slightly tapered. The palpi are of moderate length, quite smooth,
and tapered from base to apex. The tentacular and dorsal cirri are smooth, simple,
tapering processes, and the latter when fully developed stretch far beyond the bristles.
The tip of the slender ventral cirrus reaches considerably farther than the bases of the
bristles. The ventral papilla is proportionally large.

No scales are present in the Brazilian example, but the scars seem to be about thirteen
in number on each side. The other specimen had two pale thin scales, perfectly smooth,
and as transparent objects presenting only areolar hypodermic tissue and somewhat
large branching nerves.

There are about thirty feet (PI, XX. fig. 5), which are somewhat depressed below the
level of the rounded body. The dorsal region of the foot bears a series of pale trans-
lucent bristles, the shorter forms next the body showing a few indications of spinous rows
near the tip. The rest are longer, have only a slight curve, and the tips are compara-
tively blunt , (PL XIIa. fig. 12, one of the longer forms), with a trace of a mucro,
apparently an indication of the peculiar structure in the inferior bristles. They are
finely striated longitudinally, and marked by a few transverse lines.

The ventral bristles are similarly translucent, have a slender shaft and a comparatively
broad tip, which exhibits faint serrations along its edge, and a distinct though minute
notch at the extremity (PL XIIa. fig. 13). They are considerably longer than the dorsal
bristles, but are similarly striated longitudinally.

The proboscis has a large rounded boss or papilla projecting from its dorsal surface,
immediately beneath the tentacle.

The specimens seem to be males.

The state of preservation renders transverse sections unsatisfactory, but so far as
could be made out, the oblique muscles meet over the nerves, which project downward

124

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

as large round cords. The muscular and other arrangements seem to conform to the
ordinary type.

A Polynoe with similar large and nearly connate eyes, which, however, are arranged
longitudinally rather than transversely, is described by Panceri^ under the name of
Plioloe hrevicornis ; but the species clearly diverges from Pholoe in essential structure,
indeed, is apparently allied to the Hermadion jpellucidum of Ehlers. The absence of the
dorsal tentacles may have been accidental. The species approaches Alentia.

Polynoe (Admetella) longipedata, n. sp. (PI. XIV. fig. 5 ; PI. XX. fig. 6 ; PI. XIIa.
fig. 17)..

Habitat. — Two examples were dredged at Station 146 (to the east of Prince Edward
Island), December 29, 1873; lat. 46° 46' S., long. 45° 31' E. ; depth, 1375 fathoms;
bottom temperature, 1°’5 C. ; Globigerina ooze.

The larger specimen (a female) measures about 65 mm. in length and 20 mm. across
the widest part of the body and the fleshy part of the feet, or 30 mm. inclusive of the
bristles.

The body is somewhat fusiform in outline, being rather more tapered anteriorly
than posteriorly. It is pale and soft, and the great length of both feet and bristles is
characteristic. There are upwards of sixty segments in the one and fifty in the other.

The head (PL XIV. fig. 5) is comparatively small, totally devoid of eyes, and its
limited area much encroached on by its processes. It is wide in front and narrow
behind. A prominence on each side posteriorly resembles an ocular region, but there is
no trace of pigment, nor any indication of its having been a pale eye. The tentacle is
absent, but judging from the large area occupied by its base in the middle of the head,
it seems to have been of considerable size. From the front of the base outward on each
side is attached a thin flattened process, broad at its origin and tapering to a blunt tip. It
thus lies above the antennae, and apparently is homologous with the scale at the base of
the tentacle in the Sigalionidse. This is the only example in which such a process has
occurred in the Polynoidse, and its presence is therefore both suggestive and important.
The antennae are somewhat small and filiform, their delicate tips extending only a short
distance beyond the ends of the former j)rocesses. The palpi are both large and long,
and taper from base to apex. They are smooth, and their margins show only very fine
crenations from contraction. The tentacular and dorsal cirri are very long (though shorter
than the palpi), smooth, and somewhat translucent, with a slight enlargement below the
attenuate tip. The ventral cirrus is filiform and comparatively short (not reaching the tip of
the setigerous region). It springs from the middle of the free portion of the foot. In the

^ La Luce e gli organi luminosi di alcimi annelidi. Atti Accad. Sci. Napoli, t. vii. p. 16, Tab. iii. figs. 13-15, and
Tab. iv. figs. 6-8, Napoli, 1875.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

125

male the ventral papillm are much longer and more tapered than in the female, indeed
the terminal region is separated from the basal by a joint. In both, the processes as well
as the enlargement at the base are well developed.

AU the scales are absent, but judging from the pedicles, twenty-four pairs seem to
have been present. The pedicles are borne far outward on the feet, so that they appear
to be parts of, and must be freely movable wdth, these organs.

The feet are greatly developed, both as regards the setigerous division and the
bristles. The foot behind the tentacular cirri bears dorsally the first scale, and a ventral
cirrus fully as long as the former cirri. The next foot has a much smaller ventral cirrus,
which does not reach so far outward as the terminal process covering the end of the
spine of the succeeding foot. The feet gradually increase in the free portion, and soon
become very prominent organs. When fully formed there is dorsally either a pedicle for a
scale or a cirrus (PI. XX. fig. 6), wAich, though long, does not extend beyond the tips of
the bristles. A long elevation terminating in the process covering the dorsal spine next
succeeds ; but in no instance are any traces of bristles visible.

The inferior branch has its spinous process greatly elongated, and from this point
downward is a series of very long, flexible, and translucent bristles, which flatten out as
they approach the tip, and become serrated after the manner of the Polynoidse, but the
extremity (PI. XIIa. fig. 17) is quite different from anything yet known in the group.
It curves from the serrated edge, and diminishes to form two broad, dagger-like, terminal
processes. The spinous rows beneath the latter are very fine.

A large though somewhat flattened boss occurs on the proboscis, close beneath the
central frontal region. The anus is almost terminal.

In the female the ova are both large and numerous.

The structure of the body-wall of this form shows certain interesting divergencies
from the ordinary type. Thus the cuticle is thin, ventrally, while the hypoderm in the
middle line is greatly developed, forming a thick layer over the nerve-area and the
ventral longitudinal muscles. This coat is not scooped out opposite the nerves to any
extent, the circular muscular fibres mostly passing to their exterior, though the prepara-
tion is not so well preserved as to show these fibres distinctly. The cords are thus placed
far inward, and have a band of connective tissue separating them from the body-cavity.
They are rounded in transverse section.

The ventral longitudinal muscles are peculiarly curved (apparently rolled together),
so that in section they are kidney-shaped, the hilum being superior.

The wall of the proboscis is somewhat thin, the cuticle well-developed, and the
hypoderm blackish. A conspicuous ridge occurs dorsally and ventrally.

In the presence in the dorsal division of a solitary spine and the absence of bristles,
this species agrees with Mr. Haswell’s Polynoe astrolepis from Torres Strait.^

1 Froc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vii. p. 292.

126

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Polynoe ocellata, n. sp. (PI. XII. fig. 3 ; PI. XIIa. figs. 18, 19).

Habitat. — Dredged in considerable numbers as a commensalistic form in tbe tubes
of Spiochcetopterus challengerice at Station 233a (off Kobe, Japan), May 19, 1875 ; lat.
34° 38' N., long. 135° 14' E. ; depth, 50 fathoms ; surface temperature, 62°’6 ; sand. The
species thus follows the habit of Polynoe scolopendrina, Sav., in the tubes of Terehella
nehulosa in the Outer Hebrides, of Polynoe marphysoe, M‘L, in the tubes of Marphysa
sanguinea in the Channel Islands, and other forms.

The species is extremely elongated and narrow, reaching 60 mm. and upward in
length, while its breadth, inclusive of the bristles, is about 2 '5 mm.

The body is slightly tapered in front, but more so posteriorly, the tail being
terminated by two short styles. The general colour of the dorsum is dull yellowish,
marked with olive. Each segment is more or less barred transversely with dark olive
bands, those in the middle of the body being divided into two squares by a median line,
while the narrow anterior and broad posterior bands are interrupted in each segment.
Ventrally the anterior fifth is pale, thereafter a blackish pigment-spot occurs at the base
of each foot.

The head is shielded by the first pair of scales, and its transverse diameter exceeds
its antero-posterior. On each side of the tentacle the anterior border has an acute peak,
and the depressed median region behind the tentacle gives the usual bilobed aspect to
the head. A large rounded eye is situated on each side a little in front of the lateral
prominence, and a smaller one at the posterior border. The former are much wider
apart than the latter. Both show a pale central region over the pigment, and this some-
times becomes elevated as a phlyctsena in the specimens, which are imperfect^ preserved,
from their position inside the tubes. The tentacle is not so long as the palpi, and tapers
from the base to the terminal enlargement, which has a filiform process of considerable
length at the tij). The antennae are shorter than the tentacle and more slender, and
the terminal enlargement is less marked. The palpi are fairly developed, gradually
tapered toward the tip, which is abruptly filiform. The tentacular cirri resemble tlie
tentacle. The dorsal cirri, again, while they show a distinct enlargement below the tip
anteriorly, soon lose this, and the organs assume a simple filiform character. After the
twentieth foot the cirri do not extend beyond the tips of the bristles till near the
posterior end, where they again become a little longer than the tips of the . bristles.
All the foregoing organs are quite smooth. The ventral cirrus is short and subulate, the
tip extending a little beyond the bases of the bristles. The ventral papilla is well
marked, and as the eminence at its base is indicated by a pigment-speck throughout the
greater part of the body, the arrangement is unusually distinct.

The number of scales is upwards of fifty pairs. The first scale is nearly colourless

KEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

127

and translucent, and the next four or five have the pigment-patches much less developed
than their successors. In the typical forms there is a large ovoid, blackish, or dark
ohve pigment-spot on the inner side of the surface of attachment; while the latter is
characterised by a very distinct ring of the same pigment. Moreover, a series of very
distinct whitish specks occur over the greater part of the surface, and they are especially
evident over the dark pigment-patch previously alluded to. There are also a very few
minute clavate papillae externally. The margin of the scale is perfectly smooth, and its
whole structure delicate and translucent. The pigment of the dorsum, indeed, shines
through the scales, and thus gives a very complex appearance to the coloration of the
body, the central region of which is left uncovered throughout the greater part of its
extent. In vertical section both cuticle and hypoderm are unusually thin.

In some respects the structure of the foot approaches that of Achloe astericola, D.
Oh., in others it diverges. Thus it resembles the European form in the comparative
shortness of the foot, the proportions and shape of the cirri, and the reduction of the
superior division; whilst it diverges from it essentially in the absence of branchial process,
in the structure of the bristles, and in the absence of bristles from the superior division.

About the twentieth foot the sujDerior lobe is represented by a conical papilla, into
the base of which the tip of the superior spine enters. There is no trace of superior
Ijristles. The inferior division of the foot differs in shape from that of Achloe astericola,
being pointed superiorly and obliquely slanted off inferiorly. A large spine proceeds
to the superior angle of the process, and two dense groups of bristles pass from its edge.
The superior or smaller series consists of slender forms with elongated spinous tips,
ending in a shghtly hooked point, the spines coming close to the latter, so as at first sight
to give a bifid appearance to the extremity. The inferior group shows a diminishing series
of shorter tips from above downward. So far as can be made out, the tip has a short
terminal hook with a spur beneath, and a series of proportionally long spinous rows (PI.
XIIa. fig. 18).

At the fiftieth foot the general structure remains the same, the dorsal cirrus, however,
being now shorter than the bristles. Between the two groups of bristles in the inferior
division, two powerful examples occur (PI. XIIa. fig. 19), their shape and size somewhat
resembling those that alone appear in Achloe astericola, though the differences are
characteristic. These bristles have shafts four or five times thicker than the former
(fig. 18).

The chief change at the hundredth foot consists in the occurrence of only a single
large bristle between the superior and inferior ventral groups.

The proboscis presents the ordinary structure, and is of the average length. The
maxillse have very prominent cutting edges running outwards from their bases. In the
intestine the greyish debris contained vast numbers of the hairs of minute Crustacea,
Radiolarians, various Diatoms, and shreds of tissue.

128

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE,

In transverse section the body-wall is invested by a well-marked cuticle, thickest
ventrally, especially in the middle line. The hypoderm, on the other hand, is very thin.
The dorsal longitudinal muscles are peculiar, for they are continued as a thick mass to
the middle line anteriorly, where they almost touch, being only separated by strong
vertical bands of muscular fibres which pass downward. The ventral longitudinal
muscles are not much thickened externally, and only moderately diminished internally.
The ventral area is well marked, a considerable interval occurring between the obhque
muscles. The cords are somewhat flattened, and have superiorly a thin stratum of
longitudinal muscular fibres.

In the sections the proboscis has been cut posteriorly. The external longitudinal
muscular layer is very powerful, and between it and the great internal glandular coat a
thin stratum of circular fibres occurs.

A few minute ova appeared at the bases of the feet.

The Polynoe vittata of G-rube,^ from Sitka, is an allied form with forty-three pairs of
scales. Commensalism, indeed, seems the rule in those most nearly related. The
Ilalosydna lordi of Baird,^ a pale species from Vancouver Island, lodges between the
mantle and foot of Fisurella cratitia, Gould; while another very fragile form [Halosydna
fragilis, Baird ®), ajoproaching AcJdoe, frequents a Starfish in the same region. Another
allied form, the Lepidametria commensalis, Webster, lives in the tubes of Amphitrite
ornata, Verrill,'* on the Virginian coast, and it has scales extending throughout the entire
length of the body. Like all the preceding, it also has dorsal bristles. Other forms,
such as the Polynoe rutilans ® of Grube, are shorter, with only fifteen pairs of scales.
The species just mentioned was found on Xe7iia, an Alcyonarian from the Philippines.
Dr. Baird ® also mentions that a variety of Harmothoe imhricata lives in the tubes of
ChcBtopterus insignis, Baird, at the Menai Straits, near Beaumaris, but an examination
of the preparations in the British Museum shows that two species, quite differing from
Harmothoe mibricata, had been confounded together. One is Nychia cirrosa, Pall., and
the other resembles Polynoe longisetis, Grube [Harmothoe malmgreni. Bay Lankester).

Polynoella levisetosa, n. gen. and n. sp. (PI. XI. fig. 4; PI. XV. fig. 3; PI. XVI. fig. 4;
PI. XVIII. fig. 6 ; PL XIX. fig. 8 ; PI. XIa. fig. 7 ; PL XXXIIa. fig. 6).

Habitat. — A single specimen was trawled at Station 235 (south of Yedo in Japan),
June4, 1875; lat. 34° 7' N., long. 138° 0' E. ; depth, 565 fathoms ; bottom temperature
38°'0, surface temperature 73°‘0 ; mud.

1 Archivf. Naturgesch., xli. p. 82, fide De Quatrefages, &c.

2 Journ. Linyi. Soc. Land., viii. p. 190. ^ p. 191.

^ Aniiel. Chetop. of the Virginian coast {Trans. Albany Inst., vol. i.x., 1879), p. 10, pi. hi. figs. 23-31.

^ Annel. Fauna d. Philippinen, p. 37. ® Journ. Linn. Soc. Land., viii. p. 161.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

129

A short and somewhat elliptical as well as massive though pale and soft form,
distinguished by its large smooth scales, short tentacle and pal]3i, the great size and
paucity of the ventral bristles (not more than two being present in any case), and the
absence of the dorsal bristles. It measures, including the protruded proboscis, about
1 8 mm. in length, and is 1 1 mm. transversely from tip to tip of the bristles.

The head (PI. XV. fig. 3) is wider than long, and furnished with four large eyes, the
smaller pair lying at the posterior border, and nearer each other than the anterior pair,
which occupy the lateral prominence about the middle of the head. The latter are large
oval eyes, having a whitish opacity in the centre, as also have the posterior pair. A well-
marked median hollow separates the broad head into two halves. The base of the
small subulate tentacle proceeds from the anterior margin of the head, and after an
interval on each side is the antenna, the base of which is slightly longer than that of the
former, while the process itself is somewhat shorter. The small palpi lie exterior to the
latter and inferiorly, and the tips do not reach so far outward. They are short,, smooth,
nearly cylindrical, except at the blunt conical extremities, which have a few brownish
pigment-grains just above the distal narrowing. They are the smallest palpi yet
observed, and with other points indicate a change of type. The tentacular and dorsal
cirri are simple, smooth, filiform processes. The latter in the middle of the body
scarcely reach beyond the fleshy part of the foot, but as usual are a little longer in front
and posteriorly. Their bases are greatly enlarged, forming tumid masses, from which
the somewhat slender cirri proceed (PI. XV. fig. 3). The ventral cirri are short and
subulate, and do not reach the bases of the bristles Ijy a long interval. The ventral
})apilla is moderately developed, and is normal in position.

The proboscis (PL XVI. fig. 4) shows the typical nine papillae dorsally and ventrally,
and the jaws are amber-coloured, slender, and sharp. Two elongated papillae occur on
each side, about the middle of the extruded region.

In transverse section the posterior region of the proboscis follows the dermal tissues
in diverging from that of the ordinary forms of the Polynoidae. Externally is a well-
marked stratum of circular fibres, beneath which the chief layer occurs, viz., that
apparently homologous with the hypodermic coat, and consisting of a thick glandular
investment, the folds of which often have a pennate appearance in section jDrecisely as in
the anterior region of the Nemertean proboscis. The basal part of the coat is the more
fibrous, the distal the more glandular.

If this layer correspond to the great muscular coat of the ordinary type, then
the further differentiation of the fibrous basal region into the latter layer, and the con-
densation and differentiation of the distal into the firm stripe of hypoderm and the
dense cuticle occurs. Perhaps, howmver, the dense layer is an addition. No other
layer is present. The organ differs from the ordinary type in simplicity, and thus
corresponds with the condition of the skin and the bristles. In any case, the

(zOOh. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 17

130

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

resemblances of the Nemertean proboscis to this organ make it more likely that the true
homologies point in this direction rather than in the way of the ingenious theory (of the
hypophysis cerebri) of my friend Prof. Hubrecht.

There are twelve j^airs of scales, which are pale, rather thick, and friable, quite smooth,
and beautifully though not regularly reticulated, the margin alone being granular (PI.
XIX. fig. 8, and PL XVII. fig. 6).

About twenty-three feet occur on each side, and the fieshy part of each is largely
developed. Dorsally a wedge-shaped depression makes the base of each bifid. The
dorsal division is wholly devoid of bristles, and forms a soft, conical, and minutely
granular elevation.

The ventral branch of the foot is much developed, forming a long, slightl}’ tapered
process with a bifid tip. It bears one or two long, stiff, light amber-coloured l.)ristles, the
appearance of the body being characteristic in this respect. The tip in most is slightly
bent from injury (PI. XIa. fig. 7), then the bristle gradually widens dovmward to a kind
of shoulder, after which the shaft is cylindrical. The whole to a certain extent resembles
what the central axis of the ordinary ventral bristle is in the Polynoidse, all the processes
l^eing absent. A single large spine occurs as a support to this region.

In the structure of the body- wall (PL XXXI Ia. fig. 6) this form deviates from the
ordinary type of the Polynoidse. The cuticle throughout the greater part of the section
is indistinct, the only part where it is clearly visible being the dorsal arch, just over the
dorsal longitudinal muscles and median line. On the other hand, the hypoderm is greatly
developed. As in the Nemerteans, the layer consists of large areolas with fibro-granular
meshes, when cut obliquely, or of a series of vertical spaces with intervening fibro-
granular bands in vertical sections. Its thickness is also remarkable.

The muscles of the body- wall are formed somewhat after the t5q)e of those in the
Polynoidse, but they are less bulky, the contrast between this and such as Lepido7iotus
squamatus being very striking. Thus there are a pair of dorsal longitudinal muscles,
thick externally, and thin internally ; a pair of ventral longitudinal muscles, which are
small and but slightly curved. The oblique muscles pass over the inner margin of the
latter, and, meeting or nearly meeting in the middle line, form an arch over the nerve-
cords. The latter are proportionally large and rounded, occupying the thickness of
the h5rpoderm, with the exception of a superficial region. The large cords lie close
together, separated only by a median raphe, and their tissue in section is more lax
than usual. The muscles forming the arch of the foot and the dorsum are feebly
developed.

Granular masses were present at the bases of the feet, and probably represent the
male elements.

Mr. Haswell ^ mentions that Lepidonotus melanogrammus, from Broughton Islands,

1 Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vol. vii. p. 284, pi. viii. fig. 13, &c.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

131

near Port Stephens, Australia, and Lepidonotus smiplicipes, from Griffith’s Point,
Western Port, have no dorsal bristles, while Polynoe ochthoebolepis, from the Queensland
coast, has nothing else than a tubercle. There does not seem to be anything else in
common. His Polynoe asterolepis, from Torres Strait, again, has only a spine in the
dorsal division.

Eulepis, Grube.

Eulepis ivyvillei, n. sp. (PI. XIX. fig. 11 ; PI. XX. figs. 2, 3 ; PI. XXIV. figs. 2, 3 ;
PI. XXV. fig. 11 ; PL XIVa. figs. 4-6 ; PI. XXXIIa. fig. 7).

E[abitat. — A single example was dredged at Station 33 (off Bermuda), April 4,
1873 ; lat. 32° 21' N., long. 64° 35' W.; depth, 435 fathoms; surface temperature, 68°'0 ;
sea-bottom composed of coral mud.

It is a stoutish form about 18 min. in length and 3 mm. in breadth.

The body is elongated, slightly tetragonal, firm and tapered a little at either
extremity. The dorsum is rendered irregular by the prominent processes for the scales,
and the dorsal projections of the feet. The ventral surface, again, is flattened, and forms
a plane somewhat below the level of the feet. The body terminates in a central anal
papilla with the opening directed backward.

The head is rounded and eyeless, marked only by central lines running back from the
tentacle, which is a short conical j)rocess, somewhat enlarged at the base and with a
bulbous tip. The long processes for the first pair of scales cover the greater part of the
head posteriorly, leaving only the central region exposed anteriorly. On each side and a-
little in front of the tentacle is a short and thick antenna, slightly tapered towards the
tip. The relation of the three processes is therefore different from that in Eidepis
hamifera, Grube.^ The palpi are comparatively short and gently tapered, with a linear
ridge superiorly. They are smooth with the exception of a few very minute and often
bifid papillae near the tapering extremity. The first pair of feet bear the tentacular cirri,
the shorter inferior organs having a more distinctly bulbous tip than the more elongated
superior. The ventral cirrus is somewhat elongated in front, but soon becomes short and
bulbous, with a clavate terminal appendage. At the base of the foot, internal to the fore-
going, is a tumid enlargement, which seems to be the homologue of that at the base of
the ventral papilla in the Polynoidse. It forms the iDorder to the prominent ventral
edge below the feet. The surface of each is dimpled, but the presence of an aperture is
uncertain. A flattened branchial cirrus, again, occurs on the fifth segment, and a well-
developed one on the seventh, and generally thereafter on each segment without a scule.
It is terminated by a minute clavate tip, which would appear to indicate that morpbo-

1 Aniiel. Fauna cl. Philippinen, Taf. iii. fig. 8, 1878.

132

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

logically it belongs to the cirrus-group. In its interior are many bands of fibres,
apparently muscular.

The scales seem to amount to fifteen pairs, and are whitish and semitranslucent.
They are borne on very prominent papillae, which project in a divergent manner along
the dorsum, and with the branchiae give a remarkably rugose aspect to the region. They
occur on the second, third, and fourth feet, on the sixth, eighth, and alternately to the
twentieth, then on twenty-third, twenty -eighth, twenty-ninth, and some of the succeed-
inof, the latter beinn small and much modified. The anterior scales are somewhat rounded
and marked by a deep notch externally (PI. XXIV. fig. 3), or occasionally with a rudi-
mentary papilla ; while behind the foregoing region of the body a tongue-shaped process
springs from the bottom of the notch, so as to give a peculiar character to the scale. The
fourth scale is large, and elongated from before backward ; and the fifth is irregularly
cjuadrate. Posteriorly the organs are small, but they may be in process of development.
The surface is quite smooth, with traees of hypodermic areolm. In vertical section the
cuticle of these organs is attenuate, and the intermediate hypoderm very thin.

The feet (PI. XXIV. fig. 2) are thirty-four in number, and the majority are pro-
minent and rather massive structures. The first pair, as already mentioned, are
directed forward, each carrying the tentacular cirri superiorly on a special process, which
has a papilla at the base of the fork, from which the bristles emerge. The special process
at first sight appears to represent the ordinary dorsal cirrus, but a closer scrutiny reveals
two spines (one to each cirrus) in the soft tissues, so that it really indicates the setigeroiis
lobe of a foot. A tuft of simple slender bristles comes from each division.

The second foot (which from the ventral surface appears to be the first) has superiorly
a single bristle with its shaft more slender than the others near it, and with an abruptly
narrowed tapering tip which has a series of elongated spines on one side. Those beneath
are simple bristles with a well-marked wing at the tip, which is bent at a very consider-
able angle to the shaft. The centre of the foot is occupied by a powerful dark brown
spine, which in all is broken off as it emerges from the skin. A process which appears to
be the ventral division has a few slender smooth bristles similar to those in the first foot.
The ventral cirrus is greatly developed, the base being enlarged and the tij) somewhat
bulbous, the latter, moreover, being slightly differentiated.

The next foot (third) resembles the former, but shows two of the dark brown spines
projecting through the skin. The superior group consists only of slender simple bristles,
and stumps of larger .ones. The middle and lower regions have many of the winged forms,
while ventrally, between the latter and the cirrus, are groups of slender simple bristles as
in the second foot. The ventral cirrus is now more slender, but presents the same
differentiated clavate tip. This foot also bears a dorsal cirrus.

As we proceed backward the fissure between the dorsal and ventral divisions of the
foot enlarges, partly from the increase of the former in an outward direction. At the

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

133

tenth foot the main dorsal group is formed of strong brownish bristles, which are all
broken. The inferior division has superiorly a single serrated bristle (PI. XIVa. fig. 4).
The rest consist of the usual winged bristles.

About the middle of the body {e.g., at the fifteenth foot) are superiorly a series of
powerful golden bristles (PI. XIVa. fig. 5), the tips being bent at right angles to the shaft,
and tapered to an acute point. The posterior border of the shaft is often fimbriated,
apparently from the splitting of the chitinous fibres, for the bristles are hard and brittle.
In this dndsion is also a group of slender simple bristles. A papilla bearing a tuft of
slender serrated bristles occurs just behind the foregoing. The inferior branch again is
furnished with the strong winged bristles (PI. XIVa. fig.«6) as in front, and which diminish
in size from above downward. In regard to the arrangement of these bristles in the foot
it is found that the strong dorsal hamate bristles spring in a semicircle in front and to the
inner side of the dorsal spine as well as round it ; while the dense tuft of long slender
bristles is directed from the papilla downward and backward between its own and
the next foot. The ventral bristles pass off in a line behind the spine of the division.
The bristles retain a similar structure to the posterior end — except that they become
longer and more slender.

O

This annelid (which requires the institution of a new family) appears to differ from
Grube’s Eulepis liamata from Pandanon in the Philipj^ines. The divergence has already
been alluded to. The scales in Eulepis hamata are covered with papillae, whereas in the
present form they are perfectly smooth, and the structure of the cleft also diverges. The
remarkable bristles which characterise the upper region of the inferior lobe of the foot are
not mentioned by Grube, who, however, may have overlooked them. The comparison of
such with those in the same region in certain Sigalionidae [Leanira, &c.) may throw
further light on the position of this form. This peculiar bristle has also certain affinities
with the spinous bristle shown by Ehlers in his Nephthys picta} The dorsal hamate
bristles again are clearly modifications of the ventral, and in some of the posterior
examples a slight wing is present on the acute tip.

Grube’s species had two long anal cirri, covered with minute papillae, whilst the other
cirri were smooth. He placed it between Panthalis and Sthenelais.

In the structure of the body- wall (PL XXXIIa. fig. 7 ) this form, while agreeing in the
general plan, differs somewhat from the ordinary examples of the Polynoidae in the greater
interval between the insertions of the oblique muscles, and in the flattening of the nerve-
cords. Above the latter are transverse fibres, and in the middle line a narrow band of
longitudinal muscular fibres. The hypoderm is slightly developed, and the cuticle is by
no means thick. The dorsal longitudinal muscles are separated by a thin median arch,
across which, however, a few longitudinal fibres extend. In its ordinary condition the
proboscis differs from that in the Polynoidse in having proportionally thicker walls,

’ Die Borstenwiirmer, ii., Taf. xxiii. fig. .35.

134

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

especially laterally, and in possessing a median lateral fold on each side, so that the cavity
is quadripartite. A small ridge also occurs at the ventral pole. Exteriorly the organ
has the usual hyaline chitinous investment, vdthin which the dense fibres radiate
outwards with a curve, the concavity of which is directed for the most part toward each
pole. The circular fibres of the region are also more distinctly marked throughout than
usual in the Polynoidse. The hypoderm presents an interesting diversity in thickness ;
thus above the pole with the ridge it increases in bulk and again diminishes at the
median fold, while toward the opposite pole it forms a much thicker layer. It is marked
by numerous clear globules, — the homologues of the ordinary hypodermic globules, —
which give a character to the organ. The internal cuticular lining is thick.

Eulepis challengericB, n. sp. (PL XX. fig. 1 ; PL XXIII. fig. I ; PL XXIV. fig. 1 ;
PL XIVa. figs. 7, 8).

Habitat. — A fragment of the anterior end was dredged off Somitrero Island, West
Indies, in from 390 to 450 fathoms.

This species is smaller than the preceding, the fragment having a diameter of a little
more than 2 mm., and a length of 7 mm.

The head much resembles that of Eulepis ivyvillei. There is a little blackish pigment
on each side of the base of the tentacle, but no definite eye as in Grube’s form.
The tentacle has an enlarged base, but the distal portion is little diminished from its
commencement, and has a blunt tip. On each side is a short, blunt antenna. The palpi
resemble those of the previous species. The tentacular cirri have the same disposition,
viz., an inferior thicker and a more slender superior and outer. There is a slight eleva-
tion in the situation of the ventral papilla, but it scarcely forms a process at the posterior
margin of the foot-fold.

The scales have a similar texture, but no notch is present externally. The first pair,
like the second and third, are small and irregularly rounded ; each, moreover, being
transversely and not antero-posteriorly elongated. This saves space, since the papillae
supporting them are on adjoining segments. They are quite smooth. Marginally they
show a number of clear areolae.

The structure of the foot (PL XXIV. fig. l) agrees in the main with the foregoing,
but the dorsal hamate bristles (PL XI Va. fig. 7) have the convex edge of the geniculated
region distinctly serrated, whereas in the former species it is quite smooth. The single
pectinate bristle (PL XIVa. fig. 8) at the superior edge of the inferior division also differs
in having a shorter and stouter tip, the curvature of which, moreover, is more decided.

There is little in the structure of the body- wall to distinguish it from the foregoing.
In regard to the proboscis, the radiate fibres are somewhat coarser, while the circular

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

135

are less distinct, and there is no median longitudinal furrow internally on each side. A
ridge occurs at each pole, and the clear globules exist in the hypoderm, which has a
tolerably even disposition all round. The organ is less rounded in section than the
preceding.

Family Acoetida:.

The family of the Acoetidse was established by Kinberg^ (his Family IV. Acoetea) for
the two genera Eupompe and Pantlialis. Only a single example occurs [in the present
collection, but it adds something to our knowledge of the group, since in addition to the
pedunculated eyes (ommatophores) it presents a j^air of sessile eyes behind them.
Kinberg’s reference to these organs, viz., “ Oculi pedunculati duo ; sessiles nullas vidimus,”
will no longer apply. Three species were procured by Kinberg, but none by Schmarda.
A single example is mentioned in the collection made by the German ship “ Gazelle,” and
another in Grube’s Philippine Annelids. The representatives of the family seem to be
comparatively rare in all parts of the world. Only one form occurs in Britain, viz., the
northern Pantlialis oerstedi, Kinberg.

Eupompe, Kinberg.

Eupompe australiensis, n. sp. (PI. XXL figs. 4, 5 ; PL XXIII. fig. 8 ; PI. XXIV.
fig. 4 ; PL XXIIa. figs. 2-6).

Habitat. — A fragment of the anterior region was procured at Station 186 (apparently
off Cape York, Australia, and probably in Endeavour Strait), September 8, 1874;
lat. 10“ 30' S., long. 142° 18' E. ; depth, 8 fathoms; surface temperature, 77°’2 ; sea-
bottom composed of coral sand.

A large form, the fragmentary anterior region measuring about 50 mm. in length, the
diameter at its widest part being 24 mm. It is tinted on the highly convex dorsum a
fine bluish-purple, probably arranged in transverse bars in life ; and a pale band occurs
in the preparation at each segment-junction. The entire segment is closely and
distinctly marked with transverse furrows.

The head (PL XXL fig. 4) is characterised by the two large ommatophores, the tips
of which would seem to project outward beyond the margin of the scales in life. The
greater part of these organs is deeply coloured with blackish pigment. Unfortunately the
tips are considerably injured. They are iridescent, but show no special corneal differen-
tiation. The ommatophores are together wider than the head. A little behind the base
of each peduncle, and rather to the outer side, is a small sessile eye ; and between these

1 Freg. Eugen. Resa, p. 24.

136

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

is a somewhat lancet-shaped, short, flattened tentacle, attached to a basal process.
It does not reach the middle of the peduncles of the ommatophores. The head forms
a proportionally small and somewhat elongated area, divided into two lobes by a
slightly elevated median raphe running from the base of the tentacle backward to the
nuchal collar. Just in front of the base of each ommatophore is the antenna, which has
a short and somewhat constricted basal segment and a slightly tapered column with a
dilated terminal boss furnished with a filiform appendage. The dilated boss scarcely
reaches the tip of the ommatophore. The column of the organ is pale brownish. The
palpi are comparatively slender, regularly tapered towards the tip, which is slight!}"
bulbous, and then suddenly filiform. The enlarged region is brownish. The first foot
is turned forward, and bears the tentacular cirri, which are longer than the antennae, but
possess the same shape and filiform distal process. They have a brownish belt, partly
on the dilated terminal portion and j^artly on the end of the column.

The acute forward prolongation of the snout gives the mouth (which is a longitudinal
fissure) a characteristic appearance on the ventral surface (PI. XXL fig. 5). The anterior
part of the fissure extends forward into the narrow region of the snout, while the posterior
end is opposite the fourth setigerous segment. A beautifully regular series of furrows
curves outward from the fissure, the majority of the lines having a more or less
backward direction. The ventral furrow is deeply marked, an interrupted median
ridge (much elevated in front) occurring in the groove, which commences opposite the
tenth setigerous segment. The elevated region on each side of the groove is trans-
versely furrowed, a conspicuous ridge, generally somewhat bifid at the inner end,
occurring towards the posterior part of each segment.

The scales are imperfectly preserved, but a considerable number remain on the
fragment. In regard to arrangement, the first and second scales of opposite sides
slightly touch at the back of the head, though perhaps they and the third cover the
region much more in life. The rest widely diverge. The first scale is irregularly quad-
rate in outline, the anterior margin having a series of clavate j:)apillae, which diminish in
size from the outer to the inner margin. The processes on the anterior edge (PI. XXV.
fig. 4, representing a few of the outer) are irregularly lobed, and the majority are
slightly branched. The hypodermic cells are well marked at the margins of the terminal
lobes, and they are also very distinct over the area of the scale, which is variously folded
and wrinkled. The second (right) scale has its outer margin provided with simple and
rather broad clavate processes. The other scales have a smooth margin, and are large,
rounded lamellae, the surface of which is studded over with minute papillae, and here
and there with large, clear, hypodermic areolae. When viewed in profile, the papillae
are low and flat, and appear almost like undulations on the surface. The brownish
pigment has a dotted appearance under a lens, since it is absent from the clear papillae.

The first bristle-bearing foot carries dorsally the papilla for the first scale. The

EEPOKT ON THE ANNELIDA.

137

setigeroiis region beyond the papilla is short and deep, having superiorly a conical process,
beneath a rounded tubercle and a few crenations, and then a tolerably straight margin
directed downward and inward. At the superior conical papilla a group of stout, pale
yellow bristles emerge. The tip in each is dilated interiorly, marked by longitudinal
stri£e, and is slightly concave on the ventral edge, which has a series of minute spines
on an area near the base of the striae. . The bristles beneath are much more slender, and
have the shape of elongated and delicate spears, the point of each being minutely hispid
almost to the base of the dilated part.,) The bristles become more and more slender toward
the ventral edge of the foot, and the spines on the tip are chiefly congregated along one
edge, after the usual type of such bristles. The ventral cirrus is large and thick, and
extends beyond the setigerous lobe of the foot. Its tip is tapered to a blunt point, with
just a trace of an enlargement below.

The second foot is similar, but it bears dorsally a comparatively stout cirrus.
Superiorly a tuft of slender bristles with the attenuate spear-tips exists. The third foot
carries the second scale, the fourth the third scale, the fifth a dorsal cirrus, the sixth
bears the fourth scale, and so on alternately. At the tenth foot (bearing the sixth scale)
a considerable alteration has occurred, a gradual change, indeed, taking place from the
first backward. Below the scale the sides of the foot dorsally are covered with peculiar,
elongated, and translucent papillse. The tip of the foot has in front a large vertical flap,
which extends downward to about the middle of the foot ; this overlaps the tuft of long
slender bristles superiorly, while the posterior margin of the extremity of the setigerous
region is bordered by a similar though more adherent flap with which the stout bristles
run parallel. In front of the latter, and extending beneath them, is a dense tuft of long
slender bristles with hastate tips.

The chief changes which ensue at the posterior end of the fragment are the increase
in the number and size of the long translucent papillse on the dorsum of the foot, and
the appearance of three large flat bullse of a similar nature on the ventral border. The
ventral papilla at the posterior margin of the base of each foot forms a kind of pocket ;
and the furrows at the bases of the feet dorsally cause the lateral regions to have a some-
what symmetrically folded aspect. Other noteworthy changes are the great increase in
the strength of the median vertical row of bristles, and the alteration in the type of the
dense ventral tuft, each bristle in which presents a prominent series of spines on the
dilated part of the tip, and flu ally merges into a long feathery terminal process.

The foot (PL XXIII. fig. 8) at the posterior end of the fragment has superiorly a
tuft of slender capillary bristles minutely serrated ; besides a dense group of silky hah’s,
which form a felt-like mass after the manner of those in Aphrodita actdeata. They
seem to end in simple filiform tips of extreme tenuity. A few of the somewhat slender
forms with hastate tips then occur (PI. XIIIa. fig. 2), the elongate extremities being
distinctly spinous, very much more so than in the anterior feet. The first and last

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 18

138

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

extend downward below the superior series of the next kind, which are stout browTaish
spines characteristically curved at the ends, which latter are also shghtly dilated. Some
of these, from the inferior edge of the series, show toward the tija a minute filiform process
after the manner of Kinberg’s Eupompe grubei (PI. XIIIa. fig. 3). The stronger bristles
again, are more deejaly tinged with brownish, and have an extremity which is blunt, appa-
rently from wear (PI. XIIIa. fig. 4), and the curved transverse lines at the base of the tip
are more distinctly marked. These bristles are very brittle, and the majority are removed
in handling the specimen. The curve at the tip probably indicates a connection with the
type of the smaller kind (fig. 3) with the filiform process, which in most cases has been
abraded. They diminish in size from above downward. The bristles which form the
ventral tuft are of two kinds, the larger (PI. XIIIa. fig. 5) presenting a more conspicuous
terminal dilatation, while the smaller (PI. XIIIa. fig. 6) and more numerous have long
slender translucent shafts, with prominent spinous rows on the enlargement superioiiv,
the extremity being in the form of a long tapering process closely and regularly beset
with fine spikes, so that it resembles a slender feather with its barbs. These bristles also
decrease in size from above downward. The dorsal cirrus arises from the upper and pos-
terior edge of the foot, and is often inconspicuous amongst the large papillae, from
which, however, it is distinguished by its basal joint, conical terminal region, and greater
length. It forms a comparatively short, tapering process with a broad basal segment.
The ventral cirrus is now comparatively short, and its tip does not reach the extremity
of the setigerous region.

In the structure of the body-wall this form for the most part agrees with
Panthalis cerstedi, Kinberg. The much greater size, however, emphasises various
features. Thus the nerve-area is separated by a definite and firm basement-layer vTich
comes from under the great longitudinal ventral muscles on each side, bends upward
round their inner edges, and forms a transverse platform above the region. From
the upper and outer angle on each side a process of this basement-tissue runs upward
amongst the fibres of the oblique muscle, indeed, many appear to be inserted into it.
Moreover, the whole upper surface of this basement-layer is occupied by the insertion
of two great vertical muscles, which in this region (the anterior third) pass down from
the proboscis. Such fibres do not occur in front, and are probably local. The nerve-
area varies in appearance according as it is severed in the line of the ganglion or
between them. In the former case it presents a large elliptical space with a protective
layer of hypoderm externally (thick in the median line and tapered at each side), with
traces of at least two small neural canals toward the middle line of the ganglia
interiorly. A series of convexities on the ventral surface seem to indicate the ganglionic
regions. The interganglionic portion, on the other hand, is in each case slightly concave
(upward) and the cords are flattened, so that the area is much diminished. The ventral
longitudinal muscles are very large, and show a fissure running obliquely outward and

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

139

downward superiorly. This probably indicates the special fold in certain of the
Sigalionidse. The space between these muscles is considerably less than in the
Polynoidse. The dorsal longitudinal muscles are simple and almost connate superiorly.
The proboscis seems to approach that of the Polynoidse in general structure.

The genus Eupompe established by Kinberg in 1855^ for the reception of an
example of the Acoetidse from the vicinity of Guayaquil, Ecuador, South America.
From this species that dredged by the Challenger is separated by the form of the
cephalic processes and cirri, the presence of the pair of sessile eyes behind the ommato-
phores, and the structure of the bristles. None of the brush-sbaped bristles,^ moreover,
seem to occur in this species.

Family Sigalionida:.

The examples of this family are twelve in number, three ranging themselves under
Thalenessa, one under Sigalion, two under Psammolyce, five under Leanira, and one
under Eupholoe.

The genus Thalenessa was established by Dr. Baird in 1865 for Sigalion edwardsi,
Kinberg, but as it appears to be unnecessary to constitute a genus for a form that readily
falls under Sigalion, it has been selected for the present group, all of which are new.

All the species included in the genus Psammolyce are likewise novel, and four of the
five species falling under Leanira are new. A distinct genus also requires to be con-
stituted for the novel type Eupholoe philippensis, a form apparently intermediate
between Psammolyce and Pholoe.

The collection made by the Challenger compares favourably with those made by
other expeditions. Thus, for example, nine are given by Kinberg, one by Schmarda,
four by Grube in his Philippine Annelids, and five in his list of Annelids from the
“ Gazelle.”

The species range from shallow water (5 fathoms and under) to 1000 fathoms, the
same genus {Leanira) in the present instance occurring at each extremity.

Thalenessa, Baird, char, emend.

Head with four large eyes, a very short tentacle, and a pair of antennae. Scales
leaving the dorsum uncovered anteriorly, and furnished with ramose papillae on the
margin. The feet present lamellar processes at the tip, and the ventral bristles are
much stronger than in either Sthenelais or Sigalion. The ventral cirrus is also longer.
It approaches Leanira in the structure of the head.

^ Ofversigt Ic. Vetensk.-Akad. FbrJiandl., 1855, p. .386.

^ Freg. Engen. Eesa, Taf. vii. fig. 35, Gs.

140

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

Thalenessa digitata, n. sp. (PI. XXII. fig. 2 ; PI. XXIII. figs. 5, 6, 7 ; PI. XXV.
figs. 4, 5 ; PI. XIIIa. figs. 7—10).

Hahitat. — Dredged off the Admiralty Islands, March 1875 ; depth, 16 to 25
fathoms.

The specimen is in three fragments, the whole being about 125 mm. in length and
about 5 mm. in breadth at the anterior third.

The greater part of the body anteriorly is tinted dorsally of a brownish hue so as to
relieve the pale scales. The colour fades anteriorly and posteriorly.

The head (PI. XXII. fig. 2) is remarkably indistinct, being overlapped by the
nuchal fold posteriorly ; and even when the latter is reflected, the ce23halic region is
small. A pair of eyes of considerable size, and close together, occurs on each side. A
short median tentacle lies in the centre anteriorly, with a short antenna close to the l3ase
on each side. Each of these organs is shaped somewhat like an awl-handle with the
smaller end free. Above the j)alpus is a double process, the base consisting of a stout
pedicle with a lamellar frill along the inner border superiorly, and sj^litting midway
into a smaller filiform superior tentacular cirrus, and a larger inferior one, which, however,
hardly reaches the tip of the first pair of feet. The palpi are long and gently tapered
from base to apex.

Anteriorly the scales (PI. XXIII. fig. 7) are somewhat rounded, posteriorly
irregularly reniform. Their surface is perfectly smooth. The external margin has a
series of peculiar digitate papillae (PL XXV. fig. 5), the main stem being nearly
cylindrical, then the process becomes bifid, and throughout the greater part of its length
trifid, and some are provided with four digitations. Posteriorly one or two papillae are
visible, and the processes on the margin are few, one or two only being trifid. The
nerves passing to the papillose margin and other parts of the organ are well developed in
both anterior and posterior scales. The latter present a more distinctly granular region
in the neighbourhood of the digitate processes. In vertical (transverse) section both
cuticle and hypoderm are fairly developed. The complexity of the muscles connected
with the scale and papilla is great, the most varied motions of this organ being produced
with ease. Thus, for instance, depression of the scale is effectively done by the vertical
or slightly oblique muscles, while elevation is accomplished by the relaxation of these and
the contraction of the transverse.

The first pair of feet pass straight forward, and the second are directed only a little
outward, so that the anterior margin (the palpi being curved backward inferiorly)
appears to be formed of feet. The first foot (PI. XXV. fig. 4) bears a scale, and at the
tip has a large translucent lamella projecting from the anterior (or, according to position,
the inner) margin. The same process occurs at the extremity of the second foot, and in

KEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

141

a diminished state in the subsequent feet, assuming from before backward a more ventral
position. The arrangement of this curious fold is well seen on viewing the tip of the
foot directly. It forms a rim extending continuously from the dorsal to the ventral
margin posteriorly, and then, with a break, passes along the front of the foot to its
summit, where a sinus again occurs.

Superiorly the first foot has a comparatively short group of stoutish serrated bristles.
This division is widely separated from the inferior series, which has superiorly a few
bristles with numerous joints, and a well-marked claw, with a secondary 2)rocess at the
tip. Below is the central series of strong bristles (PI. XIIIa. fig. 9) with short tips,
likewise furnished with a secondary process. The inferior series, again, approach the
superior in having numerous joints in the tip, but they are much more slender. Both
divisions of the foot show numerous long papillae. The ventral cirrus forms a long,
smooth tapering process which arises near the palpus and has a slightly bulbous tip.

Proceeding backward, it is found that considerable alteration takes place in the
structure of the foot. The bristles of the dorsal division (PI. XIIIa. figs. 7, 8) more
closely approach the ventral. The superior and inferior bristles of the ventral series
(with many-jointed ends) are generally absent, only the stout central bristles remaining,
and their tips are reduced to a single segment (PI. XIIIa. fig. 10), wdiich has a
few minute serrations along the inner edge, but they are neither so well marked
nor so numerous as posteriorly. The latter (tip) gradually becomes longer toward the
posterior extremity of the body, and shows many minute serrations along its edge, but
it never assumes the many-jointed condition seen in the first foot. The rows of spikes
at the distal end of the shaft also become very conspicuous toward the tip of the tail.
Each foot (PI. XXIII. fig. 6) bears on the prominences above its base a branchial cirrus
with long cilia, and one or two ciliated cups along the superior border. Moreover, on
the side of the body there are, in addition, a few minute top-shaped ciliated processes.
The ventral cirrus is filiform and slender, and, behind the anterior sixth, reaches the
base of the ventral bristles.

The speeimen is a female, and is distended with ova posteriorly.

In the structure of the body- wall this form approaches Eulepis, and diverges from
both Sthenelais and Sigalion. The ventral longitudinal muscles are less bulky and rounded
than in the two genera mentioned, and, moreover, the outer border folds upward and
forms a distinct spiral arrangement, and there is a special disposition of the dorsal longi-
tudinal muscles, the inner or lower lobe of which is pinnate in transverse section,- so that
three lobes appear. The nerve-area is bke that of the Polynoidse and Eulepis, in having
a free space between the oblique muscles. The cords are much flattened, and the
hypodermic area between them and the dense cuticle is very narrow. A transverse
band of connective tissue and fibres passes over the cords, and a granular pigment-patch
occurs at the inner border of each ventral longitudinal muscle, from which it thins off

142

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

internally. The proboscis is more compressed (laterally) than in the previous forms,
and circular fibres are not apparent. Externally is a firm layer of chitinous hyaline
tissue. The inner border of the radiate fibres is generally more translucent than the
rest, apparently from the action of the light on their curvature. The hypoderm is
comjDaratively thin and fibro-granular, and between it and the radiate coat is a
basement-layer. The cuticle is well marked. A ridge occurs internally at each pole,
the fibres of the radiate coat opposite the larger or inferior ridge being coarsely
arranged. Two nerve-trunks appear on each side, about a third removed from the poles.
They lie, as usual, at the inner border of the hypoderm, i.e., next the radiate coat or
its basement-tissue.

Thalenessa oculata, n. sp. (PI. XXL figs. 1, 2 ; PI. XXIII. fig. 12 ; PI. XXV. fig. 3 ;

PI. XIIIa. figs. 11, 12).

Habitat. — One example w^as dredged at Station 162 (off East Moncoeur Island,
Bass Strait), April 2, 1874 ; lat. 39° 10' S., long. 146° 37' E.; depth, 38 fathoms ; surface
temperature, 63°'2 ; sea-bottom, sand and shells.

A second (imperfect) specimen occurred in the dredge at Station 172 (off Nukalofa,
Tongatabu), July 22, 1874 ; lat. 20° 58' S., long. 175° 9' E.; depth, 18 fathoms; surface
temperature, 75°’0 ; sea-bottom, coral mud.

The species is of considerable size, the former fragmentary example .measuring about
55 mm. in length, and with the bristles 6 '5 mm. in diameter.

The head (PL XXL fig. 2) is distinguished by the very large size of the eyes,
which are close together on each side, though the pairs are widely separated transversely.
The anterior pair are the larger, and show a considerable pale area or “ lens.” In the
smaller example from Tongatabu (PL XXI. fig. 1) the large anterior eyes present a
peculiar appearance from the obliquity of the pigmentary semicircle (which is pointed in
front) and the great size of the external pale region. The anterior margin of the head
has a pair of short antennae with somewhat blunt points, and behind them a median
tentacle of nearly the same length, and having a similar blunt tip. Each of these
processes are narrowed at the articulation near the base. This type of tentaculiferous
head therefore differs from that seen in Stlienelais hoa, with its great median tentacle
and small antennae. The proboscis in the larger example is extruded, and forms a
smooth rounded bulla anteriorly.

The scales, which are comparatively thin, do not cover the dorsum anteriorly, and
are considerably smaller than those usually seen in this region in the group. As indi-
cated in the figure (PL XXL fig. 1) of the example from Tongatabu, the scales are
prettily dappled with brown. The first scale is small, rounded, simply granular in

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

143

structure, and its surface and margins are smooth. The second scale is about the same
size, but has along its outer border five or six digitate processes, some of the stems being
undivided, others bifid or trifid. The scales greatly increase in size after the third, and
their outer margins are furnished with well-marked processes. In shape they are
irregularly quadrate with a straight outer (or inferior) margin, along which the charac-
teristic papillae are ranged (PI. XXV. fig. 3). The papillae are in a single row, and
commence at the anterior angle in the form of a process or two with the- tip split into
three long divisions or digits ; then the latter in the succeeding reach four or five, and
toward the posterior border again diminish to three, and finally end in a simple filiform
process. In minute structure (PI. XXIII. fig. 1 2) the exterior of the entire process is
covered with transparent cuticle, which is dense on the main stem and thinner on the
divisions, especially towards the tip. It rests on a granular portion of the scale,
and the same hypodermic structure is continued into the centre of the process, an
enlarged region occurring at the base of the divisions. In the latter the granules are
finer and more translucent, indeed, they gradually become indistinct toward the tip.
The posterior scales are reniform, and the digitate processes occasionally show a maximum
of six or seven divisions. The nerves from the scar of attachment (umbilicus) are
distributed to the papillae in a very suggestive manner. It would appear that in some
cases at least the scales in Sigalionidae are even more diagnostic than the bristles.

When fully formed (in the anterior third of the body) the foot has superiorly a
branchial process, two ciliated cups on the dorsum, and a process in the inner angle
under the branchia. The dorsal division bears the usual serrated (whorled) bristles,
which are more evidently pinnate in some than in others. There appears to be a
difficulty in regard to the specific differences to be found in such bristles, and at the
present moment no stable distinctive character can be adduced. Thus the thick part
of one of the dorsal bristles of this species (PI. XIIIa. fig. 11) diverges very little from
that formerly shown in Thalenessa digitata.

The ventral division of the foot bears a group of the usual bifid bristles, the upper
and lower series having longer tips than the central, some of the lower indeed in the
anterior third of the body showing two segments in the terminal portion. The middle
series, like the foregoing, present a few spinous rows below the tip of the shaft
(PL XIIIa. fig. 12), and the terminal bifid piece is moderately elongated.

The ventral cirrus is somewhat long, and its slightly bulbous tip extends con-
siderably beyond the setigerous lobe. There are several small papillae in front of and
behind the pedicles for the scales, and one on the ventral margin of the foot to the inner
side of the cirrus. The ventral papilla occurs in the fissure behind each foot, and its
basal enlargement presents a fold or pit externally.

The structure of the body-wall in this form corresponds in the main with that in
the previous species. The transverse band over the nerves is perhaps more distinct as

144

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

it passes between the tips of the oblique muscles. The pigmented granular hypodermic (?)
area at the inner border of each ventral longitudinal muscle is also distinct. The
ventral cuticle is very thick. The radiate fibres of the proboscis are coarser in texture
and show the differentiation at each end formerly alluded to. The peritoneal
corpuscles abound at the basis of the branchial processes, and on section are seen to
pass out of the tip. In both this and the former the dorsal longitudinal muscles meet
as a thin stratum over the dorsal arch.

Thalenessa Jimbriata, n. sp. (PI. XIX. fig. 10 ; PI. XXIII. fig. 4 ; PI. XXIV. fig. 5;
PI. XXV. figs. 1, 2 ; PL XIIIa. fig. 13).

Habitat. — A single fragmentary specimen was dredged at Station 163b (off Port
Jackson), June 3, 1874; lat. 33° 51' S., long. 151° 22' E. ; bottom temperature 63°'0,
surface temperature 69° ‘0 ; depth, 30 to 35 fathoms ; sea-bottom, hard ground.

A somewhat small form in fragments, measuring, in all, more than 30 mm., and
with a transverse diameter of 4 mm., including the bristles.

The head is covered by the first pair of scales and partly by the nuchal fold
posteriorly. The eyes are formed on the same type as the preceding, and the pairs on
each side are almost synophthalmic, and, moreover, the line of separation is nearly
straight. The pigment of the anterior pair is somewhat triangular in outline, with
the apex directed forward, and it is less dense than in the boldly marked posterior
eyes. A short median tentacle alone remains, the small antennae probably having
been removed in the dredge. The palpi are as long and finely tapered as in the fore-
going species, and quite smooth. Their cuticle is very dense, and presents a closely
arranged series of fine transverse lines.

The first pair of scales are nearly circular, and perfectly smooth on surface
and margin. The scales do not cover the dorsum anteriorly. They are marked by
a nut-brown pigment along their anterior and posterior margins. Their external (or
inferior) border has (PI. XXV. fig. 1) numerous fimbriate papillae, which, behind
the anterior third of the bod}^, have often more than a dozen filiform divisions. A
short and thick main stem (PI. XXV. fig. 2) springs from the border of the scale and
soon breaks up dichotomously or irregularly into the filamentous processes, which have
a different character from those of the preceding form. The scales are rounder
in front, more or less reniform posteriorly.

The dorsal branch of the foot (PI. XXIV. fig. 5) carries a series of somewhat short
bristles, boldly spinous. In the anterior region of the body both this and the ventral
division have numerous digitate papillae of considerable size. The inferior bristles in
the same region present superiorly a few with double-jointed extremities, the rest

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

145

(intermediate in position) have somewhat elongate tips of a single segment. Both
shaft and tip are very translucent, the former showing, towards its distal end, a few
indications of the ordinary spinous rows. The extremities have a jDeculiar curve
(PI. XIIIa. fig. 13) at the base of the terminal hook, the anterior edge especially
being thin and translucent.

The ventral cirrus is long and tapering, the tip reaching considerably beyond the
setigerous lobe. The enlargement usually connected with the ventral papilla is present,
but no papilla is visible. Two ciliated pads occur on the upper border of the foot, and
a process beneath the branchia. The foot is further characterised by the foliaceous
cutaneous expansions on each side inferiorly. The specimen is a female, and has
numerous large greyish ova posteriorly.

This form presents certain special characteristics in the structure of its
body-wall. Thus, the longitudinal dorsal muscles meet in the middle line with-
out much diminution, while their outer border bends inward and is once or twice
spirally rolled. The ventral longitudinal muscles are compact and somewhat
rounded in transverse section, the outer margin being pinnate and spirally rolled
inward. Instead of the meagre margin of hypoderm seen in the former species,
the ventral area is crown-shaped, broader, and with rounded margins superiorly —
where the oblique muscles are attached, slightly contracted inferiorly — where the thin
layer of h5^poderm trends under the ventral longitudinal muscles. The area is
thus large and deep, and the somewhat ovoid nerve-cord (in section) occupies the outer
and inferior region, a distinct neural canal, moreover, occurring on the inner side of
the nerve, about its middle. The rounded form of the ventral longitudinal muscles
is evidently due to the strength and shortness of the othque muscles which arch
tightly over them superiorly. The cuticle is thick inferiorly, but the hypoderm forms
a comparatively thin coat.

This form, therefore, approaches Psammolyce in the arrangement of its
nerve -area.

Sigalion, Milne-Edwards.

Sigalion hushii, MT. (PI. XXII. fig. 1).

Sigalion busMi, M‘I., Trans. Zool. Soc. LoncL, vol. ix. pt. 7, p. 391, pi. Ixx. fig. 14.

Sthenelais dendrolepis (Clap.), MT., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. xxv. p. 409, pi. xii. fig. 12, and
pi. XV. figs. 4, 5.

Habitat. — Dredged, along with many other Annelids, at Station 75 (off Fayal,
Azores), July 2, 1873 ; lat. 38° 38' N., long. 28° 28' W. ; depth, 450 fathoms ; surface
temperature, 70°‘0 ; sea-bottom, volcanic mud. The distribution of this species, wnich
is very well characterised, is therefore wide, ranging from North Unst, Shetland, in 90
fathoms, to the Azores.

(zool. CHALL. exp. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.)

LI 19

146

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The specimen, which is incomplete posteriorly, is much larger than the Zetlanclic
form. The diameter of the latter, including the bristles, is 5 mm., whde this is fully
7 mm. The great length of the bristles is conspicuous.

In addition to the characters already noted, it may be mentioned that this example
has two very distinct though not large eyes situated on the wide part of the head, a
little behind the anterior margin. Moreover, a series of simple filamentous papiUse
occurs at the base of the pinnate processes on the margin of the scales, and on the
outer side they extend somewhat beyond them.

The Sigalion edioardsU of Kinberg,^ procured in the Atlantic on a stony and sandy
bottom off the mouth of the Eiver Plate, South America, is evidently a closely allied
form, but the great divergence in regard to the structure of the scales prevents the
identity of the two forms being established. Thus Kinberg shows a series of minute
blunt spines or tubercles over the surface of the scale, and its outer margin has six or
eight short, broad, pinnate processes, each of which has at most seven short blunt pinnae ;
whereas Sigcdion hushii has a perfectly smooth scale, and often fifteen long pinnate
processes on the margin of the scale. Each of the pinnae is lanceolate and granular, with
a pointed tip, and instead of being only seven or eight, they are often more than double
the number. Further investigation, therefore, of the scales and bristles of Kinberg’s
form is necessary for the removal of doubt, a remark which is even more applicable to
the Sigalion arenicola of Yerrill.^

The body -wall has a thick cuticular coat, but the hypoderm is thin, even m the
nerve -area. The cords are flattened. The outer edge of the ventral longitudinal
muscle forms in section a short lobe. The proboscis has the typical structure, with a ridge
internally at each pole. The elastic arrangement externally at the latter is well developed.

Psammolyce, Kinberg.

Psammolyce occidentalis, n. sp. (PL XXII. figs. 5 ; PI. XXIII. figs. 2, 3 ;
PI. XXVII. fig. 6 ; PI. XIIIa. figs. 14, 15).

Habitat. — Two fragmentary examples were dredged off Sombrero Island, West
Indies, in from 450 to 390 fathoms ; sea-bottom, Pteropod ooze.

In the larger specimen, which, including the bristles, measures 5 '5 mm. in diameter,
the whole dorsum anteriorly is coated with whitish and pinkish Foraminifera, so that
the anterior is very rough. The ventral surface of the body anteriorly appears downy,
and the region behind minutely nodular, a feature due to the deposition of extremely fine
calcareous ooze on the papillse, which agree in appearance with those on the scales.

1 Freg. Eugen. Eesa, p. 30, Tab. ix. fig. 41, &c.

2 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. ii. p. 167 (fide Verrill), and Trans. Connect. Acad., pi. vi. fig. 5. I have not been able
to consult the original description in the first mentioned.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

147

The head (PL XXIII. fig. 3) forms a small rounded eminence at the base of the
tentacle, and is somewhat concealed by the nuchal fold. No trace of eyes is visible in
either specimen. The tentacle is a simple filiform process, which arises from an enlarged
base and tapers gently to the extremity. The first pair of feet had lost the dorsal
(tentacular) cirri, and the ventral only reached the base of the bristles. The latter are
much more boldly spinous than the succeeding dorsal series. The palpi are long and
finely tapered.

The first pair of scales project far forward like a prow, and instead of being
smaller than their successors, as in the ordinary Sagalionidse, they are conspicuously
larger. AH the scales (PI. XXVII. fig. 6) are coated externally by Foraminifera, and
fimbriated round the border. The cilia are long and slightly tapered toward the tip.

The feet are covered with numerous short papillae, and the ventral cirrus is of
moderate length, reaching almost to the tip of the setigerous lobe. Numerous long
papillae occur between the feet. The dorsal division bears a series of very fine
bristles, with faintly marked spikes at the tip. Nothing so definite as Kinberg’s ^
figure of the spikes in Psammolyce petey'si could be observed, but perhaps these delicate
processes may have been affected by their calcareous surroundings.

The ventral branch has stoutish flattened bristles (PL XIIIa. fig. 14, from the middle
of the series) with brownish shafts and a single bifid joint at the tip. The latter
becomes much more elongated superiorly amd interiorly (PL XIIIa. fig. 15). The distal
end of the shaft is smooth.

This appears to differ both from the Psammolyce arenosa,^ Delle Chiaje, which is pro-
bably the Psammolyce herminice of Aud. and Ed.,^ and Psammolyce albicans^ of De
Quatrefages, by the shape of the first pair of scales and the structure of the ventral
bristles. At least no mention is made of their peculiarities. M. de Quatrefages now
places the Leanira quatrefagesi of Kinberg under the same genus, to which it certainly
does not belong.

From the Psammolyce rigida of Glrube, from the Eed Sea, it is distinguished by the
eyes which are at the corner of a quadrangle. It seems to be closely allied to his
Psammolyce umbonifera from the Atlantic,® but as he does not describe the bristles
minutely it is difficult to determine.

Psammolyce differs from Thcdenessa and Sigalion in the structure of the body-
waU, since the surface of the somewhat thin cuticle is studded with papiHse which are
often coated with and joined together by extraneous deposits. The hypoderm is thin.
The dorsal longitudinal muscles show no appreciable fold externally, and meet in the
middle line dorsally. The ventral longitudinal muscles are reniform in transverse section
(being rounded interiorly, dimpled superiorly). The fasciculi both of these and of the

1 Freg. Eugen. Resa, Taf. ix. fig. 43, Gs. ^ Descriz. e not., t. v. pp. 58 and 107, Tav. 98, figs. 4, 5, &c.

^ Annelides, p. 107, pi. 1a. figs. 1-6. ^ Anneles, p. 282. “ “ Gazelle,” p. 521.

148

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

dorsal muscles appear to be coarser than in the genera above mentioned, and they have
a somewhat regular arrangement, since the lines for the most part converge in transverse
section to the hilum. The external process is probably homologous with the folded or
spiral part in other forms. The ventral muscles are tightly bound down by the broad,
oblique, muscular fibres, which pass from the body-wall to the ventral area, as in
Thalenessa Jimbriata. The muscles, moreover, encroach superiorly and laterally on the
nerve-area, while a strong series of vertical fibres from the alimentary canal anteriorly
pass to the median region. The latter probably cause the area to be drawn upward,
making a deep median ventral groove. The nerve-cords, which appear to be somewhat
rounded or ovoid, occupy each side of the median fibres. Bands of connective tissue form
a layer above them, and to this the muscular fibres seem to be attached, though, as
formerly mentioned, some median fibres pass through. So far as observed, the structure
of the proboscis posteriorly agrees with the typical form.

Psammohjce Jijiensis, n. sp. (PI. XXL fig. 6 ; PI. XXII. fig. 4 ; PI. XXIV
fig. 6 ; PI. XIIIa. fig. 18).

Habitat. — A fragment of the anterior region was dredged off Levuka, Fiji.

The diameter of the fragment is 4 ’5 mm., inclusive of the bristles.

The entire dorsum is covered by somewhat coarse grains of sand, the scales likewise
having the same coating. An ochreous tinge occurs here and there, and indeed is ]3re valent
along the sides and on parts of the scales. The ventral surface again has this ochreous
hue throughout most of its extent, relieved only by the long pale cuticular papillae.

On removing the first pair of scales, the head appears as a well-marked rounded
eminence, with two distinct black eyes near the anterior border dorsally. Beneath each
is a much larger eye, which occupies the anterior ventral edge of the head, and looks
downward and outward. It is not visible from the dorsum. The posterior region of
the head is covered by the nuchal fold. At the anterior border a winged tentacular
base, nearly as broad as the head, extends forward, diminishing gradually to its
articulation with the filiform tentacle, the extremity of which reaches the tips of
the bristles of the first foot. The wing on each side of the tentacular base may
represent a modified antenna. The palpi are short and small, barely reaching the tip of
the last mentioned bristles. Their surface is smooth, with the exception of a few blunt
papillse on the filiform tip. The first foot carries a slender tapering cirrus on its outer
edge, and inferiorly a shorter process of the same kind. The extremity of the former
reaches the tip of the bristles.

The first pair of scales (PL XXII. fig. 4) entirely differs from the others, being prow-
shaped. Moreover, the right considerably overlaps the left, and is more elongated

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

149

from before backward. The general outline of these scales is somewhat triangular, with
a deep groove bordered by an elevation at each side on the anterior border. Almost
the entire margin is surrounded by cilia. In the arrangement of the sandy, and
other grains on the dorsum of each, it is observed that a somewhat regular gradation
occurs from before backward, the finer particles occurring anteriorly and the coarse
posteriorly. They are also less affected by the ferruginous hue than the succeeding.
The other scales generally are coated externally by a ferruginous deposit, over which
the sand-grains are attached. The anterior margin alone is free from the latter, and
is also smooth ; while the rest of the margin is surrounded by a dense series of cilia,
which are longest on the inferior border, where they likewise show a tufted arrangement
on slight elevations, the intermediate spaces having short papillae (PI. XXIV. fig. 6),
as Grube indicates in Psammolyce umhonifera} The surface of the scale appears to
be covered with distinct papillae, almost all, however, being shrouded in sand-grains
and ochreous mud. The scales are proportionally larger than in the previous form, and
they readily fall off.

Each foot has a well-marked branchial process superiorly, and long slender cilia
(papillae) along the external and inferior borders. These processes are longer than in
Psammolyce sombreriana. The ventral cirrus extends beyond the base of the bristles.
The superior division of the foot bears a dense tuft of curved serrated bristles,
generally coated inferiorly with the ochreous deposit ; and internal to their base is a
well-marked lamellar collar.

The ventral lobe has a series of brownish bristles with an elongated, bifid, terminal
process articulated distally in the usual manner (PI. XIIIa. fig. 18, an intermediate
form). On the whole, the terminal appendages are longer than in the last species.

The leading differences, therefore, between this form and Psammolyce sombreriana
are — the more prominent head, the presence and position of the eyes, the large size and
structure of the basal segment of the tentacles, the more evidently spinous condition of
the dorsal bristles, the greater comparative length and the structure of the tips of the
ventral bristles, the more elongated papillae on the feet, the ferruginous deposit, and
the substitution of sand-grains for Foraminifera on the scales:

The differences just noted in external characters are fully borne out by an examina-
tion of the structure of the body-wall. The surface shows a dense extraneous deposit,
which often envelops the papillae in a continuous mass, and the cuticle ventrally is
proportionally thicker. The nerve- area, while following the same type, is deeper and
narrower, and the ventral longitudinal muscles show only a gentle curvature. The
dorsal longitudinal muscles are also proportionally thicker inferiorly. In ordinary
sections there is a deep median furrow between the cords superiorly, a feature
intensified by the parting of the oblique and vertical muscles in the same region.

1 Anneliclenausbeute von S.M.S. “Gazelle,” op. cit, p. 521.

150

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Leanira, Kinberg.

Leanira magellanica, n. sp. (PL XXL fig. 7 ; PI. XXIII. fig. 13 ; PI. XXV,
figs. 6, 7 ; PI. XIIIa. figs. 19, 20).

Habitat.— Two fragmentary specimens were trawled at Station 306a (in the Strait of
Magellan), January 2, 1876; lat. 48° 27' S., long. 74° 30' W.; depth, 345 fathoms;
bottom temperature 46°'0, surface temperature 57°’5 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

A species of considerable size, the larger fragment measuring 77 mm. in length and
about 7 mm. in breadth.

The head has a peculiar mottled iridescent appearance, is rounded and devoid of
eyes. The tentacle, arising anteriorly from an enlarged base, is a filiform and elongated
organ. It is, however, only about a fifth the length of the palpus. Close by the base
on each side is a short and somewhat spathulate organ, which may be the homologue of
the antenna. There are two tentacular cirri superiorly on each side and two inferiorly,
the outer in each case being the longer. The palpus is smooth and extremely long,
reaching beyond the tip of the extruded proboscis. The latter presents eleven papillae
dorsally, and the same number inferiorly, and its upper surface is marked by three
longitudinal muscular bands pertaining to the first region of the alimentary canal. The
maxillae do not appear to present features of diagnostic importance.

The scales (PI. XXV. fig. 6) are soft, semitranslucent, and of considerable size. Then*
general form is somewhat ovoid, and their outline perfectly smooth. Behind and below
the scar of attachment is a granular mass from which nerve-branches radiate to all parts
of the scale. The surface of the scale is studded with rather large isolated papillse as
well as groups of papillse which give a peculiar character to the organ. The large free
papillse occur on the space below and behind the umbilicus, while the conglomerate
affect the marginal region, from the upper border posteriorly to the anterior border
inferiorly. They are most abundant in the latter region. When fully formed the scales
would appear to cover the back entirely.

Each foot has superiorly a well-marked branchial process, and three ciliated pads, a
small one beneath the former organ, followed by an elongated closely attached one, while
a more prominent pad occurs at the base of the dorsal division of the foot. The prepara-
tions, unfortunately, have been too much injured to give a perfect view. Several
elongated and tapering papillse are attached to the tip of the dorsal division of the foot,
and the free margin of the lower division has numerous processes of the same kind, a
clear space, however, intervening between the last and the ventral cirrus. The latter is pro-
portionally larger than in Psammolyce and Sigalion, and its tip extends as far outward
as the setigerous lobe, and therefore considerably beyond the base of the bristles.

The dorsal bristles of this form are less slender and elongated than in Leanira

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

151

tetragona. They proceed from the superior lobe in a fan-shaped manner, and show the
usual whorls of spikes.

The bristles of the inferior division may be grouped, as in Sigalion, in three sets,
a superior, middle, and inferior. The superior and inferior are more slender, especially
the latter, and have a much more elongated tapering tip, which presents more minutely
marked canaliculi (PI. XIIIa. fig. 19). Unfortunately very few of the tips of the median
bristles (PL XIIIa. fig. 20) are discoverable, the majority having fallen off, so that the
series usually presents a truncated brush-like margin in the anterior region.

In transverse section the body-wall agrees for the most jDart with Leanira tetragona,
as shown by Dr. Hansen.’- The cuticle is somewhat thick ventrally, and the hypoderm
is thin. The ventral longitudinal muscles are folded externally and superiorly, and in
some there wmuld appear to be a faint spiral arrangement. No fold exists in the
dorsal longitudinal muscles. The nerve-area is covered by the oblique and vertical
muscles. The cords are somewhat flattened or ovoid, and in some preparations a median
canal inferiorly is indicated, but the specimen is too imperfectly preserved for minute
characters. The proboscis presents the ordinary structure, and in extrusion still keeps
cuticle and hypoderm internal, with the radiate coat external. The ridge at each pole is
well marked.

Leanira areolata, n. sp. (PI. XXL fig. 3 ; PL XXV. figs. 8, 9 ; PL XIIIa. fig. 1).

Habitat. — A single complete specimen was procured at Station 232 (south of Yedo,
Japan), May 12, 1875; lat. 35° 11' N., long 139° 28' E.; depth, 345 fathoms; bottom
temperature 41°T, surface temperature 64° ’2 ; sea-bottom, green mud.

The example is about 150 mm. in length, and its diameter at the thickest part
anteriorly is 9 mm.

The head (PL XXL fig. 3), as in the former case, is eyeless and mottled in the same
peculiar iridescent manner. The tentacle is attached to a somewhat conical base which
comes from the front of the head. On each side of the base is a small spathulate process.
The tentacular cirri do not present any feature of note. The palpi are long, smooth, and
delicately tapered.

The first scale is small, rounded, and quite smooth. It presents the same granular
nervous mass and ramifications as in the succeeding. They rapidly increase in size, and
in the preparation almost cover the dorsum anteriorly. They are soft, whitish, slightly
translucent, and anteriorly quite smooth on both surface and margin. Behind the anterior
third the fold on the outer margin presents a series of simple and very slightly tapered
papillae (PL XXV. figs. 8, 9), and since they are usually invisible on running the eye
round the margin, they have as a rule to be looked for carefully. Minute examination,

^ Anat. von Leanira tetragona, Archiv f. Math, og Naturmdenskah., Christiania, 1878.

152

THE YOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

moreover, shows that the outer border in the anterior scales is very prettily marked by
regularly arranged areolse. The great nervous ganglion (situated behind and somewhat
exterior to the umbilicus) and its branches are seen with remarkable clearness in this
species (PI. XXV. fig. 8), and are worthy of minute study. The general surface of the
scale is granular by transmitted light.

The first foot, as usual, is directed straight forward, and bears on the superior division
a long tuft of tapering bristles which are only distinctly serrated in the upper series of
the group. The rest are much more minutely hispid toward the tip. The inferior
division, again, has a similar long tuft of tapering bristles, but the serratures, if present,
are barely discernible. Both groups are thickly studded with somewhat large clear
globular bodies, a2jparently of a fungoid nature.

The second foot (which carries the first scale) puts on the character of the jDosterior
to a greater or less extent. The dorsal branch has a grouj) of very long j^fipillse (about
five in number). Only the bristles nearest the body, however, are distinctly serrated.
The inferior division shows bristles with the usual canaliculated ti^DS, though they are
more slender than those which follow.

The third foot, as in the former S2)ecies and other Leanirce, bears the long and
characteristic cirrus, which stretches considerably beyond the tij) of the first foot in a
line straight forward. It is an elongated, smooth, tajDering process, and has at its base
externally a globular enlargement. The 2>recise homologies of this 2>rocess are interesting.
It quite differs from that found in Sthenelais and Sigcdion (for in the latter genera this
segment bears only a minute process attached to the external border of the dorsal,
tubercle). If the external enlargement of the basal region re2)resent the dorsal
tubercle in the other forms usually associated under the Aphroditidae of Savigny,
Audouin and Edwards, Grube, and others (that is using the term in its widest sense),
then the long cirrus on the third foot of Leanira is not homologous with the succeeding
branchial ones, which arise from the exterior of the dorsal tubercles for the scales. In
the Polynpidae, for instance, the dorsal cirri S2)ring from a point altogether external to
the tubercles.

When the feet are fully formed the dorsal bristles are similar to those in Leanira
magellanica. The ventral bristles (PL XIIIa. fig. 1) are longer than in the latter form,
and thus they and the dorsal are more nearly equal in length. Moreover, while
the shafts are somewhat longer than in LeanL'a magellanica, the tij)S are, compara-
tively, somewhat shorter. A well-marked branchia, richly ciliated interiorly, occurs on
every foot, and bears ventrally a process at its base like a diverticulum. In one or two
instances a branch as long as the branchia takes origin from the latter. The same
arrangement of ciliated pads occurs as in Leanira magellanica, viz., one under the
branchia, a second long one, and a third broadly clavate or fan-shaped process on the
dorsum of the foot.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

153

Between the feet, and stretching upward toward the dorsal median line, are
many minute commensalistic bodies resembling Infusoria, but apparently Rotifera.
They are somewhat ovoid and nearly sessile. Along the ventral median line are
numerous small pure white masses under the skin, which show a vast aggregation of
distinct cells of equal size, ovoid in outline and containing a granular organism (apparently
embryonic internally). The masses appear to be similar to those which occurred in
Nychia cirrosa from Greenland.

In transverse section the body -wall presents certain peculiarities. The dorsal longi-
tudinal muscles form a thin layer superiorly, but interiorly are lobate and massive. The
ventral longitudinal muscles are thinner, and more expanded than in the previous species,
and the superior fold at the outer border is also elongated and flattened. The nerve-area
is wide, and an oblique slit occurs at the inner border of one of the nerves. The
proboscis shows on each side of the polar ridge a peculiar curvature, apparently due to
the acuteness of the ridge. The hypoderm of the organ is dense and somewhat
brownish (?). Attached to the base of a foot in one example was the following Crustacean
parasite. A similar form was found on Leanira hystricis from the south-west of Ireland.

Leaniricola rotundata, n. gen. et sp.

The outline of the cephalo -thorax of this form is peculiarly rounded (woodcut. Fig. 2),
the cephalic region, however, being distinctly indicated by
an interior central projection or rostrum, and a lateral notch
on each side. The anterior antennse have in addition to the
usual fine hairs stout curved processes, consisting of the
ordinary coats of the antennae, and which give the organs
a somewhat branched appearance. The second pair of
antennae seem to be minute, probably about the length of
the three terminal segments of the first pair, and formed
apparently of three or four segments, the terminal being
furnished with long spinous processes. The mouth-organs
present an arrangement similar to that in Nereicola.

Three pairs of limbs are visible, two larger anterior, and
the rudimentary third process observed on the side ofthe body
posteriorly. The first pair are minute, the basal portion
giving attachment to two short and rather broad limbs,
each of only two segments. The terminal division of the
longer limb has three short, claw-like, spinous processes on
one side, and four longer and more delicate spines on the other. A single curved
spinous process occurs on the first division of the limb. The shorter limb presents a

(ZOOL. CUALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 20

Fig. 2. — Leaniricola rotundata, u. gen.
et .sp., parasitic upon Leanira areolata.

154

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

single curved spinous process at the tip, and three long, delicate spines. The abdominal
region is curved under the body, and shows about live segments, the last being
bifid. Each of the divisions of the terminal segment bears a clavate style, fur-
nished with a few fine hairs. The tips of the styles, indeed, are almost globular.
The ovigerous sacs exceed the length of the body, and form large sausage-shaped
processes filled with ova. The body of the specimen is also filled with ova. The genus
is characterised by the shape of the body, the structure of the antennse, and the form of
the feet and post-abdomen.

Leanira ja])07iica, n. sp. (PL XXII. fig. 3 ; PI. XIVa. figs. 1, 2).

Habitat. — Dredged off Kobe, Japan, in 8 to 50 fathoms.

A small and fragmentary specimen, having a diameter, including the bristles, of 3 mm.

The head (PI. XXII. fig. 3) is proportionally large, and for the most part tinted by
pale reddish-brown pigment. Two very conspicuous, round, black eyes are situated
towards the front of the head, just behind the tentacle, and from each a pale band passes
backward. Another pair occupy the inferior surface of the snout beneath the tentacle,
the pigment being somewhat crescentic in shape, probably because a “lenticular”
structure is present. The latter eyes look downward and forward. The tentacle is a
simple ta23ering process, and on each side of its basal region is the spathulate appendage.
The palj)i are of moderate length, smooth, and finely tapered.

The scales are absent. So far as can be observed, the structure of the first and other
feet is normal. Each foot (when fully developed) has a well-formed branchial process
superiorly, but the ^preparation is so injured that no reliable observations can be made
concerning the ciliated 2>ads. The dorsal division bears the usual slender serrated bristles,
the upper being more distinctly, and the lower less distinctly, s^finous. At their base are
several long cuticular papillse.

Anteriorly the ventral grou^) occasionally presents superiorly a single bristle with
whorls of spikes (PI. XIVa. fig. 1), which has not hitherto been observed in other sjpecies
of Leanira. The rest of the bristles are translucent, less dilferentiated into a slender
sujperior and inferior series, and with a stouter median group than in the previous species
(PL XIVa. fig. 2, one of the upper and larger examples). The canaliculated tij) is of
moderate length, and the markings well defined. The inferior bristles have shorter tips.
The extremity of the ventral cirrus extends to the base of the bristles. This division of
the foot also has numerous and rather translucent jpajpillm.

In transverse section the ventral longitudinal muscles show a largely developed
dorsal fold, and their inner angles appear to approach each other somewhat closely, so
that the area is narrowed sujperiorly. The hypodermic region of the proboscis and its
two nerves on each side are well marked.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

155

Leanira hystricis, Ehlers (PL XXIII. fig. 9).

Leanira hystrids, Ehlers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. xiii. p. 292, et infra.

Leanira hystrids, MTntosh, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lend., vol. ix. p. 408.

Habitat. — Two fragmentary examples were dredged at Station 73 (to the west of the
Azores), June 30, 1873 ; lat. 38° 30' N., long. 31° 14' W.; depth, 1000 fathoms; bottom
temperature 39°'4, surface temperature 69°’0 ; sea-bottom, Pteropod ooze.

A third fragment without a head occurred at Station 76 (off the Azores), July 3,
1873 ; lat. 38° 11' N., long. 27° 9' W.; depth, 900 fathoms; bottom temperature 40°'0,
surface temperature 70°'0 ; sea-bottom, Pteropod ooze.

The same form was found at Station 7 in the “ Knight Errant,” August 12, 1880; lat.
59° 37' N., long. 7° 19' W., in 530 fathoms.

These specimens are larger than any procured in the “ Porcupine,” off the south-west
coast of Ireland, and examined by Ehlers or myself. Ehlers refers to one (probably his
largest) 19 mm. in length and having a breadth of 2 mm., including the bristles, whereas
the longer example from the first Station was 42 mm. in length, and with the bristles had
a diameter of 3 '5 mm.

The publication of a complete description with figures by Ehlers,^ since my former
note,^ enables a more minute comparison to be instituted. The larger examples procured
in the Challenger also show certain points more clearly than in any previous specimen.
The figure of the head, tentacle, and upper tentacular cirri given by Ehlers deviate
considerably from my former description and the parts in the examples just named. The
processes (tentacle, &c.) are too large, and the distal undulations too pronounced. The
tentacle does not taper sufficiently at the distal end. The anterior scales are also some-
what less than in Ehlers’ figure. Both the first and second scales are small and rounded.

Ehlers observes that the species approaches the Leanira quatrefagesi of Kinberg,^ from
the Atlantic, off the Rio de la Plata. A more minute investigation of Kinberg’s specimen,
indeed, is necessary before all doubts as to the specific separation are removed. They
closely agree in regard to the structure of the scales, bristles, and general condition of the
head and its processes, and seem to differ chiefly in regard to the structure of the feet,
and in the absence of eyes in Leanira hystricis, a pair being present in the other form.

In transverse section the specimen from Station 73 quite differs from the other in
regard to the nerve-area, which is elongated and flattened, the oblique muscles being
attached to the outer angles only. The cuticle is comparatively thick veutrally. The
ventral longitudinal muscle is flattened and the dorsal fold thin. The nerve-cords are
flattened. There is a distinct elevation or thickeniug on each side of the polar ridge of

1 Zeitschr.f. wiss. Zool., Bd. xxv. p. 35, Taf. ii. figs. 5-11, 1875.

2 Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. ix. pt. vii. p. 408, pi. Ixxiii. figs. 6-8.

^ Freg. Engen. Eesa, &c., p. 30, Taf. ix. fig. 42, &c.

156

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

the proboscis. In the example from Station 76, the ventral area is much deeper and
narrower, a feature, however, due to the condition of the opaque accessory regions above
the nerves, the parts being minutely cellulo-granular in certain sections, while in others
the spaces (canals ?) are distended with large elliptical corpuscles, the precise nature of
which has not yet been determined, the narrow apex in all being completely occupied
by the oblique and other muscles. The nerve-cords are somewhat ovoid, and have a
neural canal at their inner border. The cuticle is very thin. The ventral longitudinal
muscles are thicker and rounder in section, and the dorsal fold is thick, with a short
point. The dorsal longitudinal muscles are also much thicker than in the former specimen.
How far these characters are due to the difference of region would require to be
ascertained, but they seem to be worthy of note.

Leanira Icevis, n. sp. (PI. XX. fig. 4 ; PL XXIII. figs. 10, 11).

Habitat. — Dredged in Queen Charlotte Sound, at a depth of 10 fathoms.

The fragment appears to belong to a species of considerable size. The diameter,
including the bristles, is 4 mm.

The head has a long median tentacle, with the usual spathulate processes on each side
of the base. Slightly external and posterior to the latter is a small black eye ; while on
the smooth eminence on each side of the snout, immediately beneath the tentacle, is a
much larger eye, the pigment of which is somewhat above the lenticular region. This
seat of the eyes in the Leanirce seems to have been hitherto unobserved. The tentacular
cirri are not so long as the tentacle. The palpi are rather less elongated than usual. In
contrast with the species from the Gulf of St. Lawrence ^ alluded to formerly, the head
of this form is somewhat smaller and more rounded, that in the former being transversely
elongated. The first foot bears a tuft of very delicate iridescent bristles, which project
conspicuously forward.

The first and second scales are smaller than the succeeding, and all are delicate and
translucent. They are perfectly smooth in outline and surface, the granules of the
hypoderm alone showing by transmitted light (PI. XXIII. fig. 10). They meet in the
centre of the dorsum in the preparation, after the termination of the proboscidian region.
A well-marked granular ganglionic mass appears behind the umbilicus. There is little in
the scales to distinguish this from the before-mentioned species.

The superior division of the foot has a branchial process, the usual three dorsal pads,
a number of long papillae on the inner side of the base of the dorsal bristles, and a much
larger and slightly pedicled process beneath the latter. The dorsal bristles consist of the
ordinary kinds, some having distinct whorls of spikes, others being almost smooth.

^ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. xiii. p. 268, 1874.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

157

The ventral division bears a tuft of long paj^illse at the base of the upper bristles, and
a single one near the inferior edge of the anterior border. None occur on the ventral
margin. The ventral cirrus exhibits a process on the distal side of its base, with an
enlargement beyond it, and the tip is jointed. The ventral bristles are translucent but
somewhat stout, the stronger forms occurring superiorly, and only a few at the ventral
border having slender shafts and longer tips. The tips of the upper series are compara-
tively short, and there is a peculiarly wide wing-like margin on each side of the central
canaliculated region.

Compared with the anterior foot of the Leanira from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the
dorsal fascicle of bristles is much shorter, and the papillse at their base more numerous.
The ventral bristles have somewhat shorter and stouter shafts and shorter tips, and the
papillae of the setigerous lobe are much longer. The ventral cirrus is shorter, less
tapered, and has a process at its base, and generally an enlargement about its middle.

In this species the cuticle corresponds with that in Leanira hystricis, being thickened
ventrally, especially in the middle line, and comparatively dense all over. The form of
the dorsal longitudinal muscles also agrees with the species mentioned. The ventral
longitudinal muscles, on the other hand, are small and ovoid, tiie external superior fold
passing more than half way inward. The nerve-area seems to be proportionally deeper
than in Leanira hystricis. and the hypoderm externally more distinctly differentiated.
A neural canal exists on the inner (and inferior) side of each nerve. Externally, under
the insertion of the oblique muscles, is an opaque region, which varies in appearance
according to the line of section, just as the insertions of the oblique muscles appear to do.
The proboscis corresponds in structure with the species above noted.

EupJioloe, MTntosh.

Body elongated, somewhat truncated in front, and tapered posteriorly, the former end
being covered with coarse, and the latter with fine, sand-grains. Elytra small, confined
to the lateral regions, and furnished with peculiar processes, which, like the other parts of
the scales, are covered with long cilia. A rudimentary branchia (?) on each foot. Dorsal
bristles slender, with long spinous rows ; ventral with a single, short, terminal process,
beneath the hook of which is a minute spine.

Eupholoe pliilip)pinensis, n. sp. (PL XXII. figs. 6, 7 ; PI. XXIV. fig. 7 ; PI. XXV.
fig. 10 ; PI. XIIIa. figs. 16, 17).

ILahitat. — A single example was trawled at Station 201 (Basilan Strait, off Mindanao,
one of the Philippines), October 26, 1874; lat. 7° 3' N., long. 121° 48'. E. ; depth, 82
to 102 fathoms ; surface temperature, 83°‘0 ; sea-bottom, stones and gravel.

158

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The example is about 19 mm. in length and 2'6 mm. in breadth.

The dorsum (PI. XXII. fig. 6) is covered with rather coarse grains of sand, and a few
Foraminifera throughout a considerable part of the anterior region. The succeeding part
has much finer grains, less densely aggregated, while the terminal region again has
coarser grains, though not quite so coarse as in front. The ventral surface is minutely
papillose, the anterior region, indeed, being villous. The feet appear to be upwards of
seventy on each side. The grains of sand are removed with much difficulty, the first
two scales separating with the efforts.

The head (PI. XXII. fig. 7) is much more concealed than in Pholoe, as well as smaller,
the nuchal fold passing over it posteriorly. A pair of very distinct blackish eyes occurs,
one on each side of the base of the tentacle ; and on the under surface of the head,
immediately beneath the foregoing, is another and much larger black eye on each side.
The latter is invisible from the dorsum. A filiform tentacle proceeds from the anterior
margin of the head, and a stouter pair of tentacular cirri on each side of it. The palpi
are short and tapering, and resemble those of the Pholoe minuta.

The coarse sand-grains in front prevented a minute investigation of the position of the
scales, but, so far as could be observed, they only cover the sides of the body as in Pholoe,
Psammolyce, and allied forms. In structure they are very remarkable (PI. XXIV. fig. 7),
for in addition to a coating of long papillae, generally filiform and tapering, though some
are distinctly clavate, there is along process (like a handle) at the anterior and inner angle,
in the attached condition, but, as shown in the figure, nearly in the centre of the inner
border in the free scale. The latter appendage has similar cilia (PI. XXV. fig. 10), a
long series of which project beyond the tip. The anterior margin of the scale only is
bare. In the first pair of scales the process and its cilia are not distinctly developed.

The general form of the foot agrees with that in allied species. The dorsal division
bears a dense series of very fine bristles, which differ from those of its allies in having
much longer spinous rows (PI. XIIIa. fig. 16).

The ventral division, again, has a series of light straw-coloured bristles (PL XIIIa.
fig. 17, one from the central region) which possess a simple terminal process, the latter as
usual being longer superiorly and inferiorly on the more slender bristles. The distal end
of the shaft in the superior series exhibits a few spinous rows, and there are traces of
them in the inferior bristles. At the base of the terminal hook of the distal division is a
'Small too ill, which may be an indication of the secondary process so common in
Psammolyce, Sthenelais, and others.

The foot has numerous long papillae, often clavate at the tip, on its surface. The
ventral cirrus shows an enlargement at the base externally, and internally several long
papillae. The slender tip is nearly cylindrical for a considerable distance and truncated.
A rudimentary branchia, in the shape of a small process, is attached to the external
margin of the pedicle for the scale, and to the intermediate feet.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

159

The specimen is a female with several large ova occurring at the bases of the
posterior feet.

This form agrees with Pholoe in the general arrangement of the scales on the feet,
and in the general character of the bristles. It differs in the position of the second pair
of eyes, in the structure and size of the scales, the presence of the rudimentary branchise,
aud other points. It seems to be intermediate between the former and Psammolyce, with
which it corresponds in the condition of the dorsum and the fimbriated state of the scales,
as well as in the position of the inferior pair of eyes.

The cuticle is very dense all over the body-wall, and covered with numerous filiform
papillm. A mere trace of the hypoderm is continued outward from each side of the
nerve-area. The latter is bounded superiorly by the oblique muscles, beneath the
insertions of which a canal is seen on each side of the middle line. The area is narrower
below than above, since the broad edge of the ventral longitudinal muscle slopes
upward and outward. The outer edge of the same muscle is rounded, and appears to
have a rudimentary superior fold. The rest of the muscle in section is nearly straight.
The dorsal longitudinal muscles almost meet in the middle line, and their fasciculi are
distinctly pennate in arrangement. The hypoderm of the proboscis does not show a
noteworthy enlargement on each side of the median (polar) ridge. The thick inner edge
of the ventral longitudinal muscle probably aids in deepening the nerve-area.

Family Nephthydida:.

Comparatively few species of this family occur in the collection, and yet they are by no
means uncommon at great depths, though they are likewise prominent members of the
shallow water and shore faunae. The largest and most abundant is Nephthys trissophyllus,
Grube, from Kerguelen, where it was first procured by the German exploring ship “Gazelle.’^
The latter altogether collected three species, whereas five were dredged by the Challenger.
One form only is described by Grube in his Annulata QErstediana, and none appear in his
Philippine series. Kinberg found four species of Nephthys in his celebrated voyage, besides
two new genera, each with a single species, and an example of Portalia, De Quatrefages.

As a rule, the members of the family inhabit sand.

Nephthys, Cuvier.

Nephthys trissophyllus, Grube (PL XXVI. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ; PI. XXVII. figs. 1, 4 ;
PL XXX. fig. 8 ; PL XIVa. figs. 9, 10, 11).

Nephthys trissophyllus, Grute, Monatsber. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, v. Ang. 1877, p. 533.

Habitat. — Dredged somewhat abundantly off Kerguelen Island, at Station 149.
They are particularly numerous from Accessible Bay, January 9, 1874; lat. 49° 8' S.,

1

160 THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

long. 70° 12' E. ; in from 20 to 25 fathoms ; sea-bottom, volcanic mud ; and
cigain on January 13, 1874, in 25 to 30 fathoms. A single specimen (about one-
third grown) occurs from Balfour Bay (Station 149c), January 19, 1874; depth,
60 fathoms; and a similar example, labelled “ Eoyal Sound,” was dredged on the
following day.

The two largest specimens were dredged at Station 151, February 7, 1874 (off Heard
Island) ; lat. 52° 59' S., long. 73° 33' E. ; depth, 75 fathoms ; surface temperature, 36°'2 ;
sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

The large specimens, which greatly exceed Professor Grube’s, measure 220 mm.,
with a diameter of about 20 mm. anteriorly.

The outline of the body agrees with the typical forms, and the general colour of
the larger specimens is iridescent, dull brownish in front, paler posteriorly, or dull
iridescent, violet anteriorly, and somewhat paler posteriorly. The smaller examples are
pale.

The head is somewhat shield-shaped with the point posterior, and a small pit exists
on each side, a little in front of the latter. The tentacles and subtentacles are short and
conical. The exserted proboscis (PI. XXVI. fig. 4) forms a short thick cylinder with a
distal division terminated by a prominent series of double papillge, ten on each side. The
central hiatus superiorly is occupied by a single shorter papilla, while the ventral hiatus
has a short bilaterally divided papilla, the other ten being split radially. Fissures run
down between each of the double papillse internally, and the somewhat dense mucous
membrane is cut into various areolas, which in a modified form may foreshadow the mouth
of the Lamprey. Externally the furrows pass to the base of the distal division. The
succeeding and larger region is ovo-cylindrical, and its surface is furnished with a
number of prominent papillae, which, with the exception of the median parts dorsally
and ventrally, are rather irregularly arranged distally. By and by the papillae diminish
in size, and towards the base group themselves into fourteen rows, which proximally are
bifid. The two horny conical jaws are similar to those in Nephtliys cceca, and are largely
developed.

The superior lamella of the foot (PI. XXVII. figs. 1, 4) is broad as well as
elevated, and is rounded all along the free margin. The next lamella springs from the
base of the branchia, and widens so as to assume a broadly ovate shape with a
pointed apex. The inferior lamella is ovato-lanceolate, and in the larger examples
is much developed. In young specimens all the lamellae are larger and as a rule
more perfect, and in a variety from Eoyal Sound (PI. XXX. fig. 8) these are unusually
large. The cirriform branchial process is coiled inward, and in several is the seat
of a minute parasitic Nematoid, which has a blunt snout and a pointed tail. The
latter shows a series of about nine regular loop-like markings above the anus. The

KEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

161

' occurrence of Nematoids in such positions is by no means common. The ventral cirrus
is large and lanceolate, and at the base of the ventral lamella sujDeriorly is a short
conical cirrus.

The short anterior bristles (PI. XI Va. fig. 9) are boldly barred transversely. They
are straight and regularly tapered, but present comparatively few points of decisive
i specific distinction. The longer forms (PI. XI Va. fig. 10) are slender, gently curved,
and have the convex edge covered with minute spikes. Some of the examples from
Kerguelen present posteriorly stouter and darker long bristles (PL XIVa. fig. 11), with a
shghtly different curve. The serrated region is decidedly shorter, while the shaft is
longer.

Besides the parasitic Nematoids, the branchiae are the seat of many Loxosomce, while
the long bristles abound with a short thecate Infusorian as in the British and other
forms.

The muscular rugose alimentary canal of the larger specimens was emj)ty, but in
others mud, rich in sponge-spicules, Radiolarians, Diatoms, and the bristles of Annelids
(Spionidse) occurred.

In the structure of the body-wall this species in the main agrees with Nejohthys ccBca,
Fabr., though the dorsal longitudinal muscles are less bulky inferiorly, in transverse
section. The ventral longitudinal are also less massive. The ventral area is proportion-
ally larger, and the combined oblique and vertical muscles do not form so complete an
arch as in Nephthys cceca. The hypoderm, as in the latter, seems to be wholly external.
The nerve-trunks are large, and each has an internal {i.e., near the median line) neural
canal of considerable size. In some sections smaller canals appear above the former, but
such may be due to imperfect preservation.

The proboscis seems to agree with typical forms — having its cnticular and hypo-
dermic layers internally, and its radiate fibres externally — much after the plan of that
in the Polynoidse, only there are no distinct folds at the poles. The horny teeth are
cuticular.

Professor Grube’s examples were procured at Kerguelen by the German exploring ship
“Gazelle.” A specimen in the British Museum, also from Kerguelen (75, 7, 15, 4), is
labelled (by Grube in 1876) simply Nephthys. It had not been forwarded previously for
examination with the other Annelids from the same region.

Nephthys dibranchis, Grube (PI. XXVI. figs. 8, 9 ; PL XXVII. fig. 5).

Nephthys dibranchis, Grube, op. cit. (S.M.S. “Gazelle”), p. 536, 1867.

Habitat. — Dredged in the Arafura Sea, south of New Guinea. Professor Grube’s
specimen came from the same region.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV.- — 1885.)

LI 21

162

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

The specimen is fragmentary, but is larger than Grube’s, measuring 30 mm. in length
and about 3 mm. in diameter.

The head (PL XXVI. fig. 8) is shield- shaped, with a rounded posterior border, at
which are a pair of small black eyes. The tentacles and subtentacles are short and
conical. The proboscis is partly extruded in the preparation, and just in front of the
head are a pair of muscular loops which are fixed to its base, and probably have burst
through. The proboscis has numerous rather long papillae. The foot (PL XXVII. fig. 5)
has superiorly a somewhat elevated lamella with a bluntly rounded free margin. The
upper lobe is triangular, with a short tapering cirrus at the commencement of the branchia.
The latter has an enlargement a little beyond its base exteriorly, and it is coiled inwards.
The inferior lobe projects somewhat farther than the superior, and from its upper edge
a branchial process, considerably less than the dorsal one, is directed upward. Like the
other, its margins are crenate and ciliated. The lobe proper is somewhat trifid, for an
ovate process occurs at the base of the branchia, the centre is occupied by the spine, and
a small ovoid lamella projects between the latter and the ventral cirrus. The latter is
dilated above the base, tapered towards the tip. There is little diagnostic in regard
either to the shorter barred bristles or the longer serrated forms. At the bases of the
latter are certain peculiar bifid types, which appear to be due to fractured bristles with
tips in process of regeneration. The nerve-area in this form is wedged between the
ventral longitudinal muscles at the sides, the oblique and vertical above, and the
hypoderm inferiorly. It is more closely environed than in Nephthys cceca or the
previous form.

A similar species [Nephthys jeffreysii, n. sp.) comes from Japan, lat 33° 56' N., long.
130° 27' E., where it was dredged by Captain St. John. The structure of the foot,
however, shows a characteristic divergence. Instead of being rounded, the superior
lamella has a nearly straight upper edge, the tijD is pointed, and the external border
convex. The superior lobe of the foot is less produced than in the foregoing, the cirrus
at the base of the branchia is symmetrically dilated at the base, and thereafter forms a
nearly cylindrical process. The branchial organ is both shorter and more slender, and
the enlargement a little beyond the base externally very prominent. The inferior lobe is
very short, presenting superiorly a short, straight, branchial process which extends a little
beyond the tip of the lamella beneath, which is somewhat conical. The ventral cirrus is
broadly fusiform at the base, and slender distally.

De Quatrefages, from the somewhat ambiguous figure of 0. F. Muller, ^ supposed that
he had to do with a new type with two branchiae, and constituted the genus
Dlplohranchus. The structure of Nephthys ciliata, however, quite differs from the
foregoing.

^ Zoologia Eanica, Tab. 89, figs. 1-4.

REPOET OK THE AKKELIDA.

16;^

Nephthys verrilli, n. sp. (PL XXVI. figs. 6, 7 ; PI. XXXIIa. fig. 8).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 167a (Queen Charlotte Sound), June 27, 1874;
lat. 41° 4' S., long. 174° 19' E.; depth, 10 fathoms ; surface temperature, 51°'5 ; sea-
bottom, mud.

A comparatively small species, the examples measuring about 14 mm. in length, and
havina: a diameter of 2 '5 mm.

The head (PL XXVI. fig. 6) is considerably elongated from before backward, and has
near the posterior border a pair of small black eyes. The tentacula and subtentacula are
proportionally large. In extrusion the proboscis (fig. 7) presents twenty-two rows of
papillse, which diminish from the distal region to the base. There are eleven distal
papillae, the median dorsal being single, while the median ventral is laterally bifid
instead of radially, as in the others.

The foot (PL XXXIIa. fig. 8) bears superiorly a moderate lamella, which has a greater
horizontal than a vertical diameter. It is less erect than in Nephthys dibranchis, Grube,
and its external (or inferior) curve is longer. The cirrus at the base of the branchia has
a larger basal and a more slender distal region than in the latter. The branchia has a
basal protuberance externally, is proportionally large, and coiled inward. The ventral lobe
has superiorly a small branchia, which is often curved inward. A bluntly conical lamella
occupies the space between the latter and the ventral cirrus, and the arrangement thus
differs from that in Nephthys dibranchis. The ventral cirrus is expanded interiorly and
tapered distally. The superior and inferior bristles are long and finely tapered, and they
likewise have a well-marked curve. In the inferior series there are many shorter and
less attenuate forms with bold curves. The short barred bristles show no distinctive
features.

Though thus widely differing in habitat, this species closely approaches Nephthys
dibranchis from the Arafura Sea.

In transverse section the nerve-cords are found to be enveloped even more closely
than in Nephthys dibranchis, Grube, and they appear to be proportionally smaller.
The cuticle is comparatively thick, but the hypoderm is slightly developed. No
neural canal is visible. The ventral longitudinal muscles are bilobed in section, each
side forming an ovoid mass of muscle. The proboscis and other parts follow the
typical structure.

This form somewhat approaches the Nephthys atlantica of Hansen^ from the North
Atlantic, but it is readily distinguished both from this and the new species {Nephthys
minuta) described by Theel ^ from the Kara Sea, by the presence of the inferior branchia.

1 Den norske Nordhavs-Exped., p. .31, pi. iv. figs. 1, 2.

2 Ann el. des mers Nonvelle-Zemble, p. 28.

164

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Dr. Hansen’s description of NephtJiys atlantica is brief and rather indefinite, but his
figure is useful.

NephtJiys phyllohranchia, n. sp. (PI. XXVI. fig. 10 ; PI. XXVII. fig. 3 ; PI. XIVa.
figs. 12, 13).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 45 (off the American coast, a little south of New York),
May 3, 1873; lat. 38° 34' N., long. 72° 10' W.; depth, 1240 fathoms; bottom tempera-
ture 37°'2, surface temperature 49°*5 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

The softened fragmentary specimen measures in length about 50 and in breadth 4‘8
mm., and is therefore of considerable size.

The head (PI. XXVI. fig. 10) is somewhat quadrate, eyeless, and with a pit at each side
posteriorly. The extruded proboscis has unusually prominent longitudinal fibres. The
papillse are grouped towards the distal end, and are closely arranged. They commence
as short processes, but abruptly become rather large and long.

The feet (PI. XXVII. fig. 3) throughout are characterised by the closeness with
which their superior and inferior lobes approach each other, by the comparative shortness
of the bristles, and the absence of lamellae. A noteworthy symmetry is also observed on
viewing the anterior feet from the lateral aspect. The dark spine occupies the centre of
a ring of bristles surrounded by a pale collar. Proceeding from before backward, this
ring gradually elongates vertically, and by and by ceases to attract attention. The
dorsal division of the foot bears on each side of the spine a slightly raised fold, but no
distinct lamella. Another fold occurs at the base of the annulated or barred bristles. A
short and slightly tapered cirrus proceeds from the anterior aspect of the origin of the
branchia. Depending from the superior lobe is a large, leaf-like lamella, with a midrib
formed by the branchia, the tip of which, indeed, emerges from a notch externally. The
foliaceous expansion appears to be furnished with channels, and thus the whole arrange-
ment is eminently branchial. The ribbed bristles (PI. XIVa. fig. 12) are small, and the
striae closely arranged. They are especially narrow when viewed laterally. The long
bristles (PI. XIVa. fig. 13) are proportionally stout, with a distinct curvature at the end
of the shaft, and a broad serrated and rapidly tapered tip. The serratures are character-
istically bold in comparison with those of Nephthys dibranchis and Nephthys verrilli, and,
moreover, they occupy only a limited portion of the edge of the broadest part of the blade.

The intestinal canal is filled with greyish mud containing sand-particles, a few
Diatoms, Globigerinas, and various Foraminifera.

The noteworthy feature in the structure of the body-wall of this form is the
massive condition of the dorsal longitudinal muscles, which constitute apparently a single
dense muscle, only slightly narrower in the middle line. The transverse diameter of this

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

165

muscular mass is much less than usual. The ventral longitudinal muscles are also thick,
being almost ovoid in section. The space between their inner borders is occupied by
the large oblique and vertical muscles, which meet in the middle line, over the nerve-
area. The latter is somewhat elliptical, wide in the centre, and pointed at each end.
Two small neural canals exist on each side of the middle line. The hypoderm forms a
distinct layer externally, but the cuticle is thin.

This species approaches the Nephthys modesta of Grube from Kerguelen.^ It appears
to differ from the latter in the form of the head, but as Grube gives no minute account
of the bristles some degree of doubt remains. They are evidently very closely allied.
A large Canadian form, dredged by Mr. Whiteaves in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, presents
in a less degree the foliaceous condition of the branchiae.

Nephthys malmgreni, Theel C?) (PL XXVII. fig. 2).

Nephthys malmgreni, Theel, K. Svensk. Yetensk. Akad. Hand!., Bd. xvi.. No. 3, p. 26 (Sep.

Abd.), fig. 17, pis. i. and ii., 1879.

Habitat. — Dredged off Setubal, on the coast of Portugal, at Station II., January 13,
1873 ; lat. 38° lO' N., long. 9° 14' W.; depth, 470 fathoms; surface temperature, 57°'0 ;
sea-bottom, green mud.

A form closely approaching this species was also dredged in the “ Knight Errant ”
at Station 8, August 17, 1880 ; lat. 60° 3' X., long. 5° 51' W., in 540 fathoms.

A fragment of the body of a small Nephthys which was formerly procured in the
“ Porcupine ” Expedition. All tliat need be said of it here is that the foot (PI. XXVII.
fig. 2) consists of two somewhat pointed lobes. The upper bears dorsally an ovoid
lamella, and the branchial process, which is large, curves outward in this example,
and has a considerable cirrus at its base. The long bristles have the usual curvature
and serrations. The annulated or ribbed bristles are distinguished by their great
length and the comparatively wide bars. No bristles are present in any of the inferior
lobes, which are bluntly pointed. The ventral cirrus is somewhat lanceolate.

Family Phyllodocida:.

The representatives of this family are few, but of the four, three are new to science,
and one is remarkable in the group, in possessing the eyes largely developed, as in the
neighbouring members of the Alciopidse, the size of these organs far surpassing anything
hitherto known in the Phyllodocidse. Ehlers indeed characterises the family as having-
eyes which are mere pigment-specks without lenses,^ and De Quatrefages agrees with
1 Monatsber. cl. h. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, vom Aug. 1877, p. 535. ^ Die Borstenwiirmer, Bel. i. p. 138.

166

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

him.^ The great enlargement of the cephalic ganglion in this form is probably in con-
nection with the development of the eyes.

In his Annulata ffirstediana^ five species, chiefly South American, are described by
Grube, and the same number in the Philippine series.® The latter, however, are in all
probability littoral forms. No species is mentioned in the Annelids of the “ Gazelle.”
Thirteen are described by Schmarda"* and nine by Kinberg,® but none come from great
depths, the majority frequenting shallow water, and a few even being caught at the surface.

The Phyllodocidse are common between tide marks ; and in the present collection
none occur under 500 fathoms, that being the depth at which the new type {Genetyllis
oculata) with the large eyes was dredged.®

Phyllodoce, Savigny.

Phyllodoce [Anaitis ?) sanctce vincentis, n. sp. (PI. XXVII. fig. 9 ; PI. XXXII. fig. 8 ;
PL XIVa. figs. 14, 15).

Habitat. — Dredged off St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, July 1873.

A small and incomplete form, measuring 32 mm. in length, and at its widest part
(about the middle) measuring 2 ‘5 mm. including the bristles.

The dorsum is marked by a little brownish pigment in front, and there are traces of
pigment-bars at the junctions of the segments throughout.

The head (PI. XXVII. fig. 9) is somewhat altered by the extrusion of the proboscis,
presenting a bluntly triangular shape, and having two large blackish eyes a little in front of
the posterior border. Each is marked by a minute whitish speck, the indication of a “lens.”
Anteriorly are four short subulate antennse. The contraction of the region succeeding
the head makes it difficult to say whether the tentacular cirri follow the arrangement
in Anaitis or Phyllodoce ; that is, whether they arise from three segments (Anaitis) or
from two [Phyllodoce). These processes are of moderate length, and simply tapered.

In the anterior region of the body the superior lamellae (the homologue of the dorsal
cirrus) of the feet are borne on well-marked pedicles, and are large and lanceolate. The
setigerous region is moderately produced and bifid. The bristles (PI. XIVa. fig. 14)
have the terminal region of the shaft dilated and spinous. The distal division is rather
long, gently tapered, and finely serrated. The spines along the edges of the dilated
ends of the shafts are best seen in antero-posterior view (PI. XIVa. fig. 15). The

1 Annel4s, t. ii. p. 113. ^ Vidensh. Meddel. f. d. nat. Foren. i Kj^henliavn, 1857-58.

3 A.nnel. Fauna d. Pliilippinen. ^ Neue wirbell. Thiere, Ed. I. part ii. p. 82 et seq.

* Ofversigt h. Vetensk.-Alcad. Fbrlumdl., Bd. iv. p. 240, 1865.

® Prof. Moseley mentions {Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xvii., N.S., p. 11, 1877) a bright green Eteone from
1127 fathoms, lat. 41“ 57' N., long. 9° 42', but it was not forwarded with the others for examination.

REPOKT ON THE ANNELIDA.

167

inferior lamella (the homologue of the ventral cirrus) is convex along its inferior margin,
and its tip projects considerably beyond the setigerous region. At the thirtieth foot
(PL XXXII. fig. 8) the ventral lamella is more acute. At the fiftieth foot the superior
lamella is less pointed, the blunt tip being carried downward, and the outward curve
along the inferior border being much more decidedly produced. The inferior lamella is
more acutely pointed, but it does not project so far beyond the setigerous region as in
front. At the ninety-second foot, again, the superior lamella becomes more regularly
lanceolate, though broader than in front, and there is also a slight increase in the breadth
of the inferior lamella, which, however, remains pointed.

The extruded proboscis shows six rows of papillae on each side basally, the number in
each line being about twelve. The distal region is roughly marked transversely with six
rows of warts. The intestinal canal is empty.

The example is distended with ova posteriorly. This species approaches most nearly
to the Phyllodoce {Anaitis) madeirensis of Langerhans,^ but the terminal process of the
bristles is decidedly longer.

Phyllodoce duplex, n. sp. (PI, XXVII. fig. 8 ; PL XXXII. fig. 9 ; PL XVa. fig, 1).

Habitat. — Trawled in 150 fathoms off Twofold Bay, near Station 163, April 4,
1874; lat. 36° 59' S., long, 150° 20' E.; surface temperature, 71°‘0; sea-bed, green
mud.

The specimen is much coiled, but its length appears to be upwards of 40 mm., and its
breadth at the widest part (anteriorly) about 3 mm.

It approaches the foregoing [Phyllodoce sanctce vincentis) very closely both in
external appearance and in certain structural features. The dorsum has a brownish hue
throughout, darker in front, pale posteriorly, the tints being due to bars of pigment
(narrow in front, wider posteriorly) at the junctions of the segments.

The head is somewhat broader than in the previous form, and more deeply cordate at
the posterior border. The eyes are about the same size (proportionally), and likewise
show a trace of a “ lens.” The other processes are similar. The exserted proboscis has
basall}^, in front of the snout, a single median line of about five papillae. In the usual
position, again, on each side, there are six rows, of about eight or nine papillae in each.
The distal region presents no peculiarity, having six rugae, with the usual warts at the
tip, and a series of papillae around the aperture.

A general glance over the feet shows that the chief difference between this anc. the
former is the somewhat larger size of the superior lamellae. The tenth foot resembles

1 Die Wi^rmfauna Madeiras, Zeitschr. f. vnss. Zool., Bd. xxxiii. p. 307, Taf. xvii. fig. 44a.

168

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

that of the former, both having the small hypodermic areolae in the centre of the superior
lamellae. There is in the present form, however, a greater convexity toward the ventral
border, and the base is broader. The inferior lamella is somewhat larger and less pointed.
At the thirtieth foot (PL XXXII. fig. 9) a more decided divergence occurs, for the
superior lamella is larger, more distinctly bevelled at the tip, and projects farther out-
ward from the pedicle, than in the j^revious species. The ventral lamellae are more acutely
pointed than in the anterior region. There is no striking difference in the fiftieth and
sixtieth feet, except the slight increase in the superior lamellae. At the ninetieth foot,
again, the tip of the latter is more acute in the present form, and its outline is
different.

The terminal process of the bristles (PL XVa. fig. 1) is decidedly longer, and the
spines on the tip of the shaft shorter than in Phyllodoce sanctce vincentis. The serrations
along the edge of the terminal region are much more distinct.

With the excej^tion of a little fine mud containing a few minute spicula, the
intestinal canal harboured only Gregarinae, which were elongate-ovoid with a tapering
tail.

Eulalia, Savigny.

Eulalia capensis, Schmarda, char, emend. (PL XXVII. fig. 7 ; PL XXXII. fig. 10;
PL XIVa. figs. 16, 17).

Eulalia capensis, Sclimarda, Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 86, pi. xxix. fig. 231.

Habitat. — Procured at Sea Point, near Cape Town, between tide-marks. Schmarda
found his specimen under stones in Table Bay.

Length about 45 mm., and breadth, including the bristles, 3 '5 mm. The specimen is
incomplete posteriorly.

This form is somewhat larger and softer than the ordinary examples of Eidalia viridis,
0. F. Muller, to which at first sight it bears a close resemblance ; yet Schmarda does
not contrast it therewith. His description and figures are in need of amendment.

In the preparation the dorsum is brownish-green, and the lamellae olive-green. The
eyes are somewhat larger than in Eidalia viridis, and there is externally a little dark
jngment close to the base of the first tentacular cirrus on each side, but this has not the
well-defined ajDpearance of the outer ocular speck in Eidcdia viridis, and corresponds to
the pigment in the median line of the head posteriorly. The antennae and tentacular
cirri arise in the same manner as in Eidalia viridis, only they are shorter, thicker, and
softer.

The dorsal lamellae of the feet are larger than in the common form. Thus at the
tenth foot, instead of the elongated triangular outline of that in Eulalia viridis, with its

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

169

somewhat acute point, in this form there is a broad ovato-lanceolate process which
diminishes very slightly till near the tip. The ventral lamella is much more rounded at
the extremity than in Eulalia viridis, so that its outline forms the greater part of an
ovoid. The shape is nearly the same at the thirtieth foot (PI. XXXII. fig. 10). At the
fortieth and fiftieth feet the dorsal lamella is less broadly lanceolate than at the tenth,
but it never assumes the acutely lanceolate outline of that in Eulalia viridis. The
ventral lamella is as distinctly differentiated as in front. From the sixtieth to the
ninetieth foot the superior lamella becomes more triangular, from an increase in breadth
at the base. The inferior, on the other hand, diminishes in depth (vertical diameter).
A slight elongation of the dorsal lobe is again noticed toward the one hundred and tenth
foot and the tail, as far as the latter is present. The setigerous lobe of the foot is for
the most part in indifferent preservation, so that its outline is ambiguous. The bristles
(PL XIVa. figs. 16, 17, from the anterior third of the body) seem to have tips of about
the same proportional length as in Eulalia viridis, and the differences in the curves of
the end of the shaft are slight. The shafts, however, are decidedly shorter than in
Etdalia viridis, and their distal ends more obtuse.

Genetyllis, Malmgren.

Genetyllis (?) oculata, n. sp. (PL XXVIII. fig. 1 ; PI. XVa. figs. 2, 3 ; PL XXXIIIa.
figs. 1-8).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 214 (in the Celebes Sea, south of Mindanao), February
10, 1875; lat. 4° 33' N., long. 127° 6' E.; depth, 500 fathoms; bottom temperature,
41°'8 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

The specimen (which has been slightly dried) measures about 20 mm. in length and
4 '5 mm. in breadth at its widest portion.

At first sight the form of the body and the remarkable development of the eyes cause
it to resemble an Alciope, especially as only a single loose dorsal lamella exists. The
dorsum is brownish throughout, the pigment here and there being removed by attrition
of the cuticle. Yentrally the colour is pale brown or dull yellowish. The body is some-
what spindle-shaped, tapering more decidedly from the middle toward the head, than
posteriorly toward the tail.

The head is small, the greater part of its area being occupied by the two very large
eyes, which leave only a small median triangular space in front and another posteriorly.
Each eye has a belt of deep brown pigment, best marked dorsally, all round the large
transparent cornea, which looks outward and downward as well as forward. Just in front

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 22

170

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

of the eye are two minute processes, and the snout beneath has a larger cirrus on each
side ; the latter, however, are imperfect. The segment following the head has dorsally
a transverse row of four basal processes (apparently cirri), two larger lateral, and two
smaller median. Another is placed on each side a little behind the eye and in front of
the outer or lateral just mentioned ; and one or two of the anterior feet seem to have had
similar dorsal processes. In no case was any appendage present.

As formerly mentioned, all the superior lamellse are absent, wdth a single (loose)
exception at the anterior part of the dorsum. This dorsal lamella is somewhat heart-
shaped, of a dusky brown colour, and has the ordinary structure in the Phyllodocidse.
It arises from a prominent dorsal pedicle, and similar processes occur on the other feet.
The latter are conspicuous, the bristles projecting somewhat stifSy outward, so as to form
a nearly uniform lateral series. The setigerous region is well-marked, and is very slightly
if at all bifid or dimpled at the tip. It is supported by a stout black spine (the same
structure in Genetyllis lutea being pale), and gives origin to a fan -shaped fascicle of
translucent bristles (PI. XVa. figs. 2, 3, the former representing the tip on edge), the
shafts of which have slightly dilated ends, and a shorter terminal appendage than
in Genetyllis lutea. The serrations on the latter are so fine as to escape ordinaiy
observation.

In transverse section the body-wall seems to dilfer both from Eulalia viridis and
Phyllodoce groenlandica in type, and it does not approach Alcio])e more closely. Both
dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles are more powerful, and the fasciculi appear to be
coarser. The nerve-cords and ganglia are larger than in any of the preceding.

The ventral longitudinal muscles seem to be less extended transversely, having an
ovoid form in transverse section.

The structure of the cephalic region and eyes of this form have been, at my
request, most carefully examined by Dr. Marcus Gunn, M.A., one of the ophthalmic
surgeons of Moorfields Hospital, London, of whose special acquaintance with the
minute structure of both vertebrate and invertebrate eyes I have often had occasion
to avail myself.

On the Eyes and Cephalic Ganglion.^ — The eyes of Genetyllis lutea, although
scarcely to be compared with those of the Alciopidse, are still well marked objects.
They are recognised as two hemispherical projections, situated one on each side of
the anterior part of the head, and placed close together. The optic axis of each is
directed outwards, forwards, and a little downwards.

Each eye rests, by a very broad base, directly on the cephalic ganglion, while its stout
outer coverings are evidently prolongations of the cuticle of the neighbouring part of the
head. On making an antero-posterior horizontal section through the eyeball, it is found
1 Contributed by Dr. Marcus Gunn. See Narr. Cliall. Exp., vol. i. p. 629, 1885.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

171

to consist of a central cavity surrounded by two coats. The central space is partially
occupied by a faintly granular, transparent substance of firm consistence, probably of the
nature of vitreous. The outer of the two coats is the above-mentioned prolongation of
the cuticle ; the inner covering represents the retina and its central connections.

1. The Outer Coat. — At the periphery of the globe, behind or at the outer side, this
coat may be seen to be formed of two distinct layers. From without inwards are
found ; —

(а) A thin transparent chitinous layer.

(б) A fine connective tissue stroma with distinctly nucleated epithelial-like cells

(see PI. XXXIIIa. fig. 2).

It is doubtful whether or not this layer is again followed by a thin, clear, internal
covering ; in one section this seems to be the case.^

Tracing this outer coat forwards over the eyeball, we find that it becomes very thin,
homogeneous, and transparent opposite the middle of the globe. It appears to consist
here merely of the chitinous layer somewhat thickened, and lined internally by a delicate
endothelium^ (PI. XXXIIIa. figs. 1, h, and 3). Still more anteriorly this coat again loses
its transparent, homogeneous appearance, and in the middle line it meets the correspond-
ing coat of the opposite eye at an acute angle and becomes blended with it, forming here
a thick layer with numerous spaces seen on section (PI. XXXIIIa. figs. 1 and 4, a).
Some of these spaces, of well-defined elongated oval form, are evidently sections of
blood-vessels. This outer coat must be considered as strictly analogous with the
corneo-sclerotic of higher animals, the thin, transparent, central part representing the
cornea.

2. The Inner Coat. — The retina and its central connections.

What first attracts the attention in this situation is a layer of reddish-brown pigment.
Tracing it from before backwards, we find it first lining the inner surface of the anterior
part of the sclerotic, beginning just outside the corneal margin. It is continued back-
wards in this relation until it meets with a structure projecting from the fundus well into
the interior of the globe, over the anterior or inner surface of which it is reflected. At
intervals this pigment is disposed in little heaps, but there is no definite arrangement of
the aggregations as we find in the Alciopidse. It consists of minute round granules, each
about 0'5 mm. in diameter.

The mound-like structure just referred to as projecting from the fundus, contains
numerous ganglion cells, fine molecular material, and exquisitely delicate fibrils. From
its position we should accept it as the nervous part of the retina, but it really represents

1 Compare R. Greeff, Untersuchungen tiber die Alciopiden, Nova Acta Acad. Gees. Leap., Bd. xxxix., No. 2, p. 96.

“ This endothelium is probably of the same nature as that described by Greeff in this position in the Alciopidae, and
traced by him backwards to the periphery of the cerebral ganglion, with the covering of which it is directly continuous,
op. cit, p. 97.

172

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

brain, optic nerve, and retina all in one. We shall return to its further consideration
presently.

Immediately within the pigment is a clear, firm, faintly granular material, exhibiting
no definite structure, and occupying the posterior two-thirds of the eye-cavity. Although
corresponding in position within the rod-layer in the Alciopod’s eye, yet from its general
appearance and absence of structure it is in all probability only vitreous, so that the rod-
layer of the retina is quite unrejDresented in the eye of GenetylUs lutea. In one section
only an appearance suggesting the rods was seen, but this may possibly have been due to
fine folds (see fig. 6, a). In many of the sections the entire pigment-layer with clear
substance still adhering to it has become detached from all its other connections
(PI. XXXIIIa. figs. 6 and 8).

In one section there is a deposit of a coarsely granular, coagulated substance resting
in the form of little heaps on the inner surface of the vitreous. It has no definite shape,
but suggests, from its general appearance and position, a refractive substance of the
nature of a lens. Possibly it is semifluid during life.

A horizontal section through the middle of the fundus of both eyes enables us to
understand the relations of the nervous matter in this situation. We then observe that
there is one large medial ganglion, having a large lateral lobe on each side projecting, as
above mentioned, into the fundus of the corresponding eye. The central or medullary
portion of the ganglion consists of molecular material and small nucleated cells, while at
the periphery or cortex there are large, well-formed ganglion-cells with distinct nuclei and
occasionally indications of nucleoli (PI. XXXIIIa. fig. 1, e.). On employing high powers,
very delicate fibrils are visible at the junction of the cortical and medullary portions,
which seemingly run from one lobe to the other. As will be readily understood from
the bilobular shape of the ganglion, it is only from sections through the immediate
neighbourhood of its centre that its structure can be duly appreciated. The nearer we
approach the periphery in our sections, the more we have the appearance of two distinct
ganglia. Thus in a section through the anterior part of both eyes, we have a thick
fibrous structure dividing the two lobes, directly continuous with the previously described
junction of the sclerotic coats of the two eyes. This ganglion must be regarded as a
fused condition of the two cephalic ganglia normally present in this position in the
Annelida.

The vessels seen in sections of the sclerotic in the median line are disposed differently
in different preparations. In sections nearly through the centre of the globes, we find
one or two small oval spaces on each side of the middle line (PL XXXIIIa. fig. 1, a).
If the anterior part be divided, however (PI. XXXIIIa. fig. 4), we find only one space
corresponding to a median vessel cut across. Thus probably the dorsal median vessel
splits into two or more lateral branches over the prominence of the inner sides of the
eyeballs, to meet again anteriorly and form a ventral median vessel.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

173

Measurements.

Antero-posterior diameter of globe (from cornea to centre of cephalic ganglion) = 0'25 mm.
Transverse diameter of globe = 0’22 mm.

From centre of ganglion to pigment on free surface of ganglion = 0T mm.

From pigment on ganglion to anterior surface of vitreous = 0’05 mm.

Thickness of cornea = 0'002 to 0‘003 mm.

Thickness of sclerotic in front = 0‘02 mm.

Thickness of sclerotic at posterior end of pigment = 0'006 mm.

Thickness of pigment-la3mr = 0‘004 to O'Ol mm.

Diameter (long) of ganglion-cell = O'Ol 2 to 0'02 mm.

Diameter of nucleus of ganglion-cell = 0 '006 mm.

Diameter of pigment-granule = 0 '5 mm.

Family Alciopida:.

British zoologists have few opportunities of becoming acquainted with these forms,
which, moreover, . are so delicate, that unless very great care is taken in collecting, the
spirit-preparations are unsatisfactory. Those in the present collection are unfortunately
in an imperfect state and much softened.

The genus was established by Audouin and Milne-Edwards ^ in 1833 for a

species [Alciopa reynaudii) about an inch and a half long, procured by Eeynaud some-
where in the Atlantic during the voyage of the “ Chevrette.” They supposed that the
dorsal and ventral pigment-glands (segmental organs) were branchial in function.
Their figure in outline resembles Greeffia {Nauphanta). Delle Chiaje^ next (1842) gave
three somewhat indefinite figures of two species from the shores of Sicily, viz., Najades
cantrainii and Alciopa Candida. Krohn^ then (1845) described the latter and Milne-
Edwards’ form, and added a new species {Alciopa lepidota), also from Sicily. De
Quatrefages,^ in 1850, gave some interesting observations on Alciope Candida (which he
called Torrea vitrea) and its eyes. The same form was subsequently (1862) described
by A. Gr. Costa ° under the name of Liocapa vertehralis, and Delle Chiaje’s other species
{Najades cantrainii), under the title of Liocapa vitrea.^ He further constituted a new
genus, Rhynchonerella.'^ Hering, in addition to the foregoing, described in his inaugural
dissertation three new species from Messina. A young form was discovered by R. Leuckart
in one of the Firolidse at Villafranca in 1855, and Claparede and Panceri probably found
the same species in Cydippe in the Gulf of Naples. •

In the voyage of the frigate “Eugenie” Kinberg® describes five new species, viz. ,
Kronia angelini (China), Kronia aurorcB (St. Helena), Alciopa atlantica and Alciopa

1 Annel, p. 214, pi. v. figs. 6-11. ^ Descriz. e notom., &c., Tav. 155, figs. 14, 18, and 21.

2 Archivf. Naturgescli., Bd. xi., 1845, p. 141, Taf. vi., and Bd. xiii., 1846, p. 36.

Ann. d. Sci. Nat., ser, 3, t. xiii., 1850, p. 34, pi. ii. figs. 16, 17.

® Annuario del Museo, &c., i., ii., and iv.

® Op. cit., ii. A full bibliography is to be found in R. Greeff’s excellent paper.

^ Op. cit., ii. ® Oversigt o. d. K. I). Vid. SelsJ:. Forhanil., 1861, No. 4, p. 243.

174

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

splendida (Atlantic Ocean), and Alciopa pacijica (Soutli Sea). Claparede and Panceri, in
the Annel. Chetop. du Golfe de Naples (1868), gave an account of Alciopina parasitica
which they found in Cydippe densa; and in his supplemental volume in 1870, the
former gave further observations on the grouj^, added two new genera, Asterope and
Vanadis, and used the condition of the snout (cephalic lobe), the presence or absence of
an appendix to the setigerous lobe of the foot, and the condition of the proboscis (armed
or unarmed), as a basis for classification.

An important paper by E. Greeff^ in 1876 gives the best account of the group, both
historically and anatomically. Like Ehlers he placed them under a special family, the
Alciopidse, distinguished as follows : — Two large and highly organised reddish eyes,
and five tentacles. On each side of the foot, ventrally and dorsally, is a brownish
segmental organ. Foot has a conical setigerous region, with a dorsal and a ventral cirrus,
flattened into lamellae. The setae are either simple or compound. Body delicate and
translucent. Pelagic.

He makes seven genera, the first five of which do not have the head produced in front
of the eyes. Of these Alciopa has no appendix to the tip of the foot, and the bristles
are simple. Halodora, like Alciopa, has no armature to the proboscis, nor appendix
to the foot, but the bristles are compound. Asterop>e has its proboscis lined with small
hard teeth. It has no appendix to the tip of the foot, and the bristles are compound.
Vanadis has no armature to the proboscis, one cirriform foot-appendix, and the bristles
are compound. Greeffia, [Nauphantcd) agrees with the latter in all except that there are
two cirriform appendices to the foot. The sixth genus Callizona has the head raised into
a considerable elevation above the eyes. Proboscis without teeth. A cirriform appendix to
the tip of the foot. Bristles compound. Lastly, Rhynchonerella has also the process beyond
the eyes, an unarmed proboscis. No cirriform appendix to the foot. Bristles compound.

Audouin and Milne-Edwards placed the Alciopidse with the Phyllodocidse, and
the occurrence of large eyes in the remarkable GenetylUs oculata just described is of
interest in this respect. It is noteworthy that the presence of very large eyes is confined
to the Phyllodocidse, Syllidse, and Alciopidse, for the organs of such as Nectonereis
megalops of VerrilH (a Heteronereis-iorm) belong to a different category, though the
animal swims at the surface of the sea.

The Alciopidse occur in most oceans — Atlantic, Pacific, Mediterranean, and the China
Sea. They are very rare in the North Sea. They are met with, moreover, both where
the surface temperature is low and where it is high, though they appear to be more
abundant in the warmer seas.

Very few examples exist in the British Museum.

1 Nova Acta Acad. Gees. Leap., Bd. xxix.. No. 2, pp. 35-120, Tafn. ii.-vii.

2 This name is preocenpied, see p. 182.

2 New England Annelida, pi. v. fig. 1.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

175

Alciopa, Milne-Edwards.

Alciopa antarctica, n. sp. (PL XXVIII. figs. 2, 3, 4 ; PI. XXXII. fig. 12).

Habitat. — Procured along with Cleoclora on the surface of the Antarctic Sea,
February 21, 1874, between Stations 154 and 155 ; surface temperature, 32°‘0.

A large form, measuring about 73 mm. in length, and at its widest portion stretching
about 18 mm. from tip to tip of the bristles.

The body is curiously barred with brown, the intermediate pale ]3ortions of the anterior
third affording a very bold contrast. The pigment is somewhat irregularly arranged
in front, a long dark brown region stretching from the head to the tenth segment,
then two narrower brown belts with intervening pale portions occur, these being followed
by various lateral patches. Posteriorly a dark belt runs from the foot upward over
the dorsum on each side, and is lost for the most part before reaching the median
line. On the ventral surface the anterior long dark region is continued from the head
backward as on the dorsum, and the two succeeding brownish belts follow a similar
arrangement. Pigment-patches proceed from the feet inward, but not so far propor-
tionally as on the dorsum. The body is conspicuously rounded on the dorsum, less so
ventrally. It tapers much more anteriorly than posteriorly, but the latter is imperfect.
The neck is extremely narrow, so that the head, with the large eyes, is prominent all
round. A very narrow portion, again, occurs about the middle of the first or long brown
region.

The head recalls that of the dragon-fly, the halves being almost wholly formed by the
great eyes. Dorsally these are of the same brownish colour as the rest of the dorsum.
Posteriorly a kind of bridge between them causes an elevation in this region. In front
of the latter is a hollow, from which a short median tentacle springs. A whitish eleva-
tion occurs a little in front, its anterior edge being furnished with three small lobes. On
each side of it in front is a short antenna, and another pair spring from its anterior edge.
The latter elevation and processes are at the anterior border of the cephalic region. The
corneal region of the eyes is invisible from the dorsum. On turning to the ventral
surface twm well-defined cornese occur, each occupying the centre of the great browmish
ocular area on each side, and separated by a deep fissure in the middle line. Toward its
outer border the corneal area shows a dense whitish lens. The corneal surfaces just
mentioned are not horizontal, but bevelled, so that they look outww’d as well as
downward. Moreover, the cornese are close to the ventral border (or tip) in front of the
mouth. This buccal frill has a somewhat short and thickish cirrus on each side, opposite
the outer border of the cornea. A longer cirrus occurs on each side of the two succeed-
ing segments.

176

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Two remarkable feet follow tlie foregoing. Each forms a somewhat globular process
deeply tinged with brownish pigment, and of a firm consistence. Toward the upper and
anterior region is a minute papilla, while inferiorly two processes or papillse appear on the
peduncle.

The bulbous tip of the globular foot is smooth and shining, and somewhat resembles
an eye, though structurally there is no evidence to support this view. A tendencv
to a similar enlargement of the same feet occurs in Asterope Candida, D. Chiaje. In
Alciopa cantrainii of the same author four “ segmental Drusen ” project externally like
warts on each side a little behind the head.

The succeeding foot is a minute one of the ordinary kind bearing bristles, and each
gradually increases in size thereafter, becoming long prominent organs about the twelfth
foot behind the foregoing globular processes. A fully formed foot (PI. XXXII. fig. 12)
shows a slightly elevated rugose area on the body- wall just behind its base. The free
portion consists of three divisions, viz., the superior lamella, the setigerous region, and
the inferior lamella. The first has the shape of an ovato-lanceolate leaf, with a depression
on its anterior surface corresponding to the midrib. It is supported on a short peduncle,
the base of the lamella being slightly though evenly cordate. It is composed internally
of hypodermic tissue, the cells or areolse of which radiate outward in a fan-shaped manner.
The next or setigerous region is elongated and acutely pointed, the tip ending in a short
filiform cirrus above the spine, which projects far outward. It supports the very much
elongated translucent tuft of simple tapering bristles, which generally show’ a slight
curvature toward the tip. These bristles do not appear to present anything characteristic
in structure, except that there is no indication of a central cavity. They are not very
brittle. None of the extremely attenuate tips are complete. The inferior lamella is
also ovato-lanceolate, but a considerable portion of its base (the edge of attachment)
is cut out, so that the upper margin is incomplete. It is nearly as large as the superior
lamella.

It is remarkable to find a pelagic form with its eyes placed inferiorly, yet this arrange-
ment is not uncommon in the Aleiopidse, for several species oi Alciopa, Vanadis,^ and others
present this feature, though in a somewhat less marked degree than the present species.

Unfortunately the condition of ^the preparation prevents a minute examination of the
structure of the body- wall, wdiich, however, in general arrangement seems to conform to
the type originally given. ^

Alciopa (?) quadrioculata, n. sp. (PI. XXVIII. fig. 8 ; PI. XXIX. fig. 7).

Habitat. — From the surface of the sea at Honolulu, July 1875 ; the surface temper-
ature was about 76°’0.

1 Vide R. Greeff, 02J. cit.

2 Proc. Boy. Soc. Edin., 1876-77, p. 373.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

177

The specimen is very much injured, so that it is not possible to give a satisfactory
description.

The general aspect somewhat resembles that of Greeffia {Nauphanta). It is marked,
with brownish bars dorsally, and has the dark brownish “ segmental ” glands behind each
foot anteriorly. The head is distinguished from that of its congeners by the presence of
four eyes, two of which, however, are rudimentary. Dorsally (PI. XXVIII. fig. 8) tv70
enormous eyes occupy almost the entire surface of the head, the cornea of each being
directed outward, and the lens appearing in the centre laterally. The dorsal curves of
the eyes seem to have been occupied by reddish-brown pigment, deepest at the margin of
the cornese. Interiorly each cornea adjoins an ovoid pale area, the long axis of which is
directed forward and inward. This pale surface is much softer than the cornea and lens
above it (that is, of the upper eye), and is surrounded by a ring of reddish-brown
pigment. Very weU marked inferiorly. It is an accessory eye, looking outward and
forward, with a slight tendency downward.

The snout is terminated by a crenated central margin, which hardly projects beyond
the anterior curve of the eyes. This bears four tentacles, two at the outer margin
dorsally, and two at some distance on the ventral surface. The interval between the
dorsal and ventral pairs is larger than any yet observed, and is interesting as bringing
the ventral pair nearer the ventral eyes. Between the great dorsal eyes a small papilla
lies in the central streak. This is probably a rudimentary tentacle. The proboscis has
the usual pair of filiform processes, and no hard parts occur in its interior.

The condition of the feet precludes further remark than that the setigerous region
seems to be pointed. No bristles are present.

As indicated, the body is very soft, but in the section a somewhat thick cuticle occurs
externally in the ventral median line, followed by a thin layer of hypoderm, which
increases in thickness at the nerve-area. The circular muscular coat is indistinct, the
only fibres observed being those crossing the nerve-area. The oblique muscles pass
downward over the inner surface of the ventral longitudinal series, and appear to become
connate below the nerve-cords, some fibres, however, apjDarently passing above the latter,
and thus surrounding them. The size of the nerve- cords is moderate, and their shape
ovoid.

Alciopa (1) (PL XXXII. fig. 13).

Habitat. — Two fragments, without heads, were procured on the surface of the sea, off
Honolulu, Sandwich Islands, July 1875 ; surface temperature about 76°'0.

The colour of both is pale or slightly brownish at some points, and with a dark brown
“ segmental” gland behind each foot. The latter (PI. XXXII. fig. 13) has a somewhat

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 23

178

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

acutely lanceolate superior lamella, and a similar ventral lamella. The setigerous lobe is
pointed, with -a long spine projecting considerably beyond the tip, and a tuft of long
translucent, tapering bristles. There is nothing further to aid in diagnosis.

Halodora, Greeff.

Halodora reynaudii, Aud. and Ed. (?) (PI. XXXIIIa. figs. 1, 10-12, 14-18, 20-22 ;
PI. XXXI Va. figs. 1, 3-6).

Habitat. — Caught on the surface of the sea, near Station 3 (south of the Canaries),
February 18, 1873 ; lat. 25° 45' N., long. 20° 14' W. ; surface temperature, 65°'0.

The specimens of this species are so imperfect that no reliable description is attainable.
The soft parts of the feet and cirri, as well as the bristles, are absent. The body is barred
with reddish-brown, and is not much tapered in front. The eyes are large, and the
cornese external. The absence of the hard processes in the proboscis points it out as
different from Asterope, though there are two long cirriform appendages to the organ in
front. The dense wall of the proboscis is formed of a closely arranged series of circular
and radiating fibres, while the hypodermic lining is raised into prominent and somewhat
thick folds. The inner surface shows so little of the cuticular element that it resembles
the section of a lining that during life has been coated with cilia.

The nerve-area is placed somewhat higher than usual, being situated above the level
of the inner borders of the ventral longitudinal muscles. The thick, circular, muscular
coat passes to its exterior, and the oblique muscles likewise pass below it in the anterior
region of the body, the only one in a condition for examination. The nerve-cords are
comparatively large.

The eyes of this specimen have been studied minutely by Dr. Marcus Gunn, whose
Eeport thereon is as follows : —

Eye. — In general form, in the arrangement of its parts, and in the structure of its
outer coats, the eye of this species conforms with the description given by Greeflf of the
eyes of the Alciopidae examined by him.

Lens. — ’The lens is globular as in the other members of the group, and its large size
renders it easily visible to the naked eye. Its diameter is 0’32 mm. On section (antero-
posterior) it is seen to consist of a granular, softer, cortical part surrounding a clear,
highly refracting, dense central part. The cortex extends inwards for about one-eighth
of the entire radius. The clear dense part immediately within the cortex is interrupted
about midway between centre and periphery by a series of crescentic spaces arranged in
concentric rows. The specimen figured exhibits a very finely granular material in the
position of the centre of the nucleus (PI. XXXIIIa. fig. 22).

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

179

Retina. — The rods are frequently granular on their surface, and their general form is
very irregular from faulty preservation, but in other respects the retina is in fairly good
condition. The rods are of two distinct kinds, as described by Greeflf, — the cylindrical
and the club-shaped. Each rod consists of a clear cortex or shell and finely granular
contents. The cortex is probably chitinous in nature, as Greeflf has shown. The trans-
verse striation which he has described in the inner part of the cortex I only find in the
cylindrical rods (PL XXXIVa. figs. 6), and the appearance seems to be quite an artificial
one, due to a dotted coagulation on its inner surface. There is never any appearance of
cleavage into disks, as occurs in the transversely striated outer segments of the rods of
vertebrates. The contents of the rod consist of a clear substance containing fine
granules, considered by Greeflf to be protoplasm. He also describes in this substance a
central axial fibre, which he thinks is connected with the inner end of the nucleus of the
columnar cell-layer, and pigment-granules derived from the pigment-layer of the retina.
In none of the specimens I have examined has this pigment been prolonged more than a
very short distance from the outer ends of the rods, and I have never satisfied myself of
its presence inside the rod, but think rather that it simply adheres to its outer surface.
I shall have to refer to this subject later on when I consider the pigment-layer. I have
been unable to satisfy myself of the existence of a central axial fibre. The contents
of the rod seem to me to be of a vitreous nature, since it behaves in the same way
towards staining fiuids, and is of a similar refractive power. If this substance were
really protoplasmic it ought to stain deeply with logwood, but this reagent has very little
effect upon it.

The cylindrical rods are very long and thin, measuring 0‘07 mm., and are situated at
the centre of the fundus. The club-shaped rods vary much in breadth, probably from
the manner of preservation. They do not generally show the half-ring appearance on
cross-section as described by Greeff. On the contrary, I believe them to be formed by
the sides of a ridge-like elevation being folded inwards so as to meet at their edges and
enclose a space which becomes filled by a prolongation from the vitreous (PI. XXXIVa.
fig. 5). I only once observed the half-ring appearance, and this seemed to occur quite
near the outer end of the rods only, judging by the size of the cross-sections.

At the extreme periphery, and also immediately anterior to the part of the retina
possessing rods, these latter structures are represented by a thin clear layer lining the
inner surface of the pigment (PI. XXXIIIa. figs. 16, 18). Near, but not quite at, the
periphery, again, the rod-layer consists of highly refracting tapering processes connected
with the inner surfaces of round dark aggregations of pigment (PI. XXXIIIa. fig. 17).

Just outside the rods we find the pigment-layer of the retina. Its appearance varies
according to the part of the fundus which is examined. Posteriorly it forms a tolerably
uniform layer about O’Ol mm. thick, of a light reddish-brown (burnt-sienna) colour, with
numerous vertically elongated deposits of darker pigment-granules. Each of these

180

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

deposits corresponds with the point of insertion of a rod. They are disposed mth much
regularity, and at distances varying with the greatest breadth of the corresponding rods ;
thus, where the rods are narrow and cylindrical, the pigmentary deposits are placed
close together, while they are much more widely separated where the rods are broad
and club-shaj^ed. As mentioned above, I have never found these pigment -granules
definitely within a rod (as described by Greelf) nor removed far within the inner surface
of this layer. I believe that the pigment is placed entirely outside the rod, and that it
probably travels farther inwards during exposure to a bright light, behaving similarly in
this respect to the granules in the j)igment -layer of the vertebrate retina (Klihne). In
this way may be explained how Greeff has found pigment quite near the end of the rod.
His specimens were frequently examined fresh, consequently just after exposure. The
Challenger specimens were probably collected along with a good deal of other material,
and soon transferred to the preserving fiuid, instead of being kc23t alive and examined in
a good light.

Instead of being uniform in thickness, the pigment is in some places arranged in the
form of large hemispherical bodies, the fiat surface of each being turned inwards, and
corresponding with the insertion of three or more rods. A collection of dark granules is
found at the insertion of each rod here as elsewhere, but between this and the outer
rounded surface of the hemispherical body there is a line showing much less pigment
than elsewhere. This lighter area evidently is due to the presence here of the outer end
of the rod or a prolongation inwards of the columnar layer (PI. XXXIIIa. fig. 10). This
can be seen distinctly in a transverse section (PI, XXXIIIa. fig. 15; PI, XXXIYa,
fig. 4), where we get a small, round, clear spot in the same situation.

Near the periphery of the retina, and connected with the tapering rods above
mentioned, the pigment-layer consists of large globular masses each formed by a collec-
tion of very dark granules. The granules are oval in shape and of considerable size,
measuring one micromillimetre in length and half a micromillimetre in breadth
(PI. XXXIIIa. figs. 11, 16, 17, 18). On each side of this part of the retina, reaching
the extreme periphery anteriorly, and becoming continuous with the layer connected with
the club-shaped rods posteriorly, the pigment is of a uniform reddish-brown colour, with-
out dark aggregations of any kind (PI. XXXIIIa, figs. 16, 18).

I believe that this layer is of the nature of a cellular membrane, containing nuclei at
intervals, but not necessarily one for every dark pigment-aggregation by any means. In
support of this belief I would direct attention to PI. XXXIIIa. figs. 10, 12, 14,
15, 16, 18, 20, 21, and PI. XXXIVa. figs. 1, 4, 6. In nearly all these figures we have
an indication of such a structural condition, but the division of the pigment into cell-
areas is particularly observable in PI, XXXIIIa. figs. 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 21, and PI.
XXXIVa. fig. 6, In PI. XXXIIIa, figs, 12 and 16 the divisions are small, one apparently
corresponding with the insertion of nearly every rod ; while in figs. 14, 15, and 21 there

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

181

are several rods inserted into the same cell-area. In figs. 14 and 21, moreover, we find
large light spots in the pigment, neither in size nor position suggesting sections of the
rods, which in both cases are narrow. Here I believe we really have nuclei, and
in fig. 18 one or two of the nuclei figured also appear to belong to the pigment-
layer. In PL XXXIVa. fig. 1 we have a most remarkable appearance, part of this
layer being practically devoid of pigment.^ In this colourless spot we find a small
nucleus, which would doubtless have escaped observation in the normal pigmented
condition.

Immediately outside the pigment we have a layer of nucleated columnar cells, vary-
ing in length according to their situation, becoming shorter towards the periphery of the
retina. The inner end of each is, as it were, crowned by a deposit of the pigment-layer,
while the outer end tapers off and is continued as a nerve-fibre. I have never seen proof
of a direct connection between this cell and the outer end of a rod. If such a junction
exist, as is supposed by Greeff, it is concealed by the position of the pigment deposit.
The large globular masses of pigment near the periphery of the retina have well-marked
columnar cells connected with each (PI. XXXIIIa. figs. 11, '"16, 17, 18), but these do not
appear to have any connection with the layer of nerve-fibres. Where there are no darker
aggregations in the pigment-layer, as described above (figs. 16, 18), we find nuclei but
no columnar cells. At intervals among the columnar cells we find clear, highly refracting
tapering bodies, each resting by its base on the pigment-layer. Their fine terminal
processes can be traced quite half-way through the columnar layer. I consider them to
be of the nature of a supporting connective-tissue like the Mullerian fibres of the verte-
brate retina (PI. XXXIIIa. fig. 16; PI. XXXIVa. figs. 1, 3, 4). They are possibly
processes (?) of the cellular membrane forming the pigment-layer.

Measurements.

Diameter of lens, .....

0-32 mm.

Length of rods, .....

0'028 to 0'07 mm.

Breadth of rods, .....

. 0'004 to 0'012 mm.

Thickness of cortex of rods.

O’OOOS to 0'0012 mm.

Average thickness of pigment-layer at insertion of rods,

(about) 0'008 mm.

Pigment-aggregations of rods, ....

0-0045 mm.

Thickness of peripheral pigment-layer, .

0’02 mm.

Diameter of large peripheral pigment-balls.

0-012 mm.

Ultimate pigment-granules forming latter, .

0-001 X 0-0005 mm.

Length of columnar cells of retina proper.

. 0-06 to 0-1 mm.

Length of columnar cells near periphery.

(about) 0-06 mm.

^ Several sections passing through this non-pigmented area were cut consecutively and lie in proximity on the same
slide. Of all the sections of the retina of species of Alciopa that I have made and examined, this is the solitary example
of such a condition, and I am inclined to think that we have really here to deal with a congenital abnormality, occur-
ring in this individual.

182

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

Greeffia (Nauphanta ^), Greeif.

Greeffia oahuensis, n, sp. (PL XXVIII, figs. 5, 6, 7 ; PI. XXXII. fig. 11 ; PL XVa.
fig. 4).

Habitat. — From the surface of the sea, off Honolulu, Sandwich Islands, July 1875 ;
surface temperature about 76°‘0.

The example is broken, but seems to reach about 33 mm. in length and 6 ‘5 mm. in
breadth.

The body is slightly tapered toward the front, and furnished laterally with a series of
conspicuous and massive lamellse, which somewhat resemble those in Notophyllum. The
dorsum is pale brownish, marked along each side by the dark olive-brown glands at the
bases of the feet, and a smaller (“ segmental ”) gland of the same kind occurs at the
posterior border of the foot ventrally. The body tapers considerably towards the tad,
which, however, is incomplete. The head (PL XXVIII. fig. 5) is wider than the neck,
and has two very large pale brown lateral eyes with the cornese directed outward. A
bridge of tissue occurs between the eyes at the posterior border of the head, and
from the groove or hollow in front of it arises a short flattened tentacle of a somewhat
ovate form. A well-marked isthmus exists between the eyes in front, and forms an
anterior promontory with a somewhat crenated edge. This promontory bears four
antennae, two at the external angles and two a little within and slightly below the
former. The eye has a large cornea, which at its margin presents a sheen like the
tapetum, of a brownish-red hue. The lens appears to be median. The prominent
lateral position of the eyes probably gives very extensive vision^ — forward, outward, and
backward. Ventrally (fig. 7) the two long proboscidian tentacles project conspicuously
from the mouth. Close behind the eye interiorly is a short subulate cirrus, probably
attached to the buccal segment, and immediately succeeding is another pair of similar
organs on each side. Greeff describes four pairs in his Nauphanta celox.

The segment following the foregoing bears an upper larger and smaller inferior
lamella, both ovato -lanceolate, and a speck of pigment at the base posteriorly, but no
setigerous region. The next segment shows a great increase in the lamellae, the superior
being broadly cordate. A small papilla near the upper border of the inferior lamella
indicates the setigerous division, and an elevated brownish papilla indicates the superior
“ segmental ” gland. At the eighth foot (from the first lamelligerous somite) the first
trace of the inferior “ segmental ” gland occurs as a minute pigment-speck a short
distance below the dorsal one. The setigerous lobe now bears bristles. The dorsal

1 Prof. Haeckel has employed this generic name (Nauphanta) for one of the deep-sea Medusae procured in the same
Expedition, Monographie der Medusen, Th. ii. p. 87, 1879 and 1881 ; System der Medusen, No. 452, p. 487, 1879 ; and
Zool. Chall. Exp., part xii. p. 103, 1881. The same term had formerly been used hy Kinberg in 1864 for a genus of the
Eunicidse, while Greeff applied it in the present group.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

183

bro’5VTi gland still lies behind the peduncle of the foot. At the tenth foot both dorsal
and ventral glands are much enlarged, the former soon becoming as elevated as the
lamella. It continues prominent all along the dorsum, forming posteriorly a thick
lamelliform mass, projecting upward and forward at the inner edge of the superior
lamella, and rendered very conspicuous by its brownish-olive pigment. The superior
lamella (PL XXXII. fig. 11) becomes somewhat crescentic in outline, and its surface is
variously frilled in the preparation. It appears larger than it really is on the body of the
Annelid, since its peduncle is both broad and prominent. The setigerous region of the
foot forms a short cone, which does not project so far outward as the margins of the
lamellae, and its spine is also less prominent than in Alciopa. On each side of the latter
(above and below) is a short cirrus. The inferior lamella also forms in its fully developed
condition an irregularly crescentic plate, variously frilled. It is somewhat less than the
dorsal. At its inferior and inner margin is a prominent lobate appendage attached to the
base of the foot in front of the dark brown “ segmental” gland.

The bristles (PI. XVa. fig. 4) project from the foot in the shape of a broad fan, and
are straight and extremely translucent. They taper to slender tips, which have a
terminal process attached to one side, a small portion of the tip of the shaft being visible
beyond the point of junction.

In transverse section the circular muscular layer is feebly developed outside the
ventral longitudinal muscles, indeed, only a few fibres cross the outer region of the nerve-
area. The latter lies in the superior augle of the decussating oblique muscles, which
spread out beneath it. The cords are comparatively large and rounded. The hypodermic
glandular tissue attains great development in the lateral appendages of the body. The
wall of the alimentary canal is also furnished with a thick glandular lining. Male
reproductive elements are present in the specimen.

The tentacle and antennae of Greeffs Nauphanta celox differ from the foregoing, but
otherwise there is a close resemblance.

A similar form, in a softened condition, exists in the British Museum, from the South
Pacific, collected in the tow-net by Commander Knocker, E.N. (68, 6, 29, 6). It is in the
same bottle with Alciopa [Halodora) reynaudii, And. and Ed.

Family Hesionid^.

The number (five) representing the Hesionidae is comparatively small, though only
one less than Semper s Philippine forms, and it is to be remembered that the group is
more generally abundant in shallow than in deep water. The occurrence of a new
genus, Dalhousia, from the deep water off the Canaries, somewhat allied to Claparede s
genus Tyrrhena from the Bay of Naples, and of the intermediate type Salvatoria from
Kerguelen, is especially noteworthy. Grube gives three in his Annulata (Erstediana,

184

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

but only one {Lamproderma longicirra) from New Britain in tbe collection of the
“ Gazelle.” Schmarda, again, mentions a single Hesione and six species of Cirrosyllis,
but the position of some of the latter, as Ehlers truly says, is doubtful. Two species of
the group are recorded by Kinberg in his voyage, and Marenzeller describes one from
Southern Japan.

Many new genera have, within comparatively recent years, been added to the group
by Claparede, Grube, De Quatrefages, Marion and Bobretzky, and Ehlers.

Hesione, Savigny.

Hesione pacijica, n. sp. (PI. XXIX. fig. 2 ; PI. XXXII. fig. 14).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 172, July 22, 1874 (off Nukalofa, Tongatabu) ;
lat. 20° 58' S., long. 175° 9' W.; depth, 18 fathoms; surface temperature, 75°'0;
sea-bottom, coral mud.

A species about 23 mm. in length, and (with feet) nearly 4 mm. in breadth at its
widest region.

The body is somewhat fusiform in outline, and the cuticle is iridescent throughout.
The dorsal surface is convex, while the ventral is grooved by a longitudinal furrow.

The head is bluntly conical in shape, broader posteriorly than in front. Anteriorly
are two short and somewhat slender tentacles, arising from the front of each lobe, and at
some distance from each other. Two eyes are situated in the line of a Y on each side,
the anterior being slightly larger. On the buccal segment a single cirrus occurs on each
side. Grouped behind this are three pairs of attenuated cirri, the dorsal considerably
longer than the ventral, and all being filiform and tapering. The proboscis is ouly
partly protruded, but shows no processes. It ajDpears to be quite smooth on section.

The first bristled foot bears a long dorsal cirrus (filiform and tapering like those in
front), a thick setigerous process, and a somewhat long ventral cirrus. The foot
(PL XXXII. fig. 14) springs from a curious prominence (slightly marked in this case)
which projects laterally in each segment. This projection forms a kind of raised
cushion with characteristic vertical wrinkles, and extends from the anterior to the
posterior margin of each segment. The number of segments hearing bristles is sixteen
Unfortunately not a single complete bristle could be found. All had been broken and
the tips lost. The spine, as usual in the genus, is black. The dorsal cirrus springs
from a conspicuous basal segment, above which the organ appears to be only crenulated,
till near the tip, where it is distinctly segmented. It may be segmented throughout in
life. The ventral cirrus is slightly enlarged at the base, which springs directly from the
ventral edge of the foot.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

185

The anus projects on a cylindrical pillar posteriorly, and has two cirri on each side.

This form approaches the Hesione intertexta of Gruhe,^ from Samboangan, but differs
in the structure of the head, and the arrangement and size of the eyes. It also comes
near Hesione splendida of Savigny,^ though the body is more elongate, and the shape of
the head different.

Hesione {Fallacia) pantherina, Eisso (PI. XXIX. fig. 1 ; PI. XXXII. fig. 16 ;
PI. XVa. fig. 10).

Habitat. — Dredged ofi’ St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, July 1873.

A form measuring about 23 mm. in length and 5 mm. (including the bristles) across
its widest part.

The head (PL XXIX. fig. 1) is somewhat triangular, broad behind, and tapering to a
blunt point in front. The anterior end is grooved, so that the tip seems to be composed
of two connate tentacles. The eyes are much larger than in the previous species, and
the axes of the pairs on each side less oblique. As usual, the anterior pair are the larger,
and their outline is circular. The posterior pair are somewhat ovoid, the long axis being
directed forward and inward. The buccal segment bears three sets of processes. The
first is a solitary cirrus ; then, dorsally, are two cirri of considerable size, beneath which
are two double processes, the lower in each, corresponding to the ventral cirrus. The
specimen, however, is incomplete. Just behind a line continued from the nuchal fold on
each side is the first foot, consisting of a dorsal cirrus, a stout bristle-bearing process,
and a ventral cirrus.

There are sixteen bristle-bearing feet, which, for the most part, retain the characters
just mentioned. Dorsally (PI. XXXII. fig. 16) the long cirrus has a basal segment, and
the process itself is curiously annulose. The setigerous process is stout and the tip very
blunt. It is supported by two spines with brownish-black tips. The bristles (PI. XVa.
fig. 10) are pale and translucent, and their shafts show only very faint traces of trans-
verse bars. The shaft is enlarged at the tip beneath the terminal appendage. The latter
is comparatively short, and has two terminal hooks and a third process beneath, just as
shown by Marion and Bobretzky in Fallacia sicida ® from the Gulf of Marseilles.

So far as could be observed there is no papilla in the proboscis, which presents a well-
marked pale raphe dorsally and ventrally.

Externally the body has the usual iridescent aspect, and the lateral cushious above
the feet are very prominent. The anus is terminal, and has two cirri on each side.

The specimen appears to resemble Eisso’s species, though the form of the head
somewhat diverges. The bristles correspond with those of an example of the former in

1 Annel. Fauna cT. Philippinen, p. 102, Taf. vi. fig. 5. ^ Syst. des Ann41., p. 40, pi. iii. fig. 3.

3 Ann. d. Sci. Nat., ser. 6, t. ii. p. 47, pi. xii. fig. 28.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART. XXXIV. 1885.)

LI 24

186

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

the British Museum/ but the preparation otherwise is not in a condition for mi mite
scrutiny.

Hesione (?) (PI. XXXII. fig. 15 ; PI. XVa. figs. 8, 9).

Habitat. — Dredged in shallow water off St. Thomas, West Indies.

A fragment of the posterior end of a Hesione-\\kQ form, consisting of a considerable
number of segments of uniramous feet. The dorsum is rounded and the ventral surface •
grooved. The body-cavity is filled with a vast number of granular cells, probably ova,
which also occur in masses in the feet.

Each foot (PI. XXXII. fig. 15) has dorsally a long filiform, slightly jointed cirrus
attached to a basal segment, a pointed setigerous region beneath, with the bristles
divided into two groups by the papilla of the spine. The ventral cirrus is short and
tapered. The bristles above the spine have more slender shafts and more elongated tips.
The distal end of the shaft is devoid of transverse markings, but it has a peculiar longitu-
dinal wrinkle just below the tip, and this is present in all the bristles, both superior and
inferior. The latter bristles are somewhat stouter, and the tips shorter (the usual
gradation occurring from above dowmward, as indicated in PI. XVa. figs. 8, 9 — the
former representing an inferior bristle, the latter a superior). The extremity has a
terminal hook with a long spur beneath. The transverse markings are very well shown
in the shafts below'the regions figured. The anus is terminal.

In transverse section, the nerve-cords lie beneath the insertions of the oblique and
vertical muscles, which form a continuous arch. The hypoderm and cuticle occur
externally.

Dalhousia,‘^ n. gen.

Body moderately elongated, head somewhat resembling that in Tyvrliena, viz., with
a subfrontal tubercle, but devoid of the median tentacle. Maxillae absent in the pre-
paration. Tentacular cirri eight. Foot with simple slender setae dorsally, and bifid
bristles ventrally.

Dalhousia atlantica, n. sp. (PL XXIX. fig. 3 ; PI. XXXIII. fig. 2 ; PI. XVa.
figs. 5, 6, 7).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 3 (south of the Canaries), February 18, 1873 ; lat.
25'" 45' N., long. 20° 14' W.; depth, 1525 fathoms; bottom temperature 37°, surface
temperature 65° ; hard ground.

1 Spinola, N. S., 22nd Febmary 1821.

Named after tlie Earl of Dalbousie, K.T., who has both earnestly and practically interested himself in the
marine fisheries of this country.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

187

Length about 16 mm.„ and breadth, from tip to tip of the long feet and bristles, from
7 to 8 mm.

The body appears to be clavate, the anterior end being large, and the posterior tapered
to the anus, which is situated dorsally. The upper surface is rounded, the ventral
marked by the usual longitudinal groove. It does not appear that the peculiar tapering
posteriorly is due to reproduction of the tail.

The head (PI. XXIX. fig. 3) projects forward from an overlapping collar formed by
the first segment, and is mapped out and mottled in a peculiar way. Thus the central
region is curved forward in front, and speckled with dark pigment anteriorly, while the
lateral region on each side is formed by an elevated area, sloping from behind forward
and outward like the arms of a V. A crescentic band of dark pigment is situated at the
posterior border of each of the latter, in front of which comes a pale belt followed by the
tinted region on which the eyes are situated. The anterior eyes are considerably larger
than the posterior. Both have reddish-brown pigment in the preparation. In front of
the eyes the ridges subside into the general level of the snout. Two tentacles occur on
each side, a larger external with a distinct segment at the tip, and a smaller internal
filiform one without such differentiation.

The buccal region bears dorsally three cylindrical processes, the third on each side
being bent up as if for the support of a scale. All these, however, are probably the
basal processes of cirri, and they increase in size from the first to the third. Interiorly
are also three basal processes for cirri, but these are not symmetrical with the others, the
last being in a space behind the third dorsal process. The second and third possess a
ventral cirrus. Behind the latter comes the first bristled foot, which bears a dorsal cirrus
nearly as large as those in front, a slender setigerous process, and a delicate ventral cirrus.
The next foot shows a trace of a superior division as well as a dorsal cirrus (PI. XXXIII.
fig. 2, anterior foot before the normal shape of the dorsal division is attained), and, by
and by, the foot is completely formed. In the fully developed condition a slender
elongated dorsal cirrus is attached to a basal segment, while two delicate blackish
spines support a group of elongated, tapering, simple bristles (PI. XVa. fig. 5), which,
except at the curved and slender tip, are marked by a close series of transverse striae.
The inferior division of the foot is largely developed, and has a conspicuous, fan-shaped
fascicle of pale straw-coloured, stoutish, slightly curved bristles, with characteristic terminal
pieces. When viewed laterally the shafts present a considerable increase in size toward
the tip, and are marked by longitudinal, or obliquely longitudinal lines, and fine transverse
strise. The terminal appendages decrease in length from the superior to the inferior
border of the foot. Each is articulated, as in the Nereidse, by a somewhat pointed end, to
a socket at one side of the tip of the shaft, and has the shape of a broad and slightly
curved' sword-blade, wide at the base and narrow toward the tip. The latter is bifid, with
a terminal hook, a stout knob beneath, and a slender elongated spur or process projecting

188

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

a short distance below. In the superior bristles, however, the latter extends beyond the
lower hook or knob (PI. XVa. figs. 6, 7, the former representing one of the longer
superior, the latter one of the shorter forms). The ventral cirrus is slender and filiform,
and shows no basal segment.

There is a prominent central longitudinal ridge below the snout, just above the open-
ing of the mouth. It ends in a thin edge posteriorly, and joins the internal buccal folds.
The interior of the proboscis is smooth, and shows traces of dark pigment on the surface.
The alimentary canal is empty.

This form seems to diverge from any hitherto described, both generically and specific-
ally. It pertains to that group of the Hesionidse^ of Claparede in which the foot is
biramous, the upper branch having simple hair-like bristles ; but it differs from the
known genera Leocrates, Kinberg,^ Tyrrhena, Claparede,® and Lamproderma, Grube,^ in
having no median tentacle, and in other particulars. So far as could be observed in the
preparation, no dental armature occurred in the proboscis, but as the specimen is in an
indifferent condition, too much reliance need not be placed on this point. The structure
of the tips of the ventral bristles is diagnostic.

Salvatoria,^ n. gen.

Body somewhat elongated. The four eyes almost in a transverse line. A single
median and a lateral tentacle on each side. One pair of tentacular cirri. All these
organs have enlarged bases and articulated tips. The biramous foot has the dorsal
division represented by a single simple bristle. In the ventral branch the terminal pieces
of the bristles are sabre-shaped with simple hooked tips.

Salvatoria kerguelensis, n. sp. (PI. XXX. fig. 4 ; PI. XXXIII. fig. 1 ; PI. XVa.
figs. 11, 12).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149k (off Christmas Harbour, Kerguelen), January 29,
1874; depth, from 45 to 120 fathoms; sea-bottom, volcanic mud. It was picked out
from the debris of Latmonice (in spirit).

A minute species about 4 mm. long and about half a mm. broad.

The body is slightly tapered anteriorly (PL XXX. fig. 4), and considerably more so
toward the tail. The head is bluntly triangular, and furnished with four conspicuous
brownish eyes, which are arranged near each other toward the posterior part of the head,

1 Annel. Ch4top., p. 228. ^ Ofmrsigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Fdrhandl., 1865, No. 4, p. 244.

3 Annel. Ctetop., p. 227, pi. xviii. fig. 3. ^ Monatsber. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, 1877, p. 52.

® Named after the College of St. Salvator, St. Andrews.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

189

and little removed from a transverse line. The outer pair, however, are somewhat
anterior as well as very much larger than the inner ; and while the latter are round, the
former are ovoid. The anterior border of the snout is slightly notched, and just behind
the latter is a slender median tentacle. On each side is another tentacle having an
enlarged base and a segmented tapering tip. The next organs consist of two tentacular
cirri, the dorsal being similar in shape to the pair in front, only somewhat larger and
longer, the ventral shorter and more slender. The posterior situation of the eyes, the
notch of the snout anteriorly, and its linear continuation backward, would seem to indicate
some relationship to the soldered lobes of Sphcerosyllis. Moreover, the aspect of the
pharyngeal region and of the proventriculus is Syllidian, though the latter organ appears
to be transversely ridged rather than papillose.

The foot behind the tentacular cirri is setigerous. Dorsally each foot (PI. XXXIII.
fig. 1) bears a cirrus of moderafe length, slightly narrowed at the base, then widening
and finally tapering to a filiform tip. The state of the preparation is indifferent, but
anteriorly the distal region of each cirrus is distinctly segmented. The setigerous region
is obliquely conical. The chief spine occupies the usual position in the Syllidae. Above
the spine is a single simple bristle (PL XVa. fig. 11) with a slightly bent tip which is
acutely tapered. The bristles beneath (PI. XYa. fig. 12, one of the superior) have
elongated sabre-shaped terminal pieces, the point being simply hooked. The ventral
cirrus is a simple subulate process which reaches somewhat beyond the tip of the seti-
gerous region.

This form approaches that group of the Hesionidse in which Gyptis ^ and Ophio-
dromus ^ are placed, the biramous foot showing superiorly a very rudimentary branch.
In Salvatoria herguelensis the latter has only a single simjDle bristle. The body some-
what resembles that of the Syllidae in length.

Family Syllida:.

The Syllidae of the Expedition are not very numerous, being only eleven in number,
but one of the most remarkable animals procured by the Challenger occurs in the group,
viz., Syllis ramosa, a form which throws off lateral buds so readily as almost to form a
meshwork of living tissue, these buds being branches of the parent-stock, and having
their alimentary canals connected with that of the original portion. Moreover, sexual
buds are also produced at various points in the same manner.

Prof. Grube describes fifteen species from the Philippines, ranged under four genera,
viz., Syllis, Odontosyllis, Autolytus, and Platysyllis, whereas- the eleven Challenger

1 Marion et Bobretzky, Ann. d. Sci. Nat., ser. 6, t. ii. p. 50.

^ Sars, Oversigt o. d. K. D. Vid. Selsk. Forhandl., 1861, pp. 87, 88.

190

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

species range themselves under five genera. One of the most interesting discoveries in
Prof. Grube’s series is the occurrence of very large eyes, with lenses in the ventral pair,
in Odontosyllis hyalina from the Philippines and Singapore. The ocular region in this
species is so unusually large as to simulate the condition in the Alciopidse. Eleven
Syllidians are given in the same author’s Annulata CErstediana, chiefly from St. Croix,
one of the Windward Islands ; while only one species from West Africa was procured
by the “ Gazelle.” A single new example also is described by Alarenzeller from Southern
Japan, but having the peculiarity of a “wing” at the tip of the bidentate terminal
pieces of the bristles. Twelve species are mentioned by Schmarda, but his descriptions
are somewhat indefinite.

In the present collection none occur beyond 600 fathoms, but in the “Porcupine”
Ehlers^ describes a form {Syllis abyssicola) from a depth of 1380 fathoms, and another
from 1443 fathoms. They range to the littoral region; and especially abound in the
waters of the Mediterranean, and those of Madeira, where they formed the subject of
careful examination recently by Langerhans.^

Eusyllis, Malmgren.

Eusyllis tubifex, Gosse.

Efabitat. — Dredged near Station 48 (off Le Havre Bank, Nova Scotia), May 8, 1873 ;
lat. 43° 4' N., long. 64° 5' W.; depth, 51 fathoms; surface temperature, 38°'0 ; sea-
bottom, rock.

The specimens are about the same size as the British examples, measuring 11 mm. in
length and 1’5 mm. in breadth.

The body presents a slight narrowing from the anterior third backward, and is
rounded dorsally, flattened ventrally.

The head shows four distinct eyes of considerable size, arranged along the limbs of
a V. The tentacle rises from the central line, in a plane drawn between the two
anterior eyes. The antennae are somewhat shorter, but of similar shape, and spring
from the anterior border in front of and slightly to the inner side of the anterior eyes.
The palpi are distinct, and separated by a considerable interval. The tentacular cirri
have a long dorsal and a shorter ventral division.

A few of the anterior dorsal cirri are long, the first exceeding even the dorsal division
of the tentacular cirrus. They rapidly diminish, however, so that throughout the rest of
the body they are of moderate length and slightly fusiform, narrowed at the base,
dilating and then tapering to a blunt tip. The short setigerous division forms a

^ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. xiii. p. 295, 1874.

^ Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. xxxii. pp. 513-591, Taf. xxxi.-xxxiii., 1879.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

191

truncated cone, the two pale spines reach the upper angle, while the tuft of moderately
elongated bristles occurs beneath. The latter have short bifid tips, as in the British
examples, from which, indeed, the specimen cannot be distinguished. The ventral cirrus
constitutes a broadly lanceolate process, which is hardly so long as the setigerous region.

The distribution of this species would seem to be wide. Langerhans ^ found it at
Madeira. It ranges from tide-marks to deep water.

Eusyllis kerguelensis, n. sp. (PI. XXIX. fig. 4 ; PI. XXXIII. fig. 3 ; PI. XVa.
fig. 13).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149h (off Christmas Harbour, Kerguelen), January 29,
1874 ; lat. 48° 45' S., long. 69° 14' E.; depth, 127 fathoms ; surface temperature, 39°’8 ;
sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

The fragments of the anterior end of this gigantic form measure from 12 to 18 mm.,
and the average breadth is about 5 mm., so that the size is considerable for the group.

The dorsal surface is somewhat rounded, the ventral flattened, and both are marked
by the closely arranged grooves of the numerous segments. The head is distinguished
by its irregular surface, for it is cut by longitudinal and transverse grooves into three
areas. Anteriorly are two large flattened palpi, which appear to be exceptionally thin
in contrast with others in the group. A somewhat elongated tentacle springs from the
middle of the head, while anteriorly two shorter organs of a similar nature pass off
from the margin of the snout above the palpi. The eyes occur nearly in the corners of a
parallelogram, and the anterior pair are the larger, the pigment in the preparations
passing so far over the anterior elevation as to be available for vision anteriorly and
externally. There is a well-marked elevation on each side of the deep median groove,
between the posterior pair of eyes ; and outside the latter a distinct horizontal fold
of the head, running to the median furrow behind. Two long, coiled tentacles are
attached to each side of the buccal segment, in front of the feet, and somewhat elevated
above them.

All the cirri and cephalic processes show a distinctly moniliform arrangement toward
the tip, but the basal region is smooth. There is thus an intermediate condition between
Syllis and Eusyllis, the former having articulated organs, the latter smooth.

In one example the proboscis is extruded, and it consists of a basal region marked by
ten lamelliform papillae arranged in a circular belt, each showing a depression in the
centre of the summit, as if indicating a tendency to split. The next division, which
issues telescope-like from the former, is deeper dorsally than ventrally, and terminates in
a thin edge. Just within the latter are ten conical papillae, one being situated in the

1 Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., Bel. xxxii. p. 552, 1879.

192

THE YOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

median line of the dorsum, but ventrally one is placed at some distance on each side of
the central line. The inner surface of the proboscis is occupied by a firm deep yellow
horny layer (pharyngeal region), having a dorsal tooth and two prominent lateral
ridges.

The first feet do not differ much from their successors, which, w^hen fully developed
(PI. XXXIII. fig. 3), present dorsally a very long cirrus with a short basal segment, its
lower region appearing to be smooth in the preparation, while the distal is distinctly
annulated. The setigerous process of the foot has a prominent conical papilla anteriorly
and superiorly, the outline from this part sloping downward and inward. The bristles
are pale, faintly tinged of a light straw colour, shafts and tips alike diminishing from
above downward. The shafts (PI. XVa. fig. 13, one of the longer forms) present the
usual dilatation at the end, are devoid of transverse bars, have a slight curve, and are
quite translucent. The somewhat elongate process has a terminal hook and a spur
beneath. Instead of the two black spines so common in the Hesionidse, there are five or
six slender translucent spines. The ventral cirrus is modified into a huge lobe with a
bluntly pointed tip, the whole being nearly as large as the rest of the foot.

The stomach and its csecal appendages agree with those of the Syllidse.

The specimens were sexually mature, two being laden with ova, which filled the
lateral perivisceral regions.

In this form the hypoderm is largely developed over the dorsal region, but is com-
paratively thin on the ventral surface, so that the somewhat small nerve-area is slightl}'
protected. The ventral longitudinal muscles are flattened, and the oblique are not strongly
developed, though some of the fibres pass over the outer border of the nerve-area.
Numerous ova occur in the perivisceral cavity anteriorly, chiefly arranged in a thin layer
around the proboscis. The chief muscular mass of the latter is lateral, and in the pre-
paration it is peculiarly waved and frilled. Moreover, this layer tapers off to a hiatus
dorsally and ventrally, since the hypodermic and cuticular layers wdth an external band
of transverse muscular fibres alone occupy the middle line.

At first sight this remarkable form resembles one of the Hesionidse, the long cirri
and the great size being especially striking ; but a careful consideration of the structuu'.
of the head and its appendages, the structure of the feet and that of the proboscis
with its tooth, ten distal and ten proximal papillse, and other points, show that it is
characteristically Syllidian. Langerhans,^ apparently with reason, widens the original
description of the genus by Malmgren, by admitting those with indistinctly articulated
tentacles, but there is some doubt in regard to the species with simple tips to the
bristles {e.g., Eusyllis kupfferi, Langerhans) which he also includes. The grounds on
which the latter are grouped with the former do not appear to me to be sufficiently
reliable.

1 Zeitschr.f. wiss. ZooL, Bd. xxxiii. p. 549, 1880.

REPOKT ON THE ANNELIDA.

193

Syllis, Savigny (Grube).

Syllis capensis, n. sp. (PL XXXIII. figs. 8, 9 ; PI. XVa. fig. 21).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 141 (ofi‘ the Cape of Good Hope), December 17, 1873 ;
lat, 34° 41' S., long. 18° 36' E. ; depth, 98 fathoms; bottom temperature 49°‘5, surface
temperature 66°'5 ; sea-bottom, green sand.

A minute example, between 5 and 6 mm. in length and barely 1 mm. in breadth.
It is characterised by the short and boldly segmented cirri and other characters.

The head (PL XXXIII. fig. 8) is furnished with four brownish eyes situated in the
arms of a wide V, and between them is the somewhat short tentacle. The antennae and
tentacular cirri are likewise short, and all are distinctly annulated. The palpi are
of moderate length.

In the anterior third of the body the foot (PL XXXIII. fig. 9) presents dorsally a
short cirrus of eight or nine segments. Beneath is an obliquely conical setigerous
division, with two stoutish sjnnes running to the upper angle. The bristles (PL XVa.
fig. 21) have a somewhat elongated terminal appendage which is bifid. The ventral
cirrus is lanceolate and of considerable breadth.

The tail is terminated by two short cirri.

This is probably a young form, and differs from Malmgren’s^ interpretation of
the typical Syllis in having bristles with the terminal pieces bidentate. Langerhans ^
groups the somewhat varied representatives of this group under his subgenus Typosyllis,
whether the bristles be simple or bidentate, but the subject seems to be in want
of further elucidation. The short cirri, bifid terminal appendages to the bristles,
and other points would indicate its relation to Syllis armillaris and similar forms.

Syllis gigantea, n. sp. (PL XXX. figs. 1, 2, 3 ; PL XXXIII. fig. 4 ; PL XVa.
fig. 14; PL XXXIVa. fig. 7).

Habitat. — Dredged off Kerguelen, in 10 to 100 fathoms.

A large flattened form, fully 90 mm. in length, and, including the bristles, about
7 mm. in breadth at the widest region anteriorly.

The body is remarkably depressed, and divided into very numerous segments,® each
of which bears a foot or its homologue. The body attains its maximum breadth about

1 Annulata Polychseta, p. 41. ^ Zeitschr.f. wiss. Zool, Bd. xxxii. p. 530 et seq., 1879.

^ The Bumher has not been indicated, because there seems to be little value in such a character.

(zool. cuall. exp. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 25

194

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

half an inch from the head, to which it gently tapers. The diminution from the same
region to the tip of the tail is very gradual, the latter being by no means slender.

The head has two moderate frontal lobes, and, viewed from the dorsum, it seems to
be broader in front than behind. The ocular region on each side is elevated into
two prominent lobes, which form two lateral bosses posteriorly, a considerable part
of each extending behind the posterior eye. The eyes are situated in the arms of
the usual V, the anterior being about twice the size of the posterior pair, somewhat
ovoid, and with a trace of a “lens.” Their position is such that they look slightly
forward as well as upward. The second pair follow after a short interval, and are
rounded. Above the base of each frontal lobe is a tentacle (antenna of some authors)
shorter than the median, and crenulated by the annulations. The ordinary tentacle
springs from the centre of the head, rather in front of the first pair of eyes, and, like
the previous processes, is somewhat narrowed at the base, while the tip is little tapered.

The buccal segment bears two cirri in place of a foot on each side. Interiorly the
margin of the mouth forms a disk symmetrically divided into eight lobes. The first foot
follows, bearing dorsally a long thickish cirrus only slightly tapered at the tip, and com-
posed of numerous segments, next a setigerous process and inferiorly a lanceolate
ventral cirrus.

When fully formed the foot anteriorly (PI. XXXIII. fig. 4) presents a dorsal cirrus,
which assumes a somewhat fusiform shape, from the slight diminution at the base and
tip. There are about twenty-five segments in the cirrus besides the basal region, which
is formed by a prominent process of the body-wall. The setigerous region is moderately
elongated, its prominent superior apex having two short papillae, from which its margin
slopes downward and inward. It has about six spines, and a series of stoutish bristles
(PI. XYa. fig. 14) with short simply hooked terminal processes. The ventral cirrus is
a somewhat broad, tongue-shaped lobe, with its concave surface directed upward. Its
tip projects a little beyond the setigerous region.

Posteriorly the chief changes in the foot are the increase in the length of the dorsal
cirrus (which also tapers slightly from base to apex), its more numerous and evident
annulations, which amount to about forty-two. The setigerous region is smaller than in
front and has four spines. The bristles pass out beneath the latter as anteriorly. The
basal region of the ventral cirrus is slightly broader than in front, and its tip more tapered.

The anus occurs as a terminal aperture posteriorly, and in the preparation no process
remains at the sides. The last foot, which adjoins the aperture, is little differentiated.

In transverse section (PI. XXXI Va. fig. 7) the cuticle is remarkably thick,
especially on the ventral surface. Outside the nerve-area is the circular coat, and then
apparently hypoderm, though the cut ends of fibres appear to be present. The oblique
muscles pass below the cords and meet in the middle line ; moreover, a few fibres pass
obliquely over the nerve-area from the one to the other. The longitudinal ventral

REPOUT ON THE ANNELIDA.

195

muscles present a feature not unfrequently seen in the great muscles of the Nemerteans,
viz., they are cut into fasiculi by radiate bands, which pass somewhat regularly from
the circular coat through the longitudinal ventral to the oblique, and at intervals
upward to the longitudinal dorsal muscles. This arrangement and the dense cuticle
are probably in connection with the peculiarly flattened body, for the vertical muscular
bands conduce greatly to the strength laterally. The proboscis shows a fan-like
arrangement of folds which radiate outward from the hypodermic lining. The wall of
the succeeding region of the canal is peculiarly spongy, a condition probably due to the
arrangement of the muscular fibres and glands.

The great size and flattened form of the body, the elevations on the head, and the
comparatively small frontal lobes, are all characteristic features in this species. The
pharyngeal region presents the usual chitinous structure internally, with a crown of horny
papillae in front, while externally a series of large glands are arranged longitudinally.
The elongated proventriculus has a thick wall composed chiefly of radiate fibres and
glands over an inner lining.

Syllis setubalensis, n. sp. (PL XXX. figs. 5, 6 ; PI. XXXIII. fig. 6; PI. XVa.
figs. 16, 17).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station II. (off the coast of Portugal), January 13, 1873; lat.
38° 10' N., long. 9° 14' W. ; depth, 470 fathoms; surface temperature, 57°'0; sea-bottom,
green mud.

A small species in a fragmentary state. It measures about 4 mm. in length and
1 mm. in breadth.

The body is tinged pale brown in spirit, is convex dorsally and flattened ventrally.
It is characterised by the peculiar rasp-like appearance given to a considerable portion of
the anterior third of the dorsum by the proventriculcus, which seems to attain a large
size in this form.

The head (PI, XXX. fig. 5) is short in its antero-posterior diameter, wide transversely.
The eyes are comparatively large, situated close together on each side, and in the arms of
a very wide V. As usual, the anterior pair are the larger, and from the width of the
head the pairs on the respective sides are separated by a long interval. The median
1 tentacle arises from the centre of the head, between the eyes; and on each side in a line
' with the latter is the antenna. These processes are all long, slender, and moniliform
i (from segmentation). The anterior border of the snout is occupied by two large bluntly
conical flattened frontal lobes (palpi), which exceed those of most forms in size. They
project beyond the extruded horny pharyngeal region, which forms a brownish trumpet-like

196

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

organ on the ventral surface (PL XXX. fig. 6). The density of the pharyngeal wall is
noteworthy. The buccal segment bears the usual pair of cirri on each side.

The complete anterior foot (PL XXXIIL fig. 6) has dorsally a very long, slender,
moniliform cirrus of about thirty-three segments. The organ tapers from the short basal
division to the apex. The setigerous region is bluntly conical, and bears a few stout
bristles (PL XVa. fig. 16), the shafts having dilated ends of the type common amongst
the Syllidae, but no example possesses a terminal appendage; indeed, from the “finished”
state of the tips of the shafts such would seem to have been their ordinary condition.
The ventral cirrus has the form of a slender tongue-shaped process, the tip extending
decidedly beyond that of the setigerous region.

Posteriorly the dorsal cirri become more slender, and the ventral somewhat shorter,
so that they do not quite reach the tip of the setigerous region. The bristles are fewer
than in front, only one or two being, as a rule, present. They are stout, and have the
tips curiously modified (PL XVa. fig. 17), like those of Syllis gracilis of the Channel
Islands. The tip of the shaft is minutely bifid, this modification affecting the part
which forms the. articular edge in other bristles of the same nature.

As indicated by the bristles, this form approaches the group containing Syllis gracilis,
Grube, but is especially allied to Syllis spongicola, Grube,^ a species not uncommon in
the Mediterranean, and also at Madeira. The cirri in the present species seem to be
considerably longer, and the structure of the bristles is diagnostic. It is interesting to
note that in some forms, as in Grube’s Syllis vancaurica,^ and in Eusyllis, Malmgren, the
posterior bristles deviate considerably from the anterior. These differences are well shown
by Marenzeller in Eusyllis assimilis.^

Syllis brasiliensis, n. sp. (PL XXX. fig. 7 ; PL XXXIIL fig. 7 ; PL XVa. fig. 20).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 122 (off Barra Grande, Brazil), September 10, 1873;
lat. 9° 5' S. to 9° 10' S., long. 34° 50' W.; depth, 350 fathoms; surface temperature,
77°'5 ; sea-bottom, red mud.

A form about the size of the last-mentioned species, and also furnished with a large
proventriculus, which gives a rasp-like appearance (from the transparency of the integu-
mentary tissues) to the region occupied by it. The dorsum is prominent and much
arched, the ventral region marked by a groove.

The head (PL XXX. fig. 7) possesses a similar form to that in Syllis setubalensis, i.e.,
has a short antero-posterior and a long transverse diameter. The four very distinct
blackish eyes are similarly arranged. The tentacle springs from the middle of the head

1 Archivf. Naturgesch., 1855, p. 104. ^ Annel. NoYara-ExpecL, p. 25, Tab. iii. fig. 2, c.

3 Zur Kenntniss d. adriatischen Aniu-b, p. 30, Taf. iii. fig. 2, B.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

197

between the eyes, and it and the antennse are long, slender, and moniliform. The
pharyngeal region is extruded, as in the foregoing form, but its colour is dusky greyish,
and it is not so horny. The palpi (frontal lobes) form two large, bluntly conical,
flattened organs projecting from the snout.

The feet are furnished with longer bristles than in Syllis setubalensis. The dorsal
cirrus (PI. XXXIII. fig. 7) is more decidedly tapered from base to apex, and has a
variable number of segments, generally about forty-four. The setigerous division is less
rounded at the tip, and anteriorly is supported by a single strong spine, the tip of which
is dorsal. There are .about four stoutish bristles beneath it, each with a minute yet dis-
tinctly bifid terminal appendage (PI. XVa. fig. 20), while the distal end of the shaft
has a small style. The whole appearance is such as might be expected from a further
development of the form seen in Syllis setubalensis. The bristles retain the same
characters in the posterior region of the body (which is more complete than in the
previous species), so that there is an evident distinction between them in this respect.
The ventral cirrus is shorter than in Syllis setubalensis, and does not reach a vertical line
from the tip of the setigerous division. It is also less inclined upward at the tip, and
posteriorly becomes even less prominent.

This species approaches certain forms of Eusyllis in regard to the terminal pieces of
the bristles, but at the same time these appendages are much shorter than any known
example. The terminal pieces also differ considerably from those of Syllis gracilis,
Grube.

Syllis robertiancB, n. sp. (PL XXXIV. figs. 1,2; PL XXIXa. fig. 14).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 320 (off the coast of Buenos Ayres), February 14,
1876 ; lat. 37° 17' S., long. 53° 52' W.; depth, 600 fathoms; bottom temperature 37°'2,
surface temperature 6 7° ’5 ; sea-bottom, green sand. It was in an incrusting Sponge on
the tube of Pista mirabilis.

The specimen is 13 mm. in length, and fully 1 mm. in diameter anteriorly.

The body tapers gradually from before backward. The head is elongated transversely,
the antero-posterior diameter being very short. The palpi are bluntly conical when
viewed from the dorsum, and ventrally present the usual bulbous extremities. There are
four eyes, situated along the arms of a very wide V. The anterior pair are much farther
apart, are twice as large as the posterior, and quarter moon-shaped, the concavity being
in front. The posterior pair are circular. The median and anterior tentacles are about
the same length, and all are evidently articulated as well as very fragile. The tentacular
and dorsal cirri are, like the former, elongated, about forty-one or forty-two articulations
occurring in the dorsal. These organs are gradually tapered from base to apex.

198

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEK.

The setigerous region of the foot (PL XXXIV. fig. 2) is bilobed, and furnished
superiorly with three spines, which do not project beyond the surface, and inferiorly
with a group of stout bristles (PI. XXIXa. fig. 14), having somewhat short distal append-
ages. The anterior edge of each of the latter presents one or two serrations, besides the
well-marked bifid tip, which resembles that in Eiisyllis. The ventral lamella is lanceolate
or ovato-lanceolate, the tip projecting about as far as that of the setigerous region.

This species differs from Syllis hrasiliensis in the shape of the palpi, the arrange-
ment of the eyes, in having the distal ends of the shafts of the bristles less abruptly
dilated, and in the more elongated bifid appendages. By the former character it is
easily distinguished from Eusyllis tvbifex, Gosse, the bristles of which are closely allied.

Syllis ramosa, MTntosh (PL XXXI. fig. 1; PL XXXIII. figs. 11, 12, 13, 14;

PL XVa. figs. 18, 19 ; PL XVIa. fig. 1 ; PL XXXIVa. figs. 8, 9, 10, 12, 13).

Syllis ramosa, M‘I., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. (ZooL), vol. xiv. p. 720, 1879.

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 192 (off Tionfolokker Islands in the Arafura Sea),
September 26, 1874; lat. 5° 49' 15" S., long. 132° 14' 15" E. ; depth, 140 fathoms;
surface temperature, 82°'0 ; sea-bottom, blue mud. Also at Station 209 (near Zebu,
Philippines), January 22, 1875 ; lat. 10° 14' N., long. 123° 54' E.; depth, 95 fathoms:
bottom temperature 71°, surface temperature 81° ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

In both instances the ground was peculiarly rich in Ewplectella and other
Hexactinellid Sponges and Sipunculi, the canals of the former, especially just above the
“wisp,” being occupied by this remarkable Annelid in great numbers. It was not
observed in life. Besides the Syllis, the sponge in one instance was tenanted by Polynoe
hexactinellidcB.

The Syllidian [Syllis ramosa) is located for the most part in the basal canals of the
sponge, above the wisp. In this region masses of the Annelid, about a quarter of au
inch in diameter, occur, and a multitude of branches pass into the smaller canals
adjoining. Two of such masses are especially conspicuous. The intricate manner in
which the branches are arranged makes it a very difficult matter to dissect them out,
especially when the friability of the Annelid and the sharp spicules of the sponge are
taken into account. Even after removal from the sponge it is a laborious operation to
unravel them without frequent rupture.

The masses and their numerous branches, as well as the isolated portions, consist of a
Syllis-Yiko- Annelid of the thickness of common sewing-thread. In the specimen within a
sponge from Zebu, which was first sent me, no head can be observed either in the parent-
stock, amongst the masses, or in the canals elsewhere, so that they must either be very
few, only occasionally developed, or by some means have been swept off, as it is hard to

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

199

believe that they are entirely absent. The latter, however, must be the condition in
some of the examples (unless we are to suppose that all are connected with a single head),
which, therefore, would appear to derive nourishment at the open end ; yet, in many,
the aperture rapidly develops a bud, which nearly closes it. In several instances
smoothly finished ends occur, some showing a yellowish opacity in which the alimentary
canal terminates, and evidently indicating the development of a new bud ; while others
have a wide aperture with a smooth edge at which the digestive tract is abruptly trun-
cated. If, in life, there be many examples with such open ends, then the whole series
branching from them presents an analogous condition to that of very elementary animals,
the food being swept in with the sea-water to traverse the moniliform nutritive canal
throughout the organism.

In examining the examples recently sent from Station 192 (Arafura Sea), one of the
fragments presented a peculiarly broad body, which came off at right angles from an
elongated piece (PI. XXXI Va. fig. 8), and had shorter segments as well as a wider and
more distinctly moniliform alimentary canal. Moreover, the free end possessed a head.
The latter is opaque and more massive than the rest of the body, and presents dorsally a
somewhat uneven surface. The anterior margin of the snout is depressed, and carries on
each side a slender cirrus, and a little behind and just in front of the eye another append-
age of the same kind. A sulcus separates this area from the more elevated one behind,
the latter resembling a broad wedge with the eye on each angle anteriorly. The ocular
pigment is dark red, and not rigidly defined at the edge, indeed, on the left side a few
small points occur to the exterior of the larger. The folds on the posterior region of
the head are symmetrical, and the nuchal border is clearly marked. Interiorly the snout
has a deep sulcus (the mouth) at the posterior region of the head and buccal segment.
A minute and somewhat flattened lobe appears on each side of the snout, just in front of
the oral depression, and it is possible that this is the homologue of the palpus. The
mouth passes into the alimentary canal, which emerges from the opaque cephalic mass as
a broad tract. There is no further differentiation in the canal than is seen in ordinary
specimens, the dilated portions in the figure being probably due to pressure in unfolding
the compressed example. The structure of the feet also corresponds with the subsequent
description.

The body of the animal stretches, from any of the broken ends, of a nearly uniform
diameter, a considerable distance, the numerous narrow segments being distinctly marked,
and each furnished laterally with well-formed feet. The latter (PI. XXXIII. fig. f 4)
have dorsally a long, and often gracefully curved cirrus, composed of a variable number
of segments, since injury and reparation constantly occur. The longer cirri have abcut
twenty-six segments, and all the organs are gently tapered from base to apex. The
shorter cirri, which alternate with the former, have about fifteen segments. Beneath,
and confluent with the base of the cirrus, is the somewhat conical setigerous region

7 O O

200

THE YOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

(PL XVIa. fig. 1), wliicli has a few simple bristles, each with a stout and slightly curved
shaft, the dilated distal portion having the terminal process apparently ankylosed to
it, a peculiar modification in such bristles. In many the convex edge of the distal
region of the shaft is slightly serrated, as also the corresponding (concave) edge of the
terminal piece, the last serrature under the hook at the ti|) being especially conspicuous,
so as to give a bifid condition in the best-marked bristles, these features being developed
most distinctly in the specimens from off Tionfolokker Islands. A single stout spine
sup]3orts the setigerous region, and, as usual, its point passes to the upper border. The
ventral cirrus is broad and short, its tip being within the line of the former division.

The body of the Annelid appears to have a great tendency to budding — laterally,
terminally, and wherever a broken surface occurs. The young buds remain slender till
they have reached a considerable length, and into each a diverticulum of the alimentary
canal of the parent enters. These buds, on attaining a certain size, l>y and by give off
other buds, so that the whole has a remarkably branched condition. The tail of the hud
[i.e., its distal point) is early formed, and soon becomes furnished with two long cirri.
Indeed, it would seem that in such a case the tail and the anus were more useful than the
head, the eyes, and the finished buccal region and the pharyngeal apparatus.

The number of buds seems to be indefinite, the data at present being insufficient to
enable me to fix a limit. Some of the larger fragments show nine or ten buds, yet they
are evidently far from being complete. In one instance, a narrow branch left the main
trunk in the usual manner, and shortly after its commencement gave off three buds from
the same spot, while the original branch pursued its way outward. The first bud is very
rudimentary, and is barely segmented, but the second and third consist of many somites,
one, however, being considerably larger and longer than the other. No less than five
branches thus radiate from this prolific spot.

Several female buds were found. One of these (PI. XXXIII. fig. 11) is still attached
by its pedicle of four segments to the j)arent-stock. These intermediate segments some-
what resemble those of ordinary buds, only they are more slender. All have rudimentary
lateral cirri and setigerous processes. The diverticulum of the alimentary canal proceeds
from the main trunk in the ordinary way, passes through the anterior segments of the
bud, and becomes lost in the opacity caused by the ova. The head of the bud is bilobate,
and somewhat like the sexual form described as loida by Dr. Johnston, furnished
dorsally with a large reddish-brown eye on each side, and a still larger pair, of similar
shape (somewhat circular) and colour, on the ventral surface. These eyes, while useful
for both dorsal and ventral vision, approach so near the margins that they are also
available for lateral sight. The head is terminated posteriorly by two short cirri and a
setigerous process furnished with a spine.

The body of the female bud is somewhat fusiform, gradually increasing in diameter
till full breadth is attained, and, after a nearly cylindrical region, diminishing toward

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

201

the tail, though to a less degree than anteriorly. The entire body, from the middle of the
second segment backward, as well as the bases of the feet, is filled with ova, each of which
shows germinal vesicle and spot. The anterior segments are provided with bristles of the
same type as the parent stock (PI. XVa. fig. 18), only the terminal a23|)endage is
more differentiated. None of the long simple bristles are apparent in this frag-
mentary example.

Exactly opposite the point from which the pedicle of the foregoing bud arises is
another small one, consisting of upward of a dozen segments. Moreover, in the same
specimen, a pair of young buds occur opposite each other. In these cases the segment of
the intestine of the parent-stock, from which the diverticulum proceeds, is shorter than
the rest. It would seem that the bud arises opposite a foot, and there is no evidence
that it ever springs between two (successive) feet. The shortening of the intestinal
segment may be due to the appropriation of the substance of both it and the body-wall
in the production of the new bud.

A free female bud, again, occurred in one of the basal canals of the sponge. It
(PL XXXIVa. fig. 9) closely agrees with the description of the previous specimen, ex-
cept in the larger garnet-tinted eyes, the dorsal and ventral pairs being more nearly equal,
and the presence of beautiful tufts of long simple bristles (the “ Pubertatsborsten ” of Prof.
Langerhans) in each foot. Its length is about 9 mm., and its breadth, including the
bristles, rather more than 2 mm. There are twenty-nine segments, but the condition of
the tail is open to doubt. Dorsally (PI. XXXIII. fig. 12) each segment has a slender
and distinctly jointed cirrus. Beneath the foregoing is a dense tuft of long, translucent,
simple bristles, with broad flattened tips after the fashion of the straight Koman swords,
but marked at the tip by two peculiar longitudinal processes, and sometimes the end
assumes a fimbriated appearance (PI. XVa. fig. 19). The setigerous region beneath is
short and conical, having superiorly the spine and interiorly the bristles, which differ
from those of the parent-stock in showing a more evident differentiation at the junction
of the terminal process. Yentrally is a tongue-shaped cirrus, which nearly reaches the
apex of the setigerous region. The entire body is filled with ova, which likewise occupy
, the feet almost to their tips, the first segment and the extremity of the tail (which is
I apparently in process of regeneration) alone being devoid of them. Some of the feet,

I indeed, assume a bulk four or five times larger than the others, from distention wnth ova.

, The latter apparently have embryos internally.

! Another free female bud (PL XXXIVa. fig. 10) amongst the specimens from the
Arafura Sea, differs somewhat from the foregoing, and probably represents a younger
stage, though the example has thirty-one segments. It is not in good preservation.

; Instead of the smooth, bifid snout and two large eyes, the anterior margin presents no
! notch anteriorly, while a minute cirrus appears on each side. The eyes are small and
j wide apart, and a similar pair occur ventrally. The ova are smaller (less developed)

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 26

202

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLEHGEK.

than in the previous form, and no long bristles are present. The commencement of tbe
alimentary canal is clearly seen, but is soon lost in the opaque mass of ova.

In the specimens from the Challenger, only a fragment of the posterior end of a
male example was procured, but in the fine example of the sj)onge kindly forwarded from
the Oxford Museum by Prof. Moseley a perfect male occurred. This dorsally presents
a head (PI. XXXI Va. fig. 12) with a median notch to which apparently a process
from the body of the parent-stock had been attached. The sides form two sym-
metrical but irregularly rounded lobes, a small eye being situated anteriorly and
towards the outer border on each side. The , eye is circular and smooth in outline, as
if surrounded by a special capsule. On the ventral surface a much larger pair of eyes
are situated somewhat behind and internal to the dorsal. The head seems to have
a single tentacular process. Immediately behind the head on each side are a
pair of connate processes, probably developing feet. Seven segments which follow
the foregoing are somewhat narrower (transversely) than their successors, the feet
especially being less developed. Each has a short dorsal cirrus, a tuft of bristles
with stout shafts and short terminal pieces, which appear to have simple tips.
One or two of the posterior segments of this division also have a short tuft of simple,
bristles, but these do not project conspicuously from the foot. The succeeding region of
the body, which in the specimen consists of about twenty-six segments, gradually
diminishes to the posterior extremity, at which is the anus, with a minute (developing
foot) at each side (PL XXXIVa. fig. 13). The alimentary canal leads from the anterior
central notch straight through the body to the posterior end.

The feet (PL XXXIII. fig. 13), which are well marked and long, have dorsally
a slightly convex margin ; ventrally the outline is also somewhat tumid at the base,
but curves upward toward the tip. A short cirrus of four or five segments extends
from the extremity of the dorsal margin, while beneath it is a dense tuft of long,
straight, sword-shaped translucent bristles, similar to those described in the female bud.
A flat papilla, about the middle of the bristle-bundle, shows that part of the foot
to which the tip of the slender supporting spine proceeds. This slender spine diverges
upward from the side of the stronger inferior one, the arrangement of the parts
indicating that the foregoing tuft of simple bristles is of less morphological value than
the others. A somewhat lanceolate j)rocess occurs at the ventral margin of the foot, and
apparently corresponds to the setigerous division. It is supported by the stronger
spine, and bears two or three bristles with simple terminal processes, similar to those
in the parent-stock. The enlarged feet evidently greatly aid in storing the spermatozoa,
and they have a series of muscular fibres, which form a closely arranged investment,
crossing if not interweaving with each other. The cavity of each foot is occupied by a
granular mass, which in some clearly shows the forms of spermatozoa.

The condition of the specimens renders the structure of the body-wall indistinct.

EEPOKT ON THE ANNELIDA.

203

but it appears to conform to the ordinary type, though the longitudinal muscular
layer is comparatively thin. The softening of the nerve-cords seems to have rendered
their area diffuse.

SylUs ramosa agrees with Grube’s “ stolones ” ^ in having no proper pharynx and
proventriculus. The entire animal and its branches seem to be devoid of such, and yet
the structure of the greater part of it is more in keeping with the ordinary type seen in
Syllis. The large eyes of the female buds correspond with those in the “ stolones.”

Several species from the Philippines are described by Grube, in which an alternation
of long and short dorsal cirri occur. Thus, for example, Syllis lycoclmtusf from
Samboangan, has long cirri of forty or fifty segments, and shorter with about half
the number; while Syllis Jlaccida^ has from twenty-five to thirty joints in the
shorter cirri, and from forty to fifty -five in the longer.

The only known marine forms in which gemmation occurred were those in which the
posterior segments of certain forms gave off buds in linear series. Thus amongst the
Derostome Ehabdocoela Duges found in southern France a form which he termed
Catenula, characterised by its linear budding. Two marine examples of the same genus
were procured by Schmarda, one from South Africa and the other from New South Wales.
The species from the Cape forms a chain of several individuals. Oscar Schmidt,^ again, in
the same group has described the linear division of a Microstomum, and similar gemmation
also occurs in Stenostomum. Amongst the Annelids it is more than a century since
0. F. Muller observed the budding of Nais prohoscidea. He mentions two varieties of
this fission, viz., first, in which the last segment sprouts forth into a number of body-rings,
the posterior being the oldest, and the anterior the youngest as well as the smallest.
The second kind occurs when the body has attained forty segments, for then a division
begins in the middle, two bodies of twenty segments each being formed ; and Max
Schultze® and others have subsequently extended our information on this subject. The
former maintained that the separation took place, not between two rings as 0. F. Muller
stated, but in the middle of a segment. He also found that when the parent-stock had
been reduced to twelve or fourteen segments the budding process ceased. The former
author also mentioned the division of ChcBtogaster vermicularis ; and this habit in the same
genus has further been elucidated by Gruithuisen, von Baer, Ehrenberg, D’Udekem,
0. Schmidt, and Eay Lankester. 0. F. Muller also pointed out the fissiparous condition
in Syllis prolifera, in which a similar new body was attached to the old, apparently in
the form of a tail. He Quatrefages ® met with a similar species on the coast of Brittany,
and, like Muller, he found that the buds alone showed the sexual elements. Milne-
Edwards'^ described the same features in Myrianida, from Sicily, in which a new

1 Annelidenfauna d. Philippinen, p. 110. ^ Ihid., p. 117. ^ Ihid., p. 118.

^ Neue Beitrage zur Naturgesch., &c., Bhabdocoelen Strudelwiirmer, 1848, p. 57.

^ Archivf. Naturgesch., 1849, pp. 293-304. ® Ann. d. Sci. Nat, ser. 3, t. i. p. 22, 1844.

^ Ihid., t. iii. p. 17, 1845.

204

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

individual was developed between the penultimate and the last segment. In our own.
country it is one of the most remarkable sights in the group to observe the parent-stock
of this form moving gracefully about with a long string of buds at its posterior extremity.
Frey and Leuckart^ extended the history of the subject by a careful examination of
Syllis prolifera from the North Sea. They observed in the line between two segments
a new process which forms an interpolated segment, and this, as a real bud of the
anterior moiety of the animal, is developed after the manner of such structures, and by
degrees is separated as a complete individual. From these observations, indeed, and his
own on Nais p)roboscidea, Max Schultze concluded that the former was a clear case of
fissiparous development, whereas in the latter a division takes place. Greeff ^ also gave
an account of the usual budding in Autolytus from Heligoland. Frey and

Leuckart did not find the generative products fully develoj)ed in their examples of the
buds ; but Krohn ^ made further observations a few years later, though he did not quite
complete the history. The latter was accomplished by Alex. Agassiz,^ who, in Autolytus
cornutus, described the parent-stock, and traced from the elements of the male and
female buds the growth of the young embryo into a parent-stock. A similar but not
identical mode of development occurs in the British ProcercBct picta. In Filigrana, a
genus of the Serpulidm, Sars,® Oscar Schmidt ® and Huxley ’’ have shown that linear buds
are developed posteriorly.

So far as the foregoing observations go, the specimens exhibited only linear budding,
but in 1863 Alex. Pagenstecher ? described what he termed lateral budding in
gemmifera, from the Port of Cette. This, however, as Fillers has pointed out, is only a
further development of the condition formerly shown by CErsted in his Exogone naidina,
or as very early indicated by Martin Slabber. Nothing approaching to a lateral bud exists.
As stated in 1868,® Vaillant’s^® supposed new instance of reproduction by budding is
due to a misapprehension. The so-called buds appear to be the tentacles (furnished with
pigment-spots at the tip) of a Poly cirrus or closely allied form. With this view Ehlers"
coincides.

Fissiparity similar to that in the Syllidians previously mentioned has occasionally
been observed in other groups, as in the Eulcdia gracilis of Verrill.^® In this, one of
the segments is larger than the rest, and develops a distinct pair of eyes. Langerhans,
in one of his interesting papers on the Annelids of the Canaries,^® describes an instance,

1 Beitrage zur k. wirbell. TMere, &c., 1847, p. 91. ^ Archivf. Naturgesch., 1866, p. 352.

^ Archivf. Paturgesch., 1852, p. 66. ^ Journ. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. vii. p. 392.

5 Fauna litt. Norvegise, p. 86.

Neue Beitrage zur Naturgesch. d. Wiirmer, Jena, 1848, p. 33.

’’ Edin. New Phil, /owm., January 1855, p. 113. ® Zeitschr.f. wiss. Zool., Bd. xii. p. 267, Taf. xxv., &c.

8 Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. xxv. p. 309.

1° Ann. d. Sci. Nat. (Zook), ser. 5, 1865, p. 243, pi. iii. Op. cit., ii. p. 15.

Report of U.S. Commissioners of Fish and Fisheries, &c., 1873, p. 586.

13 Nova Acta Acad. Gees. Leop., &c., Bd. xlii.. No. 3, Halle, 1881, pp. 95-105.

REPOET OE THE ANNELIDA.

205

again, of two fairly formed heads followed by a few segments occurring at the anterior
end of Typosyllis variegata, Grube. The heads pass off obliquely from the body.

From the foregoing remarks it will be observed that in no group of the Annelids is
budding more conspicuous than in the Syllida), and it is therefore not surprising that the
remarkably branched form should have occurred in the same family. It is unique in the
multiplicity of its divisions, which are all connected together by the body-wall and
alimentary tube, and to which the size of the sponge alone fixes a limit. This much
branched body is evidently the parent-stock, from which the male and female buds are
produced, the resulting embryos conveying the species to new sites in other sponges.

It had been observed, even in the days of Aristotle, that worms dwelt in sponges, and
the occurrence of such forms as the phosphorescent Eusyllis under Sponges and Ascidians
fixed to stones is a frequent occurrence in the littoral region in Britain. Though not
uncommon in the Hirudinea, ectoparasitism in the chsetopodous Annelids is rare, the
chief examples being observed in Slylaria, Chcstog aster, and other Naides. In the marine
forms, again, commensalism is common, many examples inhabiting the tubes of others,
taking shelter under the mantle of moUusks, or in the ambulacral grooves of starfishes.
Fritz Miiller found an Amphinomian in the respiratory cavity of Leyms anatifera ; and
amongst other examples is Alciopina parasitica, which Claparede discovered in Pleuro-
hrachia densa. In Euplectella one of the Polynoidse occurs, and in an Ascidian another
of the same family. Thus the presence of Syllis ramosa as a commensalistic form in the
sponge is not remarkable. It is the unique power of branching which is noteworthy.

Exogone, (Ersted.

Exogone heterosetosa, n. sp, (PI. XXXIII. figs. 15, 16 ; PI. XXIV a, fig. 11).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 144a (off Marion Island), December 26, 1873;
lat. 46° 48' S., long. 37° 49' 30" E. ; depth, 69 fathoms ; surface temperature, 41°‘0 ;
sea-bottom, volcanic sand. It was found amongst the bristles of Lagisca antarctica
during the examination of that form.

A minute species, about 3 mm. in length and a third of a mm. in breadth.

The body consists of thirty-four segments, which have a greater transverse than
antero-posterior diameter, the latter attaining its greatest proportion posteriorly. The
tail has a pair of cirri of considerable length.

' The head (PL XXXIII. fig, 15) has anteriorly a pair of bluntly conical frontal lobes,
which have a thin bridge along the middle line. A pair of eyes occur on each side, the
axis of the pairs being directed forward and outward. The anterior on each side is the
larger, and has a conical “ lens.” A short lateral cirrus is placed on each side of the head
anteriorly, and there seems to be a median of similar length, though the^tate of the

206

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

preparation renders its presence doubtful. The pharyngeal region presents the usual
anterior tooth. The prov^entriculus shows only the transverse striation of the com-
pressed muscles in the preparation, but glandular papillse are probably present
internally.

Each foot has dorsally a short and somewhat cylindrical cirrus, which, in the
compressed specimen, does not project so far outward as the setigerous region. The
latter anteriorly bears a tuft of jointed bristles, the shafts of which are for the most-
part curved below the dilated tip. The distal appendage is minute, with a terminal
hook and a basal projection, so that it appears bifid (PI. XXXIVa. fig. 11). Two other
singular bristles occur in the same group : one is a long and slightly curved form with
an oblique tip like a beak (probably a modification of the shaft of the jointed
kind) ; the other has a shaft of similar length, w^hicli distally is flattened out so as
to form a spathulate tip with a terminal filament, as in certain Sabellidm and in
Magelona. In addition to these, at and behind the twelfth foot, a tuft of long and very
fine hair-like bristles is present. These are often broken, as in the figure.

Seven segments (viz., from the sixteenth to the twenty-second bristled segments) of
the body posteriorly are filled with the reproductive products, and are densely granular
and opaque, while two early embryos are in proximity externally (PI. XXXIII. fig. 16).
The latter are somewhat conical, one end being blunt, wfith two lateral bosses and
three median cirri ; the other, apparently the posterior, being pointed and furnished
with at least one cirrus above the termination (the other perhaps having fallen oif).
The central region of the embryo is occupied by the same deep yellowish granules as in
the body of the adult, while externally there are traces of several feet.

The embryos of this genus somewhat resemble those of Syllides gmUigera, Krohn.
The minute size of this form renders its diagnosis somewhat difficult, but it leans rather
to Exogone than to any of the allied genera.

SphcerosyUis, Claparede.

Sphcerosyllis kerguelensis, n. sp. (PI. XXIX. fig. 5 ; PI. XXXIII. fig. 10 ; PI. XV a.
fig. 22).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149h (off Cumberland Bay, Kerguelen), January 29,
1874; lat. 48° 45' S., long. 69°14' E.; depth, 127 fathoms; surface temperature, 39°'8 ;
sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

A minute example, barely 5 mm. in length and less than 1 mm. in breadth.

The body has a fusiform shape, rather more tapered posteriorly than anteriorly, and
comprising twenty-six setigerous segments.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

207

The head (PL XXIX. fig. 5) is smoothly rounded, but with a slight indentation in
the middle line anteriorly. Two somewhat ovoid eyes occur, immediately in front of
the first bristle -bearing segment, and behind the first (or buccal) lateral cirri. Such
specks may represent the conjoined eyes of each side. In front of each eye (indeed
separated by a considerable interval) is a short process, probably the homologue of the
antenna. It hardly projects beyond the margin of 'the head. The pharyngeal and pro-
ventricular regions of the alimentary canal are well developed.

Each foot (PI. XXXIII. fig. 10) carries superiorly a dorsal cirrus, the lower division
of which forms an ovoid swelling, while the distal part is somewhat filiform. The whole
process is very short, and its surface is sparsely covered with wart-like papillae. The
setigerous region has about five minute and somewhat slender bristles (PL XV a. fig. 22)
which emerge beneath the two spines (at the tij) of the foot superiorly). The terminal
appendage has a simple hook. The ventral cirrus is a short, slightly tapered process,
which is considerably shorter than the setigerous region. Its surface likewise has a few
warty papiUse.

Posteriorly the tail has two short cmd on each side of the anus.

The genus Sphcerosyllis was established by Claparede ^ in 1863 for two forms which
he procured on the coast of Normandy, and the characters were amended in 1868.^ The
Syllidians included in the genus are characterised by two large coalesced palpi, separated
by a median sulcus. Pharynx straight and with a single tooth. Proventriculus follicu-
lar, and the stomach short. Three antennae ; one pair of cirri on the buccal segment ;
other segments with dorsal and ventral cirri. Antennae and cirri with tumid bases but
not moniliform. No alternation of generations.

The present example shows certain differences from the foregoing generic description,
but it does not seem to approach any other form more closely. It appears to be a young
specimen.

Autolytus, Grube.

Autolytus maclearanus, n. sp. (PL XXIX. fig. 6 ; PL XXXIII. fig. 5 ; PL XYa.
fig. 15).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149e (off Greenland Harbour, Kerguelen), January 21,
1874; lat. 49° 37' S., long. 70° 16' E. ; depth, 30 fathoms; sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

A small form, about 13 mm. in length and 1’5 mm. in diameter.

The dorsum is slightly rounded, the ventral surface grooved in the middle, and
marked laterally with the prominent cushions opposite each foot. The body tapers
a little towards the tail.

* Beobachtungen iiber Anat. n. Entwickelung., &c., p. 45.

* Ami el. Cbetop., p. 204.

208

THE VOYAGE OF FI.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

The head (PI. XXIX. fig. 6) is somewhat small, the frontal margin unbroken, though
slightly notched interiorly, and there are two very distinct brownish eyes on each side
arranged in the limbs of a Y. The anterior pahyare considerably larger. Just in front
and to the inner side of each of the latter is an antenna, the base of which is. thus con-
siderably behind the frontal margin. They are moderately thick, curved outward, and
show no traces of annulation. The tentacle is absent. The buccal segment bears a pair
of cirri on each side, the inferior being shorter. The ch’ri have been removed from tbe
next segment, but their bases are very large and distinct. The mouth opens as a longi-
tudinal slit behind the axial groove on the snout.

The first I’oot follows the buccal cirri, and as usual it and several of its successors are
furnished with longer cirri. Y^hen fuUy developed^ each foot (PI. XXXIII. fig. 5) forms
a thick process, with a short dorsal cirrus, but without a differentiated ventral one. As
formerly indicated, the region of the ventral cirrus on each side is occupied by a thick
pad which extends over a third of the transverse diameter, the central and somewhat
wider region being depressed, the whole forming an arrangement similar to that in the
Sabellidae and Terebellidae. The dorsal cirrus is slightly tapered, and • has no trace of
annulation. The basal region (pertaining to the body-wall) is short. The rest of the
foot forms a thick mass with a dimjole opposite the tip of the spine, the upper region
being convex, and the lower sloping inward to the body. The spines are pale and
slender. The fifteen short bristles pass outward beneath the notch, and have the distal
ends of the shafts dilated and furnished with a short bifid appendage (PI. XYa. fig. 15).
The feet on the whole seem to undergo little modification from the front to the ternuna-
tion of the body. The tail has two short cirri on each side of the anus, which is
terminal.

In transverse section the body is found to be distended with the reproductive
elements (apparently male). The nerve-area is comparatively superficial, and thus in
contrast with the common British species, a form allied to Syllis armillaris, 0. F. Miiller,
in which the ventral muscles almost meet in the middle line outside the cords. The
distention from the growth of the reproductive elements, however, may to some extent
alter the relation of the parts.

The bristles resemble those of Autolytus, and the form of the feet and other parts
seem to point its connection with that genus.

Family Nereid a:.

The representatives of this large family are comparatively few, indeed only about half
the number described by Prof. Grube in his Annulata Semperiana from the Philippines.
This disproportion is probably due to the fact that the Nereides abound in shallow water

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

209

and on shore. Sixteen examples of the family are described by Schmarda, while Kinberg
gives a list of no less than fifty from the “ Eugenie.” Even in the Challenger series
the majority come from water less than 100 fathoms in depth, only one appearing from a
notable depth, viz., from 1525 fathoms. Yet their bathymetric range is great, even Nereis
pelagica passing from tide-marks to considerable depths in holes made by other animals
in telegraph-cables. In the “ Porcupine ” Ehlers found Nereis longissima descend to
1366 fathoms.

No specimen of the pelagic Heteronereides occurs, though some, like the Nectonereis
megalops of Verrill,^ swim actively at the surface. No further light has thus been thrown
on the peculiar transformations of the group, some examples of which probably change
from tube-dweUers to pelagic animals on attaining sexual maturity, and which further
increase the complexity by appearing as hermaphrodites as well as atocous and epitocous
forms. The marked changes which the feet and bristles undergo in these Annelids are
well known. Claparede’s observation in regard to the comparative size of the atocous and
epitocous forms is noteworthy, for he states that the examples of the latter are generally
much smaller than the former. Further researches are indeed indicated, for it is remark-
able that, like the American paradoxical frog, the incomplete form is larger than the adult.
The genus Nereilepas is likewise absent from the collection, and yet this was the only
one found by Chamisso and Eysenhardt ^ in their voyage round the world.

Certain forms have a very wide geographical distribution. Thus Nereis pelagica, Linn. ,
is circumpolar, and Nereis virens, Sars, ranges from Europe to the east coast of North
America. Others again are littoral, such as the group containing Nereis diversicolor,
0. F. Muller, which has no epitocous development, while a few are local, as, for example.
Nereis cidtrifera, Grube. The three well known forms. Nereis pelagica. Nereis
diversicolor, and Nereis dumerilii are included in Marenzeller’s Japanese Annelids.®

The representatives of the Platynereid group are most numerous, and this feature is
of interest in regard to the wide distribution of the British species [Nereis dumerilii,
Aud. and Ed.). In this group the anterior lobes of the feet are blunt, the
posterior being pointed; and the paragnathi form rows of minute points. Though some
of the species superficially resemble Nereis dumerilii, the minute examination of the
characters just mentioned, and a glance at the structure of the falcate bristles, indicate
the separation. They simply take the place of that form.

In diagnosing the species, the general form of the head and anterior region, the
arrangement of the paragnathi, the structure of the feet, and the minute structure of the
bristles, are mainly depended on. The method followed in describing the proboscis and
its paragnathi is that of Kinberg,^ for in the present instance it will suffice, without giving

^ Report of U.S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, 1874, p. 592, pi. xii. figs. 62, 63, &c.

^ De Animalibus quibusdam e classe Verm., vol. ii. p. 349.

^ Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss. Wien, 1879, pp. 122, 123. * Ofversigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Fdrhandl., 1865, p. 167.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 27

210

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

an opinion on the subject, to adopt the plan followed by Claparede, Grube, and Elders
in this case. Thus the distal region of the proboscis is termed the maxillary ring, the next
the basal. The first (I.) series of paragnathi is the median dorsal at the base of the
maxillae ; II. indicates the group on each side of the foregoing ; III. the median ventral
at the base of the maxillae; IV. the lateral series adjoining the last; V. the median
dorsal series of the basal ring of the proboscis ; VI. the lateral series on each side of
the foregoing ; VII. and VIII. the remaining lateral and ventral paragnathi of the same
ring, generally disposed in a more or less continuous series. Too much reliance, however,
should not be placed on the paragnathi, as we are not yet fully acquainted with their
sexual and other variations.

The Nereidse often secrete somewhat hyaline tubes in which they dwell, or burrow in
muddy sand under stones like Nereis cultrifera, Grube. Some again frequent crevices
in rocks, the stems of decaying tangles, or sponges, as in the Nereis hircinicola of Eisig.

Nereis, Linnaeus. i

Nereis [Platynereis) kobiensis, n. sp. (PI. XXXIV. figs. 3, 4, 5, 6 ; PL XVIa, figs. 2, 3, 4).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 233a (near Kobe, on the west coast of Japan), May
19, 1875; lat. 34° 38' N., long. 135° 1' E.; depth, 50 fathoms; surface temperature,
6 2° ’6 ; sea-bottom, sand.

Head somewdiat longer than broad ; tentacles about the length of the head. Palpi
large, the tips of the bosses scarcely reaching those of the tentacles. Eyes large and
furnished with lenses. Tentacular cirri attenuate, the longest reaching to the fourteenth
or fifteenth segment. Paragnathi of proboscis — I. and II. absent; III. irregular transverse
series; IV. in triangular groups, the points being larger than in III.; V. absent; VI.
double transverse rows ; VII. and VIII. in tolerably continuous curved rows. Maxillse
pale brown, with eight teeth besides the fang. The first segment of the body longer than
the second, and with a peak directed forward in front. From the fifth to the eleventh
the feet have blunt lobes. The latter become larger posteriorly.

The specimens are fragmentary, the longer measuring about 50 mm. and about
4 '5 mm. in breadth anteriorly.

The body presents no coloration dorsally, the only pigment present being that in the
glandular masses (“ Spinndriisen,” Ehlers) at the bases of the feet.

The tentacles are about the length of the head (PI. XXXIV. fig. 3), which bears a
general resemblance to that of Nereis dumerilii, Aud. and Ed., as also do the
palpi and long tentacular cirri. The eyes are large, and situated in proximity on each
side, but they do not touch. The anterior pair are somewhat larger, and as the lens is
placed at the anterior and outer margin, their appearance diverges from that of the

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

211

posterior pair, and they are better fitted for looking forward and outward. Each is
slightly crescentic in outline. The posterior pair have the lens in the centre superiorly,
and therefore look upward. The maxillae possess about eight teeth, besides the terminal
fang. The paragnathi differ from those in Nereis dumerilii; group VII. and VIII. of the
basal or oral ring in extrusion being formed by a tolerably continuous minute series in a
curved granular row in each lozenge. The lateral dorsal series (VI.) of the same ring has
the form of a double transverse row on each side. The series (IV.) at the base of the
maxiUse interiorly form two somewhat triangular lateral groups and a median one (HI.)
of smaller points. All these possess comparatively larger horny points than in Nereis
dumerilii, and a different asjDect, though neither of the examples is favourable for minute
description in this respect.

The feet somewhat resemble those in Nereis dumerilii, with the exception that those
with the rounded lobes stretch from the fifth to the eleventh. The tenth foot
(PL XXXIV. fig. 4) presents three prominent rounded lobes, the superior being more
oblique in its outline ventrally than dorsally. The superior cirrus is rather more than
three-fourths the vertical diameter of the foot, and stretches considerably beyond the
upper lobe, while the ventral does not reach the tip of the lower lobe. The dorsal tuft is
composed of a series of the ordinary bristles with comparatively short and boldly serrated
tips (PL XVIa. fig. 2), and a single deep amber-coloured and characteristic hook
(PL XVIa. fig. 3). The inferior division bears above the spine a series of bristles
similar to those already described, and below it a group of falcate bristles, a few of the
upper (PL XVIa. fig. 4) being larger than the others.

As usual the tips of the spines are black, the superior touching the base of the
peculiar hook, and the inferior surmounting the falcate bristles.

The thirty-seventh foot (PL XXXIV. fig. 5) still exhibits three prominent lobes, but
all are more slender and elongate than in front. At the base of the dorsal cirrus are two
pigment-patches, and a third exists on the body at the origin of the foot. The superior
lobe is somewhat conical in lateral views, while the middle and inferior approach a
lanceolate form. These characters are slightly varied in the fifty-seventh foot, for whilst
the superior and inferior lobes are longer, the middle is proportionally less. Two hooks,
moreover, occur above the superior spine, and their elongate shafts project a consider-
able extent beyond the cuticle.

The special hooks in the superior division of the foot would appear to be related to
the habits of the Annelid. A hyaline but somewhat tough tube occurred with it, and in
all probability, like Nereis dumerilii and others, it inhabits this, and uses its hooks for
fixing itself, either when withdrawn or during partial projection. The only other form
(known to me) which presents a similar arrangement in the upper division of the foot is
Nereis agassizi of Ehlers.^

’ Die Borsteiiwiiriner, Bd. ii. p. 542, Taf. xxiii. fig. 1.

212

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Fragments of Crustacea, Confer vse, Diatoms, and other debris occurred in the intestine.

In the structure of the body- wall this form approaches Nereis diversicolor, 0. F. Muller,
rather than Nereis pelagica, Linn., especially in the fold of the ventral muscles and in the
position of the nerve-cords. The vertical muscles seem to be largely developed. No
neural canals are visible, but the specimen is too much softened for minute examination.
The perivisceral cavity is loaded with the debris of cells and granules.

Nereis [Platynereis) tongatahuensis, n. sp. (PI. XXXIV. figs. 7, 8, 9 ; PI. XVIa.
figs, 5, 6, 7).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 172 (off Nukalofa, Tongatabu), July 22, 1874 ;
lat. 20° 58' S., long. 175° 9' W.; surface temperature, 75°‘0 ; depth, 18 fathoms. On the
mud of a coral reef.

Head very slightly longer than broad, mottled with pigment ; tentacles longer than the
head ; eyes larger than in the former, and all with lenses. Palpi large, mottled with
pigment. Tentacular cirri very long, the longest reaching to the fourteenth segment.
Paragnathi of proboscis minute — I. and II. absent ; III. absent or indistinct ; IV.
angular patches of very minute points ; V. absent ; VI. rows of minute points in single
series ; VII. and VIII. form a series of bars of very minute j)oints. The maxillae are
deep brownish at the tip, straw-coloured at the base. The first segment is longer than
the next. Both anterior and posterior feet have longer lobes than Nereis hobiensis. The
anterior dorsal cirri are also longer. Dorsal bristles spinose as in the former ; no other
form present in the example. The upper series of the inferior bristles have long spinose,
the inferior short falcate tips.

The specimen measures about 33 mm. in length, and at its broadest part in front is
about 2 '5 mm. in diameter.

The body is widest in front, just behind the head, and gradually diminishes towards
the posterior end, which, however, is incomplete. Like Nereis dumerilii the feet have
two pigment-patches, and a smaller exists on the body at their base. Moreover, a distinct
line of pigment passes from side to side at the latter, the band thus crossing the segment
nearer its anterior than its posterior border. The dorsum is prominently rounded in
front from the included proboscis, but has a slight groove throughout the rest of its extent.
A much more decided median groove occurs, from head to tail, ventrally. The number
of segments in imperfect examples is of little moment.

The head (PI. XXXIV. fig. 7) is longer than broad, and about the length of the
antero-posterior diameter of the first two segments. The tentacles are comparatively long,
exceeding the diameter of the head, and the tip is filiform. The palpi present the usual
shape. There are four large eyes, the anterior pair exceeding the others in size, and
having the lens at the outer and anterior margin. There is also a minute and indistinct

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

213

lens in tlie centre of the posterior pair. The tentacular cirri are very long, the long
posterior pair reaching to the fourteenth bristled segment. A few pigment-patches
occur on the head and palpi.

The buccal segment is narrow, agreeing in this respect with the succeeding one.
The proboscis is withdrawn. The paragnathi (VII. and VIII.) of the buccal basal ring
are in the form of a single interrupted series of very minute points, each separate bar
appearing as a continuous streak under the lens. When more highly magnified these
bars are seen to consist of a compact series of minute points. The lateral dorsal
paragnathi (VI.) of the same ring form a short row of minute points in single series.
Near the bases of the maxillae they constitute on each side an angular patch (IV.) com-
posed of interrupted rows of the same very minute points. The median seem to be
absent. The maxillae are translucent straw-yellow at the base, deep brown at the tip
and edges, and have seven teeth of fair size beneath the great fang.

The first foot is prominent, consisting of three long conical lobes, with pigment, and
a dorsal and ventral cirrus. The second is similar, while the third shows a better
developed setigerous division above the lower lobe. The fourth has its lobes rounded, a
condition which is gradationally increased from the first to the fourth. The fifth, sixth,
seventh, eighth, and ninth present large rounded lobes, especially interiorly, but this
character is less marked in the tenth, a feature which forms a contrast with the condition
in Nereis dumerilii. Superiorly the tenth foot (PL XXXIV. fig. 8) has a somewhat
pointed lobe with an elevation at the base, from which the dorsal cirrus projects. The
latter is longer than the vertical diameter of the foot. The dorsal fascicle consists of
bristles (PL XVIa. fig. 5) similar to those in the previous species. The peculiar falcate
forms have probably fallen out. The middle lobe of the foot is somewhat ovate, with a
notch superiorly, and it extends almost as far outward as the superior. The inferior
setigerous process is of considerable length, and bears superiorly a group of the spinose
bristles and interiorly a series with short falcate processes. The inferior lobe is pedate,
and does not reach a line from the tip of the setigerous region above. The ventral
cirrus arises from a prominent rounded boss, and is somewhat shorter than the inferior
lobe.

At the thirty-seventh foot (PL XXXIV. fig. 9) a considerable change occurs. The
dorsal cirrus is shorter, being less than the vertical diameter of the foot, while the eleva-
tion from which it springs is more marked, and the two pigment-masses larger. The
superior lobe is also more acute. The bristles beneath the superior setose forms are
elongate, and have a guard or wing attached to the tip of the falcate region (PL XVIa.
fig. 6), which is set into the end of the shaft in a peculiar manner, and there is a
rounded body like a little bursa or cushion at the base between the articular surfaces.
These bristles are somewhat strong, their shafts being about twice the diameter of the
setose forms. The next lobe of the foot is about the same length, but its tip is rather

214

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLEHGEE.

broader. A considerable hiatus then exists between it and the inferior setigerous lobe,
which has, besides the setose, simple falcate bristles with a slight guard at the tip
(PI. XVIa. tig. 7). The inferior lobe is elongate, and nearly of uniform diameter till
near the tip. The ventral cirrus is shorter than a vertical line falling from the latter.
There is thus a primary division of the foot into two superior and two inferior
processes.

At the fifty-seventh foot the superior lobe and its basal process are very large. The
latter is occupied by the two great and closely approximated pigment-masses. The
dorsal cirrus again becomes longer than the vertical diameter of the foot. The latter
still shows the two primary divisions, and the bristles do not require special mention.

A • small hyaline sheath occurs in the bottle, and the species is in all probability a
tube-dweller.

Much of the intestine is empty, but posteriorly a quantity of soft greyish debris
is present. Only fine granules and sand-grains are visible in the latter.

The arrangement of the paragnathi resembles that characteristic of Kinberg’s
Pseudonereis} so far as can be gathered from the description, but neither his Perinereis
gallapagensis from the Gallapagos Islands, nor his Perinereis formosa from the littoral
corals of Honolulu, approaches the foregoing. The present species would seem rather
to come under Platynereis.

The cutaneous elements are largely developed ventrally in this form, and the nerve-
cords are situated close to the surface in the median line, that is, have no pedicle. The
ventral longitudinal muscles are somewhat ovoid in transverse section, the external
superior fold passing far inward. A peculiar streaked granular area lies on each side of
the vessel above the nerve-cord, but the exact nature of this tissue is doubtful. It may
represent the male reproductive elements. The glandular lining of the ahmentary canal
is largely developed in this species.

Nereis {Platynereis) arafurensis, n. sp. (PI. XXXIV. figs. 10, 11, 13).

Habitat. — Dredged in the Arafura Sea.

Head nearly as long as broad ; tentacles rather larger than the head ; eyes large and
furnished with lenses. Palpi shorter than in Nereis dumerilii. Tentacular cirri absent.
Paragnathi of proboscis — L, II., and HI. absent; IV. indistinctly angular groups of
minute points ; V. absent ; VI. somewhat ovoid groujDS of similar points ; VII. and
VIII. short and indistinctly double rows. Maxillae straw-coloured at the base, with a
narrow band of deep brown along the cutting edge and tip ; five or six teeth below the
fang. First segment broader than the succeeding, with a median nuchal angle directed

^ Op. cit, p. 174.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

215

forward. The upper lobe of the foot rather longer than in the previous form, and the
dorsal cirrus somewhat shorter ; otherwise both bristles and lobes nearly correspond.

A fragmentary example of about forty-six segments of the anterior region, and
measuring 20 mm. in length and 4*5 mm. in breadth anteriorly.

The head is nearly as long as broad, and is furnished with four large eyes, the
anterior pair being slightly lateral in position, with the lenses directed outward. They
are very little larger than the posterior pair, which also have their lenses somewhat
external, though, when viewed from the dorsum, a ring of black pigment is seen all round.
The tentacles are fully the length of the head, and finely tapered at the tip. The
palpi are rather shorter than in Nereis dumerilii, and their terminal boss smaller. The
long cirri are absent, but judging from the other forms present they would seem to have
been very long, probably as long as in Nereis tongatabuensis.

The buccal segment is slightly pointed forward in the middle line dorsally, and is
about the breadth of the succeeding (both being narrow). The proboscis is withdrawn.
On the dorsal surface of each elevation of the basal (buccal) region of the latter is an
irregular group (VI.) of small points visible under a lens, and there are single rows of
more minute ones (VII. and VIII.) on some of the other folds of the same region. The
paragnathi (IV.), again, at the base of the maxillae, form an indistinct, angular group of
minute points on each side, and much less regular than in Nereis tongatabuensis. The
maxillae are of a translucent straw colour, with a comparatively small belt of deep brown
along the functional edge and tip, and the denticulated region is short. The tip of each
organ is short and broad, and beneath are five or six small and rather acute teeth, which
foUow the terminal fang without a break.

The first four feet are less bulky than the fifth, and they present a general agreement
with those of the preceding form. Large rounded lobes occur from the fifth to the ninth.
The tenth foot (PI. XXXIV. fig. 11) has a shorter dorsal cirrus than in the species just
mentioned, and the superior bristles have longer spinose tips. The processes of the foot
also differ, the ventral lobe especially being rounded and more obtuse. The ventral
cirrus is shorter.

At the thirty-seventh foot (PI. XXXIV. fig. 13) the superior lobe is less elevated
superiorly, and the dorsal cirrus shorter. The next lobe and the inferior setigerous
division are similar. The inferior lobe also corresponds, but the ventral cirrus is shorter
than in the previous form. In regard to the bristles, those of the superior division have
longer tips, but the falcate appear to be the same, though no specimen is perfect.

In the intestine are masses composed of pale greenish fragments of Algse, Confervse,
and a few Diatoms.

This form is closely related to Nereis tongatabuensis. It also comes near the
Platynereis jucunda of Kinberg from Honolulu.^ Grube’s Nereis [Platynereis) fusco-

1 Annulata Nova, qp. cit., p. 177.

216

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

ruhida, from the Philippines/ is likewise an allied species, from which it is distinguished
by the absence of j)aragnathi III. and other points.

Nereis [Lycoris V) jielagica, Linnseus.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 49 (south of Halifax, Nova Scotia), May 20, 1873 ;
lat. 43° 3' N., long. 63° 39' W. ; depth, 85 fathoms ; bottom temperature 35°‘0, surface
temperature 40°‘5 ; sea-bottom, gravel and stones. The specimens procured at this
Station resembled those from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada.

A single example of average size, measuring (without the absent tail) about 85 mm.

An albino-patch occurs between and behind the eyes. The chief difference between
this and a form of the same size from St. Andrews is the decided diminution of the
superior lobe in the specimen from the Challenger, a feature in which the latter agrees
with the Canadian examples. Considerable latitude ajjjDarently recpires to be given to
this species. Thus in the Canadian and other varieties the pit for the dorsal cirrus is
rendered deeper by the increase in the shoulder behind it. Some of these varieties are
probably sexual.

The intestine of the specimen is loaded with muddy sand, mixed with organic debris
and sponge-spicules.

This species possesses a very wide geographical range, not only frequenting the
northern shores of Europe and America, but passing considerably southward to the
Canaries and West Indies. It also extends eastward to Japan.

Nereis (Perinereis) melanocephala, n. sp. (PI. XXXIV. figs. 14, 15, 16, 17 ; PL XVIa,
figs. 8, 9).

Habitat. — A single example found between tide-marks at Bermuda, June 1873.

The body somewhat resembles a very dark Nereis marionii. Head longer than broad ;
tentacles little more than half the length of the head ; eyes of moderate size, each with
a small lens. Palpi large and dark, tips pale. Tentacular cirri short, the longest just
reaching the fourth segment. Paragnathi — I. form a triangular area of somewhat large

flattened teeth ; II. rhomboidal patches of teeth of the same size ; HI. larger area than
I. ; IV. similar to II. ; V. a single large black tooth ; VI. continuous broad horny
bands ; VII. and VIII. broad belt of large isolated teeth. Maxillae blackish-brown,
with six or seven teeth below the fang. First body-segment twice the breadth of the
succeeding. Lobes of the feet, blunt in front, but posteriorly the dorsal is greatly enlarged

1 Annelidenfauna d. Philippinen, p. 70.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

217

and elongated. Dorsal cirrus short. Superior bristles with long delicate setose tips ;
lower ventral falcate.

The length of the sj)ecimen is about 38 mm., and its breadth at the widest region
4 mm.

The dorsum is deep brownish anteriorly, with a purplish iridescence, gradually fading
into dull brownish at the commencement of the middle third, and becoming lighter as we
proceed backward, while the pigment also gradually leaves the sides of the body and
occupies the middle line. On the ventral surface the buccal and a few of the anterior
segments are dusky ; the rest are pale.

The head (PL XXXIV. fig. 14) is of a deep brownish-black hue and iridescent, the
pigment being so developed that the eyes are at first sight invisible. At each side is a
somewhat triangular pale patch, which gives the blackish dorsal area a definite spade-like
shape. The posterior projection (of the dark pigment) has anteriorly an eye of average
size, with the lens directed outward. Straight behind the foregoing on each side is
another eye having a small lens nearly in the centre. The tentacles are considerably
shorter than the head, the basal half being dark brown, the distal pale. The tentacular
and other cirri are all pale and short, the longest reaching only to the commencement of
the third bristled segment. The palpi are of considerable size, brownish-olive dorsally,
with pale terminal bosses.

The [first body, or buccal, segment is somewhat broad, indeed is about twice the
breadth of the succeeding. On the ventral suface the olive-brown pigment is marked
by pale dots, and these are also present on the under surface of the palpi and in each
segment of the body. In the latter case these pores or specks form a row across the
segment, about the anterior third, and are best seen anteriorly where the pigment is
deepest. The paragnathi (VI.) of the basal ring of the proboscis constitute a
continuous broad band (not isolated teeth) which runs transversely across each of
the dorsal elevations of the organ in front of the palpi ; and in the middle line
betAveen them is a single large black tooth (V.). The basal series (VII. and VIII.) on
each side consists of a broad belt of isolated and well-marked teeth, somewhat less than
those of Nereis cultrifera, Grube. In the artificially extruded proboscis three series
occur dorsally, viz., a triangular median area (I.) of teeth (mostly flattened), somewhat
less than those forming the basal ring ; and a lateral rhomboidal |)atch (II.) of similarly
flattened teeth of the same size on each side. Three similar patches of teeth (III. and IV.)
occur on corresponding parts on the ventral surface, but the central (HI.) is larger.
All the teeth present the effects of attrition. The maxillse are dark broAvn from the tip
almost to the base of the exposed part. If examined from the end, the tip as usual is
seen to be bevelled on the dorsal edge. The dental margin of each maxilla seems to
have been much worn, but in one six or seven points can be made out.

There is no special differentiation in the anterior feet, which at the tenth

(ZOOL. CHALI. EXP. — PABT XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 28

218

THE VOYAGE OF FI.M.S. CHALLENGER.

(PL XXXIV. fig. 15) have a very short dorsal cirrus arising from a shoulder at the
base of the superior lobe, and which extends slightly beyond the tip of the latter.
The next lobe is blunt, and scarcely reaches as far outward as the tij) of the superior.
The inferior setigerous division as usual is bifid, and the tij) projects beyond the
neighbouring lobes. The inferior lobe is large and obtuse distally. The superior bristles
have a long delicate and finely setose tip (PI. XVI a. fig. 8) ; and the structure of those
in the superior groups of the ventral series is similar. The bristles of the inferior ventral
group have peculiar falcate tips (PI. XVIa. fig. 9), for a slight convexity in the anterior
curve of the tip gives it less a hook- than a knife-like edge. The margin below the latter
is setose. The ventral cirris is short, reaching only to the terminal third of the inferior
lobe. The spines of the feet are black.

At the thirty-seventh foot (PL XXXIV. fig. 16) the superior lobe, from its upper
to its lower portion, embraces about half the foot in vertical space, and it is separated by
a considerable interval from the next region. The dorsal cirrus is still short, reaching
only a little beyond the tip of the lobe. The latter is in the form of a long cone. The
second lobe does not project so far, and is bluntly lanceolate. The setigerous lobe
beneath is shorter than the latter, but yet large. The inferior lamella, again, is more
slender than the second, and just reaches the tip of the setigerous division. The ventral
cirrus has about the same proportions as in the tenth foot. Five or six glandular pigment-
masses are present in the greatly increased superior lobe, and just beneath the cuticle at
their outer ends are several rounded oil-like globules.

The tendency to the enlargement of the superior lobe goes on till at the fifty-seventh
foot a process homologous with that in Nereis marionii. And. and Ed., is
formed. This consists of a broad lamella stretching upward and outward from the foot
and bearing the dorsal cirrus near its tip, while the superior lobe proper forms a
lanceolate terminal process. The dorsal cirrus has about the same proportional length as
in front. Along the upper region of the great basal process are numerous separate
glandular pigment-masses. The middle, inferior setigerous, and lower lobes are less than
in the thirty-seventh foot, but they preserve to a great extent the same relative proportions.

The elongation of the superior process goes on to the posterior end of the animal, so
that at the sixty-seventh foot (PL XXXIV. fig. 17) the length of the lobe is greater than
the vertical diameter of the foot (from the base of the upper lobe to the A^entral cirrus).
The bristles and other parts, however, do not differ in any noteworthy manner.

The intestine of the specimen showed no definite contents.

The cuticle is comparatively thin, and with the narrow hypoderm forms an attenuate
but firm investment to the body. The circular muscular layer is distinct, though also
thin. The nerve cord lies close above the junction of the oblique muscles. The outer
superior fold of the longitudinal ventral muscles is moderately developed. The dark
pigment is chiefly situated in the hypodermic layer.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

219

This species quite differs from Nereis marionii in regard to the tentacles, the
tentacular cirri, and the paragnathi. It is also distinguished from Nereis limbata,
Ehlers,’- from the east coast of North America, by the paragnathi. It more nearl}^
approaches the Nereis succinea of R. Leuckart, from the. North Sea (Heligoland,
Cuxhaven, &c.), but its paragnathi also deviate. Thus, instead of the structure given
above, I. in Nereis succinea has three arranged antero-posteriorly ; II. forms a double
row, and so with the others. In the same manner it is separated from Nereis vexillosa,
Grube,^ from the west coast of North America. All these forms, however, belong to the
same group.

Nereis atlantica, n. sp. (PI. XXXV. figs. 1, 2, 3 ; PI. XVIa. figs. 10, 11).

Habitat. — A single example was procured at St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, July
1873.

Head about the same length as breadth ; tentacles only about half the length. Eyes
large, the pairs almost touching on each side, all with lenses. Tentacular cirri compara-
tively short, the longest reaching the fifth segment. Paragnathi — I. a single large tooth ;
II. each with five to seven teeth ; III. a central and about eight surrounding teeth ;
IV. groups twice the area of II. ; V. two narrow, horny ridges, and behind one a small
posterior tooth (in extrusion) ; VI. absent ; VII. and VIII. in three ranks at considerable
intervals. Maxillse dark brown ; four teeth below the fang. First segment broader than
the next. Feet have conical lobes with truncated tips anteriorly. The second lobe
increases characteristically posteriorly. Dorsal cirri short. Setose bristles with long-
slender extremities ; falcate with a convex anterior (setose) margin along tip.

A form about 88 mm. in length and about 4 '5 mm. in breadth at its widest part.

The body presents the ordinary appearance in front, but the posterior region is pale,
from the development of the reproductive elements.

The head '(PI. XXXV. fig. 1) is somewhat triangular, with the apex truncated
anteriorly ; and its antero-posterior diameter is only slightly more than the transverse
at the base posteriorly. The anterior part of the head is marked by minute pale points
or pores. The tentacles are short and subulate,' being little more than half the antero-
posterior diameter of the head. The tentacular and other cirri are comparatively short,
the longest reaching the fifth foot. The posterior half of the lateral cephalic margin is
occupied by the pigment of the eyes, which almost touch each other. The anter or pair
are decidedly larger, and have the elongated lens in the line of the margin, so that the
eye looks forward and outward. The pigment is mostly on the dorsal side of the lens,

1 Die Borstenwiinner, Bd. ii. p. 567.

2 Eeise u. Norde und Oste Siberiens, Mem. Inst. Samns Etmng. St. Petersb., 1858, Sep. AIkI. p. 4, pi. ii. figs. 1, 5, 6.

220

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S, CHALLENGEE.

only a narrow line occurring along the ventral border. The posterior pair lie
immediately behind the foregoing, and have the much smaller and somewhat ovoid lens
directed outward and backward, the great mass of the pigment being anterior and
internal, though a much broader margin of pigment occurs externally than in the case of
the anterior pair. The paljDi are of average size.

The buccal segment is somewhat’ broader than the succeeding, and has the anterior
margin on the dorsum only very slightly curved forward. The l^asal region of the
proboscis shows dorsally a single prominent elevation bearing a pair of large brown teeth
(V.), and a smaller one below them (in extrusion). The basal circular series (VII. and
VIII.) is in three ranks, a considerable interval on each side occurring between it and the
former. When the proboscis is extruded these form a sparsely armed region, the larger
teeth being distal and the smaller proximal. On the dorsal surface of the maxillary ring,
at the base of the maxillae, are three groups — a median (I.) consisting of a single rather
large tooth, and a small grouj) (II.) on each side of from five to seven teeth, all of which
(with the excejjtion of the first) are smaller than those of the basal series of three rows.
Three groups occur interiorly in the same region, a median (HI.), consisting of a central
and eight surrounding teeth, and two lateral (IV.) each more than twice the size of the
superior groups. The maxillae are dark brown from the tip almost to the base, and in
the only one available for examination four teeth are present below the terminal
fang.

There is no marked change in regard to the structure of the foot in front. The tenth
foot (PI. XXXV, fig, 2) presents dorsally a slightly arched base, from the outer slope of
which a rather short dorsal cirrus proceeds. About a fourth of it extends beyond the
tip of the dorsal lobe. The latter is broad at the base, has a somewhat regular incurvation
on its superior and inferior margins, and ends in a peculiarly truncated tip. The next
region has a similar extremity, but its base is convex interiorly. It extends outward nearly
as far as the superior lobe. The inferior setigerous division is considerably produced, and
has a well-marked terminal process on each side. The inferior lobe is large, similar to
the second in shape, and reaches nearly as far outward as the setigerous division. The
ventral cirrus extends little further than the middle of this lobe. The superior bristles
are setose, and the inferior setose and falcate.

At the thirty-seventh foot an elevated process occurs internal to the base of the
dorsal cirrus, which hardly reaches the tip of the elongated and somewhat conical dorsal
lobe. The second region is gibbous at the base, and extends fully as far outward as the
first. The inferior setigerous division is long, though the great increase in the two
upper render this feature less conspicuous. A well-marked collar exists a little within
the terminal papillae. The ventral lobe is also very long and lanceolate. The ventral
cirrus has the same proportional length, but now springs from an elevated process which
bulges beyond its base dorsally and ventrally.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

221

The fifty-seventh foot (PL XXXV. fig. 3) shows greater differentiation, for the
elevation at the base of the cirrus appears to form a part of the superior lobe. The
dorsal cirrus scarcely reaches the tip of the latter. The second lobe is proportionally
larger and more gibbous beyond the constriction at the base. The inferior setigerous
division is more elongate, and the collar (which assumes a button-shape in ordinary
views) more prominent. The ventral lobe is somewhat less than in front ; while the
cirrus has slightly increased in length.

The setose bristles (PL XVI a. fig. 10) have long, slender, tapering tips. The falcate
forms (PL XVIa. fig. 11) have simple hooked tips with setse on the margin below.

The tail terminates in four elongate cirri, two on each side of the anus.

In the intestinal canal are numerous fragments of small Crustacea, and minute
pieces of cinders.

The nerve-cord lies in the angle between the insertions of the oblique muscles, and
shows three large neural canals, a superior and two lateral. The superior fold of the
ventral longitudinal muscles is moderate.

This form appears to come under Kinberg’s group Perinereis, B,^ with three
paragnathi in V., and under division /3, where only a single tooth occurs in L, his example
being Perinereis hedenhorgi, from Alexandria. An essential divergence from Perinereis,
however, is the absence of paragnathi VI. This species most nearly approaches the
Nereis jioridana of Ehlers, as found by Langerhans ^ along with Nereis cidtrifera, Grube,
under stones on sandy gravel between tide-marks at Madeira. It differs from this,
however, in the comparative length of the tentacles, and in the absence of paragnathi
VI., which in Nereis Jioridana form “ eine grosse quer lineare,” while the arrangement of
the other groups also diverges. The general outline of the feet, however, as well as the
structure of the bristles, show the close proximity, and further investigation may clear up
the present ambiguity.

Nereis {Platynereis) dumerilii, Aud. and Ed., var.

Habitat. — Two small and imperfect specimens were procured at St. Vincent, Cape
Verde Islands, July 1873.

These specimens bear a very close resemblance to Nereis dumerilii, Aud. and Ed.,
though the second lobe of the foot slightly differs, and the setose bristles show less
distinct serrations. The falcate forms are apparently less hooked. The eyes rre also
larger. The paragnathi, however, seem to correspond with those in the typical form,
which extends from Shetland and the Baltic to Madeira, where Prof. Langerhans
says it is not uncommon.

^ Op. cif., p. 175. 2 Zeitsclir.f. wiss. Zool, Bit xxxiii. p. 289, Taf. xv. fig. 24, 1880.

222

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Nereis longisetis, n. sp, (PL XXXV. fig. 4 ; PI. XVIa. figs. 12, 13, 19).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station VI. (off the Strait of Gibraltar), January 30, 1873 ; lat.
36° 23' N., long. 11° 18' W.; depth, 1525 fatlioms ; bottom temperature 36°'0, surface
temperature 58°'0 ; sea-bottom, Globigerina ooze.

Head longer than broad ; tentacles about half the length. Anterior eyes dorsal in
position, much larger than the posterior, and furnished with lenses. Paragnathi few
and scattered. Maxillae have about five teeth below the fang. Anterior feet with
pointed lobes ; the latter becoming much longer posteriorly. Bristles very large and long ;
the majority in the groups have long dagger-shaped tips, but at the ventral edge these
are much abbreviated. A few with shorter tips, intermediate in structure between the
long dagger-shaped and falcate bristles.

A fragmentary and injured example, measuring about 10 mm., and having a total
breadth (across the bristles) of nearly 3 mm.

The head (PI. XXXV. fig. 4) is longer than broad, with tw'O very large and somewhat
ovoid anterior eyes, apparently furnished with indistinct lenses ; and two much smaller
eyes behind. The latter have no trace of lenses, and the injured condition of the anterior
pair renders their description doubtful. The tentacles are short and subulate, being about
half the antero-posterior diameter of the head. The tentacular cirri are either injured or
absent. The large size of the anterior eyes, tlieir dorsal position, and the disproportion
between them and the- posterior pair, are the chief characteristics of the head.

The buccal segment is broader than the succeeding, and the first three bristled
segments are broader than those which immediately follow. Unfortunately the proboscis
is injured, and all that can be said about the paragnathi is that they are few and scattered.

The maxillary teeth are about five in number.

In most of the feet after the anterior third the second lobe is directed forward, a
feature which gives tlie long posterior feet a resemblance to those in Glycera.

The dorsal cirrus of the tenth foot is slender and filiform, and somewhat shorter than
the superior lobe. The second lobe is very large, broad at the base, and conical toward
the tip, which extends much beyond the first. The setigerous (inferior) division is short.
The ventral lobe is broadly conical, and points outward and downward. The ventral
cirrus seems to be short. The shafts of the superior bristles (PI. XVIa. fig. 12) are long,
and the tips are of moderate length, and slightly spinous. The setose, inferior bristles
are similar to the foregoing, while those corresponding to the falcate have a long, slightly
bent, dagger-shaped process, as in Ilesione ; indeed such tips are the longest yet observed
in the Nereidse.

At the twenty-seventh foot the chief change is the great elongation of the second
lobe, the spine passing out to a papilla which projects further than the superior lobe.
Beyond is a pointed process nearly as large as the entire superior region, and it is this

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

223

whicii extends forward and gives the foot its characteristic appearance. The inferior
setigerous division is likewise very long, the papilla for the spine stretching nearly as far
as the tip of the second lobe. The ventral lobe is elongated and pointed, and about the
size of the superior lobe. The ventral cirrus is absent or injured. Two glandular
pigment-patches occur at the base of the dorsal cirrus.

The superior bristles have comparatively short tips, and very fine serrations. The
superior series of the inferior division have much elongated and finely tapered tips ;
then there are a few falcate forms with rather long, terminal pieces, and rounded tips
(PI. XVIa. fig. 19). Below the latter are some setose bristles with shorter tips than the
superior series ; while interiorly are some of the forms with the extremities (PI. XVIa
fig. 13) peculiar to the species, and which resemble reduced setose bristles. One or two,
however, show the blunt tip, and there are some which do not have the bases pro-
portionally broader than the long setose kind.

This species does not appear to have any connection with a Heteronereis or an
epitocous condition, for the bristles resemble those of a perfect form. In the marked
change which ensues between the anterior and posterior feet it approaches such as
Nereilepas and Alitta. It further coincides with the latter type in having no truly
falcate bristles, but it differs in the structure of the lobes of the feet, and in the absence
of the slight hook at the tip of the shortest ventral bristles. Grube’s Nereis [Ceratonereis)
similisetis,^ from Aibuhit, in the Philippines, perhaps comes nearest this form in the
structure of the feet and bristles, for it has no falcate forms, and the tips are acute. The
eyes are small in the Philippine species.

Nereis {Platy nereis) eatoni, MTntosh (PI. XXXV. figs. 5, 6).

Nereis eatoni, MT., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. xvii. p. 320, 1876.

Nereis {Platynereis) eatoni, M‘I., Grube, Sitzungsb. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, August
1877, p. 522.

Nereis eatoni, MT., Phil. Trans., vol. clxviii. (extra), p. 260, pi. xv. figs. 10-12, 1879.

Habitat. — Procured at various stations. A specimen without eyes, and considerably
injured, occurred at Station 113a, September 1, 1873 ; anchorage off Fernando Noronha ;
lat. 3° 47' S., long. 32° 24' 30" W. surface temperature, 78°’0 ; depth, 25 fathoms; sea-
bottom, volcanic sand and gravel.

A fragmentary example was dredged, with a profusion of other forms, at Station 144a
(off Marion Island), December 26, 1873; lat. 46° 48' S., long. 37° 49' 30" W.; depth,
69 fathoms ; surface temperature, 41°'0 ; sea-bottom, volcanic sand.

It also occurred at Station 149, off Kerguelen Island, January 9, 1874 ; lat. 49° 8' S.,
long. 70° 12' E.; depth, 20 fathoms; sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

A large specimen (9 mm. in diameter) was found ofi’ Port William, Falkland Islands,
in 5 to 10 fathoms.

1 Aunel. Fauna d. Pliilippinen, p. 64, Taf. iv. fig. 4.

224

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Head longer than broad ; tentacles fully as long. Eyes of moderate size, devoid of
lenses. Tentacular cirri much develoj)ed, tlie longest reaching the seventeenth foot.
Paragnathi — I. and II. absent ; III. present about five transverse rows of minute
points ; IV. each with about six oblique rows of similar teeth ; V. absent ; VI. each with
three rows ; VII. and VIII. form a series, each with two parallel transverse rows.
Maxillae brownish, with eight teeth below the fang. First segment longer than the next.
Anterior feet with blunt lobes ; posteriorly the dorsal lobe is thicker and less pointed
than in Nereis dumerilii. The bristles as a whole have shorter tips than in the latter.

This form, wdiicli was first procured by the Eev. Mr. Eaton, of the Transit of Venus
Expedition, seems to take the place of Nereis dumerilii. And. and Ed., of the
European seas, and indeed it is allied in a very close manner to the latter species, and
like it has no trace of the superior falcate bristles seen in Nereis Jcohiensis and Nereis
toiigatahuensis. When the proboscis in a large example is opened by longitudinal section
from the ventral surface, long and somewhat interrupted rows (IV.) of paragnathi cover
each elevation exterior to the maxillEe, and are more or less connected in the middle line
ventrally (III.). If opened from the dorsum, a better view (since the organs are chiefly
ventral in position) of the median connection is obtained. It consists of five or six long-
transverse rows. The median and two adjoining folds of the outer or buccal division
have each two parallel transverse rows of similar small paragnathi (VII. and VIII.), the
others are less distinct. One of the folds (the median) occasionally show^s three rows.
Two prominent dorsal elevations of the basal ring have each two complete rows of
minute paragnathi and a smaller one. These probably correspond to series VI. The
paragnathi would seem to be subject to considerable variation, and probably also, from
their small size, to injury. The general appearance of the paragnathi from the ventral
surface is shown in PI. XXXV. fig. 6.

It feeds on olive Fuci, masses of which occur in the alimentary canal. Branching
Algrn and Diatoms are also occasionally met with.

Nereis antillensis, n. sp. (PI. XXXV. figs. 7, 8, 9 ; PI. XVIa. figs. 14, 15, 16).

Habitat. — Procured off St. Thomas, West Indies.

Head somewhat longer than broad ; tentacles fully the length of the head. Eyes
large and with minute lenses. Tentacular cirri very long, the second longest reaching
the fourteenth segment. Paragnathi — L, II., and HI. absent; IV. a series of rows
forming an angle on each side ; V. absent ; VI. each consisting of two parallel rows ;
VII. and VIII. series of parallel rows (two in each). Maxillae pale straw-coloured at
the base, brownish along dentary edge and tip ; eight teeth below the fang. First
segment broader than the next. Anterior feet have a smaller and more pointed dorsal

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

225

lobe than in Nereis dumerilii. Bristles have tapering dagger-shaped spinose and
falcate tips.

A species closely resembling Nereis dumerilii. And. and Ed., and as it is
fragmentary, a complete account is not obtainable. It is about the size of the species
just mentioned.

The head is similar to that of Nereis dumerilii both as regards outline and tentacles.
The posterior long tentacles are absent, but the next stretch to the fourteenth foot. The
paragnathi (VII. and VIII.) of the basal ring are somewhat larger than in the former
species, and arranged in well-marked parallel transverse rows, two on each fold. The
superior lateral (VI.) of the same ring are likewise in two parallel rows. The maxillary
paragnathi (IV.) are also individually larger, but have a similar arrangement to those in
Nereis dumerilii. No intermediate points (III.) occur between them. The maxillae
exhibit about eight teeth.

The tenth foot (PL XXXV. fig. 8) has a more pointed superior lobe than in Nereis
dumerilii, and the superior tuft has one or two falcate bristles interiorly as in Nereis
hdbiensis, though none of the tips are present. The extremities of the setose forms are
less distinctly serrated than in Nereis dumerilii. Interiorly are the usual groups, none
of the falcate kind having tips.

The two superior lobes in the twenty-sixth foot (PI. XXXV. fig. 9) are somewhat smaller
than in Nereis dumerilii, and the two falcate bristles in the superior group are present.

The superior bristles have rather long tips (PI. XVIa. fig. 14), with a peculiar
terminal curve and diminution. These tips are very finely setose. Posteriorly the
falcate bristles of the superior group (PL XVIa. fig. 15) present a truncate tip. Those
in the inferior division of the foot (PL XVIa. fig. 16) have a short terminal piece devoid
of setae, but as in the former case furnished with a guard or wing at the tip.

The intestine contains sandy mud, with a few sponge-spicules, bristles of Annelids,
numerous fragments of Confervae, and other debris.

The cuticular tissues are comparatively thin. The nerve-cords are somewhat flattened,
and the median blood-vessel above them is largely dilated. The external fold of the ventral
longitudinal muscles is large, passing inward beyond the median line. The perivisceral
cavity contains cellular masses. The glandular wall of the alimentary canal is thick.

This form is very closely allied to Nereis dumerilii and Nereis eatoni, and further
knowledge of the variation in regard to bristles may alter the view of its separation.

/ Nereis kerguelensis, Baird? (PL XXXV. figs. 10, 11, 12; PL XVIa. figs. 17, 18).

Habitat. — Dredged off Kerguelen, in 10 to 100 fathoms. A variety occurred at
Station 149e, to the west of Cape Maclear, Kerguelen, January 21, 1874; depth, 30
fathoms ; sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.)

LI 29

226

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Head about as long as broad ; tentacles somewhat stout, considerably shorter than the
head. Eyes rather large, widely separated transversely, but approaching each other
antero-posteriorly ; no trace of a lens. Palpi large, but the terminal boss is small.
Tentacular cirri of moderate length, the longest reaching the ninth foot. Paragnathi —
I. two points, or absent ; II. triangular groups of small points ; III. a small and some-
what irregular series; IV. larger triangular groups than II.; V. absent; VI. a single
point in each ; VII. and VIII. five single points, each in a lozenge. Maxillae brown, five
large teeth below the bare region at the fang. The first segment is very little broader
than the succeeding. The feet anteriorly have more elongated processes than in Nereis
dumerilii, while posteriorly they are less elongated. The cirri are shorter than in the
latter species. Dorsal bristles have comparatively short tips ; falcate bristles have
somewhat elongated tips.

A fragment, consisting of forty segments of the anterior region, measuring 28 mm. in
length, with a diameter at its widest part of about 5 mm. including the bristles.

The head (PI. XXXV. fig. 10) is about as long as broad. The tentacles are rather
stout, and considerably shorter than the head. The basal portions of the palpi are large,
the terminal boss on the other hand being small. The longest tentacular cirrus reaches
to the ninth foot, but the body is much contracted in front (the proboscis being
extruded). The eyes on each side are wide apart, and of considerable size, the anterior
pair being the larger. There is no trace of a lens.

The extruded proboscis exhibits dorsally a point (VI.) on each side of the basal
(buccal) region in front of the palpi, and a somewhat triangular group of small paragnathi
(II.) on each side of the base of the maxillae. Ventrally there is a similar but larger
group (IV.) corresponding to the latter, and in the centre a small series (IIP), in
a line drawn between the posterior borders of the lateral groups. The buccal (basal
in extrusion) region has a single point of considerable size in each lozenge (formed
by the wrinkles), in all five in number (VII. and VIII.). It is interesting that, though
differing in number and in the outline of the spaces, these occur on the same sites as in
Nereis pelagica, Linn. The maxillae show five large teeth, a portion at the tip being bare.

In the variety from Cape Maclear the basal ring of the proboscis in extrusion shows
dorsally a single point (VI.) in front of each palpus, a feebly developed double row (II.)
near the base of the maxillae, and two points (I.) between them. Ventrally there is a
larger patch of paragnathi (IV.) at the bases of the maxillae on each side, besides a some-
what scattered group (HI.) in the centre. The basal collar (VII. and VIII.) has six
points, five of them being very distinct.

The feet as a whole do not show any marked change of series. They have the
glandular pigment-spots analogous to those of Nereis dumerilii. The tenth foot
(PI. XXXV. fig. 11) presents more elongated processes than in the latter species.
Dorsally is a somewhat large tapering cirrus, which extends beyond the tip of the first

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

227

lobe. The latter is broadly triangular, the upper and lower edges being also convex.
The second lobe is double, since an unusually large process occurs in front of the bristles.
The larger division is somewhat ovoid, with a blunt tip, which scarcely reaches that of
the superior lobe. The double setigerous lobe beneath extends quite as far outward as
the foregoing. The inferior lobe is lanceolate, the point falling short of the setigerous
region above. The ventral cirrus proceeds a little beyond the middle of the latter lobe.
Superiorly the bristles are all setose, with comparatively short tips (PL XVIa. fig. 17).
The very fine spikes or setae on these are hardly seen under ordinary circumstances,
except as a filmy margin. Similar bristles occur at the superior border of the inferior
series. One or two falcate forms with elongated tips occur in the same group. The next
division of the inferior series show's superiorly setose forms with shorter tips, and
interiorly a number of falcate bristles with long spinose tips (PI. XVIa. fig. 18), some
of which have an adnate wing just under the terminal hook.

At the thirty- seventh foot (PL XXXV. fig. 12) all the lobes have become more acute.
The dorsal cirrus is more prominent, and extends about half its length beyond the
superior lobe. The latter nearly forms an isosceles triangle. The second lobe has its
accessory superior process much diminished (in comparison with the tenth foot) ; its
inferior margin is convex at the base, its tip is pointed, and does not reach as far outward
as the superior lobe. The setigerous lobes are massive, broad at the base and acute at
the tip. The inferior lobe does not reach as far outward as the latter. The ventral
cirrus passes along two thirds nf the margin of the inferior lobe.

In the intestine is muddy debris containing long sponge-spicules, fragments of
Eadiolarians, a few Gregarinse (parasitic), fragments of Algae, often wuth groups of
chlorophyll-granules, and many Diatoms.

The nerve-cords in this form are arranged somewhat like those of Nereis pelagica,
Linn., viz., above the attachment of the oblique muscles, and connected with the hypoderm
by a median pedicle. They have thus externally the attachment and decussation of the
oblique muscles, the thin circular fibres, hypoderm and cuticle. The ventral longitudinal
muscles have a comparatively small pennate fold superiorly and externally. The
perivisceral cavity contains large granular ova in the larger example dredged off
Kerguelen in 10 to 100 fathoms. In these and allied forms a series of vertical fibres are
found between the oblique muscles, passing up on each side of the nerve-cord to the wall
of the alimentary canal, the fibres partly keeping to the same side, and partly crossing
to the opposite.

This appears to correspond with an imperfect specimen collected at Kerguelen by the
“Antarctic” Expedition, and presented to the British Museum by the Admiralty, though
no description by Dr. Baird has yet been found. It is allied to the Nereis (Lvcoris)
masalacensis of Grube^ from Masalac in the Philippines.

^ Aimel. Fauna d. Philippinen, p. 75, Taf. v. fig. 4.

228

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALI.ENGEK,

Nereis jpatagonica, n. sp, (PI. XXXV. figs. 13, 14, 15; PI. XVIIa. figs. 1, 2).

Hahitat. — Trawled at Station 313 (at the eastern end of the Strait of Magellan),
January 20, 1876; lat 52° 20' S., long. 67° 39' W.; depth, 55 fathoms; bottom
temperature 47°’8, surface temperature 48°‘2 ; sea-bottom, sand.

Head rather longer than broad, with two conspicuous pigment-belts running backward
from the bases of the tentacles. The latter about two-thirds the length of the head.
Palpi large, tentacular cirri of moderate length, the longest extending to the eighth foot
in a young specimen. Paragnathi — I. and II. absent ; III. a single small tooth ; IV.
absent ; V. a single tooth ; VI. absent ; VII. and VIII. in single series, large and
isolated. Maxillae dark amber, a little deeper at edge and tip, eight to nine teeth below
the fang. The first segment considerably broader than the next. Anterior feet with
much larger lobes than in Nereis dumerilii, the ventral being especially developed.
Superior bristles have rather short tips ; falcate bristles have somewhat long tips, as in
Nereis herguelensis.

A large form belonging to the group containing Nereis dumerilii, and, like the others,
living in a tube. The latter consists of a somewhat opaque tough secretion coated with
coarse sand-grains, minute pebbles, and here and there small zoophytes and other
organisms. The largest specimen measured about 60 mm., with a breadth of 6 mm. at
its widest part.

In the preparation the dorsum is marked in front by two interrupted light
brown bands, and these are subsequently followed by long patches arranged trans-
versely on each side and rather in front of the middle of each segment. A similar
patch occurs at the posterior margin of the somite, so that the dorsum has a char-
acteristic appearance. The light brown bands in front are due to the same arrangement,
only a belt of pigment (widening as it goes) is present from the patch backward to
the segment-junction.

The head (PI. XXXV. fig. 13) is rather longer than broad in front, with two conspicuous
pigment-bands running backward from the base of the tentacles. The latter are pale,
and about two-thirds the length of the head. They are not much tapered. The
’ tentacular cirri are shorter than in Nereis dumerilii, the longest in a young specimen
extending to the eighth foot, but only to the sixth in a large one, in which the tentacles
are also shorter than the above estimate. The eyes are of moderate size (the anterior pair
as usual exceeding the posterior), devoid of lenses in the small specimen, less distinct and
slightly milky in the centre in the adult. The palpi have large bases and comparatively
small terminal bosses.

The paragnathi (VII. and VIII.) of the basal ring are blackish, large, and arranged
in a single series. They are seven in number, a median and three lateral, each in its

KEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

229

ventral lozenge. The double dorsal elevation of the same ring shows only a single tooth
(V.), which is nearly, but not quite, median. A single minute central one (III.) occurs
on the elevation between the maxillae (when withdrawn). The inferior lateral maxillaries
(IV.) are absent. The maxillae have eight or nine teeth, the two distal being small.
These characters are uniform in both large and small examples.

The tenth foot (PL XXXV. fig. 14) has much larger lobes than in Nereis dumerilii.
From the outer slope of a prominent elevation at the base of, and as long as, the superior
lobe, a dorsal cirrus arises and extends outward considerably beyond the tip of the region.
The latter is regularly lancet-shaped, with a distinct constriction at the base. The
second lobe, which has a small accessory one at its base, is ovato-lanceolate, and does not
reach so far outward as the first. The inferior setigerous lobe is comparatively short,
and its free margin slopes from above downward and inward. Its tip scarcely reaches
the middle of the second region. The ventral lobe is greatly developed, forming a large
ovoid process, in this respect therefore being in marked contrast with the corresponding
part in Nereis Icerguelensis. This lobe does not extend so far outward as the setigerous
division above it, for the middle region of the foot, consisting of the second and third
lobes, is much produced. The ventral cirrus arises from the margin at the base of the
ventral lobe, and has only a slight elevation be5mnd the basal constriction. It extends
two-thirds the length of the ventral lobe.

The superior setose bristles (PL XVIIa. fig. 1, from the middle of the series) have
somewhat short tips. The falcate forms again (PL XVIIa. fig. 2) show a distinct though
rudimentary wing at the extremity, and the spines on the margin are long.

The thirty-seventh foot presents a general extension of all the lobes (PL XXXV.
fig. 15), the superior, second, and ventral especially forming elongated processes. The
latter is now much longer than the setigerous division immediately above it. The
ordinary setose bristles occur superiorly, while the falcate series in the inferior group are
very strong.

Two flat ovoid papilla, as usual, are placed below the anus, in the middle line above
the bases of the caudal cirri.

The relation of the large specimens of Dr. Baird’s Nereis magellaniea^ from the Strait
of Magellan,^ presented by the Admiralty, is difficult to determine on account of the
softened condition of the specimens, but in regard to the eyes, structure of the feet and
bristles (which have shorter tips), it appears to differ. This is confirmed by an
examination of a smaller form, somewhat less softened.

A species in the British Museum, collected by Dr. E. 0. Cunningham in Peckell’s
Harbour and Gregory Bay, differs from the foregoing in the structure of the eyes, feet,
and bristles. It is probably undescribed.

* British Museirm (59, 10, 28, 26).

230

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Nereis [Ceratonereis) hrasiliensis, n. sp. (PL XXXVI. figs. 1, 2, 3; PI. XVII a.
figs. 3, 4).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 122b (off Barra Grande, Brazil), September 10, 1873;
dat. 9° 9' S., long. 34° 53' W.; depth, 32 fathoms ; surface temperature, 77°'5 ; sea-bottom,
red mud.

Head nearly as long as broad ; tentacles about two-thirds the length of the head.
Eyes of moderate size, devoid of lenses. Tentacular cirri short, the longest scarcely
reaching the third segment. Paragnathi — I. absent ; II. double rows of large points ;
III. two teeth ; IV. ovoid patches of large points ; V. to VIII. absent, the basal ring of
the proboscis being devoid of paragnathi. Brownish maxillae have four to five teeth
below the fang. The first segment is decidedly broader than the next. Feet have rather
long conical lobes. The superior bristles have comparatively short tips ; the falcate
forms have somewhat elongated extremities, often with a convex spinose margin.

A small Nereis, about 34 mm. in length and 3 ’5 mm. in breadth at its widest region.
There is nothing very characteristic in the external ajDpearance of the form, except
perhaps the short tentacular and other cirri, and the coloured glandular masses on the
posterior feet.

The head (PL XXXVI. fig. 1) is nearly as long as broad. The slightly tapered ten-
tacles are about two-thirds the length of the head. The tentacular and other cirri are
short, the longest scarcely reaching the third body-segment. The four large eyes are
devoid of lenses, and occupy the lateral margin posteriorly.

The buccal segment is slightly longer {i.e., in antero-posterior diameter) than the
next. The buccal region of the proboscis has no paragnathi. Two black paragnathi
(III.), one in front of the other, occur on the ventral median lozenge between the
maxillse. On the elevation close to the inner side of each maxilla is an ovoid patch
(IV.) of about a dozen distinct blackish paragnathi. On the dorsal arch of the proboscis,
after withdrawal, are two elongated rows of eight or nine well-marked blackish points
(II.). They are so arranged as nearly to form a double row in each group. There are
none in the middle maxillary region superiorly ; and the basal ring of the organ is
entirely devoid of them. The brown maxillae have respectively four and five teeth below
the tip. The region of the alimentary canal immediately succeeding the proboscis has its
internal surface covered with unusually distinct conical glandular papillae.

The tenth foot (PL XXXVI. fig. 2) has a dorsal cirrus considerably longer than the
superior lobe, which nearly forms an isosceles triangle. The second lobe shows a rounded
accessory one at its base, and is bluntly triangular, with a long inferior and a short
superior margin. Its tip projects nearly as far outward as that of the superior lobe. The
inferior setigerous division is less prominent than the foregoing. The ventral is somewhat

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

231

lanceolate, and its tip is rather within the line of the former. The ventral cirrus extends
about three-fourths the length of the inferior margin of the ventral lobe.

At the thirty-seventh foot (PL XXXVI. fig. 3) all the lobes are more elongated, more
slender, and more acute, except the inferior setigerous, which is considerably larger than
in front. The tips of the inferior bristles of the superior lobe are absent, but judging
from the size of the shafts they are probably falcate.

The most marked change in the fifty-fourth foot is the increase in the superior lobe,
especially at its base, where the glandular masses are. It also projects further outward
than in front.

The setose dorsal bristles (the “ aretes homogomphes ” of Claparede) have somewhat
short tips (PL XVIIa. fig. 3). The transverse markings in the centre of the shaft are
broken up in a curious manner, so that they have a coarse appearance.’ The tips of the
falcate bristles (PL XVIIa. fig. 4) have a slightly convex anterior margin. They are the
“ serpes heterogomphes ” of Claparede.

The intestine is filled with dark brownish masses containing triradiate and other
sponge-spicules and a few Diatoms.

This species comes near Nereis herguelensis. The lobes of the feet, however, are
longer. It closely agrees with its allies in the structure of the bristles, except in the
incomplete condition of the transverse bars in the centre of the shaft. The paragnathi
also diverge from those of other forms, and their absence from the basal ring places it in
Kiuberg’s genus Ceratonereis. . It approaches especially Ceratonereis mirabilis and
Ceratonereis vulgata, Kinberg,^ both of which come from the Brazilian coast ; but it is
distinguished by the length of the cephalic appendages from the former, and by the size
of the eyes from the latter. The Nereis albicans of Grube, also from Brazil, differs in
the structure of the feet and bristles. On the other hand, the feet somewhat resemble
those of Stimpson’s Nereis abyssicola ^ from Long Island, but the want of precision in
his description leaves room for doubt.

Family Statjrocephalida;.

The representatives of this family seem to be as comparatively few in most latitudes,
as they are small in size. . Grube mentions three sj^ecies from St. Croix and Costa Rica in
his Annulata OErstediana, under the generic name of Anisoceras, but the latter lapses in
favour of Staurocephalas, which he had adopted the previous year. In his account of the
Annelids collected by the German exploring ship “ Gazelle” no example of the genus is
mentioned. Two, however, are given in his Annulata Semperiana, viz., one from
Singapore, and the other from Bohol, one of the Philippines, a male with the reproductive

1 Annulata Nova, op. cit., p. 170 {Ofversigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Fdrhandl.).

^ Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 33.

232

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

elements from the latter locality showing large confluent eyes. Kinherg met with several,
but none appear to have been found by Schmarda. Most of those described up to this
time may with propriety be placed under the original genus ; but, for instance, the species
from North Uist in the Outer Hebrides may bear the late Prof. Keferstein’s name
Prionognathus,^ since it differs from Staurocephalus in the absence of the distal arti-
culation to the dorsal cirrus, and other particulars. In regard to this point, there-
fore, I would differ from the opinion of my late esteemed friend Prof. Grube, who
grouped them all under the single genus Staurocephalus in his comparatively recent
resume.^

The occurrence of a species of this group at a depth of 1000 fathoms is noteworthy,
for hitherto they have generally been procured in shallow water or the littoral zone.

Staurocephalus, Grube.

Staurocephalus australiensis, n. sp. (PI. XXXVI. fig. 6 ; PI. XVIIIa. figs. 9, 10).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 162 (off East Moncoeur Island, Bass Strait), April 2,
1874; lat. 39° 10' 30" S., long. 146° 37' E. ; depth, 38 fathoms; surface temperature,
63° '2 ; sea-bottom, sand and shells. This Station seemed to be rich in peculiar forms.

The specimen represented the posterior region of a large example of the genus, and
is distinguished by its great flattened dorsal cirri (which presented an analogy with the
peculiarly flattened dorsal cirri of Polynoe platycirrus from the same region).

The fragment is about 1 1 mm. in length, and its transverse diameter in front is about
5 mm. The dorsal surface is rounded, the ventral somewhat flattened, and grooved in
the middle line. It tapers rather abruptly posteriorly, and has the usual deflnitely
marked segments characteristic of the genus.

One of the most conspicuous features is the great size of the dorsal cirri, which, spring-
ing from the base of the foot dorsally, extend considerably beyond its tip. The terminal
segment of the process is well marked, and many show a slight enlargement below it.
In the interior of the cirrus is a slender tapering spine, which trends from the great spine
of the foot near its base.

Superiorly the free edge of the foot presents two prominent mamillse, between
which the bristles of the region emerge. The upper series consists of a few
slender tapering bristles, flattened towards the tip, and one or two shorter and less
attenuate forms inferiorly. The latter also present a distinct notch at the extremity
(PI. XVIIIa. fig. 9). Both groups are comparatively short when contrasted with those
of Prionognathus,

1 Prionognathus kefersteini, M‘I., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., xxv. p. 417, 1869.

2 Jahres-Bericht der Schles. Gesellsch.f. vat. Gultur, 1878, p. 109 et seq.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

233

The bristles of the inferior tuft are translucent. The terminal or dilated portion of
the shaft presents minute serrations along its convex edge, and the distal articulation is
comparatively short, resembling that observed in Onuphis and others. It has a boldly
bifid tip (PI. XVIIa. fig. 10) with a thin process or guard.

All the bristles are very much larger than those of any known example of the genus.

The cuticle seems to be thin, but the hypodermic tissue is largely developed, both on
the body- wall and the dorsal cirri, which have long parallel vessels running from the
centre to the circumference. These organs (which appear to be blood-vessels) are
probably branchial in function. The circular muscular fibres are well develojDed, both
dorsally and ventrally, and the vertical and oblique are strong. The longitudinal ventral
muscles are elliptical in section, and apj^ear to be formed of a double fold. The nerve-
cords, as usual in the group, are very large. The alimentary canal has a very regular
series of folds internally, each fold being somewhat dendritic in section.

The dorsal cirrus and other parts of the foot of this form approach the structure of the
foot of the Anisoceras of Grube,^ from St. Catherine on the coast of Brazil. The head
and other parts of the latter clearly demonstrate its connection with the Stauro-
cephalidse, and Grube indicates in his description and outline of the foot that the inferior
bristles are jointed. Two brownish-red bars occur in each segment. Grube in this
paper does not mention its relationships, but Ehlers and he^ do so subsequently, the
genus being merged into Staurocephalus. The Staurocephalus loveni of Kinberg,^ from
Port Jackson, Sydney, differs in having a shorter dorsal cirrus, in the position of the
ventral cirrus, and in the presence of eyes.

Staurocephalus atlanticus, n. sp. (PL XXXVI. figs. 4, 5 ; PI. XVIIa. figs. 5-8).

Habitat. — Procured by the dredge at Station 73 (west of the Azores), June 30, 1873 ;
lat. 38° 30' N., long. 31° 14' W. ; depth, 1000 fathoms; bottom temperature 39°’4,
surface temperature 69°'0 ; sea-bottom, Pteropod ooze.

A few fragments of this comparatively large example of the genus occurred. The
longest (anterior) portion measures about 7 mm., and has a diameter of 1'5 mm.

The head (PL XXXVI. fig. 5) is well marked, forming anteriorly an elongated blunt
cone, without trace of eyes, and having at each side a short tentacle. No other process
remains on the head. The mouth opens interiorly in the buccal segment immediately
behind the former. The dark teeth shine through the body-wall in the next segment
(which bears no foot).

The body is more rounded dorsally than ventrally, and divided into very distinct
segments. The two somites behind the head are devoid of feet, but the third has

^ Archivf. Naturgesch., 1858, p. 213. ^ Op. cit. ® Ofversigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Fdrhandl., 1864, p. 5T4.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 30

234

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

a pair somewhat shorter than the succeeding, a large ventral cirrus being present but no
dorsal. About the anterior third the feet (PI. XXXVI. fig. 4) project boldly outward,
and each has an elongated dorsal cirrus with a terminal segment, ljut without a central
bristle. It springs from the dorsal margin of the foot near the base, whereas the ventral
cirrus arises from the foot near the tip. In this respect it is more nearly aUied to
Keferstein’s Staurocephalus ciliatus^ than to the British Prionognathus kefersteini.^

Dorsally are two kinds of bristles, viz., a very long, slender, and extremely attenuate
series with an upward curve and serrated very distinctly from the upper part of the
shaft a considerable distance along the convex edge of the tapering extremity (PL XVIIa.
fig. 8) ; and another group shaped somewhat like the tip of the jointed bristles inferiorly,
but without the terminal region, and having a much larger number of serrations (about
sixteen) on the convex edge of the tip. The latter is rather blunt, and beneath it is
a secondary process, projecting outward at an angle of 45°. A well-marked wing passes
down the ventral or convex side, and is lost in the serrations (PI. XVIIa. fig. 5).

Ventrally are a series of jointed bristles with curved shafts, dilated toward the tip,
which is serrated on the convex side. The terminal piece is very long in the upper
bristles (PI. XVIIa. fig. 6), but diminishes inferiorly (fig. 7). It is shaped somewhat
like that in Hesione, and appears to have a bifid tip. Amongst these bristles are also a
few slender elongate forms wfith serrations on the curvature as in the superior division
(fig. 8). The tips of the jointed bristles have a slight but characteristic bend, and there
are traces of a minute secondary process. The bristles at the ventral edge of the series
have shorter extremities than those represented.

The dental apparatus of this species approaches that of the t}rpical members of the
group, and consists of a dense double row of recurved horny points on each side. They
are smaller in front, and become more massive toward the j)osterior third. The upper
processes are more or less denticulated toward the tip, resembling those of Staurocephalus
rudolphii, as figured by Ehlers, rather than Staurocephalus rubrovittatus, the individual
processes or teeth being short and stout, as are also the three or four lateral
denticulations in the larger forms tow^ard the posterior third. A minutely denticulated
ridge runs oblicjuely downward just before each row terminates. The mandibles also
approach those of Staurocephalus rudolphii, though the anterior separate denticrdations
are less numerous. One of the mandibular rami has a broad spur anteriorly.

The li3rpodermic layer of the body-wall is thick. The longitudinal ventral muscles
are more ovoid in transverse section than in the previous form. The great nerve-cords lie
between them. The obhque muscles in some sections seem to unite above the cords,
while other fibres (vertical) pass down by their sides. The glandular tissue of the
alimentary wall is somewhat lax internally, probably from areolae.

1 Zeitschr.f wiss. ZooL, Bd. xii. p. 99, Taf. viii. figs. 13-20.

2 Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., vol. xxv. ii. p. 417, pi. xvi. fig. 11.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

235

This species diverges from Staurocephalus rubrovittatus} Grube, in the structure of the
bristles, which are much more slender in the new form. The articulated tentacles of
Staurocephalus rudolphii, D. Chiaje,^ readily separate it from the new species. It more
nearly approaches Keferstein’s Staiirocephalus ciliatus,^ from which, however, it differs
in the structure of the bristles and in the absence of the eyes. The new form is
specially distinguished by the great length of the terminal portions of the bristles.

Family Lumbeinereida:.

The Lumbrinereidse are represented by a tolerably numerous series (about fifteen
different species), several of which are new. In most of the previous voyages examples
of the family have occurred, though in varying numbers. Thus Grube describes two
species, in the Annulata (Erstediana, from the coast of South America and the adjoining
Ocean. Schmarda gives upwards of half a dozen from the most diverse parts of the
world, but his classification is somewhat confused. A large number (about fifteen or
sixteen) are described by Kinberg in the voyage of the frigate “Eugenie”; while only
three occur in Grube’s Annelids of the “ Gazelle ” Expedition. Four genera and five
species are represented in the latter author’s Philippine Annelids. The species found in
the Challenger range from tide-marks to very great depths {e.g., 2225 fathoms), indeed,
Ehlers has already shown that' the common Lumhriconereis fragilis, 0. F. Muller, pro-
cured in the “Porcupine” Expedition, descends to 1380 fathoms.

One of the most comprehensive resumes of the group is that of the late Prof Grube,'^
whose extensive acquaintance with foreign Annelids peculiarly fitted him for such a
task.

In regard to the dental apparatus in this group, the colour, even in small examples, is
generally of darker hue than in the Eunicidse. The maxillae are characteristically elevated
in front of the posterior (spathulate) processes, so that the blades curve downward in front
and the spathulate appendages behind. The horny plates (great dental and lateral) are
symmetrical. In the usual position in which many are found after preservation, the
points of the maxillae, and the cutting edges of the great dental plates, are directed upward.
Moreover, a symmetrical arrangement of the three ventral horny plates (the two lateral
in front and the great dental plate behind) is visible interiorly. In protrusion of the
proboscis, again, the lateral plates become external instead of anterior. The mandibles
are generally ankylosed in front. From the position and curvature of the various parts
of this apparatus it is difficult to give a fair representation of the parts.

1 Archivf, Naturgescli., 1855, p. 97, and 1860, char, emend., p. 79.

^ Memorie s. storia, &c., iii. p. 166 (Nereis di rudolphi) and p. 176, Tav. xliii. fig. 13, &c.

^ Zeitschr.f. mss. Zool., Bd. xii. p. 99, Taf. viii. figs. 13-19.

^ Jahres-Bericht. der Schles. Gesellsch.f. vat. Culkir., 1878, pp. 78-109.

•236

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Notocirrus, Schmarda, char, emend.

Notocirrus capensis, n. sp. (PL XXXVII. figs. 3, 4 ; PL XVIIIa. fig. 15).

Habitat. — Found between tide-marks at Sea Point, near Cape Town.

A form measuring about 160 mm. in length and about 3 '5 mm. in breadth at the
anterior third. It closely resembles the so-called Notocirrus tricolor, Johnston, in
external apj)earance.

The head (PL XXXVII. fig. 3) approaches that of the dark varieties of Notocirrus tri-
color, Johnston. Near the posterior border, on the dorsal surface, are four eye-specks, those
on the right being less distinct than those on the left. The ventral surface is marked by
a broad longitudinal furrow, which is longer than in Notocirrus tricolor from Guernsey.

The dental apparatus is more deejDly placed than in Liimhriconereis. The maxillae
are proportionally short, the anterior fang being within the margin of the great dental
plate. There are six large teeth at the base of each maxilla, internally. The latter seems
to be armed throughout its inner border, about fourteen teeth being visible in the plate
examined. Four plates occur in front of the latter. The most anterior has a single
long curved hook ; the next has a long tooth and four shorter ; the third presents three
teeth ; the fourth (that adjoining the great dental plate) shows four or five teeth, which
like all the previous are proportionally large and sharp. In addition there are certain
isolated horny processes, but their connections could not be accurately determined. The
mandibles are dark brown, with a broad anterior region and a pair of short, widely
separated limbs. The dentary edge is broad, obliquely conical, and slightly notched.
The apex alone is slightly paler than the rest. The median fissure reaches the centre of
the anterior region. Very long chitinous rods pass backward from the base of the
maxillary region.

In the structure of the teeth this form then wholly differs from the British Notocirrus
tricolor, Johnston, the dentition in w^hich approaches Arabella, an opinion shared by the
late Prof. Grube.

The feet (PL XXXVII. fig. 4) resemble those of the British species, the posterior lobe
being well developed, and directed at a considerable angle to the rest of the foot, back-
ward, upward, and outward. On minute examination, however, it appears that the
dorsal process or papilla is much less developed than in Notocirrus tricolor of the
same size, and this feature is most marked in the anterior third, where the contrast is
very evident in the specimens from Guernsey.

Unfortunately the bristles of the tenth foot are absent. At the thirtieth there are
three groups of short bristles with wings, a larger superior series, and two smaller
inferior. All are tinged of a brownish hue, and the edges of the wings of the lower bristles
in the upper group are more distinctly though more minutely serrated than the others

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

237

The posterior bristles (PI XVIII a. fig. 15) are tinged of a deeper brownish hue
than in Notocirrus tricolor.

The tail is somewhat imperfect, but it seems to have been terminated by two large
dorsal and two smaller ventral processes.

The cuticle is comparatively thick, and the hypoderm and circular muscular coat
well developed. In the structure of the body-wall this form shows somewhat smaller
ventral longitudinal muscles than in Notocirrus tricolor, Johnston, while the oblique
muscles are strongly marked, part of the fibres apparently terminating inferiorly opposite
the superior angles of the nerve-cord, the rest passing down to decussate in the middle line
ventrally, the fibres probably running into the circular coat. The strong vertical fibres
pass from the upper angles of the nerve-area to the wall of the alimentary canal, enclos-
ing the ventral blood-vessel in the intermediate space. The binding of the nerve-trunk at
intervals, by the muscular fibres just mentioned, is noteworthy. The dorsal longitudinal
muscles are proportionally as powerful as in Notocirrus tricolor. The muscularity of the
walls of the dorsal and ventral blood-vessels is conspicuous. The great size of the various
muscles of the body-wall in these forms probably causes rigid contraction, so that the
alimentary canal occupies a small area in the preparations. The inner margin of the
canal is opaque in section, thus forming a definite boundary to the more lax and trans-
lucent glandular tissue intervening between the former and the muscular layer. A
peculiar dark streak occurs in sections of the nerve-cord superiorly, but no distinct canal
is apparent.

Schmarda^ originally described Notocirrus as possessing both jointed and simple
bristles, but the more systematic grouping of Kinberg^ and Ehlers® is preferable. Grube^
takes as the type the Notocirrus chilensis of Schmarda, which possesses a dental
apparatus wholly different from the foregoing, but it is doubtful if this arrangement
obviates the difficulties which are entailed on students of the group by Schmarda’s
confused classification.

Laranda, Kinberg.

Laranda longa, (Webster) (PI. XXX. fig. 10 ; PI. XXXVII. fig. 5).

Drilonereis longa, Webster, Ann41. Cb4top. Virginian Coast, Trans. Albany Inst., vol. ix. p. 40.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 47 (off the American coast between Halifax and New
York), May 7, 1873; lat. 41° 14' N., long. 65° 45' W. ; depth, 1340 fathoms; surface
temperature, 42°'0; sea-bottom, blue mud.

A slender species, about 42 mm. in length and a little more than 1 mm. in diameter.

1 Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 115. ^ Ofversigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl., 1865, p. 573, &c.

® Op. cit, Ed. ii. p. 397. ^ Jalires-Bericht. der Schlef. Gesellsch.f. vat. Cultvr., 1878, p. 81.

2B8

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The head presents the usual conical shape, and is without trace of eyes. The proboscis
is extruded (PL XXXVII. fig. 5).

The body tapers distinctly anteriorly, remains about the same diameter some distance
behind the anterior third, and then probably tapers toward the tail, but as the specimen
is incomplete posteriorly, the condition of the tail is doubtful. The segments are
comparatively distinct, and their antero-posterior diameter is considerable. Two clear
segments exist in front, as far as can be made out, for the feet are indicated only by a
minute papilla and a microscopic spine and group of bristles. The foot (PI. XXX.
fig. 10) quite differs from that of Notocirrus scoticus in having a much smaller dorsal
process or cirrus, and the bristles with wings have much more slender tips. As a rule,
about four spines are included in the foot, at the base of the long bristles. In their
ordinary position in the animal, the bristles are in front of the papilla.

The dark brown dental apparatus (Fig. 3) appears to be allied to that in Arabella.
The maxillae are abruptly curved or hooked anteriorly, and their base is armed with
three curved teeth, the points of which are directed backward. The
representative of the great dental plate has only three long curved
teeth. Three processes exist in front of the latter. The first and second
carry a single tooth, the first being the smaller. The third carries a long-
tooth and two minute points on a process at the base. From the posterior
end of the maxillary region a narrow horny rod passes backward a short
distance, and then splits into two long processes. The mandibles are absent.
Unfortunately the teeth of this form are so injured that only an idea
of them is obtainable from the accompanying woodcut.

This appears to agree in general structure with Webster’s species,
though, probably from the imperfect condition of the specimen posteriorly,
none of the feet showed the bifid condition, which the American author
found only in the posterior third of the animal. Webster’s specimens
were found abundantly in mud and sandy mud at low water on the
Virginian coast, so that the bathymetrical range of this species is very
considerable. It is noteworthy that this example had no mandibles.
Webster found considerable variety in this respect. The same author
observed that the anterior dental plates have only a single sharp,
curved tooth, but in the present example the posterior (second) has three teeth.
Webster placed the form under the genus Drilonereis of Claparede,^ but the latter
differs in certain essential respects in regard to the structure of the foot, which agrees
more with the typical Lumbriconereidse, and in the smooth condition of the bases of
the maxillae. The statement of Kinberg,^ “ Radix tertia radicibus binis solitis brevior,”

^ Annel. Ch4top., Naples, p. 144, and Supplement, p. 35, pi. ii. fig. 4.

2 Ofversigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Fdrhandl., 1864, p. 573.

Fig. 3.— Dental ap-
paratus (injured)
of Laranda longa,
(Webster) ; x 55
diameters.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

239

is of considerable importance, and it is probable that another genus may be necessary for
those species with the bifid posterior processes.

Lumhriconereis, Blainville, char, emend.

Lumhriconereis pettigrewi,^ n. sp. (PL XXXVI. figs. 7, 8, 9 ; PI. XVIIa. figs. 11-15).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 141 (off the Cape of Good Hope), December 17, 1873 ;
lat. 34° 41' S., long. 18° 36' E.; depth, 98 fathoms; bottom temperature 49°'5, surface
temperature 6 6° ’5 ; sea-bottom, green sand.

A species about 100 mm. in length and nearly 2 ‘5 mm. in breadth; apparently in
considerable abundance.

In external appearance it very much resembles Lumhriconereis fragilis, 0. F. Muller,
but, as the specific distinctions rest on so many minute points, little reliance can be
placed on the former.

Viewed from the dorsum, the head (PL XXXVI. fig. 7) forms a somewhat pointed
cone, generally with a median groove or depression, which, however, does not reach the
apex. At the sides posteriorly the ventral “bosses” often project a httle beyond the
margin. A few longitudinal streaks occur on the ventral surface. In the buccal segment
the oral margin is deeply crenate, and marked by longitudinal lines. From the boss on
each side a ridge proceeds backward and inward on the roof of the mouth, and the two
are separated by a deep groove.

The maxillae (Fig. 4) are dull brownish, and the spathulate processes posteriorly
(Fig. 5) are blackish-brown. The great dental plate on each side presents four teeth.
The lateral plates, which are arranged transversely in front, are terminated dorsally by
a prominent tooth, the outer (and larger) plate having the longer. These teeth turn
inward when the sides of the dental apparatus are drawn together. Close behind the
outer lateral tooth is a small horny patch, followed after an interval by a longer bar
running backward to the posterior third of the maxilla on each side. The halves of the
mandible (Fig. 6) are ankylosed anteriorly, and have a broad V-shaped ventral surface,
the dark and nearly parallel lines passing from side to side continuously.

The feet are similar to those of the Norwegian examples of Lumhriconereis fragilis,
but the bristles are less developed, and do not possess the blackish-brown tinge in their
shafts. The contour of the upper part of the lobe is also difierent, and there ere only
three black spines in the Challenger form, whereas in the European there are five or six.
The groups of bristles, however, are about the same number in the tenth foot (PL XXXVI.
fig. 8) of each, viz., five, the upper (PL XVIIa. fig. 11) being the longer. In Lumhri-

^ Named after my colleague, Prof. Pettigrew, well known for his anatomical researches and for his elaborate
investigations on flight.

240

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

conereis fragilis the number of the bristles is greater. Malmgren’s figure ^ seems to be
peculiar, since he only rejDresents two sets of bristles. The bristles in the present form
are moderately elongate, and have the usual structure, though they are somewhat

Fig. 5. — Tlie posterior part
of the maxUl0e separated ;
enlarged.

Fig. 6. — Mandibles of the
same from the ventral sur-
face ; similarly enlarged.

shorter than in Lumhriconereis fragilis. The tips of the bristles (PI. XVIIa. fig. 12,
from the inferior border) in the three inferior groups of the tenth foot are so slender
that they bend in the solution of calcium chloride.

At the thirtieth foot (PL XXXVL fig. 9) only two black spines occur, and the tips of
the second group of bristles are generally much attenuated. The extremities of the inferior
groups are shortened, and a winged hook occurs in most of them. The fiftieth foot
has strong winged hooks superiorly, then a pair of slender bristles with short tips, and
interiorly hooks of a more delicate formation. Posteriorly only hooks are present. The
stoutest hooks occur superiorly, and they show a considerably larger tooth at the base,
and a series of smaller serrations superiorly, generally about four (PI. XVIIa. fig. 13,
representing a newly developed hook, not yet injured by use ; and fig. 14, an antero-
jdosterior view of a smaller inferior hook). Each hook is guarded by the double wing,
which, as Claparede^ shows in Lumhriconereis nardonis, may be drawn back like a
hand. The tail is terminated by two styles, one on each side of the anus.

An allied form, dredged at the same place, is distinguished from the foregoing by
the presence in the fourth grou]3 of the tenth foot of a single winged hook (PI. XVIIa.
fig. 15) with an elongate tip (as in certain European species). Its occurrence indicates a
somewhat advanced jDosition of these organs, which in the typical species occur only in the
segments behind the tenth. The hook does not differ in structure from the anterior ones in
the typical example. The only other feature is a slight increase in the length of the tips of
the second group of superior bristles in the same region, and the absence of the black spines.

1 Op. cif., pi. xiv. fig. 83b.

2 Ann41. Clietop., Naples, p. 147, pi. ix. fig. 3.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA,

241

The differences just noted in the bristles are borne out by an examination of the dental
apparatus, for though this has been crushed, apparently by the dredge, sufficient remains
for identification. The maxillae have eleven larger translucent hard tips, and the basal
ridges do not correspond. The spathulate processes posteriorly are broader. The outer
line of the brown horny dentary region of the great plates forms a bluntly angular
projection instead of the straight line which characterises the former. The left plate has
four, the right five, teeth. The outer lateral plate in front is considerably larger, and
instead of a single long inner tooth, there are two (both shorter). Moreover, the adjoining
posterior plate has a process which projects forward into the notch between the two teeth.
The inner lateral plate has a shorter tooth than in the former species. The dentary surface
of the mandibles presents ventrally a crescentic aspect, with a V-shaped median notch.
The outer tips are black, and from them a brownish veined band curves from side to side.

In the intestine are little sand masses containing numerous GlohigerincB and other
Foraminifera, with sponge-spicules, sand-grains, and other debris.

The structure of the body- wall of this form (Station 141) corresponds in general with
the European type, but the muscular fasciculi are less regular. The nerve-cords, with the
large superior neural canal, are embraced by the ventral longitudinal muscles in the same
manner. A comparatively narrow pedicle connects the area with the hypoderm inferiorly.

The dental apparatus of this species somewhat approaches the Lumhriconereis
{Notocirrus) tetraurus of Schmarda,^ from the Cape and Chili, but the presence of a
considerable dorsal cirrus on the foot, and the structure of the posterior hooks, are essential
points of difference. G-rube’s Lwnbriconereis cavifrons,^ from the same region (Lime Bay,
Cape of Good Hope), is easily distinguished by the presence of seven teeth in the great
dental plates and the almost globular excavated head ; while his Lumhriconereis ca'pensis ®
has from five to seven teeth in the great dental plates, the foot is abbreviated and the
lamella short and bluntly rounded. He does not describe the head, so that the details
are incomplete.

Lumhriconereis hifurcata, n. sp. (PI. XXXVI. figs. 10, 11, 12; PL XVHa. fig. 16).

LLahitat. — Dredged at Station 232 (off the southern shores of Japan), May 12, 1875 ;
lat. 35° 11' N., long. 139° 28' E. ; depth, 345 fathoms; temperature of the bottom 41°J,
surface temperature 64°'2 ; sea-bottom, green mud.

The single fragmentary example measured about 145 mm. in length and about
5 mm. in breadth.

The head (PI. XXXVI. figs. 10, 11) in the preparation forms a somewhat acute
cone, marked dorsally by a few longitudinal streaks. Ventrally the mouth and other

1 Op. cit., I. ii. p. 117. ^ Aiinel. Novara-ExpecL, Zool. Theil., p. 13, Taf. i. fig. 5.

^ Jahres-Bericlit. der Schles. Gesellsch. f. vat. Cultur., 1878, p. 95.

(zOOIi. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. 1885.)

LI 31

242

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

parts have the ordinary structure, the crenations and grooves of the posterior lip involving
both the buccal segments.

The maxillse (Fig. 7), like the dental apparatus in general, is blackish-brown, and
their downward curvature a little beyond the broad region at the base is pronounced.
The spathulate posterior surfaces are broad, and the ends are evenly rounded. There is
no constriction. The left great dental plate has five teeth, the right six. The lateral
plate next the latter is narrow, and ends in a blunt tooth. The outer (anterior) plate is
much larger, and the inner edge is produced into a sharp tooth. The small plate
immediately behind is pale brownish, thus contrasting with the rest of the apparatus, and
it points into the notch next the tooth. The long horny bar passing backward from
the former bends slightly outward, and terminates in a point quite removed from each
great dental plate. The four plates just described are symmetrical. The mandibles

Fig. 7. — Maxill® and dental plates of Lumbriconereis bifurcata, from the dorsal aspect ; x 15 diameters.

Fig. 8. — Mandibles of Lumbriconereis bifurcata, from the ventral surface ; magnified.

(Fig. 8) are clavate, the anterior region being broadly triangular, the posterior forming
slender and tapering shafts. The ventral dentary surface is somewhat semicircular, with
curved veins from side to side. On each side of the median notch is a tooth. The
striking point is the downward curvature of the maxillae, both anteriorly and pos-
teriorly, the elevation occurring just in front of the spathulate posterior region.

The body is shghtly tapered in front, remains for a considerable distance of nearly
uniform calibre, and again tapers toward the tail. The feet resemble those of
Lumhriconereis fragilis in front, but posteriorly they are distinguished by the presence
of two nearly symmetrical lobes, one in front and the other behind the vertical row of

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

243

bristles, thus imparting a character to the species. The lobes are low and slightly
pointed, and are directed outward and slightly upward. Toward the posterior end these
processes are longer than the foot, and, indeed, increase in size from before backward.

The bristles of the tenth foot have nearly the same shape as in Lumbriconereis
fragilis, and their shafts are also of a brownish-black colour ; while the spines nearly
correspond in number and colour. Indeed, nothing very diagnostic can be affirmed of
the bristles or hooks of the Japanese form, except perhaps the larger size of the hooks
and the very distinct serrations on the crowns. The latter differ from those of
Lumbriconereis fragilis in the more evident distinction between the first (or lower) fang
and the second, as well as the relatively larger size of the latter in some views in com-
parison with the superior serrations (PL XVIIa. fig. 16). Position, however, apparently
modifies these appearances. The specimen, a female, is distended with ova.

The intestine contains greyish sand abounding in sponge-spicules, remarkable
Radiolarians (?), composed of a minutely reticulated framework, with projecting processes
more minutely reticulated. The spines on some cause the structure to resemble a
mmVitQ Mol'padia. A few Foraminifera, Diatoms, and fragments of Algae are also present.

Within the circular muscular, coat is a peculiar pennate arrangement, apparently of
the outer fibres of the dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles, the granular infolded
parts being coloured brownish. The nerve-cords have a small median neural canal
beneath the great superior one.

This species has certain affinities with the Lumbriconereis lieteropoda of Marenzeller,^
from the Bay of Miya, Southern Japan. The peculiarly elongate foot of the latter,
however, is diagnostic, though the structure of the bristles is similar. The shape of the
bases of the maxillae diverges considerably. The posterior feet of Kinberg’s Lumbriconereis
chilensis,^ from Valparaiso, show a similar bilobed arrangement in the posterior feet, but
the lobes are much longer, and the structure of the bristles differs. In regard to the two
bosses on the under surface of the snout, this form shows certain resemblances to the
Lumbriconereis jacksoni of Kinberg,^ from Sydney, but in the dental apparatus (which
appears to be of a type unusual in Lumbriconereis), the structure of the feet, and the
outline of the hea d, the differences are pronounced.

Lumbriconereis japonica, Marenzeller (PL XXXVI. fins. 13, 14, 15 ; PL XVIIa.
fig. 17 ; PL XVIIIa. fig. 1).

Ldimbrieonereis japonica, Marenzeller, Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss. Wien, 1872, Sep.

Abd., p. 29, Taf. v. fig. 3.

Habitat. — Taken along with the foregoing at Station 232 (off the coast of Japan),

^ Siidjapan. Annel., p. 30, Taf. v. fig. 4, and Taf. vi. fig. 1.

^ Freg. Eugen. Eesa, Taf. xviii. fig. 37 ; and Ofversigt Ic. Vctensk.-Akad. Forhandl, 1865, p. 569.

^ Ofversigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl., 1864, p. 569.

244

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

May 12, 1875; lat. 35° 11' N., long. 139° 28' E.; depth, 345 fathoms; bottom
temperature 41°‘l, surface temperature 64°’2 ; sea-bottom, green mud.

This species is considerably larger than the foregoing, resembling in bulk
Lumbriconereis capensis. The total length of the fragments is about 140 mm., and the
breadth of the widest region (anterior third) about 7 mm.

The body has the usual shape, being slightly tapered in front, and gradually
diminished from the anterior third backward to the tail, which ends in four styles, two
longer situated dorsally, and two shorter ventrally.

In this species the head (PL XXXVI. fig. 13) is thicker and less acute than in the
previous forms, agreeing in this respect with certain British examples of the group. The

Fig. 9. — Lateral view of the maxill® and dental plates of Lumbriconereis japonica ; x 15 diameters.

Fig. 10. — Maxillae and dental plates of Lumbriconereis japonica ; x 15 diameters.

Fig. 11. — Mandibles of Lumbriconereis japonica, from the ventral surface ; x 15 diameters.

snout, both dorsally and ventrally, is devoid of longitudinal lines. The oral region has
three folds on each side, the “ boss ” in front and superiorly, and two beneath. The
crenations on the margin appear to be less numerous than in Lumbriconereis fragilis,
only three in the middle running backward to the posterior border of the posterior buccal
segment.

When viewed laterally (Fig. 9) the maxillae show the double curvature (anteriorly
and posteriorly) even more distinctly than in Lumbriconereis bifurcata. In certain
positions (as in the preparation) the serratures of the great dental plates stand pro-
minently above the level of the maxillae. The posterior spathulate processes (Fig. 10)

KEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

245

are short, broad, and pointed. Each great dental plate has four teeth. Three lateral
plates occur in front of the latter, viz., a somewhat elongated plate next the foregoing,
terminating in a sharp tooth ; a quadrangular plate immediately in front (in ordinary
positions), with a minute tooth at its upper and inner edge ; and a triangular plate (like
a cocked hat) fitting into the space formed on the outer side of the other two. An
accessory plate lies outside the last, and a small bar occurs some distance in front of the
long horny crescentic process running backward by the side of the maxillae. The chief
plates of the dental apparatus are of a brownish colour. In the mandibles (Fig. 11)
the ventral dentary surface is crescentic, the external edge being pointed, and the whole
marked by parallel veins. The anterior edge has a slightly tuberculated whitish
deposit. The limbs are united backward to the terminal third.

At first sight the feet do not appear to differ much from those of Lumbriconereis
fragilis, except in the shorter bristles, but a closer inspection shows (PI. XXVI. figs. 14,
15) that the posterior elongated lobe is pointed superiorly in the Japanese form. The
bristles are arranged in four groups, one of which, the inferior, is compound. The two
superior fasciculi are composed of the ordinary bristles, with slightly brownish shafts and
winged tips. The third series consists of about five jointed hooks (PI. XVIIa. fig. 17) with
a very narrow wing along the ventral edge. The serrations on the crown of the
hook are obscure, and are either abraded or originally defective.

The posterior hooks (PI. XVIIIa. fig. 1) have longer and more slender tips than in
the British form above mentioned, and, like the anterior, their crowns are smaller. A
series of small teeth occurs, as usual, above the larger process interiorly, and a distinct
incurvation of the wing exists just below the crown.

In comparing this form with the British Lumbriconereis joJinstoni, the dorsal winged
bristles are longer and more attenuate, as are also the jointed hooks, the crowns of the
latter, moreover, being less distinctly serrated. The bristles are more numerous in the
Japanese species, and the posterior lamellae more acute superiorly. The spines in the
foreign forms are black, whereas in the British they are pale.

The intestine contains brownish mud, in which Diatoms, fragments of Crustacea,
minute bristles of Polynoe, sponge-spicules, and peculiar ova are present.

In section the ventral nerve-cords have a much broader and shorter pedicle than in
the common Lumbriconereis, and the neural canal is somewhat less. The central fibrous
bundle of each nerve-cord is well seen in some sections just below the canal. The
oblique muscles have the normal attachment superiorly. Some fibres of the circular
muscular coat cross the nerve-area.

In the structure of the feet this form closely approaches Marenzeller’s Lumbriconereis
japoniea,^ from Southern Japan. There is a little discrepancy, however, in the outlines
of the soft parts, and still more in the minute structure of the hooks, both anterior and

^ Sildjapan. Annel., p. 29, Taf. v. fig. 3.

246

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

posterior, but some of the latter differences may be due to indifferent figures. The maxillae
and dental plates nearly correspond, and it has been thought advisable to unite the forms.
Marenzeller’s example was procured on the east coast of the island of Ino-Sima, Japan.

Lumbriconereis kerguelensis, G-rube (PL XXXVI. figs. 16, 17 ; PL XVIIa. fig. 18 ;
PL XVIIIa. figs. 2-4).

Lumbriconereis kerguelensis, Grube, Jahres-Bericht. der ScLles. GeseUsch. f. vat. Cultur., 1878,
p. 92.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149g (off London River, Kerguelen), January 29,
1874; lat. 48° 50' S., long. 69° 18' E.; depth, 110 fathoms; surface temperature 40°'2 ;
sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

A comparatively small form, the longest fragment measuring about 40 mm., with a
breadth anteriorly of about 2*5 mm. In the general outline of the body it agrees with
Lumbriconereis nardonis, Gfrube, from the Adriatic, that is, has a more obtuse head and
more distinctly marked segments than Lumbriconereis fragilis.

The head (PL XXXVI. fig. 16) forms a large, bluntly conical and smooth process,
marked dorsally by a little brownish pigment ; while ventrally a depression or dimple
occurs in the centre. The mouth has the ordinary lateral folds on each side, in front of
the crenate oral margin. Compared with the common southern form [Lumbyiconereis

nardonis), the head is smoother and more
rounded anteriorly, and the lines running from
the border of the snout are wider.

The maxillse (Fig. 12) are brownish, and the
posterior spathulate processes taper to a some-
what fine point. Each great dental plate has
four teeth, the last on the right being followed
by an elevation of the dental edge. Two lateral
plates exist in front, each terminating in a
tooth externally (dorsally). That adjoining
the great dental plate is somewhat triangular,
while the outer plate widens from the tooth to
an expanded or lobate end. A small brownish
patch exists outside the tooth of the latter
plate ; and a slightly curved band stretches
backward to the side of the maxilla. When
the apparatus is viewed from the ventral surface, three horny inferior lobes project, viz.,
the two lateral plates, and the usual rounded process from the great dental plate. The
mandibles (Fig. 13) ventrally present a crescentic dentary surface, somewhat pointed

Fig. 12. — Maxills and dental plates of Lvmibriconereis
kerguelensis ; x 55 diameters.

Pig. 13. — Mandibles of Lumbriconereis kerguelensis, from
the ventral surface ; x 55 diameters.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

247

externally (where the pigment is most marked), and crossed by the usual hues. A
translucent thickening of the margin (calcareous cutting edge) occurs on one side.

The anterior feet somewhat resemble those of the species just mentioned, but
posteriorly (PI. XXXVI. fig. 17) they are less prominent in the form from Kerguelen.
In the tenth foot the present form shows laterally a lobe much less pointed superiorly
than in the other ; and though similar, the number of the superior bristles is greater.
There are three in the upper division and four in the second group of winged bristles ;
then four jointed hooks, and lastly two jointed hooks and a winged bristle interiorly.
The wing is well-marked in the superior bristles, especially in the second group
(PI. XVIIIa. fig. 2, representing that next the winged hooks); and the curvature at
the tip is distinct. The winged hooks have a shorter tip than in the British species
referred to {L/iimbriconereis nardonis), and the wings or guards are better marked,
both in the terminal piece and the shaft below it (PL XVIIIa. fig. 3, the upper hook of
the series).

A very evident distinction from the British species occurs in the great length and
attenuation of the bristles of the thirtieth foot (PL XVIIIa. fig. 4). The wing is very
shghtly developed, and is recognisable only at the curvature or “ knee ” of the bristle.
On the other hand the British species presents bristles with short, broad tips.

The posterior hooks are characterised by the shortness of the wing and the
prominence of the great tooth (PL XVIIa. fig. 18), as compared with a hook from
the same region in the British species. The wing is much longer in the latter, its
curvature at the tip different, the serrations of the crown less developed, and the neck
longer.

The spines in the new species are pale.

Two of the specimens are females bearing large ova.

The intestine in two had minute masses containing numerous fine Diatoms and a few
sponge-spicules.

In section the ventral nerve-area is proportionally larger than in the typical form, is
connected with the hypoderm by a short and broad pedicle, and shows only a single small
median canal superiorly. The hypodermic layer is well developed, and the circular
muscular coat is remarkably thick.

This form evidently takes the place of the European Lumbriconereis nardonis, to
which it is closely allied in the structure of the dental apparatus.

Studer^ mentions that a small Lumbriconereis sp. ? occurred amongst Algse at
Cascade Reach, Kerguelen, but gives no description.

Grube, in his summary of the genus, states under the head of Lumbriconereis
magalhaensis, Kinberg, that he had examined a very similar form in Kerguelen, but
that it differed in having the second pair of jaws (great dental plates) furnished with four

1 Archivf. Naturgesch., 1879, p. 125.

248

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

teeth, and that the somewhat ovoid head was longer than broad. Moreover, the third
pair of dental plates have only a single tooth. In all probability the present corresponds
with Grube’s species.

Lumbriconereis neo-zealanice, n. sp. (PI. XXXVI. figs. 18, 19; PI. XVIIIa. figs. 5-9).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 169 (north-west point of New Zealand), July 10, 1874;
lat. 37° 34' S., long. 179° 22' E.; depth, 700 fathoms; bottom temperature 40°'0, surface
temperature 58°'2 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

A somewhat small species, the longest specimen measuring about 60 mm., and
anteriorly having a breadth of about 2 mm. The shape of the body agrees with that
usually seen in the genus, and the segments are very distinctly marked.

The head (PL XXXVI. fig. 18) is rather elongated and pointed, with one or two
longitudinal depressions dorsally, which, however, are omitted in the figure, and an evident

Fig. 15.

Fig. 14. — Maxill® (broken) and dental plates of Lumbriconereis neo-zealanice ; enlarged.

Fig. 15. — Mandibles of Lmrihriconereis neo-zealanice ; enlarged.

median groove ventrally. Both dorsal and ventral surfaces present a deposit of brownish
pigment. The crenatures of the lips are similar to those in Lumbriconereis fragilis.

The dental apparatus, in variety A, is blackish-brown. The maxillae (Fig. 14) are
moderately curved, and a constriction exists at the base posteriorly in front of the
wedge-shaped appendages. Each great dental plate has five teeth. The first lateral
plate is elongated and somewhat triangular, with a single tooth; the next is petaloid,
with a tooth on the inner margin, and two minute denticles further out. A small horny

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

249

area fits into the hollow of the latter near the tooth ; and behind a slender bar runs
backward to the side of the maxilla. The ventral surface of the mandibles (Fig. 15)
has a dentary surface resembling a pair of bivalves (in one), or somewhat crescentic.
The surface is marked by fine concentric lines, and a touch of dark pigment occurs
at the outer angle. The lines are very distinct on the dorsal surface.

In variety B the maxillse show a more distinct outward bend or “ knee ” posteriorly,
the left great dental plate has four, the right five teeth. The two lateral plates are similar,
but no minute external denticles occur on the anterior or outer. The ventral dentary
surface of the mandibles is nearly semicircular, with a large amount of pigment at the
outer angle. The lines are also concentric.

The general appearance of the feet (PI. XXXVI. fig. 19) resembles that in Lumhri-
conereis fragilis ; but in structure the bristles approach those of Lwnbriconereis ehlersii.
At the tenth foot the arrangement is closely allied to that in the latter, the chief
differences being in the minor details of length and proportion.

Two varieties, however, occur in regard to the structure of the feet, viz., one (A) with
black spines and bristles with deeply tinted shafts. In the tenth foot there are three
black spines, and the bristles seem to be slightly longer than in the next form. Indeed
in the succeeding feet {e.g., about the thirtieth) the great elongation of the winged bristles
(PL XVIIIa. fig. 5) is a marked characteristic in comparison with the other form. In
this respect it resembles a variety (D) from the “Valorous” Expedition, which, however,
does not show black spines.

The variety (B) with the shorter bristles has at the tenth foot two winged bristles in
the superior group; three in the second, five winged hooks (PI. XVIIIa. fig. 9) arranged
in pairs, the odd one being inferior ; and lastly a single winged bristle at the ventral
edge. The differences between a winged bristle from the same foot in each is well
shown by comparing the figure of that in the former variety with PL XVIIIa. fig. 8.
Whether these differences have any relation to the sex remains to be seen.

The posterior hooks of the two varieties are closely allied, yet it is evident that the
hooks of the long-bristled form (PL XVIIIa. fig. 6) are longer than those of the kind
\wth shorter bristles, and slightly different in outline at the upper part (PL XVIIIa.
fig. 7).

The black spines occur chiefly in the anterior region of the long-bristled variety.

It is difficult, perhaps, to say how much reliance should be placed on the characters
which show divergence in these two forms, but it is well to indicate them.

In the intestine of the type with long bristles is a little muddy sand containing the
hairs of minute Crustacea, a few Diatoms, and sponge-spicules.

The pedicle of the nerve-area in section is moderately developed, and the neural canal
superiorly is much less than in the typical form. The whole area and pedicle form a
pear-shaped mass, resting on the circular coat, which is comparatively thick.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.)

LI 32

250

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

This species is distinguished from the Lumbriconereis {Notocirrus) splicer ocei^halus of
Schmarda,^ from Auckland, New Zealand, by the shape of the head, the structure of the
feet, and the bristles. In Schmarda’s form the foot bears a short cirrus, and thus the
divergence is pronounced.

Lumbriconereis abyssorum, n. sp. (PL XXXVI. figs. 20, 21 ; PI. XVIIIa. fig. 10).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 298 (olf the west coast of South America, a little south
of Valparaiso), November 17, 1875 ; lat. 34° T S., long. 73° 56' W.; depth, 2225 fathoms ;
bottom temperature 35°‘6, surface temperature 59°'0 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

Fig. 16. — Maxillce and dental plates of Lumbriconereis abyssorum; x 90 diameters. The position of the maxill® in this
figure prevents the curvature being seen. The right anterior dental plates are flattened out.

Fig. 17. — Tip of one of the maxillae of Lumbriconereis abyssorum, so as to show the curvature ; x 90 diameters.

Fig. 18. — Mandibles of Lumbriconereis abyssorum ; x 90 diameters.

A fragmentary example, measuring about 24 mm. in length and about 2 mm. in
breadth anteriorly.

So far as external appearance goes, this abyssal form differs little from a specimen of
Lumbriconereis fragilis of the same size, except in regard to the structure of the lamellae
of the anterior feet.

The head (PL XXXVI. fig. 20) is somewhat larger and broader, but the mouth and other
parts do not present any noteworthy difference from the common form just mentioned.

The dental apparatus (Fig. 16) is brownish, with darker touches. The maxillae in
the contracted condition of the included proboscis have their hooked tips (Fig. 17) directed
upwards. The spathulate appendages posteriorly are broad, each approaching a semicircle.
The left great dental plate has four teeth, the right four, but the two median are separated

1 Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 116.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

251

by an interval from the first and last. The latter, however, may be accidental. The first
lateral plate is almost wedge-shaped, and ends in a sharp tooth. The second forms a
much larger quadrangular area, with a single tooth next the foregoing. Instead of a
separate accessory plate, so generally present posteriorly, a process of this anterior plate
(occupying a similar position) represents it. The curved bar running backward to the
maxilla is comparatively short on one side, longer on the other (left). The size and shape
of the anterior lateral plate is characteristic on viewing the dental apparatus from above.
The ventral dentary surface of the mandibles (Fig. 18) is crescentic, but the median fissure
is very distinct, and the union of the limbs somewhat lax. Two prominent teeth occur
on the anterior margin on each side of the middle line, besides an elevated ridge
externally. The black pigment below the latter sends off broad touches which proceed
a short distance backward, and rather wide parallel veins which meet those of the
opposite side.

About the tenth foot the posterior lobe is much more pointed superiorly in the
abyssal species, and the winged bristles much longer and more slender, as well as devoid
of the deep tinge seen in the shafts of those of Limibriconereis fragilis. The spines in
Lumbriconereis abyssorum are also pale. At the thirtieth foot the bristles and spines
show the same differences, but as the specimen has lost its hooks, a minute comparison
cannot be made.

The posterior hooks (PI. XVIIIa. fig. 10) differ from those of Lumbriconereis fragilis
(from the same region) in having a smaller and more elongated tip with a less pro-
nounced curve and less distinct serrations on the crown.

The posterior end is in process of regeneration.

In section of the body-wall the nerve-area is comparatively large and sessile, and the
ventral longitudinal muscles do not so closely surround and even surmount it laterally as
in the t}rpical form. No neural canal is visible in the preparation, but the condition of
the latter perhaps gives a margin for doubt in regard to minute structure.

It is uncertain whether the lAimbriconereis brasiliensis of Grube,^ from the Atlantic,
off Eio Janeiro, is closely connected with this species, though it has four teeth in
the great dental plates. It differs also in having two eyes. The foot of Lumbrico-
nereis abyssorum somewhat resembles Schmarda’s Lumbriconereis [Aracoda) lieterocliceta,^
but the dental armature shows considerable differences behind the maxillae. This was
also procured off Valparaiso. The Lumbriconereis atlantica of Kinberg,® from the
Atlantic, off the mouth of the River Plate, which has four teeth in the great dental
plates, differs from the present form in the structure of the head.

1 Annul. (Erstecliana, 1857 (sep. Abd.), p. 2.

2 Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 116.

® Ofversigt h. Vetenslc.-Akad. Fdrhandl., 1864, No. 10, p. 568. Eeference is given to pi. xix. in tlie Voyage of the
“ Eugenie.” The most complete copy I have been able to secure wants pis. xix. to xxvi.

252

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

iMmhriconereis punctata, n, sp. (PI. XXX. fig. 9; PI. XVIIIa. fig. 11).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 45 (off the American coast, near New York), May 3,
1873 ; lat. 38° 34' N., long. 72° 10' W.; depth, 1240 fathoms ; bottom temperature 37°'2,
surface temperature 49° '5 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

A fragmentary specimen, measuring about 20 mm. in length and about 2 mm. in
breadth.

The general aspect of the animal differs from that of Lumhriconereis fragilis in
having much longer bristles and a more pointed snout. Besides the acuteness of the
latter (PI. XXX. fig. 9), a further characteristic is the presence of about six brown
pigment-spots symmetrically arranged, three on each side of the middle line, toward the
posterior border of the head. Moreover, on the ventral surface a conspicuous dark
pigment-speck exists in each of the anterior oral folds. The dorsal pigment-specks in
the preparation are hardly so distinct as eye-specks, and may be the remnants of pigment-
streaks. The head both dorsally and ventrally is marked by longitudinal streaks.

The maxillse (Fig. 19) have a marked constriction in front of the posterior spathulate
processes, each of which is almost semicircular. The left great dental plate shows only
two large teeth ; the right has a terminal tooth, and posteriorly, after
an interval, two others, besides an elevated ridge following the latter.
The lateral plate immediately in front is wedge-shaped, with a single
tooth. The anterior plate is somewhat rhomboidal, with a single iDlack
tooth next that of the adjoining plate. There is no sinus next the
tooth, and apparently no accessory plate. The ventral dentary surface
of the mandibles is similar to that in the foregoing species, but more
acute externally. There are three teeth on the anterior margin on each
side of the middle line, besides an elevated ridge externally.

The shape of the soft parts of the feet does not differ in a material
manner from those of Luinbriconereis fragilis, except, perhaps, in being
a little more produced. The bristles and hooks, however, are much
longer throughout. At the tenth foot the posterior lobe is more
pointed than in the common species, resembling in this respect Lum-
hriconereis ahyssorum. The l^ristles are pale, more slender, and less
numerous than in Lumhriconereis fragilis, and the spines are not black. At the thirtieth
foot, again, the long dorsal bristles far exceed in length those of the species just men-
tioned, and the wings in the longest are rudimentary.

At the fiftieth foot the American form still has two attenuate bristles below the
elongate superior one, and the hooks are more slender, and difter in the character
of their serrations at the tip, from those of Lumhriconereis fragilis. The curvature at

Fig. 19. — Maxillse and
dental plates of Lum-
hriconereis punctata,
from the dorsal sur-
face : X 90 diameters.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

253

the extremity also diverges in each case. The bristles are continued amongst the hooks
to the posterior end of the fragment. The posterior hooks (PI. XVIIIa. fig. 11)
decidedly differ in size, curves, serrations, and other points from those of Lumbrico-
nereis fragilis. The spines are also pale throughout.

In transverse section the body-wall of this species somewhat corresponds with
Lumbriconereis abyssorum, having a comparatively large nerve-area, with a short and
wide pedicle, while no neural canal is visible in the preparation. In the intestine are
peculiar pear-shaped bladder-like structures with parallel granular folds. These may be
either parasitic bodies or introduced with the food, probably the former.

At first it appeared as if this form was only a variety of the common Lumbriconereis
fragilis, but a consideration of all the points in its structure shows the desirability of
separation. Verrill describes a species [Lumbriconereis opalina f with four eyes, and
similar feet, but as he does not go into the anatomy of the dental apparatus or the bristles
their relationship is uncertain.

Lumbriconereis ehlersii, n. sp., var. tenuisetis (PI. XXXVII. fig. 9 ; PI. XVIIIa.
fig. 12).

ILabitat. — Dredged at Station 47 (off the American coast, midway between New
York and Halifax), May 7, 1873 ; lat. 41° 14' N., long. 65° 45' W. ; depth, 1340 fathoms ;
surface temperature, 42°'0; sea-bottom, blue mud.

Like the rest this form is fragmentary, but it is larger than several of the foregoing,
measuring about 48 mm. in length and about 3 '5 mm. in breadth anteriorly.

It has much of the facies of Lumbriconereis fragilis, and as we are at present in doubt
concerning the sexual and other variations, especially in regard to any change occurring
in the form of the bristles in the respective sexes, some dubiety remains in connection
with the subject.

The head (PI. XXXVII. fig. 9) is less acutely conical than in Lumbriconereis
fragilis, and is marked on the dorsum by numerous longitudinal pigment-streaks. These
attain their maximum posteriorly, but yet do not show the distinct specks charac-
teristic of the head of the previous species. There are also a few longitudinal streaks
on the ventral surface, but no specks exist on the labial folds. No grooves occur on
the snout, either dorsally or ventrally.

The dental apparatus is dark brown, the maxillary region being large in proportion
to the space occupied by the great dental plates (Figs. 20 and 22), the horny parts of
which are small. The spathulate posterior region of the maxillse tapers distaUy. The
left great dental plate has five teeth, the right five. Both lateral (anterior) plates are

^ Report of U.S. Fish Commission, Invert. An. of Vineyard Sovrnd, p. 594.

254

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

wedge-shaped, the smaller terminating in a somewhat blunt tooth, the larger in a sharper
tooth, and outside this is a ridge continued into a small accessory plate. The ventral
surface of the dentary region of the mandibles (Fig. 21) is crescentic, with very distinct
blackish lines from the pigment-patch at the outer edge of each. A large tooth exists
on each side of the middle line anteriorly, besides a minute denticulation or two inside
the pigment-patch.

The shape of the soft parts of the feet much resembles that in Lmnbriconereis fragilis,
but the bristles are considerably longer. At the tenth foot there is little difference
between the outline of the parts and that in Lmnbriconereis elilersii, from the “ Valorous”
dredgings. The bristles are also similar, consisting of superior winged bristles of
moderate length, and of inferior winged hooks with long tips.

At the thirtieth foot, however, the present species has much longer liristles than the
other ; but a comparison of the hooks is not attainable, since all had been removed from
the American form.

In the posterior region a decided divergence occurs in the shape of the foot, which is

Fig. 20. — Maxillaa and dental plates of Lumhriconereis ehlersii, from the dorsal aspect ; x 15 diameters.
Fig. 21. — Dental plates of Lumhriconereis ehlersii, from the ventral surface ; X 15 diameters.

Fig. 22. — Mandibles of Lumbriconereis ehlersii, from the ventral aspect; x 15 diameters.

more pointed in the present form. The hooks (PL XVIII a. fig. 12) have a shorter wing
and a more pronounced curve at the neck.

In transverse section the body- wall shows a thick hypodermic coat, and a strong
circular layer beneath. The pedicle of the nerve-area is somewhat broad, and the neural
canal large. Traces of a minute canal are visible in some preparations below the fore-
going. The alimentary tract has anteriorly very conspicuous longitudinal folds or ridges.

This appears to be a variety of the European species which I have called
Lumbriconereis ehlersii, and which was also found during the “Valorous ” Expedition on
the shores of Greenland.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

255

Lumbriconereis heteropoda, Marenzeller (PI. XXXVII. figs. 1, 2 ; PI. XVIII A.
figs. 13, 14).

Lumbnconereis heteropoda, Marenzeller, Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss. Wien, Bd. xli., sep.

Akd. p. 30, Taf. v. fig. 4, and Taf. vi. fig. 1.

Habitat. — Dredged off Yokohama, Japan, in 5 to 25 fathoms, May 6, 1875 ; and off
Kobe, Japan, May 17 to 19, 1875; depth, 3 to 50 fathoms.

A fragmentary though very large Lumbriconereis, the most complete example (from
Yokohama) measuring about 210 mm. in length, and having a diameter of about 6 mm.
across the body and feet at the anterior third.

The body is slightly tapered anteriorly, remains about the same breadth for a
considerable distance, and then gradually tapers to the tail (which, however, is absent).
The feet appear to increase in length from before backward. The segments are well-
marked throughout, and in the preparation have a prominent dorsal ridge. Traces of
pigment, in the form of a slight bar across each segment, occur anteriorly.

The head (PL XXXVII. fig. l) forms a short blunt cone, almost semicircular in
outline. Dorsally, some pigment granules exist along the posterior border, and also a
few longitudinal wrinkles, one on each side being deeper. No eyes are seen until the
snout is bent downward, so as to expose the segment-junction. A pair of eyes then
appear in front of the semicircular notch in the centre of the buccal segment. On each
side of the notch just alluded to a region of the snout is cut off by a fold, the little area
thus circumscribed indicating, perhaps, the lobe which is distinct in Lumbriconereis
[Zygolobus), Grube. In this case, however, the areas are wide apart. The under surface
of the snout has a well-marked lateral wrinkle, and there are two bars of dark pigment-
granules at the posterior border, just in front of the mouth, both, indeed, being partially
covered by the very large anterior oral folds. The latter are also slightly flecked with
pigment.

In this large species the whole dental apparatus is of a deep blackish-brown. The
maxillee (Fig. 24) do not exhibit so marked an elevation at the base as is usually present in
the series, and thus the anterior and posterior curves (downward) are not so conspicuous.
The posterior processes are remarkable for their great length and acutely pointed condition.
Each great dental plate has four teeth; moreover, the somewhat triangular horny region
behind the dentary is marked off by a deep suture. The usual proportion between the
two anterior plates does not hold, that nearest the great dental plate being only a little
less than the anterior, and of a somewhat crescentic shape, terminating in an inner dental
region, which is distinguished from the outer, furnished with two teeth — an anterior pro-
minent one and a posterior smaller process. The anterior plate is irregularly triangular,
with a long tooth internally. Near the latter (tooth) is an accessory isolated plate, and
the ordinary thin horny bar running backward *to the maxilla. The ventral dentary

256

THE VOYAGE . OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

surface of the mandibles (Fig. 25) presents the aspect of a bivalve shell {e.g., Tellina),
only the hinge is posterior. It is deeply coloured with blackish pigment, and veined.
The halves of the mandibles do not seem to have been ankylosed. Three characteris-
tically symmetrical horny plates (two lateral and great dental) are visible on each side
of the ventral surface (Fig. 23), and the angles of the posterior (great dental) are distinct.

As usual in the group, the first two segments (buccal) are bare. The anterior feet
are small, but, as mentioned, gradually increase in size from before backward. At the
tenth foot the posterior lobe is proportionally large, slanting from its somewhat straight
upper border abruptly downward and inward. Only the upjDer bristles remain, and they
are winged, with rather elongated tapering tips. There is a slight indication of a dorsal
papilla, but it does not attain a noteworthy size.

Fig. 25.

Fig. 23. — Maxillte and dental plates of Liwihriconereis heteropoda, from the dorsum ; x 12 diameters.
Fig. 24. — Dental plates of Lumhriconereis heteropoda, from the ventral surface ; x 12 diameters.

Fig. 25. — Mandibles of Lumhriconereis heteropoda, from the dorsal aspect ; x 12 diameters.

At the thirtieth foot the posterior lobe more nearly approaches the anterior in size,
and the bristles pass out between them. The anterior is rounded dorsally, whereas
the posterior forms an angle a little less than a right angle superiorly. The bristles
are in about four groups, the upper having the longest, and the third the shortest tips.
All have wings. On the dorsum near the base of the foot is a very distinct papilla
(PI. XXXVII. fig. 2).

The fiftieth foot is similar to the foregoing, except that the tips of the bristles are
shorter, and that a few hooks have appeared amongst them. Toward the eightieth foot
the posterior lobe becomes greatly developed superiorly, so as to have a considerable
triangular area elevated above the foot. A single group of two or three slender bristles,
reaching very little beyond the tips of the hooks (the second group from above), alone

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

257

remains, the rest being the strong winged hooks characteristic of the species. The dorsal
papilla is very evident. Little change takes place in the succeeding feet, so far as they
are present.

In the larger fragmentary example from Kobe, the dorsal papilla is very boldly
marked, and may indicate a connecting link with Notocirrus while the bristles of
Lumbriconereis are retained. The size of this specimen enables the structure of the
posterior bristles to be readily observed. Dorsally each foot has a stout winged hook,
then a group of three bristles (PI. XVIIIa. fig. 14) with much more slender shafts than
the foregoing, and comparatively short, winged, and tapering tips, which reach only a
little beyond the first hook. Four or more winged hooks (PI. XVIIIa. fig. 13, an average
example) of the same type as the dorsal then follow, the tips being somewhat shorter
than in the latter.

In transverse section the hypoderm is fairly developed throughout, and is thickest
laterally toward the bases of the feet. The circular muscular coat is strongly marked, a
kind of raphe occurring in the median line ventrally by the entrance of cross-fibres from
the oblique muscles, and connective tissue. The decussation of the oblique fibres below
the nerve-area is unusually distinct, so as to form a powerful muscular pillar at the
part for the support of the cords, which lie in the upper angle. In section the nerve-
area is more ovoid than usual, the large superior canal occupying the middle third, and a
small neural canal being in the median line interiorly. The great vascularity of all the
tissues in this species, except the hypoderm and cuticle, is conspicuous.

This form appears to be so closely allied to Marenzeller’s Lumbriconereis heteropoda
from the Bay of Miya, in Southern Japan, that separation has been deemed unnecessary.
The general form of the maxillae and dental plates is similar, though the curves at the
bases of the former are more gentle in the example procured by the Challenger. The
posterior hooks are identical. The posterior lobe of the foot is more elevated than in
Marenzeller’s figure, and the head is somewhat shorter, but these differences may be due
to the mode of preparation followed in each.

Palolo, J. E. Gray.

Palolo viridis, Gray (PI. XVIIIa. figs. 20, 21).

“The Fiji worm, appearing in quantities at certain times of the year.”

The above is all the information concerning the fragments in the Challenger
collection. They had been imperfectly preserved, being covered with a mouldy crust
and softened.

The bristles (PI. XVIIIa. fig. 20, from a male) quite differ from Dr. Macdonald’s
representation. The shaft is comparatively stout, and the terminal region is marked

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV.— 1 885. ) LI 33

258

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

by a distinct enlargement posteriorly, the tip then diminishing to a very dehcate
point. The edge of the extremity on the ventral aspect (that is, on the side opposite
the enlargement) is roughened by fine serrations. The twist described by Dr. Macdonald
is 2^robably due to position, and the more slender ones certainly simulate this
condition.

The hooks again (PI. XVIIIa. fig. 21) diverge from Dr. Macdonald’s in regard to the
comparative length of the terminal region, so that in all probability his bristle was from
the anterior region of the body, where the terminal region is longer.

In transverse sections of specimens from Samoa, kindly procured for me some years
ago by Prof. Busk, the body-waU in both males and females is largely distended with
the reproductive elements. In the males a line of dark brownish pigment runs inside the
muscular layers, thus surrounding the mass of sperm-cells or spermatozoa which fills up
the entire cavity. The alimentary canal is atrophied, and forms a median vertical streak.
The nerve-area is ovoid and comparatively large, no neural canal being evident, though
it must be remembered that the preservation of the preparations is indifferent. The
oblicjue fibres pass down by the sides of the cords, and a band on each side goes upward
to the alimentary canal, apparently enclosing the vessel.

In the female the stretching of the layers of the body-wall is equally conspicuous, but
no layer of pigment occurs internally. The nerve-cords, however, have externally a
deep blackish-brown band. The ova are large and greenish.

The first scientific account of the Palolo is that of Dr. Gray, who communicated his
remarks to the Zoological Society of London in February 1847. His description was
drawn up from numerous specimens (all headless and incomplete) presented to the
British Museum by the Rev. J. B. Stair. Dr. Gray considered it allied to Arenicola
(which it really diverges from). He described it as P aloha ^ “ Body cylindrical,
separated into equal joints, each joint with a small tuft of three or four spicula on the
middle of each side. Head ? Last joint ending in a couple of tentacles. Eyes globular.

“ P aloha viridis, n. sp.

“ Green with a row of round black spots down the middle of the dorsal (?) surface ;
one spot on the middle of each joint.

“ Habitat.- — Navigator Islands.”

In forwarding the specimens from Samoa, Mr. Stair stated that the Annelids appear
regularly in the months of October and November, during portions of two days in each
month, viz., the day before and the day on which the moon is in her last quarter.
They occur in much greater numbers on the second than on the first day of their rising,
and are only observed for two or three hours in the early morning. At the dawn of day
they may be felt by the hand swimming on the surface of the water ; and as the day
nrivances their numbers increase, so that by the time the sun has risen thousands may be

1 Anri, and Mag. Nat. Hist, vol. xix. p. 409, 1847.

REPOUT ON THE ANNELIDA.

259

observed in a very small space. The second day they appear at the same time, and in a
similar manner, but in such countless myriads that the surface of the ocean is covered
with them for a considerable extent. Each day, after sporting for an hour or two, they
disappear until the next season, and none are observed in the interval. Mr. Stair was
of opinion that they came from the coral-reefs, and added that the natives caught them
in small baskets, beautifully made, tied them up in leaves, and baked them. Great
quantities, moreover, were eaten undressed. They are esteemed a great delicacy by the
natives, and the moment the fishing parties reach the shore messengers are despatched
with them to those parts of the island unvisited by the Palolo.

Dr. J. D. Macdonald was the next author who reported on the Palolo,^ while survey-
ing in H.M.S. “Herald” in the South-western Pacific. He examined considerable
numbers in the Fiji group and at Samoa, and fortunately found a head, though at first he
experienced the same difficulty as Dr. Gray. He points out that the Fijian name for the
animal is “Mbalolo,” and that the great antiquity of the latter is evident from the
fact that the parts of the year nearly corresponding mth October and November are
respectively termed “ Mbalolo lailai” (little) and “ Mbalolo levu” (large). The latter is
distinguished by the appearance of multitudes of the Palolo, which is often forwarded by
certain chiefs to others whose small dominions do not happen to be visited by the
A TUI el id. Dr. Macdonald thought that the frequent rupture of the body was connected
with the reproduction of the species.

One of the most important points in the interesting paper of this author is the
description (and figure) of the head, which shows a bilobed snout somewhat as in
Lysidice, a median longer and two adjoining shorter lateral tentacles. On each side is a
comparatively large eye. The armature of the buccal region is also carefully described
and figured, and still more clearly demonstrates its relationship with the Eunicidse, not
with the Nereidse as Dr. Macdonald supposed. Fair representations of the hooks and
bristles as well as the structure of the feet are given, and also the condition of the
posterior end.

In the Catalogue of the Fauna of St. Andrews (early in 1875) I mentioned under the
general remarks on the Annelida ^ that if the Palolo has similar habits to the Lysidice of
our southern coasts (that is, dwells in fissures and crevices of the rocks at and near low
water), it probably leaves its retreats for the purpose of depositing ova.

The Rev. S. J. Whitmee of Samoa had previously forwarded specimens of the Palolo
to Dr. Sclater along with a number of very interesting observations with regard to its
habits and dates of appearance.® He found a specimen in a dead coral block removed
from the sea, near a spot frequented by the Palolo ; and he observed vast numliers at the

1 Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xxii. p. 237, pi. xli., 1858.

^ Page 102 (and previously in the Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, for August 1874),

^ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 496.

260

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

edge of the reef, in about 2 fathoms of water, entangled in an inextricable mass. Where
they have freedom they move through the water in a spiral manner. He describes the
males as light brown (buff ?) and the females as green, and mentions that both sexes
rapidly break up in the sea, “ by a natural process by which the species is propagated.”
Specimens which he kept in an aquarium also broke in pieces, and he did not succeed in
rearing the ova. His statistics in regard to the appearance of the Palolo are both
numerous and valuable.^

Lately further observations on the Palolo have been made by the Eev. T. Powell, of
Samoa. ^ He gives the length as from 1 to 20 inches, and the diameter from to
of an inch, so that the form must sometimes attain a very considerable size. Those
hitherto sent to this country are small. There are four shades, viz., white, light brown
or ochre, greyish indigo, and dark green ; the two former colours being males, the latter
females. He remarks that the sete in some move with great rapidity in all directions
like “the cilia of a rotifer,” a somewhat striking comparison. He made the interesting
observation that it is not necessary for the Palolo to. break up to discharge its repro-
ductive elements, for several complete forms sent out streams of ova and spermatozoa
through what he terms the oviducts and seminal ducts “which extend on each side
from the centre of the back, between each pair of somites, and terminate on the
under side between each pair of lateral appendages.” Moreover, he caught many
on the PaZoZo-ground almost free from sexual elements, and yet entire as regards
their segments.

The Palolo moves through the water in a serpentine manner, but in rising from the
bottom it assumes a somewhat spiral form. This author also notices the acute sight of
the Annelids and their activity in escaping capture. An observation he makes about the
tail being furnished with a “disk or the power of forming itself into one” is obscure,
though he probably means that the anus is suctorial, for no special apparatus of this
nature is apj)arent, and it certainly does not require such to hold on to its tube in the
coral, for it is provided with a far more efficient method.

Mr. Powell observes that the natives are generally correct in predicting the appear-
ance of the Palolo, taking, as an indication of the approach of the season, the appearance

1 In the collection of the British Museum are several specimens presented by W. Wykeham Perry, Esq., in 1875,
from Mota Island, New Hebrides, and of which it is recorded that “I found these Annelids on the coral beach at
Mota. They were plentiful, though difficult to hud, or rather get out of the holes in the coral, to which they adhered
with their legs. They present every resemblance to Palolo. The natives call them A’oon, and say they eat them. I
succeeded in getting three or four entire specimens from the coral-rock left exposed at low water.” The specimens
referred to are long dark bluish-green Phyllodocidse, with beautiful iridescent tints. The head has four lobate tentacular
cirri at the tip of the snout, three lobate tentacular cirri laterally on each side, and a more slender one dorsaUy,
behind and to the inner side of each upper process. The body is nearly 13 inches in length, and not thicker than
Palolo. The imder surface is dirsky green, while the lobate processes of the head are light brown, and the two slender
cirri of a dull greenish colour, like the appendages of the feet. The tail is terminated by two short processes. The
specimens appeared to resemble each other closely, and external examination revealed no sexual products.

2 Proc. Linn. Soc. Land., vol. xvi. p. 39.3, 1882.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

261

of the scarlet flowers of Erythrina indica. When, finally, the “ Seasea” [Eugenia) is in
bloom, the men look out for the moon’s being just above the western horizon at the
dawn of day, and on the tenth morning the Palolo appears. The extra lunar month,
however, occasionally misleads them. There is a second appearance of the Palolo, a
month after the first, probably consisting, he says, of those that are not sufficiently
mature to spawn in October, or, perhaps, another species.

Family Eunicidje.

The representatives of this family are comparatively numerous in the Challenger
series ; indeed, though apparently more plentiful in the warmer seas, they occur in most
oceans, from the extreme north through the temperate and tropical seas to the extreme
south. A large number accordingly, arranged under five genera, are described by
Kinberg in his Freg. Eugen. Eesa; and Grube presents fourteen from the Philippines.
Schmarda gives an account of nine in his Neue wirbell. Thiere, but his woodcuts of
the minute structure are somewhat indefinite, and it is thus difficult to recognize the
species. Only five are indicated by Prof. Grube in the collection of the German
exploring ship “ Gazelle.” Ehlers found no less than thirty-four in the Annelids
procured by Alexander Agassiz in the “ Blake,” and he considered them the most
important group in the collection.^

The Eunicidse are discriminated in spirit by their general form, the structure of the
dental apparatus, branchiae, feet, and bristles. Considerable variety occurs in the
structure of the dental apparatus, even in the same species, and this is not always due
to sexual distinction. It must also be borne in mind that changes in outline, as well as
in colour ensue as age advances. Moreover, the number of teeth in the lateral and
great dental plates is not always the same. Schmarda, Kinberg, and Ehlers place
considerable reliance on the dental characters, but Grube, while coinciding with them,
also points out that there is variation both in these and in the branches of the branchiae.
On the whole the species are less easily defined than usual in the group, and much
yet remains to be done in synonymy. It is hoped, however, that the accompanying
structural figures and descriptions will obviate some of the difficulties of subsequent
observers.

The examples procured by the Challenger have, as a rule, lost their tubes. Eunice
magellanica, however, presents a tendency to branching in its tube, and it is possible
that such foreign examples may be connected with the branched tubes found in
sponges and elsewhere. Grube found Eunice siciliensis in tubes in the limestone of
Quarnero.

The species range from shallow water to 1240 fathoms. Their food is varied,

* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. v., Nos. 11 to 14, p. 273. .

262

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

consisting of Algse, minute Crustacea, Polyzoa, Sponges, Foraminifera, and sandy mud
containing numerous minute organisms.

Parasites are rare in this family.

The notion that the Eunicidse bore into telegraph -cables has been promulgated by so
careful an observer as Mr. C. Stewart,^ now Conservator of the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons of England. He says, speaking of the so-called Lithognatha worslei,
that he has not been able to find a descrijDtion of any (Annelid ?) having calcareous jaws,
and therefore “ this feature seems to me so important as to justify a distinct genus being
made for it.” In this connection, however, it may be stated that it would be very difficult
to find any representative of the families of the Eunicidse, Lumbrinereidse, Onuphididst',
and others without such dental armature. Further, his having concluded that because it
was the only form having calcareous jaws brought up with the cable off Singapore, it must
have been the borer, is not altogether warranted. It is more likely that the species,
like Nereis pelagica, and others under the same circumstances, simply took possession
of the tube of a true borer (if it really occurred in it), and that its calcareous jaws
had no connection Avith the making of that perforation.

Nema ton ereis, Schmarda.

Nematonereis schmardce, n. sp. (PI. XXXVII. figs. 6, 7, 8 ; PI. XVIII a. figs. 16—19).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 122 (off Barra Glrande, a little south of Pernambuco,
on the coast of Brazil), September 10, 1873; lat. 9° 5' S., long. 34° 50' W. ; depth,
350 fathoms ; surface temperature, 77°‘5 ; sea-bottom, red mud.

A small form, measuring in its fragmentary condition about 18 mm. in length and
a little more than 1 mm. in breadth.

The body is slightly diminished in front, and the segments, with the exception of
the first two, are narrower anterior to a line passing transversely at 12 mm. from the
snout than posterior to it.

The head (PI XXXVII. fig. 6) agrees with that of Sehmarda’s Nematonereis
unicornis in regard to shape and position of the eyes (except that these are more
distinctly lateral in the present form) ; but as the tentacle is only represented by a
fragment of its base, comparison in this case is lost. The under surface of the snout
presents a deep median groove.

The dental apparatus of this form approaches that of the Eunicidse. The maxiUse
(Fig. 26) have a broad base, and taper to a blunt and somewhat abruptly curved point.
As in other organs of the same kind the basal region is hollow, and the horny invest-
ment increases in thickness toward the tip. The left great dental plate has five or six

1 Jouni, Roy. Micr. Soc., ser. 2, vol. ii. pp. 717-719, pi. ix., 1881.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

263

teeth ; the right six. The left lateral paired plate has about five teeth, and an accessory
plate with a blunt tooth at the outer end. The left lateral unpaired plate appears to have
six or seven teeth, but its position in the preparation makes the description uncertain.
The right lateral has seven or eight teeth. The
spathulate processes posteriorly are broad and
comparatively blunt at the end. The mandibles
(Fig. 27) have long slender shafts and ovoid
dentary surfaces.

The first foot is well developed, and has both
a dorsal and a ventral cirrus. The tenth shows a
stout dorsal cirrus, placed near the base of the foot;
then the setigerous lobe with its brownish spines,
bearing superiorly a series of simple tapering
and brittle bristles with narrow wings, followed
inferiorly by the compound forms. The tips of
the latter are boldly bifid, and the articulation, Nematmereis-

with the dilated end of the shaft, is clearly defined. Nertmtonereis schmardce; X 55

The inferior cirri of the anterior region of the body

quite diverge from their successors, and, indeed, give a character to the part. This
ventral lobe or enlarged cirrus forms a rounded terminal mass, best marked from the third
to the thirteenth segments, though it is present from the first to about the seventeenth foot.

At the thirtieth foot (PI. XXXVII. fig. 7) the small ventral cirrus (which is some-
what cylindrical) is well formed, and continues to the posterior end of the frag-
mentary specimen. The simple bristles (PI. XVIIIa. fig. 16) are longer and more
slender than in the tenth foot, and show narrow wings. The dorsal cirrus is somewhat
fusiform, narrow at the base and tapering at the tip. The points of the brownish
spines project beyond the soft part of the foot, but there is no differentiation of the
extremities as posteriorly. One or two translucent brush-like bristles occur superiorly.
The curvature of the compound bristles (PI. XVIIIa. fig. 17) is peculiar.

At the fiftieth foot the upper, and stronger, brownish spine (PI. XVIIIa. fig. 18)
shows indications of a curiously hooked tip with a chitinous guard or wing. This
feature is still more distinctly marked in the posterior segments ; the arrangement of
the other parts, however, being similar (PI. XXXVII. fig. 8), as, for instance, the
structure of the brush-shaped bristles (PI. XVIIIa. fig. 19). A pigment-spot appears
posteriorly at the base of each foot, at the origin of the dorsal cirrus. In the anuerior
region of the body this spot occurs near the tip of the setigerous process.

The specimen is a male, the body-cavity being distended with sperm-ceUs. The
united nerve-cords are large and rounded, and no sign of a neural canal occurs. The
greater part of the cord projects freely into the perivisceral cavity.

264

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The structure of the dental apparatus of this genus, as Elders^ clearly points out,
leans to the type of the Eunicidse, and diverges from that in the Lumhrinereidse. The
present species approaches the Neinatonereis unicornis of Schmarda^ somewhat closely,
but the condition of his figures, and the want of definition in his description leave no
course except separation open, until, for instance, the discrepancies of the maxillse and
dental plates are explained.

Nematonereis, sp. (PI. XXXVII. fig. 10; PI. XIXa. figs. 1, 2).

Habitat. — Found on the beach between tide-marks at Sea Point, near Cape Town.

A fragment, apparently consisting of the tail of a member of the present group.

The segments of the body are marked with great distinctness, the junctions
forming deep depressions, wide at the anterior part of the fragment, and narrow
behind. Each foot (PI. XXXVII. fig. 10) bears dorsally a small cirrus, which hardly
projects beyond the line of the setigerous region. Inferiorly is a minute ventral cirrus,
which, as usual, is proportionally more massive than the upper. Superiorly are a series
of elongated tapering bristles without an evident wing, and a number of short brush-
shaped forms (PI. XIXa. fig. 1) characterised by their comparatively large and broad
tips. Inferiorly are jointed bristles (PI. XIXa. fig. 2) with short terminal pieces,
showing a bifid terminal fang and a large one beneath, while the end of the shaft is
dilated. In addition the foot bears an attenuate brownish spine, and a long brownish
bifid hook, with a short terminal and a larger subjacent fang.

This fragment appears to be most closely related to the foregoing.

Nematonereis, s^x (PI. XXXVII. fig. 11; PI. XIXa. figs. 3—5).

Habitat. — Procured at St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, July 1873, probably on
shore, though this is not stated.

A fragment of the posterior end of a form allied to the foregoing. The segments
of the specimen are as distinctly marked as in the posterior end of Lysidice ninetta,
and it is about the same size as an average example of the latter.

The foot (PI. XXXVII. fig. 11) has dorsally a minute cirrus, which does not project
so far outward as a vertical line touched by the tip of the setigerous region. The
latter is somewhat (though irregularly) conical, with the brownish spine projecting
through the apex. Inferiorly is a thick lobate ventral cirrus, which (from the shorter
inferior line of the setigerous lobe) projects further outward than the dorsal cirrus.

1 Die Borstenwurmer, ii. p. 373. ^ Neue wirbell. Tliiere, I. ii. p. 119, Taf. xxxii. fig. 254.

REPOKT ON THE ANNELIDA.

265

Superiorly is a series of simple tapering bristles, having a well-marked curve at
the commencement of the wing, which is distinctly serrated. The brush -like forms
present a narrower tip than in the foregoing, though still of considerable breadth
(PI. XIXa. fig. 3), and the spikes have a different arrangement at the sides. The
jointed inferior series show a curved terminal hook, and a secondary one about the same
length, set at a right angle (PI. XIXa. fig. 4). The dilatation of the tip of the shaft is
pronounced, and both sides are serrated. In addition to the brownish spine is a single
long pale brownish hook (PI. XIXa. fig. 5, which represents a complete example).

So far as can he observed, this form agrees in most respects with the two species
just mentioned.

Eunice, Cuvier.

Eunice magellanica, n. sp. (PI. XXXVII. figs. 12—15 ; PI. XIXa, figs. 6—9).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 308 (in the Strait of Magellan), January 5, 1876 ;
lat. 50° 8' 30" S., long. 74° 41' W. ; depth, 175 fathoms; surface temperature, 51°’7 ;
sea-bottom, blue mud. Also in the same Strait at Station 311, January 11, 1876 ;
lat. 52° 45' 30" S., long. 73° 46' W. ; depth, 245 fathoms; bottom temperature, 46°;
surface temperature, 50° ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

This species is of considerable size, average examples measuring 160 mm. in length
and about 10 mm. in breadth at the widest part.

The body in all is rounded anteriorly, from the proboscidian enlargement, but
flattened from above downward throughout the rest of its extent. A considerable
portion in front remains nearly of the same diameter, but thereafter a gradual diminu-
tion occurs toward the tail.

The head (PI. XXXVII. fig. 12) has the usual bilobed condition characteristic of
the group, and the three dorsal processes are of considerable length. The largest and
longest is the tentacle, which is more than three times the antero-posterior diameter of
the buccal segment. Like the rest of the processes it is articulated at intervals. The
antennae are only a little shorter. In none are these organs delicately tapered ; indeed,
in several they seem to be in process of regeneration, being blunt and short. The
outer tentacles are about half the length of the foregoing, often less. Their articula-
tions are distinct. The tentacular cirri, which are similarly jointed, spring from the
anterior border of the buccal segment, and their tips just reach its anterior margin. An
eye of considerable size is situated on a little eminence running backward from the base
of the outer tentacle. It has no “ lens.” The organ is only visible in the preparation
on folding the nuchal collar backward. The frontal lobes are well marked. The buccal

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. — 1885.)

LI 34

266

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

segment is rather more than the breadth of the next three, has a T\"ell-defined
sinus inferiorly, and a notch laterally at the projecting lip. In one instance, just
below the latter, an isolated process, like a rudimentary palpus, appeared. This is an
abnormality.

The maxillse (PI. XXXVII. fig. 13) present a well-defined outward curve, and there
is no abrupt bend at the tip. The left great dental plate has six, and the right seven teeth.
The left lateral paired plate (that continuous with the two terminal or accessory plates)
has four teeth, the unpaired has seven. The right lateral plate has nine teeth. The
mandible (PI. XXXVII. fig. 14) is composed of two elongated, fiattened pieces, some-
what clavate in outline, the tips being produced externally, and j^i’O’^dded with an
irregular cutting edge.

The first five segments behind the buccal bear simple feet. Dorsally each has a
cirrus, articulated in a similar manner to the tentacle, and of moderate length, a median
setigerous region, and a well-marked ventral cirrus, which is largest and longest (so far
as these five are concerned) in the first. The sixth foot bears a minute, simple,
branchial process near the base of its dorsal cirrus, in one example, and none on the
seventh or eighth. In others a branchia with several branches appears on the seventh
foot ; while in a few the tuft appears on the eighth. There is, therefore, considerable
variety in regard to the commencement of these processes. Wherever it commences the
tuft soon gains a number of divisions (five or six), which are proportionally of con-
siderable length, though the whole organ is by no means conspicuous. As an illustration,
in one example the branchia of the tenth foot had eight divisions ; that on the twentieth
(PI. XXXVII. fig. 15) nine, one being bifid ; on the thirtieth foot nine ; on the fortieth
seven ; on the fiftieth five ; on the fifty-sixth six ; on the seventieth six ; on the
ninetieth twelve, and an additional (second) branchia at the base with five processes.
The branchiae posteriorly acquire a decided increase in size, and instead of the pectinate
form which characterises them anteriorly, their shape rather approaches that of an arbuscle.
So far as the specimens show the branchiae are continued to the tail, only a few of the
rudimentary posterior segments being devoid of them.

The dorsal cirri are of average length, and present the same articulations as the
cephalic processes, the only noteworthy change being their comparative slenderness and
length posteriorly. The ventral cirrus soon forms a disk-like elevation or pad anteriorly,
with a short terminal process, and such continues throughout the greater part of the
body. Toward the tail, however, the disk-like structure disappears, and the organs
assume the form of thickish cirri. The disk -like projection is probably of service to the
animal (as a suctorial arrangement) in its tube, to which several members of the group
cling tenaciously.

The anterior feet have three black spines, often slightly curved at the tip. Each
foot further has a series of somewhat short simple bristles (PI. XIXa. fig. 6) with a

REPORT ON THE AiSNELIDA.

267

slight wing, and a number of brush-shaped forms (PI. XIXa. fig. 7), one lateral filament
being generally longer than the others. Beneath the spines are the compound bristles,
each having a stout slightly curved shaft, with a dilatation and an obliquity at the free
end (PI. XIXa. fig. 8), the convex edge, moreover, being minutely serrated, and furnished
with a terminal bifid portion protected by a guard.

About the thirtieth foot another black spine is introduced interiorly, and continues to
the posterior end of the body. It has a bifid tip, a small process occurring on the
crown, and a much larger one forming a hook beneath (PI. XIXa. fig. 9). The bifid
tip, which on the whole is slightly developed, is guarded by a pair of short wings.

The tail is terminated by two tapering styles of considerable length, and articulated
as in the frontal processes.

The specimens are somewhat numerous, and are accompanied by tough parchment-
like cases,^ which seem to have been formed amongst zoophytes, after the manner of
those of Thelepus on our own shores. The tubes, moreover, are slightly branched.
This branching is more distinctly seen in what appears to be a
similar tube (Fig. 28) kindly forwarded by Mr. H. J. Carter from the
Gulf of Manaar. In this case the tube grows amongst the branches of
a horny sponge {Hircinia clathrata), resembling a coarse officinal one.

The intestine is filled posteriorly with pellets of a dull greenish
substance, amongst which are many sponge-spicules, fragments of
perforated calcareous plates, pieces of a minute calcareous tube, and
other debris.

In transverse section the body-wall in the main agrees with
Eunice torquata, De Quatrefages. The longitudinal ventral muscles,
however, are less bulky internally. The strong oblique muscles pass
to the ventral border of the nerve-area and curve outward within
the circular muscular coat, which as usual extends continuously
across the region. The nerve-area appears like an investment of
thn large neural canal ; while superiorly an opaque brownish granular
mass occurs above the nerve-cords. The longitudinal dorsal muscles
(which are about the same size as the ventral) are massive interiorly, but diminish
towards the median dorsal line.

Fig. 28. — Tube, probably
of an Eunice, attached
to a sponge (Hircinia
clathrata, H. J. Carter),
Gulf of Manaar.

Eunice magellanica, n. sp. (young ?).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149 (Accessible Bay, Kerguelen) ; lat. 49° 8' S , long.
70° 12' E.; depth, 20 fathoms; sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

^ Like those of Eunice floridana of Ehlers, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, vol. v., No. 12, p. 273.

268

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

This specimen, probably the young of the former species, measures about 15 mm, in
length, and the extreme breadth anteriorly (including bristles) is about 1‘5 mm.

The front of the head is only notched, not deeply cleft into lobes. The tentacles
are rather short, and distinctly marked by translucent articulations, at considerable
intervals. The tentacular cirri do not reach the anterior margin of the buccal segment.
The black eyes are large, and have their usual position.

The branchiae commence as a simple filament on the sixth foot, show two branches

on the fifteenth, but only one or two of the latter kind occur, the rest having the

simple branchial process. They continue to the posterior end of the specimen (which,
however, is incomplete), or to the fifty-second segment. The branchial process seems
to be about the length of the cirrus.

The tenth foot shows two stoutish brown spines, a well-marked series of slightly

winged simple bristles superiorly, with a few brush-shaped forms. Inferiorly are the

jointed bristles, with boldly bifid tips. The latter become much more developed in the
posterior feet, such as the twentieth, approximating in this respect to the tips of the
inferior hooks, from the prominence and size of the lower process. The superior
bristles posteriorly have less evident wings.

The upper spine becomes pale posteriorly, and is greatly developed.

This seems to be the young of Eunice magellanica, or of a closely allied form.

Eunice prognatha, n. sp. (PI. XXXVII. figs. 16, 17 ; and PI. XIXa. figs. 10, 11).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 344 (off the Island of Ascension), April 3, 1876 ; lat.
7° 54' 20" S., long. 14“ 28' 20" W.; depth, 420 fathoms; sea-bottom, volcanic sand;
surface temperature, 82°’0.

The single example measures about 84 mm. in length and 9 mm. in diameter at
its widest portion.

The tentacle and antennae (PI. XXXVII. fig. 16) are of moderate length, the former
being about once and a half the breadth of the first segment, and the latter only slightly
less. The two lateral antennae are about a third shorter. All are slightly articulated,
especially toward the tip. Just behind the latter pair on each side is the eye, which is
large and irregularly ovoid, the long diameter being antero-posterior. The two tentacular
cirri extend somewhat beyond the anterior border of the first (buccal) segment.

The maxillae (Pig. 29) of this form present a much less marked curve than in the forego-
ing species, but on the other hand the tip is bent upward and inward abruptly. The whole
organ appears longer from the modification of the outward curve, and is horizontally
flattened. The groove at the knee posteriorly is deeper, and the adjoining ridges more
pronounced than in the former species. The right great dental plate shows six teeth ;

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

269

the left five. The left paired lateral plate has four teeth, and the unpaired eight teeth.
The right lateral plate again has nine teeth. The ramus of the mandible (Figs. 30, 31)
on each side is somewhat longer and more tapered than in the previous form.

In this species the branchiae are somewhat better developed at the posterior third than
anteriorly. The tenth foot has a small branch! a in the form of a simple cylindrical jDro-
cess. At the twentieth foot the branchia is about twice as large. At the thirtieth foot
(PI. XXXVII. fig. 17) there are two branchiae, one, however, being small. A single
branchia occurs on the fiftieth foot, but there are two on the eightieth. The latter

Fig. 29. — Maxillae and dental plates of Eunice prognatha, n. sp. ; enlarged.

Fig. 30. — Mandible of the same species from the ventral surface ; similarly enlarged.
Fig. 31. — Mandible from the dorsal surface ; enlarged.

arrangement continues for a short distance, then a single organ occurs, and finally they
disappear. The specimen, however, is in an imperfect condition. In some feet (between
the sixtieth and seventieth) four or even five branchial processes are observed ; and they
seem to spring from the base in an arbuscular, not in a pinnate, manner.

The dorsal cirri appear to be slightly articulated, though the specimen is not in a
favourable condition for accuracy in this respect. The anterior and posterior cirri are
proportionally longer. The ventral cirrus is short and thick in front, more elongated
toward the tail.

270

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Each foot is furnished with two very powerful black spines, which have their tips
attenuated and slightly curved. Superiorly are some brush-shaped bristles, the filaments
of one edge being longer than those on the other. These bristles, however, do not seem
to present specific differences, since in this species they exactly resemble those in the
former. A series of simple, straight bristles occurs next, with slightly bent and attenuate
tips, having hardly a trace of a wing. The jointed bristles (PL XIXa. fig. 10) inferiorly
have a well-marked bifid tip to the distal region, the two divisions being more nearly
equal than in Eunice magellanica. This, however, is not of much moment, since friction
would account for the change. The outline of the wing also diverges from that in the
species mentioned.

Most of the posterior hooks (PI. XIXa. fig. 11) have the points so injured by friction
that little more can be said than that they have a principal fang and a smaller process.

A feature of note in the sections of this species is the large size of the dorsal
longitudinal muscles. The neural canal lies below the well-marked central region of the
cords, and is smaller than in Eunice magellanica. The opaque, brownish granular region
forms a wide arch above the cords, and passes down at each side.

This form somewhat approaches the Eunice frauenfeldi of Grube ^ from St. Paul
(west coast of Africa). The latter has at most three divisions to the branchiae, and they
commence on the seventh instead of the tenth segment. The form of the foot is
apparently very similar. Unfortunately the dentition is not minutely described or
figured, and the same may be said of the bristles.

Euniee torresiensis, n. sp. (PL XXXVII. figs. 18, 19, 20, 21; PL XIXa. figs. 12, 13).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 186 (Torres Strait), September 8, 1874; lat.
10° 30' S., long. 142° 18' E.; surface temperature, 77°‘2; depth, 8 fathoms; sea-bottom,
coral mud.

Two series occur, viz., two large fragments and a number of smaller specimens.

In the smaller specimens the tentacle is considerably longer than the antennae, and
reaches to the eighth or ninth segment. The antennae are about a third shorter, and
the outer processes less than the latter (PL XXXVII. fig. 18). The tentacular cirri
extend forward rather beyond the anterior border of the buccal segment. All the fore-
going processes are distinctly articulated, the terminal joints, indeed, being moniliform.
The eyes lie a short distance behind the base of the outer process, and have their long
diameter directed antero-posteriorly.

The dental armature (PL XXXVII. figs. 20, 21) is of a light brownish colour, with
a dark brown band at the maxillary knee. The spatula-shaped posterior process of the

1 Annel. Novara-Expecl., Zool. iii. Bd. ii. p. 11, Tab. 1, fig. 3.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

271

latter is also brownish, with the oblique pale region within the marginal blackish-brown
belt. The maxillae (Fig. 32) are gently curved. The great dental plate has four teeth
on the left and three on the right. The left paired lateral plate has five or six, and the
unpaired six teeth, while the right lateral has eight. Only a single flattened j^late
follows the paired lateral on each side. , The dentary portion of the mandible (Fig. 33)
is much produced laterally at the tip, the region having a rhombohedral aspect, with the
long axis oblique.

The branchiae are represented by a simple filament on the fourth segment, and soon
attain considerable dimensions. At the tenth foot the branchial process has seven
divisions, and the same number appears on the twentieth (PI. XXXYII. fig. 19). The
branches diminish to four on the fortieth foot, the same number also occurring on the

Fig. 32. — Maxillae and dental plates of Eunice torresiensis, n. sp., from the dorsal surface ; x 15 diameters.

Fig. 33. — Mandibles of the same species from the dorsal surface ; x 15 diameters.

fiftieth. The branchiae continue to the posterior end of the body, increasing both in
length and in the number of the divisions some distance in front of the tad.

The dorsal cirri have very distinct articulations (PI. XXXVII. fig. 19). The ventral
cirri present no feature of note. They are thicker in front, more elongated posteriorly.

The foot in the anterior region of the body is provided with two strong yellowish
spines, the points of which project beyond the skin. The brush-shaped bristles aie less
distinct than usual. The long simple bristles conform to the ordinary type. The
compound forms (PI. XTXa. fig. 12, from the twentieth foot) have the tip of the shaft
ddated, serrated on the convex side, and with a comparatively limited striated region.
The distal portion has the first hook larger than the second, and, as in the figure, the

272

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

terminal part of the wing is frequently abraded. In others the wing or guard projects as
a slight process beyond the tip of the distal fang, and has a rib or thickened band along
its dorsal edge. In some the entire wing has been removed by friction.

About the forty-fourth somite one or two hooks occur inferiorly in each foot. They
are likewise yellowish, have a large fang, a bifid crown, and guards or wings at the tip.
In some of the posterior feet hooks with three processes exist (PI. XIXa. fig. 13), and it
would appear from the minute structure of those in front that these also occasionally
occur throughout.

The food consists of minute Algse and muddy debris containing fragments of Crustacea,
sponge-spicules, Foraminifera, and Diatoms. Firm ovoid pellets are formed in the sac-
culations of the posterior region of the alimentary canal.

Two fragments of the anterior region (measuring from 8 to 9 mm. in diameter),
apparently of the adult of the same species, occurred with the others. These somewhat
differ in regard to the branchiae, which, though commencing on the fourth foot as in the
foregoing case, soon exhibit a greater number of branches. Thus at the tenth foot there
are thirteen or fourteen divisions. The tentacle is proportionally shorter, being only a
little longer than the antennae. The colour of the dental apparatus is dark brown,
the basal spathulate plate of the maxillae being blackish. In regard to the number of
teeth on the various plates, these larger forms quite agree with the smaller. The maxillae,
however, show a characteristic median ridge at the tip (PI. XXXVII. fig. 20), and at
the lateral edges are also furnished with a prominent keel ; indeed, the shape is peculiar.
The differences in colour and in the development of the hard ridges are apparently due to
age.

The ventral longitudinal muscles in a large example are somewhat ovoid in section,
and their massive inner edges approach rather closely, so that the nerve-area is
lengthened. The large neural canal lies below the cords, and the brownish granular mass
fills up the region above them. The nerve-area proper shows superiorly two fibroid regions
surrounded by a granular belt which also invests the neural canal. Certain of the vertical
and oblique fibres are inserted above the nerve-area, while others (oblique) pass down-
ward by the side. In a small specimen the nerve-area was shorter from above down-
ward, probably from the less developed condition of the ventral longitudinal muscles
internally.

The teeth in this species somewhat resemble those of Kinberg’s Eunice indica ^ from
Banks Strait, but the longer and more distinctly moniliform appendages of the head
diverge. The dorsal cirri are also boldly articulated, whereas they are smooth in
Kinberg’s form. The bristles do not differ much. In the structure of the foot and in
the large size of the dorsal cirrus Eunice torresiensis also resembles Eunice australis, De
Quatrefages,^ but the great dental plates have four teeth in the latter.

1 Ofversigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Fdrhandl., 1864, p. 562.

2 AnneEs, vol. i., 1865, p. 321.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

273

Eunice cerstedi {V), Stimpson (PI, XXXVIII. figs. 1, 2; PI. XIXa. figs. 14, 15).

Eunice oerstedi, Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, 1853, pp. 34, 35.

Habitat. — A. single specimen of good size was dredged at Station 45 (off the coast of
North America, near New York), May 3, 1873 ; lat. 38° 34' N., long. 72° 10' W. ; depth,
1240 fathoms; bottom temperature 37°‘2 C,, surface temperature 49°’5 ; sea-bottom,
blue mud.

A smaller example occurred at Station 49 (a little farther north, off the same coast),
May 20, 1873 ; lat. 43° 3' N., long. 63° 39' W. ; depth, 85 fathoms ; bottom temperature

Fig. 34. — Maxillae and dental plates oi Eunice cerstedi (?), Stimpson, from Marion Island ; x 15 diameters.
Fig. 35. — Mandibles of the same species from the dorsal aspect ; x 15 diameters.

35°, surface temperature 40° '5 ; sea-bottom, gravel and stones. The other members of
the fauna bore a close resemblance to those from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada.

Several specimens were dredged at Station 144a (off Marion Island), December 26,
1873 ; lat. 46° 48' S., long. 37° 49' 30" E.; surface temperature, 41°; depth, 69 fathoms ;
sea-bottom, volcanic sand.

The latter examples are about 90 mm. in length and 5 mm. in diameter.

The head (PI. XXXVIII. fig. 1) (at present confining the remarks to those from
Marion Island) very much resembles that of Eunice norvegica, Linn., from Beigen,
Norway, the chief difference being that the tentacle and other cephalic processes are pro-
portionally longer in the Norwegian forms. In both the most distinctly segmented
process is the outer cirrus, and in each the tentacular cirrus extends forward beyond
the anterior border of the buccal segment.

o

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV.— 1 885. )

LI 35

274

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The maxillae (Fig. 34) are more arched than in the European examples. The left
great dental plate has six teeth and the right seven. The left lateral paired plate has
about eight teeth, while the unpaired plate of the same side has nine. The paired plate
on the right has twelve or thirteen small teeth. The mandibles (Fig. 35) resemble those
of the European species.

The branchise commence on the third foot in each form. In the foreign example the
branchia of the tenth foot has two divisions, that of the twentieth four (PI. XXXVIII. fig.
2), the thirtieth four, and the fortieth none. Indeed the branchise generally cease about
the thirty-eighth or thirty-ninth foot. The divisions of the branchise are well marked
and rather long. In the Norwegian species the branchise on the tenth foot have four
divisions, on the twentieth foot six, and on the thntieth four or five. In the branchise
of the form procured by the Challenger are numerous circular concretions resembling
ova ; their nature, however, is problematical.

The bristles on the whole resemble those of the Norwegian species, though their
proportionally larger size brings out certain features more clearly. The distal pieces of
the jointed bristles (PL XIXa. fig. 14) show no decided difference when contrasted with
the organs from the same foot (twentieth) of the European species (PI. XIXa. fig. 15).
The brush-shaped bristles also correspond.

The caudal styles present evident articulations in correspondence with the condition
of the other processes.

One example occurred in a chitinous tube strengthened with fragments of a Polyzoon
like Cellaria Jistulosa, minute Mollusks, Lepralice and other shell-fragments, after the
manner of the British Thelepus.

The branchise of the small specimen from Station 49 cease about the fortieth foot,
and have from eight to eleven branches. The maxdlse correspond with those of the
previous example, and the left great dental plate similarly shows six teeth, the right
seven teeth. The left lateral paired plate has eight, the left unpaired nine, and the same
plate on the right nine or ten.

Some of the specimens from Marion Island have well-developed ova.

The food of the example from Station 45 (1240 fathoms) consisted of dark muddy
material containing sponge - spicules, minute Globigerinse, and other Foraminifera,
Radiolarians, and particles of sand ; while the pellets in some from Station 49 were
composed of sandy mud less rich in sponge-spicules. Diatoms, and other organic structures.
The intestines of those from Marion Island presented masses teeming with a series of
beautiful Diatoms, various sponge-spicules, remarkable reticulated plates pertaining to an
Echinoderm (somewhat resembling the anchor-plates of Synapta, but less regular), besides
larger plates, closely arranged together, yet apparently belonging to the same group,
and many other curious structures.

This species in transverse section shows a large and wide nerve-area, somewhat like that

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

275

in Eunice norvegica. Superiorly is tlie usual brownish, granular region, which stretches
downward at each side. In some sections a bar of pigment occurs below the neural
canal. The examples from Marion Island and Station 49 differ from the foregoing in
having the neural canal widely dilated, so that the brownish opaque region superiorly
forms a wall to the canal, but this difference is probably evanescent. In all the
specimens the cuticle is somewhat thick.

This Eunice seems to come near the Eunice oerstedi of Stimpson, the chief difference
being the number of divisions in the branchise, which Stimpson states is five. The
Eunice macrocliceta of Schmarda^ is also a closely allied form procured on the southern
shores of Jamaica. It has similar branchiae of three or four divisions. The dorsal cirri,
however, are very short, whereas in Eunice oerstedi they are long.

Eunice vittata, Delle Chiaje (PI. XXXIX. fig. 18 ; PL XXIa. figs. 10, 11).

Nereis vittata, Delle Chiaje, Memorie, yoI. iv. p. 195, 1829; Descrizione e Notom., p. 101, pi. cvi. fig. 12.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 162 (off East Moncoeur Island, Bass Strait), April 2,
1874; lat. 39° 10' 30" S., long. 146° 37' E. ; depth, 38 fathoms; surface temperature,
63°'2 ; sea-bottom, sand and shells.

This is evidently a young form, measuring about 18 mm. in length and about 1 mm
in diameter anteriorly. It is allied to the foregoing species, though
there are certain evident differences.

The head has the tentacles and tentacular cirri distinctly annulated,
at considerable intervals. The two anterior lobes (palpi) are well
marked. The dental apparatus (Fig. 36) is pale, and the maxillse much
curved, features apparently common to immature forms. There are six
teeth at least in the great dental plates. Three prominent teeth appear
on the left lateral paired plate ; at least six on the unpaired of that side,
and this is also proportionally large, almost as large as the left great
plate. The right lateral has at least seven teeth. The apparatus is
too minute for other than microscopic discrimination, and hence the
difficulty in regard to the curved plates. The dental apparatus on
the whole corresponds with that of Eunice vittata.

The branchiae are represented on the third foot by a simple filament, which increases
to two and a rudimentary third on the tenth foot, three on the twentieth foot
(PI. XXXIX. fig. 18), and this seems to be the maximum. The branchiae have two
branches on the thirtieth foot. These organs are somewhat elongated, like those of Eunice-
limosa, Ehlers, and of similar (slightly tapered) shape. They are richly ciliated.

* Neue wirbell. Tliiere, I. ii. p. 128.

Fig. 36. — Maxill® and
dental plate of Eunice
vittata; X 40 diameters.

276

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

The dorsal cirrus does not show distinct annulations. The foot bears in front two
pale spines, and in the posterior region of the body, in addition, a strong curved
hook (PL XXIa. fig. 11) with three teeth, viz., a main fang and two smaller processes
above it. It differs from that in Eunice bassensis in having the latter more prominent,
but such may be due to differences in age. Eunice liinosa, Ehlers, has a similar eleva-
tion of these terminal hooks.

The dorsal bristles present no peculiarity. The compound forms (PI. XXIa. fig. 10)
have a stoutish, slightly curved shaft, without distinct striae in the dilated part at the
tip, though the margins of the latter are serrated. The distal region has a widely
bifid extremity.

In transverse section the oblique muscles form a strong plate over the nerve-area.
The nerve-cords are comparatively large, and the neural canal is normal in position. At
the bases of the feet, and on each side of the alimentary canal inferiorly are cellulo-
granular masses, probably connected with reproduction. The cuticle is dense. The
longitudinal dorsal muscles form a comparatively uniform arch superiorly, only a little
enlargement occurring at the inferior margin of each. The ventral longitudinal muscles
are ovoid in section.

Eunice vittata, Delle Chiaje, var.? (PI. XXXVIII. figs. 3, 4, 5 ; and PI. XIXa. figs.
16. 17).

Habitat. — Several specimens occurred between tide-marks at Bermuda in June 1873.

The examples vary in size, the larger having a diameter of about 3 mm.

The general aspect of the form resembles the European Eunice vittata, Delle Chiaje.
The head (PI. XXXVIII. fig. 3), however, presents much more distinctly articulated
tentacles. The frontal lobes are similarly separated only by a deep notch. The eyes are
large, and show a pale lens-like centre. The tentacular cirri barely reach the anterior
margin of the buccal segment.

The dental apparatus in this form is curiously barred with brown and black pigment.

The branchiae commence on the fifth foot and cease about the thirtieth. They have
five divisions on the twentieth foot (PI. XXXVIII. fig. 4), in which the ventral cirrus is
more tumid at the base than in the thirtieth (PL XXXVIII. fig. 5), though the divisions
of the branchiae are the same.

The setigerous region of the foot has yellowish spines. The tips of the jointed bristles
(PL XIXa. fig. 16), while differing from the representation given by Prof. Ehlers,^ yet
very closely approach the same parts in specimens of Eunice vittata from Guernsey.

In the developing (or most complete) posterior hooks (PL XIXa. fig. 17) the crown is

1 Op. cit, Taf. XV. fig. 18.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

•277

trificl, and the same remarks apply as in the foregoing case when compared with Prof.
Ehlers’ figure of Eunice vittata, and the actual specimen from Guernsey.

In transverse section this very much resembles the foregoing, the only difference being
the somewhat narrower and deeper nerve-area, a condition probably connected with the
state of the preparation.

Eunice circohranchiata, n. sp. (PI. XXXVIII. figs. 9, 10, 11 ; PI. XIXa. figs 21-24).

Habitat. — Found between tide-marks at Bermuda in June 1873.

The fragment is about 30 mm. in length and about 4 '5 mm. in breadth. Unfortu-
nately it appears to have been dried.

So far as the specimen shows, the head has comparatively short tentacular processes,
which also appear to be slightly articulated. The buccal segment is large, with a much
produced lobe on each side. The tentacular cirrus is short, scarcely stretching forward
to the middle of the segment.

The maxillae (PI. XXXVIII. fig. 9) are strongly curved, and tinted of a dull madder-
brown hue. The left great dental plate has five prominent, sharp teeth. There are
also five on the right (the fifth beiug small). They diminish in size from before back-
ward, and the brownish chitin is tipped wdth a translucent margin on the free edge of
each tooth. The left lateral paired plate has only a single tooth. The unpaired plate
of the same side has seven teeth. The right lateral plate has eight teeth. The mandibles
(PI. XXXVIII. fig. 10) show a broad irregular, slightly produced margin, and the roots
are comparatively broad.

The branchiae commence about the twenty-third segment, in the form of a single long
process, springing from the base of each cirrus dorsally. The organs increase in length
posteriorly, two long processes occurring on the fiftieth and sixtieth feet (PI. XXXVIII.
fig. 11).

The foot bears dorsally a moderately elongated cirrus, which, in the tenth foot, does
not reach the tip of the superior (simple or winged bristles), though it is somewhat
longer posteriorly. The base of the process is supported by a series of simple
bristles, which represent the dorsal tuft. The upper bristles (PL XIXa. fig. 21) are long,
straight, and stout, the tip being somewhat short, with a wing at each side. Short
brush-like bristles accompany them. Then follow a series of jointed bristles (PL XIXa.
figs. 22 and 23, the latter being considerably compressed). The tip has a strong fang,
with a smaller hook above it, both being guarded by a wing. A single dark spine occurs
in each foot anteriorly, but tow^ard the twentieth foot a dark brownish hook appears
(PL XIXa. fig. 24). The terminal hook of the latter is well marked, and the fang
beneath large and strong. The short wing guards both points.

278

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

In transverse section a prominent feature is the very large size of the dorsal longi-
tudinal muscles in comparison with the ventral. The greater part of the area in the
preparation of the body is occupied by the four muscular bands. The dorsal masses form
almost a half moon, while the ventral are ovoid. A considerable incurvation exists
on the ventral surface at the nerve-area, which is of moderate depth, and has the
neural canal inferiorly. Superiorly the area is bouuded by the oblique muscles which
meet in the middle line. Next is the brownish opaque granular area, between which and
the neural canal is a considerable space. The alimentary canal presents a distinct
longitudinal layer outside the circular muscular coat on which the glandular lining rests.
Two muscular bands from the outer wall of the canal cross inferiorly, and form an arch
for the median blood-vessel.

In regard to the simple condition of the branchial processes this form approaches
Marphysa, but the presence of the tentacular cirri and bristles is sufficiently
diagnostic.

Eunice kobiensis, n. sp. (PI. XXXVIII. figs. 12, 13 ; and PL XXa. figs. 1, 3).

Habitat. — Dredged off Kobe, Japan, in 8 to 50 fathoms.

The length of the example, which is incomplete posteriorly, is about 58 mm., and its
greatest diameter about 3 '5 mm.

The head (PI. XXXVIII. fig. 12) of this form is distinguished from that of Eunice
norvegica by the much more deeply cleft palpi or anterior lobes. The segmentation of
the tentacular processes is also more distinct. The tentacle reaches to the tenth or
eleventh segment, and its constrictions are at wide intervals, especially toward the tip.
The next pair (which are considerably shorter) have narrower segments, a feature
still more evident in the outer short pair. The buccal segment is comparatively narrow,
and the tips of the tentacular cirri reach considerably beyond its anterior margin.

The dental apparatus (Figs. 37 and 38) is pale brownish, with various darker and
lighter bands. The maxillse are moderately arched. The left great dental plate shows
seven teeth, the right eight. The left lateral paired plate has ten teeth, the left unpaired
eight, both sets being comparatively small. The right lateral plate has about twelve
small teeth. There is only a single accessory plate at the end of each paired plate.

The branchiae are represented by a minute process on the third foot, and at the tenth
present six firm branches of moderate length, but it is a noteworthy feature that neither
in these nor in the succeeding branchiae are the blood-vessels visible. The entire process
is filled with coarse granular matter like the dorsal cirrus. In the twentieth foot
(PI. XXXVIII. fig. 13) the branchiae have eight divisions, each coming off somewhat
stiffly from the main stem, and at nearly equal distances. At the thirtieth foot there

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

279

are only seven branches, at the fortieth three, and the branchiae finally disappear at the
fiftieth. They thus extend considerably further backward than those of Eunice norvegica,
in which they commence on the fifth and end at the fortieth foot. There is nothing
diagnostic in the arrangement of either dorsal or ventral cirrus in the new species.

Anteriorly each foot has two or three yellowish spines with bluntly pointed and
slightly curved tips. Superiorly are long simple bristles (PL XXa. fig. 1), with delicately
tapered extremities. No distinct wing is seen in ordinary views, but the tip is flattened
and serrated at the edge, apparently instead of the former processes. The brush-like forms
accompanying them do not show any other peculiarity than an indication of minute
points on the surface. The lateral fibre of one side, as usual, exceeds the other in length.
The terminal piece of the jointed bristles beneath (PI. XXa. fig. 2) is comjDaratively
short, and there are five serrations below the first curve of the wing. The end of the

Fig. 37.— Maxillae and dental plates of Eunice koKensis, n. sp., partly extruded ; x 20 diameters.

Fig. 38. — Mandibles of tbe same form ; x 25 diameters.

shaft is somewhat large, serrated along the prominence of the curve, and with a very well
defined mark internally. There is little difference, save in length, between the foregoing
bristles and those on the twentieth foot.

The posterior hooks (PI. XXa. fig. 3) present a single large powerful fang, with a
curved terminal process superiorly.

The pellets in the posterior region of the intestine contained sandy mud, in which
Diatoms and other microscopic organisms occurred.

In section the cuticle is comparatively thick, and the nerve- area deep. A dense
granular opacity exists beneath the junction of the oblique muscles, and a large neural
canal inferiorly. Strong bands of muscular fibres (from the oblique) pass down by the
side of the cords to the circular coat, and thus the ventral longitudinal muscles are
firmly clasped. The suspensory bands from the median dorsal region send some of their

•280

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

fibres inferiorly in the same direction. Large dilatations of the blood-vessels occur
anteriorly at each side of the alimentary canal.

This species approaches Marenzeller’s Eunice microprion ^ in the sparsely jointed
tentacles, in the shape of the feet, the number of the branchial divisions, and also in the
compound bristles (“ Sichelborsten ”) ; but it differs in having dorsal bristles without a
distinct wing, whereas in Eunice microprion the wings are j)resent. The posterior hooks
also diverge to a certain extent. Moreover, in Eunice microprion the branchise com-
mence as processes of three divisions on the sixth foot. The teeth of the great dental
plates are more numerous in the new form, and the shape ' of the posterior processes of
the maxillae also differs.

Eunice edwardsi,^ n. sp. (PI. XXXVIll. figs. 14, 15 ; PI. XXa. figs. 4-7).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 145 (off Prince Edward Island) ; lat. 46° 43' S., long.
38° 4' 30" E.; surface temperature, 41° ; depth, 140 fathoms ; sea-bottom, volcanic sand.

A species of moderate dimensions, measuring between 70 and 80 mm. in length, and
having a diameter of about 4 mm. at the anterior third.

The head (PI. XXXVIll. fig. 14) is characterised by tentacles of average length
(the median reaching the third foot), moderately thick, though slightly tapered, and
divided by constrictions into segments. The others have the usual proportions. The
outer, however, are broken. The tentacular cirri are large and long, extending
considerably in front of the anterior border of the buccal segment. The constrictions in
these are wide apart, and perhaps the same exists in the others, for their preservation is
less satisfactory. The frontal lobes are notched, but not deeply. In front of the outer
tentacle is a distinct ocular spot on each side, and behind it (close to the outer side of
the base of the inner tentacle) is a well marked eye.

The buccal segment is equal to about two of the succeeding, and its posterior moiety
bears the cirri formerly mentioned. Its lobes are not much developed inferiorly and
laterally.

The dental apparatus (Fig. 39) is pale brownish, with darker touches. The maxilla3
offer no peculiarity. The left great dental plate has eight teeth, and the same number is
found on the right. The left lateral paired plate has six, and at the end are two
accessory plates. The left unpaired lateral has nine teeth. On the right lateral plate
are eleven teeth, and two accessory jDlates. In the mandibles (Fig. 40) the dentary
region is petaloid inferiorly, and its cutting edge has one or two irregular elevations.

The branchiae are represented on the third segment by a small simple process. The
latter increases in size to the tenth, where it is still a simple filament, rather more than half

1 Siidjapan. Annel., p. 27.

2 Called after Prof. Milne-Edwards, who formerly did mucli good work amongst the Annelids.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

281

the length of the dorsal cirrus. At the twentieth foot (PI. XXXVIII. fig. 15) there are
six branches, and most show the reddish-brown bodies formerly noticed ; moreover,
these also occur in the dorsal cirrus, so that they are not peculiar to the branchiae. They
are probably nucleated pigmentary bodies. The branchia*’of the thirtieth foot has five
branches ; but on the fortieth it is represented only by a simple filament, almost as long
as the cirrus, and the organ vanishes immediately afterwards (about the forty-first foot).

The anterior feet have a dorsal cirrus of considerable length (a little shorter than the
tentacular cirrus) and similarly segmented. A few simple bristles pass the branchial stem
and enter its base. The ventral cirrus in this region is very large, forming a prominent

Fig. 39. — Maxillie (fractured) and dental plates of Eunice edwardsi, n. sp. ; x 20 diameters.

Fig. 40. — Mandibles of the same from the dorsal surface ; x 20 diameters.

and broad horizontal lamella in all probability of considerable importance in regard to
the habits of the species. The first six are about equal in size, the diminution only affect-
ing the seventh. On the whole the inferior cirrus is well marked and large throughout.

Dorsally is a tuft of long simple bristles (PI. XXa. fig. 4) somewhat like those with
the serrated edge in Eunice cirrohranchiata. The brush-shaped forms (PI. XXa. fag. 5)
have comparatively few (about five) short teeth, and the single long lateral process is
stoutish. 'The jointed bristles (PI. XXa. fig. 6) show the usual bifid tip, neither process
being long. It is serrated along the inferior edge. The tip of the shaft is also serrated
and striated internally. The spines are yellowish and comparatively stout, the tips

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 36

282

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

being curved and diminished to a blunt point. The inferior hooks (PI. XXa. fig. 7) have
likewise thick shafts, while the tips are rather attenuate. Both the terminal and great
fang are comparatively short.

The intestinal contents consisted of various chitinous shreds, spinous in some
cases, a few claws of minute Crustacea, numerous Diatoms and Eadiolarians.

In transverse section no special feature occurs, except the dilatations of the neural
canal. The nerve-area is moderate in depth.

Grube^ meagrely describes from a figure of CErsted’s a species from Punta Arenas
in Costa Eica, which is of an ochreous colour with whitish spots anteriorly, as if reticulated.
The thick clavate and short tentacles are not articulated. The eyes are four. The
dorsal cirri are not segmented and scarcely longer than the bristles. He again alludes to
this form in his later remarks on the Eunicidm,^ referring especially to the club-shaped
tentacles. He places the species, which he thinks had simple (cirrus-like) branchi^, under
his third subgenus, Marpliysa, without the tentacular cirri on the buccal segment, a
statement which at once distinguishes it from the present form.

Eunice aphroditois, Pallas (PI. XXXVIII. figs. 16, 17 ; PI. XXa. figs. 8-10).

Habitat. — Dredged off Port Jackson, Sydney, April 18, 1874, at a depth of 2 to 10
fathoms ; and also procured between tide-marks at Samboangan. This fine species
ranges throughout the Indian Seas, the first example having been brought to Pallas from
the coast of Ceylon. The specimen measures about 230 mm., with a diameter, at its
widest part, of nearly 1 2 mm. across the bases of the ventral cirri.

In general appearance (PI. XXXVIII. fig. 16) it agrees with the description gAen hy
Prof. Elders.^ Certain minute points in the anatomy, however, diverge, and hence it is
necessary to go into details. Thus while the maxillse of this form (Fig. 41) agree in contour
with the figure of tlie author just mentioned, there is in addition a prominent keel on the
dorsal surface. The sharp inner edge does not show the slight denticulations noticeable
in the large form from Samboangan. The maxillae in these large specimens do not seem
to have much free motion, since they are clasped by external processes from the great
dental plates. They appear to be less curved also than in the smaller forms. In the
present example a calcareous (?) deposit occurs on the dorsal surface of the tip of the
left maxilla. The left great dental plate has six teeth, and the same number occurs on
the riglit ; whereas Ehlers gives four and five respectively as the corresponding numbers
in Eunice aphroditois, Pallas. The left lateral paired plate has five denticulations, two
of these being marginal (one at each end), and the first accessory lateral plate terminates
superiorly in a long conical tooth. The left unpaired plate has seven teeth. Ehlers

1 Ammlata ffirstediana, p. 60. ^ Schles. Gesellscli., 1877, p. 23. ^ Die Borstenwiirmer, Bd. ii. p. 306.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

283

gives five and three respectively. The right lateral plate has eight teeth, being one
more than stated by Ehlers. The mandibles are not immovably fixed to each other,
and the dentary region has an ovoid outline interiorly, while dorsally its area is less
than in the next form from Samboangan. The mandibular shafts are finely veined
like sections of pitch-pine. In the much larger example, apparently of the same species,
from Samboangan, the inner edge of each maxilla is slightly denticulated. The great
dental plates do not diverge from the foregoing, but the left lateral paired plate (which
is injured) appears to have only three teeth. The dentary region of the mandible is
obliquely rhomboidal and somewhat concentrically veined, like the shell of a bivalve.

Fig. 41.— Maxillae and mandibles of Eunice aphroditois, Pallas, from the, ventral surface ; enlarged.

Figs. 42, 43. — Mandibles viewed respectively from the dorsal and ventral surfaces ; similarly enlarged.

on the ventral surface (Fig. 43), but dorsally (Fig. 42) it forms a short cone, and does
not extend so far outward as the shaft or basal region. The mandibles are fii-mly
united.

In the specimen from Samboangan the branchiae arise on the fifth segment as a
small tuft, whereas in the other they are represented in the sixth segment by a simple
filament. There are upwards of thfity divisions in the branchiae (PI. XXXVIII. fig. 17)
in this form, whereas there are about eighteen in the example from Port Jackson, the
pinnae in the latter being also considerably longer in proportion. It is difficult to say
how age affects these points.

284

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Most of the tips of the jointed bristles have been rubbed off, so that it was vdth
some difficulty that a complete example (PL XXa. fig. 8) from the middle of the body
was obtained. The serrations along the edge of the distal end of the shaft are
very minute, probably from abrasion, the surface having only a slightly punctated
appearance. The ends of the spines in the setigerous division of the foot are often
slightly worn. The tip of the hooks from the posterior region (PI. XXa. fig. 9)
presents a somewhat elongated terminal process with a strong main fang beneath.
The curves of the extremity and general contour of the hook seem to differ from those
of its allies.

The foot in the specimen from Samboangan (PI. XXXVIII. fig. 17) bears two
blackish spines, but no inferior hook is present. The dorsal cutus is thicker and less
tapered than in that from Port Jackson. Moreover, the jointed bristles appear to diverge
considerably from those of the Australian form. Thus (PI. XXa. fig. 10) the direction
of the lower jDrocess at the tip is upward, and the entire hook is shorter and stouter.
The shape of the distal end of the shaft also differs, and while the convex edge (as in
its allies) is distinctly serrated, the whole surface of this region is further minutely
granular like shagreen.

The intestine in that from Samboangan contained masses of sandy mud loaded with
sponge-spicules. Diatoms, a few fragments of Crustaceans and Algae, and here and there
bright red spicules, apparently Holothurian. In the Australian example masses of Algae
filled the alimentary sacculations.

The great size of this form shows the disproportion between the dorsal and the
ventral muscles, the area covered by each of the former being nearly double that of the
latter. The dorsal muscles have three folds above the great inferior lobe. The vertical
muscular bands passing down from the median line penetrate the circular muscular coat
and are lost in the hypoderm. The oblique muscles proceed by the side of the nerve-
area and decussate beneath it, the fibres running on each side into the circular coat.
The nerve-area is somewhat wedge-shaped, wide above and narrow below. Externally
the investment is soft and granular, so that the denser central region is clearly outlined.
The latter is constricted in the middle, and has two opaque spots toward its upper
border. The median neural canal is of considerable size. A little above the nerve-area
and beneath the blood-vessels is a median canal.

The section of the same region (anterior third) of that from Samboangan differs in
the very great vascularity of all the tissues beneath the hypoderm. The size of some
of the vessels in the circular muscular coat is strikino;. The neural canal is much more
dilated, and it is surrounded by an opac[ue belt inferiorly. The decussation of the
fibres from the oblique muscles below the canal is less evident. An opaque band occurs
in the circular coat in the median line inferiorly.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

285

Eunice torquata (?), De Quatrefages (PI. XXXVIII. fig. 18 ; PI. XXa. figs. 11—13).

Eunice torquata, De Quatrefages, Anneles, t. i. p. 312, 1866.

Habitat. — From St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, July 1873. Probably a shore-
form.

The specimen measures about 90 mm. in length and about 7 mm. in diameter (over
the ventral cirri) anteriorly. It is in two fragments, and the tail is absent.

The head has two deeply bifid lobes, which in the preparation are still reddish-
brown superiorly. The tentacles are of moderate length, and all deeply ringed. The
tentacular cirri extend in front beyond the margin of the buccal segment. The single
large eye occupies the usual position on each side.

The dental apparatus is dark brown, with a few lighter touches. The maxillae (Fig. 44)
have a distinct median ridge near the tip, and, as
usual in the larger forms, the curvature is moderate.

The left great dental plate has five teeth, the right
the same number, but the first and last are small.

The left lateral paired plate shows four teeth, and
the first accessory plate forms another conical tooth
next it. The unpaired lateral plate of that side
has five teeth. The right lateral plate, presents
eight teeth, and, as in the former case, the first
accessory plate is toothed. The shape of the
posterior or basal piece of the maxillae is peculiar,
a notch occurring in the rounded posterior margin.

The mandibles (Fig. 45) present a somewhat rhom-
boidal dental plate ventrally.

The buccal segment is broad ; the portion from
which the tentacular cirri spring being narrow.

The fourth and fifth segments (reckoning the buccal as the first) are pale, all the rest
being pale reddish-brown. They thus appear to have been whitish during life.

The branchiae are represented on the fourth foot by a simple filament, and rapidly
attain full development. The fifth foot has a process bearing three divisions, and these
increase to four on the sixth foot. The branchia on the tenth has six divisions, and
its form is that of a broad and short arbuscle. The lower branch is about as lone; as
the dorsal cutus, and the second is only a little shorter. The twentieth foot has five
divisions, the thirty -sixth (PI. XXXV 111. fig. 18) three, and the same number occurs
on the fiftieth and seventieth. They diminish to a single process near the tail, and
disappear before reaching the latter.

Fig. 44.— Maxillae and dental plates of Eunice
torquata, De Quatrefages ; x 12 diameters.

Fig. 45. — Mandibles of the same species, from the
ventral surface ; x 12 diameters.

286

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The dorsal bristles, even in the anterior feet, show only traces of wings, which are
furnished with serrations at the margins. The brush-shaped forms present a broad
summit. The bifid portion of the jointed bristles (PI. XXa. fig. 11) is well marked and
characteristic, the terminal hook being the larger. The tip of the shaft is serrated
on the convex edge, and the internal striae pass a considerable way downward.

There are two blackish spines; and the posterior hooks (PL XXa. fig. 12) are also
blackish. These hooks appear to have only a single wing, and thus differ from the ter-
minal portions of the bristles, which have two. The example figured is in the usual condi-
tion, viz. , considerably worn. When a developing hook is observed in the tissues of the foot
(PI. XXa. fig. 13) its state is very different, for each process is produced and pointed.

The intestine contained greyish calcareous mud in which a few sponge-spicules,
Ostracoda, and other organisms occurred.

In transverse section this agrees in the main with the typical form. The nerve-
area is somewhat deeper, and an opaque region occurs superiorly in the preparations.

In general appearance this most closely approaches the Eunice torquata of De
Quatrefages, though there are certain differences, probably resulting from variation, in
the structure of the branchise and other parts. The species seems to have a consider-
able range.

Eunice elseyi (?), Baird (PL XXXIX. figs. 1-3 ; PL XXa. figs. 14-16).

Eunice elseyi, Baird, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. (ZooL), vol. x. p. 344.

Habitat. — Procured in the Arafura Sea.

Two sizes occur, one somewhat larger than the European Eunice torquata, and one
smaller. Both are fragmentary. The larger measure about 45 mm. in length, and have
a diameter of about 7 mm. at their widest part. The smaller range to a fifth of this size.

The anterior lobes of the head (PL XXXIX. fig. l) are deeply fissured. In the
larger specimens the tentacles are all less complete, as well as more irregular than in the
smaller, but both are moniliform. In the most perfect they are somewhat long, and very
boldly annulated at short intervals. The eyes are well marked, and in their ordinary
position. The tentacular cirri do not reach the anterior border of the buccal segment.

The dental apparatus has various shades of brown, with darker touches. The
maxillge (Fig. 46) are distinctly curved, and at the tip present a short keel above the
inner edge. The left great dental plate has five teeth, the right six. The left lateral
paired plate has five or six teeth, the unpaired lateral of the same side six or seven.
The right lateral has ten or eleven. Only a single accessory plate exists at the end of
each lateral paired plate. In has a flat cutting edge. The mandibles (Fig. 47) present
a deep notch on the external border, near the tip, ventrally.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

287

The branchiae (PI. XXXIX. fig. 2) commence on the sixth (in one on the seventh)
foot as large processes, possessing in the best developed forms from twelve to fourteen
branches, a feature by no means common. They seem to be continued to the posterior
end of the body, being largest, however, in the anterior third. The number of divisions
in the finest examples reaches seventeen or eighteen (PL XXXIX. fig. 3).

The simple bristles have serrated edges, and a minutely spinous surface along the tip.
The brush-shaped forms have a moderately developed extremity, with one long lateral
process. The surface beneath is minutely spinous. The jointed bristles (PI. XXa.
fig. 14) show two well-marked processes distally, and the enlarged end of the shaft is

Fig. 47.

Fig. 46. — Maxillae and dental plates of Eunice elseyi, Baird ; x 12 diameters.

Fig. 47. — Mandibles of the same form, from the dorsal surface ; x 12 diameters.

serrated on the edge, and minutely spinous over the striated region. Some posteriorly
present a small process behind the terminal hook (PI. XXa. fig. 15), so that there are
three of these points. In the larger specimens the inferior hook is proportionally smaller
than in the others. The spines are all light yellow.

The pale yellow posterior hooks (PL XXa. fig. 16) have a powerful main fang,
surmounted by a process bearing two smaller. The wing or guard is seldom complete.

The intestine contained greyish pellets composed of muddy sand, sponge-spicules,
Foraminifera, spicules of Gorgonias, and other organic debris.

In this species the ventral longitudinal muscles are considerably less as well as more
flattened in section than in the previous species, their inner edges are less bulky,
and thus the nerve-area is shorter in vertical diameter. Very strong oblique muscles
meet in the middle line and arch over the area, the outer fibres passing as a
powerful band down to the hypoderm, and expanding there so as to form a broad base

288

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

to the pillar. Only a few of the inner fibres cross in the middle line interiorly. The
circular muscular coat is of considerable thickness, but the hypoderm is remarkably thin.
The nerve-area is confined by these surroundings to a comparatively small oval tube
presenting superiorly the two fibrous or firm pale central regions, and interiorly the
neural canal and its granular coat. In the ganglionic parts the investment seems to be
less complete, and a large opaque area exists superiorly.

Dr. Baird does not give the dentition of his form, which was collected during the
Australian expedition (before 1857 ?) by Dr. J. R, Elsey, but so far as the other features
are described the specimens procured by the ChaUeuger seem to be identical.

Eunice murrayi,^ n. sp. (PI. XXXIX. figs, 7, 8 ; (PI. XXa. figs, 19, 20).

Habitat. — Dredged in Simon’s Bay, Cape of Good Hope, December 1873 ; depth,
18 fathoms.

A single example, measuring 38 mm. in length and having a breadth at the thick
anterior part of about 4 '5 mm. was procured.

The head (PI. XXXIX, fig. 7) is furnished with somewhat thick and very distinctly

segmented tentacles, which, indeed, are
almost moniliform. The median seems to
be somewhat longer than the adjoining, but
it is incomplete. The segments have con-
siderable breadth, hence the term moniliform
is appropriate. The palpi anteriorly are
separated by a deep notch. The tentacular
cirri just reach the anterior border of the
buccal segment, and like the other cephalic
processes possess long segments, only four
being present.

The dental apparatus is dull madder-
brown, with boldly marked lighter touches.

Fig. 48.— Maxill® and dental plates of Eunice m,urrayi,\\, sp.; The maxillc© (Fiff. 48) are moderately CUl’Ved.
X 15 diameters. v o / u

Fig. 49. —Mandibles of the same species, from the dorsal aspect ; Xhe loiie’ Spatliulate pi’OCeSSeS posteriorly have
X 15 diameters. or r r .J

a characteristic shape and are less rounded
than usual. The left great dental plate has five teeth, the right six. The left lateral
paired plate shows five teeth, the three inner being larger ; and only a single accessory
plate with a short dental cone is appended on each side. There are six well-marked teeth

1 Named after the able Director of the Challenger Commission.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

289

in the left lateral unpaired plate. The right lateral plate shows nine teeth, all smaller
than on the corresponding plate on the left. The mandibles (Fig. 49) have the outer
angle anteriorly much produced, and the cutting margin denticulated.

The branchise are represented on the fifth (or sixth) foot by a simple filament, but
on the seventh form a considerable process of six divisions. There are nine ramifications
on the tenth foot (PI. XXXIX. fig. 8), and they are comparatively thick, each branchia
forming a stifiish pectinate process. The twentieth foot has seven divisions, the terminal
being minute. The thirtieth foot has a single branchial filament, which disappears
altogether a few segments behind that just mentioned.

The dorsal cirri are proportionally large, and have few articulations. The dorsal
bristles consist of somewhat stiff and slightly curved tapering bristles.

The jointed bristles (PI. XXa. fig. 19) also have rather stout shafts and short
terminal pieces, the most characteristic feature of the latter being their size and strength.
The bifid tip is somewhat evenly divided. As usual there is a slight increase in the
size of the inferior fang in the posterior segments.

The anterior feet have two strong yellowish spines. At the thirtieth foot there are
also two long hooks interiorly. The latter (PL XXa. fig. 20) present distally a series of
three fangs, the terminal being least, and the inferior largest. They are also of a golden
or yellowish colour. In some (especially the anterior) the middle fang is more erect.

The anus presents about six symmetrical papillse at the rim, and interiorly the two
terminal cirri, which, like the tentacles, are somewhat thick, and show about six seg-
ments. Below the attachment of each is also a minute filiform cirrus.

The whole body of the animal is somewhat rapidly tapered from the anterior to the
posterior end, and the skin and tissues are comparatively tough.

The pellets in the intestine consisted of muddy sand containing loose sponge-spicules.
Diatoms, and small masses of sponge-tissue loaded with minute fusiform spicules.

In this species the ventral longitudinal muscles are comparatively large and ovoid,
their shape being retained by an environment of muscular bands. The nerve-area is of
considerable depth, an opaque granular region occurring beneath the insertions of the
oblique muscles superiorly, and a small neural canal toward the ventral edge. The
lateral muscular fibres do not decussate below the area, but curve outward round the
ventral longitudinal muscles.

Eunice mindanavensis, n. sp. (PI. XXXIX. figs. 9, 10 ; PI. XXa. figs. 21, 22).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 201 (in Basilian Strait off Mindanao, one of the
Philippines), October 26, 1874; lat. 7° 3' N., long. 121° 48' E. ; depth, 82 fathoms;
surface temperature, 83°'0 ; sea-bottom, stones and gravel.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.)

LI 37

290

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The specimen is fragmentary, and the anterior region has a diameter of 4’ 5 mm.

The head (PI. XXXIX. fig. 9) has been partially dried, but seems to have long
tapering annulated tentacles. The tentacular cirri are long and tapering, and extend
nearly a third of their length beyond the anterior margin of the buccal segment.

The dental apparatus is for the most part pale buff, the tips of the maxillae, the
edges of the great dental plates, and the spathulate posterior processes alone being dull
madder-brown. The maxillae (Fig. 50) are slightly curved, and the tips cross each other
in action, the right point going under the left. The motion of these organs appears to
be more a folding together of the halves, so as to cause the grooves at the base to inter-
lock, than mere scissor-motion. When the dental apparatus is protruded, the lateral

Fig. 50. — Maxilte and dental plates of Eunice mindanavensis, n. sp. The former and the right lateral plate have
been separated ; x 15 diameters.

Fig. 51. — Mandibles of the same species, from the dorsal aspect ; x 15 diameters.

plates (paired) are drawn upward and backward to guard the space that exists there,
while the maxillse and great dental plates are thrust outward. The left great dental
plate has seven teeth, the right the same number. The left lateral paired plate
exhibits four large teeth (next the accessory plate) and a series of five or more minute
teeth adjoining. The left lateral unpaired plate shows nine or ten teeth. The right
lateral also has nine or ten teeth. There are two accessory plates on each side, the
first having its upper third developed into a conical tooth ; and the second presenting a
small flat dental edge. The mandibles (Fig. 51) present an irregular anterior edge, and

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

291

the outer has a distinct fold inferiorly. The surface is marked by somewhat concentric
veins.

The branchial system begins on the sixth foot as a process of one or two divisions of
considerable length (reaching the terminal third of the dorsal cirrus at the tenth foot),
and the organs continue bifid throughout the anterior fragment (PI. XXXIX. fig. 10).
A portion of the posterior region, in the same bottle, shows three divisions in the
branchiae at its anterior end, then two, and finally, towards the tail, only one. The
branchiae have the same character as in the foregoing fragment, and the spines and
bristles seem to correspond, but of course there is room for doubt.

The tips of many of the dorsal cirri are much attenuated, and on the whole the
organs are elongated. Anteriorly each foot has two strong dark brownish sj^ines ; and
superiorly a tuft of stout tapering bristles with serrated edges. The brush-shaped
forms have a moderately broad tip, with the lateral filament elongated on one side.

The compound or jointed bristles (PI. XXa. fig. 21) have stout, slightly curved
shafts, and the enlarged distal region is boldly serrated. The processes at the tip of
the terminal piece are somewhat short ; indeed in the majority of the bristles in front
the fork is so abraded as to be indistinct. After mounting in Farrant’s solution many
present a corroded edge, and the usual parts at the tip are indistinguishable.
Moreover, it is not always easy to obtain a good lateral view of these bristles, even when
perfect.

The inferior hooks (PI. XXa. fig. 22) present a strong distal process, and a
comparatively short and strong inferior fang, which forms a large angle with the former.

In the intestinal pellets of the posterior fragment are brownish pigment-masses,
portions of minute Crustacea, and numerous sponge-spicules.

No feature of moment is observed in transverse sections of this form. A well-
marked brownish granular area occurs, apparently at intervals, in the upper region of
the nerve-area.

Eunice equihranchiata, n. sp. (PI. XXXIX. fig. 11 ; PI. XXa. figs. 23, 24).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 122b (off Barra Grande, Brazil, a little south of
Pernambuco) ; lat. 9° 9' S., long. 34° 53' W. ; depth, 32 fathoms ; surface tempera-
ture, 77°‘5 ; sea-bottom, red mud.

A fragmentary specimen of considerable size devoid of a head. It measures aoout
233 mm., with a breadth of 5 '5 mm.

The body is comparatively flat throughout, and there is little to indicate tapering
in the example. The dorsal wall of the body forms a flattened arch, while the ventral
is marked by a deep groove. The anterior part of the fragment bears bifid branchife.

292

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

while posteriorly these organs are bifid. The branchia springs, along with the dorsal
cirrus, from a common trunk, the main stem after a short interval giving off a very
long branch, and after a somewhat longer interval, another about the same length, and
then terminating in a third elongated process.

The filiform dorsal cirrus is about a third the length of the branchial process next
it. The superior bristles have a long straight shaft, and the slightly winged tapering
tip is bent at a distinct angle. The brush-shaped bristles are very numerous, and
their extremities are peculiarly flattened (slightly spoon-shaped), and have nine or ten
filaments.

The compound bristles (PI. XXa. fig. 23) have also somewhat long shafts, with
slightly curved and flattened ends. The terminal piece is rather elongated, and the
edge of the guard, which runs to the base of the process, is nearly straight. The
inferior fang is large, the terminal comparatively small.

The foot (PI. XXXIX. fig. 11) has' a single dark brown spine. Inferiorly are one
or two hooks (PI. XXa. fig. 24) which have an evident constriction a little below the
tip. The terminal hook or process is curved, and the chief fang below comes off nearly
at a right angle from the extremity.

The intestine of this form contained tough masses, which readily turned the edge
of a knife, crowded with large, beautifully reticulated, translucent, and apparently
homogeneous chitinous tissue. These may have been parts of the skeleton of a sponge
or similar structure, especially as they were enveloped in softer granular substance.

The space between the large ventral longitudinal muscles in section is wide,
probably from its posterior position. The hypoderm is of considerable thickness, and
forms a curved projection externally. The neural canal lies a little above the circular
muscular coat. A strong band on each side of the nerve-area, chiefly from the vertical
muscle, passes downward. The somewhat thin dorsal longitudinal muscles are pierced
by the vertical, an arrangement which probably causes the flattening of the body as in
the leech and similar forms. A minutely granular substance, apparently male elements,
exists at the bases of the feet. The alimentary canal in this region lies close above the
nerve-area, the pedicle being short.

Eunice harvicensis, n. sp. (PI. XXXIX. fig. 12; PI. XXIa. figs. 1—3).

Habitat. — Found between tide-marks at Bermuda in June 1873.

One specimen, which is partly dried and incomplete posteriorly, measures about
48 mm., and at its thickest part in front 4d mm. in diameter. Two fragments of the
posterior region also occurred.

From the condition of the specimen very little can be said about the head. The

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

293

tentacles do not appear to have been boldly annulated. The maxillse (Fig. 52) are dark
brown, and the basal spathidate region forms by the apposition of its halves a triangle in
front and two crescentic parts posteriorly. The left great dental plate has four teeth, the
right also four. Both are less deeply tinted than the maxillae. The left lateral paired
plate shows three more prominent outer teeth, and one or two less evident inner teeth.
The left lateral unpaired has seven or eight denticulations. The right lateral has about
the same number. A single accessory plate, acutely pointed, occurs at each side. The
blackish pigment-patch below each paired plate anteriorly is unusually well defined.
The mandibles (Fig. 53) are dark brownish, with the exception of the narrow dental
margin in front of the dorsal line' of the shaft. The ventral dental area (usually pale)
has its posterior three-fourths brownish.

The branchiae are represented on the sixth foot by a short simple filament on each
side. At the tenth foot the process has three divi-
sions ; at the twentieth (PL XXXIX. fig. 12) there
are four, which, as in the former species, appear
disproportionate to the short cirrus. Two divisions
occur in the branchia of the thirtieth foot; while
only a single process exists on the fiftieth foot, and
the latter condition appears to continue throughout
the greater part posteriorly, though the state of the
specimen prevents satisfactory examination.

Each foot bears anteriorly a pair of pale brownish
spines of moderate strength. About the thirtieth
foot a single stout deep brown spine occurs superiorly,
and a pair of long dark brown hooks inferiorly. The
superior bristles have the ordinary form. The brush -
shaped kinds (PI. XXIa. fig. 1) have broad tips,
with many teeth, while a series of lines from these
occur on the adjoining broad region. The compound bristles (PL XXIa. fig. 2) have
a bifid tip, the terminal division of the fork being strong.

The posterior feet have a single stout dark brown spine and a pair of long hooks.
The latter (PL XXIa. fig. 3) are characterised by the somewhat small angle (less than
a right angle) between the terminal process and the great fang, and the general contour
of the tip. The hook somewhat approaches that of Eunice cliallengeri, but the other
differences between the species are sufficiently diagnostic.

In the intestine of one were fragments of shells and minute Crustacea with Fora-
minifera. In the specimen provided with a head the pellets contained masses appar-
ently pertaining to the Polyzoa, and sandy mud in which sponge-spicules. Diatoms,
Algge, and other debris were present.

Fig. 53.

Fig. 52. — Maxillae and dental plates of Eunice
barvicensis, n. sp. ; x 15 diameters.

Fig. 53. — Mandibles viewed respectively from the
dorsal and ventral surfaces ; x 15 diameters.

294

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

The proportional size of the muscles in the anterior third of this species is normal.
The cuticle is of average thickness, while the hypoderm forms well-marked dorsal and
ventral layers, the latter tapering off at each side. The nerve-area is somewhat narrow,
and presents (apparently in the intervals between the oblique muscles) a narrow median
pedicle inferiorly. The neural canal is sometimes dilated between the gangha.

Ill the posterior region of the body a great increase in the size of the alimentary
canal occurs in transverse section. The dorsal longitudinal muscles are flattened and
thin. The vertical muscular fibres pierce the inner part of each longitudinal ventral as
well as bound each side of the nerve-area. Some of the vertical fibres seem to
be attached to the wall of the alimentary canal, and thus may exercise an influence on
its functions. The circular muscular coat of the body is largely developed and
very vascular, and the hypoderm is thicker than in front. The nerve-area is rounded,
and a mass of opaque granular cells lies beneath the neural canal, which is situated a
considerable distance above the decussation of the muscular fibres and the cir-
cular coat.

In the shortness of the dorsal cirri and in the structure of the bristles this form
approaches Schmarda’s Eunice maci'ochceta ^ from the coral reefs off the southern coast
of Jamaica. The ventral cirrus, however, diverges, for it is represented as a process
twice the length of the dorsal. In regard to the branchiae, Eunice harvicensis also
resembles Eunice capensis ^ of the same author, but the latter organs do not occur
anterior to the twentieth foot, and there is no ventral cirrus. The dentition, however,
is closely allied,

Eunice pycnobrancliiata, n. sp. (PI. XXXIX. figs, 13—15; PI. XXIa. figs. 4, 5).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 162 (in Bass Strait, off the Australian coast), April
2, 1874; lat. 39 °10' 30" S., long. 146 °37’'E.; depth, 38 fathoms; surface temperature,
68°‘2; sea-bottom, sand and shells.

Trawled at Station 163a, Twofold Bay, off the Australian coast, midway between
Melbourne and Sydney, April 4, 1874; lat. 36° 59' S., long. 150° 20'; depth, 150
fathoms ; surface temperature, 71°‘0 ; sea-bottom, green mud.

The largest specimen measures about 118 mm. in length and 8 ’5 mm. in diameter
at its widest part.

The head (PI. XXXIX, fig. 13) has two deeply indented anterior lobes, which are
curiously wrinkled anteriorly and inferiorly. The tentacles are of moderate length and
all boldly annulated. In the larger examples these are proportionally shorter — either
from injury or otherwise. In the young specimens the median tentacle is evidently
^ Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 128. 2 p. 126.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

295

longer. In those with the tentacular cirri best developed, the tips extend a little
beyond the anterior margin of the buccal segment. There is an evident projection below
the lateral notch of the buccal somite, and the inferior division forms a distinct external
flap at its commencement.

The dental apparatus is dark brown. The maxillse (Fig. 54) have a thickened external
rim anteriorly. In regard to the number of the teeth on the various processes this species
shows that there is a certain amount of variation. Thus the great dental plates have
each four, five, or six teeth of comparatively large size. The left lateral paired plate
possesses five or six teeth, the left unpaired five or seven. The right lateral plate bears
from eight to ten teeth. The inferior dental surface of the mandibles (Fig. 55) presents a

Fig. 54. — Maxillae and dental plates of Eunice pycnobranchiata, n. sp. ; x 12 diameters.

Fig. 55. — Mandibles of tbe same form viewed respectively from the ventral and dorsal surfaces ; x 12 diameters.

distinct tooth on each side of the suture or hinge, and the anterior or cutting edge has
several irregular denticulations.

The branchiae commence on the fifth foot on each side as a single process (in the
largest example it is double). There are four somewhat short, thick divisions on the tenth
foot (PL XXXIX. fig. 14). The branchial lobes have an elongated, fusiform aspect, and
are marked by transverse bars, probably from the arrangement of the blood-vessels. The
twentieth foot has three branchial divisions, and the same number is found on the
thirtieth. There are two divisions on the fiftieth ; and, indeed, the organs are con-
tinued almost to the tail, though they are single and much shorter than those in front.
In young specimens considerable divergence in the form or structure of the branchiae
occurs, and the divisions are less numerous.

Each foot bears anteriorly two blackish-brown spines ; and between the twentieth

296

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

and thirtieth a singde long brownish hook appears. The dorsal cirrus presents the
usual gradation in length, from head to tail, and is on the whole rather short and
thick. The anterior ventral cirri have a large tongue-shaped process.

The bristles of the larger examples are generally more or less abraded. The simple
superior bristles have many adherent particles. The brush-shaped forms show about a
dozen processes at the tip.

The compound bristles (PL XXIa. fig. 4) have a wide bifurcation, and the inferior
process is small. The shafts are somewhat curved, and have fine serrations along the
margin of the slightly dilated tip. In the posterior segments the shape of the
terminal region of the bristle alters, the inferior fang being large and prominent,
while the wing is continued upward and outward from the distal tooth by a thickened
process or rib.

The dark brown inferior hook (PI. XXIa. fig. 5) in the setigerous region of the foot
has a small terminal process above a moderately large fang, the usual guard or wing
being in front. The tips of the spines of the posterior feet have a peculiar clavate
parasite (apparently Protozoan) growing in launches.

In the intestine are one or two minnte shells resembling Odostomia, and sandy mud
containing sponge-spicnles.

The specimens from Station 162 are somewhat less than the foregoing, and are
distinguished by the pale ring bearing the second foot. This segment appears to have
been white during life. The anterior region corresponds, only the tentacular cirri are
shorter. The dental apparatus is similar, though the colour is less deep. The mandi-
bular denticulations are feebly developed. The branchige commence on the sixth
segment, and have two divisions. They are somewhat shorter throughout than in the
previous examples, and their divisions less fusiform, but these differences may be due
to size (PL XXXIX. fig. 15, tenth foot). The hooks and bristles are similar, and od
the whole they may be regarded as varieties of the former. In the intestinal pellets of
these are sandy mud with numerous sponge-spicules and Diatoms, and larger tough
masses of a fine Polyzoon with bird’s head processes.

A i)edicellaria is fixed to the under surface of the palp of one of the Annelids.

Both cuticle and hypoderm are fairly developed. The dorsal longitudinal muscles
are much more massive than the ventral. The nerve-area is rounded, and the neural
canal is placed close to the circular muscular coat. The usual brownish granular mass
occurs above the cords, and this differs from the contents of the blood-vessels in the
more distinctly granular condition. The fine jDarallel transverse branches of the blood-
vessels on the branchial pinnae are well seen in this form.

The chief difference in the sections of the specimen from Bass Strait is the dilatation
of the neural canal, and the massive condition of the oblique muscles. Granular masses
(probably reproductive elements) occur external to the ventral longitudinal muscles and

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

297

at the bases of the feet. Extravasations of blood existed between the alimentary wall
and the muscular sling surrounding it.

Eunice trihranchiata (PI. XXIa. figs. 6, 7).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 186 (off Cape York, Australia), September 8,
1874; lat. 10° 30' S., long. 142° 18' E. ; depth, 8 fathoms; surface temperature,
77°‘2 ; sea-bottom, coral mud.

A fragment of the posterior end, measuring about 48 mm. in length, with a breadth
at its anterior part of 4 mm. The tail is not present. The body is somewhat flattened
and comparatively soft.

Each foot bears dorsally a long branchial process of three (rarely four) divisions,
the first of which comes off inferiorly, and the main stem then divides into two long
and nearly equal branches. So close to the base do all these processes spring that at
first sight the common stem is overlooked. To those with four divisions, however, this
remark is not applicable. The dorsal cirrus is short and tapering ; the ventral is also
short and somewhat conical.

Dorsally in each foot is a tuft of simple tapering bristles, the wings just being
visible. The brush-shaped forms have upwards of twelve filaments, one of the lateral
being longer. In the compound bristles (PL XXIa. fig. 6) the tip of the shaft is rather
abruptly bent and dilated, so that the internal strise are oblique. The distal piece has
a small terminal and a large main fang.

Besides the foregoing, each foot has a powerful blackish spine, with a curved tip
superiorly. Inferiorly the two dark brown hooks (PI. XXIa. fig. 7 ) have an erect
terminal process and a strong main fang.

The intestinal masses contained sandy mud with a few fragments of Algse, sponge-
spicules, and Foraminifera.

The great distention of the alimentary canal had stretched both dorsal and ventral
longitudinal muscles. The nerve-area is wide, and the cords thin and flattened. The
vertical muscles passing from the alimentary canal to the hypoderm bound the area.
These muscles enclose a somewhat triangular space, narrow above and broad below, the
lower boundary being formed by the nerve-cords. An indistinct neural canal is
visible superiorly, but none of the preparations show an inferior one. Indeed, some
doubt remains concerning the latter point.

This form approaches Eunice equibranchiata from the coast of Brazil, but differs
from it in the structure of the branchiae, the minute structure of both bristles and great
hooks, the latter in the Brazilian form having the main fang lengthened.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.)

LI 38

298

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

Ev,nice hassensis, n. sp. (PL XXXIX. fig. 16 ; PI. XXIa. figs. 8, 9).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 162 (oflf East Moncoeur Island, Bass Strait, South
Australia), April 2, 1874 ; lat. 39° 10' 30" S., long. 146° 37' E.; depth, 38 fathoms;
surface temperature, 63° '2 ; sea-bottom, sand and shells.

This fragment, consisting of about two inches of the tip of the tail and about two
inches in front of it, seems to differ from any of the foregoing, and especially from
Eunice <pycnobranc]imta, to which, perhaps, it appears to be most nearly related, by the
very distinctly jointed dorsal cirrus (PI. XXXIX. fig. 16), which consists of four
divisions. In the former species none are visible in cirri from the same region of the
body. The branchiae are also larger, each having nine rather elongated pinnae, whereas
Eunice pycnobranchiata has but three very thick lobes. The ventral cirrus is also
more obtuse than in the latter species, the foot of which, moreover, has blackish spines,
whereas they are golden in the present form. The branchiae are continued to the tip
of the tail, being gradually reduced to a jingle short process. The caudal cirri are
boldly segmented.

The foot bears three long yellowish spines superiorly, and interiorly a long pale
yellowish or golden hook (PL XXIa. fig. 9) with three distal processes, viz., a main fang
and two sessile teeth superiorly.

The dorsal bristles eonform to the usual type. The comjDound forms (PL XXIa.
fig. 8) are characterised by a shaft devoid of superior striae, though it has the ordinary
microscop>ic file-like markings (from minute spines). The tip is bifid, and there would
seem to be less of the alteration in the proportion of the limbs of the fork than is
generally found in the posterior region of the body.

The fragment belongs to a female, and is distended with minute ova. These have
a tough capsule.

The intestine contains fragments of the chitinous fibres (root-fibres ?) formerly
observed, branches of Polyzoan allied to Crisia, Ostracoda, and the usual sandy mud
mixed with numerous sponge-spicules and Diatoms.

In the form of the branchiae this species resembles Eunice quoya, Valenciennes
(De Quatrefages).^

The nerve-area is somewhat trilobed in section, for there are two lateral and
a smaller median lobe superiorly, but it is doubtful how far the state of the prepara-
tion may be connected with this appearance. The neural canal is inferior.

1 Aiineles, p. 318.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

299

Eunice, sp. (?) PL XXXIX. fig. 19 ; PI. XXIa. figs. 12—14).

Habitat. — A fragment of the posterior end of a somewhat flattened large form,
procured between tide-marks at Bermuda, June 1873.

Each foot presents dorsally a single long branchial filament, but these organs
diminish and then altogether cease a considerable distance in front of the tail. A very
short and somewhat conical cirrus occurs beneath the foregoing, and extends outwards
to the middle of the greatly projecting setigerous region. The ventral cirrus is also
very short and broad, hardly extending so far outward as the base of the great ventral
spine.

The dorsal bristles are of the ordinary type, and are accompanied by numerous
brush-shaped forms (PL XXIa. fig. 12) presenting an elongated filament at each end
(one being longer than the other). The compound bristles (PL XXIa. fig. 13) have the
end of the shaft striated, distinctly serrated at the margin, and much dilated. The
proportionally elongated terminal piece has the limbs of the fork nearly equal at the
tip.

Each foot has a strong light brownish spine which pierces the apex of the greatly
produced setigerous region immediately below the upper edge ; and inferiorly a single
strong dark brown spine with the tip slightly curved (PL XXIa. fig. 14). The latter
corresponds to the bifid or trifid hook usually present in other forms of Eunice.

The intestine is occupied chiefly by masses of brownish Algse, amongst which are a
few anchor -plates of Synaptce, muddy sand and Foraminifera, with fragments of
Melobesia and Echinoderms.

In transverse section the nerve-area lies over the circular coat, with the oblique and
vertical muscular fibres as a support on each side. Superiorly an arch (enclosing the
blood-vessel) is formed by the diverging muscular fibres from the alimentary canal.
The fragment approaches the Onuphididse, but it is probably a portion of one of the
Eunicidse.

Marphysa, De Quatrefages.

Marphysa goodsiri, n. sp. (PL XXXVIII. figs. 6—8 ; PL XIXa. figs. 18—20).
Habitat. — From shallow water, St. Thomas, West Indies.

The anterior portion of a somewhat small species, measuring about 2 A mm. in
diameter in front.

The head (PL XXXYIII. fig. 6) has the anterior lobes separated by a notch, very
much as in the former species. The tentacles are rather short, and apparently slightlv

300

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

annulatedj tliougli the preparation is not in good condition'. The tentacular cirri reach
to the anterior margin of the buccal segment, which is of average breadth. The eyes
present no peculiarity.

The maxillae (Fig. 56) have an average curve and are pale brown. The left great
dental plate has four well-marked teeth, and the right also four. The left lateral
paired plate shows three teeth, and the unpaired of that side the same number.
The right lateral has six teeth. The latter and the left paired plate have a pro-
minent blackish -brown band at the base ventrally. A single terminal plate exists
at the end of each paired plate, so that the example may be immature. The
mandibles (Fig. 57) have much elevated crowns of an obliquely conical shape, with
concentric markings.

fiG. 56. — Maxillse and mandibles of Mar-
physa goodsiri, n. sp. ; x 15 diameters.
Fig. 57. — Mandibles of the same species, from
the dorsal aspect ; x 15 diameters.

The branchiae are represented on the twenty-fifth or twenty-sixth foot by a single

long process on each side of the body. Each branchia
becomes bifid about the thirty-sixth foot, the division
occurring some distance above the base ; and this arrange-
ment (PI. XXXVIII. fig. 8) continues to the end of the
fragment.

Anteriorly the feet (PL XXXVIII. fig. 7) have three
stout spines, the two brownish lower with somewhat
curved, clavate tips, while the upper are pale and pointed.
Posteriorly a single pointed brownish or blackish spine
and a blackish hook (PI. XIXa. fig. 19) occur, the great
fang of the latter being directed ujiward and outward.

The jointed bristles (PI. XIXa. fig. 18) have a some-
what rapid curve at the tip from the prominence of the
second process, and the latter becomes longer in the posterior feet.

The superior bristles possess comparatively large and broad tips, which taper to
a fine point distally. The inferior bristles of the group (PI. XIXa. fig. 20) have
proportionally broader tips.

In transverse section this species conforms to the type seen in Marphysa sanguinea.
The nerve-cords are, however, much larger, and form a definite and somewhat massive
band above the neural canal, whereas in Marphysa sanguinea the nerve-tissue presents
the aspect of a margin to the large median neural canal. On the whole the cords
are placed higher than in Marphysa sanguinea. The symmetrical arrangement of
the muscles enveloping the great blood-vessels above the cords is not distinct in the
new form.

Marphysa goodsiri somewhat resembles the Eunice Jilamentosa of Grube^ from
St. Croix, one of the Windward Islands (Antilles). The tentacles of the latter, however,

1 Annul. (Erstediana (sep. Abd.), Bd. ii. p. 30 ; Vidensk. Meddel. f. d. nat. Foren. i Kpbenhavn, p. 56, 1856.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

301

are shorter. In Eunice Jilamentosa the branchiae commence from the twenty-fourth to
the thirty-fourth foot, whereas in Marphysa goodsiri they begin on the twenty-fifth or
twenty-sixth, and in both are often bifid posteriorly. It also approaches Grube’s
Eunice paupera ^ from the Philippines, especially in the dentition. The tentacles of this
form are not articulated. The branchiae occasionally have three divisions posteriorly.
About the same number (ten) are simple in each species. Another form closely con-
nected with the present is Eunice hamata of Schmarda ^ from the coral reefs of the south
of Jamaica. The general arrangement of the dental apparatus is similar, though
Schmarda’s figure of the maxillae diverges and is apparently erroneous posteriorly.
The bristles in both are allied. Schmarda mentions that the branchiae arise in the
middle of the body and consist of only two processes, and that the dorsal cirrus is
short and thick. The ventral cirrus, which he says is absent, had probably been
overlooked.

Nicidon, Kinberg.

Nicidon hcdfouriana,^ n. sp. (PI. XXXIX. figs. 4-6 ; PL XXa. figs. 17, 18).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 170 (off the Kermadec Islands, north of New
Zealand), July 14, 1874 ; lat. 29° 55' S., long. 178° 14' W. ; depth, 520 fathoms; bottom
temperature 43° '0, surface temperature 65°'0 ; sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

The specimen is fragmentary, the total length being about 20 mm., and the breadth
2’5 mm.

The head (PI. XXXIX. fig. 4) bears a series of tolerably elongated and rather thick
tentacles, which are slightly annulated, at intervals, the central being somewhat shorter
than the adjoining pair, perhaps from injury. The palpi are separated by a deep fissure.
The tentacular cirri barely reach the anterior border of the buccal segment. The latter
shows only a slight forward projection at the side of the oral curve. The eyes are
somewhat ovoid (the long axes being antero-posterior), and lie at the bases of the external
tentacles.

The dental apparatus (Fig. 58) is pale brownish, with a few darker touches. The
spathulate posterior processes have a margin of black. The maxillae are gently curved.
The left great dental plate has six teeth ; the right possesses seven. The left lateral
paired plate is very small, and has two or three minute teeth, the first accessory
plate adjoining it having a larger area, indeed, the second is nearly as large. The
first accessory on each side has a dark .rim, most distinct on the straight inferior

1 Aunel. Fauna d. Philippinen, p. 160. ^ Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 125.

® Named in remembrance of my old friend and teacher, Prof. J. H. Balfour, of Edinburgh.

302

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEK.

border. Both accessory plates are toothed. The left lateral impaired jhate bears
evidences of having eight or nine minute teeth, but the edge appears to have been
injured so that only the basal grooves are distinct. The right lateral plate has
about ten or eleven small teeth. The mandibles (Fig. 59) have a proportionally large
dental region, the external edge of which is produced upward, and the anterior edge
denticulated.

The dorsal cirri are well developed, and the same may be said of the ventral,
upwards of twenty of the latter anteriorly have large ventral pads at the base.

The structure of the foot (PI. XXXIX. figs. 5, 6) agrees with that in Eunice. The

bristles are conspicuous by their dark colour.
Anteriorly each foot has two strong brownish-
black spines with slightly curved or hooked
tips. Superiorly are a tuft of simple taper-
ing bristles, and a few brush-shaped forms
with somewhat broad tips.

The jointed bristles (PI. XXa. fig. 17)
have the lower part of the shaft tinted of a
dark brownish hue, which fades to yellovush
towards the flattened distal end. The latter
is serrated on each side, and bears a terminal
piece having a boldly bifid tip guarded by
a serrated wing. The lower process of the
bifid extremity becomes larger in the posterior
feet.

Besides the two brown spines in the
posterior feet is a dark brown inferior hook (PI. XXa. fig, 18), with a powerful fang
and a short process above it. The two latter are guarded by a wing on each side.

In this form the cuticle is dense and the hypoderm very feebly developed except
on the appendages. The nerve-area is large and rounded, with apparently a considerable
neural canal like a slit toward the lower part of the circle. The oblique muscles meet
above the cords, while a muscular fasciculus passes downward on each side. The general
structure is typical.

This species seems to differ from any of those described by Kinberg, all of which
come from the Pacific. Grube does not appear to have fully appreciated the char-
acters of Nicidon, for he places the representatives doubtfully after the Eunicidse
with articulated tentacles, which have few (not more than four) branchial filaments.
The Eunice madeirensis of Baird (British Museum, no locality) agrees in the absence
of branchiae, but it seems to have articulated dorsal cirri, i.e., they have a median
constriction in the preparation. In another closely allied example from Madeira in the

Fig. 58.— Maxillng and dental plates of Nicidon balfouriana<
n. sp. The right lateral plate has been deprived of its bound-
ary-line ; X 20 diameters.

Fig. 59. — Mandibles of the same species ; x 20 diameters.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

303

same collection (British Mnseum), a simple and moderately elongated branchial process
is developed in the posterior region of the body.

Macduffia honhardi} n. sp. (PL XXXIX. figs. 20-22 ; PI. XXa. fig. 26).

Habitat. — Dredged off Sombrero and St. Thomas, in 470 and 390 fathoms.

A fragment of the anterior end of a peculiar form, measuring about 9 mm. in
length, and little more than 1 mm. in breadth.

The head (PI. XXXIX. fig. 20) is distinguished from any of the branchiferous series
formerly described by having a smoothly rounded and entire margin, like a blunt cone,
and without trace of palpi or division. It bears four smooth tentacles, a long one at
each side, just within the eye, and a shorter proceeding almost from the margin of the
snout a little beneath. A single and comparatively large eye occurs on each side. A
considerable space devoid of processes exists in the middle line of the snout. On the
ventral surface, the outline of the region resembles a horse-hoof, and has a groove in
the centre, joining the transverse furrow at the mouth.

The dental apparatus (Fig. 60) presents a pair of maxillae, which are somewhat nar-
rowed in front. The posterior spathulate processes are unfortunately imperfect. The
left great dental plate has six teeth, the right seven. The teeth on the right lateral paired
plate seem to be about six or seven, and the unpaired appear to have about the same
number. Those on the right lateral exceed the latter.

The mandibles have a dentary surface shaped ventrally like
a bivalve shell, and with a stripe of brown pigment
arranged symmetrically on each side of the symphysis.

Their condition is too imperfect for delineation.

The first buccal segment (for there are two) consider-
ably exceeds the second in breadth, especially inferiorly.

The succeeding five segments bear a dorsal cirrus, which
is tapered from base to apex, and somewhat short and
thick ; a well-marked setigerous region ; and a large thick,
tongue-shaped ventral cirrus. The sixth, seventh, eighth,
and ninth feet are alone branchiferous. The sixth has

T I-I T-- •• r 60.— Maxill® and dental plates of

a brancmai process ol three divisions springing Irom a Macduffia honhardi, n. sp. ; x 54 dia-

• n • 1 1 1 e 00 meters.

common trunk united with the base of the dorsal cirrus.

The seventh has three or four divisions, and the eighth and ninth four each.
The tenth foot (PL XXXIX. fig. 21) presents a somewhat short dorsal cirrus of the
ordinary shape, an irregularly conical, setigerous region, and a large, lobate, inferior

^ Named in remembrance of the late Alex. Macduff, Esq., of Bonhard.

304

THE YOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

cirrus, whicli projects outwards as far as tlie tip of the former regiou. A little
within the margin of the latter is a blood-vessel, large below but diminishing dorsalty.

The setigerous lobe bears two long brownish sj^ines. Superiorly the simple bristles
show no evident wing, though slightly dilated beyond the shaft. They taper to a fine
point. The brush-shaped bristles accompanying them have rather wide tips. The shafts
of the compound bristles (PI. XXa. fig. 26) present a distinct curve below the dilatation.
The terminal piece is long, and the guard or wing is bevelled at the tip, for the loAver
process of the fork comes off nearly at a right angle.

At the twentieth foot (PI. XXXIX. fig. 22) the two spines of the setigerous region
have become blackish, and inferiorly a bro^vnish -black bifid hook appears. The chief
fang of the latter is long, and the distal process is also well marked. The ventral cirrus
forms a broad and somewhat triangular lobe.

A noteworthy feature in transverse sections of this form is the great size of the
ovoid ventral longitudinal muscles, which surpass the dorsal in bulk. When sections
are made through the nerve-cords in the line of the ganglia the area is large and
rounded, and an indistinct canal exists superiorly, though some doubt still remains on
this point. In certain very thin sections two small canals are present, but only one is
well defined. The edges of the ventral longitudinal muscles almost touch in the middle
line, being separated by the narrow pedicle of the nerve-area. In the general character
of such sections this form approaches the Onuphididse.

The Eunicidse characterised by a very limited distribution of the branchige are
Eunice hellii, Aud. and Ed., which is occasionally found on our own shores, and
Eunice stragulum, Grube, from the Philippines. Kinberg likewise constituted the
genus Nausicaa,'^ for a species devoid of tentacular cirri, and in which the short simple
(cirrus-like) branchiae were confined to the segments seven to eleven. It was found at
St. Jose, near Panama.

Family Onitphidid^.

The Onuphididse are fairly represented in the collection, eleven species referable to
the genus Nothria being present, and several others, included under the genera
Hyalincecia and Onupliis. This contrasts very favourably with previous Expeditions.
Thus four are described ’ by Kinberg in the voyage of the frigate “Eugenie.” This
author has no example of Nothria, but the representatives of the genus Diopatra are
numerous, the reverse being the case in the collection of the Challenger.' The Philip-
pine collection of Grube produced only a single member of the group, and only two
occur in that of the exploring ship “ Gazelle.” None are given by Schmarda, and only

1 Ofversigt Ic. Vetensk.-Akad. Forliandl., 1864, No. 10, p. 565.

KEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

305

one by Marenzeller. It is noteworthy that all the representatives of the family in the
collection have cirriform branchiae.

The remarkable tubes formed by Notliria somhreriana and Notliria willemoesii
are most interesting, the former utilizing the long glassy spicules of vitreous sponges,
the latter forming a . finely rounded tube bristled with long spines secreted by
the Annelid. Even where this power of forming special spines is absent, certain
species obtain the necessary protection by attaching spines of Echinoderms to their
tubes.

The general structure of the dental apparatus approaches Eunice, but its special
features rightly point to a decided distinction both from the latter and Lumhriconereis,
even on this ground alone. The large size of the anterior fang of the left great dental
plate, in those pertaining to the type of Notliria soinbreriana, is a striking feature.
Those of the same genus without this structure approach Hyalinoecia or Onuphis.
The right and left anterior “ lateral ” plates are more nearly in symmetry, and the
unpaired left has become more or less a duplicate of the great left plate, having,
however, a character of its own, and not extending beyond the front of the latter.
Only a single accessory plate exists.

The occurrence of several instances of soft dental plates makes it probable that
ecdysis takes place, or at least renewal in some form, unless the changes are pathological
or post-mortem. Sometimes the entire apparatus, including the mandibles, is soft ;
in a few, only the upper teeth.

The Onuphidicte are distinguished from the foregoing family (Eunicidse) by one
very evident feature, viz., their bathymetrical distribution, for while the latter are often
found between tide-marks, the Onuphididse are characteristic of deep water, many of
them ranging to very great depths. Even in our own seas they frequent the deeper
waters of the coralline ground ; while none in the present series occurs under
100 fathoms, indeed only one {Nothria willemoesii) was found at this depth. Two,
again [Nothria pycnohrancliiata and Nothria ehlersi), come from the great depth of
2225 fathoms.

The geographical range of the common species, viz., Nothria conchylega and
Hyalinoecia tuhicola, is considerable, the latter especially passing from the extreme
north to the warmer seas, and again to the borders of the extreme south.

Nothria, Johnston.

Nothria conchylega, Sars.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station III. (off Cape St. Vincent), January 15, 1873; lat.
37° 2' N., long. 9° 14' W.; depth, 900 fathoms; surface temperature, 60°'0 ; sea-bottom,

(ZOOL. CHAI.L. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 39

306

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Hue mud. Also dredged at Station 49 (soutli of Halifax, Nova Scotia), May 20, 1873 ;
lat. 43° 3' N., long. 63° 39' W.; deptli, 85 fathoms ; bottom temperature 35°’0, surface
temperature 40°'5 ; sea-bottom, gravel and stones.

The tube from Station III. is composed of somewhat large fragments of shells and

Fig. 62.

Fig. 61. — Maxillse and dental plates of Nothria conchylega ; x 20 diameters.
Fig. 62. — Mandibles of the same, from the ventral surface ; x 20 diameters.

JDorocidaris, besides Foraminifera and other structures. The branchiae commence on
the tenth foot.

In the instances from Station 49, the tubes are composed of fragments of shells
with a few stones, and therefore are in contrast with those from the GuK of St.
Lawrence, Canada, which (tubes) are almost wholly formed of small stones. The
branchiae commence on the eleventh segment. The egg-capsules in the mature females
are beauitfully and distinctly punctated.

EEPOllT ON THE ANNELIDA.

307

Nothria tenuisetis, n. sp, (PL XL. figs. 8, 9 ; PL XXIa. figs. 24—26).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 169 (off East Cape, North Island, New Zealand),
July 10, 1874; lat. 37° 34' S., long. 179° 22' E. ; depth, 700 fathoms; bottom tem-
perature 40°'0, surface temperature 58°'2 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

A species of considerable size, measuring in its incomplete state 105 mm. in
length, and having a diameter, at its widest part in front, of about 3 mm.

The head (PL XL. fig. 8) is eyeless. Anteriorly are a pair of frontal tentacles not
unhke those of Hyalinoecia tuhicola. The other tentacles are of considerable length,
similar, though proportionally longer and more slender than in the species just

\J

Fig. 65.

Fig. 63. — Maxillse and dental plates of Nothria tenuisetis ; x 20 diameters.

Fig. 64. — Ventral view of tlie cutting edges of the mandibles of the same ; x 20 diameters.

Fig. 65. — Dorsal view of one mandible ; x 20 diameters.

mentioned. The ringed basal region in each is also somewhat longer. The tentacular
cirri are slender and filiform, and extend beyond the frontal region. The two palpi
correspond in size with those of Nothria conchylega.

The dental apparatus (Fig. 63) is of a dull straw colour, with brown bands and lines
along the margins. The flattened posterior region of each maxilla is pale, the anterior
brownish. The lateral curvature of the limb is well marked, but only a slight dip
(downward) occurs in front of the transverse line. The shape of the posterior processes
differs in the two examples. In the most perfect the processes are constricted benind
the transverse line of the maxillae, then bulge outward and form a rounded extremity
with a median notch. The posterior margin and side are tipped with dark pigment,
leaving a symmetrical and somewhat triangular median region on each side. In the
other example the outer dark region just described extends further forward, and is

308

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

wrinkled and uneven. The median triangular areas are similar to the foregoing. The
left great dental plate shows seven, the right seven or eight teeth. The left lateral
paired plate has six teeth, and outside is an accessory plate with a conical tooth. The
left unpaired lateral has eight teeth. The right lateral has eight or nine teeth, and the
accessory plate also has a pointed tooth. Beneath the paired 23late on each side is a
blackish -brown alveolus. The mandibles (Fig. 64) are slightly fixed at the base of the
dental surface, which is jDetaloid, with the broad end of the lobe directed forward and
irregularly denticulated on the edge. On the dorsal surface (Fig. 65) a short dark line
occurs on each side of the fissure towards the jDosterior region of the dental surface.

This S2>ecies differs from Notliria concliylega in the structure of the first foot, and
it is much less 2>roduced anteriorly. The foot has a dorsal cirrus, a broader though
shorter process from the jDO'sterior border of the setigerous lobe, and a ventral cutus,
the tip of which does not extend so far outward as the latter. This type continues
in five or six feet, and a few then show only the dorsal and ventral cirri. About the
ninth or tenth (occasionally the eleventh) foot each branchia commences in connection
with the base of each dorsal cirrus as a simple filiform 2>rocess, which increases in length
to the twentieth, by and by becomes bifid (PL XL. fig. 9), and again forms a simple
j)rocess before reaching the fortieth foot. It ajDjDears to continue in the latter condition
till near the tip of the tail, though no specimen is comjfiete. The ventral cirrus dis-
ap2>ears about the tenth foot.

The bristles of the first foot (PI. XXIa. fig. 24) are 2>eculiar in showing a large ter-
minal and two smaller inferior fangs, besides an articulation of the terminal region as in
Sthenelais. The latter is also seen in an elementary condition in Notliria somhreriana.

The sujDerior bristles are characterised by their great length, translucency, and finely
tapered condition. The wing or guard is just distinguishable at the margin. At the
twentieth foot they form a dense tuft, which projects considerably. The inferior bristles
of this kind, again, have short though acutely pointed tips and short shafts.

Two prominent hooks occur inferiorly before reaching the thirtieth foot. These
(PI. XXIa. fig. 25) have a powerful inferior fang, and a well marked superior one which
indicates, by its forward curve, the condition in allied forms, in which both are nearly
equal in length. Moreover, posteriorly the proximal fang increases in size (PI. XXIa.
fig. 26).

No trace of a tube occurs in the preparation, with the exception of a minute,
translucent soft chitinous one, which may be unconnected with the specimen.

Some of the fragments pertain to females, and are full of ova.

The minute intestinal masses consisted chiefly of greyish sandy mud, with a few
Diatoms, minute bristles of Annelids and fragmentary spicula, apparently of Sponges.

In transverse section the nerve-area differs from that in Notliria conchylega, Sars,
for the cords lie close to the circular coat, and are completely wedged in by two lateral

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

309

bands of fibres from the alimentary canal, and the connective tissue which surrounds
the great median blood-vessel immediately above them. No neural canal is visible.
The oblique muscles are very slightly developed, and the contrast with the typical
species in this respect is marked. The ventral longitudinal muscles are massive and
elongate-ovoid in section, whereas the smaller dorsal muscles are ovoid. The alimentary
canal is fixed to the median dorsal wall almost without a pedicle, and a considerable
blood-vessel occurs at each side. A similar pair of vessels lie close to the wall of the
intestine above the great ventral. The nerve-cords are much flattened, and the difference
between them and the ganglionic enlargements is pronounced.

The Tradopia maculata of Dr. Baird,^ from Madras, possesses bifid branchi^
anteriorly, but posteriorly the divisions are more numerous. A species procured by
Mr. Whiteaves, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, is closely allied to the present form, but
differs in the great length of the ringed bases of the tentacles.

A specimen dredged off Sombrero and St. Thomas, either in 460 or 390 fathoms,
but which locality is doubtful, approaches the foregoing so closely that it has not been
thought necessary to form a new species. It is fragmentary, measuring about 20 mm.
in length and 2 '3 mm. in breadth.

The head has lost its tentacula, their basal-regions, which seem to be large, alone
remaining. The tentacular cirri are filiform and of considerable length. The frontal
lobes are elongate and ovate. The general asj)ect of the maxillae agrees with Nothria
tenuisetis, but the posterior appendages have a straight instead of a convex outer edge,
the latter indeed, being parallel to the line bounding the inner triangles, and the centres
are somewhat more tumid. The pigment is thus in the form of a straight band on each
side. The left great dental plate has eight teeth, the right nine. The left paired
plate possesses five teeth, and the accessory (as on the right) has a tooth. The left
unpaired shows about nine, and the right lateral seven teeth. The same blackish
pigment is present on both sides, in the alveolus of this and the corresponding plate on
the left, as in the previous examples. The mandibles also agree with those in the
latter in regard to the black lines on each side of the fissure, and in the irregular denti-
culations along the anterior (cutting) margin.

A slight divergence occurs in the origin of the branchiae, which appear on the
seventh foot instead of the ninth ; moreover, the bifid condition continues somewhat
further backward. The organs are also shorter, but the condition of the specimen is
unsatisfactory, and therefore such characters are unreliable.

In transverse section this corresponds with the foregoing in the general shape of the
body, and in the proportions of the dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles. The
vertical muscles passing by the side of the alimentary canal are, however, much stronger,
for considerable bands pass to the hypoderm on each side of the nerve-area. A large

1 Proc. Linn. Soc. Land., vol. x. p. 355.

310

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

neural canal lies below the latter. The oblique muscles, though slender, are more
conspicuous than in the previous examples. The longitudinal ventral muscles seem to
be pierced by certain fibres passing from the dorsal arch to the outer side of the
longitudinal muscles of the region. The structure, though closely allied, is thus not
identical with the form just described.

Nothria somhreriana, n. sp. (PI. XL. figs. 5-7 ; PI. XXIa. figs. 19-23).

Habitat. — Dredged off Sombrero and St. Thomas, West Indies, in 470 and 390
fathoms, 1873.

The larger specimen (in two pieces) measures about 43 mm., and has a breadth
across the feet anteriorly of barely 2 mm.

The head (PI. XL. fig. 6) is marked by brownish pigment, which extends into most
of the tentacles. The median tentacle is moderately elongated and tapered, and slightly
exceeds the adjoining pair in length. The latter have a similar shape and appearance.
Both sets rise from a base possessing a few rings. The basal segment of the outer pair
is smaller, but is similarly ringed. The organs themselves are only about a fourth the
length of the foregoing inner tentacles, are less tapered, proportionally thicker, and
more curved. The tentacular cirri are short and tapering. The palpi differ from those
of Nothria conchylega in being more globular. No eyes are present.

The dental apparatus (Fig. 66) is comparatively pale in the smaller forms, more
dusky in the larger, the chief coloration being a dark transverse line separating the
posterior (spathulate) processes from the maxillse, and a symmetrical touch of the same
hue on the great plates a little in front of the fork of the latter. The maxillae have
the posterior part of the blade flattened, the anterior diminished somewhat suddenly ;
while the latter region is tinted brownish. The posterior appendages are somewhat
triangular, and considerably shorter than in Nothria conchylega. The left great dental
plate has six teeth, ten being present in the form just mentioned ; the size, prominence,
and separation of the first three being remarkable, and a feature apparently characteristic
of the series (Fig. 68), indeed at first sight the left side seems to be furnished with two
maxiUae, so prominent is the elongated anterior hook of this plate. In the large
examples there are seven or eight teeth. The right plate has eight teeth. The left
lateral paired plate presents seven or eight teeth, and the accessory has a single blunt
tooth. The unpaired of the same side has eight teeth. The right lateral plate has
about ten teeth. The ventral dental surface of the mandibles (Fig. 67) has a prominent
ledge on each side behind the crown. The corresponding ledges form a broad V, with
a pigment-line round the posterior margin (Fig. 69). The cutting edge or crown is
armed with two or three prominent denticulations, sometimes symmetrically disposed.
A longitudinal line of dark pigment occurs on the dorsal surface on each side of the

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

311

median fissure. The limbs of the mandible are ankylosed at the point of junction

Fig. 66. — Maxillae and dental plates of Nothria soiribreriana ; x S4 diameters.
Fig. 67. — Mandibles of the same, from the ventral surface ; x 15 diameters.

anteriorly, and shortly behind the curved pigment-band are separated by a considerable

Fig. 68. Pig. 69.

Pig. 68. — Left great dental plate (soft) of another example ; x 20 diameters.

Fig. 69. — Dental margins of the mandibles exhibiting the ledge behind the crown ; x 54 diameters.

interval. There is a deposit of dark brown pigment in the anterior part of the shafts,
chiefly noticeable on the ventral surface.

312

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGEK.

A remarkable condition exists in one of the larger forms (in a tube covered by
Glohig evince), for the entire dental apparatus, with the exception of the mandibles, is soft
and pale, so as to resemble a Crustacean shell after ecdysis. The latter jDrocess, however,
has hitherto been unknown in this group. The tips of the maxillae are boldly curved
and very flexible, and the posterior part is much flattened. The first tooth of the left
great dental plate is characteristically elongated, but its soft condition causes abnormal
curvatures. A black line occurs between the maxillae and the jDosterior processes,
which are separated by a considerable interval. There is nothing in the appearance of
the Annelid denoting such a change, and the mandibles are quite dense.

The first foot bears a series of bristles (PI. XXIa. fig. 19), characterised in the older
specimen by a somewhat blunt and large terminal process, beneath which is a small
tooth that likewise is blunt, probably from wear. In younger forms a more perfect
condition of the tip is noticeable (PI. XXIa. fig. 20), both as regards the bifid process
and wing. An oblique line near the tip j^robably indicates a rudimentary articulation.

The feet in general (PI. XL. fig. 7) are similar to those of Nothria concliylega, but
the accessory and other ventral cirri in front are less conspicuous. Anteriorly the entire
foot,' moreover, is less produced, especially the setigerous region, while the bristles are
much longer. The dorsal bristles (PI. XXIa. fig. 21) are more delicately “ winged ”
than in the common form ; and the brush-shaped kind (PI. XXIa. fig. 22) are propor-
tionally broader at the tip.

The hooks again (PI. XXIa. fig. 23) differ considerably in the curve at the end of
the shaft, and in the nature of the bifurcation. The distal fang is more elongated and
less robust than in the European form. Two or more occur in each foot.

The absence of branchise further distinguishes the present species from Nothria
conchylega, and the body is much more friable than in the latter.

The posterior feet present near the base on the dorsum a prominent papilla
anteriorly and another posteriorly, apparently connected with the body cavity. In this
region also the spines of the feet are more prominent, and the lower fang of the hook larger.

On the ventral surface a central prominence in each segment occurs behind the
anterior third.

The tube formed by this species is somewhat flaccid, flattened, and nearly opaque.
It is supported along each edge by the long glassy spicules of a Hexactinellid Sponge
(PI. XL. fig. 5). The tip of the spicule projects considerably (7—9 mm.) at each end of
the tube, but on opposite sides, as shown in the figure. The tube measures about 58
mm., and is quite straight. In structure it is thus intermediate in position ■ between
Hyalincecia and Nothria, being devoid of the rigidity of the former, and the abundant
extraneous bodies of the latter. One of the larger tubes is covered with Globigerinw,
and with a single long spicule at the side. Another has a few Glohigerince scattered
over a wall composed of greyish mud, and strengthened by a long spicule passing from

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

313

end to end. It is remarkable that all possess a spicule or spicules. These tubes
evidently correspond with one found by Count Pourtales off Havana/ and which he
describes as white, parchment-like, straight, and flattened. It was densely armed
with spicules of sponges placed transversely, and stiffened by the long threads of
a Hyalonema attached longitudinally. Only a fragment of the inhabitant was found.

In section no very evident distinction between this and Nothria conchylcga is
observed, the chief point being the thicker circular coat and the more complete decus-
sation of the oblique muscles below the cords. The great size of the nerve-cords and
ganglia in the small (young ?) examples is noteworthy.

This form differs in the structure of the feet from such as Onwphis setosa^ Kinberg,
from the Atlantic, off the estuary of the Rio de la Plata, for though the latter has only a
single branchial process, it arises in common with the dorsal cirrus. The presence of a
long ventral cirrus in the Onupliis fragilis of the same author is also diagnostic.

Nothria sombreriana, n. sp. var.

A minute fragmentary form, measuring about 9 mm. in length and having a
diameter of half a millimetre, was dredged with Nothria sombreriana, and though at

Fig. 70. — Maxillae and mandibles of Nothria, sombreriana, n. sp. var. ? widely separated ; x 90 diameters.

Pig. 71. — Mandibles of the same, from the ventral aspect ; x 90 diameters.

first it was thought to be a young variety furnished with a pair of very distinct eyes,
a closer examination makes its separation probable. Each eye is situated below and

1 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zobl., vol. i. p. 109 ; also alluded to by Elilers, Ibid., vol. v. p. 273.

2 6/versigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Fbrhandl., 1864, p. 560.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV, — 1885,)

LI 40

314

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLEHGEE.

slightly posterior to the lateral tentacle (next the median). In regard to the structure
of the dental apparatus (Fig. 70), this minute form differs from the previous species in
the greater breadth of the posterior plate of the maxilla, and the narrower aud more
distinctly curved anterior region. The posterior spathulate appendages approach the
shape of a double cocoa-nut. The left great dental plate has eleven teeth, and the
same number appears on the right. Moreover, the first series on the left (about three)
does not show the separation and special development characteristic of the former species.
Such a divergence is not altogether due to age. The left lateral paired plate appears
to have about eight, while the left unpaired has twelve distinct teeth. The right
lateral shows about eight, but this and the left paired could not be distinctly enumerated.
The mandibles (Fig. 71) have the cutting surface less developed, presenting a simple
convex edge, with a notch at the external angle. The longitudinal blackish band on
each side of the fissure is much more distinct as well as more evidently symmetrical.
It bends inwards anteriorly to a thick angle, and then proceeds backward with a
slight curve. The ventral dental surface forms a broad V.

The bristles of the first foot seem to be nearly related to those of Notliria som-
hreriana. In the present minute form the bristles possess broader wings, and the
tips of the long hooks differ in having shorter forks.

The structure in transverse section corresponds with the plan of the typical
form, though the ventral muscles bulge downward on each side of the median line.
The size of the nerve-cords would indicate that the specimen is young. The bod}'
is less flattened than in Nothria conchylega, and the muscular environment of the
ventral longitudinal muscles less distinct. The neural canal occupies the same
position.

Nothria abranchiata, n. sp. (PI. XL. figs. 10, 11, 12 ; PI. XXIa. fig. 27 ; PI. XXIIa.
figs. 1-3).

Habitat. — The larger examples were trawled at Station 156 (Antarctic region),
February 26, 1874; lat. 62° 26' S., long. 95° 44' E.; depth, 1975 fathoms; surface
temperature, 33° ’0 ; sea-bottom. Diatom ooze.

Also at Station 335 (in the middle of the Atlantic, north of Tristan da Cunha),
March 16, 1876; lat. 32° 24' S., long. 13° 5' W.; depth, 1425 fathoms; bottom
temperature 37°'0, surface temperature 73°‘5 ; sea-bottom, Pteropod ooze.

The species a23pears to be of considerable size, the breadth of the last-mentioned
example being fully 5 ‘5 mm. across the anterior feet.

The head (PI. XL. fig. 11) agrees generally with that of Nothria conchylega, but
the frontal tentacles are notably shorter. The median and other tentacles, again.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

315

are somewhat longer than in the European form. The tentacular cirri are also longer
and more slender. The two rounded prominences on the ventral surface of the snout
are less elongated. No eyes are visible. The latter feature, not unusual in Annelids
from great depths, is further qualified by the fact that the eyes of the common form
are often pale.

The dental apparatus (Fig. 72) is unusually dense, and more or less brownish accord-
ing to age. Five blackish lines (running along the borders of adjoining parts) converge
at the junction of the maxillse posteriorly, and there is a deep blackish band below each
lateral paired plate. The maxillae and great plates are here and there marked with a
superficial whitish deposit. The maxillae show a distinct constriction posteriorly, then

Fig. 72. — MaxUlas and dental plate.s of Nothria ahranchiata, n. sp., from Station 335, separated posteriorly ; x 20 diameters.
Fig. 73. — Ventral view of the mandibles of the same ; x 20 diameters.

enlarge into flat plates and again diminish anteriorly, where the curve is moderate.
The tip of each has a thick outer fold. A very marked angle occurs between the
maxillae and the posterior appendages, which bend ^abruptly downward. Each append-
age has a pale basal triangular piece and an outer broad brownish portion, somewhat
undefined externally. The left great dental plate has a great anterior fang followed by
six or seven smaller teeth, while the right shows ten or eleven. The left lateral pamed
plate has eight, and an isolated accessory plate rises into a single prominent tooth.
The unpaired plate of the same side presents ten or eleven teeth. The right lateral
plate has about ten teeth. The dental portion of the mandibles (Fig. 73) usually pre-
sents from the ventral aspect a somewhat lanceolate outline on each side, the outer
anterior extremity being produced and pointed. The cutting edge shows a few denticles.

316

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

In the older forms a dark pigment-line runs along the external and posterior borders,
which are likewise considerably thickened by deposition of calcareous material. In the
largest example the anterior margin of the mandibles is nearly transverse and much
truncated, probably either from wear or injury.

The two segments following the buccal differ from the succeeding, in so far as the
ventral cirri have been less modified, the somewhat lobulated cirrus in each being very
readily distinguished from the flattened scute on the third foot.

The first foot differs from that of Nothria conchylega in being much shorter. It
is thus less conspicuous in its anterior projection. The flattened posterior lamella so
characteristic of the common species is absent. The blunt hook-shaped bristles (PI.
XXIa. fig. 27) are much larger, and the terminal curve less abrupt. The tip has a
blunt hook and a short process beneath. This foot, as in the ordinary form, bears a
shorter dorsal cirrus than in the next segment. The ventral cirrus, again, is represented
by a shorter and more globular process than in the European species, the accessory
inner cirrus (close to the mouth) being also much shorter and broader. The other
dorsal cirri anteriorly appear to be larger and longer, wdiile the ventral are somewhat
less. The disc-like processes are better marked. The bristles of the first foot are
imperfect in the specimen from Station 335.

A characteristic feature of this deep-sea form is the much greater length of the
bristles, which project boldly on each side. Moreover, no branchiae are present.

Each foot (PI. XL. fig. 12) has generally about three long straight dorsal bristles
with rather short and slender tips (PI. XXIIa. fig. 1), and a number of small brush-
shaped forms, the extremities of which are curved so as to resemble a funnel with a
spinous edge. Interiorly is a group (generally five) of more slender bristles with wings
(PI. XXIIa. fig. 2). A single long hook (PI. XXIIa. fig. 3) occurs at the tenth foot,
and a pair subsequently. The tip is deeply bifid, and the inferior fang slightly exceeds
the superior in size. Lastly the foot, which is on the whole thicker than in Nothria
conchylega, is supported by four spines.

Posteriorly the bristles diminish in strength, while the hooks are somewhat stouter.
The tail is terminated by two long filiform cirri.

The antarctic tubes are somewhat flexible, the outer surface being coated with
greyish mud (Diatom ooze), and strengthened with specimens of a long, moniliforra,
brownish, arenaceous Foraminifer, which is chiefly attached to the sides, after the manner
of the large glassy spicules observed in Nothria somhreihana. A large Zoanthus and a
fragment or two of micaceous stone are also present. The chitinous lining of the tube is
easily torn.

The tube from the dej)ths of the Atlantic (PI. XL. fig. 10) measures about 100 mm.
in length, and is composed of a thickish and rather friable secretion, coated with greyish
foraminiferous mud, strengthened by spatangoid spines (which project outwards on each

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

317

side), shells and stones. Conspicuous amongst the shells are a rare Dentalium,
A'porrliais, Bulla, Terehratula, and the long valve of a Cirriped, resembling the tooth
of an Echinus. The first-mentioned appropriately forms the tail. The smooth surface^
of the tube with the spatangoid spines projecting at right angles seems to have lain on
the bottom, while the dorsal and lateral surfaces are protected by the comparatively
large shells and stones.

In the intestine of the antarctic form are masses chiefly composed of the chitinous
cuticle of small Crustacea with various appendages enveloped in Pteropod ooze. In-,
the alimentary canals of those from the Atlantic, foraminiferous mud and cellulo-granular
debris of a pale olive colour occurred.

Transverse sections of the anterior third of the body-wall of a large example
(Station 156) present great dilatation of the alimentary canal, and the ventral longitu-
dinal muscles are much flattened. The nerve-cords also form a thin band in the-
obtuse angle over the commissure of the oblique muscles.. So great is the development
of the circular muscular coat over the dorsal region that it is in many sections as thick
as the dorsal longitudinal, and the contrast between the two arches (dorsal and ventral)
is thus striking, for the circular layer forms but a thin band interiorly. The body-wall,
is less stretched in the specimens from Station 156, and the nerve-area proportionally
larger (the Annelids being considerably less) ; but the general features are the same.-
As in Nothria conchylega, the dorsal longitudinal muscles are pierced by the vertical
fibres, often in a somewhat symmetrical manner. No neural canal is visible in this or.-
the first-mentioned preparation, but neither is in a very satisfactory state.

The absence of the branchiae in this species is remarkable. It would seem^, however,
that the comparative length of these organs in other members of the group is subject to
considerable variation, a fact of moment in examining into the specific differences of
such forms as Hansen’s Nothria hyperhorea,^ which some think is a mere variety of
Nothria conchylega.

Nothria pycnobranchiata,' n. sp. (PI. XL. figs. 13, 14, 15; PL XXIIa. figs. 4, 5).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 298 (off the Chilian coast), November 17, 1875;
lat. 34° 7' S., long. 73° 56' W.; depth, 2225 fathoms; bottom temperature 35°’6, surface
temperature 59°’0 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

The same form occurred in the trawl in equal numbers at Station 299 (between
Juan Fernandez and Valparaiso), December 14, 1875 ; lat. 33° 31' S., long. 74° 43' W.;
depth, 2160 fathoms ; bottom temperature 35°’2, surface temperature 62°‘0 ; sea-bottom,
blue mud.

* Den norske Nordhavs-Exped., Bd. ■vii. p. 32, Tab. iv. figs. 5-13.

^ •Trvx.uo;, thick.

318

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGED.

A species of considerable size, though no, example is complete, probably because
special care is necessary in preserving specimens in dense tubes. The length of the
form is about 70 or 80 mm., and the breadth anteriorly 8 '5 mm.

The head of this species is very similar to that of Nothria ahranchiata, the
external (short) tentacles and the tentacular cirri being perhaps a little shorter. No
eyes are visible.

The dental apparatus (Figs. 74, 75) is dull madder brown. The angle formed by
fhe posterior appendages with the maxillae is much less than in the former species, so

Fig. 74. — Maxill® aud dental apparatus of a male specimen of Nothria pycnobranchiata, n. sp.; x 15 diameters.

Fig. 75. — Maxillae and dental plates of a female example, about the same size as the former. The posterior spathulate plates
have been bent downward, and therefore are not fully shown ; x 15 diameters.

Fig. 76. — Ventral view of the mandibles of the latter specimen ; x 15 diameters.

that the processes are more easily seen from above. A male (Fig. 74) showed consider-
ably longer maxillse than any of the females (Fig. 75), indeed the whole apparatus had
a longer antero-posterior diameter. The widening above the base of the maxillse is less
pronounced. The posterior appendages have a triangular basal part, and a convex
marginal region. The rounded posterior border has a median notch. The left great
dental plate presents the usual long anterior fang, which is followed by eight teeth ; the
right has ten. The left lateral paired plate has eight or nine teeth, and the accessory
a single tooth (rarely double) ; the unpaired nine teeth. The right lateral possesses
ten teeth. In the female the maxillse seem to be shorter and broader, but the teeth on

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

319

tRe various plates are almost identical in number. Ventrally the dental surface of the
mandible (Fig. 75) presents a somewhat petaloid appearance, the anterior external augle
being much produced and pointed,, and the cutting edge is slightly denticulated. More-
over, the outer margin is marked by a shoulder or projection at the point where a nearly
transverse ridge indicates a thickened plate covering the posterior moiety. A slight
band of dark pigment occurs along the posterior margin of this dental surface. The
separation of the special dental process from the end of the shaft is well seen on the
dorsal surface. The dental region of the mandibles of those from Station 299 varied in
regard to the posterior raised plate, and the anterior denticulations. The dental
apparatus is thus on the whole closely allied to that of the previous form, one of the
most evident distinctions, however, being the larger angle formed by the posterior
appendages with the maxillae.

The anterior dorsal cirri are shorter and stouter than in Nothria abranchiata.
Moreover, at the seventeenth foot a thickish branchial process makes its appearance,
and continues a considerable distance, but not to the posterior end of the Annelid. The
first ventral cirrus is enlarged and lobulated, and the second still more so, while the
third forms a flattened scute-like process.

So far as examined, the bristles of this form and Nothria abranchiata approach
each other very closely, and upon this ground difficulty was at first experienced in
separating them. A closer examination, however, showed that the hooks toward the
twentieth foot in this species have shorter limbs to the fork (PI. XXIIa. fig. 5), and the
curvature at the tip differs.

The bristles of the first foot present a blunt hook at the tip (PL XXIIa. fig. 4) with
a process beneath. The curve of the distal region is bow-like, and the central striae are
oblique throughout a considerable distance.

The lateral regions of the posterior segments are marked superiorly by curious pro-
jecting folds. Two long caudal cirri occur beneath the corrugated anus.

The faecal pellets are very firm. In the specimens from Station 298 they consist of
a tenacious greyish mud in which are a few Foraminifera, minute spicules and micro-
scopic ovoid bodies. In those from Station 299 the pale brownish masses of mud
showed fragments of minute Crustacea and Foraminifera.

The tubes are flattened dark greyish structures, consisting of a basis of chitinous
secretion coated with mud, and strengthened both dorsally and ventrally by long-
cylindrical brownish tests of Foraminifera, and a few white tubes pertaining to the
Serpulidse. These tubes range on each side of 140 mm. in length, and have a diameter
of about 12 mm. at their wider portions. They are often flattened, indeed their
posterior end is generally so. Some have various parasitic Polyzoa attached to them.
They are frequently marked by numerous transverse ridges of chitin, projecting
through the mud. In a few the front of the tube has fragments of shells and other

320

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

debris projecting from it, so as to make an irregular margin. Some of the empty
tubes are quite flaccid. It is curious that what appears to be the lower surface of
the tube is specially coated by the foraminiferous tests, the long axes of these being
parallel with that of the tube. The tests are firmly adherent.

In a large specimen from Station 298 the body- wall is greatly distended by the
male elements, very large masses of sperm-cells filling up the whole area around the
alimentary canal except the median dorsal and ventral attachments. The latter consists
of a strong band of muscular fibres passing downward on each side of the nerve-area to
the circular coat, and forming a hollow arch over the area, which is comparatively small.
In an example from Station 299 the body- wall more closely approached the typical
form, except in the absence of the neural canal.

Nothria macrobranchiata, n. sp. (PL XLI. figs. 1, 2, 3 ; PL XXIIa. figs. 6, 7).

Habitat. — A few specimens were dredged at Station 232 (south of Yedo, Japan), May
12, 1875; lat. 35° 11' N., long. 139° 28' E.; depth, 345 fathoms; bottom temperature
41°T, surface temperature 64°‘2 ; sea-bottom, green mud.

When removed from the tube the Annelid measures 78 mm. in length, and at its
widest part is nearly 6 mm. across the feet. The posterior region, however, seems to be

Fig. 77. — ^Maxillse and dental plates of Nothria macrobranchiata, n. sp. ; x 24 diameters.
Fig. 78. — Ventral aspect of the mandibles of the same ; x 24 diameters.

undergoing regeneration, so that it is probably longer. It is thus much longer in pro-
portion to its tube than any of the others.

EEPOKT ON THE ANNELIDA.

321

The body is slightly narrowed in front, then maintains a nearly uniform diameter
throughout the greater part of its length. Towards the tail it again tapers.

The head (PL XLI. fig. 2) is furnished with moderately elongated tentacles, the median
being shorter than the adjacent. From the shape of the head the bases of the external
tentacles are carried further forward than in the common form [Nothria conchylega).
The frontal tentacular lobes are similar. The tentacular cirri are about the same length.

The dental apparatus (Fig. 77) is pale madder-brown, with darker touches in the usual
positions, and a blackish-brown band between the maxillae and the posterior processes.
The maxillae are distinctly widened in the middle. The posterior appendages have the
same inclination as in the last species, are slightly contracted behind the maxillae, and
then form broad plates without a median notch posteriorly. The left great dental plate
has six teeth behind the long anterior fang, the right nine teeth. The left lateral paired
plate possesses ten, and the unpaired eleven teeth. The right lateral shows ten. A
single, somewhat rectangular, accessory plate exists on each side. Its anterior and inner
edge rises into a small blackish tooth. The rest of the surface is pale brownish. The
mandibles (Fig. 78) have about three prominent denticulations along the cutting edge,
and the posterior dental region is separated by a transverse or slightly oblique line as in
the former species.

The post-buccal region consists of two segments, the posterior having the larger and
more lobate ventral cirrus.

The first pair of feet are directed as far forward as in Nothria conchylega, but differ
in having no median cirrus, while possessing both dorsal and ventral cirri and a
setigerous flap. The bristles (PL XXIIa. fig. 6) have a somewhat abruptly curved tip,
with a hooked terminal fang, and a broad, pointed process immediately beneath. The wing
extends considerably above the former, and also runs into the shaft very gradually.

The branchiae are represented in some on the eighth foot by a small process. The
ninth has a well developed, long, simple branchia ; and they continue of the same shape
nearly to the posterior end of the body, the exact arrangement at the tip of the tail
being unknown, since the specimens are imperfect. The branchial processes are, indeed,
conspicuous features, the long, tapering filaments being about a fourth less than the
diameter of the body, and often gracefully coiled at the tip. At the tenth foot the
branchia is considerably longer than the dorsal cirrus ; at the twentieth it is more than
twice as long as the latter, and throughout (PL XLI. fig. 3) it is much larger and thicker,
though this condition depends to some extent on the state of the blood-vessels.

Dorsally is a group of the ordinary long bristles with straight shafts, and curved and
finely tapered tips ; then two long, stout hooks (PL XXIIa. fig. 7), which have a slight
curvature backward at the tip, and two strong fangs of nearly equal size, as in the
Onuphis verngreni of Kinberg.^ In all these hooks the wings form a symmetrical pair

^ Ofversigt k. Vetensk.-Alcad. ForJiandl., 1864, p. 560, Taf. xiv^ fig. 8 (Freg. Eugen. Eesa).

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. 1885.)

LI 41

322

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

wlien the tip is viewed directly in front or behind. Both anterior and posterior hooks
are very prominent, generally reaching, in the preparation, the ends of the shafts of the
dorsal bristles. The ventral bristles are similar to the dorsal, only more slender.

The greyish pellets (which abounded in the intestine) consisted of finely granular
mud loaded with multitudes of Diatoms, most being linear. Crustacean hairs, fragments of
cuticle, and a very few minute Foraminifera.

This species occupies tubes of greyish mud, lined by the usual tough secretion, and
strengthened by the long linear leaves of pines, pieces of leaf-stalks and leaves, straws,
stones, fragments of Echiuoderms, and other structures. The linear leaves of the pines are
arranged longitudinally, as in the case of the needle-like spicules of the Hexactinellid sjDonge.
Moreover, as usual, one surface of the tube is better protected than the other, so that the
latter is probably the lower surface, though this is uncertain. The longest tube measures
about 80 mm., and has a diameter of 6 mm. at its wide part. A portion of a linear leaf,
however, projects beyond the aperture. The tube is slightly tapered from before back-
ward, and somewhat curved. Although in some cases there are two linear leaves of the
pines, only one is attached to the tube, showing that a rude exterior was important, or
that full advantage was not taken of the structure.

In transverse section of a female both dorsal and ventral muscles are somewhat
flattened, partly from the distention of the perivisceral chamber by large and small ova.
The disproportion between the dorsal and ventral arches of the circular muscular coat is
not so marked as in several of the previous forms. The strong oblique muscles pass to
the circular coat inferiorly, but do not decussate, the rounded nerve-cord occupying the
space between them, and presenting a small median neural canal. The usual muscular
arch of fibres from the alimentary canal occurs superiorly. A ventral groove, probably
due to the contraction of the strong oblique muscles, exists in the middle line.

Marenzeller ^ describes a form [Onuphis liolohranchiata) from the western shores of
the Island of Ino Sima, Japan, in which a single large branchial process exists, but the
anterior feet and the bristles are so characteristically different that no confusion is
possible, though the dental apparatus is somewhat allied.

Nothria ivillemoesii,^ n. sp. (PI. XLI. figs. 4-10 ; PI. XXVIa. figs. 1-4 ; PI. XXXVa.
fig. 1).

Habitat. — Dredged off Amboina, in 100 fathoms.

A fragment of the anterior region of the body, measuring about 38 mm. in length
and 3 ’5 mm. in diameter, is alone available for examination.

1 Denhsclir. d. math.-nat. h. Ahad. d. wiss. Wien, Bd. xli. p. 24 (sep. Abd.).

2 Named in hononr of Dr Rudolf v. Willemoes-Suhm, whose promising zoological career was cut short by his
untimely death during the voyage.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

ooo
oZo

Tlie liead (PL XLI. fig. 7) lias the typical form. Tlie median and lateral tentacles
are of considerable length, and tinted of a pale buff colour.

The dental apparatus (Fig. 79) is madder-brown, with darker touches. In general
outline it approaches that of the Eunicidse rather than the series just considered, since
the posterior appendages are nearly in the same plane as the maxillse. The latter present
a broad posterior half, without the evident basal constriction of the previous species.
The anterior region is strong!}:" curved, and gradually narrowed to the tip. The
spathulate appendages form a symmetrical lobate region with a median notch posteriorly.
The part near the maxillse, corresponding to the base of the triangles, is constricted,
then a somewhat ovate lamella expands on each side. The left great dental plate does

Fig. 79. — Maxillae and dental plates of Nothria willemoesii, n. sp. The right and left lateral paired plates are in different
positions ; x 24 diameters.

Fig. 80. — Ventral view of the mandibles of the same form ; x 24 diameters.

not present the long anterior fang so characteristic of the previous series, but ten teeth
follow each other in an even row ; the right also has ten. The left lateral paired plate
possesses eleven teeth ; the left unpaired nine. The right lateral plate shows about
twelve. Two accessory plates occur on each side, the smaller inner one having a
prominent tooth, while the outer forms a larger thin plate. The paired lateral plates
have each a dark brownish band along the ventral alveolus. The mandibular shafts
(Fig. 80) are short and broad. The outline of the ventral dental area is somewhat
ovoid, the outer margin, however, being truncated. The halves approach each othei-
closely.

324

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The appearance of the post-cephalic region of the dorsum resembles that of an
Eunice, from the great development of the branchiae, but the ventral surface,
especially anteriorly, is at once diagnostic. The first four feet embrace a region of
their own, apparently corresponding to that formed by the first two in a new British
form, ancl in many of the preceding species. These feet are much less prominent than
the ordinary examples, and, indeed, each foot is ventral rather than lateral. The region
is easily differentiated from the succeeding one by the presence of the ventral scutes.
Instead, moreover, of the strong projecting bristles so characteristic of the common
forms, each setigerous process, from the first to the fourth, bears a tuft of incon-
spicuous bristles which are directed downward (ventrally) rather than outward. The
ventral cirri and setigerous processes of these (four) feet diminish in size from before
backward, but the dorsal cirri do not alter much. The latter are thickish, knife-
shaped processes of moderate length, and considerably stouter than in the ordinary
form. The setigerous lobe bears posteriorly an elongated conical process, which also
diminishes from before backward. The ventral cirrus is somewhat conical, and, as in
Nothria conchylega, ceases with the region, indicating that the first scute, which
occujjies the same position, is homologous therewith. Each setigerous process bears
two or three stout spines, on the convex margin of the tuft, followed by a series of
rather short bifid bristles (PI. XXVIa. fig. 1) with an evident curve. The forked tip is
composed of short rounded processes, the distal being the longer. The entire extremity
is guarded by a sheath or “ wing,” which is best seen from the dorsum (PI. XXVIa.
fig. 2). An articulation occurs some distance below the tip, as in Nothria tenuisetis.
These four sets of bristles point ventrally in the specimen (which has been preserved in
situ, that is to say, within its habitation), and are probably of service to it in its various
movements near the mouth of its tube.

The succeeding region of the body commences at the fifth foot, and is characterised
by the elongation of the dorsal cirrus, and the conversion of the ventral into a flattened
glandular scute. The first scute is less than the others, but they rapidly increase in
size, so that between the fourth and the tenth they attain their maximum, and again
somewhat diminish posteriorly. They are most conspicuous in front of the fortieth foot,
though they continue to the end of the fragment (beyond the seventieth foot).

At the tenth foot (PI. XLI. fig. 8) the dorsal cirrus forms a long subulate process
with a constriction at the base, which is supported internally by a tuft of simple bristles.
Just above the enlargement at the base is a deposit of pigment, which becomes more
distinct in the succeeding feet. The setigerous process has two groups of bristles, an
upper longer and an inferior shorter series. Both conform to the same type, viz., bristles
with stout shafts and tapering extremities, and furnished with boldly striated wings, the
tips of the inferior, however, being much shorter than the superior. The branchial process
appears at the seventeenth foot, springing from the constricted part at the base of the

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

325

dorsal cirrus, and being nearly as long as the latter at the twentieth foot.- The two sets
of bristles are by and by separated by a more decided interval, in which are several
strong spines with curved blunt tips, some having a secondary distal process, thus fore-
shadowing the bifid hooks of the succeeding region. The delicate brush-shaped bristles
(PI. XXVIa. fig. 3) are also present, and as a rule the dilated region at the tip is
oblique. The obliquity would not seem to result from, position, since no other condition
is observable. The upper fringes in all the specimens, moreover, are longer and more
slender than the lower.

The thirtieth foot shows a branchial process of two divisions, and the dorsal cirrus is
very attenuate. Both organs are supported by a common base, which apparently
divides to form them. The setigerous lobe bears the winged dorsal bristles, and
the brush-shaped forms, but the ventral are not visible, their places being supplied by
the large hooked spines. At the fortieth foot the branchia has four lateral branches, and
it is thicker at the base than the dorsal cirrus. The bifid winged hooks project beyond
the setigerous process interiorly ; and the posterior lamella has now diminished to a
papilla, which appears just below the dorsal bristles. The dorsal cirrus now appears as
an appendage of the considerably larger branchia.

At the fiftieth foot (PI. XLI. fig. 9) the dorsal cirrus can hardly be differentiated
externally from the branchial organ, though the presence of the long delicate internal
bristles, which seem to pass almost to the tip, is diagnostic of the cirrus, and the finely
pinnate blood-channels of the branchia. The foregoing and the posterior feet have
three stout spines with somewhat pointed tips, besides the bifid hooks, which are much
shorter than the former.

Two long winged hooks (PI. XXVIa. fig. 4) now project clearly beyond the setiger-
ous process, and the posterior lamella is invisible. The hooks show a short dorsal and a
longer (main) ventral process, and the wing or guard at the tip is truncate, as if from
friction. The sixtieth and seventieth feet are similar to the foregoing, each branchia
having five or six divisions, while the dorsal cirrus is attached like an appendage to the
base. The presence of the long simple bristles in the latter may be of some service in
preventing the too ready collapse of the branchise in the tube. The branchiae are con-
siderably longer than the cirri. The setigerous region of the foot is much less prominent,
and the distinction between it and the scute beneath obscure.

The branchiae throughout are the seat of a commensalistic Loxosoma (PI. XLI.
figs, 9, 10), and some of them show a distinct elevation at the point of attachment of the
Polyzoon. A few specimens of the Loxosoma also occur on the dorsal cirri and feet,
but the majority are situated on, the respiratory organs proper.

The intestinal pellets are for the most part composed of tightly rolled whitish fibrous
tissue, with here and there a few sand-grains, sponge-spicules, and other debris.

The tube (PI. XLI. fig. 4) produced by this species is one of the most remarkable.

326

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

It is about 50 mm. in length, but being bent in the form of a shepherd’s crook, its
tunnel is much longer. The diameter is about 6 mm. It is firm and rounded, coated
externally with greyish sandy mud, and internally liy a tough whitish secretion. The
ventral curve of the tube is comparatively smooth externally, but the rest of the surface,
and especially the posterior curve, is furnished with a series of long, slightly bent elastic
spines, in length three or four times the diameter of the tube, or about 25 mm. These
stiff elastic spines (PI. XLI. figs. 5, 6) are composed of layer upon layer of a hyaline
secretion, probably the same forming the lining of the tube, a well-marked central cavity,
moreover, giving the process a resemblance to a large s]Donge-spicule.

The central region, indeed, appears to be plaited or folded in some parts towards the
tip, the distal region being veined like a piece of finely marked pitch-pine. It is filled
with an opaque mass of granules towards the base, which is greatly enlarged at the
point of attachment to the tube, and is there coated by the sandy rnucl of the general
investment. When a spine is torn out a deep pit remains in the wall of the tube, for the
bulbous base of the spine forms a hard solid mass. In their complete state the tips of
the spines are acutely pointed.

An examination of the sections of the body-wall of Nothria willemoesii (PI. XXXVa.
fig. 1) shows that the comparative size and disposition of the great longitudinal muscles
is a feature of some value, and not altagether dependent on the degree of distention of
the perivisceral chamber. In proportion to its size the body is sujDplied with powerful
muscles. The dorsal longitudinal are massive and characteristically reniform, the
internal hilum being occupied by a large blood-vessel. The ventral are ovoid, and two
or three fasciculi of vertical fibres branch from their upper margins obliquely downward
and inward. The nerve-area is well marked, and the cords attain considerable size. Their
investment lies on the circular coat, and the powerful vertical muscles from the middle
line of the dorsal wall bound them at each side. A neural canal occurs rather below
the middle of the united cords. The vertical fibres pass from the mid-dorsal region
between the longitudinal muscles, support the wall of the intestine on each side, and are
attached ventrally as before mentioned. The conspicuous strength of thesebands must exer-
cise an important influence on the canal. Fibres of attachment, moreover, occur between
their inner surface and the digestive tract. Other vertical fibres proceed from the dorsal
wall outside each longitudinal muscle, and are directed slightly inward inferiorly, so as to
send fasciculi into the ventral longitudinal. The circular muscular layer is equally developed
dorsallyand ventrally, and the narrow hypoderm is densely granular dorsally, and thickened
in the median line ventrally. A cavity dorsally at the base of each foot contains the
large glandular mass, probably connected with the special function of tube-secretion.

A fragment of the tube of this species occurs in the British Museum, from the collec-
tion made by H.M.S. “Alert,”Mat. 34° 11' N., long. 136° 33' E.; depth, 71 fathoms.

1 I may here hear testimony to the extent and value of the Annelida collectedly the “ Alert.”

REPOET 0^^ THE ANNELIDA.

327

Moreover, a large empty curved tube (of unknown relations) from the same series is
protected by the spines of Echinoderms in a similar manner to tlie foregoing. It came
from Port Darwin, at a depth of 7 to 12 fathoms.

Nothria ehlersi} n. sp. (PL XLII. figs. 1-3 ; PI. XXVIa. figs. 5-7 ; PL XXXVa. fig. 2).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 298 (off the South American coast, a little south of
Valparaiso), November 17, 1875 ; lat. 34° 7' S., long. 73° 56' W. ; depth, 2225 fathoms;
bottom temperature 35°'6, surface temperature 59°‘0 ; sea-bottom, blue mud. Also
at Station 299, December 14, 1875 ; lat. 33° 31' S., long. 74° 43' W.; depth, 2160
fathoms ; bottom temperature, 35°‘2 ; surface temperature, 62°'0 ; sea bottom, blue mud.

A form of great length, but from the fact that the specimens have been preserved
in situ in their tough elongated tubes without the frequent changes of spirit necessary

Fig. 81. — Maxillae and dental plates of Nothria ehlersi, n. sp.; x 24 diameters.

Fig. 82. — Spathulate posterior region of another specimen, showing the variahility of the thinner marginal region ;
X 24 diameters.

Fig. 83. — Mandibles of the same species, from the ventral aspect ; x 24 diameters.

in such a case, they are imperfectly represented posteriorly. One example measures
170 mm. in length, with a diameter of 2 ’5 mm. anteriorly, and this is probably the
average size.

The head is characterised by having a shorter median than lateral tentacles, whereas
in the former species the reverse is the case. In the present form the short median

1 Named in honour of Prof. Ehlers of Gottingen.

328

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLE^^GEE.

tentacle is flanked by two long lateral tentacles. The two inferior (or external) lateral
tentacles are stouter and generally slightly longer than the median, though in one
specimen the organ of one side is the longest process of the kind on the head. There
would, indeed, apj)ear to be considerable variety in regard to the cephahc processes.
One specimen shows short tentacles throughout, with the exception of the long inferior
lateral just mentioned. Another presents a bifid median tentacle, the ringed base
splitting into a larger and a smaller division at the summit ; three rings, moreover, being-
apparent at the commencement of the former, and one on the latter. It would seem
that when injury occurs to several of the tentacles, those remaining (especially the
inferior or external lateral) are especially elongated and enlarged. Two short and l^luntly
conical frontal tentacles occur anteriorly. The lateral palpi are prominent and rounded.

The buccal segment has dorsally two rather short tentacular cirri, the ti]3s of which
reach, in those best developed, the bases of the cephalic tentacles. Moreover, in one
example, the left side has two instead of one, both, however, being smaller than the
right cirrus. The pair arise close together, apparentl}^ from a common base.

The dental ajDparatus (Fig. 81) is dull brownish, with a dark band in front of and
between the posterior appendages. The maxillae are almost in the same plane with
the latter, and are characterised by their shortness, the great breadth of the posterior
region, and the strength of the short and strongly curved fangs anteriorly. The posterior
appendages are constricted at the base (next the maxillae), and have a more or less
dilated margin, which is sometimes notched. The variability of the thinner marginal region
(Fig. 82) seems to be a common feature, the firmer basal median part being triangular.
The left great dental plate agrees with the preceding in the absence of the long anterior
fang, and has nine or ten teeth ; the right possesses ten. The left lateral paired
plate shows six and the unpaired ten ; the right has nine teeth. A single and somewhat
quadrate accessory plate occurs on each side, the inner edge rising as usual into a tooth.
The mandibles (Fig. 83) show an irregularly denticulated anterior or cutting edge, the
distal portion being separated from the basal by a transverse line and a prominent
external margin. The latter condition, so often seen, may be connected with the repro-
duction of the tip. The mandibles are ankylosed at the dental junction, and a slightly
marked pigment-line occurs along the margin of the crescent. Two blackish stripes
occur interiorly, one on each side of the dental symphysis.

The first region of the body consists of three segments, each having a thickish dorsal
cirrus, constricted at the base, and a ventral eirrus, only a little shorter and of similar
form. The setigerous lobe has a short, conical, posterior process. These feet bear
superiorly a few simple, tapering bristles, and interiorly a jointed bifid series
(PI. XXVIa. fig. 5) with guards at the tips.' The distal process is large and blunt,
the inferior shorter and more acute. The articulation occupies the usual position, but is
less differentiated, perhaps, than in the previous species.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

329

The fourth foot is characterised by the conversion of the ventral cirrus into a scute
or flattened disk, and the latter occurs on the other segments, apparently to the posterior
end, though the scutes are less glandular and opaque posteriorly. At the tenth foot the
dorsal cirrus is short and almost lanceolate from the great expansion at the base, a
feature very diagnostic when contrasted with Nothria ivillemoesii. There is only a trace
of the posterior lamella of the setigerous region. The upper bristles of the latter lobe
are long and finely tapered at the tip.

The branchise commence on the seventeenth foot, either as a simple process, or as
one with a bifid tip. At the twentieth foot the branchia is still bifid, and from the first
is much longer than the dorsal cirrus which is attached to its base, so that the cirrus
resembles a process of the main branchial stem, especially as a large blood-vessel enters
its substance. The dorsal bristles proceed only a short distance into the cirrus. The
main branchial pillar at the thirtieth foot splits into three long terminal divisions and a
shorter process, and thus diverges quite from the lateral branching of the organ in
Nothria willemoesii. The upper bristles of the setigerous process are very long and
much tapered, with a slight curve at the tip. At the fortieth foot there are still three
branchial divisions and a small fourth, but all are shorter. At the fiftieth foot the
branchial process is simple, and, moreover, it is shorter than the dorsal cirrus. The
comparatively greater length of the bristles than those in Nothria willemoesii is evident.
The branchia is much less at the sixtieth foot, and disappears altogether before the seven-
tieth is reached. From the tenth foot backward the dorsal cirrus diminishes in bulk but
increases in length. In regard to the structure of the bristles in the upper series of the
setigerous lobe, it is apparent that they are larger and more finely tapered than in the
previous species, and much more so than in Nothria conchylega. The tips have a narrow
wing on each side. A curved tapering appendix occurs on the extremities of one or two
of the spines in the twentieth foot.

The long posterior hooks (PL XXVIa. fig. 6) have a smaller and more erect distal
process than in Nothria willemoesii, and the large prong is more acute. These hooks
become much more slender toward the posterior end of the animal, but they retain for
the most part their proportions, except that the distance between the bifid tip and the
striated region is greater, showing that considerable elongation has occurred.

The brush-shaped bristles (PI. XXVIa. fig. 7) have rather narrow elongated tips and
fimbriae. They differ, therefore, from those of the previous species, just as the long-
simple bristles do.

The tubes are of great length, viz., upwards of 500 mm., with a diameter ">f 5 or 6
mm. They are for the most part rounded and firm, composed externally of dark greyish
mud, only slightly coherent, and internally of a tough whitish secretion with a glistening
surface. One end is somewhat bulbous and almost closed. So far as the specimens show
there is no special structure at the open end. On the whole such tubes are much more

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. • — 1885.) LI 42

330

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

fragile than those of the Sabellidse, though they closely approach them in external
ap]3earance.

The body- wall in this form (PI. XXX Va. fig. 2) affords a contrast with that in
Nothria willemoesii, since the great muscles do not cover so large an area. The ventral
longitudinal muscles are considerably larger than the dorsal, and form elongate masses
with the inner edge somewhat more pointed than the outer, and separated by a wide
median interval. The dorsal longitudinal muscles are lobate externally and pointed
internally, and they are also separated by a wide median interval. The vertical fibres
arising in the latter decussate in the middle line, and then pass downward by the side of
the alimentary canal to the ventral hypoderm. These fibres are not so cons|)icuous as in
Nothria willemoesii, and they apparently run into the circular coat interiorly. At
intervals also a pair of divergent muscular bands leave the median line of the alimentary
canal and arch over the nerve-area, running into the circular coat with the former.
These fibres are apparently diminished in length in the intervals between the ganglia,
and elongated over the latter. Indications of a neural canal occur inferiorly. The
alimentary tract in section presents a richly glandular aspect internally, and it seems
less prone to form the rigid frills usually observed. The cuticle is thickest on the
ventral surface over the region embraced by the ventral muscles and nerve-area. It
becomes thinner at the outer border of the muscles, and again somewhat increases in
thickness over the dorsal arch. The hypoderm is comparatively thin, except over the
glandular region between the bristles and the outer edge of the ventral longitudinal muscles,
where it forms a dense layer. The great glandular mass in this region seems to be con-
nected with the secretion of the tubes. It is separated from the thick investment of hypo-
derm by the circular muscular coat, which is of moderate bulk. The outer vertical
muscles, which in the former species pierce the longitudinal ventral, are less developed.

Nothria armandi,^ n. sp. (PL XLI. figs. 11-13 ; PL XXVIa. figs, 8-10).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 157 (about midway between Kerguelen and Melbourne),
March 3, 1874; lat. 53° 55' S., long. 108° 35' E.; depth, 1950 fathoms; bottom tempera-
ture 32°T, surface temperature 37°'2 ; sea-bottom. Diatom ooze.

A fragment of the anterior region, about 70 mm. in length and barely 2 mm. in breadth.

The head, like the rest of its cougeners from the deep sea, is devoid of eyes. The
median tentacle is absent. The two lateral have a similar proportional length to those
of Nothria ehlersi. The two inferior tentacles, again, are somewhat shorter and thicker
than in the latter form. The antennse (frontal tentacles) are also somewhat shorter and
less conical. The tentacular cirri offer no peculiarity.

1 Named in lionour of M. Armand de Qnatrefages.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

331

The dental apparatus (Fig. 84) is peculiar in the great proportional length of the
posterior appendages, the region occupied by the latter being only a little shorter than
the maxillae. In this respect, therefore, the apparatus diverges from that in Nothria
ehlersi. The colour is also pale, a blackish pigment-line occurring between the maxillae
and the appendages, and a dark band forming a border to.
the latter on each side posteriorly. The various parts are
also comparatively soft, and therefore less brittle ; but this
feature is perhaps of slight moment until the correct physio-
logy of the parts is made out. The proportions of the
maxiUae are similar to those of Nothria ehlersi. The anterior
fang is finely pointed (from freshness X) and much curved.

The posterior appendages have a well-marked cylindrical
region next the maxillae, and an expanded and smoothly
rounded, lamellar region, with a deep median notch distally
(posteriorly). The left great dental plate has ten teeth,
counting the inferior prominence, the right ten. The left
lateral paired plate shows six or seven, the unpaired nine.

The right lateral presents about seven. The mandibles are as
soft as the other parts of the apparatus, the incisive edge being
bulbous, and the semicircle on the ventral surface forming
a soft apron from one side to the other. The transverse
line running outward into the projecting edge at each side
is as distinct as in the densest specimen ; and the two dorsal
pigment-bands on each side of the symphysis are boldly defined.

The first region of the body, like that in Nothria ehlersi, consists of three segments.
These closely approach the latter in form, though certain minor differences are apparent.
The jointed bristles have the distal process less acute and more bulbous than in the
former species, and the secondary or inferior process is smaller (PL XXVIa. fig. 8). It
is remarkable to notice how closely these forms approach each other, and yet how per-
vading the distinctions are.

After the fourth foot the ventral cirrus forms a scute. In comparing the anterior
feet of this and the former species [Nothria ehlersi) it is found that the dorsal cirrus in
this is much less dilated at the base, and therefore less broadly lanceolate, while its inner
or dorsal margin is somewhat crenate.

A branchia appears on the sixteenth foot (on one side) as a bifid process of consider-
able length. At the twentieth foot the bifid branchiae are about twice the length of the
dorsal cirrus, which, as in the former species, is appended to the common base. The
branchiae are decidedly longer than in Nothria ehlersi, in which they are only about a
third longer than the dorsal cirri. At the thirtieth foot the branchia has only two

Pig. 84. — Maxill® and dental plates of
Nothria arrtmndi, n. sp., from the
dorsal aspect ; x 24 diameters.

332

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEK.

divisions, the inner being shorter than that between it and the cirrus. It thus quite
differs from Nothria ehlersi, which has three branchial divisions in this foot. Moreover,
both dorsal cirri and branchiae are more slender than in the species just mentioned.
A single branchial process exists on the fortieth foot, and it is about the same length as
the dorsal cirrus, whereas in Nothria ehlersi the branchia has three divisions on the
same foot. A small branchial lobule occurs at the base of the dorsal cirrus of the
fiftieth foot, but it disappears before the sixtieth foot is reached. In this species,
therefore, the branchiae are somewhat more feebly developed than in its congener, to
which, however, it is closely allied.

There is no very evident distinction between the dorsal bristles of the two species.
Both are elongate, with finely tapered tips and narrow wings. The brush-shaped bristles
(PI. XXVIa. fig. 9) also closely resemble those of the preceding species.

The long hooks (PI. XXVIa. fig. 10) agree with those of Nothria ehlersi in most
details, though they are shorter and broader. There is less space between the tip and
the commencement of the shaded region, and the distal prong is less acute.

The tube formed by this species is of a light greyish colour, and almost entirely com-
posed of Diatoms and Radiolarians. It is friable, and contrasts strongly with a large tube
of a Sahella from the same Station, for the latter is remarkably tough, probably from the
great development of the inner lining of chitinous secretion, though the external greyish
coating is of the same microscopic structure.

In section the cuticle is of considerable thickness, both dorsally and ventrally.
Over the thick hypoderm of the lateral regions, however, it is thinner. With the
exception of the lateral increase just noted the hypoderm is feebly developed. The
eircular muscular coat- is also somewhat thin. Both dorsal and ventral longitudinal
muscles are large, as also are the vertical muscles by the side of the alimentary canal.
Some oblique muscles proceed from the outer borders of the dorsal longitudinal, and with
the inferior oblique join the circular coat at the ventral surface. The arch from the
alimentary canal encloses the nerve-area, which is bounded externally by the circular
coat. The glandular region is close to the outer border of the dorsal longitudinal
muscle, and thus in many sections it appears above the bases of the spines and bristles.
The thickened hypoderm over this region is thus much higher than in Nothria ehlersi,
the glandular tissue of which generally presents itself below the bristles.

Nothria quadricuspis (M. Sars).

Onuphis quadricuspis, M. Sars ; G. O. Sars, Bidrag Kundsk. Cliristianiafjordens Fauna, Bd.
iii. p. 16, Tab. xv. figs. 7-19.

Habitat. — Dredged by the “Knight Errant,” Station 6, August 11, 1880; lat.
59° 37' N., long. 7° 19' W.; 530 fathoms; bottom temperature 46°‘5, surface tem-
perature 57°‘0 ; sea-bottom, grey mud.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

333

A minute form about 1 mm. in diameter, in which the median is considerably shorter
than the adjoining tentacles. The other processes (including the tentacular cirri) are
absent. No eyes are present.

The maxillae (Fig. 85) are much curved, and there is a marked constriction of the
posterior processes immediately behind the point of junction. The processes are pointed
posteriorly and the tip of each is dark brown, while a bar of brown pigment also exists
behind the maxillae. The left great dental plate has six teeth, the right eight. The
left lateral paired plate has six, the unpaired six. The right lateral shows seven. The
mandibles (Fig. 86) have curved shafts, and, the cutting edge presents a denticulation or

Fig. 85. — Maxillae and dental plates of Nothria quadricuspis (M. Sars) ; x 55 diameters.

Pig. 86. — Mandibles of the same species from the ventral surface ; x 55 diameters.

two, somewhat symmetrically arranged. The entire apparatus is somewhat soft. The
dental apparatus was not examined minutely by Sars.

The body has the usual structure, and the branchiae commence as simple processes on the
ninth foot, in which, as in other respects, it agrees with a specimen dredged by the Eev. Dr.
A. Merle Norman off Bergen, Norway, and with the descriptions and figures of M. Sars, as
given from his unpublished manuscripts by G. 0. Sars. The specimen is evidently a
young form, and only about twenty-five segments are present. The branchiae therefore
have not attained full development. The highest number of divisions is four, whereas
five are present in the Norwegian example.

334

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The tube of this form is composed of a delicate hyaline secretion coated with greyish
muddy sand, and it is rather friable. Sars found his specimens at a depth of 120
fathoms, but the present example goes considerably deeper.

Nothriaminuta, n. sp. (PI. XL. fig. 4 ; PI. XXIa. figs. 17, 18).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 169 (off East Cape, North Island, New Zealand), July
10, 1874; lat. 37° 34' S., long. 179° 22' E. ; depth, 700 fathoms; bottom temperature
40° ‘0, surface temperature 58°'2 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

A minute species measuring about 20 mm. in length and a little more than half a
millimetre in breadth.

The median tentacle is comparatively short, only a little longer than the external

lateral. The pair next the median are of considerable
length. The palpi are thick and blunt, almost
globular. No eyes are present.

The dental apparatus (Fig. 87) is comparatively
pale. The maxillae are broad posteriorly, strongly
curved anteriorly. The left great dental plate differs
from the ordinary structure in Hyalinoecia, in possess-
ing very large anterior teeth. It is true the first does
not reach the proportions in such as Nothria pycno-
hranchiata and allies, but it sufficiently diverges from
any ordinary Hyalinoecia. There are only six teeth
in this plate, the first three being very large, the
second and third occupying about a third of the total
length of the plate. The right great dental plate
shows eight teeth, but the size of the anterior teeth is
not disproportionate, as on the other side. The left
lateral paired plate is crushed, the unpaired has about
eight teeth. The right lateral plate presents six or
seven teeth. Unfortunately the mandibles also are
crushcd, and all that can be said is that a dark pigment-
stripe occurs on each side of the symphysis.

The dorsal cirri anteriorly are comparatively short and thick. No branchise are
visible.

The first foot quite differs in develojdment from Hyalinoecia tuhicola, and bears
a series of much curved bristles (PI. XXIa. fig. 17) which have no articulations.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

335

Generally the anterior feet are characterised by the presence of two long hooks, which
at the tenth have attained considerable development, though the tip is smaller than in
the posterior forms. The upper hook in each foot has, indeed, a less developed crown
than the inferior (PI. XXIa. fig. 18). They approach in most respects those of Kinherg’s
Onuphis setosa. The winged bristles of the Challenger form, however, are short and
comparatively feeble. The brush-shaped bristles generally show an oblique tip, probably
due in some cases to position. The species differs from Kinberg’s form [Onuphis setosa)
in the absence of branchiae.

No styles are attached to the tail, having probably been lost, and there is no tul)e
in connection with it. ^

In sections of the body- wall the structure is nearly typical. The cuticle is compara-
tively thick, except over the great hypodermic lateral pads in the glandular region.
The nerve-cords are outlined in the area, and the ganglia are large. A minute neural
canal appears in the usual position interiorly.

The general aspect of the tentacles and anterior region, the structure of the dental
apparatus and other points, show a closer resemblance to Nothria than to Hyalincecia.

Hyalinoecia, Malmgren.

Hyalincecia tubicola, 0. F. Muller.

Habitat. — Small specimens were dredged at Station 75 (off Fayal, Azores), July 2,
1873; lat. 38° 38' N., long. 28° 28' 30" W.; depth, 50 to 90 fathoms; surface tem-
perature, 70°; sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

Another small specimen, trawled at Station 235 (a little south of Japan), June 4,
1875 ; lat. 34° 7' N., long. 138° O'E. ; depth, 565 fathoms; bottom temperature 38°J,
surface temperature 73° ’0 ; sea-bottom, green mud.

This form has a very wide range.

In the examples from the first locality the branchiae commence on the twenty-second
foot, and eyes are present. The dental armature is typical. Thus the left great dental
plate has thirteen, the right twelve teeth ; the left lateral paired plate seven or eight,
left unpaired fourteen, and right lateral eight or nine teeth. The mandibles as usual
have the outer dental edge directed forward. The muscular band passing trausversely
between the feet and touching the summit of the nerve-cord is well marked.

The example from the second locality has been dried, but so far as can be made
out it corresponds with the typical form. The left great dental plate has thirteen teeth,
the right the same number ; left paired plate ten, left unpaired twelve, right lateral twelve.

336

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The posterior processes of the maxillge are short and broad, the two almost forming a
semicircle. The anatomy of the body -wall agrees with that in the ordinary form.

Hyalinoecia tuhicola, 0. F. Muller, var. (PI. XL. fig. 1).

Habitat. — Trawled in great numbers at Station 320 (off the coast of Buenos Ayres,
South America, to the south of the estuary of the Eio de la Plata), February 14,
1876; lat. 37° 17' S., long. 53° 52' W.; depth, 600 fathoms; bottom temperature
37° ‘2, surface temperature 6 7° ‘5 ; sea-bottom, green sand. It is stated on the label that
the specimens came from hard ground, but this is unusual.

Fig. 88.— Maxillae and dental plates of Hyalinoecia tuhicola, 0. F. Muller, var. ; x 15 diameters.
Fig. 89. — Mandibles of the same ; x 15 diameters.

This large Annelid inhabits a tube about the size of a goose-quill, but much resembles
the ordinary form in appearance, both in regard to animal and tube. The latter
measures from 200 to 220 mm. in length, with a diameter at the wide end of 8 mm.,
and at the narrow extremity of 4 mm.

The head agrees with that of the typical form except in size and in the variable
proportions of the organs. The eyes are absent. The dental armature (Figs. 88, 89)
differs from the description of Elders in having fourteen teeth on the right great dental
plate and, seventeen on the left, being one more on each side, but the difference in size is
striking. Moreover, the number of teeth is variable, and occasionally it corresponds with
that in the typical examples.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

337

The branchise in the British examples of Hyalincecia tiibicola commence on the
twenty-fourth or twenty-fifth foot, while in this variety they begin on the twenty-
fifth or twenty-sixth, occasionally on the twenty-seventh. The organs are proportionally
larger, but of similar structure.

The bristles of the first foot are simple and smooth. The wide end of the tube
has thin walls. At the narrow end are several diaj^hragms which are fixed to the
sides.

In the anterior region the general aspect in transverse section corresponds with that
in Hyalincecia tubicda, though there are certain minor distinctions which, however, may
be due to the greater size and development of all the parts. Thus the nerve-area,
instead of resting for the most part freely on the commissure of the oblique muscles, is
enveloped by a dense series of fibres, chiefly vertical and superior oblique, but also
of fibres from the inferior border of the alimentary canal, which enclose a large
blood-vessel. As in most large forms the nerve-area is proportionally smaller and more
flattened than in the British species (the size of which is much less), but the neural canal
occupies a similar position. The circular muscular coat, the hypoderm, and the cuticle
have about the same bulk. A large blood-vessel occupies the intermuscular area dorsally,
where two are conspicuous in the common form, and the great vascularity of the muscular
and other tissues within the hypoderm is evident. Posteriorly the chief changes consist
in the flattening of both dorsal and ventral muscles in accordance with the shape of the
body, and the appearance of the reproductive elements at the bases of the feet. The
nerve-area is much widened, but the cords are flattened.

Hyalincecia tuhicola, 0. F. Muller, var. longihranchiata.

Habitat. — This variety was trawled at Station 167 (near Cape Farewell, southern
island of New Zealand), June 24, 1874; lat. 39° 32' S., long. 171° 48' E.; depth, 150
fathoms; surface temperature, 58°‘5 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

It presents well-marked eyes, which have a whitish opacity in the centre. The
branchiae are proportionally longer than in the normal form, a feature which may have
some relation to its surroundings. They commence on the twenty-sixth foot.

The left great dental plate shows from fifteen to eighteen teeth, the right from
eleven to fourteen ; seven denticulations are visible in the left lateral paired plate,
besides some indistinct crenations posteriorly. The unpaired plate has fifteen teeth.
The right lateral paired plate presents nine evident and some indistinct teeth. The
mandibles have broad shafts and pointed dental processes directed obliquely outward.
They are not ankylosed. The right mandible is as usual somewhat broader than
the left.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.)

LI 43

338

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The tubes are proportionally less tapered, rougher in their structure, and in addition
have numerous adventitious growths, e.g., Mollusca, Molluscoida, and Serpulce.

This variety for the most part corresponds in transverse section with the typical form,
the two dorsal blood-vessels, the nerve-area, and other parts being well marked, the latter
(nerve-area) is, however, less free than in Hyalincecia tubicola, for the upper oblique and
vertical fibres shut in the region at intervals. The great glandular organ at the outer
border of the ventral longitudinal muscles is largely developed.

Grube ^ describes a form [Hyalincecia platyhrancliis) from the Cape Verde Islands,

in which the flattened branchiae commence on the eighteenth
segment. It seems to be closely allied to the foregoing.

A still more marked variety was dredged on the 12th
February 1873, off Gomera, Canary Islands, in 600 fathoms.

In this the long branchiae commence on the twentieth
foot (instead of the twenty-fourth in the typical form), and
both they and the dorsal cirri are much longer than those of the
previous examples.

The maxillae (Fig. 90) are powerful and slightly hooked.
The left great dental plate shows fourteen teeth, the right
twelve ; the left lateral paired plate had several broken teeth,
but apparently from six to nine ; unpaired left twelve ; right
lateral ten distinct and several crenations. A quadrangular
accessory plate with a conical internal tooth. The mandibles

Fig. 90. — Left maxilla of Hyalincecia

Micoia o. F. M., var. longi- pointed extemally, and are separate.

oranchiata ; enlarged. ^ ■*-

No eyes are present. The tips of the posterior hooks have
thicker and stronger forks than in. the typical form.

The vertical and oblique muscles in the example from Gomera are less conspicuous,
otherwise the structure is typical, though the branches of the blood-vessels are
numerous.

The Hyalincecia camiguina of Grube,^ from the Philippines, is another form which
approaches the typical one closely, differing chiefly in the origin of the branchiae and the
serrations of the dental plates.

1 Monatsher. d. k, preuss. Akad. d. TViss. Berlin, 1877, p. 527 ; and Jahrh. schles. Gesellsch., June 1877, p. 12 (sep.
Abd.).

2 Annelidenfauna d. Philippinen, p. 142, Taf. x. fig. 1.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

839

Hyalincecia tubicola, 0. F. MiiJler, var. papuensU.

Habitat. — This variety was dredged at Station 186 (Torres Strait), September 8, 1874;
lat. 10° 30' S., long. 142° 18' E. ; depth, 8 fathoms;
sea-bottom, coral mud.

The dorsal cirri as well as the branchiae are short.

The latter commence on the twenty-fifth foot. The pro-
portions of the feet also differ. Thus the dorsal cirrus
of the tenth foot has a larger base, and is shorter than
in the typical form, and the boss or knob of the
setigerous region is round. The bristles are similar,
but the posterior hooks in var. papuensis have shorter
and thicker forks.

The left great dental plate (Fig. 91) has eleven
teeth, the right nine ; left lateral paired plate six and
a few crenations ; unpaired ten. The right lateral
has about nine and a few crenations at the inner end.

The mandibles are not ankylosed.

In minute anatomy this agrees with the typical

, . ^ • j' Fig. 91.— Maxillre and dental jilates of Hyalincecia

examples, the great transverse muscle passing trom tubicoia,o.Y. papuensis; x24dia-

, . . . meters.

Side to side over the nerve-area being conspicuous.

This approaches the HyalincEcia brevicirris of Grube^ from Eastern Australia, though
no eyes are present, and the serrations of the dental plates slightly diverge.

Hyalincecia benthaliana, n. sp. (PI. XL. fig. 3; PI. XXIa. figs. 15, 16).

Habitat. — A small specimen (dried) was trawled at Station 158 (a point con-
siderably south of Australia), March 7, 1874; lat. 50° 1' S., long. 123° 4' E. ; depth,
1800 fathoms; bottom temperature 33°'5, surface temperature 45°'0; sea-bottom,
Globigerina ooze.

Unfortunately its condition is such that little can be said about it further than that
its posterior hooks differ materially from those of Hyalincecia, tiihicola in having the
upper fang much less produced, and the angle between the two acute and narrow. A
specimen from one of the posterior feet is figured in PI. XXIa. fig. 15. It cpproaches
Kinberg’s Onuphis intermedia in regard to the shape of this process. No evidence of
branched branchiae, however, is noticeable. These organs are simple. The grejdsh-white
intestinal pellets are chiefly composed of Diatoms.

1 Monatsber. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. JFiss. Berlin, 1877, p. 527.

340

THE YOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

What appears to be the same form (PL XL. fig. 3) was trawled at Station 168
(a little west of the northern island of New Zealand), July 8, 1874; lat. 40° 28' S.,
long. 177° 43' E. ; dej)th, 1100 fathoms; bottom temperature 3 7° '2, surface tempera-
ture 57°‘2; sea-bottom, blue mud. It is a small species.

The head has a slender median tentacle which is almost a third longer than the
adjoining pair, the latter being likewise slender and tapered. The external pair, on the
other hand, are comparatively thick, short, and blunt, being only about a quarter the
length of the adjoining pair. The palpi in front are rounded and almost united, the
species differing in this respect from its allies ; indeed from the dorsal aspect a slight
notch alone indicates their separation, while on the ventral surface this region presents
even a more striking divergence from such a form as Hycdincecia tiibicola, in its great
antero-posterior length, its differentiation only by a median groove, the indistinctness
of the ]3alpi, and the absence of median antennse in front.

The minute size of the dental apparatus and the state of the specimen are inimical to
accurate description. The type seems to conform to that of Hyalincecia tubicola. A.
feature of interest is the occurrence of a conspicuous blackish band in the mandible on
each side of the symphysis and extending far backward. The same is seen in the
specimen from Station 158.

In the sections of the body- wall no transverse muscle is seen, but the small size of the
specimen renders such features less reliable. So far as could be observed, the muscles-
are siniilarj but they are less bulky.

No branchise are seen.

The first foot bears a series of long bristles (which, however, do not project much
beyond the soft tissues) with a bifid tip and wing. One from the margin of the dried
example is shown in PI. XXIa. fig. 16. In the smaller fresh specimens the bristles seem
somewhat larger and more slender, but with the same outline.

The feet had the usual structure, and the pair of long slender hooks quite agree with
that figured above (from the twentieth foot).

The tail is terminated by two slender styles.

The body of the animal is comparatively short, but the posterior end appears to have
I)een recently reproduced.

The tube is a semitransparent chitinous one of the ordinary shape.

J'he intestinal canal had a fragment of the jaw of one of the Eunicidse apparently like
Aracoda or Drilonereis.

Hyalincecia bilineata, Baird.

Hyalinoecia hilineata, Baird, Jouru. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. x. p. 358.

Habitat. — Dredged in the “Knight Errant,” Station 3, August 3 and 4, 1880; lat.
59° 12' N., long. 5° 57' W. ; depth, 53 fathoms (off the Island of North Kona).

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

34i

Family Goniadida:.

Only one or two representatives of this family have, as a rule, occurred in the
collections made during the various voyages. The only one procured in the Challenger
inhabited 10 fathoms’ water. None are mentioned by Schmarda. Kinberg in his
anelids of the “Eugenie ” describes five, under four genera, while Grube mentions but one
in the series from the “Gazelle,” and another in the Philippine collection.^ Ehlers
found Eone nordmanni at a depth of 725 fathoms from the “ Porcupine,” and Goniada
macidata a little deeper.

They range to the extreme north and far southward, as well as to the intermediate
warmer area.

Eone, Malmgren.

Eone trijida, n. sp. (PI. XLII. fig. 4 ; PI. XXIIa. figs. 8, 9).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 167a, Queen Charlotte Sound, Cook Strait, June 27,
1874; lat. 41° 4' S., long. 174° 19' E. ; depth, 10 fathoms; surface temperature, 51°'5;
sea-bottom, mud.

A small and incomplete specimen, about 12 mm. in length and less than 1 mm. in
breadth.

The body agrees in appearance with that of the ordinary form, the only noteworthy
difference being in the shape of the feet, which, especially behind the middle, are on the
whole shorter.

The teeth somewhat resemble those of Eone nordmanni, the maxillm presenting a
basal region with a central aperture and three or four prominent denticulations. The
smaller paragnathi have about four teeth on the free edge.

At the tenth foot the three processes are much shorter than in Eone nordmanni, and
the median or setigerous lobe is more evidently and symmetrically bifid. The bristles,
however, do not present any noteworthy difference. The three lobes of the foot in the
European form are long and nearly equal, but in the Challenger species the setigerous
lobe is much more bulky than either of the others (PI. XLII. fig. 4), and bifid. More-
over, the shafts and tips of the bristles are decidedly longer (PI. XXIIa. fig. 8).

At the fiftieth foot the differences are even more pronounced. Instead of the two
long lobes in each division of the foot in Eone nordmanni, the new form shows dorsally a
short lobe with a smaller process beneath. The setigerous lobe is blunt, the inferior

1 Annelidenfaima cl. Philippinen, p. 185.

342

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

angle alone slightly projecting. The bristles of this division (PI. XXIIa. fig. 9) resemble
those of the European species. The superior or setigerous lobe of the inferior division
differs from the latter in having three well-marked papillae at the tip, and, as also in front,
the tips of the bristles are perhaps more slender.

In transverse section this species agrees for the most part with the type observed in
Eone nordmanni, though certain characteristic differences are present. Thus there is a
marked median raphe dorsally, covered only by hypoderm and cuticle, while a very thick
layer of circular fibres spreads out on each side, as far as the bases of the feet. Moreover,
the dorsal longitudinal muscles have no fold externally as in the British species. The
nerve-area, however, is similar in position and relations, though it is proportionally larger
and less tapered superiorly.

There is no special objection to the view of Ehlers^ that the genus Eone, Malmgren,
should be merged in that of Goniada, Aud. and Ed., but it should be remembered that
the structure of the dorsal division of the foot, both in soft parts and bristles, shows a
decided difference, and the same may be said of the teeth. Further, Ehlers does uot
mention that between the body- walls of the common forms, Goniada macidata and Eone
nordmanni, there is this divergence, viz., that in the latter the dorsal longitudinal
muscles have a well-marked fold inferiorly, while in the former such is not the case.
Too much weight, however, need not be put on this feature, and the present example is
devoid of this fold. Wiren^ follows Ehlers in including Eone under Goniada.

Family Glycertd.®.

All the Glyceridae in the Challeuger collection occur at moderate depths, none going
beyond 470 fathoms. In the “Porcupine” Ehlers found several species at considerable
depths, for instance the ubiquitous Glycera capitata, QErsted, at the 630 fathoms’ line.
The number of species is six, four of which are new, and this compares fairly with
the results of other voyages. Thus Gfrube in his Annulata CErstediana gives three
new species, two in the collection made by the “ Gazelle,” and three in Semper ’s Philippine,
series. Kinberg again has three new species in the voyage of the “ Eugenie ” ; while
Schmarda describes no less than eight, but the majority of these were found between
tide-marks.

The discrimination of the Glyceridm in spirit is less easily accomplished than in most
forms, considerable care being necessary.

As a rule the intestinal canal is empty, a condition either arising from the great
muscularity of the animal, and its spasmodic contractions on immersion in spirit, or from
the brief sojourn of the food (sandy mud) in the tract.

’ Die Borotemviirmer, ii. p. 703.

^ Vega Exped., Bd. ii. p. 403.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

843

Glycera, Savigny.

Glycera tesselata, Grube (PI. XLII. fig. 5).

Habitat. — -Dredged at Station 75 (off" Fayal, iii the Azores), July 2, 1873; lat. •
38° 38' N., long. 28° 28' W., depth, 450 fathoms ; surface temperature 70°‘0 ; sea-bottom,
volcanic mud.

A specimen of medium size (about 48 mm. long and 6 mm. in breadth at its widest
part). It is incomplete posteriorly.

The snout has more than the thirteen rings mentioned by Ehlers, but he also
indicates doubts on this , point. Sixteen or seventeen rings appear to be present in this
form. In the toughness and aspect of the skin it approaches Glycera ca'pitata. No
eyes are visible.

A form very similar to the foregoing occurs at Station 142 (off the Cape of Good
Hope), December 18, 1873 ; lat. 35° 4' S., long. 18° 37' E.; depth, 150 fathoms; bottom-
temperature, 47°’0 ; sea-bottom, green. It agrees closely with the typical Glycera
tesselata, Grube, except in the presence of dusky yellowish pigment at the tips of the
feet, especially in front.

A curious feature in this example is the occurrence of numerous minute Nematoids
in little masses of epithelial debris in the extruded proboscis.

In the body-cavity of the s2Decimen from Fayal a membranous mass contained
numerous dark grains (2>robably cinders), sand particles, one or two Foraminifera and
sponge-spicules, and tufts of the bristles of a Glycera, which had escaped b}^ rupture
from the alimentary canal.

In a transverse section of the middle of the extruded proboscis of the same example,
. the regularity of the muscular bands is noteworthy. Beneath the densely jjapillose inner
surface is a series of fibres which have internally lozenge-shaped spaces between the
longitudinal bundles. The latter are rounded externally, flattened internally, and the cut
ends of the fasciculi have a somewhat radiate arrangement. Between the outer invest-
ment and the former coat is a strong circular layer. The posterior region of the pro-
boscis forms a quadripartite series of folds, which evidently have a thick cuticular covering.

The distribution of Glycera tesselata would appear to be wide, for it stretches from
the Shetland Islands to the Madeiras.

Glycera capitata, (Ersted.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 75 (off Fayal, Azores), July 2, 1873 ; lat. 38° 38' N.,
long. 28° 28' W.; depth, 450 fathoms; surface temperature, 70°‘0; sea-bottom, volcanic
mud.

344

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

A closely allied form comes from Station II. (off Setubal), January 13, 1873 ; lat.
38° 10' N., long. 9° 14' W.; depth, 470 fathoms; surface temperature, 57°'0 ; sea-bottom,
green mud. The distribution of this common form is very wide.

The first-mentioned is of average size, and the snout, which is of fair length, is marked
by a median longitudinal groove. The anterior feet have a somewhat large dorsal cirrus
with a globular extremity, and a small dorsal process of the foot proper, which does
not extend so far outward as the setig-erous lobe of the division. Beneath are the

O

somewhat large inferior setigerous lobe, and a long lanceolate process Avhich projects far
beyond the latter ; while ventrally the lower lobe has a broad point.

The simple superior bristles are very distinctly serrated along the edges. The
inferior compound bristles are characterised by a marked irregularity in size, the shafts of
the upper being about thrice the thickness of some of the others. The terminal pieces
of these are comparatively short and distinctly serrated. A similar proportion exists in
the lower group of the inferior bristles, except that the thickest are ventral instead of
dorsal. The same arrangement is observed in the British examples of the species.

Posteriorly all the processes of the body are elongated, but the bristles retain the
nharacters just described.

In the example from Station II. the structure of the foot is essentially similar, as is
also the disproportion in the size of the shafts of the bristles, but the dorsal simple
bristles and the tips of the inferior are very much longer.

In transverse section the small example from Station 75 presents cords more
distinctly separated than usual, and the ventral sulcus between the attachments of
the strong circular coat is broader than in the ordinary form. The papilla above the
foot is globular, and has a narrow pedicle. Eeproductive elements appear above the
bases of the feet.

The specimen procured off Setubal is so distended, apparently by the reproductive
products, that the structure of the body-wall is indistinct.

Glycera kerguelensis, n. sp. (PI. XXXVa. figs. 3, 4).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149h (off Christmas Harbour [?], Kerguelen), January
29, 1874; lat. 48° 45' S., long. 69° 14' E.; depth, 127 fathoms; surface temperature,
39° ‘8 ; sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

The specimen is about 45 mm. in length and 5 mm. in breadth at its widest part.

In external appearance this form very much resembles Glycera capitata, though
towards the tips of the posterior feet there is more brownish pigment.

The intestine contained a brownish mass consisting of bristles of Annelids, numerous
Diatoms, a few sponge-spicules, and sand-grains.

flEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

345

The body- wall of this example shows decided differences from the typical Glycera
capitata, and indeed it is evidently a distinct species. Thus the nerve-area (PI. XXXVa.
fig. 3), instead of reaching the inner border of the ventral longitudinal muscle, has a
thick layer of fibres on its upper (inner) border. Moreover, in the latter the cords
are more distinct. No neural canal is visible. The proboscis is typical in structure,
but the papillae (PI. XXXVa. fig. 4) are considerably longer and more slender than in
Glycera capitata.

Glycera amboinensis, n. sp. (PI. XLII. figs. 6, 7).

Habitat — Dredged in 15 fathoms, near Amboina.

A small specimen, about 33 mm. long and 3 mm. in breadth. It much resembles
the common British form, which is closely allied to Grube’s Glycera tesselata.

The general aspect and the snout very much resemble the latter, and the same may
be said of the extruded proboscis, though the conical papillae are larger than in the
British species, and the bases of the teeth diverge.

The structure of the feet anteriorly is also similar, and the dorsal cirrus has nearly
the same position. The feet, however, are imperfectly preserved, so that deductions on
this head must be correspondingly guarded. At the tenth foot there are two elongate
and somewhat lanceolate upper lobes, the superior having a dorsal curvature towards
the tip. Both are acutely pointed, as is also the shorter ventral lobe. The bristles
are decidedly longer than in the British form, and the tips of the inferior series more
slender and arcuate. Moreover, in the British species the posterior feet differ consider-
ably and possess branchise, whereas in this they apjDear to be very similar to the
anterior. . In both the serratures on the edge of the dorsal and the terminal piece of
the ventral bristles are more distinct in the posterior feet. The comparative length
of the bristles remains the same, that is, they are much longer in the present
species.

In transverse section the body-wall is so attenuated by distension of the pervisceral
cavity tiiat the muscular layers are imperfectly exhibited. The nerve-area is wide
and bilobed, and the disposition of the external circular coat diverges from that in
Glycera capitata. It seems to be less developed.

The Glycera decip)iens of Marenzeller from Southern Japan has a foot similar to the
foregoing, but it bears a large branchial process, and is, on the wdiole, somewhat shorter
and deeper, and the ventral cirrus differs in outline, so that even in a form devoid
of Ijranchise (an occasional occurrence) the distinction would be’ evident. It also
approaches Glycera tesselata, Grube. The latter author’s Glycera rutilans, from Ceylon,
seems to be an allied form, but the condition of the specimen in the British Museum

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 44

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

34f>

is sucli that it would be unsafe to say more. The foregoing forms and the Glycera
brevicirris of Grube all show certain resemblances.

Glycera sagittarice, n. sp. (PI. XLII. fig. 8 ; PI. XXIIa. fig. 10).

Habitat. — Dredged on September 29, 1874, olf Arrou Islands.

An elongated annelid, tapering much posteriorly, and measuring about 110 mm., with
a diameter of 5 mm. at the widest part, near the anterior third.

There is little in the contour of the head and body to discriminate the species. The
teeth, which are admirably concealed on retraction of the proboscis, have a long slender
process on one side of the base.

The feet are formed on a similar plan to those of the British species which so closely
resembles Glycera tesselata, but in addition to the difference in regard to the branchiae
(which are present in the Challenger specimen) there are other distinctive features. In
comparing the tenth foot of the two forms it is found that in the foreign example the
dorsal cirrus is at a greater distance above the foot, that the two long processes of the
foot are less bulbous towards the tip, and that the ventral lobe is proportionally broader.
The tips of the ventral bristles also appear to be larger. A little beyond the thirtieth a
branchial process springs from the upper and anterior part of the foot, and it continues
for a considerable distance, being at first short and thick, and then somewdiat elongate.

There is not much in the structure of either dorsal or ventral bristles to distinguish
them from the British form, except, as already noted, the somewhat longer terminal piece
of the ventral. Both the latter and the dorsal show indistinct serrations along the
margin. The tips of the ventral bristles of this and other Glyceridse seem to be triangular
in transverse section, that is, they have a keel posteriorly, and two serrated margins in
front. Moreover, from the formation of the bristle it is difficult to get a good lateral
view (so as to show the entire side), and in most views the double line indicates the
nature of the anterior edge. The tips of the upper ventral (PI. XXIIa. fig. 10) are longer
than those of the inferior series.

A dark brownish mass in the perivisceral cavity consisted of granules and numerous
slender hairs (bristles).

This species closely agrees with Glycera capitata in the structure of the body-
wall, though the nerve-area is less pointed superiorly, indeed, it forms beneath the
granular outer layer of the region a smoothly rounded arch with two small but distinct
neural canals superiorly. The papillae of the proboscis are slightly longer than in
Glycera capitata.

In the form of the foot this species resembles Grube’s Glycera saccihranchis} from
^ Anneliclenfauna d. Philippinen, p. 181, Tab. viii. fig. 10.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

347

the Philippines, but the branchial process is always simple, instead of being bifid or trifid.
The same remarks apply in the case of Grnbe’s Glycera submiea}

Glycera lamelliformis, n. sp. (PI. XLII. figs. 9, 10; PI. XXIIa. fig. 11).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 167a (Queen Charlotte Sound, Cook Strait, New
Zealand), June 27, 1874; lat. 41° 4' S., long. 174° 19' E.; depth, 10 fathoms; surface
temperature, 51°’5 ; sea-bottom, mud.

A fragment of the anterior part of a somewhat large species, and measuring about
70 mm. without the extruded proboscis, which is 30 mm. long. A smaller incomplete
example is also present.

The snout is characterised by its brevity, eight or nine rings only being visible. The
proboscis is covered with very fine papillae, which have a conical form. Besides these
uniform small papillae, larger ones are scattered amongst them all over the organ. A
slight duskiness occurs on the snout and anterior region, and the entire body is marked
by the usual minute folds and creases. A narrow median line runs along the dorsum,
and a broader one occupies the middle of the ventral surface.

The feet are characterised by having two long anterior and two shorter posterior
processes. At the tenth foot the large dorsal cirrus is situated a little above the base of the
organ. The upper anterior lobe is almost foliaceous in appearance, forming a large ovato-
lanceolate organ, acutely pointed at the tip, which is also bent upward. The next process,
only a little less prominent, has a similar shape, and the tip is bent downward. The two
posterior processes of the foot also have a tendency to be lamelliform, but project much
less than the foregoing. The ventral cirrus is broadly lanceolate. The foot increases in
length toward the twentieth, but again becomes comparatively short and broad toward
the thirtieth, the foliaceous condition of the lamellse, however, being well-marked. The
posterior processes are further proportionally larger. Toward the fiftieth, the foot is still
short and deep. A rounded process, moreover, appears between the dorsal cirrus and the
base of the foot, but the precise nature of this (unless it be branchial) is doubtful. It
increases in size toward the ninetieth, and continues throughout the specimen. In this
region the anterior and posterior processes of the feet are more nearly equal in length,
the anterior, however, being more distinctly foliaceous. At the posterior part of the
fragment, again, the foot has a process inferiorly, just behind the lamelliform ventral
cirrus, the base of the latter projecting beneath the margin of the foot.

The dorsal bristles have no special features other than that the minute serratures on
the anterior margin are very distinct. In some cases a splitting for a short distance
(probably from wear) takes place along the anterior edge, so that the latter appears boldly

1 Oj). cit., p. 184, Tab. viii. fig. 8.

348

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

spinous. The presence of the normal serratures along these adventitious processes, how-
ever, shows their real nature.

The inferior bristles have long, tapering, serrated tips, and a peculiar articulation with
the shaft (PL XXIIa. fig. 11), which presents a slight constriction, and then a curvature
below the extremity. In the ordinary position under examination (as in the figure), the
opacity at the base of the terminal whip is caused by its overlapping the long process
at the end of the shaft.

The small form accompanying the preceding, while, agreeing in general appearance,
differs in having branchiae, which are rather long, simple processes, commencing on the
thirty-second foot, and continuing to the sixtieth. The structure of the feet is otherwise
similar. The inferior bristles, however, differ slightly at the articulation between the
shaft and tip, but probably this is due to the age of the example.

The section of the body-wall of the large specimen presents certain resemblances to
Glycera capitata, the nerve-area in both passing from the hypoderm to the inner border
of the ventral longitudinal muscles. The oblique fibres bounding the inner border of the
latter decussate over its summit. The shape of the area above the transverse inferior
region, however, is more distinctly ovoid, and within the pale outer investment of the area
is a well-marked granular ring split into two divisions by a central streak. Two neural
(ianals exist superiorly. A feature very slightly indicated in Glycera capitata is here very
evident, viz., the demarcation of an inner division of the longitudinal ventral muscles on
each side of the nerve-area, by a triangular granular region on the internal border
opposite the commencement of the external circular coat. The latter is strongly
developed. The extruded proboscis agrees in structure with the British species just
mentioned, and the papillae are proportionally about the same size. The smaller example
does not show the internal division of the ventral longitudinal muscles so distinctly, but
otherwise is identical in structure.

A species of Glycera dredged at Station 174c (south of the Fiji Islands), August 3,
1874, seems to be very closely allied to the foregoing. The Station indicated is in lat.
19° 7' S., long. 178° 19' E.; depth, 610 fathoms; bottom temperature 39°'0, surface
temperature 78°‘0 ; sea-bottom, coral mud.

The specimen is both injured and incomplete. The total length (exclusive of the
exserted proboscis) is about 45 mm., with a breadth of 3'5 mm. across the feet at the
widest part anteriorly. Its condition is such that a minute description would mislead.
It appears, however, to be very near the foregoing, the chief distinctions being the
deeper yellowish hue of the bristles, the somewhat longer snout, and the earlier
commencement of the branchiae on the anterior segments. The papillae of the proboscis
are very similar.

In section this softened specimen differs from the former species [Glycera lamelli-
formis) in tlie more evident differentiation of the internal part of the ventral longitudinal

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

349

muscle on each side, and the increase of the muscular fibres over the nerve-area. The
latter by means of a dorsal process touches the inner surface, but on each side of this
pedicle the muscular fasciculi cover the arch. The example is softened, and therefore
the necessary conditions for accuracy are absent.

The Glycera mertensii of Grube,^ from Laventuka, seems to approach the foregoing
in regard to the foliaceous condition of the feet.

Hemipodus, De Quatrefages.

Hemipodus {?) magellanicus, n. sp. (PL XLII. figs. 11-15 ; PI. XXIIa. figs. 12-15 ;
PI. XXXVa. figs. 5, 7).

Habitat. — Dredged in considerable numbers in the Strait of Magellan, at Station
306a, January 2, 1876; lat. 48° 27' S., long. 74° 30' W.; depth, 345 fathoms; bottom
temperature 46°'0, surface temperature 57°’5 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

Also at Station 310 (in the Strait of Magellan), January 10, 1876 ; lat. 51° 27' S.,
long. 74° 3' W.; depth, 400 fathoms; bottom temperature 46° '5, surface temperature
50°'5 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

The larger specimens appear to range in length from 65 to 70 mm., with a diameter
(across the bristles) at the anterior swelling of 5 mm.

The species is broadly characterised by its somewhat dusky hue, the bulky snout,
boldly marked with pigment, the large tentacles, short densely villous proboscis, and the
structure of the feet and bristles.

In the preparations the body shows a short dilatation a little behind the snout, and
it tapers from this point to the tail. The diminution anteriorly, again, is somewhat
abrupt, and the short truncated snout with its pigment gives the region a characteristic
appearance.

The snout is separated from the body by a marked circular constriction, and consists
of a great basal ring and five terminal. The basal ring is encircled posteriorly by a
deep brownish pigment-belt, which in the median line, dorsally and ventrally, sends
forward a broad process extending to the anterior border of the second ring. No trace
of an eye is present, but the lateral region at the base of the snout has on each side a
large pale patch. On the ventral surface, again, a very distinct pale speck occurs on
each side, just behind the second ring. The next four rings are minute ; the fifth is
truncated anteriorly and bears the four tentacles, which are the largest (comparatively)
in the group. Two spring from the dorsal and two from the ventral margin of the
truncated snout. Each is a simple subulate process without a trace of articulation. The

1 Jahrb. schles. Gesellsch., 1868, p. 5 (sep. Abd.).

350

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLEHGEE.

tips are pale, and have the translucent minutely granular appearance observed in the
finely tactile processes of other Annelids.

The proboscis is remarkably short, forming a cup-shaped organ in extrusion, and
densely villous under a lens. When more highly magnified the papillae appear very
elongate, almost linear, the tip, however, being slightly bulbous. All are marked by
longitudinal bands, apparently fibres, and are densely granular. The tips of many
exhibit slight processes, as if from palpocils, or the extrusion of the secretion after
immersion in spirit. Like the tentacles these papillae are the longest yet observed in the
group. The four teeth are remarkably short, curved, and sharp. They differ from those
of Glycera tesselata (from Fayal, Azores) in the form of the base, for the long slender and
nearly horizontal arm shows no marked projection towards the median line (of the
proboscis) where it joins the base of the fang. Moreover, the direction of the l)ase-line
on each side is more nearly horizontal than in the common form.

The feet diverge from those of the ordinary Glyceridae. At the tenth the dorsal
cirrus is considerably elevated, and has the form of an ovoid pedicellate process. The
foot is nearly sessile, and bears anteriorly a dorsal lamella of considerable length, the tip
being narrower. A shorter inferior process of a similar shape also occurs. Posteriorly
the corresponding structures are short and rounded. Ventrally is a well-marked ovate
lamella, much resembling the corresponding organ in the Phyllodocidse, to which family,
indeed, the short head of this species and the bristles of all somewhat approach. The
variations of the foot from the foregoing to the nineteenth consist of a gradual diminution
of all the processes, and the more sessile condition of the entire organ. Two spines occur
in the latter.

The dorsal bristles {e.g., of the twentieth foot) are simple, slender, elongate, and
nearly of the usual structure. They are, however, much more boldly serrated along the
edge than any yet seen. The lower ones also show a slight hook at the tip, and are
less slender (PI. XXIIa. fig. 12). The surface, moreover, is slightly though minutely
spinous.

The ventral bristles in the same foot form two very distinct groups. The superior
have longer tips than the inferior, but even these are considerably shorter and stouter
than any hitherto observed in the Glyceridse. Their shafts have nearly the ordinary
structure, while the terminal process is sabre-shaped (PI. XXIIa. fig. 13), and the edge
is not only boldly spinous, but the surface of the process is minutely hispid, and a
tendency to this condition a23pears in other groujis of bristles. A slight hook also occurs
at the ti]3, es2)ecially in the lower forms.

The inferior ventral bristles present short, broad tips, sj^inous at the edge and over
the surface, and have a distinct terminal hook. The superior and inferior possess longb-
tips than the central (PI. XXIIa. fig. 14). The upper ends of the shafts have two very
strong articular jDrocesses in front.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

351

Posteriorly the terminal pieces of the dorsal bristles are more evidently spinous. In
the lower ventral series, again, the great increase in size of the shafts and their articular
processes, and the shortening of the terminal pieces, are most noteworthy. About the
ninetieth foot there are generally three in the inferior ventral series, one of which is
represented in PI. XXIIa. fig. 15. The sabre-shaped upper ventral bristles are little
altered either in form or size, and much resemble that shown in fig. 14.

In this form the cuticle is' thin, but the hypoderm is more decidedly developed than
usual, and it is further the seat of the l)rownish-red pigment. The circular muscular
coat is thinner, but its disposition is similar. The dorsal longitudinal muscles are
separated by the attachment of a strong band of median fibres. The nerve-area shows
certain peculiarities ; thus when the section is made through a ganglion (PI. XXX Va.
fig. 6), the area is broad above and narrow below, the two neural canals being situated
near the upper border. Internally (superiorly) the area is invested on each side by a
large muscular mass formed by a difierentiation of the inner region of the ventral
longitudinal muscle, which also shows the division formerly mentioned. When, how-
ever, the section is made in the anterior third of the body between the ganglia
(PL XXXVa. fig. 7), it is found that the cords are separated by a strong band
of muscular fibres, apparently connected with the alimentary canal, which pass between
them to the hypoderm. Each nerve-cord is somewhat ovoid, and has a neural canal at
its upper and inner border.^ The reproductive elements (ova) appear at the outer
borders of the ventral longitudinal muscles at the bases of the feet. The hypodermic
region of the proboscis is tinted of the same reddish-brown hue as that of the
body-wall.

Those authors (De Quatrefages, Kinberg, Ehlers, and Grube) who have examined
Hemipodus agree in stating that there is only one bundle of jointed bristles, but the two
groups are clearly shown in every foot of the present form, and it is possible that in some
cases the smaller upper bundle has been overlooked. Moreover, whilst anteriorly a
single spine exists, two are conspicuous posteriorly.

The description of Kinberg’s Hemipodus patagonicus, from York Bay, Strait of
Magellan,^ is so indefinite that identification is uncertain, though both have the buccal
segment dilated posteriorly. No branchiae occur in the present form. Both Ehlers® and
Grube ^ allude to the distinctive characters and distribution of Schmarda’s species from
the west coast of South America. The genus Hemipodus of De Quatrefages® and these
authors, indeed, is confined to the region mentioned.

^ Prof. E. Eay Laukester {Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. xi. p. 92, 1873) is of opinion that the arrangement
of the nerve-cords and their sheath with the supporting muscles in Glycera offers certain relations to the vertehrate
notochord. Many Annelids resemble Glycera in the disposition of the nerve-cords.

2 Ofversigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Fdrhandl., Arg. 22, No. 4, p. 245.

^ Borstenwurmer, Ed. ii. p. 645. Op. cit.

5 Anneles, t. ii. p. 194.

352

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Family Ariciida:.

The Ariciidse would not appear to be frequent in the expeditions hitherto recorded.
Thus none occur in Grube’s Annulata ffirstediana, none in his description of those from
the “ Gazelle,” and only a single Aricia is described by Schmarda. Though some occur
at very great depths, as, for instance, Aricia norvegica, still others frequent the shore
between tide-marks, and therefore might have been the more easily procured. It is
not a group, however, that would readily be noticed, unless specially looked for. Sand,
often very coarse sand, forms the chief contents of the alimentary canal.

Aricia, Savigny.

Aricia norvegica, Sars.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 47 (off the coast of New York), May 7, 1873 ;
lat. 41° 14' N., long. G5° 45' W.; depth, 1340 fathoms; surface temperature, 42°’0 ; sea-
bottom, blue mud.

A fragment of the anterior end, measuring about 12 mm. in length and 2 ’5 mm. in
iDreadth.

The snout and anterior region agree with these parts in Aricia norvegica, Sars, of
which it seems to be a variety. The first four bristled segments are devoid of branchiae,
which commence on the fifth.

A variety of the same form was procured in the trawl off Kio San Francisco,
September 12, 1873, in 1200 fathoms; lat. 10° 46' S., long. 36° 2' W. ; sea-bottom,
mud.

This consisted of a fragment of the anterior region, 18 mm. in length and 3 mm. in
diameter. While agreeing in most respects with Aricia norvegica, it is observed that the
double external process of the foot has a longer pedicle, and the tips of the large spear-
shaped brownish bristles of the posterior serrated segments (13-15) are, in some cases,
slightly bent. A tendency to the latter, however, is sometimes noticed in Norwegian
examples of Aricia norvegica.

In the section of this form the cuticle is comparatively thin, but the hypoderm is
moderately developed, especially on the dorsal and lateral regions. The circular coat is
well-marked interiorly, but it is broken up laterally at the feet ; while dorsally strong
Inands pass from it vertically through the dorsal longitudinal muscles, which are thus cut
into separate fasciculi. The dorsal muscles are much less than the ventral longitudinal,
and their shape is somewhat ovoid. The ventral muscles again are elongate in transverse
section, and are firmly Ijound by the circular coat externally and the oblique muscles
internally. Vertical filjres also separate them into narrow fasciculi. The powerful oblique

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

353

muscles meet over the nerve-area, and are esj)ecially prominent above the latter in the
interganglionic regions. The nerve-area is bounded laterally l)y the longitudinal ventral
muscles, and has the circular coat, hypoderm, and cuticle externally. As in the genus
Scoloplos, a single neural canal is visible quite at the upper border of the area in some
preparations. A large blood-vessel occurs in the median line dorsally and ventrally, and
the vascularity of the entire body-wall is great.

This species appears to have a very wide distribution, stretching from the Norwegian
shores into the Atlantic, and as far as the American shores.

Aricia jActtycephala, n. sjj. (PI. XLIII. figs. 1-3 ; PI. XXIIa. figs. 16, 17).

Habitat. — Found between tide-marks at Bermuda.

The example consists of a fragment of the anterior region having a length of 38 mm.,
and a diameter of fully 4 mm. about a quarter of an inch Ijehind the snout.

The snout (PI. XLIII. fig. 1) is flattened and spathulate, and therefore characteristic.
A little pigment is present just within the anterior margin. The anterior feet, from
the absence of papillse, appear somewhat bare. The first is small and bifid, each
division having a few stout bristles. The second has a long dorsal appendage (cirrus)
behind the bristle-tuft, and an elevated setigerous region with two processes posteriorly.
There is only one of the latter at the third foot, and it soon becomes extended vertically
into a somewhat crenate and not very prominent fold, provided with a papilla superiorly,
the homologue of the pectinate rows of the ordinary form. The dorsal bristles are less
conspicuous than iu the latter, and most are Ijroken. So far as can be observed, they
consist of a stronger series of serrate yellow bristles with smooth basal regions, and
numerous shorter and more slender forms of similar structure. At the tenth foot
(PI. XLIII. fig. 2) the dorsal cirrus has a large basal swelling, . chiefly external. The
stout bristles of the inferior series are arranged in four vertical rows on the flattened pad,
the strongest being anterior. The general arrangement seems to be the following: — The
two outer series (anterior and posterior) are continuous, with a small curve superiorly, each
extending downward and expanding as it goes, the anterior, however, being the larger. The
two middle rows also slightly expand inferiorly, the whole having a very regular as]3ect.
The typical bristles of this row have long deeply set shafts, which somewhat increase in
strength superiorly, and terminate in powerful, curved tips (PL XXIIa. fig. 16), which
are easily distinguished by their brownish colour. The stoutest bristles of this series show
slight traces of crenations on the convex edge, l)ut these ma}^ be absent, as in rhe figure ;
while others (the more slender) have a terminal region more or less boldly serrate
(PI. XXIIa. fig. 17). Their relationship with the ordinary spinous or serrate kinds
is thus evident. Inferiorly, indeed, are several long serrate bristles.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.)

LI 45

354

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

The foregoing structure may be said to be characteristic of the anterior feet. There-
after the inferior bristles gradually become more slender, and the rows are shorter and
mostly in a single line. At the thirtieth foot the following condition occurs ; — Superiorly
is the branchia, then a lanceolate and flattened dorsal cirrus, with a slight external con-
vexity at its base. The long spinous bristles with smooth shafts exist in front ; then a
similar series are present in the ventral division, interspersed with a few stoutish and
slightly curved hooks as before, only they are more slender. Behind the latter bristles
is the short and somewhat conical cirrus.

At the posterior end of the fragment the stoutish ventral hooks are even more
slender, and this is the chief change in bristle-structure.

The branchiae commence as small lanceolate processes on the eighth bristled segment,
and they remain comparatively small till about the eighteenth segment.

The alimentary canal contained masses of coarse shell-debris, sand, and a few
Foraminifera.

In transverse section the cuticle is thin, while the hypoderm is dense. The latter
forms a firm layer of streaked areolar tissue, somewhat resembling that in the Nemerteans,
though considerably closer in texture. Brownish pigment occurs in this layer in the
dorsal median line. The circular muscular coat is of average thickness. Instead of the
rounded or ovoid dorsal muscles of Aricia norvegica, this species has flat muscles in
section, thickest externally where each forms a somewhat rounded lobe, and separated
internally by the pedicle for the blood-vessels and alimentary canal. They are also cut
into fasciculi by the vertical fibres which pass through them, and again unite on their
inner surfaces with neighbouring bands so as to form a closely interwoven layer. The
ventral longitudinal muscles are much larger, but similarly extended, and pierced by the
vertical fibres, which also unite to form a layer of closely mixed fibres internally. The
oblique muscles are much more slender than in Aricia norvegica, a feature probably
connected with the great development of the sheet of vertical fibres just mentioned.
The nerve-area is bluntly conical, its investment resting on the circular muscular layer
externally, and having the large ventral blood-vessel and the inferior pedicle of the
alimentary canal internally (superiorly). The alimentary canal forms a finely folded
glandular tube anteriorly. The entire body is flattened from above downward.

Aricidea, Webster.

Aricidea fragilis, Webster (PL XLIII. figs. 4, 5 ; PI. XXIIa. fig. 18).

Aricidea fragilis, Webster, Ann. Chsetopoda of the Virginian Coast, p. 55, pL ix. figs. 127-132.
Habitat. — Dredged at Station 47 (off the American coast, near New York), May 7,
1873 ; lat. 41° 14' N., long. 65° 45' W.; depth, 1340 fathoms ; surface temperature, 42°’0 ;
sea-bottom, blue mud.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

355

A fragment of the anterior region, comprising about thirty-six segments. No eyes
are visible.

All the bristles are smooth, except the stout forms on the anterior segments, which
show faint transverse markings near the tip. In the same somites a series of long
forms with peculiarly bent acuminate tips occur. These appear to take the place of the
transversely barred bristles in Aricia. The stouter bristles are also remarkable for their
long acuminate extremities. In the long and peculiar curved bristles, e.g., from the
tenth foot (PI. XXIIa. fig. 18), the tip is generally incomplete. Such would seem to
lead on to the bristles met with in Scoloplos.

The disproportion between the dorsal and ventral muscles is still evident in this
form, the first mentioned being thick externally in section and somewhat pointed
internally, while the ventral are deepest in the middle, and slightly diminished at each
end. Both are perforated by vertical plates of muscle. The oblique muscles are of
moderate bulk and spread over the nerve-area. The latter forms a comparatively large
flattened ovoid mass beneath the thin basement-tissue of the region, and presents traces
of two small neural canals superiorly. Externally (ventrally) is the thick hypodermic layer,
which is specially increased in bulk in the central region, so that the nerve-cords are
placed at a distance from the surface. The hypoderm is thinner on the dorsal arch, but
is much developed laterally. The alimentary canal has a somewhat thin wall, and is
attached by muscular fibres to the median line dorsally and ventrally, the pedicle in each
case being comparatively short. In the preparations the tract forms a narrow vertical
chamber, the external region having a very slight muscular development.

Scoloplos, (Blainville) CErsted.

Scoloplos. kerguelensis n. sp. (PI. XLIII. figs. 6-8 ; PI. XXIIa. fig. 19).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149g (off London River, Kerguelen), January 29, 1874 ;
lat. 48° 50' S., long. 69° 18' E. ; depth, 110 fathoms, — in company with various other
Annelids and a Caprdla. A fragment was also obtained off Christmas Harbour, in
the neighbourhood; depth, 120 fathoms; surface temperature, 40°'2 ; sea-bottom,
volcanic mud.

The specimens are fragmentary, ranging from 10 to 20 mm., and having a diameter of
rather less than 2 mm.

The snout (PI. XLIII. fig. 6) is less pointed than in Scoloplos armiger, and one of
the examples shows a transverse group of brown pigment-granules a little in front of the
posterior border of the first segment. The special bristle-bearing region anteriorly is
much shorter than in the common form, while the bristle-tufts are longer. There are

356

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

nine of these segments, which are characterised hy having a dorsal and a ventral cirrus,
of nearly equal size. The tenth shows the large ventral process characteristic of the
subsecjuent segments, though it is more ventral in position, and has not attained the
development it afterwards assumes. Minute branchise of the usual form appear on the
twelfth bristled segment, and slowly increase in size from before backward.

The anterior feet present a dense tuft dorsally and ventrally of the same kind of
bristles as in Scoloplos armiger, viz., transversely barred forms (PI. XXIIa. fig. 19), only
they are much longer, and it is to be noted that the appearance of such Ijristlcs varies
considerably according to the adjustment of the focus. Toward the termination of the
region [i.e., about the twelfth and thirteenth somites) these bristles have increased
considerably in length, though they are much less numerous. A few of the dorsal are
extremely elongated, with the transverse markings distinct and wide apart. The latter
kind only remain in the ventral tuft of the twentieth foot, and, so far as the examples
show, a similar arrangement exists posteriorly.

After the transition of the feet anteriorly is fairly accomplished, we have from above
downward, first the tongue-shaped branchia, then the filiform dorsal papilla (which at
the twentieth foot is only a little longer than in front), and lastly the doul)le ventral
process on the pedicle. In contrast with the foot of Scoloplos armiger, there are in the
Challenger form much longer bristles, a filiform dorsal cirrus, instead of one dilated above
the basal pedicle, and the ventral (double) process is shorter and thicker than in the
('ommon species.

The intestine contained a quantity of dark sand.

The body of this species presents in section a decided difference from that of Scoloplos
armiger, in which the greater part of the area is filled up Ijy muscles. Externally is a
thin but firm cuticle, which exactly in the centre ventrally has a linear thickening. The
hypoderm has the same j^roportional depth as in the British form just mentioned, and is
also increased in the subneural region. The circular muscular coat is less developed than
in the latter species. The longitudinal ventral muscles form in section long flat bands on
each side of the nerve-area, and stretch far upward laterally. The dorsal are somewhat less.
Both are distinguished from the condition in Scoloplos armiger by the absence of the
densely interwoven vertical muscles which occupy the entire area with the exception of the
limited central alimentary region. The nerve-area is proportionally large and rounded,
has the circular layer externally, and is clasped internally l)etween the longitudinal
ventral muscles. The region thus contrasts strongly with that in Scoloplos armiger,
which lies beneath the powerful and nearly horizontal oblique muscles, Avith the vertical
fibres bounding it laterally, and the massive circular layer externally. In the new form,
therefore, the muscular environment is less striking. The central space of the body is
occupied by large folds of the alimentary canal.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

357

Family Opheliida:.

The members of this family would seem for the most part to frequent shallow
water, though in the “Valorous” expedition one species was found at a depth of 1785
fathoms. With the exception of the voyage of the “ Eugenie,” where six examples of the
family are given, the representatives in collections are generally few. Thus only a
single form, Travisia, is mentioned by Sehmarda, while Grube has two (Ophelina and
Polyophthahims) in the Philippine series.

Ammotrypane, H. Rathke.

Ammotrypane gracile, n. sp. (PI. XLIII. figs. 9, 12).

Habitat. — Dredged oft’ Japan, lat. 33° 56' N., long. 130° 27' E., at a depth of
30 fathoms.

An elongated slender form, which measures about 23 mm. in length and a little
more than 1 mm. in breadth.

It requires careful inspection to discriminate this form from the European
Ammotrypane aidogaster. There are, how^ever, three filaments at the base of the
proboscis anteriorly, instead of two (on a pedicle) as in the latter species. The ventral
processes beneath the arch of the tail are also shorter and more rounded at the
extremity. The dorsal process of the tail is also short, but the posterior filaments
resemble those in the common form. The branchiae and l)ristles are similar, and the
short (rudimentary) cirrus of the foot likewise corres2:»onds.

In the intestine is sandy mud, containing numerous Diatoms, broken sponge-sjficules,
fragments of very small spines of Echinoderms, and one or two minute Foraminifera.

The body-wall agrees generally Avith that in Ammotrypane aidogaster, but the
intermediate pedicle (between the dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles) is short. The
cuticle is dense, especially in the median line ventrally, while the hypoderm is very
feebly developed. The somewhat ovoid nerve -area, which occupies the lower region of the
pedicle, is much larger than in the British species just mentioned, in which it is almost
in the form of a transverse band. The longitudinal dorsal muscles do not present
such regularly arranged fasciculi superiorly in the new form as those in Ammotrypane
(iidogaster, which slant obliquely along the dorsal arch, from a kind of median raphe.

Travisia kerguelensis, n. sj^. (PI. XLIII. fig. 10 ; PI. XXXVIa. figs. 1, 2).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149, in Betsy Cove, Kerguelen, at a depth of 25
fathoms, and apparently in peculiarly odoriferous mud, since the specimens still retain
the scent. Nephthys and Brada. were its companions in this habitat.

358

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

A large example measures about 20 mm. in length, with a diameter at its widest
part of fully 7 mm.

The specimens have the usual dull whitish colour of the European Tmvisia forhesii,
and appear minutely dotted under a lens from the glands. The number of segments is
about the same as in the species just mentioned, viz., twenty-three, and in other respects
the resemblance is close. In the Challenger form, however, the rings of the segments
differ, and posteriorly the two last have a crenated margin dorsally, while the segment
anterior to these also shows a few lateral pectinations. Moreover, the dorsal cirri are
shorter, as are also the lateral caudal processes (PI. XLIII. fig. 10).

The intestine is filled with dark sand, the coarse grains of which are
covered over with numerous circular ova having a granular and probably adhesive
investment for attaching them to the fragment, and tessellated here and there with
smaller clear ovoid bodies ; while other sand-grains are hirsute with Diatoms.
There is good reason, therefore, why this peculiar sand should be so utilised by the
animals.

In section the characteristic condition of the cuticular tissues of the genus is strongly
marked in this form. When viewed laterally the surface seems to be formed by a
closely arranged series of papillae (PL XXXVIa. fig. 1) with narrow pedicles, the whole
resembling a series of closely arranged wine-glasses, for the narrow stem arises from an
elevation of the tissues beneath. A careful examination, however, shows that the
cuticle envelops each of these goblet-shaped papillae, being thickest in the interseptal
regions, and forming the main part of the stem, which is thus translucent. The stems
merge into the cuticular coating of the inner region of the hypoderm, which is fibro-
granular. The external part of the hypoderm (constituting the bowl of the wine-glass)
is coarsely granular and opaque, and apparently represents the outer or glandular part of
the hypoderm split up into many divisions by the envelopes of cuticle. When viewed
from the surface (PI. XXXVIa. fig. 2) the skin is thus made up of a vast series of some-
what hexagonal facets. The spaces around the stems of the goblets probably subserve
the same functions as the smaller and more numerous areolse in the hypoderm of other
forms. The circular fibres beneath the hypoderm are not much developed. The
longitudinal muscular layers seem to be nearly continuous. The ventral longitudinal are
separated only by a narrow pedicle, to which is attached the somewhat triangular nerve-
area, the latter having a straight superior border of firm tissue (sheath), to the outer
angles of which the oblic[ue muscles are attached. The cords are rounded in transverse
section. The central region of the body is occupied by voluminous folds of the
alimentary canal. The nerve-area in this form thus slightly deviates from that in
Travisia forhesii, which is situated between and somewhat above the oblique muscles,
while other fibres are attached to the upper and outer curves of the region.

In the structure of the skin this form somewhat approaches Travisia glandulosa,

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

359

procured at a depth of 1785 fathoms by the late Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys during the Arctic
cruise in the “Valorous.”^

Family Scalibregmida;.

The Scalibregmidse seem to be somewhat less common than the foregoing family in
collections. No species is mentioned by Grube in the “ Gazelle,” and none appear
amongst the Philippine series of Semper. None was found by .Schmarda, and the same
may be said of Kinberg. The occurrence of only two in the collection of the Challenger
is therefore a fair representation of the family.

As a rule they frequent muddy ground, and some reach considerable depths ; for
instance, Scalihregma injlatiim, fvom the cold area, at 412 fathoms in the “Norske Nord-
havs-Expedition.” They are, however, more abundant in the shallower waters.

Scalihregma, H. Kathke.

Scalihregma infiatum, H. Rathke, var. (PL XLIV. figs. 3, 4 ; PL XXIIa. fig. 21).

Hahitat. — Dredged in considerable abundance at Station 141 (between Prince
Edward Island and Kerguelen), December 17, 1873; lat. 34° 41' S., long. 18° 36' E. ;
depth, 98 fathoms ; bottom temperature 49°'5, surface temperature 65°'5 ; sea-bottom,
green sand.. '

Apparently the same form was trawled at Station 169 (off the north-west corner of
New Zealand), July 10, 1874; lat. 37° 34' S., long. 179° 22' E. ; depth, 700 fathoms;
bottom temperature 40°'0, surface temperature 58°'2 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

The specimens are all much smaller than the European Scalihregma injiatum, the
longest measuring about 18 mm., with a breadth at the anterior thickened region of
nearly 4 mm.

When compared with the European form of similar size, the foreign species has a
more fusiform outline and much less of the inflation anteriorly. The branchiae are
similar, but in the Norwegian examples these are longer. In both the latter and the
British specimens a prominent and continuous fold occurs behind the head (separated by
a sulcus) ; but in the Challenger form the head has a greater antero-posterior diameter,
and posteriorly there are two elevated surfaces or papillae (PL XLIV. fig. 3). The only
difference in regard to the tail is the apparent increase in the length of the cirri towards
the tip, but in this respect so much depends on the state of the preparations that little
reliance can be placed on it. The tessellated dorsal regions of the respective forms are
very similar.

1 Trans. Linn. Soc. Land. (ZooL), ser. 2, vol. i. p. 506, pi. Ixv. figs. 15, 16.

360

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S, CHALLENGEK.

The cirri on the posterior feet seem to he somewhat longer. The spikes on the inner
edge of the forks of the bristles (PL XXIIa. fig. 21) are smaller, the inferior Inistles
showing the latter feature better than the superior. Both British ami foreign bristles
have unequal limbs to the fork.

The curved bodies observed in the lamellae of the feet are probably homologous with
those described by Kolliker and Greeff in Ephesia [Sphcerodorum).

The intestine is distended with sandy mud, amongst which are spicules of sponges,
Foraminifera, and small Gregarinae, the latter being probably parasitic in the Annelid.

In transverse section the body- wall posteriorly agrees with the structure in Scali-
hregma injlatmn, the nerve-cords lying outside the circular muscular coat, and having
externally the hyj^oderm and cuticle. The oblique muscles meet in the middle line
above the circular coat.

Eumenia, (Brsted.

Eumenia reticulata, n. sp. (PI. XLIV. figs. 1,2; PI. XXIIa. fig. 20).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 168, Queen Charlotte Sound, New Zealand, July 8,
1874; lat 40° 28' S., long. 177° 43' E.; depth, 1100 fathoms ; bottom temperature 37°'2,
surface temperature 57°‘2 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

The longest example is 19 mm., and aliout 3 mm. in diameter at its anterior
wide part.

The body is elongate, inflated anteriorly, and diminishes towards the posterior
extremity. The segments are about thirty-four in number.

The head is small, truncated anteriorl}^, and with two short tentacles at the sides,
indeed, the description given by authors of other sjDecies answers very well for this
form. The proboscis is extruded in all the specimens, and is subglobose. Only a
single example is complete, and in this the anus shows no appendages. There are no
visible branchiae.

Fourteen of the anterior feet are sessile. In the rest the bristles are situated on
slightly projecting lamellae, somewhat like Theel’s Eumenia longisetosa. The latter
author observes that only ten of the anterior feet are devoid of lamellae, whereas
in the Challeno’er form it is the fifteenth Ijristled foot that first shows the dorsal

O

lamella.

The condition of the specimens is adverse to minute descri]3tion, since the feet are
frayed and injured, l3ut they agree closely with the above-mentioned Eumenia longi-
setosa. The forked Inistles (PI. XXIIa. fig. 20), however, differ consideral dy from Theel’s

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

361

figure. These bifid bristles project much further from the surface than in Scalihregma}
The long simple bristles, again, are largely developed.

An evident distinction from Theel’s Eumenia longisetosa is the arrangement of the
papillae on the dorsum, which in the new species appear to cover larger and somewhat
rectangular areas (parallelograms), though the softened condition of the examples
renders definition rather doubtful. It is to be recollected, however, that the
characteristic papillae are not obliterated in the softened Scalibregma, and therefore it
is well to note the foregoing j)oint.

On the ventral surface a series of markings (PI. XLIV. fig. 2), somewhat hexagonal
in shape, occurs along the centre, and these are joined by lines to the opaque whitish
spaces between the bristle-bundles of the feet, thus producing a regular pattern. The
dorsum anteriorly is irregularly reticulated by transverse rugae and longitudinal con-
nections ; indeed, one of the specimens presented the aspect, dorsally, of Scalibregma
without the branchiae.

The specimens are too soft for satisfactory results after transverse section.

Family SpHAiRODORiDiE.

The Sphaerodoridae are not included in Grube’s “ Gazelle ” collection, nor in that from
the Philippines. Schmarda gives a single doubtful form from Jamaica.

The very great depth at which the present representative was procured is interesting.
The common species {E'phesia gracilis), however, occurred in the “ Porcupine ” at a depth
of 664 fathoms, and again at 417 fathoms in the Norske Nordhavs-Expedition. From
the latter also a new species reached 1081 fathoms.

Ephesia, H. Kathke.

Ephesia antarctica, n. sp. (PI. XLIV. fig. 5 ; PI. XXIIa. figs. 22, 23).

Habitat. — Several examples were trawled at Station 156 (near the Antarctic Circle),
February 26, 1874; lat. 62° 26' S., long. 95° 44' E. ; depth, 1975 fathoms; surface
temperature, 33°'0 ; sea-bottom, Dmtom ooze.

A species which measures about 55 mm., with a diameter at its widest part of
nearly 3 mm.

The body is elongated and slightly fusiform in shape, diminishing a little anteriorly
and much more posteriorly. The segments are very numerous. The head (PI. XLIV.
fig. 5) is bluntly conical, and has at each side two short and somewhat slender tentacles.

1 H. Theel in liis Annel. des. Mers de la N.-Zeinble now figures (pi. iii. fig. 47) the spikes in the fork of these
bristles ; but he omits to add that in the proof these were absent.

(ZOOL. CHALIi. EXP.— PART XXXIV. 188.5.)

LI 46

362

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

The segments resemble those of the common Ephesia g^'acilis. Dorsally is the
large globular appendage, which exhibits a much more minute papilla than in the latter
form. Internally the globular processes have the elongated granular structures. The skin
of the foot is likewise covered with many papillae. A single spine supports the foot, the
bristles in which differ from those of Ephesia gracilis in having the terminal piece less
hooked as well as distinctly differentiated from the end of the shaft (PI. XXTTa. figs. 22,
23). The terminal piece forms a somewhat conical process with an oblique base, the
dorsal margin being slightly convex, the ventral slightly concave. The shaft is somewhat
curved, and is dilated at the tip below the bevelled articular surface. The bristles are
very translucent, and approach those of Ephesia canadensis, a species, however, which
differs in other respects from this form.

Ephesia antarctica is a very large example of the genus, and yet it inhabits
uncongenial waters.

The muscular intestine contains a central whitish mass of minute Diatoms and other
organisms composing the ooze. The muscularity and elasticity of the alimentary canal
are remarkable.

The cuticle in this form is tough and hyaline, but the hypoderm and the circular
muscular coat are feebly developed. The longitudinal muscles have about the same
proportional thickness as in Ephesia gracilis. The ventral longitudinal muscles are
divided into two distinct regions by oblique fibres which pierce them in a direction from
above inward and downward. In the intergangiionic regions the oblique muscular fibres
form a well-marked cross beneath the isolated nerve-cords, which are nearly round, with
a central granular area and a pale firm investment. Towards the anterior third the
proboscis fills up the entire space within the body-wall. Externally (in retraction) is a
dense longitudinal coat, the fasciculi of which are somewhat radiate. A thick circular
layer, the fibres of which are interwoven, follows on the inner side, then a slightly
developed hypoderm, and internally a dense cuticular layer elevated into many promi-
nent frills, each having a central axis of hypoderm.

Family Chloka:mida;.

The distribution of this family is in some respects noteworthy, both as regards area
and depth. Thus most of the specimens described by former voyagers come from shallow
water or between tide-marks, but the explorations of the Challenger have carried these
peculiar forms to a depth of 2500 fathoms, or nearly twice the depth at which the
naturalists on board the “ Porcupine ” had found Trophonia glauca, Malmgren. More-
over, the wide distribution of the remarkable intermediate type, Bushiella abyssorum, is
interesting in connection with the view that the ancient forms have been gradually driven
into the great depths by the more recent types attaining supremacy in the shallower water.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

363

Grube describes three forms in his account of the Annelids of the “ Gazelle,” and one
in Semper’s Philippine series. Schmarda gives four littoral forms (a Trophonia and
three species of Siphonostomum) , while Kinberg has the same number, also from shallow
water. Hansen describes no less than live new species from the Norwegian North
Atlantic expedition, but none came from greater depths than 6.58 fathoms.

The remarkable Antarctic Trophonia ivyvillei, from Station 157, is one of the largest
and most characteristic of the group.

The representatives of the family are eagerly devoured by fishes, a feature of moment
in the Arctic and Antarctic regions, where they are common.

Trophonia, Milne-Edwards.

Trophonia capensis, n. sp. (PI. XLIV. figs. 7, 8 ; PI. XXIIIa. figs. 1-3).

Habitat. — Found between tide-marks at Sea Point, Cape Town, December 1873.

The single specimen is moderately large, extending in length about 60 mm., and
being fully 4 mm. in diameter at its widest part.

The body is slightly tapered at the snout, remains of considerable diameter for a long
distance, and then gradually diminishes toward the tail. There are upwards of eighty
(eighty-one or eighty-two) segments, which are somewhat quadrangular in transverse
section. The skin throughout is firm and rough, the surface, indeed, resembling sand-
paper, from the minute sand-grains, fragments of sponge-spicules, Foraminifera, and other
siliceous and calcareous particles attached to it. These adventitious structures seem to
be directly fixed to the surface of the cuticle, which is thin. The anterior third of the
dorsum is most marked in this respect, that is, has the largest and coarsest grains.

The. snout (PI. XLIV. fig. 7) bears two grooved tentacles similar to those of Trophonia
plumosa, and a dense tuft of branchiae superiorly on each side. The latter differ from
those of the common form in being more slender, more numerous, and in springing from
the ventral aspect of a tongue-shaped triangular process which projects upward and
forward on each side from the upper lip. Each is marked, in extrusion, on the dorsal
surface by a line of dark pigment just within a pale margin. These processes appear to
be united along the middle line, though a deep groove exists on the ventral surface. On
the latter aspect the branchiae are placed in close series, and in somewhat regular rows.
Each contains an afferent and efferent vessel. On each side of the median line interiorly
is a small conical papilla with a dark summit, and then the bell-shaped buccal projection
occurs all round. The latter is surrounded by a somewhat thin, frilled marginal fold.
The whole is apparently formed for retraction, so that the branchial apparatus may be
efficiently protected.

The first and second bristles are comparatively short, extending only a brief distance

364

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

beyond the branchiae ; and they resemble those of Trophonia plumosa, except perhaps
that the transverse bars are on the whole more densely grouped in some of them
(PI. XXIIIa. fig. 1). The first three pairs of bristle tufts, l)oth dorsally and ventrally,
may be termed long. The fourth and fifth are only elongated to a certain degree
ventrally. At the tenth foot the ordinary condition is well seen, viz., dorsally a short
tuft of finely tapered bristles, which are more closely and more deeply marked by trans-
verse striae than in the common species ; and ventrally a series of characteristic hooks
(PL XXIIIa. fig. 2), which show a smooth, slightly tapered distal region with a curve at
the extremity, then a shaft with about four very boldly marked transverse striae (often
the seat of fracture), which are separated l^y intervals generally greater than the
diameter of the shaft, and sometimes twice as much. Finally, these are followed Ijy a
series of finer striae, very closely arranged.

Posteriorly the dorsal bristles (PI. XXIIIa. fig. 3) remain very much the same, the
most complete forms showing a minute hook at the tip, as in the figure. So few, how-
ever, are uninjured that some caution is necessary in predicating from this p>reparation.

The posterior hooks, again, show a more slender distal region with the curves better
pronounced. There are only two or three of the boldly marked transverse l3ars. In
certain prejDarations both of these and the anterior hooks, fine transverse striae are observed
running upward from the base of the shaft almost to its extremity, the distal region alone
being translucent.

The skin is much less prominently papillose than in Trophonia plumosa, tlie
rudimentary feet (carrying the bristles) showing only a few short clavate papillae.

Very few parasitic Infusoria appear on the frontal Inistles of this species.

The specimen has a vast number of dark olive ova, partly floating freely in the
perivisceral cavity, but chiefly attached to racemose ovaries covering an extensive area,
and in all stages of development.

In the intestine are masses of very coarse sand-particles, a few sponge-spicules, and
parasitic Gregarinae.

It is difficult to state precisely what the relationship of Kinberg’s Piromis arenosus,^
from Port Natal, is to this species. It does not seem to be identical.

Trophonia kerguelarum, Grube (PI. XLIV. figs. 9, 10 ; PI. XXIIIa. figs. 4-6).

Trophonia kerguelarum, Grube, Annelidenausbeute von S.M.S. “Gazelle,” Monatsber. d. k.
preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, von Aug. 1877, p. 539.

Habitat. — Numerous examples were dredged at Station 149h (off Cumberland Bay,
Kerguelen), January 29, 1874; lat. 48° 45' S., long. 69° 14' E.; depth, 127 fathoms;
surface temperature, 39°‘8; sea-bottom, volcanic mud. Grube’s forms were procured in
Successful Bay, Kerguelen.

^ 0/versigt k. Vetensk.-Alcad. Forhandl., 1866, p. .338.

I'vEPOKT ON THE ANNELIDA.

3(35

The specimeiiis seem to be considerably longer than Prof, Grube’s, the larger
measuring about 30 mm., with a breadth anteriorly of 4 mm. exclusive of the bristles.
The segments are also more numerous.

To the general description of Grube may be appended the structure of the bristles.

The jointed superior bristles of this form show a peculiarity which has not been
mentioned by the original describer, viz., that the upper part of each segment is slightly
dilated superiorly (PI. XXIIIa. fig. 4), especially toward the tip of the bristle. Hansen^
indicates a similar condition in his Trophonia hirsuta from the North Atlantic.

The hooks, again, are slender at the tip, many indeed tapering to a fine point, which
is pale and striated. The superior also show a slight enlargement at the commencement
of the translucent extremity. The range in regard to the variation of the tip is indicated
by the figures in PI. XXIIIa. figs. 5 and 6, the former being one of the lower, the latter
one of the upper forms. Some of the posterior hooks are even more pointed than in
fig. 6. Parasitic Infusoria are common on these structures.

The female specimens show masses of dull brown ova anteriorly, and the male pale sperm-
masses. The former are easily recognised by the coloration given to the body by the ova.

The body is somewhat sparsely covered with conical papillse, which in some cases are
so long as almost to be filiform. No sand-particles or other adventitious structures adhere
to this form.

The fine mud in the intestine consisted chiefly of sj)onge-spicules and Diatoms.

The absence of sand-grains from the skin renders sections of this species comparatively
simple.. Externally is a dense layer of hyaline chitinous cuticle, which appears to be
almost of uniform thickness. The same layer covers the long papillse. The hypoderm
is not much developed except at the bases of the latter, a thin granular layer occurring
under the former, from which processes pass into the papillae. The circular muscular
coat is well marked, and apparently continuous. The longitudinal dorsal muscles form
expanded plates extending from the upper insertions of the oblique to the dorsal median
line. Their fasciculi do not show any special arrangement. The longitudinal ventral
cover a smaller area, bounded internally by the oblique muscles and externally by the
circular coat. The oblique are somewhat strong muscles which meet below the nerve-
trunks, as in the typical form {Troi^honia ^^lumosa, 0. F. Muller).

The nerve-cords are separate in the intervals between the ganglia.

In the anterior third the alimentary tube presents two characters, apparently from
folds of both regions being included in the sections. The small firm tubes are apparently
oesophageal, the inner surface being frilled by folds of the dense granular glandular lining,
while externally is a thin coat of circular muscular fibres. One of these sections invariably
shows two large folds projecting from the ventral curve. The larger sections pertain to
the stomachal region of the gut, and have a thick lining of columnar epithelium internally.

* Den Norske Norclhavs-Exped., Tab. vii. fig. 8.

38(3

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Grube first described this species in 1877 from specimens collected by the German
exploring ship “ Gazelle.” No information is given in regard to its habitat.

Trophonia wyvillei, n. sp. (PI. XLIV. fig. 6 ; PL XXIIIa. figs. 11-14 ; PI. XXXVIa.
figs. 5-7 ; PI. XXXVIlA. fig. 1).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 157 (midway between the most southern Station and
Australia), March 3, 1874 ; lat. 53° 55' S., long. 108° 35' E.; depth, 1950 fathoms ; bottom
temperature 32°T, surface temperature 37°’2 ; sea-bottom. Diatom ooze.

The single specimen has a length of 73 mm., and a breadth at its widest part of 28
mm. The frontal bristles extend about 30 mm. from base to tip, so that the extreme
length of the animal and its bristles is about 100 mm.

The shape of the body, which is of a dusky grey colour like the ootQ, is broadly
elliptical or somewhat fusiform, widest about the middle and tapering to each end. The
truncated anterior extremity has a slight median projection, from which the purplish
frilled tentacles proceed. Posteriorly the gradual narrowing gives the end the form of
a blunt cone. The entire surface is covered with a dense coating of pale filiform
cilia or papillae of great length, the tips being smoothly rounded. The surface thus
appears like a piece of plush or loose grey felt. The long papillae have a central
granular axis of li5^oderm, and a translucent external investment of cuticle. The
structures, however, are so densely coated with the organisms of the Diatom
ooze which the animal inhabits, that only comparatively short portions are avail-
able for inspection. Along the entire process, from base to tip, large and small
sponge-spicules. Diatoms, and fragments of Diatoms and Kadiolarians, with siliceous
granules of various kinds, are closely arranged. The composition of these extraneous
organisms is mainly siliceous, and the addition of hydrochloric acid makes little alteration.

When spirit was first poured over the body of the animal, a slightly milky appearance
was given to the liquid as it emerged from the “felt” at the sides, from the immense
number of the minute organisms just alluded to. Indeed under a lens the tips of the
papillae appear to be matted together, especially on- the ventral surface, from the abund-
ance of the Diatom ooze, and individual papillae are rendered more or less clavate from
the same reason.

The oral aperture is ventral in position, the anterior margin of the frilled tentacles
only being seen from the dorsum. It is surrounded by an elevated barred rim, rendered
more conspicuous by the sulcus which exists at its base, and the raised bosses forming
each anterior angle of the body, A brown pigment-band occurs round the oral frill.
Projecting from the ajDcrture are the very large foliaceous tentacles, which are furrowed
ventrally. Each tentacle is still tinted of a brownish-purple on the dorsum, and when flat-

KEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

367

tened out in life on its grooved ventral surface, must have approached a circular or discoidal
form, a peculiar feature in the group. The branchiae, again, are somewhat massive, clavate
organs, also tinted of a pale madder-brown hue. Only a few project beyond the tentacles
in the preparation. The anus is situated ventrally a little within the posterior border.

The body has twenty -two bristle-tufts on each side, the ventral, in the case of all
except the first, being stronger and much more conspicuous than the dorsal.

In the first series the bristles are nearly of ecjual length, dorsally and ventrally,
forming a beautiful long tapering pale golden tuft, which constitutes an elegant anterior
fringe to the somewhat saccate body. The bristles of the ventral division of the
first series arise from the prominent angles of the truncated anterior extremity, and
their flattened shafts are ranged in a slight curve, with the convexity directed ventrally,
and slanting from above downward and outward, while their slender tips form a fan-
shaped fringe anteriorly. The first dorsal are represented by a series of broken stumps,
situated a little behind the anterior margin of the body, on each side of the middle line,
and running transversely outward beyond the upper series of the ventral bristles. They
are pale golden bristles with a series of closely arranged transverse strise, which become
further apart towards the tip, as usual in allied forms (PI. XXIIIa. fig. 11). They are
also marked by fine longitudinal lines, and their tissue is somewhat brittle, the fractures,
moreover, sometimes presenting a laminated appearance. While the transverse striae
become considerably wider toward the tip (PI. XXIIIa. fig. 12), they again approach each
other at the extremity of the bristle. The curvature of these long bristles is very
evident towards the tip, and is indicated even in the minute portion represented in the
last mentioned figure.

The second bristle-tufts conform more closely to the type present throughout the rest
of the body, presenting dorsally a series of long glistening golden bristles, which are only a
little shorter than those of the first series, and aid the former in the construction of the
frontal fan, while touching the ventral series by their under border. They agree in

minute structure -with the first series, only they are somewhat less. In the ventral

division, again, the bristles are proportionally shorter and thicker, with delicately tapered
tips, and resembling that figured in PI. XXIIIa. fig. 13.

The bristles of the third series are also longer than the others, both dorsally and
ventrally, but nothing specially noteworthy exists in their structure.

After the third the dorsal bristles become very slender and comparatively short,
being scarcely distinguishable at first sight amongst the papillse of the lateral region. So
• closely are they placed near the ventral bristles that they appear to be lateral or even
ventral in position. They correspond in structure to the frontal, only being more slender
and delicate. The striae are closely arranged at the base, widely separated toward the tip.

The ventral bristles have a golden hue, are flattened, have a slightly curved shaft and
a delicately tapered tip (PI. XXIIIa. fig. 13). With the exception of the latter, the

368

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

whole organ is striated transversely. When more highly magnified (PI. XXIIIa. fig. 14)
the strise are observed to become oblique in direction just below the pale terminal region.
As a rule the inferior bristles are the shorter, and there is not much difference in size
between those of the fifth tuft and the last. When the Annelid is placed on its dorsum,
both these and the dorsal bristles are included in what appears to be the ventral area, but
of course the flaccidity of the body causes some exceptional features in this respect.

The oral aperture is in the form of a considerable anterior slit, having dorsally six
madder-brown branchiae with pale tips, arranged along the dorsal arch of the aperture.
Ventrally are the two great foliaceous lamellar tentacles with a deep inferior groove.
Two parasitic [T7'ophoniphila hradii, n. sp.^) adhered to the bases of the branchiae,

their smooth yellowish bodies (ovisacs) projecting into the mouth, while the anterior end
was imbedded in the tissues. In shape each is somewhat fusiform or elongate-ovoid
(PI. XXXVIa. fig. 4), the anterior end being more pointed than the posterior,
indeed, in some views the aspect is slightly clavate. One had a brownish globular
anterior region with two papillae and a process which was attached to the base of the
branchia. The other had only a broAvnish mucronate surface. The chitinous body formed
a chamber for the reception of the eggs. Levinsen - describes a species in Brada villosa,
H. Pathke, but this has a much larger anterior region, which is also reflexed. There are
also two ovisacs, Avhich are attached a short distance in front of the posterior end. It
thus differs considerably from Trophonip)hila, which indeed is nearer the larval form of
Levinsen’s species.

The oesophagus (PI. XXXVIa. fig. 5, a) is somewhat dusky anteriorly, passes back-
Avard AAdth a cuiwe to the left, and is continuous Avith the stomachal region, though there
is no definite boundary-line. The intestine is remarkably elongated, probably nearly
four times the length of the animal, an unusual feature in the Annelids. The greate]'
part of this is formed by the anterior or smaller gut (PI. XXXVIa. fig. 5, 5, B), the large
intestine (d) being rather shorter. The junction betAveen the two parts is marked
by a somewhat constricted region in the anterior gut, which is thus boldly defined from
the larger intestine. A slight diminution (e) again occurs a little in front of the anus {/).

The foregoing alimentary canal is coiled in a complex manner in the perivisceral
chamber, and from the margin of the canal a mesentery (c, c') composed of a beautiful
network of blood-vessels passes off. These blood-vessels are of considerable size, and
must perform important functions. They seem to be more slender at their junction with
the canal immediately behind the attachment of the fimbriated termination of the
proboscis. A little further backward, again, they form remarkabl}^ flattened expansions,
so that the apertures in the mesliAvork are less than the tubular parts. Under a lens the
edges of these fine vascular tAvigs are studded with minute proces ses like microscopic beads,

1 After Prof. G. S. Brady, of Durham University, author of many valuable memoirs on the Ostracoda and Copepoda.

2 Vidensk. Meddel.f. d. nat. Foren. i Kjipbenhavn, 1877, p. 371, woodcuts C-E.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

369

which under a moderate power (PI. XXXVIa. fig. 6) show externally a translucent
investment of connective tissue, and internally a highly refractive, globular body often
split into two or more divisions, and resembhng a fatty mass. A distinct capsule
surrounds the refractive body. The abundance of these on the vessels indicates their
functional value. The walls of the vessels are further provided with granular cells and
granules frequently arranged in longitudinal masses like glands. The whole structure
appears to unite in providing for the lymphatic and circulatory functions. Certain parts
of the narrow anterior region of the alimentary canal also present a somewhat reticulated
appearance, probably from the arrangement of the glands in the wall.

From the dorsal region of the buccal chamber the proboscidian sheath, a tube
externally somewhat resembling the former, proceeds backward to be attached to the
alimentary canal about its anterior third. This tube did not appear to have any
communication with the canal, but the tissues were so soft that the slightest inter-
ference caused rupture, and thus several points escaped notice. Externally this
tube is of a dark madder-brown colour, and curiously ridged longitudinally, the free
edges of the ridges being fimbriated. So far as could be made out in the softened
specimen, the apparatus terminated posteriorly by becoming attached to the wall of the
alimentary canal, after a course of about an inch and a half, the terminal ridge being-
provided with a number of long fimbriae (PL XXXVIa. fig. 7). Internally are two slender
white processes, which probably represent the proboscis. In section the external sheath
presents a hyaline layer, apparently structureless, though generally marked by transverse
wrinkles. Immediately within is a thick stratum of rounded cells and granules, bounded
internally by another hyaline coat similar to the former. The rounded cells are slightly
coherent, and contain brownish pigment. The central area is occupied by masses of
granules and sections of the slender whitish tubes. The latter have a firm external
layer and a granular central region.

The minute structure of the oesophagus differs quite from the foregoing. Externally
is a coat composed chiefly of longitudinal fibres, followed by a firm circular muscular layer,
which adjoins the lining of cylindrical epithelium. The latter consists of long fibre-like
granular cells defined internally by a granular limiting membrane. This region of the
canal also possesses the mesenteric vessels with the large refractive bodies in their walls.

The whole alimentary canal was filled with a whitish pulp consisting of a vast variety
of Diatoms and their debris and a considerable number of Foraminifera, chiefly
GlohigerincB. The great length of the alimentary canal is peculiar, and cannot altogether
be associated with a diet mainly composed of vegetable organisms (Diatoms), for the
system is no longer in the phytivorous than in the carnivorous Eunicidse and Nereidse.

Below the oesophageal region anteriorly is a series of transverse glandular processes,
three or four in number and symmetrically arranged, which probably represent the
reproductive organs. The upper surface of these organs is papillose, and they are

fzOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI Vi

370

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

connected by a duct (? vessel) with tlie buccal region. The vessel bifurcates just
behind the latter region, the right branch joining a cylindrical firm glandular organ
closely applied to the gullet, the left passing round the latter toward the dorsal region.
The cylindrical glandular organ formerly mentioned is joined a little in front of its
posterior border by another U-shaped glandular body of much larger size, but apparently
of the same structure. One leg of the U is fixed to the former organ, the other is
attached to the oesophagus.

The united nerve-cords lie between the ventral longitudinal muscles, and are internal,
that is, they are bathed by the perivisceral fluid. The ganglia and their lateral branches
are well marked, and are situated nearly opposite the bristle-bundles.

The body-wall is composed of a hyaline, slightly areolar, cuticular coat of great
thickness (PI. XXXVIIa. fig. 1), to the external surface of which the long slender papillae
are attached. The best developed of these organs are from eight to ten times longer than
the whole thickness of the body-wall, and each papilla only diminishes very slightly
toward the tip. The whole surface, as already mentioned, however, is obscured with fine
Diatom ooze, which also binds several adjacent papillae into a mass. A hypodermic
process passes through the translucent cuticle at the base and goes almost to the extremity
of the papilla. The basal part of this hypodermic axis is dilated at its origin. The
hypoderm is comparatively thin, and the same may be said of the circular muscular coat.
A nearly continuous layer of longitudinal fibres (homologous with the dorsal longitudinal
muscles) envelops the body-wall within the former, and gives a glistening aspect to the
inner surface. The two ventral longitudinal muscles form narrow flattened ribbands on
each side of the nerve-cord.

In several respects, such as the great size, the condition of the skin, the paucity of
the branchiae, and the internal anatomy, this form presents diagnostic features. The
Stylarioides parmatus of Grube,^ from the Philippines, somewhat resembles it in outline,
but diverges much in regard to the branchiae and the nature of the ventral bristles. The
anatomy of this Philippine Annelid is not given.

Brada, Stimpson.

Brada mammillata, Grube (PL XLIII. fig. 11 ; PL XXIIIa. figs. 7, 8).

Brada mammillata, Grube, Jabrb. d. Scbles. GeseUsch. fiir 1876, Bericbt d. Naturwiss. sep.)

Abd.), p. 40.

Habitat. — Dredged somewhat plentifully at various points off Kerguelen, e.g.,
Station 149 (Accessible Bay), January 9, 1874 ; lat 49° 8' S., long. 70° 12' E. ; depth, 20
fathoms; sea-bottom, volcanic mud. Station 149a (Betsy Cove), January 14, 1874;
lat. 49° 8' S., long. 70° 9' E.; depth, 40 fathoms; sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

1 Annelid enfauna d. Philippinen, p. 199, Taf. xi. fig. 1.

KEPOKT ON THE ANNELIDA.

371

Station 149b (off Eoyal Soimcl), January 17, 1874; lat. 49° 28' S., long. 70° 30' E.;
depth, 25 fathoms; surface temperature, 40°'5 ; sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

The skin is coated with minute grains of sand.

The frontal bristles (PI. XXIIIa. fig. 7) have, on the whole, somewhat narrow bars,
except at the tip, and are remarkable for the great profusion of stalked parasitic
Infusoria which embellish them. So dense is this infusorial coating that the bristles
form a matted mass in which Nematoids and other forms lodge. The condition of
such bristles resembles the stem of a zoophyte clothed with Clytia johnstoni and other
Campanularians. The bell-shaped Infusorians are in various phases, that on the
right of the figure (with the parasitic vase on its stalk) has ruptured, and only the
nucleus and a little granular matter remain.

The dorsal bristles are pale, comparatively small and slender, and marked by closely
arranged transverse striae.

The ventral “ hooks ” are nearly straight or slightly curved dull reddish-brown
structures,, very closely marked with transverse striae (PI. XXIIIa. fig. 8), which
superiorly often form groups, with an interval between them. The ventral margin of
the tip is often slightly abraded.

The intestines of those from Betsy Cove are loaded with ooze, containing large
circular Diatoms, numerous and varied sponge-spicules, and other structures.

The description given by Grube in the account of the Annelids of the German
exploring ship “ Gazelle ” seems to agree with the foregoing. In his remarks on
the anatomy of this species Studer ^ speaks of the splitting of the circular muscular coat
at the bristle-bundles, and this feature is well shown in the forms procured by the
Challenger. He describes, however, the longitudinal layers as arranged in separate
pennate processes which project inward from the circular coat. Though the dorsal and
ventral longitudinal muscles are cut into isolated fasciculi of a flattened form by bands
of fibres, no tendency to a pennate arrangement is noticeable. The oblique muscles are
strong and decussate under the nerve trunks, their fibres mixing with those of the
circular muscular coat. The structure of the body- wall is on the whole typical. Studer
describes four pairs of genital sacs symmetrically arranged anteriorly on the ventral surface.

Studer’s specimens came from Betsy Cove, Kerguelen, in 5 to 10 fathoms.

Brada whiteavesii,^ n. sp. (PI. XLV. figs. 3, 4 ; PI. XXIIIa. figs. 9, 10).

Habitat. — Dredged in Queen Charlotte Sound, in 10 fathoms.

\

1 Archivf. Naturgesch., 1878, p. 113, Taf. v. figs. 1-10.

^ Named after Mr. WMteaves, who first brought it under my notice during his dredging expeditions in the Gulf
of St. Lawrence.

372

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The length of the specimen is 18 mm., and the breadth at its widest part in front
nearly 4 mm.

The body is somewhat fusiform, tapering toward either extremity, but more especially
toward the posterior. It is less convex ventrally than dorsally. The skin is densely
covered with long acute papillae, which in the Challenger specimen are coated with fine
sand, so that the body has a very different appearance from that in which the j^apillae are
bare. The segment-junctions are devoid of these papillae, and thus are very clearly marked.
The ventral surface is studded with smaller papillae of the same kind. Twenty- two
segments are present in the specimen, which is incomplete.

The snout is bluntly rounded, and the tentacles and branchiae are retracted. The
oral region is indicated by a triradiate slit.

The anterior bristles are slender and comparatively short, of a pale golden hue and
highly lustrous, as usual in the group (PI. XXIIIa. fig. 9). So far as can be observed,
their transverse bars are tolerably wide. The dorsal bristles, again, are moderately
elongate, and have a similar structure to the foregoing.

The ventral hooks are rather elongate, with pale tapering filiform tips, and a series of
somewhat close striae (PI. XXIIIa. fig. 10). In many of the posterior hooks the tips are
even more filiform. They resemble in this respect the condition observed in Trophonia
rugosa and Trophonia arctica, Hansen.^

The papillae of the feet are elongate, almost filiform processes, having an external
cuticular investment and an internal axis, ending in an expanded basal region, composed
of hypoderm.

In transverse section the great thickness of the cuticle is noteworthy, and it is
densely covered with minute sand-grains, which likewise envelop the slender papillae, so
that, as a rule, little more than the tips of the longest are free. The hypoderm is
comparatively thin, except at the base of the papillae. The circular and longitudinal
muscular layers are also thin, a feature probably in relation to the great thickness
of the cuticular coat.

This Annelid does not appear to eorrespond with any of the American forms described
l)y Stimpson or Verrill.

Bushiella,^ n. gen.

Bushiella ahyssorum, n. sp. (PI. XLV. figs. 1, 2; PI. XXIIIa. figs. 15-18).

Habitat. — Fragments of this remarkable form were trawled at the following Stations : —

Station 101 (off Sierra Leone, on the African Coast), August 19, 1873; lat. 5° 48' N.,
long. 14° 20' W. ; depth, 2500 fathoms ; bottom temperature 36°‘4, surface temperature
79°'2 ; sea- bottom, blue mud.

^ Op. cit., pp. 38 and 39, Tab. vii. figs. 12 and 20.

2 Named after G. Busk, Escp, F.B.S., one of the most devoted and most exact of living zoologists.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

070
ol o

Station 106 (about midway in the Atlantic between the former and the American
coast), August 25, 1873 ; lat. 1° 47' N., long. 24° 26' W. ; depth, 1850 fathoms; bottom
temperature 36°‘6, surface temperature 78°'8 ; sea-bottom, Globigerina ooze.

Station 333 (to the west of Tristan da Cunha, on the return voyage), March 13, 1876 ;
lat. 35° 36' S., long. 21° 12' W. ; depth, 2025 fathoms; bottom temperature 35°'3,
surface temperature 67° '0 ; sea-bottom, Globigerina ooze.

All the specimens are fragmentary, but it is clear that the type is peculiar and
apparently intermediate between the Chloreemidse and Chgetopteridse. The size of the
species seems to be considerable, some of the fragments measuring about 90 mm. in
length, and with a breadth, exclusive of the bristles, of 5 mm. The long bristle-tufts
extend outward about 18 mm.

The body is enveloped in a hyaline and gelatinous-like cuticle, which gives the animal
a resemblance to Flahelligera. The contingencies connected with its capture from so
profound an abyss as 2500 fathoms necessarily and largely affect its soft tissues.

The snout is formed by the dark brownish muscular tip, which has its convexity
directed ventrally and its concavity dorsally. It forms, indeed, a borse-shoe-like pro-
jection, the upper and posterior angles running into a double foliaceous and somewhat
frilled brownish mass which constitutes the superior boundary of the oral aperture. Close
behind the latter is a stout process, bearing a long median filament which has an
enlargement at the tip, and two lateral processes considerably shorter, and with filiform
extremities.

A little behind the snout are a pair of lateral enlargements supporting the long
delicate bristles which have a sheen like spun glass. They are peculiarly delicate,
transparent, large, flattened bristles with long articulations (PI. XXIII a. fig. 17), which
are quite visible under a lens ; indeed, a group of them somewhat resemble the cartilages of
a delicate fin-ray. They are flexible bristles of simple structure, presenting only very fine
parallel longitudinal striae (PI. XXIIIa. fig. 16) in their otherwise structureless segments.
The transverse articulations are very distinctly marked. The basal region (toward the
insertion) of each bristle is somewhat narrowed and slightly granular. Distally the
segments become shorter, and the bristle terminates in a pointed tip (PI. XXIIIa. fig. 15).
Some of them show a less acute extremity, probably from injury and recent repair.

The ventral bristles, again, seem to be represented by an equally translucent series of
simple straight forms which taper to a fine point (PI. XXIIIa. fig. 18). They are very
much shorter than the dorsal, with which they cannot be confounded. No transverse bar
or articulation is visible, but under a high power similar very fine parallel longitudinal
striae occur. Their tips often attain an exceedingly attenuated condition, but it is rare
to find one entire, for they adhere by a roughened region near the extremity to the cuta-
neous tissues and break very readily. The very fine tip is absent in the figure (fig. 18).

374

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The hyaline cuticle invests the body with an almost gelatinous coating. It is abund-
antly studded with granules, and numerous elongated glands, which are filled with minute
cells and granules. The glands probably furnish a secretion, as in others of the grou}>.

The muscular body -wall beneath the latter is tinted of a brownish hue.

The mouth leads into a dark brownish thickly walled pharynx, which in the preparation is
somewhat moniliform. The latter terminates in a firm, white, and nearly cylindrical region,
somewhat narrowed posteriorly, where it merges into a longitudinally furrowed glandular
part continuous with the intestinal canal. The latter shows by and by a change in colour.

The nervous system (PI. XLV. fig. 2) is beautifully shown on the ventral surface as a
double cord, with two ganglia placed antero-posteriorly in each segment, the larger being
in front and the smaller behind.

The condition of the specimens is unfortunately unfavourable for the examination
of their minute anatomy, so that this must for the present be postponed. Sufficient was
seen, however, to indicate that this will prove a most interesting and productive inquiry.

It is remarkable to find this peculiar type stretching over so vast an area in mid-ocean,
and at such a depth.

Family Chaitopterida:.

Representatives of this family are present in most collections, though none occur in
the Philippine series of Prof. G-rube. The latter mentions two in his account of the
Annelids of the “ Gazelle”; while Kinberg and Schmarda each describe the same number.
It is noteworthy that no example comes from the Strait of Magellan, from v/hich two
species have already been procured, in addition to an undescribed ringed tube in the
British Museum from the same locality.

Both forms found by the Challenger come from comparatively shallow water, for little
weight can at present be placed on the empty tubes dredged in deep water off the
American coast. ' SpiochcBtopterus typicus of Sars, however, was obtained at a depth of
557 fathoms in the “Porcupine,” and there is no reason why this and others should not
descend to a much greater depth.

The distribution of the family is extensive, since it ranges from the extreme north
to the extreme south.

Phyllochcetopterus, Grube.

Phyllochcetopterus claparedii, n. sp. (PI. XLV. figs. 9, 10, 10a, 11; PI. XLVI. fig. 1;

PI. XXIVa. figs. 1-5).

Habitat. — Dredged in considerable abundance from the two following Stations ; —

Station 233 (off Kobe, Japan), May 17, 1875; lat. 34° 39' N., long. 135° 14' E. ;
depth, 8 fathoms; surface temperature, 62° ‘3 ; sea-bottom, mud.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

875

Station 233a, January 19, 1875; lat. 34° 38' N., long. 135° 1' E. ; depth, 50 fathoms;
surface temperature, 62°‘6 ; sea-bottom, sand.

When removed from its tube the body of the animal jiresents anteriorly (PI. XLVI.
fig. 1) an enlarged truncate snout, grooved on the dorsal and somewhat truncate on the
ventral surface. The anterior margin has the form of the equine hoof, the hollow looking
upward, and marked just within the rim by a brownish band. Dorsally the elongated
tentacles arise behind the sides of the hoof, and stretch outward to a very great length,
some of the organs in the spirit-preparation measuring 50 or 60 mm., and of course being
capable of much greater extension in life. A very distinct double madder-brown band
runs along the ventral margin of each organ (probably in the groove) from base to tip,
and must increase the beauty of the mobile structures in activity. They are slightly
narrowed at the base, and still more toward the tip. A little above the insertion of each
is a short clavate tentacle.

As in the latter species the first region of the body includes, besides the snout, nine
segments. It is somewhat concave on the dorsal, convex on the ventral surface. An
elevated central fillet with a double brown band occurs on the dorsal surface, while the
ventral is variegated by pale brownish pigment in front, and, as in Spiochcetopterus
typicus by a large pure white shield-shaped patch, stretching from the sixth to the ninth
bristle-bundle, and covering the sides as well as the ventral surface proper. The contrast
is further intensified by a broad blackish or dark olive belt immediately in front. The
white pigment is peculiarly pure and effective, resembling a dense coat of Chinese white.
In some specimens a faint belt of a delicate fawn colour surrounds the shield.

In general structure the bristles of this region correspond with those of Spiochce-
topterus typicus. The first three feet have dorsal pads, bearing rows of bristles just
within the margin. The first series consists of bristles with tips formed of expanded
wings, somewhat halbert-shaped (PI. XXIVa. fig. 1) in profile, and spear-shaped (fig. 2)
Avhen viewed antero-posteriorly, though it is rare to get a perfectly symmetrical outline.
At the third series the extremities are widened, and the fourth are still more robust both
in shaft and tip. Moreover, in the middle of the series are one or two of the strong
brown spines (PI. XXIVa. fig. 3), which when seen by transmitted light, as in the figure,
presents no distant resemblance to the structure of certain dental tissues. Each is a hard,
brittle, hollow organ with a broad bevelled tip (slightly scooped out) like the crown of a
worn tooth, and a little pressure splits it longitudinally into halves. The bristles of the
fifth series, again, have stouter shafts and broader tips (PI. XXIVa. fig. 4) and are
altogether larger, as indicated by the proportions of the drawing just mentioned in
contrast with figs. 1 and 2.

The middle region of the body consists of two segments, which appear to agree in
structure with those of the typical form.

376

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The posterior division has very fine slender bristles with much smaller tips than in
the first (PI. XXIVa. fig. 5). The whole region resembles that of the European form,
presenting dorsally the long bristles, which retain the characters represented in the
figure, and ventrally the soft pads. The bristle-bearing processes have the same clavate
tips as in SpiochcBto2oterus typicus.

The extreme transparency of the minute hooks on the lateral processes renders their
detection difficult, and the serrations on the anterior margin are almost invisible. In
shape these hooks resemble those of Pkyllochcetopteriis socialis. represented by Claparede,
though the figure appears to be inverted.

The tubes of this species range from fragments up to 280 or even 380 mm. in length,
with a diameter of about 2’5 mm. They are for the most part semiopaline or semi-
translucent, and often ringed for considerable distances, e.g., 2 or 3 inches. Some
are slightly tinted of a browuiish-yellow. Though somewhat brittle they are very
elastic, and particles of mud are sent flying considerable distances in tearing the tube, or
in other manipulations. So very few of the tubes are perfect that the precise condition
of the anterior aperture is uncertain, but it would seem to be slightly everted. Toward
the posterior end, again, a very neat diaphragm (PI. XLV. fig. 10a) with a minute aperture
in the centre occurs ; and above the septum is occasionally a collection of the small ovoid
faecal masses and other debris, so that this region of the tube is rendered opaque.

Many of the tubes are forked, an appearance which is due to the fracture of the
tube, and the continuation of the latter, not by the union of the broken ends, but by
the secretion of a new^ piece wdth which the old tunnel is continuous; wdiile the broken
fragment has its channel closed, and it remains adherent apparently as a useless
process. This seems to occur both anteriorly and posteriorly, as tubes are found wuth a
diaphragm in each limb of the fork. The bifurcation is thus only apparent, not actual.
A few of the tubes show a series of such regenerations, so as to resemble the polypary of
a Sertularian.

Structurally the tube is composed of the usual chitinous secretion. Immersion for
some hours in caustic potash causes it to shorten and enlarge, as w^ell as to become more
opaque and brownish, while similar treatment with hydrochloric acid renders it rather
more translucent and softer (the tube being flattened), but does not disorganise it, for
its toughness is little altered. Ordinary chemicals, indeed, have comparatively slight
efiect on it.

Few parasitic structures are attached externally to the tubes. In one instance an
Ascidian with a translucent papillose test w^as fixed to two adjacent tubes ; and amongst
a group of small yellowish ova were several sand-tubes containing an amphipodous
Crustacean, after the manner of the British Siphoncecetus typicus, sp. Bate.

Besides the rightful owner of the tube, a commensalistic form, Polyiioe ocellata, is
present in considerable numbers. As a ride, the PhyllochcBtopterus could not be obtained

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

377

otherwise than in fragments, and these often quite pulpy. The spirit does not seem to
gain access to the middle and posterior jDarts of the tube, so as to counteract the
softening of the animal in its own fluids or sea- water. Not more than a single
PhyllochcBtopterus existed in any tube, but occasionally two examples of the Polynoe
were found, either together, or one in front and another behind. In the latter case,
however, no diaphragm was present, so that the second specimen may have entered
accidentally. The Polynoe keeps the entrance to the tube, just in front of the tentacles,
its own palpi often projecting from the aperture. In order to thrust out its tentacles
the PhyllochcBtopterus must therefore glide past the Polynoe, the narrow, flattened
body of which is specially adapted for its peculiar habitat. The Polynoidse are
remarkable for the frequency with which they haunt the tubes of Annelids as w^ell
as other organisms.

The intestinal pellets consist of a fine greyish mud rich in Diatoms, sponge-spicules,
fragments of Radiolarians, and many other minute structures.

The cuticle in transverse section of the anterior third (PI. XXXVIa. fig. 3) is only
seen here and there as a firm clear margin to the hypoderm. Its development, there-
fore, is slight, and, indeed, it is doubtful whether it could be removed as a separate layer.
The condition of the preparations (to which the spirit had gained a too tardy access
in the tubes), however, is unfavourable for decision in this respect. No feature, on
the other hand, is more pronounced than the great prominence of the hypoderm,
which forms a dense layer, almost a third of the whole thickness of the body, on the
ventral surface. The long cells are arranged in parallel rows, and the coat thus readily
splits in that direction. It is coloured pure white. The hypoderm, while much
thinner than on the former region, forms a considerable layer laterally and again on
the dorsum, where a thickened ridge occurs on each side of the median line. The
ovoid nerve-cords are widely separated, but they are of large size. They occupy a
hollow below and internal to the homologues of the longitudinal ventral muscles, and
have ventrally the dense layer of white hypoderm, while externally and superiorly is the
pale lateral hypoderm, also of considerable depth. A thin but continuous circular muscular
layer lies beneath the latter coat. The longitudinal dorsal muscles form a triangular
area on each side of the upper part of the alimentary region, the superior fibres
forming an arch over it and closely approaching each other in the middle line, while
the inferior apparently become continuous with the longitudinal muscular coat of the
alimentary sheath. As in the common Chcetopterus of Britain, many vertical muscular
bands pass through the chief mass of the longitudinal dorsal, and in the preparations
these bound numerous spaces, which, however, may partly be due to rupture after
immersion in spirit. The condition is diagnostic when compared with the common form
just mentioned. The vertical fibres pass at intervals to join the circular coat ventrally
at a point internal to the nerve-trunk. The comparatively small longitudinal

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 48

378

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

ventral muscles are lateral in position, passing from the dorsal angle to the nerve-trunk
on each side.

The ventral wall is formed by the circular coat formerly mentioned, and a thin
lining of longitudinal fibres. This slender region is, hovrever, supported externally by
the massive w'hite hypoderm.

The meshes above the ventral wall contain large clear yellowish masses resembling oil.

Within the longitudinal layer of the alimentary sheath is a thin circular coat. The
whole thickness of the wall of the canal is occupied by w’ell-marked granular glands,
with the exception of the limiting membrane internally and the thin boundary
externally. Interiorly the sheath gives off a loop to the ventral wall enclosing the clear
yellowish snbstance and sujaeriorly a vessel.

In the posterior region the body is less flattened. The ventral hypoderm, though still
forming a dense layer, is considerably thinner than in front. The rounded nerve-cords
have moved inward, and occupy the angle on each side of the median depression. The
ventral longitudinal muscles are proportionally larger than in front, and have followed
the nerve-cords inward, a median band of longitudinal fibres forming an isthmus
between them. The large alimentary tract occupies most of the body-cavity.

When a transverse section of a tentacle is made the wall of the organ is formed of
external circular and internal longitudinal fibres, the whole invested by a layer of hypo-
derm with only a definite boundary-line to represent cuticle. The inner surface of this
hypoderm is greatly thickened, and contains reddish-browm pigment and peculiar
granular bodies. The pigment occurs in the median fold and adjoining grooves. This
region is evidently the active portion of the organ, as in the tentacles of various
members of the Spionidae, such as Polydora. The general structure of the ap-
pendage corresponded wfith that shown by Claparede in Telepsaviis costarum}

Examples of Phyllochcetopterus are not uncommon in the Mediterranean, and at least
one of the sjDecies extends to Madeira.^

Ranzania, Claparede.

Ranzania (?) eapensis, n. sp. (PI. XXIIIa. figs. 19, 20).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 141 (Cape of Good Hope), December 17, 1873 ;lat.
34° 41' S., long. 18° 36' E.; depth, 98 fathoms; bottom temperature 49°‘5, surface
temperature 65°'5 ; sea-bottom, green sand.

This species inhabits a small tube composed of secretion coated with Globigerince, sand-
grains, and minute particles of various kinds. None of the fragments exceed 20 mm. in

' Anuelides sedentaires, p. 23, pi. xiii. fig. 9.

2 Langerliaris, Nova Acta Acad. Cms. Leap., Bd. xlii. No. 3, p. 114.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

370

length, and the diameter is about 1 mm. The specimen is too incomplete for
rej)resentation. Along with it were, several other Annelids, besides fishes and Crustacea,,
so that the ground seems to have been rich.

The anterior region of the body agrees, with that in the ordinary form in having
nine segments. The first three bristle-rows differ from those of Phyllochcetopteruti
claperedii in having shorter bristles with much more expanded terminal regions. They
begin dorsally by a few with narrower tips, the latter gradually increasing in breadth,
as well as becoming more decidedly asymmetrical as we proceed downward. The fourth
segment shows a series of elongated stoutish bristles culminating in the strong ones, and
presenting the single great spine (sometimes tooth-like) as in other species (PI. XXIIIa.
fig. 19). The tips of the latter organs are bevelled and shouldered. In this foot there
are also the usual varieties of winged bristles, some with very Ijroad extremities
(PI. XXIIIa. fig. 20).

The snout of the form is as5^mmetrical, apparently from injury, the usual horse-shoe
shaped anterior process being cleft in the middle line ventrally, and having only a com-
paratively small process on the left, instead of the broad frill present on the right side.
A considerable central protuberance exists dorsally with a smaller papilla at each side, the
latter probably representing the processes at the base of the tentacles in the ordinary
form.

The first segment of the middle region of the body presents laterally a ventral pad,
with a long dorsal papilla, somewhat enlarged at the tip, superiorly. It thus differs from
the wing of Spioclicetopterus typicus.

Little can be said concerning the rest of the animal, except that the long clavate
dorsal papillae occur as in the ordinary form in the posterior division. They are
supported internally by very fine simple bristles, the acute tips of which slightly project
externally.

The apparently abnormal condition of the snout of this specimen renders the
diagnosis of its exact position uncertain, but, so far as can be observed, it comes nearest
Ranzania. None of the posterior hooks were visible. The Ranzania sagittaria of
Claparede was discovered by him in the Bay of Naples, living, as in the present case,
in tubes composed of grains of sand. The absence of the long tentacles characteristic
of the allied genera is a striking feature.

Spiochcetopterus, Sars.

Spiochcetopterus ?

Habitat. — The only other representatives of the group are certain yellowish hyaline
tubes dredged at Station 45 (off the coast of New York), May 3, 1873 ; hit. 38° 34' N.,

380

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

long. 72° 10' W.; at a depth of 1240 fathoms; bottom temperature, 37°‘2 ; sea-hottom,
blue mud. The tubes, which probably represent those of a Spiochcetopterus, are
empty.

Family SpiONimL.

The Spionidse as a rule are more abundant in the littoral region than in deep water,
and thus their paucity in the present collection may be explained. In the “ Porcupine ”
expedition, however, the common Nerine foliosa, Sars, reached a depth of 725 fathoms,
and Scolecolepis cirrata, Sars, 584 fathoms ; yet the former is one of the most abundant
between tide-marks, while the latter chiefly comes from water of some depth off the
British shores.

Kinberg mentions two from shallow water, and Schmarda four, two from the laminarian
region and two from the Atlantic. Grube does not describe any in the collection
made by the “ Gazelle,” and only one {Polydora) in Semper’s Philippine series.

They range from the extreme north to the extreme south, one of the most widely
distributed being Polydora, a genus which bores in rocks of various kinds, or forms
tunnels in Melobesia as at St. Paul’s Rocks.

Scolecolepis, Blainvillc.

Scolecolepis errata, Sars, var.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149g (off London River, Kerguelen), January 29,
1874 ; lat. 48° 50' S., long. 69° 18' E.; depth, 110 fathoms; surface temperature, 40°'2 ;
sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

The specimen is of comparatively large size, agreeing in this respect with the same
variety dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence by Mr. Whiteaves. The example is
fragmentary, the head injured, and apparently in process of reproduction, so that an
accurate investigation cannot at present be made. Anteriorly the diameter of the body
is about 4 mm. The eyes are less than in Scolecolepis cirrata. No tentacle is present.

In general appearance and in the structure of the bristles and hooks it agrees with
Scolecolepis cirrata, though the colour of the bristles is golden yellow, and the hooks
show a shorter main fang than in the common species.

The structure of the body-wall conforms to that observed in British examples of the
species, though the greater size renders certain characters more distinct. Thus the
cuticle is comparatively thin while the hypoderm is largely developed, the deepest region
occurring in the ventral median line at the nerve-area. The latter shows two large
neural canals, separated only by a narrow median band of fibres, passing from the base-

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

881

ment tissue to which the oblique muscles are attached to the surface. The linear fibrillae
of the longitudinal muscles in transverse section constitute a prominent feature.

This species was dredged by Prof. Verrill ^ in 29 fathoms, off Block Island, and in
Vineyard Sound, as well as off St. George’s Bank, in 150 fathoms. The range is thus
very considerable.

Scolecolepis cirrata, Sars, var. 2 (PI. XLV. figs. 5, 6 ; PI. XXIVa. fig. 6).

Habitat. — Dredged off Sombrero and St. Thomas, West Indies, in 470 and 390 fathoms.

The fragment, unfortunately, is not in good condition, so that the description is
imperfect. The specimen seems to be about the average size of the European Scoleco-
lepis cirrata. The diameter anteriorly is about 2 mm.

The head somewhat resembles that of the form just mentioned, but the median ridge
shows no tentacles, and there is no trace of eyes. The anterior feet perhaps have more
ample foliaceous appendages and smaller branchiae. The state of the body posteriorly is
such that accuracy in description is impossible. However, it is evident that instead of
the row of hooks observed near the fiftieth foot in Scolecolepis cirrata, there are only
about two (PL XXIVa. fig. 6) in this form. The main fang of the hook is shorter than
in the ordinary European examples of Scolecolepis cirrata.

In minute structure the body-wall of this specimen, though presenting certain
variations, does not materially differ from that of Scolecolepis cirrata. The nerve-cords
are unusually distinct and large, and there is considerable thickening of the cuticle in
the median ventral area.

Pi'ionospio, Malmgren.

Prionospio capensis, n. sp. (PI. XLV. fig. 7 ; PI. XXIVa. figs. 7, 8).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 141 (off the Cape of Good Hope), December 17, 1873;
lat. 34° 41' S., long. 18° 36' E.; depth, 98 fathoms; bottom temperature 49°'5,
surface temperature 66°'5 ; sea-bottom, green sand.

A fragment of the anterior region, measuring about 10 mm. in length, and with a
total breadth, at its widest part in front, of 1'5 mm.

The specimen is injured. The snout is proportionally larger than in Prionospio
stecTistrupi, but the somewhat button-shaped appearance ventrally may be due to
softening. The branchiae of the first foot are considerably larger than those of the fourth,
and furnished at the tip with two processes (PI. XLV. fig. 7), a smooth filiform

^ Eeport of U.S. Commissioners of Fish and Fisheries, 1873.

382

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLEHGEE.

appendage, and a crenate shorter one. The smooth branchial processes (second and third)
are absent.

The feet differ in shape from those of the species mentioned. Thus at the fourth the
outline of the superior lamella is more convex externally, and the inferior lamella is smaller.
The bristles are also considerably shorter and stouter, both dorsally and ventrally, in the
new form. The differences become more pronounced at the tenth foot, in which the long
ventral bristles are much more delicate than those of the dorsal division, and the
lamella of the setigerous region is less prominent. ' In the Challenger form, moreover,
the tenth foot has hooks, whereas none occur in that of Prionospio steemtrupi. The
shorter and stiffer dorsal bristles are also characteristic.

In regard to the minute structure of the hooks of the new species it is found that
there are several denticulations above the great fang (PI. XXIVa. figs. 7, 8), the
smaller hooks, perhaps, showing these structures somewhat better than the larger, as they
are more readily seen in profile.

The structure of the body-wall is nearly the same as in Prionospio steenstrupi,
though the longitudinal dorsal muscles form a thinner la}mr on each side. The
hypoderm is thicker laterally and ventrally. In both the neural canals are large. The
pharyngeal wall has externally a circular layer, then the basement tissue upon which the
folded glandular coat rests. In this region (anterior third) it also presents a muscular
sheath of external circular and internal longitudinal fibres, while various strong muscular
fasciculi, apparently connected with protrusion and retraction, are attached to the sheath
superficially. A large blood-vessel occurs over the insertions of the oblique muscles
interiorly, and another between the longitudinal dorsal muscles superiorly. Numerous
minute ova existed in the perivisceral chamber.

In his remarks on Prionospio steenstrupi from Madeira, Langerhans ^ describes and
figures the great “ Leydigschen Fasern ” of the ventral nerve-cord. As this species
possesses two large neural canals towards the upper surface of the nerve-cord, some
discrepancy appears to be present, for Langerhans shows only a single median dark band
under the action of osmic acid.

Family Cirratulid.®:.

The two divisions of the- Cirratulidae represented in the collection are separated by a
wide interval in regard to habitat. Thus the genus Cirratulus is almost entirely a
littoral form, abounding under stones in mudely and even odoriferous localities ; while
ChcBtozone frequents the deeper water, descending in the present case to 1250 fathoms,
and apparently being partial to the blue mud, in which it probably burrows. This genus,

* Zeiischr. f. wiss. ZooL, Bd. xxxiv. p. 91, Ta^. iv. fig. 3 1880.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

S83

liowever, lias been found in comparatively shallow water on other occasions, as, for
example, in the seas of Nova'Zembla.^

Former voyagers have chiefly described representatives of the genus Cirratulus.
Thus Schmarda gives six species of this genus, all of which are littoral. Kinberg
mentions six new examples of the family, besides referring to two of Schmarda’s.
Grube found only a single Cirratulus amongst the Annelids of the Gazelle,” and none in
Semper’s series from the Philippines. Marenzeller, again, has two from Southern Japan,
besides an example of Grnbe’s genus Acrocirrus.

While the Challencrer was at sea the late Prof. Dickie of Aberdeen had some

O

fragments of .Melohesia procured by the shi]3 at St. Paul’s Pocks sent him. These cal-
careous masses were perforated by boring Mollusks, Annelids, and Sponges. Amongst
the Annelids were fragments of Dodecaceria, a member of the present family, and well
known all over the world as a borer in shells, calcareous rocks, and similar substances.

Cirratulus, Lamarck.

Cirratulus capensis, Schmarda (PI. XXIYa. figs. 9, 10).

Cirratulus capensis, Schmarda, Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 56, Taf. xxvii. fig. 213.

Habitat.— Fonad between tide-marks at Sea Point, near Cape Town.

A form of considerable size, reaching about 90 mm. in length and 5 A mm. in
breadth. Schmarda, who describes the animal from life, appears to have met wdth larger
examples at Table Bay, for he gives the length at 200 mm., the breadth at 9 mm., and
the length of the tentacles (branchise) at 1 5 mm.

In external configuration the species approaches the British Cirratidus borealis (a
form furnished with eyes) especially as regards the blunt snout, the great size of the
branchiae, the distinctness of the body-segments, and the number of the hooks in the
inferior division of the foot. The colour of the body in life is stated by Schmarda to be
dark violet while the branchiae are orange.

As in the British form the long flattened simple bristles anteriorly show well-
marked serrations along the margin (PI. XXI Va. fig. 9), and many have minute wdnged
stalks (probably Algae T) parasitic on them. The anterior hooks are less tinted, more
slender and less distinctly curved than the dark brownish posterior ones (PI. XXIVa.
fig. 10).

In the intestinal canal is muddy debris containing fragments of Crustacea, sponge-
spicules, Diatoms, and other structures.

The cuticle and the thick glandular hypoderm of this form do not materially diverge
from the arrangement in Cirratidus cirratus. The circular muscular coat in the same

1 Theel, op. cit., p. 54.

384

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

manner curves inward over the ovoid nerve-cords, leaving only the hypoderm and the
cuticle external to the special area of the nerve-sheath. The fasciculi of the longi-
tudinal dorsal and ventral muscles are similar to those in the common form.

This form so closely approaches the British species that separation is difficult. Both
Schmarda and Kinherg found it at the Cape.

Cirratulus zebuensis, n. sp.

Habitat. —Dredged at Station 209 (off Zebu, one of the Philippines), January 22,
1875; lat. 10° 14' N., long. 123° 54' E.; depth, 95 fathoms; bottom temperature 71°'0,
surface temperature 81°'0 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

A fragment of the anterior region, measuring about 25 mm. in length and 4 mm. in
diameter.

The head of this species is not much pointed, and though a little pigment occurs at
the tip, there is no distinct evidence of eyes. The partial protrusion of the proboscis to
some extent distorts the snout. The brancbise have the usual arrangement, and belong
to the larger type of such organs.

Unfortunately the fragment contains only the anterior bristles, no hooks being-
developed in this region. The bristles are elongated and slender, without the distinct
knife-blade-like flattening observed in the preceding species. The serrations on the
maro;in are less marked than in the latter.

It differs from many of its allies in the absence of hooks in the anterior region, even
as far back as the fiftieth segment.

The. fine greyish mud in the intestinal canal showed many Foraminifera, a few
sponge-spicules, and one or two Diatoms.

In transverse section the chief difference from Cirratulus cuTatus is the occurrence of
more numerous fasciculi in both dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles. While the
cuticle also is well-marked, the hypoderm is somewhat thinner. The blood-vessels are
distended with minutely corpusculated blood.

Cirratulus assimilis, n. sp. (PI. XXIVa. figs. 11, 12).

Habitat. — From the shore at Bermuda, adhering to the bristles of Eurytlioe.

A fragment of the snout and anterior region of a small specimen, measuring about 5
mm. in length, with a breadth of nearly 1 mm.

This form approaches the British Cirratulus borealis, but is not identical therewith. So
far as can be gathered from the mutilated example, it presents the following characteristics.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

385

The snout is flat, hoof-shaped, with a little dark pigment within the anterior Ijorder. On
each side a row of eyes runs nearly transversely inward, a short distance behind the tip,
but they do not meet in the centre. The rows are much less distinct than in the
British form referred to, and one or two in each case occur behind the main series. The
branchige have the same proportionally large size as in the British species.

The bristles do not show any noteworthy peculiarity except that they are short. The
hooks, again (PI. XXIVa. fig. 11), are decidedly more curved at the tip than in the
British Cirratulus borealis.

In this species sections show that while the cuticle is slightly represented the hypoderm
is thick. The circular muscular coat is fairly developed, but the oblic[ue muscles are
feeble and the longitudinal ventral groove is not formed. The nerve-area is
comparatively large. The longitudinal dorsal and ventral muscles are somewhat thin,
but they have a similar arrangement to those in the typical form. The large ventral
blood-vessel occurs above the insertion of the oblique, and is distended in all the
preparations.

ChcBtozone atlantica, n. sp. (PI. XLV. fig. 8 ; PI. XXIVa. fig. 12).

Habitat. — Dredged off Sombrero and St. Thomas, West Indies, in 390 and 470
fathoms.

The anterior fragment of a peeuliar form, having at first sight the aspect of
Lumbriconereis. It measures 35 mm. in length, and at its widest part has a diameter of
4'5 mm.

The head forms a broad cone without evident eyes. Two small pits, however, are
present on the dorsum. The mouth opens in the buccal segment inferiorly, and is directed
forward, while the folds in connection with the aperture are symmetrical. A fissure with
a closely approximated plait at each side runs forward underneath the snout, while an
inner and outer semicrescentic fold occur posteriorly, the latter being the longer. The
body presents the usual flattened appearance of Chcetozone, a marked median groove
occurring along the ventral aspect, and a slight one along the dorsal surface.

The dorsal bristles (PI. XXIVa. fig. 12) have the usual tapering structure, and in
most a series of oblique striae occur toward their insertion, and very minute serrations on
the edge of the best marked examples. The ventral conform to the same type, some
being about equal in length, most shorter and broader. Only bristles are present in
the fragment, which has more than fifty segments.

Contrasted with those of ChcBtozone setosa the bristles are very much longer and more
attenuated ; but there is little in them that is diagnostic. The nearest approach to this
form is one found by the “Porcupine” in the Mediterranean (Station 50), which likewise

(zooL. chalij. F.xr. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 49

386

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEK.

is devoid of hooks. The bristles, however, are much less attenuate than in the West
Indian species.

The greyish-white mud in the intestine shows multitudes of sponge-spicules, sand-
grains, Diatoms, and Foraminifera. The organic admixture is evidently very large.

The body-wall in Chcetozone is formed on a similar plan to that in Cirratulus. In
this species the thin cuticle has mostly disappeared. The hypoderm is proportionally
thinner than in the latter genus, and the flattened nerve-area is thus more superficial.
The circular muscular coat is well developed, but the oblique muscles only slightly draw
upon the raphe, and the former passes over (he., within) the nerve-cords. Both dorsal and
ventral longitudinal muscles are cut into numerous narrow fasciculi. A large median
dorsal vessel occurs above the alimentary canal, and another interiorly above the insertions
of the oblique.

Chcetozone, Malmgren.

Chcetozone benthaliana, n. sp. (PI. XXTVa. figs. 13, 14).

Habitat. — A fragment of the posterior end of a Chcetozone dredged at Station 50 (off
the North American coast, south of Halifax), May 21, 1873 ; lat. 42° 8' N., long.
63° 39' W.; depth, 1250 fathoms ; bottom temperature 38°’0, surface temperature 45°‘0 ;
sea-bottom, blue mud.

The fragment measures about 48 mm. in length, and the greatest breadth anteriorly
is 8 mm., exclusive of the bristles. It is thus a large form. The absence of the anterior
region leaves us in doubt as to its connection with the previous species, especially as the
latter had no posterior region. So far as can be judged from the narrowing of the body
anteriorly, however, as well as the condition of the bristles, the present form would seem
to want little of the anterior region.

The body is broad and flattened, especially on the ventral surface, which, indeed,
slopes almost from the outer border inward to the whitish median line, so as to form a
broad furrow. Dorsally the outline in transverse section is more convex, the median
region, however, being also marked by a furrow, though no whitish line exists. The seg-
ments are distinctly marked throughout. Posteriorly the body gradually tapers to a point,
and terminates in an anus, the rounded aperture being somewhat dorsal in position.

The bristles (PI. XXIVa. fig. 13) anteriorly are nearly twice as long as in the
previous form, constituting two conspicuous tufts, each borne on a somewhat prominent
setigerous process, connected by a ridge; indeed the feet are well marked, even to the tip of
the tail. The elongated bristles, both dorsal and ventral, show a slight constriction above
their insertion into the foot, indicating, though faintly, the differentiation of the shaft
from the more flattened and in many minutely serrated tip, the serrations, however, being

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

387

only visible at the broader part. This differentiation would hardly be noticed unless
familiarity with the condition in ChcBtozone setosa suggested it. Toward the tail the
dorsal bristles become considerably shorter and stronger, and amongst them are a few with
very stout bases and tapering tips. They project only a short distance beyond the
setigerous process. In the same region ventrally two or three stout spines occur
(PI. XXIVa. fig. 14). Such are very slightly curved; indeed in many views they
appear to be straight.

The greyish mud, with which the intestine is distended, abounds in Diatoms,
minute Foraminifera, Eadiolarians, and fragments of sponge-spicules.

ChcBtozone pacijica, n. sp.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 169 (off East Cape, North Island, New Zealand), July
10, 1874; lat. 37° 34' S., long. 179° 22' E.; depth, 700 fathoms; bottom temperature
40°'0, surface temperature 58°’2 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

Length about 43 mm., breadth 6 mm. at the widest part.

In general configuration this form approaches the previous {ChcBtozone henthaliana),
and since the anterior region is injured, and most of the bristles absent, it would have
been at first sight difficult to recognise the dorsal from the ventral surface, or indeed
until the bristles had been carefully examined.

The snout seems to be absent, a pouting mass of the buccal apparatus projecting
from the front. The body is a flattened ellipse in transverse section, more convex on the
dorsal surface, and marked by a deep groove on the ventral aspect, along the median
line of which the nerve-cord is very evident. A slight groove also exists along the
centre of the dorsum, as in the former species. The body tapers to a point posteriorly,
and, as in the latter, has a terminal anus.

The feet are not quite so prominent as in ChcBtozone henthaliana, but have a similar
structure, viz., a dorsal and ventral papilla connected by an intermediate (vertical) ridge.
They are rendered more evident by the presence of a little dark pigment. Each bristle-
papilla has a series of long, slender simple bristles tapering to a fine point, and without
evident serrations. The bases have a deep golden hue, especially the parts inserted into
the foot. The ventral, as usual, are somewhat stouter than the dorsal.

Posteriorly, instead of the ventral spines of ChcBtozone henthaliana, both tufts are
composed of simple bristles, some being shorter and stouter than the others, especially in
the ventral group, resembling, indeed, the median short bristle in the figure of the former
species (PI. XXIVa. fig. 14).

The fine greyish mud in the intestine is not rich in organisms, only a few’ Diatoms
and minute sponge-spicules being present.

388

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. OHALLENGER.

Family Halelminthida:.

Few examples of this group seem to have been noticed by explorers. None are
indicated by Grube in the “ Gazelle,” but he describes one in the collection made by the
Novara Expedition, and two in that from the Philippines. Schmarda and Kinberg give
no addition to our knowledge of the family.

The genus Notomastus ranges from the littoral region, where it is abundant, to con-
siderable depths, e.g., 1340 fathoms, or, as mentioned by Ehlers in the “Porcupine”
collection, 1443 fathoms. Caigitella reaches about half that depth. They are partial to
muddy ground, though on the east coast of Scotland they are frequent in sand.

They are common in the seas of Greenland, occur at various points between it and
Madeira, and probably extend much farther south.

Eunotomastus, n. gen.

Eunotomastus gruhei, n. sp. (PI. XXIVa. fig. 16).

Habitat — Dredged at Station 33 (off Bermuda), April 4, 1873 ; lat. 32° 21' N., long.
64° 35' W.; depth, 435 fathoms ; surface temperature, 68°’0 ; sea-bottom, coral mud.

The specimen is fragmentary and much injured, apparently having been partially
dried, so that the description is imperfect. It measures about 30 mm. in length and
1 '8 mm. in breadth.

It seems to have a short conical snout devoid of eyes. The general appearance of the
anterior region agrees with Notomastus, though the segments are longer, and the central
furrow less marked. A few of the anterior bristle-tufts are absent, but about sixteen
pairs appear to have been present. The bristles agree in structure with those of the
common Notomastus, though they are somewhat shorter.

The second region of the body is not differentiated in the same manner as in the
ordinary form, the anterior gradually merging into the succeeding. The dorsal bristles
are continued (in four segments) after the commencement of the hooks. The latter
(PI. XXIVa. fig. 16) show much more distinct teeth on the crown, and their shape also
diverges. An evident enlargement occurs just within their insertion.

The segments of the second region of the body differ from those of the common British
form and others in presenting none of the transverse ridges dorsally, only slight pro-
minences for the rows of hooks. The ventral ridges are also simple transverse elevations.

It is unknown whether this or any of the previous forms possesses branchiae 2:)osteriorly,
since no trace of that region remains.

Fragments of sponge-spicules, minute Foraminifera and Eadiolarians, with coarse
sand-particles, are present in the alimentary canal.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

389

In transverse section this species is characterised by the conspicuously dense cuticle
and the well-developed hypoderm. The nerve-cords are large and connate, forming a
somewhat elliptical area in the ventral indentation of the thick circular muscular coat.
The median neural canal is best seen superiorly in the ganglionic region. In
the anterior third of the body the longitudinal coat is symmetrically arranged in eight
divisions, each tightly bound internally by the translucent sarcolemma. On each side is
a great ventral mass, above which is another about half the bulk, followed dorsally by a
much smaller division and then a larger median one. If the strong band passing from
the second interval [i.e., between the second and third muscles from the dorsal middle
line) to the ventral border on each side of the nerve-area represents the oblique muscle,
then each great inferior division is homologous with the longitudinal ventral of other
forms. The position of the nerve-cords, moreover, at once differentiates this species from
such types as Notomastus, in which the cords are wholly within the muscular layers.
This form, indeed, connects Cirratulus and Clicetozone with the Halelminthidse.

Notomastus, Sars.

Notomastus agassizii,^ n. sp. (PI. XLVI. fig. 3 ; PI. XXI Va. fig. 15).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 47 (off the coast of New York), May 7, 1873 ;
lat. 41° 14' N., long. 65° 45' W.; depth, 1340 fathoms; surface temperature, 42°'0 ;
sea-bottom, blue mud.

A fragment of the anterior region of a form apparently identical was brought up with
the sounding-line off San Antonio, Cape Verde Islands. The specimen is small, and
has been dried.

In common with many Euroj^ean examples, the specimens consist only of the anterior
bristle-bearing region and a portion of the succeeding. The length of such fragments is
therefore of little moment, but it may be mentioned that the largest has a diameter of
6 mm. at its widest part.

In external appearance (PI. XLVI. fig. 3) this form very closely resembles the
common British species {Capitella capitata). The snout, perha23s, is a little more acute,
and there is no trace of pigment-s|)ecks. The buccal and the anterior regions ajDpear to
correspond in the Same way, the latter having eleven series of bristle-bundles, each
segment being marked by a median furrow;, which runs quite round in the line of the
bristle-tufts. The surface presents the usual tessellated aspect.

The bristles agree with those in the British S2>ecies, and no aj^jDreciable difference can
be detected in regard to the hooks (PI. XXIVa. fig. 15). The minute denticulations in
the crown of the latter are feebly developed, indeed, they are hardly distinguishable. A

1 Named after Alexander Agassiz.

390

THE YOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

slight diminution of the neck occurs a short distance below the wing, then it gradually
increases to the shoulder, and again narrows interiorly. The shoulder is less abrupt
than in Notomastus sarsii and even than in Eunotomastus grubei.

The sandy mud in the intestine of those from Station 49 contained many minute
Diatoms, a few sponge-spicules, and fragments of Eadiolarians.

In section this differs from the British representative in the less numerous and more
massive divisions into which the great longitudinal muscles are separated. The ventral
are especially large. The fibrils are also much coarser. The inner surface of the
muscular bundles is covered by a thick though translucent sarcolemma, which may have
some influence in retaining them in position. 'Fhe alimentary canal and nerve-area
occupy the same position.

Prof. Verrill’s^ descriptions of Notomastus luridvs and Notomastus JiUformis are not
sufficiently exact to give certainty in diagnosis, so that it is possible the above may be
connected with either.

Notomastus (?) sp.

Habitat. — A variety was dredged at Station 149h, off Cumberland Bay, Kerguelen;
lat. 48° 45' S., long. 69° 14' E. ; depth, 127 fathoms; surface temperature, 39°’8 ;
sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

In external appearance (PI. XLVI. fig. 2) it corresponds with the ordinary British
form, and also in regard to the structure of the bristles and hooks, as well as of the
proboscidian papillae. The dorsal lamellae of the second region of the body, however,
are larger. It likewise is only a fragment, consisting of the snout and eight or nine
segments behind the bristles. No eyes are visible.

In minute anatomy this form closely agrees with the common British species. No
neural canal, however, is visible, but, as the specimen is small, this feature is not one on
which much reliance need be placed. The genus Notomastus probably agrees with
Ai 'enia, De Quatrefages.*'^

Dasybranchus, Grube.

Dasybranchus (?) sp. (PL XLV. figs. 13, 14 ; PI. XXIVa. fig. 17).

Habitat — Trawled at Station 233b (south of Yedo, Japan), May 26, 1875; lat.
34° 18' N., long. 133° 35' E.; depth, 15 fathoms ; surface temperature, 66°‘3 ; sea-bottom,
blue mud.

A headless fragment, evidently of a large species, which measures about 40 mm. in
length and 6 mm. in breadth.

1 Kept. Invert. An. Vineyard Sound, pp. 610, 611.

2 Anneles, p. 250.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

391

It differs conspicuously from any of tlie previous forms in having branchiae arranged
in the form of a tuft on each side, on the ventral aspect. The segments are narrow,
consisting of a smooth dorsal arch cut by two transverse furrows into three divisions.
Just as the arch bends down laterally a prominent ridge (bearing hooks) occurs, and
after an interval another elevated soft ridge lies above the branchiae. At the summit
(dorsal and very prominent) is an isolated papilla. A dense branchial tuft is situated
at the lower border of the foregoing ridge in each segment. These are short, slightly
branched processes, with much corrugated external walls, the transverse wrinkles being
probably due to the contraction of the longitudinal muscular fibres, which are very
distinct in many of the preparations. No evident blood-vessels are noticed, but most
are filled with an opaque central mass composed of brownish globules and granules,
probably blood. The perivisceral fluid contains larger corpuscles. The ventral arch is
completed by a narrow ridge between the branchiae of 023posite sides, the hook-bearing
portion being more prominent than the rest.

The dorsal and ventral hooks agree in structure (PI. XXIVa. fig. 17), but both are so
minute that their exact nature is not readily determined. The crown seems to have
only one s^une above the large fang. The form of the shoulder and shaft approaches
that of a Notomastus from the coast of New York.

The greyish mud with which the intestine is filled presented sand-grains. Diatoms in
great profusion, fragments of sponge-spicules, Eadiolarians, and other structures.

The cuticle and hypoderm are somewhat thin in proportion to the size of the body,
but the circular muscular coat is well marked. A considerable ventral longitudinal
muscle occurs on each side, the thickest mass being situated close to the median fissure,
at the wide inner part of which the nerve-cords lie. The dorsal longitudinal are thinner,
and, like the ventral, are somewhat coarsely fasciculated.

The imperfect condition of the specimen does not permit a decisive opinion with
regard to its relationship with other species. It appears to be closely related to the
ordinary species, viz., Dasyhranchus caducus, Grube, and also to the forms described by
the same author from the Philippines.^

Family Maldanida:.

The members of this family have occurred in the collections of most exploring
expeditions, though seldom in great numbers, probably because they are not amongst
those readily observed in the contents of a dredge. Compared with other expeditions, the
representatives of the group in the Challenger are remarkable for their number, as well
as the great depths to which not a few descend. Indeed some of the forms, such as
Nicomache henthaliana, are amongst the dwellers in the great deeps, e.g., 2300 fathoms,

1 Op, cit., p. 189, &c.

392

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

and there can be no dubiety in regard to their habitat, viz., on the sea-bottom. About a
third of the species obtained by the Challenger are abyssal. Thus, besides the form
mentioned, Maldane malmgreni inhabits 1525 fathoms, Maldanella antarctica ranges
from 1260 to 1950 fathoms, and at the latter depth is also Praxilla abyssormn.
Maldanella valparaisiensis frequents the great depth of 2225 fathoms, and another of the
same genus, Maldanella neo-zealanicB, descends to 1100 fathoms.

In the previous voyages they had not been found at great depths. Thus Kinberg’s
series of twelve belongs to the shore or comparatively shallow water, though ten are
new. Schmarda’s two species w^ere procured between tide-marks at the Cape of Good
Hope. Only a single form occurs in Grube’s Annelids from the “ Gazelle,” and one from
the Philippines, and there is nothing noteworthy in either habitat. Sars found both
Maldane and Clymene range to 300 fathoms. From the “ Porcupine” expedition, again,
Ehlers had six species, one of which reached the depth of 1443 fathoms.

In regard to food, no group shows more strikingly the value of Diatoms, Radiolarians,
and Foraminifera as the original food-producers for fishes and the higher forms. These
groups constitute the chief nourishment of the deep-sea and many other Annelids, and the
majority would seem to have lived on the spot where they have been swallowed, to
judge from their appearance in the alimentary canals of the Annelids.

The discrimination shown by this family in the formation of their tubes is at once
apparent on contrasting the mud swallowed as food with that composing the tube. Almost
invariably the latter is coated with the coarser Foraminifera, the larger Eadiolarians,
and the rougher sand-particles, and this even in instances where there would have been
no obstacle to the admission of the one as well as the other into the buccal orifice.

In the diagnosis of species it would have been very difficult to apply Prof. Grube’s^
method of calculating the number of the bristle-bearing segments, since only fragments as
a rule were brought up by. each haul of the dredge or trawl. Considerable reliance,
however, can be placed on the structure of the hooks and other points.

The genera have a wide distribution.

Maldane, Grube.

Maldane sarsi, Malmgren.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 232 (south of Yedo, Japan), May 12, 1875;
lat. 35° 11' N., long. 139° 28' E. ; depth, 345 fathoms; bottom temperature 41°T,
surface temperature 64° '2 ; sea-bottom, green mud.

The specimens are comparatively small when contrasted with the Canadian examples
of the species. The only complete one measures about 48 mm., with a diameter of
1\5 mm. at its widest part.

^ .Jalirb. d. Schles. Gesellsch., Breslau, 1868, December 18 ; also Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. ii. p. 393, 1868.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

:J93

The specimens agree in appearance, number of segments, and other particulars witli
the ordinary forms, the only point worthy of notice being the very distinct crenations of
the ventral margin of the anal disk. The bristles and hooks coincide with those from
Europe and America.

One specimen is in a friable tube composed of greyish mud. The outer layers could
easily be removed, as usual, from the pale chitinous lining next the body of the animal.

The greyish mud in the alimentary canal abounds in Diatoms and Radiolarians, but
with a very few minute sponge-spicules. Peculiar cylindrical transparent rods also are
common, often with an acute point at one end, though sometimes with the point enclosed ;
and when the apex is broken off a bifid condition is caused by the sloping sides of the
cylinder remaining attached. A few fragments of minute Crustacea are also present.

In transverse section the body-wall differs from that of Praxilla and Nicomache in
the much greater thickness of the cuticle and in the extreme attenuation of the circular
coat, which, indeed, can hardly be discerned. The hypoderm is largely developed on
the ventral and lateral walls of the body. The nerve-area, instead of being carried
outward by the tense and thick circular coat as in the forms mentioned, passes inward
between the longitudinal muscles. Moreover, no canal is present. This passage inward
is probably connected with the rudimentary condition of the circular muscular coat.
The longitudinal ventral muscles are massive internally but taper to a thin layer which
goes upward almost to the dorsal arch. The oblique muscles thus arise from the superior
lateral region, and are fixed to the circular coat on each side of the nerve-area. The
longitudinal dorsal form a very thin sheet of fibres on each side of the median line.
The fasciculi of the muscles are comparatively coarse. A corpuscular fluid occupies
the perivisceral chamber.

The Clymene koreni of Hansen,^ from the Norwegian North Atlantic expedition, seems
to belong to the same genus as the present form.

Maldane malmgreni, n. sp. (PI. XXVa. fig. 1).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station VI. (off the Strait of Gibraltar), January 30, 1873 ;
lat. 36° 23' N., long. 11° 18' W.; depth, 1525 fathoms; bottom temperature 36°‘0,
surface temperature 58°‘0 ; sea-bottom, Globigerina ooze.

A somewhat softened fragment of the anterior end of a large Maldane, measuring
about 36 mm. in length, with a diameter of fully 5 mm.

It differs from Maldane sarsi, or Maldane biceps, in having a perfectly even rim
round the anterior disk, with the exception of a slight notch over the mouth. The first
bristled segment (that next the cephalic) presents only a long tuft of bristles, which are

' Op. cit., p. 40.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. — 1885.)

LI 50

394

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER

rather more slender and elongate toward the tip than in Maldane sarsi. No h'^oks
occur on this segment. The next and succeeding segments hear a series of hooks which
differ from those of either species mentioned. The great fang has three distinct teeth
(FI. XXVa. fig. 1) above it, and the curvature between the latter and the tuft of fibres is
peculiar. The fibres themselves are finely divided, that is, are more numerous and more
slender than usual. In regard to the form of the body, the animal appears to
correspond with its congeners so far as the segments show.

The greyish sandy mud in the alimentary tract abounded in Foraminifera (chiefly
Glohigerince). Only a few minute sponge-spicules are present.

The structure of the body- wall in this species offers no feature of note. The nerve-
cords occupy the ordinary position outside the circular muscular coat. The hooks are
arranged in vertical rows, with the points of the great fangs directed ventrally.

The Maldane tenuis of Theel ^ comes near this form, both generally and in the
structure of the hooks. Unfortunatelv no fio;ure of the latter is given.

Maldanella, n. gen.

Maldanella antarctia, n. sp. (PI. XLVII. figs. 1, 2 ; PL XXVa. fig. 11).

Habitat. — Numerous small specimens were trawled at Station 146 (west of Prince
Edward’s Island) December 29, 1873 ; lat. 46° 46' S., long. 45° 31' E.; depth, 1375
fathoms; bottom temperature 35 °'6, surface temperature 43° ‘0 ; sea-bottom, Globigerina
ooze.

A large specimen occurred in the trawl at Station 152 (in the middle of the Southern
Ocean), February 11, 1874 ; lat. 60° 52' S., long. 80° 20' E.; depth, 1260 fathoms;
surface temperature 34°'5; sea-bottom. Diatom ooze.

Another large example, which like the former, however, was incomplete, was trawled
at Station 157 (midway between Heard Island and the southern point of Australia),
March 3, 1874; lat. 53° 55' S., long. 108° 35' E.; depth, 1950 fathoms; bottom
temperature 32°T, surface temperature 37°'2 ; sea-bottom. Diatom ooze.

No example is quite comj)lete, and the size is variable. The large specimen from
Station 152, and which has twenty-two segments, extends in length to 125 mm., with a
diameter at its widest part of 6 or 7 mm.

The cephalic lobe ^ (PI. XLVII. figs. 1, 2) resembles that of Praxilla, but there is
a very small ventral conical process in front. Moreover, instead of the prominent median
ridge usually seen, there is a broad flattened elevation, barely extending halfway upward,

* K. Svcnsk. Vetensk. Akad. Handl., Ed. xvi.. No. 3, p. 57, figs. 52-54.

^ The anterior views of the head in the group vary, so that too much reliance cannot be placed on them.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

395

;md being quite continuous with the central conical papilla at the ventral edge. A slit-
like furrow occurs in the median line inferiorly above the papilla. On each side of the
ridge is a broad shallow groove. The rest of the cephalic plate is marked (above or
superiorly to the ridge) by transverse furj-ows, chiefly arranged with the concavity of the
curve inferiorly. The margin of the cephalic plate is formed of the usual lamelliform
process, which is most developed inferiorly on each side of the ventral median notch. A
few slits occur in the margin above the anterior half, but the dorsal edge is smooth to the
naked eye, though a series of fine crenations are visible under a lens. The buccal
segm.ent is comparatively short.

The succeeding segment bears only a row of bristles as in Maldane, and with the
next six segments forms the first region of the body. These segments diminish in depth
to the fifth, the sixth and seventh again increasing. All have more or less of a collar,
the anterior third of the segment, that is the region in front of the rows of hooks, being
of the usual white glandular aspect. The eighth segment also presents a narrow whitish
belt, but it resembles the succeeding rather than the preceding rings.

The hooks (PI. XX Va. fig. 11) present three very distinct teeth, and traces of a fourth
above the great fang, the curve of the neck below the latter being carried abruptly
outward to the vibracular eminence, so as to give considerable diameter to the region ;
moreover, the crown and the adjoining region are carried backward, the neck curving
forward to the shoulder. The vibrissae are of moderate length, and tolerably numerous.
These hooks emerge through specialised apertures in the cuticle and hypoderm, the former
presenting a ring round the aperture, and dipping inward to the shoulder of the hook.

The bristles have no distinctive feature. Amongst the specimens from Station
146 is a fragment apparently representing a reproduced tail. The terminal region forms
a rounded projection directed ventrally, and has a soft conical papilla posteriorly.
From the fact that at the base of the latter the last segment shows a row of hooks and
bristles on each side, it is apparently an effort at reproduction.

The greyish creamy material in the intestine of the specimen from Station 157
consisted almost entirely of Diatoms of various kinds, some yellowish cells and granules,
a Eadiolarian or two, and an infinitude of fine siliceous threads, connected, perhaps, with
the latter or some other group. The contents of the alimentary canal of the example
from Station 1 52, again, present a distinct modification, for while the Diatomaceous element
remains much the same, even as regards species, there are not quite so many of the loug,
siliceous hairs, and the Radiolarians are in greater abundance. The yellowish cells and
granules probably pertain to the latter group. The whitish mass in the canal of the
specimens from Station 146 altogether differs from the foregoing, for though Diatoms are
tolerably abundant, Foraminifera, especially Glohigerince, are the main constituents, one
or two minute Kadiolarians, and an occasional sponge-spicule only being present in the
calcareous mud.

396

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLEHGEE.

The tube from Station 157 consisted of a tough hyaline lining invested by a soft
greyish mud, which was mainly composed of Radiolarians and Diatoms, the minute and
long spicules formerly alluded to, a few fragments of Ostracoda, and other debris. Tlu^
Radiolarians are much more prominent in this than in the mud from the bottom of the
sea, or the intestine of the Annelid, probably because the animal selected the largest
masses for the manufacture of its tube. The tube from Station 152 is long and fragile,
measuring 190 mm. in length, and having a diameter of 9 mm. In the preparation it is
somewhat flattened, and has a similar composition to the previous one, only it feels more
gritty from sand-grains, and coarse spicules of sponges. A large number of Diatoms
enter into its composition, and it is studded all over with a Globigerina-like form roughened
with pointed lozenges arranged very closely. Here also the selective power of the animal
is shown in the divergence between the contents of the alimentary canal and the material
(‘omposing the tube. The composition of the tul)e from Station 146 is quite different,
being almost entirely composed of Glohigerince and other Foraminifera. One or two
Radiolarians occur amongst the former.

The cuticle foims a. thin layer, but the hypoderm is comparatively thick, especially in
the ventral mediau line. The nerve-area is small, and has a large neural canal superiorly.
The circular muscular coat is well marked. Both dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles
taper in section from the bulbous exterior border inward, and are nearly equal in size.
The dorsal muscles approach each other in the median line, but the ventral are widely
separated, the oblique muscles being attached beyond the outer border of the nerve-area.
The alimentary canal anteriorly forms a small firm tube, wdth plaited inner lining, at the
superior central region, the rest of the body-cavity being occupied by coarsely granular
and large cells, probably pertaining to the perivisceral fluid.

It is difficult in not a few cases to follow Kinberg’s descriptions ^ of this group, but it
is possible that his genus Chrysothemis is somewhat allied to Maldanella, though the
absence of the funnel is a striking difference.

Maldanella valparaisiensis, n. sp. (PI. XLVI. fig. 12; PI. XL VII. fig. 3; PL XXVa.
fig. 12).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 298 (a little south of Valparaiso), November 17, 1875 ;
hit. 34° 7' S., long. 73° 56' W.; depth, 2225 fathoms; bottom temperature 35°‘6, surface
temperature 59°‘0 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

The length of the specimen is 64 mm., and its greatest diameter (a little behind the
front) 5 mm.

The cephalic lobe is broadly truncate, the marginal lamella being perhaps less
^ bfversigt Ic. Vetensk.-AJcad. Forhandl, 1866, p. 340.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

397

developed than in the previous species. There is, moreover, no notch above the ventral
third in profile, and no minnt.e crenations along the dorsal edge. The ventral lobes of
the marginal lamellae come very close to each other, since there is no median papilla
projecting between them as in the former species. The flat ridge in the median line of
the cephalic plate proceeds downward to the lamellar edge, and just before reaching it
each lateral region spreads out to interrupt the adjoining furrow, while the median ridge
passes to the edge, but, as before mentioned, does not project beyond it. The latter
part of the ridge has a cylindrical outline. Transverse crescentric furrows mark the
dorsal region of the cephalic plate, as in the previous species.

In the succeeding region of the body, comprising in all eight segments, the somites
possess white bands anteriorly, and the collar is developed in seven, commencing in that
behind the buccal. There are twenty-three segments in front of the funnel. As in
Maldanella antarctica, that behind the buccal has only a tuft of bristles ; the rest have
hooks and bristles, with the exception of the three last (in front of the funnel), in which
the papillse are unarmed.

The hooks (PI. XXVa. fig. 12) approach those of the former species very closely, but
the distal region is curved backward even more decidedly, the vibracular eminence is less
jjrominent, and the entire crown somewhat differs in shape.. In some of the hooks from
the posterior row the minute teeth above the third from the great fang are more evident
than in those from the anterior segmezits.

The funnel agrees in general with that in Praxilla, having about twenty-six broadly
conical teeth, with a grooved anal projection or papilla in the centre, which does not
appear to be a prolapse.

The fine brownish mud in the intestine only contained a few rounded bodies
with siliceous perforated capsules like those of Eadiolarians, an occasional sponge-spicule,
and a Diatom.

The tube is composed of the same brownish mud, but of a somewhat coarser descrip-
tion than the foregoing. Thus it had larger round Eadiolarians, more massive sponge-
spicules, a few Foraminifera, and coarser sand particles.

The cuticle is extremely thin, whereas the hypoderm is comparatively thick, though
its tissue is lax. The nerve-area is somewhat semicircular, with the rounded neural
canal applied to the circular muscular coat superiorly. The oblique muscles are inserted
above the outer edge of the area, and thus differ from those of Maldanella antarctica.
The longitudinal muscles have similar proportions. The perivisceral corpuscles resemble
minute mulberries, the spheres being composed of nearly equal globules, while the
latter under a high power present more minute granules internally.

The relations of the Clymene grossa of Dr. Baird,^ from the Strait of Magellan, are
umnrtain. It may be connected with either of the foregoing species.

* Journ. TAnn. Soc. Lond., vol. xi. p. 95.

398

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Maldanella neo-zealanicB, n. sp. (PI. XLVII. fig. 4 ; Pi. XX Va. fig. 13).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 168 (off Kidnapper Point, New Zealand), July 8, 1874;
lat. 40° 28' S., long. 177° 43' E.; depth, 1100 fathoms; bottom temperature 37°‘2,
surface temperature 57°‘2 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

The sole example is imperfect, consisting of twenty-two segments ; and as the last
two are hookless, probably only the penultimate and the funuel are absent. The length
is about 51 mm., and the greatest diameter a little more than 2 mm.

The cej)halic lobe is characterised by the fulness of its marginal lamella, which forms
a frill all round, with the exception of the median ventral region where the papilla occurs.
It is as usual deepest a little behind the anterior margin (PI. XLVII. fig. 4), and though
some wrinkles are present at the termination of the anterior third, no notches or crena-
tions proper exist, either there or dorsally. The dorsal portion of the lamella is
remarkably deep, and, moreover, presents no traces of a median depression or notch.
The upper surface of the cephalic plate is marked by a regular series of curved lines, the
concavity being directed forward (or ventrally) as in the former species. Instead,
however, of being flat, this surface has a low median ridge. The latter commences a,
little beloAV the middle, is somewhat more prominent than in allied forms, narrows a
little at the commencement of its lower third, and then flattens out like the legs of a Y
become continuous with the ventral median process. The furrows at the sides are slightly
marked and shallow, ceasing at the expansion just alluded to. They are tinted of thp
usual dull yellow hue. The ventral median process is a flat rounded papilla, and the
surface behind it is slightly hollowed out (between the legs of the Y)- Another feature
is the presence of a furrow on each side, sloping outward and slightly downward from the
dorsal end of the median ridge to the margin, cutting off a somewhat triangular area
on each side of the yellowish furrow.

In the form of the body this species agrees with the preceding, but the hooks
(PL XXVa. fig. 13) slightly differ. They agree in having three teeth above the great
fang and an indistinct fourth, but the vibracular eminence is much more pronounced
than in the last species, and the curve between it and the great fang is larger.

The fine greyish mud in the alimentary canal was not rich in organisms, only a few
minute Foraminifera being observable, and an occasional Diatom.

The cuticle in this form is also comparatively thin, but the hypoderm is
remarkably thick, the long and minutely granular cells being arranged in close parallel
rows from without inward, and thus presenting a radiate appearance. The circular
muscular coat is powerful, and the dorsal and ventral longitudinal are proportionally
large. The oblique muscles occupy the same relations as in the last species.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

399

Nicomache, Malmgren.

Nicomache capensis, n. sp. (PL XLVL fig. 4 ; PL XXIVa. figs. 18, 19 ; PL XXXVIIa.
fig. 2).

Habitat. — Collected between tide-marks at Sea Point, near Cape Town.

A fragment consisting of about eight anterior segments, with a diameter of 2 mm.

The general form and appearance of this species agree with those of Nicomache
lambricalis, the differences in regard to the aspect of the dorsum of the snout being due
to the state of the spirit and the degree of contraction.

The single ventral spine in the first three bristled segments is perhaps a little more
curved towards the tip than in Nicomache lumhricalis. A very decided difference exists
in the spinous forms in the dorsal group of bristles (PL XXIVa. fig. 18), for they are
comparatively short, and the spines very boldly marked.

The ventral hooks, again (PL XXIVa. fig. 19), differ from those of Nicomache
lumbricalis in having a more elevated crown furnished with more numerous teeth, five or
six of these being visible above the great fang. The contour in front also diverges, a
prominent process, separated by a well-marked interval from the fang, bearing the
vibrissse.

The somewhat coarse sand in the alimentary canal had many and varied sponge-
spicules. Diatoms and Foraminifera were rare.

In section the body-wall generally corresponds in structure with Nicomache
lumhricalis, the longitudinal ventral muscles greatly exceeding the dorsal in size. The
form of the nerve-area and the position of the neural carnal are similar. An evident
distinction, however, is the attachment of the oblique muscles in the middle line
(PL XXXVIIa. fig. 2) above the neural canal, whereas in Nicomache lumbricalis they
remain separate, i.e., are fixed on each side of the neural canal. A large blood-vessel
lies close to the inner border of each ventral muscle.

Nicomache japonica, n. sp. (PL XLVL fig. 5 ; PL XXIVa. fig. 20).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 232 (south of Yedo, Japan), May 12, 1875 ;
lat. 35° 11' N., long. 139° 28' E. ; depth, 345 fathoms; bottom temperature, 41°‘l;
sea-bottom, green mud.

The single example is about 70 mm. in length, and at its widest part has a diameter
of 2 mm.

In the general form of the head and anterior region this form also corresponds with
Nicomache lumbricalis, but there are four segments anteriorl}y each with the single
inferior spine, instead of three as in the common species. The only peculiarity is that

400

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

the tip in some of these has a hastate outline, from a constriction and then a dilatation.
The dorsal bristles are similar. The ventral hooks, again (PI. XXIVa. fig. 20), quite
difier in the shape and denticulations of the crown, and in the general contour of the
shoulder and shaft, from the previous species as well as Nicomache lumhricalis. About
five distinct teeth and traces of a sixth occur above the great fang, so that the crown
is peculiarly elongate. The shoulder is very distinctly marked.

Mud rich in Diatoms, minute spicules of sponges, the peculiar elongated cylindrical
spicides with the pointed ends, and fragments of various kinds, occurred in the intestinal
canal.

The ])ody-wall of this species offers certain peculiarities. Thus while the cuticle and
hypoderm have average development and the position and structure of the nerve-area are
typical, the muscular coats are greatly diminished in bulk. The circular forms only a
linear band round the body. The longitudinal ventral muscles are limited in area, and
present a series of almost isolated fasciculi. The longitudinal dorsal also consist of a thin
layer of similar fasciculi. The oblique muscles are well marked, and are fixed ventrally
over the outer border of the nerve-area. The blood-vessels are of large size, and tlie
|)erivisceral corpuscles have the usual mulberry-appearance.

Nicomache (1) henthaliana (PI. XLVI. fig. 8 ; PI. XXIVa. fig. 21).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 241 (in the Pacific, west of Japan), June 23, 1875;
hit. 35° 41' N., long. 157° 42' E. ; depth, 2300 fathoms; bottom temperature 35°‘l,
surface temperature 69°*2 ; sea-bottom, red clay.

Only the funnel and a few adjoining segments are present.

The terminal cup or funnel is of a more delicate structure than usually seen, and
shows twenty-two teeth of a lanceolate form, and arranged very closely. IMoreover.
grooves run between each, so that they possess a peculiar distinctness, especially as the
funnel is semitranslucent. Three bristled segments exist in front of the funnel, besides
the penultimate (if the space with an unarmed lateral eminence be such). In regard to
the latter arrangement, therefore, the fragment approaches Nicomache rather than
l^raxilla, and the structure of the hooks (PI. XXIVa. fig. 21) tends in the same direction.
Five rapidly diminishing teeth occur above the great fang, only three, however, being
ilistinctly seen, and the crown is comparatively little develoj^ed — a contrast to the
condition in such as those of Nicomache japonica in fig. 20 of the same plate. The fibres
(vibrissae) arise a very short distance below the great fang, and there is a comparatively
slight constriction above the shoulder. Indications of a lateral series of teeth appear at
the bases of the larger fangs. The hooks are decidedly larger than in Praxilla.

The funnel approaches that of Praxilla rather than that of Axiothca.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

401

Maldane (?) sp. (PL XX Va. fig. 9).

Habitat. — Fragments of this form, presenting neither head nor tail, were dredged at
Station 47 (off the American coast, near New York), May 7, 1873 ; lat. 41° 14' N.,
long. 65° 45' W. ; depth, 1340 fathoms; sea-bottom, blue mud.

The fragments are enclosed in friable tubes composed of minute grains of sand, mostly
of a pale colour. The friability is due to the small quantity of the chitinous secretion.

The hooks (PI. XXVa. fig. 9) present about five teeth above the great fang, and the
crown is somewhat elevated. A distinct interval below the great fang, and then a
projection occur, the short vibrissse arising from the latter. The anterior region of the
hook is of average length, the posterior is of considerable length. The organs somewhat
resemble those of Maldane in the projection at the origin of the vibrissse.

The alimentary canal contains somewhat coarse fragments of sand, a few Diatoms and
sponge-spicules, besides minute organic structures.

This species is distinguished on section by the delicacy of the cuticle and the great
thickness of the hypoderm. The circular and other muscular coats are well developed,
the longitudinal ventral being somewhat massive.

Maldane (?) atlantica, n. sp. (PI. XXVa. fig. 4).

Habitat. — Dredged ofi“ Sombrero and St. Thomas, West Indies, in 470 and 390
fathoms.

A softened fragment of the anterior end of a species of middle size consisting of
fifteen segments. The greatest diameter is 2 ‘5 mm.

The cephalic lobe is so injured that nothing more can be said of it than that it
seems to have an extended margin which had been considerably developed dorsally. No
eyes are visible along the anterior (inferior) margin as in an allied form from the Channel
Islands. The cephalic segment is very short, and it is followed by another comparatively
short. Two others similar though slightly longer succeed, and these apparently form the
first region of the body. The three next segments are somewhat short, and are furnished
anteriorly with a distinct white (glandular ?) belt. Moreover, the anterior margin in
each forms a free collar for the latter part of the preceding ring. The fourth is also
supplied with a white belt, but does not seem to project much forward. The condition
of the specimen negatives a minutely accurate description.

A conspicuous tuft of bristles occurs in the segment succeeding the united cephalic and
buccal. No hooks seem to accompany the bristles. The following has a similar tuft of
rather slender, tapering winged bristles, and a few hooks, forming a short row. The next

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 51

402

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

have considerable rows of hooks. In structure (PI. XXVa. fig. 4) these hooks resemble
certain forms dredged by the “ Porcupine ” and procured in Guernsey. There is a pro-
minent angle for the vibrissse after an interval below the great fang, and in this respect
the organ approaches Maldane rather than Axiothea.

Praxilla, Malmgren.

Praxillahblliheri,^ n. sp. (PI. XLVI. fig. 6; PI. XXVa. fig. 2; PI. XXXVIIa. figs. 3, 8).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 174 (south of the Fiji Islands), August 3, 1874; lat.
19° 6' S., long. 178° 14' E.; depth, 140 fathoms; surface temperature, 77°'0 ; sea-
liottom, coral mud.

The anterior region (about nine segments) of a small Praxilla, having a diameter
of fully 1 mm.

The most evident distinction from Praxilla prcetermissa is the occurrence of three
long segments behind the buccal, instead of two. The cephalic plate has a much more
expanded (almost foliaceous) margin all round. A deep notch occurs anteriorly, the
centre being filled up by a flattened projection of a blunt conical form. In a lateral
view (PI. XLVI. fig. 6) the inferior (anterior) two thirds of the foliaceous margin is
prominent and entire, as well as separated from the rest by a notch. Posteriorly the
border is less elevated ; and it is also crenated, with a median notch in the centre. The
foliaceous region presents a row of dots (probably glands) some distance within the free
edge. The centre of the upper surface of the plate is marked by two grooves, which
somewhat diverge interiorly (anteriorly), the intermediate ridge being much more acute
than in Praxilla prcetermissa. Anteriorly the ridge splits, the limb on each side
merging into the edge of the flat cone. The latter arrangement is indicated in Praxilla
pratermissa, but is much more pronounced in this form.

The first three segments have each a single spine of the usual shape interiorly. These
segments are also considerably larger than the succeeding. Moreover, the anterior margin
of the next ring (fifth) is produced in the form of a collar which projects forward over the
posterior part of the fourth segment. This segment (fifth) appears whitish anteriorly as
in the corresponding one of Praxilla pratermissa, but the latter presents the ordinary
thickening (in spirit) at the margin and has no collar.

The hooks (the first row of which are borne by the fifth segment) differ from those of
Praxilla prcetermissa in having much more elevated crowns (PI. XXVa. fig. 2) and more
numerous teeth. These organs are smaller than in Maldane and NicJiomache.

Both cuticle and hypoderm (PI. XXXVIIa. fig. 3) are comparatively thin, and are

1 After Prof. Kolliker, who, amongst his other heavy labours, wrote on the Annelids of the West Coast of Scotland.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

403

often absent in the sections (from imperfect preservation). The circular muscular coat is
fairly formed, and a thin basement-layer occurs between it and the hypoderm. The
fibres of the circular ring do not form so evident an inner boundary to the nerve-area as
usual, and the latter passes inward between the ventral muscles. A large neural canal is
also present (PI. XXXVIIa. fig. 8). The longitudinal muscular layers are well defined,
the ventral forming two elongated masses, bulky interiorly and tapering superiorly, and
occupying double the circumferential extent of the dorsal. The latter in section form
two elliptical muscles on each side of the median line, and constitute the dorsal arch.
The oblique muscles are inserted over the outer border of the nerve-area. The
alimentary canal has circular and longitudinal fibres externally and a frilled epithelial
coat of considerable thickness internally. Toward the thin upper region of each
longitudinal ventral muscle is an ovoid sheath filled with minute spherical bodies with a
nucleus, which are probably the reproductive organs.

This form somewhat approaches the Praxilla collaris of Claparede,’ from Naples.

Praxilla lankesteri'^ n. sp. (PI. XXVa. fig. 3).

Habitat. — A form that at first sight can hardly be distinguished from the foregoing
was dredged at Station 232 (south of Yedo, Japan), May 12, 1875 ; hit. 35° 11' N.,
long. 139° 28' E.; depth, 345 fathoms ; bottom temperature 41°T, surface tempera-
ture 64° '2 ; sea-bottom, green mud.

The cephalic plate agrees generally with Praxilla kbllikeri, but there are no crenations
on the dorsal margin, though it is notched in the middle line. There are also three
segments provided with the simple inferior spine, and a collar at the anterior margin of
the fifth segment as in the foregoing.

The hooks, however, show a slight divergence (PL XXVa. fig. 3), for the fascicle of
bristles is attached close to the base of the chief fang inferiorly, whereas an interval
occurs in the former example. Moreover, the crown is less elevated, and the teeth less
numerous, about five, as a rule, being visible in profile above the great fang.

The somewhat coarse sandy mud in the alimentary canal of this form abounded in
Diatoms, sponge-spicules, and other organisms.

While in external configuration there is a close similarity between this and the
foregoing species, there is considerable divergence on section of the body-wall. Thus the
hypoderm in the present species is thick, and the circular muscular coat is firm and well
defined, — keeping the semicircular nerve-area quite outside its continuous ventral region.
No neural canal is visible. The longitudinal ventral muscles form a compact and some-
what rhomboidal mass on each side, and do not occupy so large a part of the circurntt-rence.

1 Aniiel. Chetop., p. 454, pi. xxvi. fig. 2.

2 After Prof. Ray Lankester, who has paid much attention to the Annelida.

404

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEK.

The dorsal, also bulky, cover on the other hand a much more extensive area than those
in the previous species. The oblique muscles are inserted exactly over the outer border
of the nerve-area. A minutely granular mass occurs on each side at the hiatus between
the longitudinal muscles. It probably represents the reproductive elements.

Praxilla (?) challengerice, n. sp. (PI. XXXVa. fig. 5).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station II. (off Setubal on the coast of Portugal), January 13,
1873 ; lat. 38° 10' N., long. 9° 14' W.; depth, 470 fathoms ; surface temperature, 57°'0 ;
sea-bottom, green mud.

A fragment of the posterior region of a slender elongated form which has apparently
been dried.

The chief peculiarity about the configuration of the body is the condition of the tail,
which is pointed, but whether this be the result of injury or otherwise is unknown. The
acutely tapered organ presents a notch for the anus, probably on the dorsal surface.
The last segment of the body (i.e., the ring behind the terminal row of hooks) is much
elongated, slender, and thrown into several dilatations like the body of a Sipunculus.
The other segments are also proportionally long.

The hooks (PL XXXVa. fig, 5) have a comparatively short distal region, and a
characteristic and pronounced shoulder. The teeth above the great fang point forward,
and thus make a long crown. Four of these are especially distinct, and a fifth less
evident. A slight interval occurs between the great fang and the origin of the fibres.
The bristles have winged, tapering tips.

The hooks are certainly peculiar in the shortness of the upper region, and approach
those of certain species from Guernsey and Herm, though the distal region in the latter
is longer.

Praxilla capensis, n, sp. (PI, XXXVa. fig. 8).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 141 (Cape of Good Hope), December 17, 1873; lat.
34° 41' S., long, 18° 36' E.; depth, 98 fathoms; bottom temperature 49°’5, surface
temperature 66°’5 ; sea-bottom, green sand.

Only two fragmentary examples of the anterior region were found, the largest
measuring about 30 mm., with a diameter of fully 2 mm.

This form approaches the succeeding from Kerguelen, and also Praxilla prcBtermissa,
in general appearance. The central cephalic ridge, however, does not extend so far
backward (or dorsally), and the two lateral ridges overhanging the grooves do not proceed
even so far, the three segments following the buccal (which are also longer proportionally

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

405

than in Praxilla herguelensis) have largely developed spines. The next segment has no
distinct whitish band, but the next four have. It is uncertain whether the first has
lost its band, but both specimens are in the same condition.

The hooks approach the type of Praxilla assimilis, the crown being comparatively
flat and broad (PI. XXXVa. fig. 8), with upwards of six teeth above the great fang. The
outline of the shoulder differs, both from the form mentioned and Praxilla herguelensis,
since the anterior is much less than the j)osterior projection, a feature, however, on which
much reliance cannot be placed. The vibrissse arise a very little below the great fang.
The inferior region of the hook is comparatively short.

The somewhat coarse sand in the intestine contained a considerable number of
Diatoms, besides sponge-spicules, and a few Foraminifera and Gregarinse.

The hypoderm in this species is somewhat firmer than in Praxilla prcBtermissa, so
that the tissue in section is less cellular, and retains its outline better. The nerve-area
in each is similar, and the same may be stated in regard to the circular muscular coat.
The longitudinal dorsal muscles in the new species present an evident distinction, for they
are connate for a considerable distance in the median line. The longitudinal ventral are
more compact and massive. In the intervals between the bristle-tufts a thin band of
muscular fasciculi occurs between the dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles, and below
the upper attachment of the oblique.

Praxilla herguelensis, n. sp. (PI. XL VI. fig. 7 ; PI. XX Va. fig. 6).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149g (off London Piver, Kerguelen Island), January
29, 1874 ; lat. 48° 50' S., long. 69° 18' E., in 110 fathoms ; surface temperature, 40°'2 ;
sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

None of the specimens are perfect, but it seems to be a species of some size, reach-
ing a diameter of 2 '8 mm.

The cephalic plate considerably differs from that of Praxilla prcetermissa, having a
much more expanded margin, with a notch (in lateral views) at the commencement of
the upper (or posterior) third. The margin then becomes a little narrower toward the
median dorsal notch, which is somewhat shallow. Anteriorly (ventraUy) the central
conical process is well marked, and it has a pit at the base posteriorly, where it abuts
on the central ridge of the flat cephalic plate. The ridge stretches from the conical
process almost to the dorsal margin of the plate, is acute, and clearly defined by a deep
groove on each side. The posterior part of the ventral median process is comparatively
isolated, so that it looks like a disk appended to the boldly defined median ridge. The
proboscis is studded with proportionally large and distinct papilljB of a slightly conical
or globular shape.

406

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

The first three segments behind the buccal form the anterior region, and have simple
stout, spines interiorly, which in the third amount to four. The spines are slightly
oblicj[ue at the tip. These three segments are of moderate length, and the second and
third have free anterior margins, forming in each case a collar for the preceding-
segments. The succeeding five segments are conspicuously marked by a white band at
the anterior margin, in front of the rows of hooks, and nearly the whole of this in each
constitutes the collar round the base of the preceding segment. The anterior segments
(so far as they are present) are short, jorobably from contraction in spirit. The ventral
surface is marked by the usual pale band, which in a few of the anterior segments
merits the name of a ridge.

The rows of bristles present for the most part an alternation of stout and slender
forms. The former have peculiarly modified, narrow wings, followed by a slight enlarge-
ment, and very long and finely tapered tips. On the other hand, the latter are simple
tapering bristles without evident wings.

The uncini (PI. XXVa. fig. 6), in j>rofile, show about five teeth above the great fang.
The fibres arise close under the latter. The distal region of the hook is comparatively
long, and the shoulder well marked.

The food of this form is peculiarly rich in various Diatoms, small and large, sponge-
spicules, and other organic debris. Few sand-grains occur in the pulpy greyish mass.

The contrast between the foregoing food and the same materials composing the
exterior of the tube is striking. The coarser, larger, and rougher spicules of sjDonges
glisten all over the latter like minute hairs, while Diatoms in great numbers, rounded
bodies (Kadiolarians ?) like ova filled with coarse yellowish granules, and the chitinous
walls of which are devoid of sculpturing other than the very minute dots seen in many
ova, and a few sand particles are amongst the most conspicuous features. The tube
is friable and mostly membranous. Its anterior region is formed chiefly of the secretion
of the animal.

In the general configuration of the body-wall on section, this form approaches
Praxilla kdllikeri. The circular muscular layer, however, appears to be thicker, and
the nerve-area is kept outside the tense line of this coat ventrally. The bulky region
of both dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles is inferior, each tapering in its progress
upward, a feature prevalent in the group. The oblique muscles are inserted just outside
the nerve-area. The perivisceral corpuscles are mulberry-like with nodular surfaces.

Praxilla assimilis, n. sp. (PI. XL VI. fig. 9 ; PI. XXVa fig. 7).

Hahitat. — Dredged at Station 149h, off Cumberland Bay, Kerguelen Island ; lat.
48° 45' S., long. 69° 14' E. ; depth, 127 fathoms ; surface temperature, 39°‘8 ; sea-
bottom, volcanic mud.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

407

This form is considerably less than the foregoing, therefore it has to be borne in mind
that age may be connected with some of the alterations to be noted. On the whole,
however, the distinctions seem to indicate specific separation. The length of the
fragment is about 23 mm., and its diameter does not exceed 1 mm. at its widest part.

The cephalic lobe agrees in general outline with the foregoing, but the median ridge
is broader, does not extend so far upward (or backward), and the furrows are broader.
At the bottom of the latter are pigment-specks. The ventral conical projection is
proportionally larger. The proboscis agrees with that of the former in the shape of
the bluntly conical papillae. The three segments behind the buccal are elongated in
the specimen, but little weight can be placed on this fact. There are also five
segments in the next region, but they do not show a collar anteriorly, though this may
likewise have been altered by the preservation.

The hooks (PL XXVa. fig. 7) present a much broader crown with more numerous
teeth above the great fang. The distal region is, on the whole, shorter than in
Praxilla Jcergudensis, and there is, perhaps, a more evident constriction above the
shoulder. The hook somewhat resembles that of Praxilla lanhesteri (PI. XXVa. fig. 3).

In transverse section the hypoderm in this species is proportionally thicker than in
Praxilla herguelensis, as likewise is the circular muscular coat. The longitudinal
ventral muscles cover a larger area than the dorsal, but both are proportionally massive.
In several of the anterior sections (PI. XXXVIIa. fig. 4) the mode in which the proboscidian
sheath is slung is clearly shown. By the decussation of fibres from the circular coat in
the dorsal median line the thick muscular sheath is fixed dorsally, while its junction
with a curved series of fibres passing between the same coat (circular) below and through
the dorsal muscles, and from side to side, affords a powerful purchase in extrusion.
Bands of fibres from the foregoing platform join the oblique muscles in their j)rogress to
the sides of the nerve-area. The latter in some of the sections anteriorly slightly
presses the circular coat upward between the ventral longitudinal, but in others the
tense circular fibres are nearly transverse in their course across the area. The
perivisceral corpuscles are typical.

Praxilla occidentalis, n. sp. (PI. XXVa. fig. 10).

Habitat. — A fragmentary specimen, apparently belonging to the posterior third of
the body, was dredged at Station 45 (off the American coast, near New York), May 3,
1873; lat. 38° 34' N., long. 72° 10' W. ; depth, 1240 fathoms; bottom temperature
37°‘2, surface temperature 49°'5 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

All that can be said of it is that the hooks (PI. XXVa. fig. 10) approach most nearly
those of a common species from the Gulf of St. Lawrence. They differ from those of

408

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Praxilla gracilis and Praxilla arctica. The crown is not much elevated in profile,
though six or seven teeth are noticeable above the great fang. The fibres arise close
under the base of the latter.

The soft sandy mud in the alimentary canal contains Glohigerince and other
Foraminifera, the long cylindrical siliceous structures, each with a pointed extremity, a
few small Diatoms, and occasionally a fragment of a sponge-spicule.

The condition of the specimen is unsatisfactory for minute description, and the
cuticle and hypoderm have disappeared. The circular muscular coat is of remarkable
thickness, but the longitudinal shows no feature of note. Two greatly dilated vessels
occur in the dorsal median line over the alimentary canal, and a considerable ventral
trunk lies over the nerve -area.

Praxilla (?) fragment (PI. XXIXa. fig. 15).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 76 (off the Azores), July 3, 1873 ; lat. 38° 11' N.,
long. 27° 9' W. ; depth, 900 fathoms ; bottom temperature 40°'0, surface tempera-
ture 70°’0 ; sea-bottom, Pteropod ooze.

A fragment, apparently of a small Praxilla, the hooks of which (PI. XXIXa. fig. 15)
present about five teeth above the great fang. The shoulder is well marked, and a
distinct interval occurs between the great fang and the vibrissse.

The tube, which is in fragments, is almost entirely composed of Glohigerince, large
and small, with sand-graius and a few sponge-spicules. The surface of the tube, with
its coarse Glohigerince, affords a contrast to the finer mud swallowed by the minute
inhabitant.

Praxilla ahyssorum, n. sp. (PI. XLVI. figs. 10, 11 ; PI. XXXVII. fig. 5 ;
PI. XXXIXa. figs. 1,10).

Habitat. — Trawled with Maldanella antarctica at Station 157 (in the Antarctic
Ocean), March 3, 1874; lat. 53° 55' S., long. 108° 35' E. ; depth, 1950 fathoms; sea-
bottom, Diatom ooze.

The specimen is incomplete, but measures about 58 mm. in length, and barely
2 mm. at its widest diameter in front.

■ There are nineteen segments of the body in the fragment. The truncated snout
has a little obliquity, but not much, and a slightly raised thickened margin all round,
with a deep notch at each side, while the anterior border is the more elevated. The
face, or cephalic plate, is marked by the usual median elevation (PI. XLVI. fig. 11) and
flat, hoof-shaped lateral depressions. There is nothing special in the appearance of the

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

409

body, except that a Crustacean parasite was attached to the fifteenth segment Ijy two small
processes on the under surface of the snout. There are four segments behind the buccal,
each with strong simple spines and tufts of bristles. Some of the bristles are furnished
with a distinct wing on each side, while others are simple, slender, tapering structures.

The rows of hooks commence at the fifth segment. They present three well-
marked teeth above the great fang (PL XXXIXa. fig. 1), the throat under the latter
being only very slightly hollowed out, much less than in Maldanella antarctica, to
which, however, the shape is somewhat allied. There is a ]3rominent posterior shoulder.

No food existed in the alimentary canal.

The tube has a whitish appearance, and is composed almost entirely of Diatoms,
massive reticulated structures, probably Radiolarian, and the slender cylindrical spicules
formerly alluded to. It is slightly friable, but by no means brittle, even when the
tough hyaline lining is removed.

A characteristic feature in the transverse sections of this abyssal form is the great
thickness of the cuticle. The hypoderm is also of considerable bulk, and the circular
coat is well marked. The longitudinal ventral muscles exceed the dorsal in area, and
are not much tapered superiorly. The nerve-area (PI. XXXVIIa. fig. 5) has passed
upward, so that it lies between the ventral longitudinal muscles, and even projects
within them, so that the oblique muscles appear to be attached to the projecting angles
of the nerve-mass. The circular muscular layer is indistinct in this region in the pre-
parations, but appears to form no appreciable boundary on the inner border of the area.

Fraxillinicola kroyeri, n. gen. and sp. (PI. XXXIXa. fig. 10).

This Crustacean parasite consists of nine segments. The body of the female is about
2 '5 mm. in length, narrow and elongate. The cephalo -thorax is somewhat shield-shaped,
its transverse diameter, however, considerably exceeding its antero-posterior. The only
differentiation this region presents is its central projection or rostrum on the anterior
ventral margin, and the two short processes, which probably represent a pair of antennae,
by which it adheres to its host. The abdomen has two dilated segments anteriorly,
followed by four somewhat narrower ones. A narrow segment occurs in front of the
rounded posterior end, which presents a central genital aperture. So far as could be seen
through the opaque whitish body, the central region was occupied by the ovaries, which
contained numerous ova. The description of the Doniisa clymenicola of Nordmann^ has
not been available, but in the elongate form of the body the new species approaches the
Rhodinicola elongata of Levinsen,^ a form found on Rhodine loveni. It differs, however, in
the absence of the post-abdomen, and in the rudimentary condition of all the appendages.

^ Stated by Levin sen to be in the Bull, cle I’Acacl. St. Petersburg, 1864, but which is not.

2 Vidensk. Meddel. f. d. nat. Foren. i Kj^benhavn, 1877, p. 360, Taf. vi. figs. 1-4.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.)

LI 52

410

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Family Ammocharida;.

The most interesting feature in this group is the great depth inhabited by all pro-
cured by the Challenger, 1340 fathoms being the shallowest and 2975 the deepest. Yet
another member of the same family, Oiuenia or Ammochares, is found abundantly
between tide-marks on various parts of our own coasts, and in the neighbouring waters
beyond, whence it finds its way into the stomach of the cod. The Psamocollus^ of Grube
is synonymous with Malmgreu’s Myriochele, one of the most widely distributed amongst
the types under examination, but which hitherto seems only to have been procured in
deep water.

The Greenlandic specimens described by Malmgren came from a depth of 250
fathoms, and the representatives of the genus in the Norwegian North Atlantic expedi-
tion descended much deeper, viz., to 1215 fathoms. It may yet be discovered,
however, in shallow water or in the littoral zone.

Kinberg mentions two species, but none are given by Schmarda, or by Grube in the
“ Gazelle.” The latter, however, describes one in the Philippine series and one from
the Novara expedition.

Hansen gives two new species of Myriochele in the Norwegian North Atlantic
expedition. Two species are given by Ehlers from the “ Porcupine,” and one
[Myriochele) reached the depth of 1380 fathoms.

The first allusion to the group was made by Delle Chiaje under the name of Oivenia
in 1842, though Grube’s subsequent description under the title of Ammochares, in 1846,
was more complete. Oivenia, as Grube asserts, has already been used by Kolliker to
distinguish a Ctenophore and also by Prosch for a Cephalopod. He urges, therefore,
that his name ought to stand.

Myriochele, Malmgren.

Myriochele heeri, Malmgren (PI. XX Va. fig. 14, a, h, c).

Myriochele heeri, Malmgren, Annulata Polychgeta, p. 102, Tab. vii. fig. 37.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 20 (to the east of the Antilles or Caribbee Islands),
March 12, 1873 ; lat. 18° 56' N., long. 59° 35' W. ; depth, 2975 fathoms; bottom
temperature 36°‘0, surface temperature 75°‘0 ; sea-bottom, red clay.

After the dredge-line was veered to 4000 fathoms, nearly five miles, it was brought
up full of red mud. Sir Wyville Thomson tells us, and having entangled about the mouth
and imbedded in the mud many of the tubes of this species.

Sir Wyville Thomson reports^ that “ the tubes with their contents were
handed over to Dr. v. Willemoes-Suhm, who found the worms to belong to the family
^ Annel. Novara-Exped., Bd. ii. p. 30, Taf. iii. fig. 5 (sep. Abd.). ^ The Atlantic, vol. i. p. 201.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA. 411

Ammocharidse (Claparede and Malmgren), closely allied to the Maldania or
Clymenidse, all of which build tubes of sand or mud. The largest specimens dredged
are 120 mm. in length by 2 mm. in width. The head is rounded, with a lateral mouth.
There is no trace of cephalic branchise. The worm consists of only from seventeen to
twenty segments ; the first few of these are very long, about 17 mm., while those of
the posterior portion of the body are only 5 mm. in length. The segments are not
divided from one another ; but the tori uncinigeri, which are occupied by the hair-like
setae, and the elevations bearing small uncini, indicate the beginning of a new segment.

The number of small hooks on the tori uncinigeri is very large There is a pair

of glands in each of the segments, from the second to the seventh. The position and

structure of these has been described by Claparede in the genus Owenia, in which,
however, there are only four pairs. Most of the specimens examined are females, and
contain many eggs.

“ There is no doubt that this Annelid is closely allied to the genus Oioenia, but it
differs from it in the absence of cephalic branchim. Malmgren has, however, already
proposed the name of Myriocliele for a form in which this absence of branchiae occurs.
The description of the northern form, on which Malmgren’s genus is founded, is not at
hand, so that it is impossible in the meantime to determine whether the two forms are
identical or specifically distinct.”

The foregoing account by the lamented Dr. v. Willemoes-Suhm is the more
valuable because the condition of the preparation is unsatisfactory. All the larger tubes
had been slit and their contents removed ; and, as the animals are quite pulpy and
devoid of either head or tail, very little information can be gleaned from them.
Moreover, careful search revealed no trace of either extremity of the body in the small
fragmentary tubes, and none amongst the microscopic slides.

The hooks occur on somewhat shorter pads than in Owenia, and the crown is bifid
(PL XXVa. figs. 14, a, h, c). Malmgren’s figure of the hook, which, with his descrip-
tion of Myriocliele heeri, was published in 1867,^ is nearly, but not quite, in accordance
with the structure of that in the present form, for the inferior fang or tooth in his
figure is too short, but this is probably due to position. In certain views, indeed, only
one fang is visible, so that it is probable they arise nearly on a level, or are truly bifid.

The hooks in the genus Myriochele conform to the foregoing type, though Dr.
Hansen describes and figures a remarkable exception in the collection made during the
Norwegian North Atlantic expedition. In this species [Myriochele sarsii, Hansen^) the
bifid terminal region is separately articulated to the shaft. This is unusual in the gToup.

The bristles present toward the tip very fine lateral serratioiis, no distinct spikes
being noticeable in the preparation.

1 Annulata Polychaeta, Spetsbergiaj, &c., Helsingfors, ISCT.
^ Den Norske Nordhavs-Exped., p. 41, Taf. vi. figs. 6-12.

412

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

The food of the Annelid consists of the reddish mud amongst which it dwells.
Sir Wyville terms this red clay — mud containing a number of gritty particles, though
on the whole comparathmly smooth, and with scarcely a trace of carbonate of lime. A
minute examination of the contents of the alimentary canal shows that the sand-grains
are rare and small, and that a few Diatoms (chiefly circular) and occasionally a beauti-
fully reticulated Radiolarian are j)resent.

Further insight, however, is obtained into the nature of the sea-bottom by an investi-
gation of the tubes, which are composed of a somewhat tough, pale, chitinous secretion
internally, and externally coated with sand-grains and other structures. Conspicuous
amongst the latter are numerous globular or rarely moniliform arenaceous Foraminifera
of an ochreous colour, while the microscope shows a large number of more minute
arenaceous forms, some apj)arently divided into chambers, innumerable fragments of
spouge-spicules, curious circular stellate disks, and tips of peculiar spines (hollow at the
base). Few or no Diatoms are visible on the tubes.

There can be no doubt, therefore, that living arenaceous Foraminifera abound on this
sea-bottom of reddish clay, and with the Diatoms and Radiolarians contribute to the
support of such higher forms as Myriochele.

Myriochele heeri, Malmgren, var. (PI. XXVIa. flg. bd).

Habitat. — A fragmentary and minute specimen was dredged at Station 47 (off the
American coast, near New York), May 7, 1873 ; lat. 41° 14' N., long. 65° 45' W.; depth,
1340 fathoms; surface temperature, 42°; sea-bottom, blue mud.

The hooks of this form (PI. XXVIa. flg. od) are of course much smaller than in
the previous species, and appear to conform more closely to Malmgren’s figure. There
is, however, no satisfactory evidence that the forms are distinct. The chief difference
is in the curvature of the neck of the hook, which is more decided in the present form,
and there is less of the shoulder usually visible below the teeth.

The tube, like tlie animal, is fragmentary, measuring in diameter about 0’5 mm.
It is composed of sponge-spicules and transparent grains of sand, the former beauti-
fully arranged in parallel series, bound here and there by cross-bars. In some parts
of the tube sand-particles predominate, in others the sponge -spicules are most
prominent.

Some of the hooks in the ordinary Oivenia, towards the end of the row, show two
short and rounded ]3rocesses at the tip. The rest seem to have a single tooth. In
Hebridean, English, and Spanish examples the double tip occurs on the hooks.
Myriochele, therefore, can hardh^ l)e distinguished from Owenia for this reason.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

413

Mij riocliele heeri, Malmgren, var.

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 325 (in the Atlantic, off the coast of Buenos Ayres),
March 2, 1876 ; lat. 36° 44' S., long. 46° 16' W.; depth, 2650 fathoms; bottom tem-
perature 32°'7, surface temperature 70°‘8 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

Unfortunately both extremities are absent, so that little can be made out of the
specimen. It is about 30 mm. in length by l'2mm. in diameter. The hooks, however,
seem to correspond with those of the examples from Station 20.

The intestine contains sandy mud with sponge-spicules.

There is little, considering the differences in the nature of the sea-bottom, to
distinguish the tube of this form from that dredged at Station 20. The same brownish-
orange globular Foraminifera, and various other arenaceous forms of the same type, sponge-
spicules, one or two globular perforated bodies like Foraminifera, and an occasional
Diatom characterise the exterior, while the chitinons lining is the same. One end of
the tube is as usual more leathery.

Myriochele pacijica, n. sp. (PI. XXV a. fig. 15).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 272 (in the middle of the Pacific), September 8, 1875;
lat. 3° 48' S., long. 152° 56' W.; depth, 2600 fathoms ; bottom temperature 35°'l,
surface temperature 79°'0 ; sea-bottom, Radiolarian ooze.

This specimen also is fragmentary, neither anterior nor posterior end being present.
It measures about 90 mm. in length and fully 1 mm. in diameter.

The ridges for the hooks in this form are large (as in Oivenia), and the hooks differ
slightly from those of the previous forms in the outline of the teeth and the shoulder
(PI. XXVa. fig. 15). A margin, however, must be made for variation, since this is a
much larger form than the preceding.

All these examples of Myriochele approach each other closely, and the very
imperfect condition of every specimen makes the diagnosis unsatisfactory.

The greyish-white contents of the alimentary canal showed numerous Radiolarians.

The fragments of the tube have a deep brownish colour, and are composed of an
inner tough layer of glistening chitinons secretion. Externally is a fiocculent brownish
coat mainly made up of Radiolarians, with a few sponge-spicules here and there. The
diameter of the tube is about 2 mm. One end is thin and leathery. They are
accompanied by a few fragments of the tube of a Hyalinoicia.

The Myriochele danielsseni of Hansen ^ has hooks with the tips somewhat dilated,
but much less abruptly than in the present form.

^ Op. cit., p. 42, Taf. vi. figs. 13-15.

414

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Family Hekmellid^e.

The number of S23ecies j)rocured by the Challenger is comjjaratively small, probably
because the grouj) is a shallow water or littoral one, as, indeed, the localities given
by the foreign authors together with the habits of European forms shoAv.

Kinberg describes seven sj^ecies, of which six are new, and under no less than five new
genera. Schmarda gives four sjDecies, chiefly from the littoral zone. Grube describes
one from the PhilijAjDines and one in the series collected by the “ Gazelle.”

The occurrence of Nematoid j^arasites and Gregarinae in the alimentary canal is
interesting.

It is curious that no larg^e masses of the tulles of the Herniellidse come either from
the Cape or the Australian region where they are common.

Dr. Baird ^ states that an examjde of this grouj) (Sabellaria saxicava) bores in
somewhat soft rock in Esquimalt Harbour, VancouA^er Island. This is an unusual
feature.

Sabellaria, Lamarck.

Sabellaria [Pallasia) johnstonii^ n. sp. (PL XLVII. figs. 5, 6 ; PI. XXVa. figs. 16-23).

Habitat. — From the littoral region, St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands.

A species of considerable size, measuring about 40 mm., inclusive of the tail, and 4’5
in diameter at its widest portion.

The body is divided into three Avell-marked regions, viz., the cephalic, anterior, and
posterior, and in addition the tail constitutes a long a2)peudage.

The cephalic region is sj)lit from the anterior margin to the base of the dorsal hooks
superiorly, and ventrally as far back as the mouth. This Avide division gives the anterior
region a characteristic aj)pearance, which is further intensified by the dark brownish
mottling of the dorsal aspect. Moreover, a dark broAvn belt runs along the outer margin
of the 023ercular region, and as the j^apillse in this are pale, they aj3pear like a series of
white studs. From the dorsum the dh^ergence of the halves of the opercular region is
very marked, the junction being characterised by a broad groove Avith a chitinous hook
at each side. These hooks (PI. XLVII. fig. 5) are large and poAverful, and strongly
curved toward the someAvhat sharp extremity. A reserve hook of similar shape is present
at the base dorsally, its unAvorn tip being more acute than the older. These organs are
probably of considerable importance in the economy of the animal, as for attaching it
to the margin of its tube or other convenient structure. Unfortunately, however, no

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., February 10, 1863.

'■* After Dr. George Johnstoa, of Berwick-on-Tweed, whose labours amongst the British Annelids deserve gratel'ul
remembrance.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

415

tube is present in the collection, and nothing is known of its habits. The curved

anterior margin of the region shows a double ridge with a groove between. The outer
ridge has the dark brown belt studded with the white papillae, formerly alluded to, along
its external aspect, while internally, a continuous one of the same colour extends from
the ventral to the dorsal margin. Upon the ridge are the outer paleae, which form a
single row. They possess a stout shaft (PI. XXVa. fig. 16) for insertion into the tissues,
its lower region being marked by close transverse lines, then by similar but slightly
wavy lines, further up, below the pectinations, by a wider series of lines still more
undulated, which present lateral ridge-like projections, the part immediately adjoin-
ing the pectinations, indeed, somewhat resembling the minute structure of wool. This
region is also constricted. The lateral ridge-like processes gradually increase in distinct-
ness from below upward, and soon assume the appearance of curved pectinations, which
become longer toward the tip, the latter very rarely being perfect, probably from the
brittle nature of the tissue. It is difficult to get a complete view of the pectinations on
both sides, probably because the palese are twisted. The undulating transverse lines
pass upward a little after the pectinations begin, then become indistinct and disappear.
On the outer border of the ridge are the whitish papillse, from seven to nine in number.
The largest and longest is the last at the ventral edge, and it points inward from the
prominence at the commencement of the inner palese. The last dorsal is small, and is
situated just opposite the base of the great chitinous hook on each side. The inner
ridge is less supplied with pigment than the outer, in one exam23le being perfectly pale,
while in another a pale brownish belt occurs externally, and an intensely brownish
portion both externally and internally at each end, where it joins the outer row. The
inner palese spring from the top of the ridge, increasing in length from above downward
toward the ventral series. These processes are hollow and somewdiat triangular in
transverse section, diminishing superiorly and interiorly. The tip (PI. XXVa. fig. 17) is
slightly curved and moderately pointed, while the central cavity nearly reaches the
extremity. A series of transverse bars occurs both superiorly and inferiorly, and
are probably due to septa which strengthen the somewhat brittle organs. While the
outer row has a tendency to slope externally, these slant decidedly forw^ard and inw^ard.
They are very brittle, rarely more than the tip remaining entire after mounting, as in
the figure.

Inferiorly the cephalic fissure is very extensive, each limb presenting a linear series of
transverse ridges, from ten to twelve in number. From these and the rest of the opposing
surfaces the dense masses of filiform branchiae arise.

The mouth opens just behind the ventral fork as a prominent orifice, provided
anteriorly with two large labial palpi, and laterally with a lanceolate cirrus. The external
fold of the mouth forms a thick crenate margin, while a pair of thinner and somewhat
frilled inner lips occurs between them. Deep brown pigment exists round the mouth,

416

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

and extends along tlie anterior palpi. Just behind the lanceolate cirrus on each side is a
tuft of beautifully pinnate bristles (PI. XXVa. fig. 18). The pinnae slant very regularly
in a distal direction ; while a few transverse markings occur in the shaft inferiorly.

Dorsally the mottled brownish cephalic bars or markings are continued evenly
backward in the median line a considerable distance, so that there is no separation of
the cephalic region on this surface. Laterally, however, a branchial appendage indicates
a distinction, and on each side, below the latter, are three processes, viz., a dorsal,
ventral, and median, the two former being more filiform than the latter. The separation
is completed by a fold which, on each side, runs inward ventrally to the mouth. These
lateral appendages probably indicate a segment, and the tuft of bristles on each side of
the mouth may be the ventral bristles pertaining to it, though in such a case the lateral
palpi at the mouth must have passed forward into the buccal segment. The fact,
however, that these bristles differ very decidedly from the following series would show
that there is no necessity for strictly connecting them with the first body -segment.

The next three segments are well defined, each bearing the usual pair of branchiae,
the dorsal tuft of strong bristles and the lateral lappet, with its ventral group of more
slender bristles.

The dorsal bristles (PI. XXVa. fig. 19) form a linear series of stout flattened oar-
shaped organs, widening gradually from the base upwmrd to the tip, the latter, how^ever,
being drawn to a short point. The edge of the thin flattened region at the extremity (a
modification of the ordinary wings) is hispid with minute spines, which extend for some
distance downward on the blade. Between each of these is a minute bristle
(PI. XXVa. fig. 20) more decidedly resembling an oar, and with proportionally longer
spines on the tip. The shaft is distinctly narrow^ed beneath the terminal region or blade.

The ventral tuft of bristles, though smaller, conforms to the same type ; the tip ,
however, is much more tapered (PI. XXVa. fig. 21), and furnished with longer spines
than the corresponding series in the dorsal tuft. In the same way, the more slender
intermediate bristles assume a pennate aspect, somewhat after the manner of the ventral
buccal tuft, but more finely spiked. A complete series of gradations is thus clearly seen
in these bristles, from the boldly pennate ventral, to the less pennate intermediate
ventral forms, then to the boldly hispid oar-shaped kinds, and finally to the stout dorsal
series, where all that remains of the pennate arrangement is a slightly hispid tip, only
detected by careful examination.

The posterior region of the body follows the last mentioned, and in it the dorsal
bristles are absent. A ridge for hooks extends from the base of the branchiae in front
downward to the ventral surface, the process beyond terminating in a filiform cirrus,
followed by a tuft of long delicate, tapering bristles with regular spinous rows. In each
tuft there are a few more finely spinose than the rest, both forms being shown in
PI. XXVa. fig. 22, a, b. These bristles continue to the posterior end of the animal.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

417

The anterior liooks (PI. XXV a. fig. 23) have about eight teeth, the largest occupying
the middle, the first and especially the last (which seems to be partly adnate) lieing
smaller. The posterior hooks are less, and have a more decided dorsal curve than the
anterior ; otherwise they are similar, having from seven to eight teeth.

The branchiae are incomplete, but appear to number twenty-three or twenty-four.
The absence of many posteriorly may have been accidental, but if otherwise, they are
not continued so far backward as in Sabellaria spinulosa.

The contents of the alimentary canal consisted of sandy mud in which were fragments
of minute Crustacea, a few Foraminifera, fragments of sponge-spicules, minute Algse, and
parasitic Nematoids. The latter had bluntly pointed heads and rounded tails. A few
Gregarinse were also present. In the posterior region of the canal peculiar areolar
membranes exist, but their relationships are doubtful.

The complexity of the anterior region of the body in section is considerable.
Externally it is covered by a very thin layer of cuticle, and a narrow stripe of hypoderm
containing the pigment. The circular muscular coat is best marked dorsally, for
ventrally, in a line with the roots of the dorsal hooks, it is merged into the intricate
muscular mass occupying the entire area of the region. The general appearance of the
centre of this region is somewhat like the tongue. Dorsally are the roots of the two
great hooks, while, laterally, are the palese. The inner row has its concavity directed
outward and backward, the dorsal end having palese circular on section, the ventral and
outer flattened palese. Each of the latter organs has an outer chitinous investment and
a brownish central region. The branchial processes have a somewhat rigid chitinous
ring, which retains its shape on section, under the ciliated hypoderm, and an inner axis
connected with the vascular supply. Considerable nerve-trunks are noticed in the
branchial region under the ventral hypoderm.

The intricate muscular stroma of the cephalic region shows certain changes as the
cerebral ganglia and the mouth appear. Thus, just in front of the ganglia, a conspicuous
band of transverse fibres occurs in the central region. As soon as the ganglia are
outlined, a powerful transverse muscular band occurs above and beneath them, the rest of
the area consisting of a complex series of radiate and oblique fibres.

Behind the ganglia the intricacy of the muscular apparatus surrounding the buccal
region is great, and the nerve-cords have now assumed a lateral position. When the
mouth becomes enclosed the cords form two large rounded masses in section toward the
inner and upper border of each longitudinal ventral muscle, and the dorsal muscles are
indicated. Just before the cords unite in the first ganglion a peculiar fan-like muscular
arrangement is caused on each side of the gullet by the fibres connected with the great
thoracic bristles. The nerve-cords have not yet reached the hypoderm, but are invested
by interwoven muscular fibres inferiorly, the ventral muscles externally, and the oblique
internally.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. — 1885.)

LI 53

418

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

In the posterior region of the body, again, a great change ensues, for the central part
is occupied by the alimentary canal, the intermediate region by the generative products,
and the lateral by the great longitudinal muscles. The ventral form two compact oval
masses with the nerve-cord and the neural canal at the upper and inner angle of each,
and separated by a considerable interval. The dorsal muscles are much larger, have a
convex outer and a concave inner border, and are somewhat pointed superiorly. They
are more widely sejDarated than the ventral.

The Sabellaria saxicava, Baird,^ from Vancouver Island, is an allied form with similar
palese. It is not, however, a “ saxicavous ” form, the sandy tube being covered over with
a crust of MeJohesia, and being lengthened as the latter increases.

This species also approaches Grube’s^ Sabellaria [Pallasia) sexhamata from the
Philippines, but differs in the number and structure of the hooks, and also in the outline
of the external paleae. The number of the hooks is not a character of much moment,
since in sections of the present species several reserve-hooks are found, and Haswell makes
similar observations in regard to the allied form, Sabellaria anstraliensis.^

Sabellaria {Pallasia) capensis (Schmarda) (PI. XXVa. figs. 24, 25 ; PI. XXVIa. figs.

11, 12).

Hermella capensis, Schmarda,' Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii, p. 23, Taf. xx. fig. 171.

Habitat. — Collected between tide-marks at Sea Point, near Cape Town, Africa, where
it was first found by Schmarda and subsequently by Kinberg.

The largest example measures 90 mm. in length, with a diameter at its widest part
of 6 ’5 mm. Schmarda states that his sjDecimens were 70 mm. in length.

This form is nearly allied to the ordinary Sabellarice, differing from Sabellaria
alveolata in having only two rows of palese, the shape of the inner being such that it
compensates for the absence of the second inner row. Schmarda describes and figures ^
the palese as notched at the tip, but this is hardly accurate, since the thin spathulate tip
has a chitinons fold on the under surface, the end of which projects in the form of
a spur directed dorsally (PI. XXVa. fig. 24). When viewed in certain positions, as
obliquely from above, the appearance of a notch is simulated by the arrangement. On
the other hand, a lateral view (PI. XXVa. fig. 25) gives a hatchet-shape to the whole
organ, and the terminal spur is very prominent. The palese are crossed by curious
transverse lines, which, especially along the convex edge, assume a wavy direction ; and,
moreover, a scaly aspect, apparently from wear, occurs along the same edge near the tip.

While it is possible to recognise these palese in Schmarda’s description and figure, it is

^ Proc. Zool. Soc. Land., 1863, p. 109. ^ Annelidenfauna d. Philippinen, p. 219, Taf. xiv. fig. 1.

^ Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1882, vol. vii. p. 634, pi. xii. figs. 7-11.

* Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 23, fig. a.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

419

otherwise with the inner palese, for the outline of the latter, according to him, corresponds
with a lateral view of the outer form just given, as a comparison of the figure
will show (Schmarda, fig. 6, p. 23).

The tip of the inner palese (PI. XXVIa. fig. 11) is bluntly pointed, then it graduallv
expands into a large thick heel which projects beyond the somewhat slender shaft, so
that the latter nearly forms the apex of a triangle, and the serrated upper or anterior
edge the base. These are evidently modifications of the same type. In this case the
outline resembles an attenuated leg with a long tapering foot furnished with a huge heel,
the latter having the dorsal surface crenatecl. In one specimen an ovato-lanceolate leaf
of an Alga is attached to one of the ventral palese, and overhangs the crown like an
operculum.

A little below the bases of the outer palese of the crown a closely set series of conical
paplllse occur. These would seem to have been in life of a deep purplish hue, a colour
which more or less tinges both dorsal and ventral surfaces of the animal.

The cephalic branchise are numerous, about sixteen stems being visible on each side
of the fork.

The mouth has the usual structure, with a somewhat long cirrus on each side of the
palpi, and a tuft of finely pennate bristles a little behind.

The thoracic region has the typical three sets of bristles. The oar-shaped forms of
the dorsal row have a smooth blade, which is tinted of a purplish hue distally. A high
power shows only a few minute spines at the point of the most perfect examples.
Schmarda gives an unsatisfactory figure of one of these (fig. d, op. cit.) with the tip
broken, a condition doubtless A^ery common. It is too wide at the extremity, and the
striae are placed too near the latter. The tip is more attenuate than in the preAuous
species. Very few are quite symmetrical distally, and all have well-marked striae at
intervals. The intermediate bristles likewise present a more attenuate tip than in the
Sabellaria (Pallasia) johnstoni, and are much less spinous. The ventral tufts of bristles
are also smoother than in the latter form, and slightly differ in the breadth of the
fusiform region at the tip.

The hooks (PI. XXVIa. fig. 12) have seven teeth and an indistinct process. More-
over, as in many others, the teeth are in a double row, so that it is often difficult to see the
hook in simple profile.

The food in the alimentary canal is composed of sandy mud, numerous sponge-
spicules, a few Diatoms and organic fragments. Many Gregarinse also occur in the
intestine.

The tube is a very dense one, composed of entire small shells, coarse fragments of
shells, large sand-grains, and other structures cemented together by a tough secretion
which also lines the interior. The latter is deeply tinted of a dull purple hue in many
parts, yet this does not prevent the lining membrane from being semitranslucent, since

420

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

the fragments of shells can be observed through it. Externally the tube is on the whole
pale.

The minute anatomy of the anterior region of the body corresponds generally with
that in the foregoing form. The same intricate muscular central region occurs, and it is
even more regular and beautiful, especially in connection with the two median and two
lateral channels in the dorsal region, after the body-wall has been comj^letely formed, i.e.,
behind the mouth. The nerve-cords in this j)art are internal, abutting on the perivisceral
chamber. In the anterior third of the body the cuticle is very indistinct. The dark
hypoderm is thicker dorsally than ventrally, and in the preparation it assumes a series of
regular frills along the dorsum. A thick hyaline basement-layer occurs beneath the
hypoderm in the latter region. The circular muscular coat is well developed. The
longitudinal dorsal muscles are much more massive than the ventral, and are continuous
in the median line dorsally over the vascular channel. The separate nerve-cord lies on
each side of the median line amidst a series of interlaced muscular fibres within the circular
coat. The sections of their bases show that the great thoracic bristles alternate with a
smaller series, probably the roots of the second row. The oesophageal region of the
alimentary canal is slung by muscular fibres below^ the dorsal vascular canal. Externally
it presents a thick layer of longitudinal fibres, then a firm circular coat on wdiich the
frilled inner lining rests. Strong muscular bands connect it with the ventral wall a little
within the nerve-cord on each side.

The posterior region differs considerably from that in Sabellaria (Pcdlasia) johnstoni,
in the jmoportions of the dorsal and ventral muscles, both of which are comparatively
small. The former have a slight bulbous enlargement at the external region of the
dorsal arch, and then form a thin layer inward to the central line. The latter muscles
appear in section as a small elliptical mass between the bristles and the nerve-cord on
each side. The neural canal lies at the inner and inferior region of the nerve-cord. The
circular muscular layer’ is well developed, but the preparation is not in a condition to show
the su|)erficial parts. The great central area of the body in this region is occupied by the
distended alimentary canal, while the reproductive elements occur at the sides. A band of
muscular fibres and connective tissue from the lower surface of the alimentary canal slings
the ventral blood-vessel and then spreads outward to be attached between the nerve-cords.

The long caudal appendix has the cuticular and the thin hypodermic layer externally,
then a delicate band of circular fibres and a more or less continuous though thin longitu-
dinal layer. Some longitudinal fibres also appear to exist externally to the circular,
indeed, the impression from the sections is that there are two thin circular and two
longitudinal layers, but the state of the preparations does not warrant a decided state-
ment. The glandular lining is firm. This part of the alimentary canal contained sand-
grains and sponge-spicules.

Schmarda procured his examples at Table Bay, Cape of Good Hope.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

421

Sahellaria (Pallasia) giardi,^ n. sp. (PL XLVII. fig. 7; PI. XXVIa. figs. 13-15).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 163b (off Port Jackson, Sydney), June 3, 1874; lat.
33° 51' S., long. 151° 22' E. ; depth, 35 fathoms ; bottom temperature 63°‘0, surface
temperature 69° ‘0 ; sea-bottom, hard ground. It was found during the examination of
Aplirodita australis deeply imbedded amongst its bristles.

The specimen is fragmentary, measuring about 7 mm. in length, and a little less than
2 mm. in diameter at its widest part.

It apparently belongs to the same type as Sahellaria (Pallasia) jolinstoni, and thus
differs from Sahellaria (Pallasia) capensis. It has, however, features peculiarly its own.
The crowm is furnished with a double row of very long brittle palese. The outer are
thinner and more flattened than the inner. Each springs from a somewhat pointed base,
gradually widens out into a broad, flat blade, finely striated longitudinally, and, again,
slightly diminishes toward the tip, which is rapidly sloped to a point (PI. XXVIa.
fig. 13) and marked by a few transverse lines. In certain lateral views a few notches
or serrations occur below the tip. The outer palem are directed forward with the tips
slightly bent outward. A faint curvature is evident between base and tip.

The inner palese, again, are likewise directed forward, but have the tips inclined some-
what inward. They are more robust organs (PI. XXVIa. fig. 14) than those of the
exterior row, and have a fusiform shape, but less diminished interiorly than superiorly.
They are hollow, the tapering portion toward the extremity being strengthened by
thicker walls, and the whole inner region marked by fine longitudinal strim. Like the
outer palese a slight curvature occurs between base and tip.

Along the outer base of the external row of palese is on each side a series of about
eleven papillfe, which increase in length dorsally. The last forms a somewhat con-
spicuous cirrus over the dorsal hook. The latter is a pale amlDer-coloured organ
imbedded in the tissues, the curved tip alone emerging from the surface. The hooks are
thus less prominent than in the other species. The cephalic region is tinted of a pale
brownish hue. Ventrally, the bran chise- arise by fewer stems than in the other species,
about eight being conspicuous.

The mouth has two similar palpi, with cirri in front, but in addition it possesses at
the base of the latter an outer and an inner acutely lanceolate flattened cirrus. No
bristles are visible under a lens at the side of the mouth. A little behind the two last-
mentioned cirri are two others below the branchiae. It is probable that the two former
are morphologically connected with the same row though they have moved forward.

The thoracic or anterior region quite differs from that of the previous form in having
four rows of great dorsal bristles. These have the usual oar-shape, and are generally

’ Named after M. Alf. Oiard, author of various important papers on animals allied to the Annelida.

422

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

split and fringed at the tip from wear. The intermediate forms have very fine filiform
extremities, which appear to be nearly smooth, so fine are the minute spikes. The small
ventral tufts in the same region have a similar shape, the tips being much fringed. The
delicate intermediate forms present also extremely elongated filiform extremities with
barely discernible microscopic spikes.

The ventral bristles of the posterior region, so far as seen in the fragment, follow the
same type as in the anterior region, only the more delicate series are so finely spinous
toward the tip that they appear almost smooth under a power of 350 diameters. The
same proportion, indeed, in this respect takes place as in the former series.

The hooks (PI. XXVIa. fig. 15) have about nine teeth, the lowest, that next the
point of attachment of the tendons, being long and distinct. The outline of the organ
differs from that in either of the preceding.

The anterior third of the body-wall in section conforms for the most part to the fore-
going type. The hypoderm is comparatively thin, and is best seen on the ventral surface.
The dorsal muscles are somewhat pear-shaped and widely separated. Their form is
preserved by an environment of fibres from the circular and oblique coats. The
ventral are more extended, and have the nerve and neural canal at the inner angle.
The massive part of each muscle being external, the body naturally acquires a somewhat
quadrangular shape in section. The alimentary canal is firm and rounded, its position
in this region being maintained by various radiate bands of fibres. Two conspicuous
dorsal vessels and a median ventral are present.

The Lygdamis indicus,^ Kinberg, from Banks Strait, if the interpretation of what
lie calls the “ operculum ” be correct, seems to approach the foregoing, and though it
differs in the number of the “ opercular ” papillae, in the tips of the paleae and other points,
the laxity of Kiiiberg’s description must be borne in mind. The Sahellaria IcBvispims,
<drube,^ from Ascension, is also an allied form.

Family Amphictenida:.

The paucity of the examples of this family is remarkable, especially as the group is
not confined to shallow water. The great depth (1600 fathoms) at which the species
occur carries the bathymetrical range much beyond previous observations, for even in the
Porcupine ” expedition the representatives of the family only reached 420 fathoms.

Considerable variety exists in regard to the number of species collected by former
expeditions. Schmarda gives only one, from Australia, and none occur in Kinberg’s
scries. Grube again has five in his Philippine collection, but none in that of the

1 Ofversigt Jc. Vetensk.-Akad. Fdrhandl., 1866, p. 350.

Aimelidenausbeute von S.M.S. “ Gazelle,” op. cit., p. 542.

KEPORT 01^ THE ANNELIDA.

423

“Gazelle.” Two common species are mentioned by Ehlers from the “Porcupine,” both
from comparatively shallow water, and in the Norwegian North Atlantic expedition the
greatest depth at which Cistenides liyperhorea was obtained was 263 fathoms.

Petta, Malmgren.

Petta assimilis, n. sp. (PI. XLVII. figs. 8, 9 ; PI. XXVIa. figs. 16-19).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 147 (between Prince Edward and Kerguelen Islands),
December 30, 1873; lat. 46° 16' S., long. 48° 27' E.; depth, 1600 fathoms; bottom
temperature 34°‘2, surface temperature 41°‘0; sea-bottom, Diatom ooze.

A form devoid of its tube, measuring about 22 mm. in length, and with a diameter of
4’5 mm. In this respect it is well to remember that the specimen is soft and flattened.

It is a larger form than the British representative of the genus. The bright golden
paleolse are also longer and more slender, their number being about fourteen on each side,
while a few of the inner are very attenuate. The triangular membranous fold under the
paleolae has an even margin. The anterior border of the first segment shows four or five
well-marked fimbrise as in the British species ; and the following segment has more
numerous though smaller appendages. Posteriorly the scapha has a different anal
process from the species above mentioned, and the ligula is short and conical. The anal
process forms a scale-like appendage to the scapha.

There are seventeen pairs of bristles, which group themselves structurally into two
series. The bristles of the first series (PI. XXVIa. fig. 16) possess stout shafts and
tapering tips with a wing at each side merging toward the extremity into a double series
of spikes by the splitting of the wings. These terminal serrations are much finer than
in the British representative. The other series (PI. XXVIa. fig. 17) also have a wing at
each side of the terminal region, but before much diminution takes place an enlargement or
heel occurs, and then the bristle rapidly tapers to a fine point. The edge of the terminal
region is finely serrated, and a space below the enlargement is in the same condition.

The hook-like caudal bristles agree in arrangement with those in the British form,
but they slightly differ in shape (PI. XXVIa. fig. 18), the tip being less tapered and less
hooked. Certain wavy bands are also present in all, a short distance beneath the extremity.

The hooks (PL XXVIa. fig. 19) very much resemble those of the British form (and
also those of Malmgren’s Petta pusilla, if we add the minute serrations probably omitted
by his artist on the third process), showing superiorly a smaller upper and a larger inferior
fang, followed by a broad hook-like process (the third) bearing a series of minute denti-
culations on its edge, and lastly a rounded base, less prominent than in the foregoing.

The contents of the alimentary canal consist of a rich greyish- white mud, in which
Glohigerince abound, but which likewise swarms with many beautiful Diatoms and fine

424

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

siliceous hairs, mixed with an occasional sponge-spicule or fragment of minute Crustacean.
A few Radiolarians also occurred, and some seem to have been swallowed alive, or at
least perfectly fresh.

Family Ampharetida:.

The members of this family, of which an excellent resume has been given by Grube,^
are perhaps more abundant in Arctic and Antarctic Seas than in the warmer oceans.
But at the same time no group in the Challenger series is more thoroughly abyssal, at
least where the numbers are considerable. Of the fifteen representatives two-thirds come
from depths ranging from 1100 to 2750 fathoms, the remaining five being found between
75 and 470 fathoms. Several forms resembling the European pass to the American
shores.

The representatives of the family are not numerous in the collections of former
voyagers. Thus no species is mentioned by Schmarda. Kinberg again describes a
single new Patagonian Am'pliarete [Ampharete patagonica), in addition to finding the
common Amphicteis gunneri. Grube has two in the Philippine collection, and he
describes a new genus, Phyllocomus, found at the Crozets and Kerguelen in the collection
of the German ship “ Gazelle.” None occur in his Annulata CErstediana, Ehlers found
three known species in that part of the “Porcupine” collection sent him for examination,
and of these Melinna cristata descended to 1366 fathoms. In Marenzeller’s series from
Southern Japan two species, viz., the European Amage auricula, and Grube’s Philippine
species, Amphicteis angustifolia, occur.

In some cases it has not been thought necessary to go into detail in regard to
external form where correspondence with the typical species is close. Only the
diagnostic features have been mentioned. It is noteworthy in connection with the latter
that the hooks both of the new species in this family and in the Terebellidae have not
been figured by Wiren in his paper on the Annelids of the Vega expedition.

The closeness with which the various species of Amphicteis approach each other is
interesting. It is often doubtful whether these be mere varieties of Amphicteis gunneri
or new forms. The same remark also applies to others of the family.

Most of the tubes are composed of very fine mud.

Ampharete, Malmgren.

Ampharete sombreriana, n. sp. (PL XXVIa. figs. 20, 21).

Habitat. — Dredged off Sombrero and St. Thomas, West Indies, in 470 and 390
fathoms.

1 Jahrb. d. Schles. Gesellsch., Breslau, April 6, IStO, sep. Abel., p. 8.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

425

A small specimen measuring about 12 mm. in length by a little more than 1 mm. in
diameter at its widest part anteriorly (exclusive of the bristle-tufts). The example is
considerably injured, but exhibits the chief characters fairly.

There are fourteen pairs of bristle-tufts in front, and twelve segments in the posterior
region of the body furnished only with processes for the hooks. In this respect it
agrees with Ampharete arctica, Malmgren. The Palmula comes nearest in appearance
to the condition in Ampharete goesi, Malmgren, in regard to the structure of the paleolse,
which are short and broad, with a tapering filiform tip (PI. XXVIa. fig. 20). It, how-
ever, quite differs from the latter species, which has seventeen posterior papillae for the
hooks. The paleolse form a beautiful fan in front. In regard to the structure of the
extremity of these organs, it is interesting that no form having a mucronate tip (as
figured by Malmgren in Amp)harete arctica) has yet been observed.

The branchiae are four on each side and of the usual length and structure, except
that their bases are united.

The bristles in each tuft consist of a longer series with wings, and a shorter
and somewhat stouter group of the same structure, the attenuated extremities of
which commonly reach the inferior margin of the wings of the longer kind. The
arrangement thus differs from that in Ampharete gracilis from St. Andrews and other
parts in which the intermediate shorter forms are very slender and devoid of an evident
wing.

The uncini present six or seven teeth (PI. XXVIa. fig. 21), according as the distal
one is visible or not, and exhibit the following features when compared with other species.
They do not show so many teeth as the hooks of Ampharete grubei, and the last tooth
(anteriorly and inferiorly) is larger. They are broader than those of Amp>harete goesi,
and present the same distinction inferiorly, viz., the projection of the last fang beyond
the comparatively small mucronate process, both from this form and Ampharete arctica.
They appear to have more numerous teeth than in Ampharete gracilis, and besides differ
in the contour inferiorly and anteriorly, as just noted in regard to the other species. On
the whole they are comparatively short and broad.

The anus presents a crenate or papillose margin, with a short cirrus at each side.

The contents of the alimentary canal consisted of a fine greyish mud in which
fragments of sponge-spicules and a few minute Foraminifera {Glohigerince) occurred.

In section the cuticle is distinct, and the increase of the hypoderm along the ventral
arch is great. The circular muscular coat is well marked. The longitudinal ventral
form long and massive muscles separated by a considerable median interval, bounded on
each side by the strong oblique muscles. The dorsal are much less. They excend from
the bristle-bundles to the middle line. The nerve-cords, as in Amphicteis, lie outside the
circular muscular coat, but protected by the thick hypoderm. The specimen is too soft
for further minute description.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.)

LI 54

426

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Ampharete herguelensis, n. sp. (PL XLVII. fig. 10 ; PI. XXVIa. figs. 22-24).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149h. (off Cumberland Bay, Kerguelen), January
29, 1874; lat. 48° 45' S., long. 69° 14' E.; depth, 127 fathoms; surface temperature,
39°'8 ; sea-bottom, volcanic mud. Found amongst the debris sent from this Station.

A small species, the larger example measuring about 10 mm. in length, and having a
diameter, exclusive of the bristles, of 1'5 mm. at its widest part.

The anterior fan of bristles is made up of longer forms than in the previous species,
and they possess a pronounced terminal curve. In the smaller specimen each of these
has a minute filiform process projecting from the somewhat blunt tip, but in the larger
the majority of the longer bristles are devoid of this appendage. The paleolse, moreover,
are few in number, probably seven or eight. Each tapers very gradually from base
to tip (PL XXVIa. fig. 22), the latter being either somewhat blunt, or provided with
the filiform appendage. The convex edge in all shows a double outline, probably an
indication of its homology with the winged forms of bristles, and this is especially
evident in the paleolge of the smaller example (PL XXVIa. fig. 23).

The shorter intermediate forms of the lateral bristles have long and slender tips
devoid of any evident wing, after the type of Ampharete gracilis from St. Andrews.

The hooks (PL XXVIa. fig. 24) have six or seven teeth and a more elongate
(and perhaps more typical) form than in the previous species [Ampharete somhreriana).
The lower fang, also, does not project so much beyond the inferior process as in the
latter.

Very fine mud with sponge-spicules, a few bristles of an Annelid, and some Diatoms
occurred in the intestine.

The body-wall is similar to that in Amphicteis, and considerably thinner than in the
foregoing species, probably from greater distention.

The Ampharete patagonica of Kinberg ^ seems to be an allied form, but the indefinite
nature of the description leaves room for doubt.

Ampharete gracilis, Malmgren.

Ampharete gracilis, Malmgren, Nordiske Hafs-Annulater, p. 367, Tab. xxvi. tg. 75.

Habitat. — Dredged in the “Knight Errant,” at Station 7, August 12, 1880;
lat. 59° 37' N., long. 7° 19' W. ; depth, 530 fathoms; sea-bottom, Globigerina ooze.

1 Ofversigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Fdrhandl., 1866, p. 343.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

427

Phyllocomus, Grube.

Phyllocomus cr'ocea, Grube (PI. XLVII. fig. 11 ; PI. XXVIa. fig. 25 ; PI. XXXVIIa.
fig. 6).

Phyllocomus crocea, Grube, Monatsber. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wis?. Berlin, August 1877, p. 543.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 151 (off Heard Island), February 7, 1874;
lat. 52° 59' S., long. 73° 33' E. ; depth, 75 fathoms; surface temperature, 36°‘2; sea-
bottom, volcanic mud.

A fragment of the anterior region of a comparatively large form, the greatest
diameter, which is immediately behind the head, being 4 mm., and the length about
10 mm. Grube’s specimen was larger and more complete, measuring 83 mm. in length
by 7 mm. in breadth.

The snout is flattened and broadly spathulate anteriorly, the margin being some-
what rectangular. A shallow groove occurs in the middle line, with a slight elevation
on each side. Just where the fold of the buccal segment runs forward to meet the
margin of the flattened region of the snout a well-marked slit occurs on each side, and
may be connected with a sensory, or, as Grube says, a secretory function. No tentacles
are present in the species, and this is exceptional in the family. The next segment
bears dorsally the marks of four branchial processes on each side, the two inner occurring
in a transverse line, while the two outer are placed in a line running obliquely outward
and forward from the foregoing. In the centre of the bases of these organs are certain
small chitinous masses of an elongate-ovoid shape, resembling undeveloped spines. No
trace of paleolse is visible. Grube describes the branchiee as broadly lanceolate, the
posterior with long tapering tips, which extend considerably beyond the frontal
margin.

There are fifteen pairs of bristle-bundles on each side, and their structure agrees with
that usually met with in the family, viz., each possesses a stoutish shaft, with a well-
marked terminal wing. The shorter series in each tuft is also stout and furnished with
wings. The bristle-papillae are less prominent than the larger hook-pads beneath, so
that both are seen from the dorsum.

The hooks (PI. XXVIa. fig. 25) possess five well-defined teeth, the middle being that
most developed. The inferior fang has beneath it a small mucro, so that there is a
double curve between it and the terminal process. The body of the hook is marked by
bold transverse lines which pass into the bases of the three middle teeth.

The greyish mud in the alimentary canal is very rich in Diatoms, and there are also
a few Eadiolarians and other organisms.

A glance at the body- wall (PI. XXXVIIa. fig. 6) in section shows that the t}q)e
differs from that of any other member of the group. The cuticular and hypodermic

428

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

coats are thin, excejit on the lateral processes, where a considerable depth of hypoderm
exists. The circular muscular layer is feebly developed all round. The longitudinal
dorsal form two powerful sausage-sha23ed masses which have a deep symphysis in the
middle line and a firm internal boundary. The ventral, again, are reniform, since the
outer edge is reflected inward. A wide hiatus occurs between these muscles, the inner
edges of which are bounded by the powerful oblique passing to their insertions in the
circular coat outside the nerve-area. The latter lies external to the circular coat, and a
round neural canal lies in the median line toward the upper border. Two capacious
and much folded hollow organs lie over the area below the alimentary canal, and plaited
masses occur superiorly above the latter. The ventral blood-vessel runs in the middle
line below the alimentary canal. The latter is firm and. brownish, the external coat
consisting of a chitinous layer, on which the somewhat compact glandular tissue rests.
The glands form close parallel rows, so that when viewed from the inner surface the
aspect is characteristic. The granular masses and folded organs in the upper region of
the perivisceral cavity are probably connected with the reproductive apparatus.

The form of the snout in this species somewhat approaches the SahelUdes
angustifolicd of Grube, from the Philippines, but which Marenzeller has placed under
Amphicteis, and extended its distribution to Japan. Both this and the Amphicteis
philippinarum of Grul^e have a spathulate snout.

Grube’s example was procured between the Crozets and Kerguelen. The number of
the anterior segments in his example was seventeen, and the posterior forty-five.

Amphicteis, Grube.

Amphicteis gunneri (M. Sars.)

AmpMtrite gunneri, Sars, Beskrivelser og Jagttagelser, &c., p. 50, Tab. xi. fig. 30.

Habitat. — Trawled at Station VI. (off the Strait of Gibraltar), January 30, 1873 ;
lat. 36° 23' N., long. 11° 18' W.; depth, 1525 fathoms; bottom temperature 36°’0,
surface temperature 58° '0 ; sea-bottom, Globigerina ooze.

The specimen is small and fragmentary, but corresponds with the ordinary examples.
The inferior curves of the hooks, as figured l)y Malmgren’s artist, are slightly at variance
with nature, the posterior depression being too long, while the anterior convexity is
correspondingly shortened.

In the alimentary canal is a little greyish mud containing somewhat large Glohi-
gerincB and a few sponge-spicules.

1 Annelidenfauna d. Philippinen, p. 206, Taf. xii. fig. 1.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

429

Am'phicteis gunneri, M, Sars, var. atlantica (PL XXVIa. figs. 26-29).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 63 (towards the middle of the Atlantic, between Sj^ain
and the American shore), June 19, 1873 ; lat. 35° 29' N., long. 50° 53' W.; depth, 2750
fathoms; surface temj)erature, 71°'0; sea-bottom, red clay.

The length of the single example is 26 mm., and the diameter (exclusive of the
bristles) anteriorly is l^arely 2 mm.

In general appearance this form corresponds with Am'phicteis gimneri from Europe
and Canada, though the anterior fan of bristles is decidedly longer. The seventeen
pairs of bristles behind the anterior fan likewise correspond in number, though perhaj)s
the winged bristles are somewhat more slender and tapering. The number of segments
(fifteen) bearing hooks posteriorly is also the same.

The anterior fan certainly appears to be longer than in either the Canadian or the British
form, and its structure leans to the latter variety rather than to the former. The bristles
(PL XXVIa. fig. 26) are long and tapering, with a decided curve at the tip, the perfect or
unworn form having a long terminal filiform process. They are less attenuate in general
appearance than the British variety, while they are more elongate than the Canadian.
The latter tapers rapidly from the robust basal region, shows little or no curvature, and
ends in a slender point, the whole bristle being comparatively short. A slight indication
of a wing, moreover, occurs at each side of the tip in the Challenger form. It more
resembles the Norwegian representatives of Amphicteis gunneri than even the British,
each having characters of its own.

The hooks (PL XXVIa. fig. 27) approach those of Amphicteis gunneri, but differ
slightly from the foregoing in the shortness of the dorsal margin, which also has a less
evident depression (very distinct in the Norwegian forms). There are five large teeth
and a rudimentary one above the inferior process.

The distinctions between the Challenger species and Amphicteis gunneri are not easily
recognised, but they seem noteworthy. The gradation passes from the Atlantic form to
the Canadian (PL XXVIa. fig. 28) and then to the British (PL XXVIa. fig. 29). The
food in the alimentary canal consists of greyish mud in which numerous small Globi-
gerince, Diatoms, and other minute structures occur.

There is little in section of the body-wall to distinguish this form from Amphicteis
gunneri, except that the nerve-cords are less flattened.

Amphicteis sarsi, n. sp. (PL XLVII. fig. 12; PL XXVIIa. fig. 1).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 325 (in the Atlantic, off the South American coast),
March 2, 1876 ; lat. 36° 44' S., long. 46° 16' W.; depth, 2650 fathoms; bottom tempera-
ture 32°'7, surface temperature 70°’8 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

430

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

The length of the injured fragment, which consists of the anterior region, is about
34 mm., and its diameter at the base of the paleolse 3 ‘5 mm. The species is therefore of
considerable size, since the bristled region only is present.

The snout agrees in general characters with the ordinary forms, the oblique (ocular '?)
ridges being very prominent. The broad double eminence between the branchiae is well
marked. There are seventeen pairs of bristle-bundles. The first or paleolae are long
tapering organs, with a slight curve toward the tip, which has a trace of a wing on each
side, as in allied species. This condition doubtless indicates the morphology, viz., that
each group consists of one of the lateral bristle-tufts modified and directed forward.
The lateral bristles behind the foregoing present a narrow wing on each side, and their
extremities are long, finely tapered and curved. The wing is just perceptible on the
slender intermediate forms.

The hooks (PL XXVIIa. fig. 1) have four or five large teeth, with a process beneath
the lower one, and the curves of the terminal or anterior inferior process are character-
istic. Five seems to be the most common number of teeth. In shape these hooks come
nearest to the Canadian form of Amphicteis gunneri, and it is remarkable to notice how
closely all these forms approach each other.

The specimen occupied a massive tube of dark greyish mud, lined internally by
chitinous secretion. The diameter of the tube is 11 mm., and the length of the longest
piece 80 mm., but part of this is less bulky than the foregoing. Here and there amongst
the mud of the tube externally the same rounded ochreous arenaceous Foraminifera
occur as in Myriochele lieeri} The mud, moreover, shows numerous sponge-spicules and
a few Diatoms. The grains of sand forming the tests of the arenaceous Foraminifera are
very minute.

The hypoderm of Amjjhicteis sard is moderately developed, except over the nerve-
area, where it is thicker. The nerve-cords are placed somewhat deeply with regard to
the surface, for the circular coat bends inward so as to cause them to bulge into the
perivisceral chamber. The size of the longitudinal ventral muscles is considerable.

Amj)hicteis wyvillei, n. sp. (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 2).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 147 (midway between Prince Edward and Kerguelen
Islands), December 30, 1873; lat. 46° 16' S., long. 48° 27' E.; depth, 1600 fathoms;
bottom temperature 34°'2, surface temperature 41°'0 ; sea-bottom. Diatom ooze.

A form of considerable size, though not quite complete posteriorly, measuring 39 mm.
in leno-th and 3 mm. in diameter exclusive of the feet. The vicissitudes connected with
its removal from so great a depth have injured the sj^ecimen.

The head agrees in general eharacters with that of Amphicteis gunneri, and the first

^ Vide page 412.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

431

series of bristles is of moderate length. These are less tapered than in specimens from St.
Magnus Bay. but more slender than those from Canada and Bergen. The lateral
bristles, which are seventeen in number, agree most nearly with the former. The tips
differ slightly from those of Amphicteis sarsi.

There are fifteen hook -bearing pinnules posteriorly, but the tip of the tail is absent.
The hooks (PL XXVIIa. fig. 2) show five teeth and a process beneath the inferior one.
They seem to be comparatively minute, and their outline differs both in the dorsal curve
and the anterior inferior process from that of any other known species. The closeness
with which this and allied forms approach each other, and yet the fixed nature of the
differences in the minute structure of the hooks, is interesting.

A pure white pulp filled the alimentary canal of the animal. Microscopically a vast
number of Diatoms, Kadiolarians, forked structures with a spike at the end (like the tips
of the cylinders formerly described in Maldane sarsi (p. 393), only with a shorter spike
and larger basal region), and a few small Globigerince were the chief forms observed in
this rich ooze. The Globigerince appeared to be in very good condition, and were
probably fresh when swallowed, the fiue spines in some cases radiating all round like
hairs, and the interior apparently still filled with the protoplasm. There seems to me to
be no valid reason why these Foraminifera, Eadiolarians, and other forms should not live
on the bottom any more than the arenaceous types or the Annelid itself, concerning
which no manner of doubt exists.

No trace of a tube exists in the preparation.

Amphicteis japonica, n. sp. (PI. XXVIIa. figs. 3-5).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 232 (south of Yedo, Japan), May 12, 1875; lat.
35° 11' ,N., long. 139° 28' E.; depth, 345 fathoms; bottom temperature 41°‘0, surface
temperature 64° '2 ; sea-bottom, green mud.

The length of the example is about 28 mm., with a diameter in front of 2 ‘5 mm.

In general appearance it corresponds with Amphicteis gunneri, having seventeen pairs
of bristle-tufts in front and fifteen pairs of hook-bearing pinnules posteriorly. The
paleolae are of moderate length and nearly straight, the more slender only exhibiting a
slight curvature. They differ from the corresponding organs in a typical example of
Amphicteis gunneri from Norway (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 4), both in regard to the character
of the tapering and the general outline, which is somewhat fusiform (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 3).
They are marked by the usual longitudinal striae. The traces of wings are less evident
in these than in the Norwegian species, the bristle-tips of which are tapered to a degree
of extreme tenuity. The lateral bristles present no feature of note, except perhaps that
the wings are rudimentary.

432

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

A single flattened l3ranchia (detaclied) accompanied the specimen, but it is doubtful
whether the shape can be depended on.

The hooks (PI. XXVIIa. flg. 5) have six teeth, with a process between the last and
the anterior inferior end of the hook, which is broader than usual. The exact value of
these minute differences is not perhaps fully understood, but they are noteworthy.

The food consisted of a whitish mud abounding in Diatoms, the long cylindrical rods
with sharp spikes, a few small Foraminifera, and various fragments of minute Crustacea.

The animal was in a friable tube of dark greyish mud lined by a tough chitinous
layer, which at one part had an ochreous tinge. Besides the mud and sand-grains,
numerous sponge-spicules, Diatoms, arenaceous Foraminifera, a few small Glohigerince,
and an occasional Ramulina-\ike type occurred in the wall of the tube.

In structure this form corresponds for the most part with Amphicteis gunneri, though
the nerve-cords are less flattened.

The Amphicteis angustifoUa, Grube, as more minutely described by Marenzeller,^ has
a hook with from four to five teeth, but no process between the last and the prow of the
organ. The two species, however, are closely related. Marenzeller’s example came from
Tokio Bay, while Grube’s “ was found at Tahitu in the Philippines.

Gruhianella,^ n. gen.

Grubianella antarctica, n. sp. (PI. XLVIII. figs. 1, 2 ; PI. XXVIIa. fig. 6).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 156 (in the Antarctic Sea), February 26, 1874; lat.
62° 26' S., long. 95° 44' E.; depth, 1975 fathoms ; surface temperature, 33°’0 ; sea-bottom,
Diatom ooze.

Also procured in the trawl at Station 157 (a little farther northward in the same sea),
March 3, 1874; lat. 53° 55' S., long. 108° 35' E.; depth, 1950 fathoms; bottom
temperature 32°T, surface temperature 37“'2 ; sea-bottom. Diatom ooze.

A form near Amage, but differing in the length of the snout in front of the branchise,
and in the form of the hooks. The length is about 60 mm., and the greatest diameter
in front about 4 '5 mm.

The snout forms a flat arch in front, with a jDrominent rim beneath which the
numerous smooth tentacles extend forward from a subjacent frilled lobe. These are
slightly clavate, and form a group on each side ; while the longer are internal, the shorter
external. A frilled process beneath assists in forming a kind of upper lip. The superior
arch of the snout presents two rounded papillae, a short distance on each side of the
middle line, and a little behind the anterior margin. Between these are a pair of flat

1 Denkschr. cl. k. Akacl. d. IViss. Wien, Bel. xlix. p. 198, Taf. ii. fig. 5.

^ Anneliclenfauna el. Philippinen, p. 206, Taf. xii. fig. 1.

2 Named after tlie late lamented Prof. Ed. Grube of Breslau, who devoted his main energies to the study of the
Annelids.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

433

ribs, wide in front and narrow behind. In one or two examples these papillae form
the anterior angles of an elevated cephalic region, the lateral boundary on each side run-
ning from the papillae backward to the nuchal plait. The buccal region immediately
behind is marked by bold transverse ridges, terminated posteriorly by a fold, just in front
of the branchiae. The latter occur in pairs, viz., two anterior, on the third segment, with
the axis of insertion directed downward and backward ; and two posterior, on the fourth
segment, with the axis of insertion pointing downward and forward, in each case viewing
from the dorsum. The tips of some are cjuite filamentary.

The first bristle-tuft is small, and lies just below the base of the inferior branchia of
the front pair ; and the next is placed similarly in relation to the second pair. There
are fourteen pairs, as in Amage. In structure they also approach the latter, the wing at
the tip of the bristle being moderately developed. Some in each tuft are shorter and
more slender, a feature well marked in the first and second series.

The hooks (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 6) commence on the sixth (fourth bristled) segment as
in Amage. In shape they somewhat resemble those of the Terebellidse, from their short,
broad outline. They appear to have four large teeth, though more are generally seen
from the fact that the second series (for they are double) come in the line of vision, then
a crescentic notch and an oblique anterior inferior tubercle. The basal margin is convex.
A process occurs at the junction of the latter with the posterior border. The area
between the dentigerous edge and the dorsal margin is marked by coarse striae.

Seventeen hook-papillae occur between the last bristle-bundle and the base of the
posterior enlargement ; and the latter shows eight others in front of the two long filiform
anal cirri.

The body diminishes in a nearly uniform manner from the anterior border to the
posterior enlargement. The latter (PI. XLVIII. fig. 2) is tumid and elongate-ovoid, the
dorsum being very convex, and the ventral surface flattened. The hook-pads are confined
to the latter area, and are not visible from the former. A round papilla occurs at the
anus on each side of the median line interiorly, the long tajDering cirrus being external
to each. The function of the j)eculiar anal enlargement is probably connected with the
expulsion of the fsecal pellets. It is almost bulbous in profile.

The contents of the alimentary canal in those from Station 156 consisted of whitish
diatomaceous ooze of a very rich description, only a few minute sand-grains and an
exceptional Foraminifer being seen. The same diatomaceous ooze occurred in those
from Station 157, but it also presented not infrequent evidences of Radiolarians, and
large opaque globular bodies of a yellowish colour by transmitted light with an almost
prismatic edge or fracture, as if made up of separate fibrous prisms, which, however,
were not regular. They seemed to resemble Foraminifera. The fine hair-like spicules
also abounded in the food at both Stations.

The tubes are stiff, though friable, and are formed of greyish mud, here and there in

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 55

434

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

some marked with small whitish globules, visible to the naked eye, and due to the
presence of Eadiolarian skeletons. The lining membrane is quite fragile. Microscopi-
cally the tubes from Station 156 presented a contrast to the food, abounding much
more in coarser sand-grains, the nodular rounded bodies with prismatic walls, larger
Radiolarians, sponge-spicules, and the usual diatomaceous mud. The tubes are tolerably
straight. One shows a Tubularian polypary attached to its outer surface, so that it must
have been tolerably free. The tubes from Station 157 are decidedly lighter in hue, being
greyish-white. Under a lens they present a minutely nodular aspect, small whitish
or translucent bodies and dots occurring all over, with an occasional glassy sponge-spicule
projecting from the surface. The microscopical appearances are similar to the foregoing,
the same kinds of Diatoms, spouge-spicules, and Radiolarians being commou to both.

Snch portions of the hypoderm as remain show that the layer is of considerable
thickness. The nerve-cords occupy the typical portion outside the circular muscular coat,
and the median space between the ventral muscles is much less than in Amphicteis. The
proportions of the longitudinal dorsal and ventral muscles are similar to those in the
latter. The great size and muscularity of the proboscis are features of note. Externally
is a layer of longitudinal fibres, then a massive circular coat upon which the hypodermic
lining with its somewhat thick cuticular or chitinous investment rests.

The Amphicteis acutifrons of Grube,^ from Greenland, presents a somewhat produced
snout and two dorsal papillre, but there the resemblance ceases.

The genus Otanes of Kinberg ^ is characterised by having only four leaf-like branchiae
in two rows, but in this form the bristle-tufts go to the posterior end of the body.

Griibianella antarctica, n. sp., var.'l (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 7).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 158 (in the Southern Ocean), March 7, 1874 ; lat.
50° 1' S., long. 123° 4' E. ; depth, 1800 fathoms; bottom temperature 33°'5, surface
temperatute 45° '0 ; sea-bottom, Globigerina ooze. ■

This is a much smaller specimen than the foregoing, but in other respects it seems to
be similar. Unfortunately it has been dried, so that only an imjDerfect examination can
l)e made. The hooks show a slight difference (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 7), since only three teeth
are visible in profile, and the outline of the anterior inferior process and other parts
diverges. So far as the hooks are concerned, therefore, this form may be regarded as
distinct, but in the absence of a more complete specimen it will suffice simply to mention
these facts.

The alimentary canal contained diatomaceous mud, in which many Globigerince of
:dl sizes, but only one or two Radiolarians, occurred.

1 Arcliiv f. Naturgesch., 1860, p. 109. ^ Ofversigt h. Vetensk.-Akad. Fdrhandl., 1866, No. 9, p. 347.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

435

Samythopsis, n. gen.

Samythopsis grubei, ii. sp. (PI. XLVIII. fig. 3 ; PL XXVIIa. fig. 8).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 298 (off the American coast, south of Valparaiso),
November 17, 1875 ; lat. 34° 1' S., long. 73° 56' W.; depth, 2225 fathoms ; bottom
temperature 35° ’6, surface temperature 59°'0 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

A form of moderate size, measuring about 28 mm. in length, and having a diameter
of 2 '5 mm. at its widest part in front. The spirit had not reached the specimens very
thoroughly, since they were enclosed in their tubes.

The cephalic lobe is subquadrangular, with a prominent papilla at each angle
anteriorly. Numerous smooth tentacles occur beneath the frontal lobe, and in one
specimen very much longer tentacles are present in the middle line ; and it is possible
others exist in the perfect animal. The mouth opens immediately below the latter, at
the anterior border of the narrow cephalic region, which has before it the frontal arch,
then the cephalic lobe with two ridges posteriorly. The cephalic region is separated from
the rest of the body, both dorsally and ventrally, by a prominent nuchal fold, which is
notched on each side in front of the first bristle-tuft. The dorsal surface of the body is
convex throughout, the ventral flattened anteriorly, and grooved posteriorly. In addition,
the anterior (or thoracic) region, i.e., the ‘division bearing the bristles, is marked by
prominent, thickened ridges, somewhat lighter in colour than tlie rest of the body.
There are seventeen. pairs of bristle-bundles, the first l:>eing considerably elongated. The
wings of the bristles are feebly developed, and the tip is slightly curved and finely
tapered.

As in Samyiha the uncini commence on the fourth bristled segment, and extend to
the tip of the tail. In front the pads occur below the setigerous processes, and behind
the transverse thickened bands which characterise the anterior region. In the posterior
division they are situated at the base of the long cirri peculiar to this part. Above the
latter is a short dorsal process. The crown of the hooks (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 8) is elongated,
and the dental edge shows six teeth, the inferior being considerably larger than the
adjoining. A prominent intermediate process occurs between the last tooth and the
anterior inferior projection. In its general outline the hook approaches that of Amphicteis,
especially in the marked inflection of the dorsal margin, but it more closely resembles
Samytha in dentition.

The cirri along the posterior region are characteristic. Just before the anal enlarge-
ment is reached they become considerably shorter, and the first on that region is short,
flattened, and somewhat clavate in outline, while the second is almost globular. They
are absent in the o>her segments. A short and slightly tapered cirrus occurs on each side

436

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

of the somewhat truncate extremity of the body. In all there are about five segments in
front of the anal styles.

The ventral groove in the posterior region is pronounced, a feature partly due to the
great muscularity of the lateral margins. The appearance, indeed, recalls that seen in
the Opheliidse, and probably is dependent on the same structural cause.

The three branchise have been lost, but they seem to have occuj)ied the usual
position in Samytha.

The dusky greyish mud in the intestine is by no means rich in organisms. Only a
■few Diatoms and Eadiolarians, with fragments of sponge-spicules, are visible.

The tubes are dark greyish, and friable externally, but internally have a tough
translucent lining membrane. Microscopically even fewer organisms occur than in the
contents of the alimentary canal. A large proportion of comparatively coarse grains of
sand and fragments of sponge-spicules, with here and there a Diatom or the reticulated
skeleton of a Eadiolarian, comprise the forms noted.

The specimens unfortunately are not in a satisfactory state for minute investigation.
On section the arrangement of the hypoderm agrees with that in the typical form, being
thickest ventrally. The longitudinal ventral muscles are separated by a space as large as
in Amphicteis. The oblique are powerful.

VerrilD describes a new genus, Sarny thella, in which the bristle-bundles are fifteen
pairs.

Eusamytha, n. gen.

Eusamytha pacijica, n. sp. (El. XLYIII. fig. 4 ; PI. XXVIIa. fig. 9).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 241 (in the Pacific, off Japan), June 23, 1875 ; lat.
35° 41' N., long. 157° 42' E. ; depth, 2300 fathoms ; bottom temperature 35°‘l, surface
temperature 69°’2 ; sea-bottom, red clay.

A specimen measuring 33 mm. in length, with a diameter of 2'5 mm. at its widest
part, anteriorly.

This form seems to be intermediate between Samytha and Amage, having the six
branchiae of the former, and the type of hooks approaching the latter. It differs from
both in possessing fifteen pairs of bristles.

The frontal margin is smooth and somewhat truncated anteriorly, and superiorly
is also smooth, from the margin backward to the base of the branchiae, in front of
which a transverse furrow occurs. Beneath the former lobe a dense series of some-
what long tentacles overhangs the mouth, the adherent mass extending about two-thirds
the length of the branchiae. The latter apparently spring as usual from the third

1 Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, vol. v. p. 98.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

437

and fourth segments ; the middle one, so far as the condition of the specimen is
reliable, being posterior (on the fourth segment). The tijDS of the organs are not much
tapered.

The body presents the ordinary thickened ridges ventrally in the bristled or anterior
region, the first being largely developed. There are fifteen pairs of bristle-bundles, the
first with the four or five following occurring under the posterior branchia, which is
small. The bristles have the usual wing, with, however, a long tapering extremity
beyond it.

Each hook (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 9) is comparatively large, and has five teeth, which
approach each other in size, the first and last, however, being less than the three median.
The inferior fang, which in the majority of the allied forms is largest, is of moderate size
and less acute than the others. Below it is an acuminate spike with a broad base ; and
the anterior inferior process is somewhat pointed. The dorsal line is short and deeply
incurved in the middle. The basal margin, again, has a convexity so slight that it
appears almost straight till it approaches the curvature at the anterior inferior
process.

About thirty-one segments occur behind the last bristle-bundle, besides the anal or
terminal, though the specimen is somewhat injured in this region. Each somite bears
only the processes for the hooks. The lateral muscular bands alluded to in the former
species are very distinct.

The intestine contains a little greyish mud, which shows a few Diatoms and fine
siliceous needles.

The tube is composed of minute sand-grains, small arenaceous Foraminifera, fragments
of Radiolarians and sponge-spicules, with other minute organisms, the whole having the
colour of sand with a few pale spikes. The opalescent lining-membrane is easily
torn.

The body-wall is too soft for complete examination, but in section the hypoderm
presents the average development, and the flattened nerve-cords occur below the some-
what wide area between the longitudinal ventral muscles. A slight interval separates
the longitudinal dorsal muscles. The other points conform to the typical structure.
The perivisceral cavity contains abundant male elements.

An empty tube was trawled at Station 244, June 28, 1875 ; lat. 35° 22' N.,
long. 169° 53' E. ; depth, 2900 fathoms; bottom temperature 35°’3, surface tempera-
ture 70° '5 ; sea-bottom, red clay. It probably belongs to an allied form, and is decidedly
tougher than the foregoing. The greyish-brown mud on the tube contains Diatoms,
minute Foraminifera, the same triradiate Radiolarian formerly seen, as well as others,
fragments of sponge-spicules, and minute sand-graius.

438

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEK.

Melinna, Malmgren.

Melinna maculata, Webster (PL XXVIIa. figs. 10-12).

Melinna maculata^ Webster, Ann. Clisetop. of the Virginian Coast (separate copy), Trans. Albany
Institute, January 1879, p. 61, pi. x. figs. 145-147.

Habitat. — Dredged off Sombrero and St. Thomas, West Indies, in 470 and 390 fathoms.

Two friable and broken fragments of the anterior region of a small Melinna having a
diameter of about 1'5 mm. at the wide anterior region.

So far as the imperfect examples show, the head and anterior region agree with the
typical form [Melinna cristata), but their condition does not warrant a description of
other than the hard parts.

The structure of the isolated dorsal hook (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 10) placed on each side
behind the branchiae is diagnostic when compared with Melinna cristata from Norway, or
Melinna elisahethce, which is not uncommon in the stomachs of haddocks caught off St.
Andrews Bay. This chitinous hook is short, with a stout fibrous shaft, tapering superiorly,
while the pointed and more solid tip is somewhat stiffly bent, very nearly at a right
angle to the shaft. The extremity is composed of hard structureless chitin, and a thicker
layer of the same nature passes downward on the anterior aspect of the shaft. On the
other hand, the whole appearance of the hook differs in Melinna cristata from Norway
(and Malm-gren’s artist has certainly laboured under a slight misapprehension if he had the
hook of this species before him), especially in the form of the tijj, which is pierced toward
its dorsal margin by a perfect canal, as if for the transmission of a poisonous fluid. The
Melinna from St. Andrews, again, has a much broader shaft, and a larger and more solid
hook at the tip, the curve made by the latter forming a segment of a circle, and therefore
the angle of the inner border of the arch is much less than a right angde. The circular
striae on the neck of this form are also characteristic.

The wings at the tips of the bristles of the West Indian form (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 11)
are also proportionally broader than in Melinna cristata.

The ventral hooks (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 12) are likewise as diagnostic as the preceding
organs. Each has a series of four teeth, which increase in size from above downward,
followed by a less developed tooth, with a broad base above the anterior inferior process.
The latter tooth in some bears traces of its homology with the rudimentary process often
present in the gap above the inferior projection. The dorsal margin of the hook has a
distinct inflection a little above the base, while the latter is evenly convex from the
posterior angle forward to the base of the anterior process.

Both, in Melinna cristata and the species from St. Andrews the hooks have a much
shorter form (from base to apex), and only three teeth occur above the modified inferior

one.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

439

The pale contents of the alimentary canal presented numerous sand-grains, whitish
globular bodies spinous all round, Diatoms, fragments of sponge-spicules, minute
Foraminifera with a few larger Glohigerince, and an occasional fragment of a
Radiolarian.

Webster describes the living specimens as having green branchiae with a red centre
aud narrow transverse white bands, whereas the tentacles are of a light flesh colour. The
body is also flesh-coloured, sometimes tinged with green, and with numerous flake-white
specks on the anterior dorsal surface. The posterior nine or ten segments are dark
brown or black. There are eighteen anterior somites with setae, and fifty-three posterior.
The first three setigerous segments have a narrow white band.

Webster observes, “this species is certainly closely related to Sabellides {Melinna,
Malmgren) cristata, but probably not the same.” His doubts will be somewhat allayed
when it is mentioned that the Challenger species was discriminated as Melinna sondoreriana
a year or two before the publication of his paper, and with the Norwegian and other
European species in proximity. The figure of the ventral hook by Malmgren’s artist is
more accurate than that of the Fauna Littoralis Norvegise, but the representation of the
nuchal hook is misleading. A comparison of the figures in Mr. Webster’s paper (pi. x.
figs. 145-147) with those connected with the Challenger specimen will show that a margin
must be allowed for artistic variations.

The genus OEorpata of Kinberg,^ and its single example Gdor'pata armata, from the
Gulf of Guaiaquil, seems to be very closely related to Melinna.

Melinna armandi, n. sp. (PI. XLVIIl. fig. 5 ; PI. XXVIIa. figs. 13, 15).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 168 (west of the North Island, New Zealand), July 8,
1874; lat. 40° 28' S., long. 177° 43' E.; depth, 1100 fathoms; bottom temperature 37°’2,
surface temperature 57°’2 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

A form of some magnitude, the body measuring about 45 mm. in length, and having
at its wide anterior margin a diameter of fully 3 mm.

In general appearance it resembles a large Melinna cristata, M. Sars, though in one
evident character it widely diverges, viz., in the number of the denticulations of the
fourth setigerous segment. Instead of having about fourteen, as in the former case, the
new one has only eight, and they are proportionally much larger. The nuchal hooks
situated behind the base of the branchiae are much stouter and the tip shorter
(PI. XXVIIa. fig. 13), though unfortunately no complete example is available for
illustration, a broken fragment only being present on one side. A careful comparison with
the same organ in Melinna cristata (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 14) shows that the new form has

1 Op. cit., 1866, p. 347.

440

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

a much shorter and proportionally broader hook at the tip. Both have the duct
perforating the tip. The shaft of the new species is also much shorter and thicker than
the Norwegian, indeed it approaches in this respect the Canadian form. The duct or
groove seems to be due to a splitting of the dorsal margin of the hook, and it appears
sometimes to be incomplete at the extremity. The bristles are decidedly longer in the
new form and the tip more attenuate. The wings in both species are narrow.

The hooks of the two species, as might be expected, are very closely allied, yet in the
general outline of each there is sufhcient to distinguish them. The hook in the new
form (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 15) is more elongated from the crown to the anterior inferior
angle than in the Norwegian (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 16), some of the uncini, indeed, showing-
four teeth above the supra-mucronal one instead of three as in the figure. The curvature
of both base and dorsum is also diagnostic ; and the flexures at and above tbe anterior
inferior process (or mucro) are dissimilar. The respective figures best demonstrate dis-
tinctions which are difficult to explain concisely.

Posteriorly forty- two or forty -three segments occur between the last bristle-bundle
and the anus, so that the region is comparatively long and tapered, though apparently
shorter than in Melinna cristata. The anus appears to be a simple wide funnel, and no
cirri are present in the specimen.

The example is somewhat soft and the hypoderm rather incomplete. It seems, how-
ever, to have considerable depth ventrally. The circular coat is moderately strong. The
longitudinal ventral muscles are massive and convex inferiorly, while the dorsal are
somewhat extended. The nerve-cords agree in position with those of Amphicteis.

Melinna pacijica, n. sp. (PL XL VIII. fig. 6 ; PI. XXVIIa. fig. 17).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 246 (nearly in Mid Pacific, in a line between Japan
and San Francisco), July 2, 1875 ; lat. 36° 10' N., long. 178° 0' E.; depth, 2050
fathoms; bottom temperature 35°‘l, surface temperature 73°'0; sea-bottom, Globigerina
ooze.

The specimens were all enclosed in their tubes, and thus were imperfectly preserved,
the spirit not having penetrated sufficiently before softening occurred. The size is variable,
the longest ranging from 45 to 50 mm., with a diameter at the thick anterior region of
fully 3 mm., exclusive of the bristles.

The contrast between the head of this form and that of the Norwegian Melinna
cristata is striking, from the great development of the large, club-shaped, and elongated
tentacles, which, when in situ in the tube, are folded in front of the snout and
beneath the branchiae. They are grooved, and, in the preparation, crenate ; and
evidently are capable of great extension. Their bases, as in the common form, are

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

441

covered by a large flap in front of the mouth. The latter is borne upon a proportionally
larger buccal process than in the Norwegian form. Just behind the anterior margin of
the snout, in front of the branchiae, are two long and somewhat crescentic bands of
pigment-specks. These are probably rudimentary eyes.

The branchiae correspond with the typical arrangement. No dorsal hooks are visible
behind these, and since four examples are in this condition, it is possible they are absent
in this species. The denticulations on the dorsal edge of the fourth segment are more
filiform than in Melinna cristata.

The bristles agree in arrangement and a23pearance with those of the latter species, but
microscopically present greater tenuity at the extremities, which form very fine, slender
processes. On the prominent ridge on each side of the fimbriated row is a dense group
of simple bristles, and two similar tufts in front of it, as in Melinna cristata.

The hooks (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 17) somewhat resemble those of Melinna cristata, from
Norway, and, indeed, it would be difficult to point out any single feature that would be
wholly diagnostic. The basal region in the new form, however, is decidedly more
massive. A minute comparison also reveals that the curve below the third or great
tooth, and that below the fourth or accessory fang, differ from those in Melinna cristata,
the former curve being smaller, the latter larger in the abyssal form. The posterior
hooks do not differ to any material extent.

The greyish mud in the alimentary canal contained numerous Diatoms, often like the
other organisms coated with the very fine mud, rounded, trilobate, and other Eadiolarians,
fragments of arenaceous Foraminifera, and broken sponge-spicules, including a remark-
able form possessing lateral processes with divided extremities.

The tube is composed of an exterior investment of very fine greyish-brown mud lined
by the usual chitinous secretion. It is rather friable. One end is enlarged and appar-
ently almost closed, a deposit of semifluid mud generally being found internally. The
diameter of the tube varies from 5 to 7 mm. Microscopically the same structures occur
in the very fine mud of the tubes as in the food, with the exception that the Foraminifera
here and there are larger, and that on the whole the field is less rich in organisms. The
Eadiolarians are enveloped in an investment of mud, which is so fine that the slightest
movement of the tube in the spirit causes opacity.

MelinnoiJsis, n. gen.

Melinnopsis atlantica, n. sp. (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 18).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 44 (off Chesapeake Bay, North America), May 2, 1873 ;
lat. 37° 25' N., long. 71° 40' W.; depth, 1700 fathoms; bottom temperature 36°'2,
surface temperature 56°‘5 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. 1885.)

LI 56

442

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

A comparatively large form, the fragments measuring about 35 mm. in length, and
having a diameter anteriorly of 3 mm. The specimen is so softened that a detailed
description would be unsafe.

The snout does not seem to be much produced in front, but it is injured and the
proboscis protrudes. The branchise are four in number, and are arranged somewhat as in
Melinna, a slight ridge apparently running backward from the posterior pair. They^seem
to be proportionally shorter than in Melinna. No dorsal hooks are visible.

There is a somewhat triangular space behind the bases of the branchiae on the dorsum,
but no trace of the fimbriated and free edge of the fourth bristled segment, as in
Melinna. The arrangement of the lateral regions resembles that in the latter form.
Fourteen pairs of bristle-bundles occur on each side. These are somewhat shorter than
in Melinna, with finely tapered tips.

The uncini (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 18) most nearly approach those of Melinna, an interest-
ing fact, for the number of the bristle-bundles and the arrangement of other parts
diverge, moreover, in the new form the fimbriated border of the fourth bristled segment is
wholly absent. In the hook the general outline is similar, but there are three teeth
above the great fang in most cases, and the curvatures of the accessory fang and the
anterior inferior process differ.

The greyish mud in the intestine showed a few Globigerinw and other Foraminifera,
Diatoms, and fragments of minute Crustacea.

The tube forms a somewhat stiff cylinder, having a chitinous lining of the usual
character, coated externally with fine greyish mud, in which are many Foraminifera.
Moreover, since numerous examples, such as Polystomella, of the latter have only their
edges projecting, a peculiarly granular condition of the surface is caused.

Family Teeebellida;.

The number of species and varieties procured in the Challenger Expedition seems to
be greater than in any former voyage. Thus Schmarda describes fourteen species (one
of which is doubtful), and the majority of these are littoral forms. The Sabellides
oligocirra of this author appears to be allied to Thelegms, and so with his Terebella
macrocephala. Kinberg gives twenty- three, one or two of which had previously been
known. Grube in the collection of the “ Gazelle ” mentions seven, and in the Philippine
Annelids sixteen. Four occur in his Annulata CErstediana. In the collection made by
the “ Porcupine,” Ehlers found six species, and of these one {Amphitrite) came from a
depth of 1380 fathoms.

The number requiring separate notice in the Challenger collection is about thirty-six,
and several of these are of very great interest. The fine distinctions, moreover, existing

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

443

between many closely allied forms, yet the apparent stability of the characters, is another
feature of note. This is especially observed in regard to the hooks, which play an
important part in discrimination. The species of Artacama and Terebellides may be
instanced as examples.

The representatives of the new genus Eupista all come from very great depths, and the
condition of the branchige is interesting in connection with the habitat. The diminished
branchiae of PistcCmirahilis are also noteworthy in this respect. ■

The new genus Euthelepus is intermediate between the Ampharetidse and the
Terebellidse. The branchiae resemblino; those of the former, the hooks those of the latter.
One species of this genus comes from the great depth of 2160 fathoms.

Claparede ^ gives some excellent observations on the family, especially concerning
the arrangement of the hooks. The recent paper on the Terebellidae of the Adriatic by
Marenzeller,^ also, is most creditable both on account of his wide knowledge of the
subject and the mode in which he utilises the parts best procured in Museums (viz.,
hooks and bristles) as well as the accuracy of the illustrative figures. It will be most
useful in faunistic work.

Ampliitrite, 0. F. Muller.

Ampliitrite kerguelensis, MTntosh (PI. XLVIII. fig. 7 ; PI. XLIX. fig. 1).

Ampliitrite kerguelensis, MTntosli, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. xvii. p. 321, 1876.

Ampliitrite kerguelensis, Grube, Monatsber. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, August 1877,
p. 511.

Ampliitrite kerguelenensis, MTntosb, Zool. Kerguel., Trans. Venus Exped. Phil. Trans., vol. 168,
p. 260, pi. XV. kg. 13 (book).

Habitat. — Numerous fine specimens were dredged at Station 149 (Kerguelen),
January 9, 1874; lat. 49° 8' S., long. 70° 12' E.; depth, 20 fathoms; sea-bottom,
volcanic mud. Also at Station 149c, January 19, 1874 ; lat. 49° 32' S., long. 70° 0' E.;
depth, 60 fathoms; sea-bottom, volcanic mud : and at Station 149g, January 29, 1874 ;
lat. 48° 50' S., long. 69° 18' E.; depth, 110 fathoms; surface temperature 40°*2 ; sea-
bottom, volcanic mud.

The length of a fine example is about 150 mm., and its breadth anteriorly is 9 mm.

This form was first found in Eoyal Sound, Kerguelen, by Mr. Eaton, during the
Transit of Venus Expedition, and described as above noted. It is a large species, and
apparently abundant at Kerguelen. Like Ampliitrite ciri'ata, 0. F. Muller, this has
seventeen pairs of bristle-tufts.

Four lateral lobes occur in the cephalic region (PI. XLA’III. fig. 7), viz., the anterior

1 Annel. Chetop., p. 385. ^ Sitzungsh. d. Ic. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss., Bd. l.xsxi.'c. p. 151, 1884.

444

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

ventral lobe, a large lamellar process in front of and beneath the first branchia, a
conspicuous fan-shaped lobe under the second, and lastly, an elevated fold running from
the root of the third branchia downward. The latter is diagnostic when compared with
Amphitrite cirrata. The long branchiae spring from three short, graduated trunks on
each side, the posterior being the longest.

A prominent papilla occurs below each setigerous tubercle in the first six segments,
and a similar process below the second branchia. The ventral surface of the somites
bearing the first and second branchiae presents somewhat undefined glandular scutes, that
bearing the third branchia has a distinct though narrow scute, while the ten following
bear fully formed scutes.

The muddy contents of the intestine showed numerous Diatoms, sponge-spicules,
fragments of minute Crustacea, minute ova, and many sand-grains. Some from Royal
Sound again, besides the latter Diatoms and sponge-spicules, presented peculiar pointed
conical bodies like Radiolarians, and fragments of Polyzoa.

In section the nerve-cords occupy the typical position, viz., external to the circular
muscular coat, and are therefore hypodermic. They are somewhat ovoid in shape, and
have a fibrous external boundary. A minute neural canal lies in the middle line
superiorly between the cords. The strong oblicpie muscles are inserted on each side at
the external boundary of the area. A thin stratum of longitudinal fibres occurs above
the circular coat in the somewhat wide interval between the longitudinal ventral muscles.
The wall of the alimentary canal appears to be less rigid than in the Ampharetidae, though
the structure is similar.

Grube’s Amphiti'ite vigintipes ^ has hooks somewhat similar in shape, but there are
from twenty to twenty-two bristle-bundles. It occurs in the Red Sea, and ranges,
according to Marenzeller,^ to Japan.

Terebella, Linnaeus.

Terebella crassicornis, Schmarda '? (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 19).

Terebella crassicornis, Schmarda, Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 43, figs, a, b, and c, 1861.

Habitat. — A fragment of the posterior region of a large Terebella from the tidal
region, Bermuda, June 1873. The longest piece measures 70 mm., and the greatest
diameter is 6 mm.

The hook-bearing pinnae present the ordinary structure. The uncini (PI. XXVIIa.
fig. 19), which are the only organs of much diagnostic value in the softened specimen,
approach those figured by Schmarda from Jamaica [Terebella crassicornis), and have a

1 Anneliden des rothen Meeres, op. cit., p. 29 (sep. Ahd.). ^ Siidjapan. Annel., op cit., p. 199, Taf. i. fig. 1.

KEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

445

remarkably elongated base. A single book appears above the great fang in profile, and
a series of striae on the body of the organ. The anterior inferior angle of the hook is
greatly produced.

The intestine is filled with coral sand containing Foraminifera, sponge-spicules,
Ostracoda, fragments of Polyzoa, and a few ova of Nematoids.

Terehella grubei, n. sp. (PI. XLIX. fig. 2 ; PI. XXVIIa. fig. 20).

Habitat. — Trawled in 120 fathoms, off Twofold Bay, Australia, April 1874.

A fragment of the anterior region of a small specimen, measuring 17 mm. in length
by P5 mm. in breadth.

In general appearance this form somewhat resembles the Terebella nesidensis, D. Ch.
[Terebella danielsseni, Mgrn.), of northern waters. The folds about the mouth are similar,
and a well-marked series of ocular specks exists behind the frontal collar. These madder-
brown points are in two rows, an anterior of larger and a posterior of smaller specks.
Moreover, in the middle line four eyes occur in a hiatus in the row, viz., two large
anterior, separated by an interval, and two smaller posterior, further apart, and there-
fore somewhat exterior to the former. The arrangement, which is irregular, quite differs
in Terebella nesidensis, D. Ch., the anterior, however, being the larger. The stalks of the
branchiae are longer than in the European form, and their branches less numerous, but
they show the same disparity in size between the first and the third. The stem in the
first splits up into two main divisions which branch into others ending in very short
ramuscles. The ultimate branches are longer in Terebella nesidensis, D. Ch. The
ventral scutes are fifteen (the last being sunk in the ventral groove), so that there
is little difference between the two forms in this respect. The same may be said
of the structure of the bristles, which, however, are fewer in each tuft in the Challenger
form.

The uncini, again (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 20), while approaching those of Terebella
nesidensis, D. Ch. in general form and even in the curves and processes, differ in
possessing only a single hook above the great fang, and in minor details.

The greyish sand in the alimentary canal shows no Diatoms and only a few
Foraminifera. Grains of sand and fragments of sponge-spicules are the most con-
spicuous structures.

The hypoderm in the ventral region is greatly developed, thus forming a thick
covering for the nerve-cords. Whether this condition of the hypoderm be partly due to
the mode of preservation is a moot point. The cords are rounded and closely
approximated. The circular muscular coat bounds them internally, and the oblique
muscles are inserted just beyond their outer borders.

446

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The hooks of this form somewhat resemble those of the Polymnia congriiens of
Marenzeller ^ from Southern Japan,

Terehella kermadecensis, n. sp. (PL XXVTTa. fig. 21).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 171 (a little north of the Kermadec Islands), July 15,
1874 ; lat. 28° SS' S., long. 177° 50' W.; depth, 600 fathoms; bottom temperature 39°‘5 C.,
surface temperature 66°‘5 ; sea-bottom, hard ground.

An incomplete example of a small species, measuring 14 mm. in length, and with a
diameter anteriorly of 1 mm.

The tentacles still retain a faint brownish hue at the tip. Only a single branchia,
apparently the first, lies at the base of the tentacles. It has a basal stem of considerable
length and various branches with very short terminal divisions. The anterior bristJes
have a very rudimentary wing.

The hooks (PL XX. VII a. fig. 21) have about three teeth above the great fang, the
points of the two distal being closely applied to the third. The tip of the process below
the great fang approaches the latter, and the concavity between it and the anterior
inferior projection is pronounced. A slight heel occurs near the base of the dorsal line.

Coarse sand, amongst which are a few Foraminifera, and rarely a fragment of a Eadio-
larian or a Diatom, occurs in the alimentary canal.

The specimen was enclosed in a somewhat delicate hyaline tube sparsely studded
with rather large quartzose particles, gneiss, schistose fragments, Glohigerinw, and other
Foraminifera and sponge-spicules. Moreover, a minute polyzoon of a somewhat fusiform
outline, with an expanded oval rim out of which tentacles protrude, also occurred on
the translucent wall. The zooecium presents a lateral row of fine spines on each side of the
dorsum.

Terehella (Lanice) fiahellum, Baird (PL XLIX. fig. 3 ; PL L. fig. 1 ; PL XXVIIa.
fig. 22).

Terehella fl,ahellum, Baird, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lend., vol. viii. p. 157, pi. v. figs. 1, 2, December
1864.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 144a, off Marion Island, December 26, 1873 ; lat.
46° 48' S., long. 37° 49' E.; depth, 69 fathoms; surface temperature 41°'0 ; sea-bottom,
volcanic sand. Off Prince Edward Island (tube attached to Terebratula), in 150
fathoms. Also trawled off Twofold Bay, Australia, in 120 fathoms.

^ Siidjapan. Annel., op. cit., p. 207.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

447

Dr. Baird’s tubes (for he only describes the tubes) were collected during Sir J. Clark
Boss’ Antarctic expedition, two coming from Nar9on Island.

In size and external appearance this form bears a general resemblance to Lanice
conchilega, Pallas, though the following distinctions are evident. The branchiae are
smaller and much less finely ramose than in Lanice conchilega. The whitish glandular
lateral band is somewhat narrower than in the latter, and the ridges bearing the hooks
in front are considerably shorter. Both forms have seventeen pairs of bristle- tufts,
the only difference being the somewhat shorter winged region in the foreign
species.

The hooks (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 22) present a general resemblance to those of Lanice
conchilega in the length and erectness of the upper region, but they differ in the relative
proportions of the teeth above the great fang, in the outline of the dorsal curve (which in
the foreign species has a well marked outward bend at the base), and in the larger and
longer appendage of this region. The condition of the latter process, again, affects the
ventral curve just as the larger process at the anterior inferior angle modifies that region.
In the middle of the curve beneath the great fang a prominent process projects, whereas
none exists in Lanice conchilega. The minute points (a kind of microscopic shagreen)
along the basal region of the hook are less developed than in the latter species.

The food of this form consisted of a whitish pulp rich in Diatoms, Radiolarians, the
long siliceous cylinders with pointed ends, and a few Foraminifera and fragments of
sponge-spicules.

As Dr. Baird states, the diameter of the tubes (PI. L. fig. 1) is about that of an
ordinary goose-quill somewhat narrowed toward the remarkable fan-shaped expansion.
The tube is composed of a tough chitinous secretion strengthened externally by frag-
ments of shells, calcareous polyzoa, tubes of Annelids, and other debris. Its aperture
is turned over in the form of a broad frill, widest in the middle, and is likewise formed
of the yellow chitinous secretion stiffened by a few calcareous fragments. The lip of
this process so bends round the tube that only the stalk or pillar of the fan is not
embraced by it. The stem supports a wide fan consisting df a broad basal region, from
the outer side of which a series of filaments proceed, and the majority of these divide
dichotomously. In structure the fan agrees with the tube, the long and somewhat
stiff chitinous processes being strengthened with sponge-spicules and other linear objects
in an ingenious manner, while others present numerous minute grains of sand, ranged
along the filaments. One end of the tube is either sunk in sand or attached to stones,
shells {e.g., Terehratula), and other structures.

The absolute identity of this with Dr. Baird’s is of course open to doubt, since he had
no animal. It is probable, however, that they belong to the same form.

The tube now in the British Museum was found at Nargon Island as above
mentioned.

448

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

Terebella {Lanice), tube only.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 76 (off the Azores), July 3, 1873; lat. 38° 11' N.,
long. 27° 9' W. ; depth, 900 fathoms; bottom temperature 40°'0, surface tempera-
ture 70° ‘0 ; sea-bottom, Pteropod ooze.

Only the tubes of this form were met with. These are a little longer than a crow-
quill, and composed of the usual chitinous secretion strengthened by Globigermce and
other Foraminifera, minute fragments of shells and mud. The extremity presents a
remarkable expansion, having the outline of a spade or rather two spades (for the
expansion is double), with a series of long filamentous processes projecting from
the free margins. The flattened expansions have the same composition as the
tube, and the jDrocesses consist of the usual secretion with fine sponge-spicules at
intervals.

This species is probably a Lanice, but nothing further can be said of it in the absence
of the occupant.,

Terebella [Lanice) seticornis, n. sp., tube only (PI. XLIX. fig. 4).

LLabitat. — Trawled at Station 322 (off the mouth of the Rio de la Plata, South
America), February 26, 1876; lat. 35° 20' S., long. 53° 42' W. ; depth, 21 fathoms;
surface temperature, 71°‘5 ; sea-bottom, sand and shells.

This is a small tube (about 1‘5 mm. in diameter) attached to a group of Modiolarice,
or rather both tube and mollusks are connected by the byssi. The chitinous wall of the
tube is coated with rather large fragments of sea-worn shells. The aperture presents a
ventral tongue-shaped flap, somewhat longer and narrower than in Lanice Jiabellum.
The dorsal edge has a thickish pillar supporting the base of a fan split into a dozen
primary filaments, which usually become bifurcate after a short course. The lobe and
fan are composed of the ordinary tough secretion, in which grains of quartzose sand are
neatly imbedded ; and as these are necessarily almost linear in arrangement in the
filaments, a somewhat moniliform appearance is j>roduced. The attenuated tip of each
filament is formed l)y a thread of the secretion strengthened here and there by spicules
of sponges and bristles of Annelids. The extremity is occupied by a single long
winged bristle with the tapering tip at the point, while another parallel with it a little
lower down gives the region due stiflhess. Moreover, so transparent are many of the
fragments in the filaments that the outlines of the Diatoms on their , surfaces, to which
they are probably attached by the secretion, are quite distinct.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

449

Loimia, Malmgren.

Loimia savignyi, n. sp. (PL XXVIIa. fig. 23 ; PL XXXVIIa. fig. 7).

Habitat. — Dredged in July 1873, off St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands.

The representatives consist of two fragments of the posterior end, each of a separate
example, and apparently male and female. The segments are two-ringed.

The hooks (PL XXVIIa. fig. 23) differ from those of Loimia medusce, Savigny, as
shown in the English examples, and also from Gruhe’s Philippine specimen.

The body- wall of this form (PL XXXVIIa. fig. 7) deviates notably from the usual
type of the Terebellidse in the position of the nerve-cords, which are situated a short
distance within the circular coat, and between the longitudinal ventral muscles. The
nerve-area, moreover, is rounded, and is invested by a firm fibrous coat. Externally the
cuticle is hardly distinguishable in the preparations, but the hypoderm is of considerable
thickness. The circular muscular coat is powerful. The longitudinal dorsal muscles
extend over the whole upper arch and down to the processes for the hooks, thus
occupying three fourths of the circumference. The most bulky region is inferior ;
and in the dorsal median line is a hiatus. The longitudinal ventral are sausage-shaped
in section, and only very slightly diminished on each side of the nerve-area, which is thus
guarded laterally. The oblique muscles are not visible in the preparations, but a pair
of strong muscular bands pass from the alimentary canal to the circular coat external to
the nerve-area. In the space below the intestine is the ventral blood-vessel. The
alimentary canal is suspended by a strong band from the median dorsal line, and is
further kept in position by the two inferior bands. It presents the usual glandular folds,
one over the median ventral region surpassing the others in size. A series of branched
tubular glandular organs occur in the perivisceral chamber, and are probably associated
with the numerous ova in their neighbourhood.

The structure of the region between the great fang and the anterior inferior margin
seems to be of considerable comparative value in hooks taken from the same somite.

In the intestine of one example was a quantity of whitish sand containing many
Foraminifera, sponge-spicules, minute bivalve Mollusks, Ostracoda, fragments of Algse,
hydroid zoophytes, and minute ova.

Schmardanella,^ n. gen.

Schmardanella pterochceta, (Schmarda) (PL LIII. fig. 1 ; PL XXVIIa. figs. 24-26).

Terehella pterocliceta, Schmarda, Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 43.

Habitat. — Procured between tide-marks at Sea Point, Cape Town.

Named after Prof. L. Schmarda, the author of the well-known work on the Annelida so often quoted.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 57

450

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLEHGEE.

The examples collected by the naturalists of the Challenger appear to be smaller than
those found by Schmarda, who gives the length at 150 mm. It is probable, however,
that this author refers to the condition in the living animal.

The general aspect of the Annelid somewhat resembles the common Nicolea from
the Channel Islands, the dorsum being minutely corrugated all over by longitudinal
folds. The latter condition is most distinct anteriorly, but is also quite visible toward
the anus.

The somewhat slender cephalic tentacles are in immense profusion. No ocular specks
are present, the species agreeing in this respect with its ally from the Channel Islands ;
and the same may be said of the buccal region. The branchiae are stated by Schmarda
to be three, but there is probably a mistake in regard to number, as the structure of the
bristles and hooks would lead us to expect only two. The first arises on each side from
the second segment as a dense bush supported on a stout though short pillar terminating
in many branches. The ultimate divisions are short, and give a curled aspect to the
surface of the bush. The second branchia is attached to the third segment, and is
considerably smaller. This species has much shorter terminal divisions than that from
the Channel Islands. It agrees with Nicolea in having two branchise, but differs in
other respects.

Instead of having fifteen pairs of bristle-bundles as in Nicolea, there are thirty-three,
the first springing from the fourth segment ; while the shape of the process on which they
are borne, and the structure of the bristles themselves, are quite different from those
in the form alluded to. The bristles spring from elevated vertical ridges, those at the
dorsal edge (PI. XXVII a. figs. 24, 25) consisting of elongated winged forms, somewhat
after the usual type, but their slender tips are pectinated in every instance, though it is
not always visible in the preparations. Schmarda, indeed, mentions that the dorsal
forms are simply winged, but he has probably overlooked the delicate pectinations. The
tips diminish in length as we proceed downward, and the wings become broader, the
pectinated region at the tip being longer and more evident. All follow the same type,
the intermediate bristles having narrower wings and very distinctly pectinated tips, the
appearances shown by Schmarda being due to imperfect examination. The pectinations
are quite visible in the interior of the setigerous lobe, before the extremities of the
winged bristles have been extruded.

The hooks (PL XXYIIa. fig. 26) are peculiar, presenting superiorly in profile three or
four small teeth above the great fang, while the posterior margin forms an almost
continuous and uniform curve with the ventral or basal margin, a small mucro only
indicating the separation. The ventral border is evenly convex, from its commencement
posteriorly forward to the anterior angle. Very little change occurs in the posterior hooks.
These organs resemble the uncini of Terehella mechelii, Delle Chiaje,^ a form, however,

^ Claparede, Anndl. Chetop., p. 391, pi. xxviii. fig. 3.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

451

which has three pairs of branchiae, Schmarda’s fig. d {loc. cit., p. 43) is a somewhat
inaccurate but recognisable representation of the hook, hut his fig. d' probably refers to
another species, it may be that with the three branchiae.

The coarse sand in the intestine shows fragments of the spines of Echinoderms,
minute Crustacea, sponge-spicules in great variety, and a few Foraminifera and
Diatoms.

Grube ^ mentions that the Terebella {Phyzelia) atricapilla, Ehrenberg, from the Red
Sea, has from eighteen to twenty-two bristle-bundles and two pairs of branchiae, but this
form diverges in other respects.

The genus Scionopsis of VerrilD is either allied to this form or to Pista, but the
absence of the minute characters renders its position at present doubtful.

Pista, Malmgren.

Pista sombreriana, n. sp. (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 27).

Habitat — Dredged in 470 and 390 fathoms, off Sombrero and St. Thomas, West Indies.

A fragment of the anterior region of a small Pista, having a diameter of about 2 mm.
The tentacles and branchiae are absent. There are seventeen pairs of bristle-bundles of
the ordinary structure, only the winged tips are proportionally longer than in Pista
cristata. In the imperfect condition of the specimen the uncini alone can be relied
on as distinctive. Each (PL XXVIIa. fig. 27) has a crown of three or four hooks
above the great fang, the space beneath the latter differing decidedly from the same
part m Pista cristata in its proportionally smaller size. The curves both above and
below the anterior inferior projection are also characteristic. The entire outline,
indeed, differs in minute detail, and the straight process is much larger than in the
common form.

The whitish sand in the alimentary canal contains the small circular spicular bodies
formerly alluded to in other forms from the same site, sponge-spicules, and small
Foraminifera. The most characteristic feature is the first mentioned.

The great size of the oblique muscles and their contraction in the preparations cause
the body-wall in section to assume the shape of a trefoil, the long dorsal arch exceeding
the two lateral in size. The circular muscular coat is largely developed, and the dorsal
longitudinal are also conspicuous by their massive proportions. The hiatus between the
ventral longitudinal muscles is little more than the diameter of the large nerve-cords.

1 Grube (Anneliclen des rothen Meeres), Monatsber. d. h. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, 1869, sep. Abd., p. 32.

2 Report of the U.S. Commissioner of Fish, &c., 1874, p. 614.

452

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

Pistafasciata, (Grube?) (PL XLIX. fig. 5 ; PI. XXVIIa. fig. 28 ; PI. XXXVIIIa. fig. 3).

Terebella {Pliyzelia) fasciata, Grube, Mouatsber. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, Jabrg.

1869, p. 513.

Habitat. — Dredged off Kobe, Japan, in 8 to 50 fathoms.

The specimen is incomplete, but it is of considerable size, measuring 35 mm. in
length, and having a diameter anteriorly of 3 '5 mm.

In the general form of the body it agrees, even in minute detail, with Pista
cristata. The bristles, however, are much more tapered at the tip, and the Avings are
narrower, the whole organ being less robust.

The hooks (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 28) have the same relative proportions of the crown and
the great fang as in Pista cristata, but the space beneath the latter is much less. There
are also other differences in regard to the curve above the anterior inferior jDrojection,
the structure of the spinous process above the latter, and the outline of the basal region.
These minor distinctions, though noteworthy, cannot be said to be great.

The branchim appear to have finer branches than any European example of Pista
cristata. There are two pairs, but each organ differs in size, the right posterior being
the largest.

The greyish mud in the intestine is rich in Diatoms, with here and there a sponge-
spicule.

The chief feature in transverse sections of the anterior third of the body is the
enormous size of the oblique muscles (PI. XXXVIIIa. fig. 3), which pass from the
supero-lateral region on each side to the ventral border, leaving between them a very
wide hiatus. The cuticle and hypoderm are fairly developed, the latter having its
maximum depth in the median ventral area. In this species the splitting of the strong
circular coat at the nerve-area apparently in the interganglionic region is well seen.
Moreover, the outer band of fibres receives considerable accessions from the oblique
muscles, the fibres passing right through the inner fibres of the circular coat. The
latter shows a raphe at the four points of connection with the oblique muscles. The
arrangement of the oblique bands causes the longitudinal ventral muscles to be almost
lateral in position. They are much more massive than the extended dorsal longitudinal
muscles. A thin layer of longitudinal fibres is situated as usual inside the circular coat
above the nerve-area. Large glandular organs occur in the perivisceral chamber, above
the foregoing area, and in the spaces outside the oblique muscles. The oesophageal
region of the alimentary canal has a thick circular coat below the outer (longitudinal),
and the glandular lining is closely frilled.

This species has been referred with some doubt to Grube’s form as interpreted by
Marenzeller, but the anterior inferior border of the hook differs ; for the latter in

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

453

Pista fasciata, according to Marenzeller/ shows a smoothly rounded margin, whereas
the example procured by the Challenger has a process similar to that shown in the hook
of the same author’s Pista maculata. Unfortunately, Grube in many cases did not
figure the hooks of his species, and even when they were represented the artist failed to
appreciate their exact characters.

Pista ahyssicola, n. sp. (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 33 ; PI. XXXVIIIa. fig. 1).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 157 (midway between the Antarctic region and
Australia), March 3, 1874 ; lat. 53° 55' S., long. 108° 31' E. ; depth, 1950 fathoms ;
bottom temperature 32°T, surface temperature 37°‘2 ; sea-bottom. Diatom ooze.

An injured fragment of the anterior region of a somewhat large species, measuring
48 mm. in length, and having a diameter of 4 mm. at its widest part in front.

So far as can be noticed from the example, the general structure of the exterior of
the body agrees with that in Pista cristata. Only a single branchial process is attached,
and this presents a longer, but also transversely barred pedicle, and a more elongated
and more lax series of whorls than in the form just mentioned. Comparatively little
reliance can, however, be placed on the appearances of these variable parts.

A comparison of the bristles with those of Pista cristata from Shetland shows that
though the species procured by the Challenger is considerably larger, the bristles are
more slender and their tips more tapered, while the winged region at the extremity of
each is somewhat longer. It is a feature of interest in these tufts that the developing
bristles, the tips of which just project beyond the setigerous region, show the distinctive
characters in a marked manner. The extremities of the bristles of this form are not so
attenuate as in Eupista darioini.

In comparing the hooks (PL XXVIIa. fig. 33) with those of Pista cristata it is found
that both are boldly striated from the crown above the great fang downward, the striae,
perhaps, being most pronounced in the abyssal form. In the latter the posterior (dorsal)
line, further, presents a much bolder projection interiorly, a feature very evident on
contrasting the anterior and posterior outlines in each case. The gulf beneath the great
fang in the new form is smaller than in Pista cristata, and the distance from the inner
end to the mucro or intermediate spine is much shorter. The lower part of the uncinus,
again, is more massive. It is not always easy to make out the precise outline of the
hook interiorly, since the thinner layer to which the long posterior process is attached
seems to alter under pressure, and therefore is variable in its relation in regard to the
harder base of the hook, which is indicated by the inner line in the figure.

The intestine contains a somewhat firm whitish mass, consisting of numerous Diatoms,

1 Siidjapan. Armel., op. cit, p. 202, Tab. i. fig. 4.

454

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

slender spicules of various kinds, large reticulated as well as more exquisite minute
Radiolarians, but with hardly a trace of a sponge-spicule.

The specimen is accompanied by a light greyish and somewhat friable tube composed
of a hyaline, brittle chitinous basis coated with debris of Diatoms, Radiolarians, and other
constituents of the ooze. The most striking difference between the tube and the fore-
going food is the presence of larger and more complete Radiolarians, and fragments of
minute masonry apparently pertaining to arenaceous Foraminifera.

Externally the body-wall has a somewhat thin coating of hypoderm under the cuticle,
the only region in which the thickness is marked being the ventral median line. This
increase in the depth of the hypoderm extends across the gap between the longitudinal
muscles, and indeed over the inner angle of each of the latter. The circular muscular coat
is well developed, and forms as a rule a firm belt inside the nerve-area, but at intervals
(PI. XXXVIIIa. fig. 1) the area is bounded externally by the main bulk of the fibres of
this coat, while laterally an accession of fibres from the oblique partly encloses it. This
change in the relations of the cords to the circular coat is noteworthy. The longitudinal
ventral muscles are pointed internally, and show a short inner and a long outer division.

Pista mirabilis, n. sp. (PI. LI. figs. I, 2; PI. XXVIIa. fig. 34; PI. XXXVIIIa. fig. 2).

Plabitat. — Procured at Station 320 (off the mouth of the Rio de la Plata), February
14, 1876; lat. 37° 17' S., long. 53° 52' W. ; depth, 600 fathoms; bottom tempera-
ture 37°'2, surface temperature 67°‘5 ; sea-bottom, green sand.

A species inhabiting remarkable leathery tubes. Its lecgth is about 58 mm., and
its diameter anteriorly is rather more than 2 mm.

On removal from the tube the body presents a dull flesh colour or pale madder-brown
hue, and the greatly developed cephalic tentacles are of the same tint. On comparing
the anterior region with that in Pista cristata certain differences are apparent ; thus the
foliaceous lamella of the third segment, instead of forming an elongated process stretching
from the base of the second branchia nearly to tlie ventral scute, and regularly diminishing
from above downward as in Pista cristata, forms a prominent tongue-shaped process
behind the single branchial column, and directed forward. Moreover, this process runs
into the fold immediately in front of the first hook-row, a narrow ridge devoid of the
lamella, observed in Pista ci'istata, intervening between it and the great suboral plait.
The single pair of branchige, which are inserted in front of the tongue-shaped lamella,
would appear to correspond with the first pair in the British form, and therefore belong
to the second segment. The pedicle of the branchia is long, stout, and transversel}'
corrugated, and the terminal tuft of branches is comparatively small. No tendency to a

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

455

whorled arrangement exists in the tuft, but the main trunk divides into three, and then
each division splits into various processes. The ultimate twigs, which are thicker than those
of Pista cristata, are dichotomously divided. The whole somewhat resembles the branchia
of a Terehella, being sparsely branched, and situated at the summit of a long pedicle.

The bristles are much longer and more tapered than those of Eupista darwini or
other allied form, a considerable portion beyond the slightly developed lateral wings
being extremely attenuated. A greater amount of the whitish glandular tissue surrounds
the first four hook-rows than in Pista cristata. The dorsal processes that occur behind
the third, fourth, and fifth, however, are less developed than in the latter form.

The hook -pads (uncinigerous eminences) are much shorter than in Pista cristata.
The hooks (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 34) differ from all the previous types in the comparative
flatness of the crown, which in profile shows about three teeth, in the proportionally
small space below the great fang, and in the boldly convex nature of the anterior inferior
prominence, which is so developed as to give great massiveness to the base of the hook.
The posterior or dorsal outline, moreover, is characteristic, being only slightly indented
about the middle, and devoid of the usual projection at the base of the long process.
The latter is comparatively slender, and issues only from the posterior angle, instead of
having the usual wide connection with the adjoining base. The latter presents a firmer
condition than is common, and is marked by minute crenations. The characters of the
entire organ are constant and easily defined.

The intestine contains a little sand, in which are a few Diatoms and fragments of
sponge-spicules. The Gregarinse in the canal are well formed, the larger presenting
distinct longitudinal bands, apparently of a contractile nature.

The dark greyish or somewhat olive tubes (PL LI. fig. 2) are tolerably firm, rounded,
chitinous structures, tapering from the anterior to the posterior extremity, and armed
all over with long spinous processes. The majority of the tubes seem to have been
free, but others have been immersed in sponges, a position which has favoured the
preservation of the long external spines. In intimate structure the wall of the tube
is marked by close wrinkles, which are so fine as almost to be linear, a feature partly due
to its composition, for it consists of a vast number of needle-like glassy spicules of
sponges, held together by secretion and mud. This composition gives a gritty feeling on
touching the tube, while it more readily enables it to retain its circular form. Arranged
somewhat alternately all over the tube, though more sparsely at the wide or anterior end,
and gradually disappearing at the narrow one, are a series of spinous processes, which
give the tube a characteristic appearance. They project outward in some instances a
considerable length, equalling indeed several times the diameter of the tube. These
appendages are lighter in colour than the latter, but are composed of similar materials, viz.,
sponge-spicules, secretion, and sand-grains, the latter occurring in greater quantity than
in the tube proper. The proportionate diminution of the mud probably renders the

456

THE YOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

spinous processes pale. The most perfect spines occur amongst the masses of sponge
encrusting certain tubes, and are fully 16 mm. in length, of a pale straw colour, and
almost entirely composed of secretion and sponge-spicules. It is interesting to notice
how neatly the sponge-spicules are ranged longitudinally in these processes, a consider-
able amount of design being apparent in every instance. From the great number as well
as the length of the spines amongst the encrusting sponge, it would appear that a special
advantage had been gained, other than is observable in the protective function of the
sponge, or that special efforts had been made under the circumstances. The spines have
a broad base of attachment, and then are slightly tapered upward to the point, the
spicules at the tip being drawn together to form a termination. Besides the spicules,
numerous twigs of Polyzoa are attached to the tubes.

The tubes are all simple, the only apparent branching being due to the attachment of
a tube belonging to another species, or a smaller one of the same form. The length
varies, the longer examples reaching 150 to 160 mm., with a diameter of about 4 mm.
Some present a soft flexible prolongation at the posterior extremity.

Microscopically the wall of the tube shows a vast series of sponge-spicules, often laid
in close parallel rows, numerous sand-grains, and fine particles of mud. A few Diatoms,
bristles of Annelids, and small Foraminifera also are present.

In the interior of one of the tubes are many ova, arranged in a somewhat linear
manner, but such may have been due to rupture of the body of the parent and not to
any special nidamental disposition. The Annelid was distended with ova in various
stages of development.

The sections of the anterior third of the body-wall of this species present a
characteristic appearance, since they are more definite and firm than usual in the group
(PL XXXVIIa. fig. 2). The hypoderm forms a thin coat dorsally, but assumes greater
bulk toward the infero-lateral regions. In the ventral median line it constitutes a thick
external envelope to the nerve-area. Moreover, in the preparations it seems to have
an intimate relation to a large mass of similar structure and of a somewhat foliate
aspect, extending between the oblique and ventral muscles, and superiorly almost
touching the alimentary canal. This constitutes a great glandular mass, with whitish
opaque regions here and there, which must have a special function, probably of
secretion. The large and rounded nerve-cords are situated in the outer portion of the
median hypoderm, their inner (upper) boundary being the circular muscular coat,
while a belt of hypodermic fibres is placed externally. A small neural canal lies
between them. The circular muscular coat is of more than average strength. A
thin band of longitudinal fibres lies on the inner surface of the latter coat over the
nerve-area. Moreover, in what appear to be the interganglionic regions, the same
changes in the relationship of the nerve-cords to the circular coat occur as in Pista
abyssicola. The hiatus between the ventral longitudinal muscles is lessened, the cords

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

457

pass to the inner surface of the circular coat, having internally (superiorly) only a basement-
band, the thin stratum of longitudinal fibres, and the foliate glandular masses. The
hypoderm outside the circular coat, again, is at once firmer and narrower. The oblique
muscles are well formed and powerful, and are inserted at the outer borders of the wide
median hiatus, which is about thrice the transverse diameter of the nerve-area. The
longitudinal ventral muscles are firm, wedge-shaped masses bounded internally by
the oblique, and externally by the circular muscular coat. The longitudinal dorsal
form extended plates of nearl}^ uniform diameter, and separated superiorly by a rather
wide hiatus. From the latter issues the broad suspensorial band of the alimentary canal.
The latter is firm and finely striated from the closely arranged glands. The oesophageal
region has an external investment, showing many longitudinal fibres, a thick circular
muscular layer, and a symmetrically folded glandular lining. The glands on the edges
of the opposing folds have such a disposition that they resemble ears of wheat. The
perivisceral chamber also contains the ovaries with ova at various stages.

Pista corrientis, n. sp. (PI. XLVIII. fig. 11 ; PI. XXVTIa. fig. 35).

Habitat. — Amongst the tubes of Pista mirabilis was a fragment of a sandy tube,
strengthened by Foraminifera, greenish translucent grains of chlorite, and other debris,
containing the species above mentioned. It also, therefore, belongs to Station 320 (off
the mouth of the Eio de la Plata), February 14, 1876 ; lat. 37° 17' S., long. 53° 52' W. ;
depth, 600 fathoms ; bottom temperature 37°'2, surface temperature 67°'5 ; sea-bottom,
oreen sand.

O

The form is comparatively small, measuring about 28 mm. in length, and having a
diameter anteriorly of a little more than 1 mm.

In comparing the anterior region with that of Pista cristata, the great development
of the lateral lamellse of the second segment is conspicuous. These form large lobes on
each side, projecting as far forward as the most anterior cephalic flap. The tentacles
being absent, the head-lobe appears to be sheathed in them, when viewed from the
ventral surface. A wide gap exists between their dorsal edges, and a smaller between
their ventral, the lamellae arising more abruptly at the former than the latter. The
lamellae of the third segment are, perhaps, somewhat larger and thinner tlian those of
Pista cristata, but instead of being borne erect or carried forward, each is reflected
backward, so as to cover a series of ocular specks, ranged in a dense row posteriorly at
their base. The dorsal surfaces of this and the foregoing segments are large, and bear
traces of the pedicles of four branchise, but nothing further can be said of the latter.

The bristles possess comparatively short tips, with well-marked wings. They are
proportionally shorter than in Pista cristata, while the winged region is longer and
better developed.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.)

LI 58

458

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The anterior uncinigerous processes are somewhat shorter than in Pista cristata. The
hooks (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 35) present a small projection above the long posterior process,
and the anterior angle is much more produced than in Pista mirahilis or Pista cristata.
The posterior long process is proportionally larger than in Pista mirahilis. The posterior
projection in these hooks seems to be the heel, the hollow beneath being due to the mode
of attachment of the base of the long process. The ventral edge or base of the hook is
slightly roughened.

The somewhat coarse sand in the intestine presented a few Diatoms and sponge-spicules.

The Pista intermedia of Webster and Benedict ^ is a closely allied form, the hooks,
indeed, j^resenting only slight differences.

Eupista, n. gen.

Eupista dariumi, n. sp. (PI. L. figs. 2, 3 ; PL XXVIIa. figs. 30, 31).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 298 (off the west coast of America, south of Valparaiso),
November 17, 1875; lat. 34° 7' S., long. 73° 56' W. ; depth, 2225 fathoms; bottom-
temperature 35° '6, surface temperature 59°'0 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

About the average size of Pista cristata. Though considerable care has been
exercised, the specimens are somewhat softened, the dense tubes of mud plugged by
the animals being nnfavonrable for the percolation of the spirit.

In the general form of the body this species agrees with Pista. The cephalic lobe is
furnished anteriorly with numerous sulcate tentacles. No ocular specks are present.
The branchiae, again, wholly differ in structure, while corresponding in number and
position with the foregoing genus. They are simple processes similar to those in the
Ampharetidse, tapering from base to apex, the anterior pair being the larger ; moreover,
all are barred transversely, a feature which distinguishes them from the family just
mentioned, while they resemble the stems of the branchiae in the ordinary form. In one
instance an anterior branchia is evidently in process of reparation, as the base is thick,
and the tip abruptly filiform. The posterior pair are furnished with a short filiform
tip. The blood of this species is thus satisfactorily aerated at the great depth of 2225
fathoms, without the aid of the minute appendages generally present in the branchise.
Dorsally no elevated process is found on the third segment at the base of the posterior
branchiae as in Pista cristata ; and the anterior border of the fourth segment forms a
transverse ridge behind them.

The bristles agree in number with those in Pista, being seventeen pairs, the first
occurring on the fourth segment. They differ from those of Pista in the great length

1 Eeport U.S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries (1881), 1884, p. 733, jsl. vi. figs. 75-78.

KEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

459

of the winged region, and the more attenuate condition of the bristle, the compara-
tive differences being represented in PI. XXVIIa. figs. 29 and 30, the former being a
bristle from Pista cristata, the latter from the present species.

The shape of the hooks (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 31) diverges from that in Pista cristata in
the dorsal and posterior curves, in the smaller space beneath the great fang, and in the
attachment of the arm. The latter seems to have a thinner expanded base, by which it
becomes continuous wdth the base of the hook. There are three distinct teeth in profile
above the great fang, and a trace of a fourth.

In the greyish mud of the alimentary canal are Diatoms, small Glohigerince and other
Foraminifera, Eadiolaria, and an occasional fragment of a sponge-spicule. Numerous
bodies like Coccoliths are also present.

The tube consisted of a tough lining coated externally with fine brownish-grey mud.
Comparatively few Diatoms and sponge-spicules occurred amongst the latter, the chief
organic structures being the tests of arenaceous Foraminifera.

Eupista clarwini, n. sp. var. (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 32).

Habitat. — A softened fragment closely approaching the foregoing was trawled at
Station 63 (Mid Atlantic, between the Azores and Bermuda), June 19, 1873; lat. 35° 29' N.,
long. 50° 53' W. ; depth, 2750 fathoms ; surface temperature, 7l°'0 ; sea-bottom, red clay.

The characters of the cephalic region of the fragment are indistinguishable, and the
branchiae are absent. The bristles agree with those of Eupista darivini in being longer
and more slender than those of Pista cristata. The hooks (PI. XXVIIa. fig. 32) exhibit
a slight modification in the straightness of the dorsal line, and in the greater elevation of
the crown when contrasted with those of Eupista darwini. The space below the great
fang is also somewhat smaller.

Sufficient materials, however, are not at hand to establish a reliable distinction, if
such exist.

Attached to the posterior region was the small rounded body of a Crustacean parasite
with an ovoid mass of eggs in a hyaline sheath. Beyond the presence of a chitinous
investment, and traces of segmentation, little could be made out in the injured example.
In simplicity of structure it resembled the Troplioniphila ^sausitic, on Trophonia wyvillei.^

Eupista grubei, n. sp. (PI. XLIX. figs. 6,7; XXVIIIa. fig. l).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 325 (in the Atlantic, in a line off the Rio de la Plata),
March 2, 1876 ; lat. 36° 44' N., long. 46° 16' W. ; depth, 2650 fathoms ; bottom tempera-
ture 32°'7, surface temperature 70°'8 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

' Vide, p. .368.

460

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Only fragments of this form are attain al)le, as they had been imperfectly preserved
in their tubes of fine mud with the impermeable chitinous lining. Sufiicient of the
anterior region remains, however, to show that in general characters the animal agrees
with the preceding. The branchise, however, are much smaller ; moreover, the proportions
which the pairs have to each other would seem to point to such as the normal condition.
The anterior pair are subulate, and attached on each side of the middle line. Their
length is about a third the diameter of the body. The posterior pair occur immediately
behind on the third segment, and consist of shorter and stouter processes than the first
pair, with filiform tips. The bristles are shorter and somewhat more robust than in
Eupista darwini, and their extremities are less attenuate. The hooks, again
(PI. XXVIIIa. fig. l), very closely resemble those of Eupista darwini, from Station 63.
Indeed, all the three so nearly approach each other in the structure of the hooks that
it is difficult to detect the differences.

Posteriorly the anus has a fringe of sixteen conical papillae (PI. XLIX. fig. 6).

The dark greyish mud in the intestine contains Diatoms, fragments of sponge-
spicules, some spinose, a few minute Foraminifera, and rather coarse sand-grains.

The tubes are formed of dark greyish sandy mud, enlivened here and there with the
large ochreous arenaceous Foraminifera formerly mentioned, and the globular wall of
which is composed of minute sand-grains, with or without the addition of sponge-spicules.
The muddy part of the tube shows traces of a few Diatoms, fragments of sponge-spicules,
and Foraminifera. The internal lining is tenacious.

LecBiia, Malmgren.

Lecena neo-zealaniw, n. sp. (PI. LI. fig. 3 ; PL XXVIIIa. figs. 2, 3).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 168 (off the east coast of the North Island, New
Zealand), July 8, 1874; lat. 40° 28' S., long. 177° 43' E.; depth, 1100 fathoms; bottom
temperature 37°'2, surface temperature 57°'2 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

An imperfect example of a comparatively small species inhabiting a tube composed of
soft greyish mud externally, and internally of a tough hyaline membrane. The length
seems to be about 23 mm., and the diameter at the thickest part anteriorly is somewhat
more than 1mm.

The specimen is softened and injured, but it appears to have a truncated snout, with
a projecting collar at the margin. Dorsally in a space behind the collar four transverse
rings are visible, tlie sides of this area being overhung by two lateral lamellm, and the
posterior boundary completed by another smaller pair.

The state of the specimen forbids a calculation of the bristle-bundles. Each of the
longer bristles (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 2) has a finely tapered, though short, tip, with a some-

REPOUT ON THE ANNELIDA.

461

what broad wing beneath. The shorter series show a proportionally broader and shorter,
but finety tapered extremity. They resemble on the whole those of Lecena, the tips,
however, being longer, and the wings as well developed as in Laphania, though they do
not agree with Malmgren’s figure of the shorter series in Laphania boecH. They also
differ considerably from the terminal serrated sabre of Lanassa. The bristles throughout
are rather translucent.

The very minute hooks (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 3) correspond in general outline with those
in Lanassa, but the crown, instead of having four or five teeth, has eight or nine, so that
it is greatly elongated, the entire upper region, ind^d, being disproportionately large, a
feature which becomes very conspicuous when the organ is contrasted with the hook of
Lanassa nordenshibldi. The curves below the great fang also diverge, and the anterior
inferior projection is bent upward.

The minute portion of sandy mud in the alimentary canal shows only a few Diatoms
and Coccoliths.

The greyish mud so loosely attached to the hyaline lining of the tube is only slightly
calcareous, the greater part remaining unaffected by acid. It is chiefly composed of
minute sand-particles, muddy granules, with a considerable number of small arenaceous
Foraminifera, but only a very few Diatoms and sponge-spicules.

The hooks somewhat approach those of the Lecena graffii of Langerhans ^ from
Madeira, but differ in the presence of a secondary process between the great fang and the
anterior inferior margin.

Lecena abyssoruin, n. sp. (PI. XXVIIIa. figs. 8, 9).

Llabitat. — Dredged at Station 253 (in the middle of the Pacific, 1000 miles north
of the Sandwich Islands), July 14, 1875 ; lat. 38° 9' N., long. 156° 25' W.; depth,
3125 fathoms ; bottom temperature 35°T, surface temperature 67°'7 ; sea-bottom, red clay.

The specimen was attached to a nodule described by Mr. Murray.^

The fragments of the example, when placed in a line, measure about 26 mm., with a
diameter of 2 mm.

The condition of the specimen prevents more than a reference to the structure of the
bristles and hooks. The great depth from which it was dredged is probably connected
with its injured state. The anterior dorsal (nuchal) ridge is much more bevelled from
behind forward than in Lanassa.

The bristles (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 8) have rather long straight shafts with short tips,
which taper to a fine point. The wings are well developed, and extend almost to the
extremity. The structure thus differs from Lanassa and approaches Lecena, being a

^ Zeitschr. f. wiss. ZooL, Bd. xl. p. 262, Taf. xv. fig. 2lcl.

^ See Narr. Chall. Exp., vol. i. p. 758, 1885 ; and Report on Deep-Sea Deposits, pi. ix. fig. 1.

462

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

further stage of the type seen in Lecsna neo-zealanice. The sliorter bristles as usual have
broader and shorter wings, and somewhat longer tips.

The hooks (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 9) are characteristic, presenting in profile six or seven
visible teeth above the great fang. The mucro beneath the latter is in close proximity,
an unusual condition in the series. The outline of the basal region differs from that of
any known form, and the area of this part is comparatively large. A few faint
transverse lines occur above the ventral margin.

The mud in the intestine contains a few Diatoms, fragments of Radiolarians. Both
are, however, rare amongst the fine 'muddy debris.

The muddy wall of the tube, again, presents larger and more perfect Radiolarians of
the trilobate kind formerly observed, arenaceous Foraminifera, fragments of sponge-
spicules, and a few Diatoms.

Lecena antarctica, n. sp. (PI. XLVIII. figs. 9, 10; PI. XXVIIIa. figs. 10, 11).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 156 (a little north of the Antarctic Sea), February 26,
1874; lat. 62° 26' S., long. 95°44'E. ; depth, 1975 fathoms; surface temperature, 33° '0 ;
sea-bottom. Diatom ooze.

One or two fragments of a small form, the longest measuring 16 mm., and 1)eing
rather more than 1 mm. in diameter at its widest part anteriorly.

The body presents the usual appearance, with a horse-shoe shaped process, from
which the tentacles proceed, above the mouth. It is difficult to estimate accurately the
number of bristle-bundles, but they seem to correspond with the typical number, viz.,
ten. The longer forms (PI. XXYIIIa. fig. 10) have straight shafts and finely tapered
tips, and the wings are well developed. The shorter bristles, one of which is represented
at the lower part of the same figure, have broader wings and more attenuate tips.
Four or five of each kind occur in a tuft.

The hooks (PI, XXVIIIa. fig. 11) are comparatively small, four teeth, however, in
favourable views being visible above the great fang. The exact nature of the outline
beneath the latter is somewhat indefinite, but a slight projection (mucro) occurs a short
distance below the base of the fang, and then a shallow^ excavation. The ventral margin
is evenly convex. The hooks form a double row in front as in Lemia.

The tip of the tail terminates in an expanded cup or funnel (PI. XLVIII. fig. 10),
the anus being situated at the upper part of the latter, which in regard to the axis of the
body is directed upward and forward. Thus the lower rim proceeds further backward
than the anterior.

Diatoms appear in the mud in the intestine, but only a small quantity could be examined.

The tube is composed of a thin, translucent, chitinous lining coated wdth a friable

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

463

layer of soft greyish mud. The latter shows swarms of Diatoms, a few Racliolarians, and
somewhat coarser sand-particles than occur in the alimentary canal.

In this genus the nerve-cords seem to follow a similar arrangement to those in Pista.
In the present species the body-wall has powerful oblique muscles, which are inserted
outside the nerve-area. The perivisceral chamber contains many ova.

Lecena langerhansi,^ n. sp. (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 12).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 168 (off the east coast of the North Island, New
Zealand), July 8, 1874; lat. 40° 28' S., long. 177°' 43' E.; depth, 1100 fathoms;
bottom temperature 37°‘2, surface temperature 57°’2 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

The fragmentary example measures about 9 mm. in length and barely 1 mm. in diameter.

In the general form of the body it agrees with Lecena neo-zealanice from the same
site, and it seems to have similar tongue-shaped processes on the post -cephalic region
of the dorsum ; but as rupture with softening had occurred in the specimen, it would be
unsafe to define minutely.

So far as can be ascertained, twelve pairs of bristle-bundles exist. The extremities
of these closely resemble those of the other species, e.g., Lecencc antarctica, the shorter
series, perhaps, having less expanded wings.

The hooks (PL XXA^IIIa. fig. 12) are small, and diverge from any of the preceding.
The crown is of moderate height, with five teeth above the great fang. The curves on
each side of the mucro below the latter are pronounced, and the ventral line is convex.
The dorsal (or posterior) outline is tolerably straight above the heel. With the
exception of the difference in the length of the crown the structure of the hook most
nearly approaches that of Lecena neo-zealanice. It is not yet known how far sexual
distinctions affect the hooks, so that the position of this form is uncertain.

In transverse section the hypoderm presents a thick layer ventrally. The circular
muscular coat is of great strength. The longitudinal muscles, both dorsal and ventral,
are compact and massive. The oblique are likewise well developed.

Lanassa, Malmgren.

Lanassa sarsi,^ n. sp. (PI. XXVIIIa. figs. 4, 5).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 169 (off the north-east point of the North Island,
New Zealand), July 10, 1874; lat. 37° 34' S., long. 179° 22' E.; depth, 700 fatnoms ;
bottom temperature 40°‘0, surface temperature 58°’2 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

1 After Prof. Paul Langerhans of Freiburg, and Physician in Madeira, who has done much valuable work amongst
the Annelids of Madeira.

2 After the late Prof. M. Sars.

464

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

An injured fragment of the anterior end, consisting of the cephalic region and about
a dozen bristled segments measuring 8 mm. in length, and having a breadth of 2 ‘5 mm.,
or 4 mm. inclusive of the bristles.

The general form of the anterior region agrees with Lanassa norderishioldi, Malmgren,
the dorsum being especially rugose and warty in the form procured by the Challenger.
A prominent papilla lies in front of the base of the first setigerous process, and a
diminishing series in the following seven or eight interspaces (setigerous). The bristles
(PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 4) are pale and long, even longer and more slender in proportion
than in Malmgren’s species. Each has a somewhat straight shaft, with very narrow wings
at the upper part, this region being followed by a very long, flattened, tapering tip,
delicately serrated on one edge. A comparison of the tips of the two species is
diagnostic, the northern form being more distinctly widened beyond the wings, and
more abruptly tapered.

The hooks (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 5) have even a more highly elevated crown than in
Lecena neo-zealanice, and of course much more than in Lanassa nordensMoldi. The
crown has at least ten teeth above the great fang. The outlines of the posterior edge
and heel quite differ from the first mentioned, the basal region is less convex, and the
curves below the great hook have little resemblance, and cover a longer space, since the
anterior inferior angle is much more produced.

The intestine contained a little greyish sandy mud in which a few Diatoms,
Coccoliths, and fragmentary Eadiolarians occurred.

The l)od}^-wall agrees in structure with Pista and the previous species, the hypoderm
having a great ventral projection, and the circular muscular coat l^eing remarkably thick.
The longitudinal ventral muscles are firmly enclosed by the oblique muscles internally
and the circular coat externally. The hiatus above the nerve-area has about the same
transverse diameter as the latter. The longitudinal dorsal muscles are almost con-
tinuous. The ovaries and numerous ova occur in the perivisceral chamber.

Lanassa henthaliana, n. sp. (PI. XLVIll. fig. 8 ; PI. XXVIIIa. figs. 6, 7).

LLahitat. — Dredged at Station 63 (Mid Atlantic, between Bermuda and the
Azores), June 19, 1873; lat. 35° 29' N., long. 50° -53' W.; depth, 2750 fathoms;
surface temperature, 71°'0; sea-bottom, red clay.

A mutilated anterior fragment, about 2 mm. in diameter and 10 mm. in lengtli.

No tentacles are present. The dorsum shows anteriorly four boldly elevated
ridges, corresponding with four segments, the three anterior (second, third, and
fourth somites) having lateral lamellse, the first or largest meeting its fellow
of the opposite side ventrally, and forming a second suboral papillose ridge or

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

465

lamella. The snout presents the usual horse-shoe curve of the tentacular fold over
the mouth, and beneath the latter a short crenated ridge, in front of the papillose
one just mentioned. The two other lateral lamellae converge to an elevated
region which becomes continuous with a ventral ridge immediately behind the fore-
going. The first bristle -papilla springs from the uj)per angle of the third lamella

(fourth segment), and thus corresponds with the ordinary arrangement in Lanassa.
Fifteen pairs of bristle-tufts are present in the specimen, but as it is ruptured at the
fifteenth the number is uncertain. The bristles (PI. XX VIII a. fig. 6) agree in
structure with the generic type, presenting a straight shaft, a slightly bent winged
region, and a long delicately tapered point, minutely serrated on one edge. Those
of the shorter series in each tuft have somewhat shorter and broader (well-developed)
wings.

The hooks (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 7) are much larger than in the preceding forms, and
while the crown shows ten or eleven teeth above the great fang, it is less obtuse than
in these. A long process occurs at the posterior inferior angle after the manner
of that in Pista and Eupista. The region from the base of the great fang to
the anterior inferior projection is large, much larger in proportion than in the foregoing
species.

In the fine mud occupying the posterior end of the fragmentary alimentary canal
are many minute Glohigerince, a fine Cliallengeria, minute triradiate points (minute
Pteropods ?), a few Diatoms and Coccoliths.

Euthelepus, n. gen.

Euthelepus setuhalensis, n. sp. (PI. L. fig. 4 ; PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 13).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station II. (off Setubal, Portugal), January 13, 1873 ; lat.
38° 10' N., long. 9° 14' W. ; depth, 470 fathoms; surface tem2:)erature, 57°'0 ; sea-
bottom, green mud.

The anterior region of a small form, measuring about 12 mm. in length, or with the
tentacles and branchiae 4 or 5 mm. more, and having a diameter of 1-8 mm.

It is easily distinguished from any of its congeners by possessing the habit of a
Thelepus, and the branchiae of one of the Ampharetidae. The bristles and hooks are also
characteristic.

The cephalic lobe is truncated anteriorly and furnished with a rim posteriorly as in
Thelepus, and it gives rise to a series of tentacles which are similarly grooved and
crenated, though they do not appear to attain the dimensions exhibited by the form
just mentioned. No ocular specks are visible. The buccal segment j:)resents a frilled

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP.— PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 59

406

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

arch superiorly, and a median ventral plate as in Thelepus. It forms a well-marked
ridge behind the cephalic rim dorsally, but this gradually becomes absorbed on each
side into a flattened area behind the infra-oral lobe. The next three segments differ
from those of Thelepus in presenting a process or lobe jutting forward from the anterior
border on each side, and in having a long simple branchia passing in each case from
the same border (anterior) a little dorsad of the lobe just mentioned. The branchise are
proportionally large, massive, and long, quite as large as those of the Ampharetidse.
Each springs by a broad base from the extreme front of the segment to which it
belongs, and tapers to a blunt point, the entire surface being crenate, and marked by a
ventral line, probably from the blood-vessel. They thus differ from the frilled and
deeply (dorsally) grooved tentacles. The posterior pair are nearest the middle line of
the dorsum, only a brief interval separating them ; the next are the first or anterior
pair, which have a wider space between them ; while the second pair are most external
in position, the inner border of the base being quite clear of the tliii’d pair, and only
slightly overlapping the outer edge of the anterior pair. This condition of the
respiratory system seems to be unique in the Terebellidse, combining, as already stated,
the branchial characters common to another family, \iz., the Ampharetidse. The three
segments alluded to have rudimentary bristle-tufts. Each of the next two rings bears
a small bristle -bundle superiorly, then a rounded papilla, and inferiorly a short hook-
row, the whole forming a lateral band. The papilla is visible in the next segment, but
thereafter disap]3ears ; the ordinary condition of the foot being a setigerous process
dorsally with its tuft of bristles, and then a long uncinigerous pad or ridge.

About a dozen anterior segments show ventral scutes, the glandular tissue of which
is not circumscribed as in Thelepus, but passes upward at each side, and thus gives a
character to the region.

Twenty pairs of bristles are visible behind the three branchial segments. The
bristles have long straight shafts with a well-marked band a little above the commence-
ment of the wings. The latter are fairly developed, and merge distally into the
tapering tip.

The hooks (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 13) differ from those of Thelepus in having the
anterior mucro dorsad of the tip (anterior inferior process). The mucro is also longer.
A large and a small tooth occur above the great fang, and a series of striae are present
near the posterior angle.

The tube, in which the fragment was entirely enveloped, has an internal lining of
translucent chitinous secretion invested by a remarkable cJievaux-de-frise composed of
Hexactinellid sponge-spicules, the whole forming a glassy translucent investment. It
does not follow that the animal specially arranged these for defensive purposes, since
they were probably the only materials at hand, a supposition the more likely as the
transjDarent connecting medium had entangled no other organism of note. A certain

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

4G7

selective power, however, must have been exercised, for the alimentary canal contained
greyish mud in which small GlohigerinoB and other Foraminifera, an occasional sponge-
spicule, and numerous Coccoliths were found.

The body-wall presents a largely developed hypoderm, that along the ventral arch
being especially massive. The nerve-cords are comparatively large, elongated from
above downward, so as to present the aspect of an olive, or together of a double cocoa-
nut. They are placed outside the circular muscular coat, which is moderately developed.
The longitudinal dorsal muscles are somewhat less extended than usual in the group,
and are thin. The attachment of the fibres suspending the alimentary canal alone
disconnect them. The longitudinal ventral, on the other hand, are proportionally
extended as well as massive, and the hiatus between them is moderate. The oblique
are moderately developed, and are fixed to the circular just outside the nerve-area.
The anterior glands and perivisceral corpuscles occur in the body-cavity.

The type differs from any known form in regard to the structure and arrangement
of the branchiae (which appear to be diagnostic). The hooks, however, have certain
relations with Theleims, but differ from the known genera in the direction of the mucro.
The number of the bristle-bundles is the same as in Pkenacia, De Quatrefages, viz.,
twenty pairs.

Euthelepus chilensis, n. sp. (PI. LI. figs. 4, 5 ; PI. XXVIIIa. figs. 14, 15).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 299 (off Valparaiso), December 14, 1875; lat. 33° 3P S.,
long. 74° 43' W.; depth, 2160 fathoms; bottom temperature 35°'2, surface temperature
62°‘0 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

The longest fragment measures about 35 mm., with a diameter anteriorly of 2 '5 mm.
As usual the tough lining of the tube has prevented early percolation of the spirit, so
that the greater part of the animal is pulpy.

This is another example of the remarkable type observed in Euthelepus setuhalensis,
and apparently intermediate between the Ampharetidae and the present family.
Anteriorly are a number of large crenate tentacles, longest dorsally and diminish-
ing on each side ventrally. The latter form a fan- shaped series in the jmepara-

tion, probably partly due to the effect of compression (the animals having been
preserved in their tubes). The dorsal tentacles are very long and thick, extending in
the specimens to the seventh or eighth bristled segment. Moreover, they are not
marked by grooves, though some of the short ventral forms show a basal furrow. They
arise as in Thelepus from the truncated cephalic region, and completely occupy the
lobe all round. The buccal segment bears no processes. The next segment (the first
bristled) has at its anterior border a pair of long smooth subulate branchiae, winch taper

468

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

from base to apex, but are not much attenuated at the tip. A second pair, similar in
all respects, occur at the anterior border of the third segment. They are thus fewer than
in Eutlide'pus setuhalensis, and vary in position, for the anterior pair are nearer the
middle line than the posterior.

Twenty pairs of bristle-tufts apparently are present, but as the specimens are much
softened and ruptured this determination is questionable. The bristles (PI. XXYIIIa.
fig. 14) have a pale golden lustre, and, tliongh some are shorter than others, do not
show the marked division into groups so characteristic of Thelepus and the Terebellidse.
They taper from a short distance above the base to the tip, which has narrow wings,
the extremity in many showing a slight enlargement at the termination of the wings.
The bristles are thus somewhat intermediate in structure between the two families above
mentioned.

The hooks (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 15) ajDproach those of the previous species, having one
evident tooth above the great fang, and a smaller and less distinct one superiorly.
The space below the fang is much larger than in Euthelepus setuhalensis, and the tip
of the niucro is more globular. The anterior inferior angle is smoothly rounded so
that the aspect of this region differs notably from that of the former species. The
dorsal outline is similar, but the ventral is less convex than in Euthelepus setuhalensis.
The posterior hooks have the anterior inferior angle less rounded, and occasionally more
than two teeth occur above the great fang.

The brownish mud in the alimentary canal presented a few Diatoms and fragments
of sponge-spicules, a few small Glohigerinm and arenaceous Foraminifera (aj^parently
with muddy tests), peculiar conical Radiolarians with an acutely pointed apex, and
other forms.

The animal forms a massive tube composed of dark brownish mud surrounding the
usual chitinous lining. Scattered here and there amongst the mud are globular
arenaceous Foraminifera of a somewhat ochreous tinge and about the size of No. 12
shot, and occasionally a cylindrical tubular form of the same kind. In minute
characters the mud of the tube corresponds with that in the alimentary canal, only
Diatoms and Radiolarians are rare, and small arenaceous Foraminifera and rough sand-
grains more abundant.

The hypodermic layer is also much developed ventrally in this species, especially
towards the median line, over the nerve-area. By the bending inward of the circular
coat in the latter region the longitudinal ventral muscles almost form a semicircle and
are less massive than in Euthelepus setuhalensis. The oblique muscles are of consider-
able strength. The nerve-cords are similar in shape to those of the former species, but
are proportionally less.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

469

Thelepus, Leiickart.

Thelepus sp. (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 16).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 186 (in Torres Strait, between Australia and New
Guinea), September 8, 1874; lat. 10° 30' S., long. 142° 18' E.; depth, 8 fathoms;
surface temperature, 77° '2 ; sea-bottom, coral mud.

A fragment of the posterior end with the anus, measuring 30 mm. in length, and
havina; a diameter of about 4 '5 mm.

In general appearance this specimen agrees with the corresponding region in Thelepus
cincinnatus, though the bristle-pa]3ill8e and the uncinigerous processes are less prominent.
The form of the bristles resembles those of the typical species, but the tip beyond the
termination of the wfinos is much more filiform and elongate.

The hooks (Pi. XXVIIIa. fig. 16) show only a single tooth above the great fang,
and are remarkable for the great production of the anterior inferior angle, which has
the mucro on the tip. The shape of the organ thus approaches that in Polycirrus and
Ereutho. The outline, from the base of the great fang to the mucro, exhibits only a
slight elevation. The ventral line likewise presents two slight elevations, instead of the
usual uniform curve.

The whitish coral sand in the intestine contained a few Diatoms, many sponge-
spicules, and the minute spiked spheres, formerly observed in similar sand from the
Bermudas.

The Thelepus japonicus of Marenzeller ^ has a hook approaching the foregoing in
shape.

Thelepus cincinnatus (Fabricius).

Amphitrite cincinnata, Fabricius, Fauna Groenland., p. 286.

Habitat. — Dredged in the “ Knight Errant,” Station 8, August 17, 1880 ; lat.
60° 3' N., long. 5° 51' W.; bottom temperature 29°‘2, surface temperature 56°‘5 ; depth,
540 fathoms.

Thelepus cincinnatus, var. canadensis, nov. (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 17).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 48 (near Le Havre Bank, Nova Scotia), May 8, 1873 ;
lat. 43° 4' N., long. 64° 5' W.; depth, 51 fathoms; surface temperature, 38°‘0; sea-
bottom, rock.

A specimen about 25 mm. long, and with a diameter at its widest part of nearly
3 mm.

1 Siifljapan. AniieL, p. 208, Taf. ii. fig. 4.

470

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

This form differs in some respects from Thelepus cincinnatus. The segments as a
rule are much narrower, and instead of the uniformly coarse, rugose condition of the
dorsum, this new form presents distinct transverse rows of papillae, one or two, according
as the segments are or are not divided by a transverse hne. The ventral scutes are less
prominent than in the common species, and the entire body more smoothly rounded.
The branchiae are similar in position and structure, though, perhaps, they are a little
more delicate than in Thelepus cincinnatus. The eye-spots and cephalic region also
correspond.

The form of the setigerous jDrocesses, as well as the structure of the individual bristles,
present no noteworthy differences. The uncinigerous rows, again, differ in being shorter
and less prominent than in Thelepus cincinnatus. Each hook (PI. XXVITIa. fig. 17)
shows a longer and more produced basal region, resembling in this respect certain
varieties from Guernsey and Berwick Bay in Britain.

The greyish mud in the alimentary canal was crowded with Diatoms and sand-
grains, besides a few rounded bodies probably connected with Radiolarians.

This species is characterised by the great firmness of the hypoderm and its depth
along the ventral arch, especially towards the middle line. The circular coat is compara-
tively thin, and so are both dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles. The nerve-trunks
are small and ovoid. The oblique muscles are inserted into the circular coat above the
outer part of each nerve. Numerous ova occur in the perivisceral ca^dty.

Thelepus? sp. (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 18).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 47 (off the American coast, near New York), May 7,
1873; lat. 41° 14' N., long. 65° 45' W.; depth, 1340 fathoms; surface temperature, 42°'0;
sea-bottom, blue mud.

The specimen is so softened and ruptured that little more can be attempted than :i
description of the bristles and hooks. It is a somewhat larger specimen than the last.

In general form it seems to correspond with Thelepus cincinnatus, but no eye-specks
are present. The bristles of the two also agree. The hooks (PL XXVIIIa. fig. 18)
present two distinct teeth above the great fang, and the dorsal or posterior outline is
longer, the basal region is larger than in the variety canadensis from the more convex con-
dition of the ventral outline, and the anterior inferior angle beneath the mucro is better
developed. In most respects, indeed, there is a general divergence when the two hooks
are contrasted. The precise value of these minute distinctions of course is open to
criticism, but they are none the less noteworthy. The importance of attention to
these characters will be appreciated when the hook of the same species figured by

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

471

Leuckart^ is compared with those drawn by Malmgren’s artist.^ On the whole, the
hooks come nearest those of the common Thelepus (A) at St. Andrews. So far as can be
seen in the specimen, the body is more rugose and glandular than the variety canadensis.

The sandy mud in the alimentary canal was rich in Diatoms, fragments probably of
Challengerice, and a few minute Foraminifera.

The tube is composed of clear fragments of quartz and other grains with Foraminifera,
and is of the same consistence as regards the internal lining as the ordinary species.

The hooks of this form come near, though they are not identical with, those of
Thelepus triserialis,^ from the Mediterranean.

Thelepus marenzelleri,'^ n. sp. (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 19).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 236 (off the southern shores of Japan), June 5, 1875 ;
lat. 34° 58' N., long. 139° 29' E. ; depth, 775 fathoms; bottom temperature 37°'6,
surface temperature 66°‘5 ; sea-bottom, green mud.

A fragment of the anterior region of a specimen about the average size of Thelepus
cincinnatus, and resembling the common form, Thelepus goodsiri, from St. Andrews. The
cephalic lobe bears a large number of grooved and frilled tentacles, and just behind its
posterior rim are a series of very conspicuous pigment-specks. The branchiae agree in
length and position with the common form at St. Andrews. The bristles show a decidedly
shorter wing on each side than in the latter, and the enlargement of the shaft near the
commencement of the wings is more pronounced ; indeed the entire tip is shorter, a
feature very evident in both anterior and posterior bristles.

The hooks (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 19) show one distinct tooth above the great fang, and
one or two others beyond the former. The deepest part of the dorsal inflection is nearly
opposite the anterior sinus below the great fang, and is therefore high, the longer half
of the line being inferior. A slight projection marks the anterior inferior angle below the
mucro. These hooks thus differ from those of Thelepus goodsiri in the height of the
crown; and instead of the inferior dorsal line being the longer, as in the form procured by
the Challenger, it is the superior. They also differ from the hooks of the fragment from
Station 47, which has the base much diminished toward the anterior inferior angle, a
prominently convex ventral line, and a nearly central position of the dorsal inflection.

The greyish mud in the alimentary canal contained minute Foraminifera — both cal-
careous and arenaceous fragments of sponge-spicules, a hydroid polypary, fine spinulose
circular ChallengericB with their large granular masses internally, and another smaller

’ Zur Kenntniss der Fauna von Island, Archivf. Naturgesch., Taf. iii. fig. 4, C, 1849.

2 Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, Tab. xxii. fig. 58, D.

® Marenzeller, Sitzungsb. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss., Bd. Ixxxix. p. 208, Taf. ii. fig. 3.

* Named after the careful Austrian Naturalist mentioned on p. 443.

472

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEK.

ovoid form, fragments of Eadiolariaiis, minute Crustacea, an occasional bristle of an
Annelid, peculiar pointed structures like tips of spears, and probably allied to similar
organs formerly mentioned in other species, minute Nematoids (it may be those of some
of the prey, e.g., Pteropods), minute bodies with double disks, numerous Pteropods like
Ilyalea, from the youngest stages up to adult size, a fine Echinocleres like Echinoderes
dujardinii, Clap., and finally many Diatoms and Coccoliths. The Echinoderes had
its cephalic spines included, but pressure caused extrusion.

The specimen is enclosed in a smooth tube of somewhat brittle opalescent chitin,
minutely dotted under a high power. No structure adheres to it externally, the only
object, indeed, attached to it internally is an occasional hook of its own.

The uncini of the foregoing differ decidedly from those of Marenzeller’s Thelepus
japonicus,^ in the form of the anterior inferior region beneath the mucro, and in tbe
curve of the inferior margin.

Neottis, Malmgren.

Neottis antarctica, MTntosh (PI. LIT fig. 1).

Neottis antarctica, MTntosh, Ann. and Mag. Vat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. xvii. p. 321, 1876.

Thelepus mHntoshii, Grube, Annelidenausbeute von. S.M.S. “Gazelle,” Monatsber. d. k. preuss.

Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, Aug. 1877, p. 534.

Neottis antarctica, MTntosh, Zool. Kerguel., Phil. Trans., vol. 168, p. 261, pi. xv. figs. 14, 15.

Habitat. — -Dredged at Station 144a (off Marion Island), December 26, 1873; fat.
46° 48' S., long. 37° 49' E.; depth, 69 fathoms; surface temj^erature, 41°‘0 ; sea-bottom,
volcanic sand.

An example attached to a mass of Serpula narconensis was dredged in Balfour Bay,
Kerguelen, January 9, 1874, in 20 to 60 fathoms.

Other examples come from Station 149, off Christmas Harbour, Kerguelen, January
29, 1874, in 120 fathoms.

Also from Station 150 (between Kerguelen and Heard Islands), Februar)?’ 2, 1874 ;
lat. 52° 4' S., long. 71° 22' E.; depth, 150 fathoms; bottom temperature 35°’2, surface
temperature 37° ‘5 ; sea-bottom, coarse gravel.

Two fragments were found at Station 151 (off Heard Island), February 7, 1874;
depth, 75 fathoms; surface temperature, 36° '2 ; sea-bed, volcanic mud. One is distended
with ova.

A large portion of the posterior end of the same species (so far as can be ascertained
from the hooks and other parts) occurs at Station 313 (Strait of Magellan), January 20,
1876 ; lat. 52° 20' S., long. 67° 39' W.; depth, 55 fathoms ; bottom temperature 47°'8,
surface temperature 48° '2 ; sea-bottom, sand.

1 Op. cit., p. 208, Taf. ii. fig. 4.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

473

The specimens procured by Mr. Eaton during the Transit of Venus expedition came
from Royal Sound, Kerguelen, and the American investigators found it in the same
locality, where it seems to be very common.

The specimens range on either side of 120 mm. in length, and the tubes are equally
variable, the longer reaching 280 to 290 mm., with a diameter of 9 mm. The chitinous
lining is coated with fragments of Cellaria {Salicornaria), pieces of shells, sea-
weeds, and other structures. The tube found between Kerguelen and Heard Islands
(Station 150) had small fragments of a blackish rock, attached to the hyaline chitinous
secretion.

The fragment from the Strait of Magellan has an accessory tail attached to the
side of the anus. A process on the dorsum of the anus also occurs in that from
Station 151.

Many of the specimens contain numerous ova.

In regard to food, the alimentary canal of that from Balfour Bay was rich in Diatoms,
peculiar rhomboidal segments, apparently attached in some cases in a linear manner to
each other, and with finely pointed ends, sponge-spicules, and much organic debris. The
armed rhomboidal structures are probably connected with the pointed cylinders formerly
noticed. The contents of the intestine of those from Christmas Harbour abounded in
very large round and other Diatoms, and massive sponge-spicules. The alimentary tract
of the fragments from Heard Island contained sandy mud in which Diatoms, fragments
of sponge-spicules, chitinous shreds (pertaining to an Annelid ?), and the ventral bristles
of a Harmothoe. The greyish pulpy contents of the intestine of the specimen from the
Strait of Magellan showed only a few Diatoms amongst the coarse sand-grains.

Dr. Baird’s Terebella kergudensis, from Kerguelen Island, whence it was procured by
the Antarctic expedition, seems to be this Neottis. A careful examination of the
softened specimen in the British Museum shows that Dr. Baird’s name rightly has
priority, though it would not have been possible to determine it without such aid. As no
published account of the species, however, has come under notice, it has been deemed
proper at present to allow the foregoing name to stand. Dr. Baird’s Terebella hipunctata'^
is a closely allied form, with two fangs in the lateral view of the hook, as in Neottis
antarctica. It came from the Falkland Islands in 1847. In the living form “two
beautiful purple stripes run down the back.” The tubes are composed of coarse fragments
of stone. Kinberg’s Thelepus antarcticus,^ from the Strait of Magellan, may be an allied
form.

The structure of the wall of the body of this species corresponds with the t}’pical
forms. Posteriorly the nerve-cords are almost circular, and are separated by a slight
interval. The large alimentary canal of the region is fixed dorsally and ventrally by
firm fibrous bands, and its inner surface is thrown into prominent folds.

1 Journ. Linn. Soc. Land., vol. viii. p. 157, 1865. - Op. cit., 1866, p. 345.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 60

474

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLEHGEE.

Ereutho, Malmgren.

Ereutho herguelensis, n. sp. {PL XXVIIIa. figs, 20, 21).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149g (off London Kiver, Kerguelen), January 29,
1874; lat. 48° 50' S., long. 69° 18' E.; depth, 110 fathoms; surface temperature, 40°’2 ;
sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

The larger example measures 30 mm. in length, with a diameter at its widest part
anteriorly of about 3 mm., exclusive of the feet.

In general configuration this form agrees w'ith Ereutho, Malmgren, having thirteen
pairs of bristle-tufts. The frilled cephalic lobe had evidently been surmounted by a
series of grooved tentacles, while interiorly are a number of smooth ones. The dorsum
anteriorly is very rugose, and the large buccal surface is almost papillose.

The bristles begin on the buccal segment, and number thirteen pairs. They are borne
on setigerous processes, which correspond in length to those of the common Zetlandic
form. The bristles (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 20) differ from those of the latter species in having
shorter and less attenuate tips. Both are distinctly serrate, the points being situated
on rudimentary wings, which are only indicated in certain positions by a double line at
the edge of the bristle, and most distinctly marked in the Zetlandic form. Below the fifth,
sixth, and seventh setigerous processes are three greatly expanded glandular areas, some-
what in the form of suckers. Moreover, each bristle-tuft is ensheathed by an anterior
and posterior cuticular lamella, which terminates su23eriorl}^ in a distinct papillary process,
longest anteriorly. Each process is composed of cuticle and hypoderm.

The hooks (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 21) somewhat resemble those of Ereutho smitti,
Malmgren, but they bear three distinct teeth, viz., the great inferior fang, and two above
it. A well-marked heel exists posteriorly. The ventral outline presents a somewhat
prominent convexity near the middle. The anterior inferior process is less produced than
in Polycirrus aurantiacus, as figured by Malmgren.

The pale greyish mud in the intestine was mainly composed of Diatoms, sponge-
spicules, and here and there a fragment of a Eadiolarian.

The hypoderm. in this species is very largely developed on the ventral arch, that is on
the region below the bristle-bundles. It forms a thick, glandular, and somewhat lax
investment, and there is no separation of the area outside the nerve-cords as in the
common British Polycirrus. The dorsal arch of the hypoderm is much thinner. The
nerve-cords are large and rounded, and have a fibrous sheath externally. The circular
muscular layer is strong. The longitudinal ventral muscles are somewhat narrow and
extended, though thicker than the dorsal, which meet in the median line. The oesophagus
shows externally a thin series of longitudinal fibres, then a firm circular belt and the glan-
dular lining. The great glands of the anterior third and ova are present in the body-cavity.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

475

Polycirrus, GruLe.

Polycirrus kerguelensis, n. sp. (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 22).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149h (off Christmas TParbour, Kerguelen), January 29,
1874; lat. 48° 45' S., long. 69° 14' E ; depth, 127 fathoms; surface temperature, 39°’8 ;
sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

A fragment of the anterior end of a small specimen, measuring aljout 5 mm. in length,
and barely 1 mm. in diameter at its widest part, toward the snout.

The condition of the specimen is such that all that can be said of it is that the
general aspect agrees with Polycirrus, and that the hooks occur well forward, a feature
having the same import. In structure the bristles corresj)ond with the same typical
form, presenting a slight dilatation in the region beyond the shaft, and then diminishing
toward the tip, which is minutely serrated as in Ereutho.

The hooks (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 22) possess three teeth, the great fang and two above
it. The anterior inferior angle is much produced, forming a long process with a slight
curve upward. The angle made by the great fang with the latter is large. The hook
approaches that of Poly cirrus aurantiacus, though, judging from Malmgren’s figure, the
species from Kerguelen has a longer basal region. It diverges in the same manner from
the Polycirrus nervosus of Marenzeller from Southern Japan. The absence of the minute
characters of the hooks in Grube’s Polycirrus boholensis from the Philippines prevents
definite diagnosis. The hook, again, of Poly cirrus hcematodes, ClaparGle,^ especially as
shown by Langerhans ^ (since Claparede’s figure is too small for accuracy) from Madeira,
is closely allied.

Ehlersiella,^ n. gen.

Ehlersiella atlantica, n. sp. (PI. XXVIIIa. figs. 26, 27).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 63 (Mid Atlantic, between Bermuda and the Azores),
June 19, 1873; lat. 35° 29' N., long, 50° 53' W. ; depth, 2750 fathoms; surface
temperature, 71°'0 ; sea-bottom, red clay.

Also dredged at Station 76 (off the Azores), July 3, 1873 ; lat. 38° 11' N.,
long. 27° 9' W.; depth, 900 fathoms; bottom temperature 40°'0, surface tempera-
ture 70°’0 ; sea-bottom, Pteropod ooze.

From the first-named Station several fragments of the posterior region of this some-
what small species were procured, measuring 11 mm. in length and about 1 mm. in

^ Glanures, p. 25, pi. ii. fig. 1/3. ^ Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. xl. p. 265, Taf. xvi. fig. 26.

® Named in honour of Prof. Ehlers of Gottingen, whose laborious and valuable researches amongst the Annelid.?
are well known.

4:76

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

diameter at their widest part. From the second Station an injured fragment of the
anterior region, apparently of the same species, was obtained, and thus further information
concerning the structure of the species was gained.

The fragment of the anterior region somewhat resembles an example of the
Ampharetidse from the great development of the lateral bristles, but the presence of a
pair of branchiae with branched extremities is at variance with the features of this group.
The cephalic region appears to be broad, with two rounded lateral masses and a central
depression. The branchiae are narrower at the base than superiorly, the broad tip
splitting into several short branches. The segments of the body seem to be narrow,
judging from the closely approximated series of long pale golden bristle-tufts. The
bristles (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 26) lean rather to those of the Terebellidae than of the
Ampharetidae, though there is less that is characteristic in them than in the hooks. Their
shafts are straight, elongate, and often granular internally, apparently from a change iu
the inner wall of the chitin. The tips are slightly curved, and furnished with rather well-
developed wings below the very finely tapered extremities. The shorter forms show the
latter feature best, but their wings are not more developed than in the longer forms.
There are upwards of fourteen pairs in the specimen, and the series is incomplete.

The fragments from Station 63 show that the posterior region of the body corre-
sponds with that in the Terebellidae, but also has alliances with certain of the Ampharetidae,
especially Gnibianella, since it is terminated by a distinct enlargement, about the length
of three of the preceding segments. The anus, moreover, is surrounded by a series of
long papillae, and two truncated processes occur on what seems to be the ventral surface,
and which may have given origin to long styles.

The hooks (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 27) differ from those of any other known genus,
combining certain of the characters of Melinna with those of Artacama. Two very
distinct teeth occur above the great fang, and a third and fourth are partially seen
superiorly. The great fang is very large, but the sinus beneath it is narrow^ The
mucro in the latter is prominent, and the notch above the anterior inferior process is
deep. The heel is slightly developed, and the ventral margin forms a uniform convexity.

In the oesophagus of the example from Station 76 is a little greyish mud containing
many minute Globigermce, a few fragments of sponge-spicules and Challengerice, Cocco-
liths, and other debris.

The specimens from Station 63 occurred in tubes having a tough, hyaline chitinous
internal lining, and an external coat of grey mud, which dings with considerable tenacity
to the former. The amorphous mud shows many fragments of silex, which cause
translucent dots in the masses when viewed by transmitted light. It is possible that some
of the rounded masses are connected with arenaceous Foraminifera, but this is uncertain.

This form comes nearest Grubianella in regard to the anal enlargement.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

477

(Estrella levinseni} n. gen. et sp. (PI. XXXIX a. fig. 11).

A curious Crustacean parasite occurs on the posterior fragment (Station 63). It
consists of a somewhat ovate body rounded anteriorly, but presenting two prominences
posteriorly and two ovisacs. The anterior region or cephalo -thorax is bevelled from above
downward and backward ventrally, while dorsally a kind of collar clasps the anterior
part of the snout. Two segments follow, the first and somewhat broader being marked
by a transverse furrow. A narrow segment succeeds, its median region being carried
forward in an angular manner. Posteriorly are two rounded lateral prominences for the
attachment of the ovisacs. The tube containing: the fragment of the Annelid showed
three ovisacs, so that it is probable another example of the parasite existed.

Artacama, Malmgren.

Artacama challengericB, n. sp. (PI. LI. fig. 6 ; PI. XXVIIIa. figs. 23«, 6, 24, 25).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 149, in several localities, e.g., in Betsy Cove, lat.
49° 8' S., long. 70° 9' E., at a depth of 40 fathoms; off Royal Sound, lat. 49° 28' S.,
long. 70° 30' E., in 25 fathoms; off Caj^e Maclear, January 21, 1874, in 30 fathoms;
and a fragment off London River, in 110 fathoms.

Specimens measure 75 mm. in length, with a diameter at the large part in front of
8 mm.

In the character of the cephalic region, body, and number of the bristle -tufts, this
form corresponds with Artacama probosciclea, Malmgren. The bristles (PI. XXVIIIa.
figs. 23a, b) agree very closely with the figures given by Malmgren, but differ from
the Canadian forms in having a shorter tip, the terminal region being much more
attenuate in the latter, and the wings narrower. The bristles are also pale in the
present form. The broader wings in the new species are as evident in the longer (a),
as in the shorter series {b).

The hooks, again (PL XXVIIIa. fig. 24), present a different structure from those
figured by Malmgren [Artacama probosciclea), so that, unless we are to suppose
serious inaccuracy in these figures, the forms seem to diverge. In that procured by the
Challenger, four teeth at least occur in one series above the great fang, and there are
traces of a fifth. The great fang is largely developed, so that the crown appears small
in comparison with it, whereas in Malmgren’s figure the crown is high and the great
fang small. A well-marked mucro projects from the margin below the fang, while in

^ After G. M. E. Levinsen of Copenliagen, the author of various papers on the Annelida, and especially of an
excellent one entitled Oni nogle parasitische Krebsydr, der suylte hos Annelider, Vidensk. Meddel. f. d. nat. Foren. i
Kj^benhavn, 1877.

478

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

the figure given by Malmgren the outline is unbroken. The ventral margin also
diverges in the two forms, presenting in the new species an undulating outline, whereas
the northern form appears to have only a uniform and slight convexity. In the other,
and perhaps average series (PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 25), the characters are less bold, but the
general outline, the presence of the mucro, and the shape of the anterior inferior process
at once distinguish it from Malmgren’s representation. The hooks of the Canadian
form closely agree with the latter series. The rows of hooks from the seventh to the
sixteenth are double, as in the ordinary form. Four prominent papillse occur on each side
(from the second hook-row to the fifth) between the latter and the setigerous process.

The lobules or lamellse above the posterior hooks differ slightly from those of the
Canadian form, the anterior being decidedly smaller, the first two especially being
rudimentary, whereas in the latter they are large and reniform. Their condition in
Malmgren’s form is doubtful.

The anus is minutely papillose.

The alimentary canal of those from Betsy Cove contained somewhat coarse sand,
showing multitudes of fragments of silex and sponge-spicules, a few minute spines of
Echinoderms, minute ova, fragments of Radiolarians and Diatoms. That from Royal
Sound exhibited finer sand, sponge-spicules, and Diatoms in great abundance ; while
•the food of those from Cape Maclear resembled the first. In the alimentary tract of
the fragment from London River, Diatoms and sponge-spicules alone were conspicuous.

The example from Royal Sound had beside it a large friable tube of muddy sand.
The internal secretion is so slight that it falls to pieces on interference. Its connection
with the specimen is open to doubt.

The species seems to be veiy frequent in Kerguelen waters, and Kinberg mentions
others from the neighbourhood of Rio de Janeiro.

While the hypoderm is somewhat thinner than in the foregoing genus, the muscular
layers are more powerful. This is especially marked in both dorsal and ventral longi-
tudinal muscles, which form massive plates in each case. The nerve-area is bounded
externally by a comparatively thin layer of hypoderm, and rests against the circular
coat internally, the oblique muscles being inserted above its outer borders.

Artacama zehuensis, n. sp. (PI. LI. fig. 7 ; PI. XXIXa. figs. 1, 2).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 209 (off Zebu, one of the Philippines), January 22,
1875 ; lat. 10° 14' N., long. 123° 54' E.; depth, 95 fathoms ; bottom temperature 71°'0,
surface temperature 81°’0 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

The specimen is incomplete posteriorly, but measures 70 mm. in length, with a
diameter anteriorly of 4 -5 mm.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

479

In the general form of the body it agrees with the preceding species. The cephalic
tentacles, however, are much more delicate and filiform. The branchiae likewise are
somewhat finer and more numerous, forming three dense wavy masses on each side.
The proboscis has much more minute and more numerous papillae ; and the furrows on
the buccal segment are more regular and symmetrical.

The bristles (PI. XXIXa. fig. 1) are somewhat longer than in the preceding species,
and the tips are much more attenuate and tapering. The wings, moreover, are narrower,
and show very distinctly the oblique striae, frequent in such forms. The shafts are
straight, but the tips are slightly bent. The tufts are decidedly larger than in the
former species, both as regards the setigerous processes and the number . of the
bristles.

The hooks (PI. XXIXa. fig. 2) differ from those of the preceding form (Artacama
challengerice) in the more pronounced prominence of the heel, in the deeper inflection
beneath it, and in the smaller incurvation just below the anterior inferior projection.
The distance between the base of the great fang and the point of the mucro is greater
in the present than in the former species, and the incurvation below it is also deeper.
The crown is somewhat less elevated and more pointed than in Artacama challengerice,
the base of the hook is longer, and quite different in character from that in the species
referred to.

Another evident distinction between this form and Artacama challengerice is the
diminution of the lamellae on the posterior setigerous processes. They are hardly
noticeable in the first four or five, and at no part of the animal do they surpass in size
the setigerous process. When fully developed they form somewhat ovoid structures
attached to the upper end of the setigerous lamellae. Some in front are pointed
distally, but their softened state renders the description somewhat unsafe.

The intestine contains a large amount of dark greyish mud, in which sponge-
spicules, spines of an Annelid, Foraminifera of various kinds, minute spiral shells of
Pteropods, Diatoms, and hairs of minute Crustacea occur amongst the sand-grains and
debris.

The size of the muscles exceeds that in Artacama challengericB. The longitudinal
dorsal being nearly twice the bulk of the ventral in section. The long median fissure
between them is occupied by the suspensory fibres of the alimentary canal. The oblique
muscles are conspicuously powerful, and a depression occurs at each raphe in con-
traction. The nerve-area is similar to that in the former species, though somewhat
less.

480

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

Terebellides, M. Bars.

Terehellides stroemi, M. Bars, var. (PL XXIXa. figs. 3—6).

Terebellides stroemi, Sars, Beskrivelser og Jagttagelser, <kc., p. 48, Tab. xiii. fig. 31, 1835.

Habitat. — Dredged at Btatioii 47 (off the American coast, near New York), May 7,
1873; lat. 41° 14' N., long. 65° 45' W.; depth, 1340 fathoms; surface temperature,
42°'0 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

An elongated example, measuriug about 70 mm., and scarcely reaching 3 mm. in
diameter in front at its widest part.

It agrees with the ordinary Terebellides stroemi, M. Bars, in general ap23earance, the
only difference being the great length of the posterior region (behind the bristles), no
less than fifty-two uncinigerous processes occurring on each side. The bristles are
perhaps a little shorter and less attenuate than in a typical Terebellides stroemi from
Norway. The anterior hooks (PI. XXIXa. fig. 3) present a more distinct enlargement
of the head, and a more decided constriction of the neck, features at once apparent on
contrasting the former figure with the drawing of a hook from a large Norwegian example
(PL XXIXa. fig. 5). The posterior hooks, again (PL XXIXa. fig. 4), differ in having
the posterior curve less convex, and the anterior inferior angle less produced than in the
Norwegian type (PL XXIXa. fig. 6). It is of course doubtful whether these slight
differences indicate more than mere variation, but they are worthy of careful attention.

The greyish sand in the alimentary canal presents only a few sponge-sj^icules, one
or two Diatoms, and Coccoliths.

The structure of the l)ody-wall agrees with that in the British form. It differs from
the type of the previous genera in having the nerve-cords within the circular coat.

The number of segments is an uncertain feature, though the proportion of the
bristled to the others is of course more reliable. This species ranges from the European
to the American shores.

Terebellides stroemi, M. Bars, var. Kerimelensis (PL XXIXa. fiars. 7, 8 ; PL
XXXVIIIa. fig. 4).

Habitat. — Dredged at Btation 149g (off London River, Kerguelen), January 29,
1874 ; lat. 48° 50' B., long. 69° 18' E.; depth, 110 fathoms ; surface temperature, 40°‘2 ;
sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

The specimens are less than the preceding, the longest measuring 38 mm., with an
anterior diameter of 3 mm.

There is little external difference between these and Norwegian forms, except.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

481

perhaps, the somewhat finer tentacles. The posterior region has upwards of forty
segments.

The bristles present no feature distinctive from those of Station 47. The anterior
hooks, however (PI. XXIXa. fig. 7), have a more abrupt distal dilatation than in the
form just mentioned. The posterior uncini, on the other hand (PI. XXIXa. fig. 8),
closely approach those of the American form.

The greyish mud in the alimentary tract showed numerous Diatoms and sponge -
spicules, but only a few Foraminifera.

From the same Station (149h — off Cumberland Bay), January 29, 1874, in 127
fathoms, several examples occur which agree with the typical form from Norway,
both in regard to anterior and posterior hooks. It is true there are slight differences
in the curvature of the ventral lip anteriorly, but if such variations be allowed for
separation of the species is unnecessary.

Those from London Eiver had tubes of soft greyish mud.

The contents of the intestine of this form agreed with the preceding, but no
Foraminifera were visible.

The soft greyish mud composing the tube of an example presented similar microscoj^ic
features, the only additions being one or two minute Foraminifera and bristles of Annelids.

The sections of the anterior third of this form, as in the other examples of Terehel-
lides strcemi, are chiefly remarkable for the beauty and complexity (PI. XXXVIIIa.
fig. 4) of the central apparatus. The hypodermic and muscular layers are compara-
tively thin, and the united nerve-cords form a large mass in the ventral median line.
The whole of the body -cavity of the region is occupied by the folds, seven or eight in
number on each side. Each of the lamellae is double, a median septum indicating the
apposition of the loops. The long folds are external, and the smaller are central and
just above the area occupied by the gullet. Each loop is complete, that is, forms a
continuous circuit, and it is the junction of the sides of adjoining loops that causes the
septum and the double aspect. The ends of the flattened loops are, on the other hand,
composed of a single fold. The whole apparatus resembles a series of branchial arches
or the condition in Balanoglossus. The tissue has a firm external boundary, and
consists of glandular substance arranged in a linear manner as in the alimentary lining.
A section of the oesophageal region occurs in the middle of the folds a little above the
ventral edge.

Terebellidesf sp. (PL XXIXa. figs. 12, 13).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 169 (off the north-east point of the North Island of
New Zealand),. July 10, 1874; lat. 37° 34' S., long. 179° 22' E. ; depth, 700 fathoms;
bottom temperature 40°'0, surface temperature 58°'2 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.)

LI 61

482

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

A small example, measuring 18 mm. in length, and having a diameter of 1'2 mm.
anteriorly.

There is little in external appearance to distinguish it from the common species,
and the softened condition of the cephalic region renders any remarks on the cutaneous
folds somewhat uncertain. No divergence is apparent in regard to the branchiae. Very
few bristles remain, but, so far as observed, no diagnostic feature is noticeable in their
structure. The anterior hooks (PL XXIXa. fig. 12) have rather a large crown, and the
series of teeth above the great fang is unusually developed, the points projecting forward
over the base of the latter, so as to resemble in this respect the specimens from Station 47.

The posterior hooks, again (PI. XXIXa. fig. 13), are furnished with two or three
teeth above the great fang, but it is doubtful whether that immediately over the latter
be not one of the duplicate series, for it is encroached on by the bases of the great fang
below, and the smaller tooth above it. Their minuteness renders the diflferences in the
outline of the base, and in the sinus below the great fang, less precise as a means of
diagnosis.

The fine sandy mud in the intestine showed a few Diatoms and sponge -spicules, but
organisms were rare.

The structure of the body -wall is similar to that in the foregoing.

The relation of this form to Kinberg’s Terebellides sieholdii,^ from Banks Strait, is
uncertain. There is little that is really diagnostic in the description of the Swedish
author.

Terebellides elilersi, n. sp. (PI. LI. fig. 8 ; PI. XXIXa. figs. 9—11).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 174d (a little south of the Fiji group), August 3, 1874 ;
lat. 19° 5' S., long. 178° 16' E. ; depth, 210 fathoms; surface temperature, 77°*7 ;
sea-bottom, coral mud.

The specimen is of average size, measuring about 35 mm. in length, and having an
anterior diameter of 2 ’2 mm.

In externa] a23pearance it corresponds with the foregoing forms, except that the
relative sizes of the anterior and posterior divisions greatly differ. The anterior (or
external) pair, as in some European examples, are only a little larger than the posterior,
and they do not send an inferior process downward in front. The whole branchial
ap2>aratus is much smaller than in Terebellides strcemi, and the lamellar processes are
much diminished. In consequence of this structure the four appendages are borne
upward in an erect and separate condition.

The bristles (PI. XXIXa. fig. 9) are somewhat stouter than in the Norwegian species,

^ Op. cit., 1866, p. 346.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

483

and they show a more distinct wing at each side than in any of the previous forms,
while the shaft has also a deeper yellowish hue by transmitted light.

The anterior hooks (PI. XXIXa. fig. 10) diverge from any species hitherto observed
in the shortness and marked definition of the neck. The inward curve of the posterior
outline is very decided, marking off the distal enlargement and the shoulder of the hook
as in the Maldanidae. Anteriorly, also, the outline presents a slight inflection above the
shoulder.

The posterior hooks (PI. XXIXa. fig. 11) only slightly differ from the foregoing
forms. In most views two large teeth occur above the great fang, but these are not
clearly defined in others, as the duplicate series intrude themselves in the line of vision.
It is, indeed., a doubtful point to estimate the precise number of teeth that should be
figured in a profile view of these hooks. The outline below the great fang {i.e., from its
base to the anterior inferior projection) also differs in this species from any of the fore-
going. The differential characters of these organs are thus somewhat fine.

The food in the alimentary canal consisted of a whitish mud in which a few minute
Globigerince and other Foraminifera, many of the spiked solid circular bodies observed
in the coral sand from Bermuda and elsewhere, a few minute Pteropods, and sponge-
spicules occurred.

The structure of the body-wall is typical. The proboscidian region has been
everted, yet it is filled with muddy debris.

Kinberg’s Terebellides paciftca,^ from the Society Islands, may be this sjDecies.
His description, however, is devoid of the minuteness necessary for recognition. In the
Terebellides ypsilon, Grube, from the Philippines, the teeth of the hook are more
numerous, viz., four above the great fang.

Family Sabellid^.

The number of species representing the family is considerable, viz., fifteen, and of
these the majority are new.

Schmarda gives eight species, chiefly littoral, and he does not discriminate between
Sabella and Dasychone. Kinberg describes seventeen, the largest number procured in
former voyages. Grube again has only four from the cruise of the “ Gazelle,” while he
has twelve new forms in the account of the collection made by Semper in the
Philippines. No example occurred in his Annulata CErstediana. Ehlers mentions four
from the “Porcupine,” one of which, the common Sabella pavonina, reached the depth of
725 fathoms.

The majority of the Challenger forms had been procured between tide-marks or in
shallow water, the former series at places where opportunities for shore-collecting seem

' Op. cit., 1866, p. 346.

484

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

to have been ample, as at the Bermudas and the Cape. A single example only comes
from a depth of 600 fathoms, off the South American coast. The absence of Clione
and Euchone from the collection of the Challenger is noteworthy.

Claparede and others group this family with the Serpulidse, though the presence of
a thoracic membrane covered with vibratile cilia characterises the latter.

Langerhans, in his remarks on the Sabellidse of Madeira,^ gives a careful classification
of the genera based on the occurrence of one or two rows of hooks in the thoracic
region. Sabella, again, is distinguished from Potamilla by the presence of only one
kiud of thoracic bristles, the latter having two kinds.

Potamilla, Malmgren [Sabella, Linnaeus).

Potamilla tovelli, Malmgren (PI. LIII. fig. 2 ; PI. XXIXa. figs. 16—19).

Potamilla torelli, Malmgren, Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 402 ; and Ann. Poly.chmta, p. 114,
Tab. xiii. fig. 76.

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 49 (south of Halifax, Nova Scotia), May 20, 1873 ;
lat. 43° 3' N., long. 63° 39' W. ; depth, 85 fathoms ; bottom temperature 35°'0, surface
temperature 40°'5 ; sea-bottom, gravel and stones.

Length about 60 mm., and with a diameter of 2 A mm. anteriorly.

The body is somewhat flattened dorsally and ventrally, especially posteriorly, where
it is also tapered. The dorsal collar jDresents an anterior or inner sausage-shaped fold
on each side, and a thinner posterior part which is not drawn to a point, but is slightly
frilled in the preparations. This is continued straight to the ventral mesial line without
a break, then forms a prominent triangular process on each side, a fissure intervening.
A deep dorsal depression occurs between the frilled edges, but it is not continued
farther backward than the second or third bristle-tuft. The anterior region of the body
consists of eight segments, though occasionally there are only seven. The ventral
median line divides the scutes from the tail forward to that behind the anterior region.
It bends slightly to the right in the next posterior (making the divisions of the scute
asymmetrical), then cuts off the right corner of that immediately behind the anterior
region (ninth bristled segment) and disappears. A faint dorsal line exists anteriorly,
but it is not depressed.

The branchise on each side are from thirteen to fourteen in number, and, as usual,
they are gracefully coiled in the tubes. So far as can be ascertained from the spirit-
preparations, they seem proportionally long. Some are pale at the base and light
brown at the tip ; others present pale rods and pale brownish pinnae throughout, the

1 Zeitschr. f. wiss. ZooL, Bd. xxxiv. p. Ill, 1880.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

485

tint being deepest toward the tip, which distally is very short and slightly attenuate.
So short is the naked apical region that in some it is difficult to distinguish.
No trace of pigment-bar or spot occurs on the main radioles. The tentacle on the
dorsal surface is very short, forming a pointed lanceolate process at the edge of
each fan. A short secondary process, less free than the foregoing, occurs on each side
externally. Both are connected with the first radiole or rib of the side. The inner or
longer is shorter than the diameter of the body. On the ventral surface, again, where
the tentacle is easily seen in Sahella pavonina, there is only a folded process, which
bends downwards externally at the tip, and becomes attached to the web at the base of
the three or four ventral radioles.

The first bristle-bundle occurs dorsally as usual, immediately behind the collar, and
has no hook-row. The anterior bristles, which throughout have a pale yellow colour,
are arranged in two conspicuous groups in each tuft. Eight or ten elongate bristles,
with more attenuate tips (PI. XXTXa. fig. 16), form the dorsal series. Beneath is a
much larger group, with tips so expanded that they are paddle-shaped, with a slender
median prolongation (PI. XXTXa. fig. 17). The shafts of these, which are slightly
constricted below the tips, are stouter than those of the foregoing. Both groups form
a diminishing series, as regards lateral projection, from above downward. The posterior
bristles are uniform in structure throughout, though two varieties are apparent, the one,
however, passing insensibly into the other. Thus the anterior tufts of the posterior
region present a somewhat alternate longer and shorter series, the longer having broader
wings than the anterior dorsal, the shorter being longer and narrower than the anterior
ventral. Towards the caudal region of the Annelid, again, both series have their tips
greatly elongated (PI. XXTXa. fig. 18).

The seven uncinigerous rows of the anterior region occupy prominent ridges situated
between the bristle-tufts and the ventral scutes, only a short interval separating them
from each of the foregoing. The last two are decidedly shorter. The hooks of these
anterior rows have a somewhat pointed crown, with a series of fine serrations
(PL XXIXa. fig. 19). The breast or anterior curve is bold. The posterior process is
rather long, and both it and the body below the crown are finely striated, the lines
generally being continuous. The short bristles, with oar-like tips, accompanying
the hooks, present no diagnostic feature. The posterior uncini have a longer neck,
and the anterior curve is less prominent, but otherwise they correspond with the
anterior.

The tip of the body presents a somewhat prominent terminal anus, the folds of
which exhibit a little reddish pigment.

The fine muddy sand in the alimentary canal shows Diatoms, Radiolarians, and a
few sponge-spicules, with hairs of minute Crustacea.

The species inhabits a tube composed of closely aggregated and minute grains of

486

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

sand, cemented by the usual secretion. Moreover, the spuit -preparations of the
animals are often more or less fixed to the tube, so that it is impossible to remove them
without laceration. The same secretion, therefore, is probably exuded, and fixes the body
of the animal to the tube before death. The tubes are of moderate length and firm-
ness, and some have here and there a fragment of a minute shell or tube of Spirorhis.
They are on the whole more slender than the average examples of Sabella pavonina,
and, besides, so far as observed, are almost entirely composed of sand. The tube is
somewhat brittle, and the cement is cjuite transparent, so that the shapes and colours of
the sand -grains are quite apparent from the internal surface. Stimpson mentions that
his Sohella pavonina possessed such tubes.

The hypoderm in section forms a comparatively thin coating, except in the median
ventral region. The circular muscular coat is also thin. It appears to touch the nerve-
cords at intervals, and again to be separated by a considerable depth of hypodermic tissue,
which extends between the longitudinal ventral muscles. The nerve-cords are situated
at the inner edges of the latter, and have a small neural canal superiorly. The ventral
blood-vessel lies in the median line above them, and a few longitudinal fibres occur in the
intermediate space. A firm investment of the ventral longitudinal muscles passes down
over each nerve-cord to the median line. The longitudinal dorsal muscles are clavate,
with the bulbous and often ]3rominent end inferior, while superiorly the suspensory
fibres of the alimentary canal arise from the hyaline basement-tissue in the middle line.
Interiorly a strong band fixes it to the central line between the nerves.

Posteriorly (about a quarter of an inch from the tip of the tail) the longitudinal
ventral muscles are greatly diminished, the dorsal are considerably increased in size, and
the oblique muscles become more evident. The neural canals are indistinct, and the
intestine is much reduced in size. The hypodermic pad on the ventral surface shows
a median fissure.

This species seems to have a wide range, stretching from the northern shores of
Europe to America, and southward to Madeira, where it was found by Langerhans.

Hansen describes a Potamilla (Potamilla malingreni) from the North Atlantic,
in which the hooks have a peculiar elongated stem. One of his figures ^ certainly
deviates from anything hitherto seen in the group.

A common American species is Potamilla ocuUfera, Leidy, readily distinguished
from the foregoing by its pigment-spots on the radioles. Verrill, indeed, following
Malmgren, thinks it may be identical with the European Potamilla reniformis,
0. F. Muller, a form near Sahella saxicava.^ The Potamilla tortiiosa, Webster,®
which was found living in colonies in tortuous galleries excavated in compact shells.

1 Op. cit, Tab. vii. fig. 26.

2 Grube, Bemerkungen liber Annel. des Pariser Museums, Archivf. Naturgesch., Bd. xxxvi., 1870, p. 350.

3 Trans. Albany Institute, vol. ix., 1879 (advance copy), p. 65, pi. x. figs. 149-153.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

487

lined with a delicate membrane which projects from 6 to 10 mm., is probably the last
mentioned species (Sabella saxicava)}

Sabella zebuensis, n. sp. (PI. LII. fig. 2 ; PI. XXIXa. figs. 20^22).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 209 (off Zebu, one of the Philippines), January 22,
1875; lat. 10° 14' N., long. 123° 54' E.; depth, 95 fathoms; bottom temperature
71°‘0, surface temperature 81°'0 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

A somewhat flattened species, the longer fragment measuring about 85 mm., of
which, however, about 40 mm. belong to the branchiae. The diameter anteriorly is
about 4 ‘5 mm.

The body is rounded dorsally and flattened ventrally, and, with the exception of a
minute blackish dot a little above each bristle-tuft in the posterior region, is devoid
of pigment. Only a slightly elevated broad ridge occurs on each side of the dorso-
cephalic groove, the collar ceasing at each side a little within the flrst bristle-
tuft. It proceeds ventrally from the latter point as a prominent lamella, and ends
on each side of the ventral Assure in a conspicuous lappet, thin at the extremity,
but massive at the base. The anterior part of the dorsum presents a peculiarly
streaked appearance, apparently from the perivisceral corpuscles shining through
the translucent integuments, some of these bodies or aggregations of them assuming
a stellate aspect.' Ventrally the median line [sulcus abdominalis, M. Sars) passes
forward, in one to the posterior part of the second scute, in the other to the scute
behind the anterior region. The flrst scute has an excavation anteriorly on each side
of the median line.

The branchiae are remarkably long, and amount to twenty-two or twenty -three on
each side. They are pale in the preparation, with the exception of a deep brown
band of considerable breadth at each side dorsally below the basal web. It forms
thus a conspicuous mark. The pinnae are very slender, so that the branchiae are
remarkably soft and delicate, spreading out in the spirit somewhat like moist cotton.
Toward the tip of each radiole the pinnae diminish, flrst to short blunt papillae, and
then to mere crenations of the inner edge. The radioles terminate in long slender filiform
extremities.

The two tentacles are comparatively short, and have the form of tapering
grooved organs.

On each side of the mouth, and just above the median ventral flaps, is a sac-like
diverticulum, the cavity of which communicates with the mouth. It is therefore a
labial pouch.

1 Compare witli Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. ii. pi. xx. figs. 5-8, 1868.

488

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

In one example (viz., that having no ventral furrow in this part) the anterior
region has eight bristle -tufts, and in the other ten pairs of l)ristles occur. The dorsal
group in each tuft consists of elongated bristles (PI. XXIXa. fig. 20) with narrow
wings and tapering tips ; while the inferior have short tips with broader wings
(PI. XXIXa. fig. 21). The extremities are hardly broad enough to lie fiat, and
hence are generally seen in profile, as in the figure. Similar proportions exist in the
posterior group, though the tij)S of both kinds are much attenuated.

The anterior uncinigerous rows do not fill the space between the 1)ristle-bnndles
and the ventral scutes so completely as in Potainilla, a considerable interval occurring
next the scutes. The hooks (PI. XXIXa. fig. 22) present a boldly marked dorsal
convexity, a distinctly serrated and long crown which encroaches on the base of the
great fang. The posterior basal projection is short, and the majority present a
slightly downward curve at the tip. The basal or ventral line is inflated in front of
the foregoing curvature. The body of the hook is more or. less striated. Those near
the tip of the tail present a somewhat shorter base, and the serrations on the crown are
more evident.

Amongst the fine mud in the alimentary canal are a few Diatoms, fragments <jf
sponge-spicules, minute Glohigerince and other Foraminifera.

No tube is present.

The body-wall in the anterior third agrees in the main with that of Sahella
pavonma. The hypodermic pad has a deep median fissure, and, as in the species
mentioned, a canal. Moreover, small blood-vessels appear in the basement-layer
beneath the hypoderm.

Sabella assimilis, n. sp. (PI. XXIXa. figs. 23-25).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 320 (off the South American coast, near Buenos Ayres),
February 14, 1876; lat. 37° 17^ S., long. 53° 52' W.; depth, 600 fathoms; bottom tem-
perature 37°'2, surface temperature 67°'5 ; sea-bottom, green sand.

The specimens are small, reaching about 30 mm. in length and D5 mm. in diameter
anteriorly.

The body presents the ordinary shape, the ventral furrow proceeding forward to the
second scute behind the anterior region, which (scute) it splits to the right of the median
line. No furrow occurs on the dorsum. The cephalic collar anteriorly has dorsally a some-
what long triangular flap on each side, then it diminishes toward the ventral border,
which it barely touches before disappearing. The number of segments in the anterior
region is variable, one example showing seven, the other eight.

The pale branchiae are proportionally long, and the radioles are devoid of any dorsal

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

480

appendage. They show the transverse articulations or cell-like divisions of the stem
very distinctly. The pinnse are long and slender, but diminish in size below the
attenuate and bare tip. No closely set rudimentary series exists, as in some of the other
forms, below the commencement of the terminal process. On each side is a bifid and
comparatively short tentacle, the basal region being broad and the divisions filiform.

The anterior tufts present dorsally a few bristles with bent tips and a well-marked
wing (PI. XXIXa. fig. 23). The tip is only moderately lengthened. The inferior series is
formed of paddle-shaped bristles (PI. XXIXa. fig. 24) with a slender median prolongation.
The posterior bristles, as usual, are distinguished by the proportionally elongated tips.

The hooks (PI. XXIXa. fig. 25) have the crown directed forward, so that the dorsal
convexity is marked. The anterior inferior projection or “breast” is much less bulky
than in Sahella zehuensis, and there is no noteworthy convexity in the ventral line. The
anterior inferior curve is thus more acute than in the previous forms.

The contents of the intestine are a few Diatoms, and a peculiar translucent fluted
dotted shell of unknown relations, with sandy mud.

Both examples are fixed to the test of an Ascidian, and possess somewhat hard
chitinous tubes, strengthened anteriorly by minute grains of sand and an occasional
sponge-spicule or calcareous articulated fragment. The test of the Ascidian is also
coated with sand and mud, and has in addition filamentous processes of secretion and
sand as in Pelonaia.

The hooks of Dr. Baird’s Sahella occidentalism from St. Vincent, West Indies, some-
what resemble those of this form, but the dorsal curve differs inferiorly, and the colora-
tion of the branchiae also diverges.

Sahella hipwictata, Baird (PI. LII. fig. 4 ; PI. XXXa, figs. 1-3).

Sahella hipunctata, Baird, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. viii. p. 158.

Habitat. — Found between tide-marks at St. Thomas, West Indies, March 23, 1873.

A small specimen, measuring about 26 mm. in length, including the branchiae,
which extend to 8 mm. The diameter anteriorly is about 3 mm.

The body is somewhat broad and flattened in front, and tapered from before back-
ward. A purplish-brown spot occurs at the base of each foot dorsally and ventrally,
with the exception of the ventral series of the anterior region. The pigment in the latter
is in the form of a band along the anterior margin of each hook-row, thus giving a marked
character to the region. The dorsal surface of the body presents a furrow, but none
exists on the ventral aspect.

The cephalic region dorsally has a median furrow, on each side of which is an
elevation or crest with a purplish-brown speck. The collar commences opposite the
second bristle-bundle, and the lamella is coloured purplish-brown from this point forward

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 62

490

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

to the indentation facing the first bristle -bundle. The collar then forms a prominent
ridge down to a line opposite the ventral scute, where a deep fissure occurs. This part
is marked at the base internally by purplish-brown pigment. The central region is
occupied ventrally by two lamellse, each ending internally in a thickened process, the
margins being purplish-brown.

The branchial appendages number about fourteen on each side. Each consists of a
somewhat soft external radiole with a regular series of rather long pinnae, a pigment-spot
apparently between each at the base giving the arrangement a characteristic appearance.
Each radiole, moreover, has about three pairs of large pigment-spots (ocular-spots)
externally, and in many cases is flattened toward the tip, so that the ocular-spots are
wide apart, while in others it is frilled and grooved. In some the spots occur near
the bare extremity, which is short and slightly tapered. The ocular-spots show no lenses.

A single tentacle exists on each side, and it is about a third the length of the
branchise, not much attenuated, though tapered from base to apex.

The anterior region consists of twelve segments, i.e., there are twelve bristle-tufts.
These show dorsally a series of longer bristles with comparatively short tips (PI. XXXa.
fig. 1) and indistinct wings. The shorter series, again (PI. XXXa. fig. 2), have a much
broader wing on each side, but on the whole they have less expanded extremities than in
many other species. Both show well-marked serrations along the edge of the wing.
In the posterior region of the body both kinds present the usual elongation of the tips.

The hooks (PI. XXXa. fig. 3) present a well-arched neck, and the crowm has com-
paratively few teeth (about five) above the great fang. The anterior basal region or
“breast” is large and rounded, this and the posterior prolongation being jDroportion-
ally broad, while the neck below the crown is narrow. The striae on the neck and body
are almost rectilinear. The posterior hooks show more distinct teeth above the great
fang — the normal condition.

The pellets in the intestine presented a few fragments of sponge-spicules, fragments
of Algae and Polyzoa, with an occasional Diatom.

The body-wall is typical, the only apjjreciable differences, in comparison with
Sahella 2^avonma, being the somewhat greater extent of the longitudinal dorsal muscles,
and the smaller size of the neural canals. As usual, the cords are more widely separate
in the interganglionic regions.

No tube is present in the collection of the Challenger. In the British Museum,
however, the tubes (which, as Dr. Baird states, are about the size of a swan-quill) are
numerous. They consist of a firm chitinous lining covered externally with greyish mud
anteriorly. Posteriorly the more slender chitinous tube has small stones and gravel
externally, so as to compensate for its more flexible condition. The specimens are much
larger than those collected by the Challenger. Dr. Baird’s specimen had purplish
pigment toward the base of the branchiae.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

491

? Sabella fusca, Grube (PI. LII. fig. 3 ; PI. XXXa. figs. 4-6).

Sahella fusca, Grube, Annel. d. rothen Meeres, Monatsber. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin,
June 1869, p. 36 (sep. Abd.).

Habitat. — Dredged ofi" Port Jackson, Sydney, April 18, 1874 ; in 2 to 10 fatlioms.

A fragment of about eighteen segments of the anterior region of a large Sabella,
measuring 32 mm. in length (the branchiae forming 18 mm. of this) and 8 mm. in
diameter.

The body shows a slight median furrow dorsally, while ventrally the usual deep
median groove comes forward to the second last scute behind the anterior region, curves
outward to the right lateral region and up to the dorsum.

The cephalic collar commences on each side of the deep dorsal groove, and extends
without a break to the ventral surface, where it forms a triangular lappet on each side of
the median fissure. The collar is prominent, and coloured deep brownish at the ventral
lappets.

The branchiae form a very bushy tuft on each side, consisting of several series (in
contraction), especially toward the ventral edge of the radioles. Each fan has upwards
of sixty radioles, of a mottled purplish-brown colour, the pinnae being darker than the
mottled radioles. Although folded so closely in contraction, the fan in each case in all
probability has only a single series of radioles in full expansion. The pinnae are arranged
very closely along the radioles, and gradually diminish toward the tip, ending first in
short papillae and then in mere crenations. The bare process at the tip is comparatively
short and not much tapered.

The tentacle is little more than a third the length of the branchiae, and is a simple
tapering dark brown process attached to the dorsal edge of the fan.

The anterior region consists of eight bristle-bearing segments. The elongated dorsal
bristles (PL XXXa. fig. 4) possess a very slight bend toward the tip, which is furnished
with a narrow wing and a moderately attenuate extremity. The inferior group,
again, consists of slender bristles with shorter tips (PL XXXa. fig. 5), a more decided
curvature, and proportionally broader wings. Both sets of bristles are unusually slender.
Posteriorly the tips of the two kinds are not much elongated, but as the example
possesses only a fragment of this region, little can be said on the subject. The bristles
throughout are of a pale golden colour.

The anterior hooks (PL XXXa. fig. 6) have the usual shape, the base being
moderately elongated, and truncated posteriorly. It seems to be hollow. Tim crown
has numerous minute teeth, about ten or eleven, appearing in profile above the great
fang. The striae of the neck and body are fairly developed, but not very bold. The
ventraHine shows a gentle convexity with an inflection posteriorly at the process. The
hooks of the imperfect posterior region do not diverge to any extent.

492

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEK.

The size of this species affords a favourable opportunity for the examination of the
minute structure of the body-wall. In the preparations the cuticle has disappeared, but
the basement-tissue of the hypoderm is massive, especially laterally and interiorly. The
pigment distinguishes the hypoderm, while the deeper parts show the pale cells and
glands. The circular muscular coat has a much greater tendency to stretch downward
into the basement-tissue than in Sabella pavonitia. Somewhat within the outer third of
each longitudinal ventral muscle the outer fibres of the circular coat begin to spread
themselves over the basement-layer, and on reaching the nerve-area it is found that the
whole coat forms a series of fibres imbedded in this tissue, almost to the pigment. These
bundles of fibres join each other so as to form a complex mesh work. Consequently
the nerve-area has only areolated basement-tissue outside the cords, the large lateral
branches of which are readily distinguished in this translucent matrix. The large neural
canals are filled with a coagulable yellowish fluid. The longitudinal muscular fibres on
each side of the cords and also at the base of the alimentary ligament enclosing the
blood-vessel are well seen. The longitudinal dorsal muscles are massive, and the
symjahysis in the median line is deep and close. The suspensory ligament of the
digestive canal arises only from the fibro-muscular bands below the latter.

The Sabella fusca, Ehrenberg (Grube), in the British Museum, from Ceylon, seems
to approach this form closely, both in the colour, external appearance, and hooks. The
tube is a tough chitiuous one, with sand and mud externally and the egg-cases of a
Mollusk (like those of Murex). It probably came from the tidal region. The absence of
definite figures of the hooks renders diagnosis difficult. This species may be connected
with the Spirographis australiensis, Haswell, as described in his recent paper on the
Australian Sabellidee and Serpulidse.^

Laonome, Malmgren.

Laonome haeckelii, n. sp. (PI. XXXa. figs. 7-9).

Habitat. — Dredged off St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands.

A fragment of the tail, measuring about 11 mm. in length, with a transverse diameter
at the anterior end of 2 mm.

All that can be said of the external characters is that the dorsal surface is rounded
and the ventral flattened. The latter surface, moreover, is marked by a broad, dark
brownish central band, which occupies the region of the scutes. At the tip of the tail
ventrally are two brown pigment-specks.

1 Journ. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. ix. (sep. copy), p. 24. In this paper the draftsman seems to have inverted
some of the figures.

REPORT 02^ THE ANNELIDA.

493

The bristle-tufts show one or two slender dorsal forms (PI. XXXa. fig. 7) with a
serrated and just perceptible narrow wing, and a finely tapered tip ; also one or two
inferior bristles T\dth a spathulate extremity (PI. XXXa. fig. 8) and a delicately tapered
median process which is finely spinous. The spathulate expansion seems to be due to a
modification of the wings.

The hooks (PI. XXXa. fig. 9) differ from those of the preceding and other Sahellce
in having no posterior prolongation of the base, in this respect resembling Laonome
hroyeri and also from Claparede’s Laonome salmacidis} The crown is remarkably oblique
and very long, the serrations above the great fang being minute. The neck is short,
and the dorsal outline, after an incurvation, becomes convex opposite the basal
enlaro;ement.

Unfortunately the body-wall of this species was so soft that beyond the statement
that it seemed to correspond in general structure Sabella pavoiiina little can be said.

The form differs from Laonome hroyeri in the structure of the bristles and hooks,
and in the presence of the pigment-specks at the anus. Kinberg^ describes another
species from the Strait of Magellan.

The Sabella fusco-tcenia, Grube (var. phceotcenia, Solander ?), from Ceylon, in the
British Museum, has uncini (both anterior and posterior) approaching those of the group
in shape, that is, each is devoid of the elongated posterior process.

The Laonome japonica, Marenzeller,® from Southern Japan, differs from the Laonome
hroyeri, Malmgren,^ and the present species in the shape of the hooks. They resemble
those of the ordinary Sahellce.

BrancJiiomma, Kblliker.

Branchiomma vesiculosum, Montagu? (PI. XXXa. figs. 10-12).

AmpMtrite vesiculosum, Montagu, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xi. p. 19, pi. v. fig. 1.

LLabitat. — Dredged at Station 75 (off Fayal, Azores), July 2, 1873 ; lat. 38° 38' N.,
long. 28° 28' W.; depth, 50 to 90 fathoms; surface temperature, 70°'0; sea-bottom,
volcanic mud.

The total length is about 50 mm., of which the branchiae are 13 mm. The extreme
diameter of the body anteriorly is about 6 mm.

The body is more flattened than in Sabella, gradually tapered from before backward,
and the segments are very distinctly marked. The dorsum shows no trace of a longi-
tudinal furrow, but the ventral scutes from the tip of the tail forward to the second

1 Annel. Chetop., p. 427, Tab. xxv. fig. 4. ^ Op. cit., 1866, p. 354.

® Siidjapan. Annel., p. 16, Taf. iii. fig. 1.

* Nordiska Hafs-Annulater {Ofversigt k. Vetensk.-Akad. Forliandl., 1865), p. 400, Tab. xxvii. fig. 85.

494

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLEHGEK.

last segment behind the anterior region, are split by a median groove. The second last
scute just mentioned is separated into two nearly equal halves, the left being only a
shade larger. The furrow then enters the sulcus between the segments, and, lea\dng
the scutes, passes obliquely forward to the right over the ventral aspect of the first
segment of the posterior region to the groove between it and the last thoracic, and
continuing upward, forms an oblique and very perceptible furrow on the right half of
the last dorsal segment. A very slight groove runs forward to the cephalic region, but
as it is broad and shallow its independent existence is not distinct.

The cephalic region presents dorsally, on each side of the median line, a kind of flap,
which is connected by a thin membrane with the prominent lateral edge. The collar
runs downward without break to the ventral surface, and terminates in a prominent and
somewhat thin triangular flap on each side of the median fissure.

The branchiae number about twenty-four on each side, and the basal web is short.
Except the first dorsal, which is tinted brownish, the radioles are pale. The first
dorsal is the strongest radiole on each side, and it has, toward the tip, a very large eye,
which is entire internally, but externally is split by the axis passing to the bare ter-
minal process beyond it. The latter is both shorter, deeper, and more flattened than in
any of the other branchial radioles. The surface of the greatly enlarged eye is minutely
dotted, as if furnished with minute corneal facets analogous to those of Crustaceans
and Insects, and it has proximally a kind of peduncle or process. The other radioles
are more slender, but have a similarly arranged though much smaller eye in each case,
and the terminal process is long and tapering. The eyes seem to be absent on each
side in the two ventral radioles, which, like the adjacent organs, are somewhat shorter
than the others. The precise nature of the arrangement in this respect, however, is
open to further investigation, since the majority have been mutilated and their tips in
process of reproduction. The pinnae are brownish, and here and there white, and they
do not diminish much at the tip.

The tentacle is comparatively short and pale, the base being broad and frilled and
the tip slender. At the ventral edge of each branchial fan is a hood-like membranous
fold, which in the contracted state of the parts opens ventrally.

The thoracic or anterior region consists of nine segments. The bristles form two
sets, a long dorsal series (PI. XXXa. fig. 10) with slender tapering tips and very narrow
wings. The inferior bristles have shorter extremities and broader wings (PI. XXXa.
fig. 11), and, moreover, they seem to be minutely spinous. Both kinds possess a
peculiar stiff appearance. Posteriorly the wings in both sets are better developed, and,
as usual, the tips are much elongated.

The anterior hooks (PI. XXXa. fig. 12) have a prominent though rather small crown,
which is minutely denticulated. The dorsal line below the crown is nearly straight, and
the basal process is greatly elongated. The anterior projection or prow is moderately

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

495

developed, and the basal line is very slightly convex. The body and basal process are
closely striated.

The intestinal pellets showed a few sponge-spicules, minute Glohigerince and
Radiolarians, with an occasional long hair from a minute Crustacean.

Externally the body- wall shows cuticle and hypoderm with pigment. The latter forms
a prominent cushion with a central fissure over the median ventral region. Sections of
what appear to be coils of blood-vessels also occur in this region. The circular muscular
coat is somewhat stronger dorsally than ventrally, where in the middle line it spreads
out a little below the nerve-cords. The latter are ovoid, and have a large neural canal,
with a limpid coagulable fluid. The ventral blood-vessel lies between them superiorly.
The longitudiual dorsal muscles toward the end of the anterior third of the body are more
than twice the bulk of the ventral. They form a long symphysis in the middle line,
and the suspensory ligament of the alimentary canal springs only from the inferior end
of the junction. They are most massive at the bulbous external border. These muscles
are traversed by various vertical fibres, which join the line of fibres bounding the inner
surface of each muscle. The ventral muscles are sausage-shaped, and in section
diminished at each end. They are also intersected by vertical fibres. A slender
band connects the under surface of the digestive canal with the blood-vessel and central
area between the nerves.

This species is widely distributed, since it occurs both on the British coasts and the
Atlantic shores of Southern Europe, as well as the Mediterranean.

No tube was present, but Montagu and Claparede found it either of mud or of small
stones. The site of the tube in this genus is occasionally remarkable. Thus Claparede ^
found that of Brancliiomma vigilans placed amongst the felted hairs of Aphrodita aculeata
at Naples, the posterior end of the tube being fixed to the head of the unwilling host, and
the anterior opening either at the anus or laterally between the feet. A very similar species
was found by Semper in the Philippines, and termed by Grube Sabella acrophthalmosd

Dasychone, Sars.

Dasychone hairdi,^ n. sp. (PI. XXXa. figs. 13-15 ; PI. XXXVIIIa. figs. 5, 6 ;
PL XXXIXa. figs. 2, 9).

Habitat. — From the shore at Bermuda, June 1873.

The length of an average example is about 55 mm., of which the branchiae form
18 mm. The diameter in front is 4 mm.

The body of this form presents a somewhat flattened aspect, more rounded, however,

^ Annfel. Chetop., Supplement, p. 137. ^ Annel. Fauna d. Philippinen, p. 258.

^ Named in remembrance of Dr. Baird, who did valuable work amongst the Annelidan and other departments iu
the British Museum.

496

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S, CHALLENGER.

dorsally than ventrally. A slight furrow occurs on the dorsum anteriorly, extending
from the posterior (right) border of the last thoracic segment forward to the deep
branchial fissure. Ventrally a median furrow passes from the anus forward to the second
somite behind the thoracic region, in which it slightly bends to the right, crosses the
segment in front obliquely to the lateral furrow, and turns upward to the dorsum as
before mentioned. In one example the ventral median line passes anteriorly to the left,
so that variation occasionally occurs in this respect. The general colour of the body is
madder-brown, with a dark speck at each end of the uncinigerous rows.

By the approximation of the anterior bristle-bundles, the prominent lamellae of the
cephalic collar are drawn nearer each other than usual in Sabella. The collar, which is
moderately developed, passes downward wdthout break to the triangular lappets on each
side of the ventral median line. The lappets are separated by an interval, and reflected
toward the ventral surface.

The branchise form a graceful fan — on each side — of from twenty-one to twenty-four
radioles. The basal region, united by the cuticular expansion, is short. The long
radioles are more flexible than usual, so that they form a lax brush anteriorly. Each
has externally, at intervals, a pair of ligulate hypodermic processes (PI. XXXIX a. fig. 2),
a shorter pair often alternating wdth a longer pair. They are somewhat better developed
toward the distal region (PI. XXXIXa. fig. 9). Between each pair are two deep brown
oculi (indicated on both of the previous figures), each of which shows externally a trans-
parent coat, with a series of facets pertaining to the glassy cone-like bodies beneath, the
bases of the latter resting on a mass of pigment. Toward the ti]3 of the radiole the oculi
diminish in size, but have the same structure. The radioles appear to have a bare filiform
tip, but as none of the examples showed this part in a satisfactory condition, further
examination is necessary.

The basal region of the branchim is symmetricall}^ and beautifully striped and mottled
with madder-brown, and as a ligule comes off between each radiole the effect is increased.
The general colour of the radioles and other parts in the fans is pinkish-brown, the
deepest tints occurring on the pinnae. The flexibility of the radioles is apparently due
to the diminution or alteration of the barred cartilaginous axis.

The anterior region consists of the ordinary eight segments, one, however, showing
nine ; the peculiarity in the latter case being, that instead of a dorsal bristle-tuft and
ventral uncinigerous row, there is, besides the usual bristle-tuft, a ventral one, less
perfectly formed on the left. The uncinigerous row on the right is ver}^ small. The
dorsal bristles in the typical forms consist of rather slender forms, with elongated tapering
tips and a narrow wing on each side (PI. XXXa. fig. 13). The inferior series (PI. XXXa.
fig. 14) have broader wings and a shorter extremity. Posteriorly both sets have proportion-
ally broader wings, and the tip is very slightly, if at all, more produced than in front.

The anterior uncinigerous rows fill up the space between the base of the setigerous

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

497

processes and the ventral scutes. The hooks (PI. XXXa. fig. 15) present a strongly
curved neck, while the crown is but slightly developed, only two or three teeth Ijeing
visible in profile, as a rule, above the great fang. The dorsal line is inflected, and the
basal region has only a rudimentary posterior process. .The anterior projection or prow,
on the other hand, is largely developed. The teeth on the crown are better developed
on the posterior hooks, and the striae on the body are more distinct.

The intestine had only a little granular mud with a few sponge-spicules and fragments
of a thin shelly lamina that had been perforated by a minute boring form. In one
specimen the contents of the intestine were coloured dull orange.

In transverse section of the anterior third of the body- wall the great extension of the
longitudinal dorsal muscles is apparent. The longitudinal ventral are also somewhat
wider proportionally than in Sabella. The hypoderm is comparatively thin and deeply
coloured with pigment. The basement-tissue attains great development on the ventral
surface, not abruptly, but by a gentle curve. A median fissure bounded by pigment also
exists. Considerable differences in appearance occur in this region according to the line
of section. Where the instrument passes through the ganglia, the circular muscular coat
makes a narrow decussation in the middle line over the summit of the fissure, and a broad
area of pigment extends from the latter on each side '(PI. XXXVIIIa. fig. 5); whereas
when the section divides the interganglionic region, a much wider decussation is found,
and the pigment at the fissure is limited (PI. XXXVIIIa. fig. 6). Minute blood-vessels are
present in the thick ventral hypoderm. The ventral blood-vessel is elevated in the alimen-
tary band above the nerve-area. The perivisceral chamber is filled with minute ova.

Dasychone picta, n. sp. (PI. XXXa. figs. 16-18 ; PI. XXXIXa. fig. 3).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 233a (off Kobe, Japan), May 19, 1875 ; lat. 34° 38' N.,
long. 135° 1' E. ; depth, 50 fathoms; surface temperature, 62°'6 ; sea-bottom, sand.

This form, which is incomplete, and could hardly be removed from its tube, to which
it is glued by its secretion, measures 33 mm. in length inclusive of the branchiae (8 mm.).
The diameter anteriorly is about 1'5 mm.

So closely do the secretion and mud adhere to the body that serious ruptures
ensue in most cases when an attempt is made to remove them. The number of the
anterior segments and other points are therefore undetermined. The precise shape of
the cephalic collar could not be ascertained. The body is pale, tapers from before
backward, and has a minute reddish spot at each bristle-bundle.

The branchiae appear to be about eight on each side, and are beautifully streaked
with reddish-brown and orange, the blotches in each case invading the adjoining pinnae,

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP.— PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 63

498

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

which are less numerous and attenuate than usual. The external processes of the
radioles are exceptionally small, indeed, at first sight they are apt to be overlooked.
They have the form of small elevations which occur at somewhat regular intervals and
resemble abruptly truncated ridges (PI. XXXIXa. fig. 3). The pinnae diminish gradually
toward the tip, so that there is a considerable portion with short processes. They form
mere crenations at the margin of the extremity, which is hardly prolonged beyond them.

The longer anterior bristles (PL XXXa. fig. 16) have wings only slightly broader
than those of the last species. The shorter forms, again (PI. XXXa. fig. 17), present
broader wings, and have the shaft somewhat narrower below the latter than it is
inferiorly. The posterior bristles have the tips in both series more slender and elongate.

The anterior hooks (PI. XXXa. fig. 18) have in profile about three teeth above the
great fang, the crown being slightly developed. The anterior process or prow is well
formed, and the basal prolongation posteriorly is of moderate length. The ventral line
is bent upward at the commencement of the prolongation. The posterior hooks have a
longer neck and a shorter basal process.

The intestinal pellets consisted of fine sandy mud containing many Diatoms, minute
ova, and other structures.

The tube is firmly fixed to the cuticle, and is translucent and granular. Here and
there a Diatom or sponge-spicule is attached to the surface.

Though somewhat near the Dasychone cingulata, Grube, this species differs from
both this and the Dasychone serratibranchis, Grube,^ in the absence of ocular spots, and
in the nature of the dorsal appendages on the radioles.

Dasychone orientalis, n. sp. (PI. LIT. fig. 5 ; PI. XXXa. figs. 19-21 ; PI. XXXIXa.

fig. 4).

Habitat. — Dredged off Hong Kong, in 10 fathoms.

A species about 50 mm. in length, the branchise forming 13 mm. of this amount.
The diameter is 2 '5 mm. anteriorly. Some appear to have been dried.

The body does not seem to possess any feature of special interest, and indeed the
tenacity with which the tube adheres to it renders a minute description very difficult,
since its removal ruptures the body -wall and tears off bristles and hooks. The median
ventral line seems to follow the usual course, and turns to the right behind the anterior
region. A dot of brownish pigment exists between the setigerous process and the hook-
row in the posterior division.

The cephalic region presents a slight fold dorsally on each side of the median line, the
collar commencing as a prominent lamella with a very thin edge, which, in its passage to

• 1 AuuelicTenfauna cl. Philippinen, p. 262, Taf. xiv. fig. 7.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

499

the ventral surface, is marked by a hiatus. On each side of the median line ventrally
it terminates in a long triangular flap, which is mottled with purplish-brown internally.
In every instance the tube and its secretion are fixed to the latter, and cannot be
removed without rupture.

The branchise, which as a rule are the only parts that escape adhesion to the tube, are
about twenty-six on each side, two or three at the ventral edge of the fan being short
and small. The radioles, which are by no means stiff, seem to have their external
surface grooved. Toward the base the fan presents both dorsally and ventrally a series
of tolerably uniform purplish-brown bands, from the regularity with which the pigment-
specks on the radioles are arranged. Distally the pigment is less uniform, though rows
are occasionally seen. Each radiole, for instance the first dorsal, shows about twenty-
three pigment-specks, from base to aj)ex, the brownish pigment deeply tinting the pinnse
at each spot, so that during expansion the appearance in life must have been beautiful.
The axis of the radiole, marked by transverse bars, becomes cellular towards the tip.
Externally the radioles are furnished at somewhat regular intervals with pairs of
appendages, as in the previous species, only the elevations and the superior or terminal
processes are more distinctly developed (PI. XXXIXa. fig. 4). The pinnae, which
become shorter toward the extremity, rather abruptly diminish to four or five short
papillae, and cease, the terminal filament being in the preparations slightly enlarged
in the middle and constricted below the somewhat bulbous tip.

The number of segments in the anterior region appears to be eight, but, as formerly
mentioned, a clear view of these is not attainable. The long dorsal bristles (PI. XXXa.
fig. 19) have slender tips with narrow wings ; while the inferior shorter series possess
wider wings and a less attenuate termination (PL XXXa. fig. 20). Besides these, as
usual, a series that hardly projects beyond the setigerous lobe occurs. The tips of
these are shorter and the wings considerably broader. The extremities of the posterior
bristles are extremely elongate.

The anterior hooks (PI. XXXa. fig. 21) show a moderately developed crown, with
about six or seven small teeth in profile above the great fang. The neck is rather
elongated, and the basal prolongation posteriorly comparatively short. The anterior
projection or prow is gently curved, the distance between the base of the great fang and
the basal line being great. The posterior hooks present more distinctly developed teeth
above the great fang.

The structures recognisable amongst the greyish mud forming the faecal pellets are
numerous Diatoms, and a few Eadiolarians and minute ova.

The tube is constructed of greyish mud, and microscopically contrasts strongly
with the foregoing, in regard to the large amount of quartzose sand-grains, fragments of
sponge-spicules, and minute arenaceous Foraminifera. It is friable, and easily detached
from the branchial region, but the secretion glues it to the rest of the animal. Toward the

500

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

posterior end the tube is more chitinous. Various external growths such as Hydrozoa
and Polyzoa are attached to its external surface.

Unfortunately no example sufficiently preserved for minute examination exists, and
though, after failure to remove the animal satisfactorily from its tube, a section of both
was made, little reliable information with regard to the adherent animal w^as obtained.
The inner or chitinous lining of the tube is perfectly hyaline and translucent.

The Dasychone luctuosa, Ehrenberg,^ from the Eed Sea, seems to be a nearly allied
species.

Dasychone japonica, n. s]3. (PI. XXXa. figs. 22-24; PI. XXXIXa. fig. 5).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 233a (off Kobe, Japan), May 19, 1875 ; lat. 34° 38' N.,
long. 135° 1' E.; depth, 50 fathoms; surface temperature, 62°'6 ; sea-bottom, sand.

The specimen is of considerable size, measuring 70 mm. in length, the branchiae
making up 18 or 20 mm. of this total. The diameter anteriorly is fully 5 mm.

The animal is somewhat softened, but the body appears to have the ordinary
form, viz., a round dorsal surface and a flattened ventral surface. Dorsally only the
cephalic median groove is present. Ventrally the median furrow courses forward to the
second segment behind the anterior region, splitting it obliquely to the right of the
middle line, cutting off an angle from the segment in front of it, and apparently
terminating in the right lateral furrow between it and the last thoracic segment. The
body is pale, with the exception of a number of purplish-brown specks over both ventral
and dorsal surfaces of the thoracic (anterior) region, and a small brownish pigment-
speck between the setigerous processes and uncinigerous rows.

The cephalic collar begins as a prominent lobe at each side dorsally, passes down-
ward without a break, though gradually diminishing in depth to the ventral median lobes,
which are rather thick and bluntly triangular, the apex being external. Both sides of
the collar are speckled with dots of brownish-purple.

The branchiae seem to number thirty-eight or forty in each fan, but all the radioles
had been injured except one. They are beautifully striped with alternate circular bands
(in mass) of purplish and reddish brown. The radioles are somewhat firm rods, . provided
externally with ligulate processes in pairs (PI. XXXIXa. fig. 5). Some of these are
longer than others, but no definite regularity in this respect is visible ; and in the same
way some are coloured and others pale, as they happen to come in the line of pigment or
otherwise. The shorter processes are often fusiform. The first of the series occurs as a
single filament between each fork above the web. The axis of the radiole shows a largely
developed cartilage, which is composed of a closely arranged series of transversely

1 Gmbe (Anneliden des rothen Meeres), Monatsber. d. h. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, 1869, p. 37 (sep. Ahd.).

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

501

elongated cells, with a median junction. Moreover, the axis of each pinna comes off
therefrom as a bulbous cellular process. The radiole tapers toward the tip, the pinnse
diminish to mere papillse, and finally a bare terminal filament only remains. The pinnse
are purplish and pale alternately, the reddish-brown bars on the radioles apparently not
affecting them to any appreciable degree. Each reddish-brown bar on the radioles has
a pair of lateral (ocular) pigment-spots.

The anterior region of the body consists of eight segments. The dorsal bristles are
unusually slender and attenuate, at the tip, and the wings are very narrow, though
distinctly serrated (PL XX Xa. fig. 22). The inferior group present a less elongated
extremity and a broader wing (PI. XXXa. fig. 23), and they also appear in many cases
to have a more decided curve toward the tip. The posterior bristles preserve the
same relative proportions, the dorsal being extremely elongate, while the serrations on
the margin of the wings of the inferior bristles are very distinct.

The hooks in the anterior uncinigerous rows are characteristic (PI. XXXa. fig. 24),
presenting a boldly curved neck, the outline from the crown to the base of the posterior
process forming one continuous convexity. A single tooth only exists above the great
fang. The anterior projection or prow is largely developed. The posterior basal process,
again, is short, and inclines downward at the tip.

The fine greyish mud in the alimentary canal presented numerous Diatoms, a few
sponge-spicules and Radiolarians. The transparent cylinders with the attenuate points
were also common.

This and the foregoing forms differ considerably in the structure of the body- wall from
Dasychone dalyelli. In the present instance the hypoderm in section is fairly developed,
and the basement-tissue beneath is in many parts supplied with blood-vessels. These do
not appear to pass into the hypoderm proper. The circular coat is very strong dorsally,
spreads out about the inner third of the longitudinal ventral muscles, and extends over the
whole of the central area beneath the hypoderm. In this region numerous blood-vessels
are present. The longitudinal dorsal muscles are more massive and less extended than
usual, and a marked hiatus exists in the median line. On the other hand the ventral are
considerably flattened. Posteriorly a median furrow appears in the hypodermic process
on the ventral surface ; and the longitudinal dorsal muscles are much extended. The
perivisceral chamber contains many small ova.

Dasychone ivyvillei, n. sp. (PI. XXXIa. figs. 1-3).

Habitat. — Found between tide-marks at St. Thomas, West Indies, March 23, 1873.

The body of this large and massive species measures 74 mm. without the branchiae
(which are absent). The transverse diameter of the body just behind the thoracic
region is 10 mm.

502

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S, CHALLENGER.

The dorsal surface of the body is smoothly rounded, from the tip of the tail forward
to the cephalic groove. The thoracic region is marked by a pale band, which is the
continuation of the ventral groove. The ventral surface is flattened, and a furrow,
commencing posteriorly at the tip, splits the scutes in the middle line ; but when it
reaches the fourth behind the thoracic region it deviates a little to the right and
finally passes obliquely through the last one to the groove between the posterior
thoracic foot and the first abdominal, and becomes continuous with the dorsal
band formerly mentioned. A distinct pajDilla occurs on each side of the ventral
groove in the anterior scutes of the abdominal region, and these processes also exist
in the same position (though the groove has disappeared) on the three adjacent
thoracic scutes.

The cephalic region has dorsally a deep furrow, surmounted along each edge by a
continuation of the cephalic collar, which forms an accessory flap on each side. It is
rendered the more conspicuous by a deep brownish belt a little below the edge. The
collar, which is folded outward in the example, continues without break to the ventral
median fissure, and terminates in a triangular reflexed flap on each side. The inner
edge of the flap has a dark brown band of pigment. The general colour of the body is
pale madder-brown, deeper in front, while the branchiae have a deep chocolate-brown
base. In the posterior region a dark spot occurs at the base of each setigerous process,
and another at the end of the uncinigerous row.

The anus is directed dorsally rather than ventrally.

The anterior or thoracic region consists of the typical eight segments. The
bristles of the upper series somewhat resemble those of Dasyclione japonica,
the wings, however, being slightly more pronounced (PI. XXXIa. fig. 1). The
inferior series present the same differences from the foregoing in regard to the tips,
which are proportionately shorter (PI. XXXIa. fig. 2). The usual elongation occurs
in the tips of the posterior bristles. Both series are thus allied to those of Dasychone
japonica.

The anterior hooks (PL XXXIa. fig. 3) possess an elongated neck, with a compara-
tively small inferior prow. The finely serrated edge above the great fang is of
moderate length, and the crown of the hook is somewhat truncate with a central
dejDression. The posterior or dorsal line is nearly straight, or only slightly convex.
The posterior basal appendage is fairly developed, and elevated above the ventral line
which curves upward to join it.

Few Diatoms occur in the contents of the intestine, but minute Radiolarians, with
sponge-spicules, minute ova, bristles of one of the Lumbrinereidse, a parasitic Crustacean
of a few segments, and fragments of Pteropod shells are present.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

503

Dasychone nigro-maculata, (Baird) (PL LIII. fig. 5 ; PL XXXIa. figs. 4-6 ;
PL XXXIXa. fig. 6).

Sabella nigro-maculata, Baird, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., viii. p. 159, pi. v. figs. 5, 6.

Habitat. — Found between tide-marks, St. Thomas, West Indies, March 23, 1873.

The body measures about 37 mm. in length, and the branchije extend to another
11 mm. The diameter at the widest part is 6 mm.

The body is somewhat rounded dorsally and flattened ventrally, and rather abruptly
tapered toward the tail, on which the anus is distinctly dorsal in position. The ventral
median line passes forward to the front of the abdominal region, cutting the second scute
obliquely to the right of the middle line, and the right corner off the first scute, in its
passage to the groove between the thoracic and abdominal regions to turn upward on
the dorsal., surface. It forms a pale groove on the latter surface, at first directed
obliquely forward and inward, and is lost anteriorly in the median cephalic groove. A
faint dorsal line exists all along the body, an indication probably of the raphe, but it
forms no distinct groove.

The cephalic collar has its dorsal edges wide apart, and no accessory dorsal lamellae
exist as in the previous species. It continues without break to the ventral furrow, and
terminates in a large auricular process on each side of the fissure.

The body and collar are blotched and speckled with dark brownish or purplish-brown
spots. A well-marked brown spot occurs between the setigerous process and the
uncinigerous row, both in the thoracic and abdominal regions ; and there is also a less
distinct speck at the inner termination of the hook-rows in the latter region. The
darker pigment in the thoracic region, however, may obscure the s^Deck.

The somewhat short branchiae number on each side from forty-two to forty-three.
In the preparations their colour is brownish, mottled here and there with pale patches.
Externally a series of rather short appendages occur in pairs (PL XXXIXa. fig. 6), the
first appearing in the sulcus at the base between the radioles, which are numerous and
slender. The pinnae become shorter toward the tip, but none of the branchiae are so
perfect as to show whether any bare filament does or does not exist at the extremity. All
that can be said is that such is probable. The radioles present a segmented appearance,,
a depression with an encircling line occurring at regular intervals, a little beyond each
pair of external processes. The segments are comparatively short. A little beyond the
distal edge of the segment-junction are a pair of lateral (ocular) pigment-spots. The
axial tissue of the radioles is fairly developed, so that they are firm.

The thoracic region consists of eight segments. The dorsal bristles (PL XXXIa. fig. 4)
are somewhat similar to those of the previous species, but the tips are decidedly more
spinulose both along the edges of the wings and on the dorsum (or opposite side). The

504

THE VOYAGE OE H.M.S, CHALLENGER.

intermediate bristles (PL XXXIa. fig. 5) have somewhat narrower wings than in
Dasychone loyvillei ; and the short series below these show only slightly broader wings
and a somewhat shorter tip. On the whole the bristles approach those of Dasychone
ja'ponica.

The hooks (PI. XXXIa. fig. 6) resemble very much those of Dasychone japonica,
having only a single tooth in profile above the great fang. The anterior curvature of
the neck, however, differs, greater prominence being given to the prow, and the
posterior basal process is more pointed.

The greyish mud in the intestine showed a few Diatoms, Foraminifera, fragments of
sponge-spicules, and Algse.

The hypoderm is moderately developed and deeply coloured all over. The
basement-tissue beneath is also visible throughout, and forms the usual ventral part,
which, however, is limited in extent and has a median fissure. The fibres of the
circular muscular coat pass across the nerve-area without spreading downwaj’d into the
reg-ion beneath. The longitudinal ventral muscles are somewhat narrow and wedge-
shaped, massive internally and pointed externally. The nerve-cords are situated about
the middle of the space between these muscles, and present rather small neural canals
superiorly. The longitudinal dorsal are broad transversely, and they are separated in
the middle line only by a notch interiorly.

No tube is present in the Challenger examples ; but in Dr. Baird’s preparation (no
locality) two tubes occur. The anterior region of the tube is composed of greyish mud
externally, while posteriorly the chitinous lining is exposed. Another series of specimens
is also in the British Museum from St. Vincent, West Indies.

Dasychone violacea, (Schmarda) (PI. LIII. fig. 3 ; PI. XXXIa. figs. 7,8; PI. XXXIXa.
fig. 7). ■

Sabella violacea, Schmarda, Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 34, Taf. xxii. fig. 187.

Habitat.- — Procured at Sea-Point, near Cape Town, between tide-marks, December
1873.

The total length of a large example is 64 mm., of which the branchiae constitute
nearly 20 mm. This, of course, gives only an approximative idea of the living animal.
Schmarda states that his specimens measured 80 mm., and that the branchiae were 20 mm.

The body in the preparations is comparatively pale, but a tinge here and there
indicates that in life it probably was purplish, the colour given by Schmarda. The
dorsum is convex, a shallow median groove, however, occurring toward the tail. Only a
trace of the continuation of the ventral median line is present in the thoracic region in
the form of a groove, a little above the first bristle-tuft. The ventral surface, again, is

REPOKT ON THE ANNELIDA.

505

somewhat flattened, and excavated by a median depression. The usual fissure proceeds
forward in the central line to the thoracic division, and it shows only a slight bend to
the right in the two anterior abdominal scutes. In the preparations the ventral scutes
are (transversely) very wide and (antero-posteriorly) very short. A dark pigment-speck
exists at the commencement of each uncinigerous row.

The cephalic collar originates as a V-shaped structure dorsally, the inner leg of the
V being less prominent and running as a slight ridge along the sides of the median
groove forward to the base of the branchiae. The collar proper commences in front of
the first bristle-tuft, and, somewhat within it, proceeds rather more than a third of the
distance downward, where a break or fissure occurs, and ends in two large broad lappets
on each side of the median line. In the preparation the collar still remains of a rich
purple.

The branchiae are arranged in two spiral tufts of the same fine purple colour, mottled
here and there with pale streaks. Their number is very large, and in this respect
they present a decided divergence from Schmarda’s form, which is described as having
but twenty-one on each side. It is not easy to estimate the exact number, but they must
be considerably more than a hundred. The radioles are comparatively slender and
flexible, and are furnished at intervals with pairs of small external appendages
(PI. XXXIXa. fig. 7), which do not occur at the base in the intervals between the
radioles, as in the former species ; moreover, they become longer and somewhat spathulate
or auricular (as indicated in the figure) toward the tip, which has a short, bare filiform
termination. The pinnae are very numerous but not proportionally long, and gradually
diminish distally, without, however, showing the truncated nodular or papilliform stages,
as in some allied forms.

The tentacles are short, stout, acutely pointed processes placed on each side at the
anterior end of the dorsal cephalic furrow, and their tips only extend a little beyond the
separation of the radioles from the basal web. They are slightly grooved on the ventral
surface.

The thoracic region possesses the ordinary eight segments, and the approximation of
the bristles of the opposite sides anteriorly gives a marked curvature to the outline of
the dorsum. The bristles are comparatively uniform in structure, the differences between
the dorsal and ventral types being less pronounced than usual, some of the dorsal being
longer and narrower, and some of the inferior shorter and broader than the intermediate
type figured (PI. XXXIa. fig. 7). The tips of the posterior bristles do not show much
elongation, while the wings are somewhat broader.

The anterior hooks (PI. XXXIa. fig. 8) have remarkably fine serrations above the
great fang, appearing, indeed, under a low power to be almost smooth. The prow
or anterior projection is moderately developed. The posterior basal process is com-
paratively short, truncated and bent downward at the tip. The dorsal outline curves

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI 64

506

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

gently from tlie crown outward and downward to the base. The posterior basal process
is considerably less in the posterior hooks, which also show a proportionally longer neck
and shorter body.

The food of this form is very rich in sponge- spicules, with a few Diatoms, minute
Glohigerince, bristles of Annelids, and other debris.

The short tube is composed of a tough chitinous secretion surrounded by mud
anteriorly and a few fragments of shells and other structures posteriorly. It is more
brittle anteriorly than posteriorly. Microscopically the greyish mud exhibits coarse
sand-particles, numerous sponge-spicules, a few Diatoms and gritty masses of mud and
sand, probably arenaceous Foraminifera.

The structure of the body- wall appears to be nearly typical, though the rudimentary
condition of the circular muscular coat mferiorly causes a divergence in the region below
the nerve-area, which is remarkable for its great extent, the transverse diameter being
only a little shorter than that of the ventral muscles.

I have doubtfully referred this species to Schmarda’s Sahella violacea, though he
does not mention the dorsal appendages of the branchiae, which also are few in his form.
It is possible that the want of definition in Schmarda’s description may mislead. It
would require a re-examination of the type, however, to set the matter at rest.

Dasychone ca^oensis, n. s|). (PL LIV. fig. 1 ; PI. XXXIa. figs. 9-11 ; PL XXXIXa.

fig. 8).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 142 (off the Cape of Good Hope), December 18, 1873 ;
lat. 35° 4' S., long. 18° 37' E.; depth, 150 fathoms; bottom temperature 47°’0, surface
temperature 6 5° ’5 ; sea-bottom, green sand.

The length of the body is about 28 mm., and of the branchiae about 18 mm. The
diameter of the body anteriorly at its widest part is 4 ‘5 mm.

The body is somewhat rounded dorsally, this surface being marked only by the
cejDlialic groove in front, the termination of the furrow from the ventral surface on the
right side anteriorly, and by the transverse lines of the segments. Ventrally the
median groove passes forward to the sulcus behind the first abdominal segment, and
then is directed obliquely to the right (left as viewed from the ventral surface), cuttiug
off a small area of the latter on its way to the lateral groove. The general colour of
the body is ferruginous, with a deep brownish speck below the bristle-tufts, at the
commencement of the uncinigerous rows, in the thoracic region, and a similar pigment-
speck at the end of each hook-row in the same division. Posteriorly the dark pigment-
speck is above each bristle-tuft.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

507

The cephalic collar commences at the base of each branchial fan near the middle
line, trends outward to the sides of the body, and bends downward to the centre
ventrally to terminate in the reflected lappets, a slight marginal notch occurring just
before the curve downward.

The branchiae form two rather elongated fans, barred at short intervals (at the
ocular spots) vdth brown bands. The radioles are slender and the pinnae long.
The latter somewhat diminish in length toward the tip, but the terminal ones are
ong enough to envelop the filiform tips of the radioles in the preparations. The basal
external appendages of the radioles are rather long and spathulate (PI. XXXIXa.
fig. 8), but become more slender as well as much shorter toward the filamentous tip,
at the base of which the last pair occur. These processes somewhat resemble those
of G-rube’s Sabella {Dasychone) polyzonos^ from the Island of Lussin in the Adriatic.
The lateral ocular spots are in the brown pigment-band, a little beyond (distal to) each
pair of external appendages. The axis of the radiole presents the usual division by
transverse septa into spaces.

The tentacles are of moderate length, bayonet-shaped and grooved. They seem to
be longer in immature specimens.

The thoracic or anterior region has eight segments. The bristles in each tuft
present well-marked groups. The dorsal (PI. XXXIa. fig. 9) bear elongated tips and
narrow wings ; the inferior (PI. XXXIa. fig. 10) have broader wings and shorter
extremities ; moreover, the wings are not so distinctly separated from the axial portion.
Both possess very evident crenations at the margin. The posterior bristles again show
very finely tapered extremities attached to the region with broad wings.

The anterior hooks (PL XXXIa. fig. 11) present about six or seven very distinct
teeth above the great fang. A somewhat wide sinus exists below the latter, for the
prow is moderately developed. The posterior basal process is curved slightly downward
and truncated. The convexity behind the crown is well-marked, and the dorsal line is
continuously arched. In the posterior hooks the neck is more elongate.

The intestinal masses are composed of fine mud containing fragments of sponge-
spicules and Radiolarians, Diatoms, Coccoliths, and Coccospheres, fragments of
Foraminifera, an anomalous four-rayed body with transverse markings, and another of a
circular form with concentric radii.

No tube is present, but as the species was dredged in green sand, the tube may
have been brittle or the protection only a hole in the sand.

The structure of the body-wall agrees with that in Dasychone violacea, the only
noteworthy dilference being the presence of a median fissure in the ventral pad.

1 Beschreibung neuer oder weiiig bekaDiiter AmieL, Archiv f. Naturgesch., 1863, p. 63 (sep. Abd.), Taf. vi.

508

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Family Serpulida:.

In comparison with former expeditions that of the Challenger has produced a com-
paratively large number of species belonging to this family. No less than nineteen
different forms, besides fragments of undetermined species, occur. The majority come
from depths under 500 fathoms, but five are from the abysses of the ocean. Prof.
Ehlers ^ was specially interested in finding Serpulidse from considerable depths in the
collection made by the U.S. steamer “Blake,” viz., about 860 fathoms, especially as he
had not found such in the materials from the “ Porcupine.” In the present series,
however, we find that Serpula pliilippensis reaches 1050 fathoms, a Vermilia 1450
fathoms, Placostegus challengericB 2375 fathoms, Placostegus ornatus 2900 fathoms,
and Placostegus henthalianus the still greater depth of 3125 fathoms. Examples
of the same genus, moroever, occur equally in shallow water as in the abysses of the
Pacific.

Schmarda gives eleven representatives of the family, mostly from shallow water or
between tide-marks. Several come from coral reefs. Kinberg records five species. Grube
mentions three in the Annulata (Erstediana, two in the collection of the “ Gazelle,” and
seven in the Philippine series. An interesting resume of the genera included under the
family is given by Marenzeller as an introduction to the description of the seven species
from Southern Japan. His remarks in regard to the structure of the hooks in the various
groups are both appropriate and useful.

The food of the members of this family is the same as that of other Annelids.

The absence of Spirographis [Cymospira), e.g., the well-known Cymospira gigantea,
Pall., is remarkable.

While Philippi’s view with regard to the diagnostic value of the operculum is note-
worthy and merits his oj)inion that it has “ the advantage that it may still be frequently
observed in dried specimens preserved in Museums,” much has to be added to it.
For instance, the structure of the body- wall and the minute characters of the bristles and
hooks are indispensable in modern work. Even Morch’s more recent Eevisio critica
Serpulidarum ^ fails in the anatomical characters just mentioned. The remarks by
Langerhans in his recent paper on the Serpulidse of Madeira® are noteworthy. He
makes three types, the first including the genera Serpula, Eupomatos, Pomatoceros,
and Placostegus, while near them are Protula and Psygmohranchus. The second type
includes Filograna, Apomatus, Filogranula, Salmacina, SpirorMs, and Pileolaria ; while
the third grou]3 is represented by Vermilia and Omplialoma.

1 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. v. p. 274, 1878-79.

2 NaturhistorisJc Tidsshrift, June 1863, p. 347.

3 Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., BcT. xl. pp. 273-275. Prof. Langerhans is a noble exainj)le of an invalid who has the
courage to do valuable work under physical disadvantages.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

509

Protula, Eisso.

Protula capensis, n. sp, (PL LIV. fig. 2 ; PI. XXXIa. figs. 12, 13).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 142 (off tlie Cape of Good Hope), December 18, 1873 ;
lat 35° 4' S., long. 18° 37' E. ; depth, 150 fathoms ; bottom temperature 47°'0, surface
temperature 65°'5 ; sea-bottom, green sand.

In the contracted spirit-specimen the length is 50 mm., and the diameter between
the bases of the bristles in the thoracic region 6 ’5 mm. The transverse diameter of the
posterior region at its widest part is 7 mm.

The body is, as usual, divided into three very distinct regions, viz., the branchial, the
thoracic, and the abdominal.

The branchise form two great fan-shaped processes, which, when viewed internally,
seem to spring from each side of a broad, flattened membranous lamella with a neatly
rounded terminal margin, the superior or dorsal edge sending a free ridge over the bases
of the branchise. It is the rounded ventral margin of this lamella that appears to turn in
first when the fan is rolled up. The radioles are attached to the edge of the lamella to
the number of about fifty-seven, and they are bound together by a web for some distance
above the base. Externally the basal region of the fan (the apex being at the inferior or
attached point) presents a smooth surface. Each radiole consists of a somewhat flexible
axis with a large cavity, and, as usual, there does not appear to be any special development
of a cartilaginous kind, at least to any extent, so as to render the radioles stiff. It accord-
ingly shrivels up very much in Farrant’s solution, the transverse striation being apparently
due to the structure of the hypoderm. Fixed in the tissues of the axis in one specimen,
and quite visible under a lens, are many rounded granular bodies like ova, and some present
a distinct egg-capsule. Whether these be parasitic ova or otherwise is yet an open
question. They certainly do not move in the central canal, but are fixed. The tip of the
radiole tapers to a filiform termination, a considerable part being free. The pinnae are
closely set, commencing as short processes at the base, and again diminishing below the
filiform tip. They seem to be proportionally stifier than the main stem. An opaque
line runs along the bases of the pinnae, and probably indicates the position of the vessels.

The margin of the truncated anterior region is bounded laterally by a continuation of
the great lamella, which has a break at each side, but forms a continuous collar across
the ventral aspect, and in the preparations this is reflected. There is thus a great
contrast between the ventral border in this group and that in the Sabellidm. In the
cavity of the branchial fan were fsecal pellets, mud, and Foraminifera.

The only representative of the tentacle is a double fold of the basibranchial lamella at
the dorsal edge.

510

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The body is wide in the thoracic, somewhat fusiform in the abdominal region, that is,
slightly narrowed at the commencement, dilating as we proceed backward, and again
diminishing more decidedly toward the tail.

The thoracic region consists of seven segments, draped on each side by the great
membranous lamella, which projects far beyond the bristles, and ventrally forms a broad
apron across the anterior part of the abdominal division. The dorsal surface of the
region is smooth. The ventral presents somewhat festooned borders from the interruption
of the folded membranous lamella opposite each foot. Just in front of the plait or apron
which overlaps the anterior border of the abdominal region is a tessellated area of limited
extent (in those best developed about half the breadth of a segment).

The bristles are pale yellowish, the dorsal having extremely attenuate tips, with just
a trace of wings, the inferior having peculiarly flattened and rather short extremities
(PL XXXIa. fig. 12), the winged region being less differentiated than usual in such forms.
A double line below the broad falciform tip, and a slight indication of wings near the
ventral edge of the latter, however, are present. The shaft of the bristle narrows
below the tip, and slightly enlarges toward the insertion interiorly. They are slender.
The posterior bristles, again, are likewise elongated structures with tapering tips, which
have no distinct traces of wings. Each bristle-tuft springs from a prominent foot-papilla,
which is flattened antero-posteriorly, and presents a dorsal and a ventral ridge.

The abdominal region is dorsally also somewhat rounded or convex transversely, and
deeply furrowed by a broad flat groove along the ventral median line.

The anterior uncinigerous pads commence at the third bristle-tuft (a small papilla
which occurs below the second tuft being devoid of hooks). The latter (PL XXXIa.
fig. 13) differ from those of the British form in the greater elevation of the crown, and in
the short and well-marked process behind the great fang. The curvature of the body
behind the latter is also quite different from that in the British species, and whereas the
■sinus below the great fang is long in the latter, it is short in the present form.

The fine greenish-grey mud in the intestinal pellets showed sponge-spicules. Diatoms,
and minute ova.

No tube is present.

The structure of the body-wall in the anterior third somewhat diverges from that in
the British Protula jproteyisa, in which the dorsal muscles are very massive. The nerve-
cords, however, occupy a similar position, viz., at the inner edge of the longitudinal
ventral muscles. The wide interneural area is occupied by the basement-tissue of the
region, fibres from the sheath of the alimentary tube, and a thin stratum of longitudinal
fibres. Externally are a thin layer of circular fibres and the hypoderm. The ventral
blood-vessel lies within' the circular coat. Posteriorly the longitudinal dorsal muscles
approach each other more closely in the middle line, and each forms a more extended
lamina. The nerves are as widely separated as in front. The great development of the

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

511

ventral hypodermic flaps is noteworthy. Each extends over a larger base than the
longitudinal ventral muscle of its side.

The hooks of Protula [Psygmobranchus) multicostatus and Protula ccecus of
Claparede, and those of Protula arctica, Hansen/ so widely diverge from the foregoing
that a different genus will probably require to be constituted. On the other hand, they
approach those of Protula {Psijgmobranchus) protensa, as flgured by Claparede,^ though
they are nevertheless distinct.

Protula lusitanica, n. sp. (PI, XXXIa. flg. 16).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station II. (ofi* the Portuguese coast, near Setubal), January 13,
1873 ; lat. 38° 10' N., long. 9° 14' W.; depth, 470 fathoms ; surface temperature, 57°'0 ;
sea-bottom, green mud.

A fragment of the anterior region of a minute specimen, measuring about 5 mm. in
total length, and scarcely 1 mm. in diameter.

The fragment of the body is normal. The cephalic collar forms a continuous reflected
fold ventrally, and, turning over at each side dorsally, passes backward above the bristle-
tufts to the posterior end of the thoracic region. The branchiae are all injured, but they
seem to have the usual structure, with a long, bare, filiform tip. Seven bristle-bearing
processes occur on each side in the thoracic region. The bristles present the usual
tapering tips with well-marked wings. The anterior hooks (PI. XXXIa. fig. 16) have a
simple curve (convexity) from the crown to the inflection, and a comparatively short edge
behind the great fang inferiorly. They difier from those of the Protula from Valentia,
and Protula capensis, and are somewhat triangular in outline.

The specimen was unfortunately lost, having been carried out of the dissecting-
trough by a hair.

Protula arafurensis, n, sp. (PI. XXXIa. figs. 17, 18).

Habitat. — Dredged in the Arafura Sea.

A fragmentary example, reaching 32 mm. in length and fully 2 mm. in diameter
behind the thoracic region.

The branchiae are absent, but the body has the usual form. The cephalic collar
shows a broad fold ventrally, and then forms a membranous expansion over the thoracic
setigerous processes. Two prominent papillae occur on the dorsum just behind the snout,
for the attachment of the branchiae. Six setigerous processes occur on each side. The
bristles (PI. XXXIa, fig, 17) are elongate, slightly curved toward the extremity, which is
finely tapered and furnished with well-marked wings. The tips on the whole are

' Op. cit, p. 43, Tab. vii. fi . 30. 2 Annel. Ch^top., p. 432, pi. xxx. fig. 7.

512

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

considerably shorter than in the British Protula from Valentia, on the south-west of
Ireland, The posterior bristles are simple slender processes, with a slight curvature at
the narrow shortly tapered tip, and traces of wings in the form of lateral lines. Such,
therefore, differ very much from the posterior bristles of the British species, with their
broad flattened tips.

The anterior hooks (PL XXXIa. fig. 18) present the elevated crown of the genus, and
it is somewhat more elongated than usual. Anteriorly is a long and minutely serrated
region above the great fang, which projects considerably beyond the process below it.
The outline of the hook is less triangular than in Protula lusitanica, indeed, with the
exception of the projecting crown, the outline nearly follows that of a parallelogram.

The intestinal mud presented numerous Diatoms, sponge-spicules, minute Eadiolarians,
and a few Foraminifera,

The cuticular and hypodermic layers at the anterior third of the body- wall are
comparatively thin, a condition very marked in the median line ventrally. Each nerve-
cord is situated in the angle formed by the oblique muscle from the lower edge of the
longitudinal dorsal, having externally the large neural canal and the longitudinal ventral
muscle. The chief part of the area of the body in section is occupied by the alimentary
canal, and as wide a hiatus exists between the longitudinal dorsal as between the ventral
muscles. The former are about three times as bulky as the latter, and from the inner
and inferior border an oblique muscular band passes to the inner edge of the nerve-cord,
and completes the sheath for the alimentary canal. The latter is further steadied by a
median band dorsally and ventrally, the central vessel in the latter region being situated
below its attachment. The longitudinal muscles seem to have a somewhat pennate
arrangement of their fibres, as usual in the group. In the posterior region of the body
the hypoderm increases in thickness laterally and ventrally, the lamellae of the latter
being of great delicacy. The longitudinal dorsal muscles form flattened plates, still
considerably larger than the ventral. The latter have also extended very much, but have
the same relations to the nerve-trunks and neural canals.^ The perivisceral chamber in
this region is distended with small ova which press the intestine to the middle line.

Protula americana, n. sp, (PI, LIV. fig. 3 ; PI. XXXIa. figs. 19, 20).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 49 (south of Halifax, Nova Scotia), May 20, 1873;
lat. 43° 3' N., long. 63° 39' W.; depth, 85 fathoms; bottom temperature 35°'0, surface
temperature 40° "5 ; sea-bottom, gravel and stones.

The specimen (removed from the tube) measures 28 mm. in length, and has a
transverse diameter anteriorly of 2 mm.

1 Claparede gives good sections of the body-wall in Protula intestinum in his Recherches sur la struct, des Annel.
Sedent., pi. viii. figs. 1-7.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

513

The branchiae are united by a web at the base, and form two masses of slightly
twisted radioles, which have a smooth tapering filament at the tip. The dorsal edge of
the cephalic collar forms a large and somewhat fan-shaped flap, and is separated by a deep
notch at the lateral region from the ventral division. The latter is less prominent in the
middle than at the sides, but the edge is entire with the exception of a few frills. It
seems to present the usual relations in the thoracic region.

The bristles of the anterior division (PL XXXI a. fig. 19) are of a pale yellow colour,
and have very delicately tapered tips, only distinguished from the shaft by a slight
curvature. The wings are very narrow. The developing forms have broader tijDS. The
posterior bristles show the usual linear form, and their tapered extremities are slightly
curved.

The anterior hooks (PI. XXXIa. fig. 20) present an elevated crown, which is slightly
bulbous toward the summit, a deep dorsal concavity and numerous small teeth above the
great fang. The latter does not project so far beyond the prow as in Protula capensis
or Protula lusitanica. The general outline of the hook is less rhomboidal than in the
former species. The crown is more elevated, and the great fang less produced at the tip
than in the Protula from St. Andrews.

The posterior hooks diverge very little from the foregoing. The dull greyish sandy
mud in the alimentary canal contained numerous Diatoms and a few Kadiolarians.

The species inhabits a comparatively smooth, coiled tube, marked here and there by
wrinkles and soldered to other tubes or its own coils. This is unusual in the Protula
of British waters, though it is not a feature of much moment.

In transverse section the body-wall at the termination of the anterior third presents
a considerable thickness of hypoderm, especially ventrally, the deeper region character-
istic of the latter commencing, externally, on each side about the middle of the ventral
longitudinal muscle. The circular muscular coat is thin but distinct. The longitudinal
dorsal are proportionally less bulky than in such as Protula arafurensis, and they are as
massive superiorly as inferiorly. More than a third of each muscle leaves the circular
coat inferiorly and rests on the oblique, so that a part (thin edge) overhangs the outer end
of the longitudinal ventral. The inner edge superiorly is pointed, and separated by a
wide hiatus from its fellow. The longitudinal ventral muscles are not quite half the bulk
of the former, and are elongate-ovoid in shape. The nerve-cord lies against the inner
border, and intervenes between them and the neural canal, though a thin stratum of
longitudinal fibres, as in certain other species, passes externally to both nerve and canal,
and appears almost to join that of the opposite side. The neural canal contains the usual
coagulable fluid. Within the circular muscular coat dorsally is a firm though thin band
of fibres which courses on each side along; the inner margin of the longitudinal dorsal
muscle, joins the oblique fibres from the outer surface of the latter at its inferior border,
and slants to the ventral edge on each side of the middle line, the fibres running into

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI 65

514

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

each other. This forms the basis for the thick layer of glandular tissue hning the
alimentary canal, and consequently the disposition of the parts is noteworthy.

This species aj)proaches Schmarda’s Protula appendiculata,^ from Jamaica, in regard
to the tube, but differs from it in other respects.

Apomatus, Philippi.

Apomatus elisahethce'^ n. sp. (PI. LIV. fig. 4; PI. XXXIa. figs. 21, 22).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 167 (a little to the east of the sound between the
north and south islands of New Zealand), June 24, 1874; lat. 39° 32' S., long. 171° 48' E. ;
depth, 150 fathoms; surface temperature, 58°'5 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

The total length of this species is about 18 mm., of which the branchiae measure
about 8. The diameter of the body in the anterior thoracic region is 1 ‘6 mm.

This species differs from the British representative of the genus [Apomatus ampulli-
ferus, Phil.) in the great proportional length of the branchiae, and in the presence of a
broad membranous wing on the radioles on each side of the pinnae. The portion of the
fan united by a common web interiorly is very short, viz., only a small margin above the
edge of attachment, and a fragment at the base of each radiole. The radioles throughout
the rest of their extent are quite free. The membranous wings are not much developed
at the base, but widen on each side about the middle of the process, and continue as
broad lamellae to the tip, the smooth filament terminating the organ being thus abruptly
distinguished. The flattened region of the radiole seems to be formed by the hypoderm
and cuticle. The pinnae are richly ciliated, and the terminal filament also shows a few
fine cilia toward the tip, but whether these be vibratile or only palpocils could not be
determined. One of the branchiae (probably the second dorsal, but there is difficulty in
distinguishing, since the branchiae were separated and fragmentary), while resembling the
rest in other respects, has at the tip a globular process which is much less in proportion
than in the British form. Three or four of the radioles at the side of the fan opposite
the globule are short and rudimentary, the wings especially being deficient.

The cephalic collar forms a prominent ridge all round the front. It is entire ventrally,
but has a notch in the mid-lateral region at each side. Turning backward from the great
dorsal frill at each lateral angle, it passes under the bristles, and forms a broad apron
behind the thoracic boundary.

There are seven setigerous processes in the thoracic region. The first as usual
occupies a dorsal position considerably in front of the others, the rest being lateral, and
directed upward and backward. The bristles (PL XXXIa. fig. 21) are comparatively

^ Neue wirbell. Thiere, I. ii. p. 3.3, Taf. xxii. fig. 185.

2 Named after my best aid in marine zoology. The title of the remarkable Euphione elisabetJicehsi5 the same origin.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

515

slender, with much elongated tapering tips bordered by a somewhat narrow wing. The
shorter series in each is composed of proportionally stouter bristles with a slightly broader
wing. Towards the posterior end each segment possesses about three very long, slender
bristles, with slightly curved, simple, tapering tips.

The anterior hooks (PI. XXXIa. fig. 22) much resemble those of Protula. The small
teeth above the great fang are, however, less numerous, apparently being proportionally
larger. The dorsal curve, moreover, is not evenly outlined. The sinus below the great
fang is somew’hat wide. The posterior hooks do not materially differ.

In the digestive canal was a little greyish mud showing Diatoms, Coccoliths and Cocco-
spheres, minute Glohigerince and other Foraminifera, with a few Eadiolarians.

The specimen occurred in a smooth white tube, not unlike that of Hydroides, on
Pomatocerus strigiceps.

The Apomatus glohifer, Theel,^ from Nova Zembla, differs in the absence of the
lateral expansions on the radioles, and in the smoothness of the tube. The hooks in the
northern form are more finely toothed. Langerhans ^ states that this form is identical
with Marion and Bobretzky’s Apomatus ampidliferus. Marenzeller’s Japanese Apomatus
enosimce is peculiar in having the minute teeth prolonged on the base of the great fang.
This is exceptional, and may be due to the engraver. The teeth in the typical Apomatus
ampulliferus of Philippi, as figured by Marion and Bobretzky,^ and that of their own
new species {Apomatus similis), nearly correspond with those of the Challenger form.

Serpula, Linnaeus.

Serpida somhreriana, n. sp. (PI. XXXIa. figs. 14, 15).

Habitat. — Dredged off Sombrero and St. Thomas, in 470 and 390 fathoms.

A small specimen, measuring about 12 mm. in length and 1 mm. in diameter
immediately behind the thoracic region. It had ajaparently been dried, and can only be
imperfectly described.

A bare filament seems to be present at the tip of the radioles of the branchiae, which
present the ordinary characters.

A very interesting feature is the peculiar arrangement of the cephalic collar, which
forms three conspicuous lobes. Two of these are dorsal, forming on each side of the
middle line a large triangular lamella, which reaches about as far backward as the
penultimate bristle-tuft of the thorax. A deep fissure on each side separates the fore-
going region from the great triangular ventral flap, the apex of which extends to a

^ K. Svensk. Vetensk. Akad. HandL, Bel. xvi., No. 3, p. 66, pi. iv. figs. 63-65, 1879.

Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. xl. p. 277, 1884.

3 Ann. d. Sci. Nat., ser. 6, t. ii. pi. xii. fig. 24e, 1875.

516

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

distance equal to the length of the thorax beyond it. Five pairs of setigerous processes
are distinct on the thorax, but the presence of a rudimentary sixth is possible. The
laistles consist of a longer and shorter series. The former (PI. XXXIa. fig. 14) have a
straight shaft with a peculiarly tapered tip, the axis of which is beot at a slight angle to
the former, thus differiag from the kind of bristle observed in Protiila (which has a much
longer tip), and more allied to the structure seen in Serpida vermicularis. The wing is
well marked though narrow, and is slightly serrated at the margin. The shorter series
show very slender shafts, less than a third the length of the former, and delicately
tapered extremities. The posterior bristles are extremely slender, with a slightly curved
tip, an indication of the winged region.

The anterior hooks (PI. XXXIa. fig. 15) have a long straight edge, minutely serrated,
and terminating inferiorly in a larger process — the great fang. The crown passes back-
ward to join a nearly straight dorsal line, and there is no sinus behind the great fang.

The trace of mud in the alimentary canal showed Diatoms and sponge-spicules.

In all probability this is a Serpula. It is devoid of the thoracic membrane, and the
remarkable collar may be found in others of the genus. No operculum is present.

Serpula narconensis, Baird (PI. LIV. fig. 5 ; PI. LV. fig. 1 ; PI. XXXIa. fig. 23).

Serpida narconensis, Baird, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. viii. p. 21 (1864).

Se?'pula (?), MTntosli, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. xvii. p. 322 (1876).

Serpula patagonica, Grube, Monatsber. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, Aug. 1877, p. 550.

Habitat. — Dredged abundantly at various Stations, e.g., at Station 144a (off
Marion Island), December 26, 1873 ; lat. 46° 48' S., long. 37° 49' E.; depth, 69 fathoms ;
surface temperature, 41°‘0 ; sea-bottom, volcanic sand. Station 149c (in Balfour Bay),
January 19, 1874; lat. 49° 32' S., long. 70° 0' E.; depth, 60 fathoms; sea-bottom,
volcanic mud. Station 151 (off Heard Island), February 7, 1874; lat. 52° 59' S.,
long. 73° 33' E.; depth, 75 fathoms; surface temperature, 36°'2 ; sea-bottom,

volcanic mud.

The total length, is about 43 mm. from the tip of the operculum to the tail, and
the diameter just behind the thoracic region is fully 5 mm.

The branchiae are densely covered with pinnae, and have been decorated with bars of
white. The radioles possess a smooth filiform tip. A female Crustacean parasite like
Ergasilus was seen on the branchiae of one example, but could not be subsequently
found for description.

The operculum is much firmer than in Serpula vermicularis, and the peduncle is
separated by an evident articulation from the bell-shaped distal portion, the latter
commencing at once with a diameter fully twice that of the former. The radii of the

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

517

disk are fewer, and the conical apices are longer and more acute. Thus, for instance, a
British example of Serpula vermiciilaris has forty-six complete radii, one or two having
double apices ; whereas in the form from Kerguelen there are thirty -five radii, one
having the apex double.

The anterior bristles, which occupy seven pairs of setigerous processes, are stronger
and larger than in Serpula vermicularis, with the tip very finely tapered (PI. XXXIa.
fig. 23). The wing is comparatively narrow. The usual shorter and more slender
series occur in each tuft.

The hook shown in the previous publication (Transit of Venus Exped., Phil. Trans.,
vol. 168, pi. XV. fig. 16) is less broadly triangular than usual.

The food of those from Station 151 (off Heard Island) consisted of Diatom ooze, a
considerable number of sponge- spicules and Eadiolarians, however, being present
amongst the Diatoms. Those from Marion Island (Station 144a) had likewise Diatom
ooze containing difierent forms of Diatoms, a few minute Foraminifera, Eadiolarians, and
sponge-spicules.

The tubes of those from Marion Island present many prominent rings from the
widely expanded apertures, showing that growth had apparently taken place to some
extent by fits and starts, or at least that periods of quiescence had occurred. This
condition has been descanted on by Claparede^ in the case of Delle Chiaje’s Serpula
crater from the Bay of Naples. The tube is much longer and more slender than in
Serpula vermicularis, and instead of the recumbent and attached condition of the
latter it forms free masses, to which are fixed various organisms, e.g., Polyzoa. When
the masses are uninjured it is found that the tubes are slender inferiorly, and that they
dilate gradually toward the anterior end. In the interstices of one mass of tubes is a
tunnel of Neottis antarctica; while Compound Ascidians, Polyzoa, and other structures
show by their condition that the tubes are comparatively free. Many of the tubes are
soldered together longitudinally. None are straight ; all are more or less sinuous^

In transverse section, toward the termination of the anterior third, the hypoderm
and its basement- tissue are thicker ventrally than in Serpula vermicularis. The
longitudinal dorsal muscles are also more extended, and are connate in the median
line. The longitudinal ventral muscles are proportionally smaller, but the nerves and
neural canals have the same relative position, that is, the latter lie near the muscles.
In both a line of longitudinal muscular fibres passes between the nerve-cords. The
fasciculi of the great longitudinal muscles are pennate in transverse section. The
changes which ensue in the appearances of the body-wall of the Serpulidse in full
maturity are well shown in a transverse section of Serpula uncinata, Grube, given by
Prof. Schenk ^ in his paper on the development of the eggs in the group. The present
species appears to be the Serpula narconensis of Dr. Baird, one example of which,

* Annel. Ch^top. (Supplement), p. 160. ^ Sitzungsb. d. k. k. Akid. d. Wiss. Wien, Bd. Ixx., 1874.

518

THE YOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEE.

without the tube, was procured by the Antarctic Expedition of Sir J. Clark Eoss at
Narjon Island, and which is still present in the collection of the British Museum.
The specimen, which was described from the collection made at Kerguelen by the
Eev. A. E. Eaton during the Transit of Venus Expedition,^ had no operculum, and thus
it was difficult to say much about it. An examination of the specimen in the British
Museum, however, removed all doubt as to the relationship. Grube’s species [Serpula
patagonica), which was obtained both at Kerguelen and in the Strait of Magellan, seems
to be identical. The Serpula vasifera, Haswell,^ from Port Jackson is a near ally,
having, however, fewer crenations in the operculum, and a different hook. The
Serpula juhesii, Baird,® is a distinct species.

Serpula narconensis, Baird, var. magellanica nov. (PI. LV. fig. 2 ; Ph XXXIa. figs.
24, 25).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 308 (in the Strait of Magellan), January 5, 1876 ; lat.
50° 8' S., long. 74° 41' W.; depth, 175 fathoms; surface temperature, 51°’7 ; sea-
bottom, blue mud.

A much smaller variety than the former, the total length being 23 mm., and the
diameter anteriorly a little more than 1 mm.

In the general form of the body it agrees with the foregoing, the thoracic bristle-tufts
and other parts having the typical arrangement. The brauchim are similar though
apparently longer, and also possess bare filiform tapering tips. The operculum resembles
that of Serpula narconensis, but it is easily distinguished, being thinner, and being
furnished with a longer vase-shaped portion and a longer pedicle. There are thirty-
four divisions of the rim of the operculum, being only one less than in Serpula narconensis,
but the tips of the segments in the latter are much more pointed, from the inflection of
the boundary-line on each side on its way to the apex. In this form the lines are nearly
straight, as in Serpula vermicularis. The apex of each, however, is less truncated than
in the latter.

The bristles of the thoracic region (PI. XXXIa. fig. 24) have fine tapering tips, with
a somewhat broader wing than in the typical Serpula narconensis, though in the latter
case position often exaggerates the distinction ; but on the whole the extremities are some-
what shorter than in the latter form. The posterior bristles present similar features.

The anterior hooks (PI. XXXIa. fig. 25) diverge from those of the ordinary Serpula
narconensis, being shorter and provided with a proportionally longer dorsal line. Six
teeth (instead of seven or eight) only occur above the great fang. The figure of the hook
in each form approaches that of an equilateral triangle. "Well-marked striae cross the

1 Ann. and, Mag. Nat. Hist., 1876, ser. 4, vol. xvii. p. 322.

2 Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1884, vol. ix. (sep. copy) p. 20.

^ Journ. Linn. Soc. Land., 1864, vol. viii. p. 20, pi. ii. fig. 6.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

519

body of the hook in a direction parallel to the dorsal line. The sinus beneath the great
fang is somewhat larger than in the type formerly described. The posterior uncini show
a much more elevated crown, a more distinct inflection of the dorsal line, and about eight
teeth above the great fang.

The food of this species consists of mud, containing numerous Diatoms, several flne
varieties of Challengeria, small bivalves, minute ova, and other structures.

The tubes have less of the free habit noticeable in the former type of Serpula
narconensis, being attached to shells, sea-weeds, and sponges; several tubes, moreover,
being frequently connected together by their sides. The trumpet-like expansion of the
terminal portion of each tube is well developed, and the rings thus formed, by apparently
alternate stationary intervals and periods of active growth, occur toward the anterior
ends, but they are fewer in number than in the much larger form from Kerguelen.
Some of the tubes are tinted of a pinkish hue, as in Serpula vermiculojris, and there is
a greater tendency to form coils on shells and other organisms than in the previous
type, the anterior portion of the tube projecting upward in a more or less erect condition,
as in Serpula vermicularis.

The body-wall of this form is slow in assuming the typical arrangement, since
section at a corresponding point in the anterior third shows a more delicate arrangement
of the hypoderm, the thicker ventral belt diminishing toward the middle line. The
massive dorsal longitudinal muscles are separated by a wide median interval, and they
pass toward the wall of the alimentary canal interiorly. The longitudinal ventral
muscles are lateral in position, the large nerve-cord being below them. Moreover, no
neural canal is visible. The very long ventral hiatus has from the nerve-cord inward
the following structures, viz., a band of fibres from the inferior edge of the longitudinal
dorsal muscle, a series of fibres connected with the sheath of the alimentary canal, and
which pass from the median hiatus of the dorsum to form a loop over the ventral median
line, lastly a thin plate of longitudinal fibres within the circular coat on each side of
the central region.

The relation of Kinberg’s Zophyrus loveni, from the same locality, to this species is
uncertain.

Serpula philippensis, n. sp. (PI. LIV. fig. 7; PL XXIXa. fig. 28).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 205 (olf the Philippine Islands), November 13, 1874;
lat. 16° 42' N., long. 119° 22' E. ; depth, 1050 fathoms; bottom temperature 37°’0,
surface temperature 82°’0 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.

This small form is fragmentary, its tube being attached to what appears to be a
piece of wood. The tube (PL LIV. fig. 7) is coiled in various ways, the smaller end
being marked by two longitudinal furrows, while the larger anterior end exhibits these

520

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

less distinctly. Two ridges occur on the dorsum between the furrows, and perhaps are
more characteristic than the latter.

The branchise are so injured that it can only be mentioned that the radioles are
peculiarly broad (from within outward), but no wing is present, and there is no opercular
development in the preparation.

The anterior bristles have the usual tapering tips and wings, the latter being marked
by very large serrations. The posterior bristles present the ordinary linear form, with
a slight curve at the attenuated extremity.

The anterior (or thoracic) hooks (PI. XXIXa. fig. 28) have a characteristic shape,
the body being rather long, as indicated by the great length of the dorsal line and the
prolongation below the great fang. Five or six teeth occur above the latter. An
inflection exists in the dorsal line. The anterior inferior process or prow is gently cut
away below the great fang. The posterior uucini show more numerous teeth, and the
projection of the crown further backward alters the curvature of the dorsal line.

The body has the usual pair of papillse at the posterior end.

SeriDiila vermicularis, Linne.

Habitat. — Dredged in the “Knight Errant,” Station 3, August 3 and 4, 1880;
lat. 59° 12' N., long. 5° 57' W. ; depth, 53 fathoms, off the island of North Eona.

Pomatocerus, Philippi.

? Pomatocerus strigiceps, Morch (PI. LV. figs. 3, 4 ; PI. XXXIa. figs. 26-28).

Pomatocerus strigiceps, Morch, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, Kj0benhavn, June 1863, p. 412.

Habitat.- — Trawled at Station 167 (in a line nearly opposite the strait between the
north and south islands of New Zealand), June 20, 1874; lat. 39° 32' S., long.
171° 48' E.; depth, 150 fathoms; surface temperature, 58°’5 ; sea-bottom, blue mud.
It was formerly procured off North Australia and New Zealand.

The length of the specimen (removed from its tube) is 48 mm., with a diameter of
fully 3 mm. immediately behind the branchiae. The latter measure 9 mm. in length,
and the oj)erculum and its pedicle 11 mm.

The branchiae form a dense slightly wavy tuft, with the radioles united interiorly
by a common web for a third of the total length, and the basal region forms a smooth
ring. Each radiole is furnished with closely set and rather long pinnae, and the tip,
which is only slightly tapered, has a short, smooth, filiform process. The extremity
appears to be more obtuse than in Pomatocerus triqueter, since the pinnae extend freely
outward as far as the filiform tip. The development of the pigment, moreover, gives

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

521

rise to a beautiful tessellated aspect, apparently from its occurrence in rliomboiclal
nucleated cells, in regular rows and distinctly separated from each other.

The operculum forms a circular, somewhat fragile and slightly concave, shelly disk
coloured very prettily by radiate bands of a pinkish or salmon hue, broader at the
circumference and narrower at the centre. The rim of the operculum is double, the
outline between the two rings being concave. In one small example no less than four
tiers of the opercular rim are present (PI. LV. fig. 3), the upper being smaller and less
concave than usual. The operculum is supported on a stout peduncle with a broad wing
at each side, terminating at the base of the region proper in a free conical process of
the ordinary appearance. In one instance peculiar minute concretions occur on the
tessellated epithelial surface of the wings, the rounded nodules being crystalline or spinose
under the microscope. No rudimentary peduncle or operculum exists on the right side.

The anterior region is composed of seven segments, each carrying a pair of setigerous
processes. The first is considerably in front of the others, and dorsal instead of lateral in
position. It is also very much smaller, and the l^ristles, which are less perfectly

developed, have a different direction. The other six pairs are deep yellow, have straight
shafts, with the tips distinctly bent and furnished with well-marked wings (PI. XXX Ia,
fig. 26). The posterior bristles, again, quite differ, presenting broad extremities

obliquely tapering to a long filiform process at one side (PI. XXXIa. fig. 27), and
having the anterior or distal edge of the tip covered with spines, wdiich also pass along
the shoulder or broad j)rocess. The shafts of these bristles are nearly cylindrical.

The cephalic collar, which is continuous with the lamella passing backward beneath
the bristle-rows on each side, presents a complex arrangement dorsally. A large frilled
and fan-shaped process occurs at each dorsal angle, the outer edge being separated by a
deep notch from the succeeding part. A peculiar region, having the aspect of a partially
folded fan, comes next, a,nd is generally placed beneath the former in the ordinary
condition in the preparations, while it also is separated by a deep notch from the rest.
The collar is continued ventrally and crosses to the opposite side, the margin being
cut into broad scallops, but showing no median fissure. The thoracic prolongations of the
respective sides join together ventrally behind the last uncinigerous process of the region.

Each thoracic uncinigerous row has a pigment-speck at the ventral end, just in front
of its termination. The hooks (PI. XXXIa. fig. 28) are somewhat triangular in outline,
and have about fifteen teeth above the inferior one (great fang) which is peculiarly
bent upward. With the exception of the first (or upper) two the teeth are large
superiorly, and gradually diminish toward the inferior end. The last process (corres-
ponding to the great fang) follows a similar direction at the base, but is curved upward
at the tip. The dorsal line is comparatively long, and shows only a trace of an
inflection a little below the middle. The basal line is somewhat convex and cuts off the
anterior angle, so as to remove the usual projection. The body of the hook is boldly

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP.- — PAKT XXXIV. 1885.) LI 66

522

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

striated nearly at riglit angles to the teeth. The posterior hooks are smaller than the
foregoing, form a triangle with a more acute apex at the great fang (curved inferior tooth),
and the number of teeth is smaller, viz., about thirteen, exclusive of the inferior process.

In the alimentary canal of this form Coccoliths and Coccospheres are very abundant ;
Diatoms, arenaceous and calcareous Foraminifera are also common ; while an occasional
Entomostracan, Gregarina, and peculiar translucent pointed bodies like shuttles, trun-
cated at one end, are comprised amongst the other organisms.

The tubes, which are bound together, are massive, triangular in cross-section, and the
dorsal keel is often roughly serrated. The aperture is little, if at all, dilated, is
smoothly rounded internally, and externally marked by the terminations of the three
ridges. The tube is streaked with a pinkish or salmon colour, which also tints the lips of
the aperture. In one example two regularly arranged longitudinal rows of pores occur a
short distance below the dorsal keel.

Various commensalistic bodies, from Foraminifera to Mollusks, occur on the anterior
end of the tubes, which thus appear to have been tolerably isolated. The species,
however, may occur in larger masses.

A form allied in the shape of the operculum is Pomatostegus boiverhankii, Baird, from
Australia, but the hooks quite differ. The Pomatostegus cariniferus, Baird, is likewise
dissimilar. Grube’s Pomatocerus multicornis,^ from the Red Sea, differs in the structure
of the basal region of the operculum. Both this and Ehrenberg’s Pomatocerus sanguinea,
however, are allied forms.

Placostegus, Philippi.

Placostegus ornatus, Sowerby (PI. LV. figs. 5, 6 ; PI. XXXa. figs. 25, 26).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 244 (in the deeps of the Pacific), June 28, 1875;
lat. 35° 22' N., long. 169° 53' E.; depth, 2900 fathoms; bottom temperature 35°'3,
surface temperature 70° ’5 ; sea-bottom, red clay.

Also at Station 253 (further westward in the same area), July 14, 1875 ; lat. 38° 9'N.,
long. 156° 25' W.; depth, 3125 fathoms; bottom temperature, 35°’l ; sea-bottom, red
clay. This specimen was attached to a nodule forwarded by Mr. Murray.

And at Station 285 (in the abyss of the Pacific, midway between Sydney and
Valparaiso), October 14, 1875 ; lat. 32° 36' S., long. 137° 43' W.; depth, 2375 fathoms;
bottom temperature, 35° '0 ; sea-bottom, red clay.

The length of the largest example (which is considerably shorter than the tube) is
19 mm., with a diameter anteriorly of 1 mm. The diameter of the tube at the
anterior aperture is barely 2 mm., and it tapers gradually to a slender point posteriorly.

1 Anneliden des rothen Meeres, op. cit., p. 39.

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

523

The branchiae in the best specimen measure about 6 mm. in length, and, as removed
from the tube, present nearly straight radioles. The latter are free, with the exception
of the narrow basal region, and are supplied with richly ciliated pinnae, which, instead of
gradually diminishing toward the tip, retain considerable length, so that in profile the
tip is almost clavate. Each radiole tapers toward the extremity, and ends in a slender,
smooth, free filament.

The operculum (PI. LV. fig. 6) extends a little beyond the tips of the branchiae, and
consists of a somewhat small, circular, whitish plate strengthened by a calcareous deposit,
and having a yellowish line at its base. It is supported on a hollow dilatation, shaped
like a wine-glass, the narrow part being attached to the long slender pedicle, which has
an enlargement at the junction, with several crenations beneath. The entire organ is
longer than in Placostegus tricuspidatus, Sowerby. No trace of an abortive operculum
occurs on the left side.

None of the specimens is sufficiently perfect to show the exact condition of the
cephalic collar, or the number of the tufts of thoracic bristles. The latter are pale
yellowish, the dorsal forms having rather elongated tips (PI. XXXa. fig. 25). The
posterior bristles, again, possess elongated shafts and short extremities with broad wings
(PI. XXXa. fig. 26), and the curvature at the tip is pronounced.

The anterior hooks (PI. XXXa. fig. 27) present a shape similar to those of Serpula
philippensis, and have six weU-marked teeth above the great fang, which projects
considerably beyond the others. The dorsal outline shows a long concavity. The prow
below the great tooth is slightly developed, though it is much more so than in Serpula
philippensis. The body of the hook is crossed by numerous striae, which form the usual
angle with the teeth. The posterior uncini possess a more elevated crown, and the prow
beneath the great fang is less developed.

The dense tube (PI. LV. fig. 5) is fixed to manganese nodules or other similar
concretions. The attached surface is flattened, the rest is irregularly rounded,
a deep longitudinal groove running on each side a little above the flattened
basal region (in transverse section), so as to cut the transverse ridges into isolated
bars. From this groove the ridges are continued dorsally, and in front often with a
direction somewhat forward and inward. In the same region of the tube the ridge has
a slight mucro or thickening, projecting forward in the middle line, the anterior margin
of the ridge on each side thus presenting a slight concavity. Behind the foregoing the
transverse ridges are nearly straight, while posteriorly the mucro of the dorsal ridge
points backward, and the lateral thickening on each side is very decidedly marked.
Internally the surface of the tube is perfectly smooth and white.

In transverse section of the body- wall posteriorly, a firm but thin cuticle, and a very
thin hypoderm are visible. It is difficult to distinguish the circular muscular coat as a
separate layer. The longitudinal dorsal muscles form long plates, which extend upward

524

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

from the infero-lateral region to the median line. These muscles are composed of a
number of very fine, closely arranged plates which give a regularly striated apjDearance
to the in section. The muscles are most bulky interiorly. The ventral region
presents two prominent curved ridges, and an intermediate hollow. In the former the
longitudinal ventral muscles are situated, and they are of consideral^le size, notably
exceeding those in the previous genus. A long hiatus exists between them. The body-
cavity was so distended with reproductive elements that the nerve-cords could not be
seen distinctly, but they appeared to be in their usual position at the inner border
of the muscles.

Placostegus hentJialiamis, n. sp. (PI. LV. fig. 7 ; PI. XXXa. fig. 28);

Habitat. — Dredged on the nodule forwarded by Mr. Murray at Station 253 (Mid
Pacific), July 14, 1875 ; lat. 38° 9' N., long. 156° 25' W. ; depth, 3125 fathoms; bottom
temperature 35°T, surface temperature 67°'7 ; sea-bottom, red clay.

The specimen is cpiite fragmentary, so that a minute description is unattainable. It
is smaller than the foregoing, the "widest portion being only a little more than 1 mm.

The branchiae seem to approach those of Placostegus ornatus in forming a somewhat
truncated outline in 'mass, and in possessing a smooth free filament at the tip of each
radiole. The operculum constitutes a hollow platter with a yellowish-brown rim, carried
upon the summit of a hollow process, shaped like a wine-glass. The peduncle is
dilated distally, and forms a kind of shoulder at its junction with the former region.

The bristles of the anterior region are similar to those of the preceding species,
presenting a long and very attenuate tip, with a bend where it joins the shaft j and
distinct wings.

The anterior hooks (PL XXXa. fig. 28) differ from those of the former species in
outline. Only four teeth occur above the great fang. The prow beneath the latter is
much better developed than in Placostegus ornatus, and the concavity in the dorsal
outline is deeper.

The tube of this form is pentagonal, the three upper ridges especially being pro-
minent, and armed with a series of blunt teeth, which posteriorly (at the smaller end of
the tube) disappear, leaving only slightly rugose ridges. One surface, as in the preceding,
has been attached to the nodule.

Placostegus mbrchii, n. sp. (PI. LV. fig. 8 ; PI. XXXa. figs. 29, 30).

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 285 (in the Pacific, mid- way between Sydney and
Valparaiso), October 14, 1875 ; lat. 32° 36' S., long. 137° 43' W. ; depth, 2375 fathoms;
bottom temperature 35°’0, surface temperature 65°'0 ; sea-bottom, red clay.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

525

This specimen diverges in certain respects from either of the preceding.

The branchiae appear to be similar, but the pinnae are decidedly longer, if the
preparation is to be relied on. The tips of the radioles have smooth filiform processes.
The operculum somewhat resembles that of Plcwostegus henthalianus, though the surface
is less scooped in the example. Moreover, -it is borne on one of the branchial radioles,
which is specially strengthened for its support, while clothed with pinnae up to the’
terminal dilatation below the opercular region proper. Another branchial radiole is
somewhat thickened, and bears at the tip a clavate process, representing a rudimentary
opercular development.

The cephalic collar is incomplete, but a large rounded flap occurs on each dorso-
lateral region.

Most of the thoracic bristles are absent. In one tuft (apparently the second) two
groups are present, viz., a series of slender tapering bristles, probably the dorsal, and
another group of stouter bristles (PI. XXXa. fig. 29), with peculiar tips, a distinct
shoulder occurring below a concavity or “ bite.” The former probably indicates the
distal end of the shaft. When viewed antero-posteriorly an enlargement is also very
evident at the upper end of the shaft, showing that it is thickened all round.

The anterior hooks (PL XXXa. fig. 30) approach the foregoing forms in outline, but
differ in possessing five teeth above the great fang, in having a sharper angle at the
inflection of the dorsal line, and in possessing a proportionally wider base than either
Placostegus ornatus or Placostegus henthalianus.

The tube is not pentagonal, but from the presence of a deep groove on each side
has rather a quadrangular appearance in transverse section, though the dorsal line is
rounded (convex). It is somewhat wrinkled, but is devoid of the bold transverse
ridges of Placostegus ornatus or the longitudinal toothed eminence of Placostegus
henthalianus.

Placostegus assimilis, n. sp. (PL LV. fig. 9 ; PL XXIXa. figs. 29, 30).

Habitat. — Dredged at Station 33 (off the Bermudas), April 4, 1873 ; lat. 32° 21' N.,
long. 64° 35' W.; depth, 435 fathoms; surface temperature, 68°'0 ; sea-bottom, coral
mud.

The specimen is about the same size as the British Placostegus triclentatus, J. C.
Fabricius.

The branchiae appear to agree in form with those of Placostegus tridentatus, but they
are longer. They also have a smooth filiform tip. The opercular region, however, difiers
very considerably in shape. The dull yellowish operculum proper is less concave, though
(A similar thickness and having the same brownish rim. Instead of the simple clavate

526

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

opercular process, a more rapid slope occurs all round, so that the upper part forms a
short cone with the base at the operculum, and its apex inferiorly abuts on a dilated
region, which sometimes shows three prominent folds, while the distal end of the peduncle
is specially narrowed immediately beneath. Both divisions are more delicate or
membranous than in Placostegus tridentatus. A small example presents a variation in
the structure of the operculum, for a second small horny plate is mounted on an inverted
cone above the usual one (which is flexible), and the three membranous folds inferiorly
are absent. A slight enlargement also exists at the distal end of the peduncle.

The collar is prolonged into remarkable membranous processes. Dorsally a long
lanceolate appendage occurs on each side of the middle line, a very long process on the
left side extends about three-fourths the length of the branchiae, and the collar on the
right is split into several shorter processes. A forked appendage exists ventrally on each
side of the middle line. This laciniate condition of the collar is peculiar.

The anterior bristles (PI. XXIXa. fig. 29) are pale yellow, and resemble those of
Placostegus tridentatus, the tip being finely tapered, shghtly curved backward, and
supplied with distinct wings.

The anterior hooks (PI. XXIXa. fig. 30 ^) are very numerous, and consist of thin
plates with a thickened outer edge, very minutely serrated, and having inferiorly a longer
spine, the homologue of the great fang. The fineness of the serrations along the
thickened edge is probably in relation with the very dense and smooth tube. The
hooks, moreover, seem to possess greater flexibility than usual. The posterior uncine do
not materially differ, though the crown appears to be more rounded.

The food of this form consists of fine mud containing a few minute Foraminifera,
sponge-spicules, and Coccoliths. Only traces of Diatoms occur.

The tube is glassy, somewhat triangular, with a dorsal and two lateral ridges, each
terminating in a spine anteriorly. Moreover, several have, at the elevated anterior part
of the tube, one or two prominent spines on the dorsal and lateral ridges. The tube is
attached by the flattened lower surface to various submarine bodies, such as tests of
Echinoderms, the anterior end, as a rule, being elevated. In well-marked specimens the
dorsal ridge forms a spinous crest, with the points directed forward. The lateral ridges
possess a similar though less developed armature. In minute examples these spines are
more regular and beautiful, and they are quite visible on young specimens about the
diameter of a hair. They are attached to the tubes of the older forms. Some of the
tubes show peculiar lines, apparently due to a borer or other parasite.

Attached to a piece of a spatangoid test is a fragment of an opaque tube having six
ridges superiorly, the three middle spinose.

A special feature in transverse sections of the anterior region is the great
extent of the rows of hooks. The longitudinal dorsal muscles meet in the middle

The engraver has not executed his task correctly along the serrated edge.

KEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

527

line, and are of considerable bulk, tbougb not massive. The longitudinal ventral
muscles, again, are peculiar in having much hyaline connective tissue mingled with the
fibres. The nerve-cords are widely separate in front, but appear to approach more closely
posteriorly. The preparations, however, are unsatisfactory from softening, and it is
observed that a special disposition must exist since the ventral muscles nearly meet in
the middle line. The perivisceral chamber is dilated with the reproductive elements.
The fact that the alimentary canal is distended with siliceous sand also makes the sections
less distinct.

Placostegus tridentatus, 0. Fabricius.

Habitat. — Dredged in the “Knight Errant,” Station 5, August 11, 1882;
lat. 59° 26' N., long. 71° 19' W.; bottom temperature 45°'4, surface temperature 50°'6;
depth, 515 fathoms.

Hydroides, Gunner.

Hydroides midtispinosa, Marenzeller (PI. XXIXa. fig. 26, 27 ; PL XXXIXa. fig. 12).

Hydroides midtispinosa, Marenzeller, Siidjapan. Annel., Denksclir. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss. Wien,
Bd. xlix. p. 216, Taf. iv. fig. 2, 1884.

Habitat. — Dredged off Kobe, Japan, in 8 to 50 fathoms.

The specimen is fragmentary, and somewhat less than an average example of
Hydroides norvegica.

The branchise resemble those of the latter species, but the tapering filiform process at
the tip is much shorter. The oj^erculum is also constructed on the same plan, with an
inferior cup cut into numerous segments. The upper spinose circle, again, has fewer
processes, eleven only being present (Marenzeller gives twelve), while in Hydroides
norvegica there are nineteen. They are, however, more slender (PL XXXIXa. fig. 12).

The body is too much injured to afford minute characters, but the cephalic collar
probably resembles that of the ordinary species. The bristles (PL XXIXa. fig. 26) have
decidedly less attenuate and elongate tips than in Hydroides no7'vegica, and the wing is
more distinctly serrate at the edge.

The anterior hooks (PL XXIXa. fig. 27), again, instead of having only five teeth above
the great fang, as in Hydroides norvegica, show seven, so that the appearance of the
edge is complex, the teeth being smaller and more numerous. The body of the hook is
crossed by striae, nearly at right angles to the direction of the teeth. The prow is
obtusely truncate ; and the dorsal line forms a larger angle than 90° with the ventral.
The posterior hooks, as far as could be ascertained, have five or six teeth, which,
moreover, appear proportionally larger than those in front.

528

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

The fine greyish mud in the intestine showed many fine Diatoms, and a few fragments
of sponge-spicules amongst the scanty sand-grains. Numerous ova were also present.

The fragmentary tube agrees in curvature and appearance with that of Hydroides
norvegica.

This form appears to coincide with Marenzeller’s recently published species from
the tidal region at Ino Sima, Southern Japan. He figures the posterior inferior angle
of the hook as less than a right angle, but in the present example it is rather more than
a right angle.

Hydroides norvegica, Gunner.

Hahitat. — Dredged in the “Knight Errant,” Station 3, August 3 and 4, 1880;
lat. 59° 12' N., long. 5° 57' W., depth, 53 fathoms, off the island of North Eoua.

Vermilia, Lamarck.

Vermilia (^) sp. (PL XXX a. figs. 31, 32)

Habitat. — Trawled at Station 302 (in the Pacific, off the west coast of Patagonia),
December 28, 1875; lat. 42° 43' S., long. 82° 11' W.; depth, 1450 fathoms; bottom
temperature 35°'6, surface temperature 55°'0 ; sea-bottom, Globigerina ooze.

The specimen consisted of a fragment of a small tube with the contained Annelid
attached to a nodule of pumice. A tube apparently belonging to Prof. Allman’s
Steplianoscyplius occurred on the same nodule.

The Annelid is fragmentary. The radioles of the branchise are very definitely
segmented, and they have a rather long filiform tip. The slender peduncle of the
operculum has various crenations at the distal end. The opercular region proper is
peculiar, for the wine-bowl-shaped lower part bears a somewhat bluntly conical operculum,
which is definitely striated by longitudinal lines, apparently due to grooves. The oper-
culum and its support thus form an ellipse.

The tips of the anterior bristles (PI. XXXa. fig. 31) are not much tapered, and the
wings are distinct, with a faintly serrated margin interiorly. The wings, indeed, are
proportionally broad inferiorly.

The anterior hooks (PI. XXXa. fig. 32) are allied to those of Pileolaria ^ and
Placostegus, showing a thickened rim furnished with very minute serrations anteriorly,
and a larger tooth (corresponding to the great fang) with a somewhat blunt extremity
inferiorly. In regard to the latter point, two are really present, though in profile only

1 Vide Pileolaria mdlitaris, Claparecle, Aiinel, Clietop., p. 444, pi. xvi. fig. 5.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

529

one is seen. Compared with the hook of Placostegus assimilis, the transverse striae are
much wider, while the hook on the whole is less.

The tube is comparatively smooth.

The hooks of this species seem to l)e minutely toothed, much more so than in the
known forms. Their structure, indeed, approaches that of the genus Om'plialo'poma of
Mdrch,^ but the conical nature of the operculum is characteristic.

Spirohranchus, Blainville.

Spirohranchus occidentalis, n. sp. (PI. LV. fig. 10 ; PI. XXIXa. figs. 31, 32).

Hahitat. — Dredged at Station 33 (off the Bermudas), April 4, 1873 ; lat. 32° 21' N.,
long. 64° 35' W.; depth, 435 fathoms; surface temperature, 68°‘0 ; sea-bottom, coral
mud. It was attached to a tube of Placostegus assimilis.

The branchiae have a sinuous arrangement, but such is probably due to their retrac-
tion within the tube on preservation in spirit, and they are only a little shorter than the
body (the total for both being about 7 mm.). The radioles are marked by transverse
wrinkles at somewhat regular intervals, and the tip of each ends in a smooth filiform
process, slightly thickened distally. The terminal pinnae reach as far outward as the
latter.

The operculum had a short, horny, conical process (shaped somewhat like a hook)
projecting from its surface, but it broke off before a figure could be made. This process
was situated on an elevation near the edge most distant from the branchiae, as usual in
the group. The operculum is horny, blackish-brown in colour, and nearly circular. It is
supported by a hollow membranous process, which is only a little constricted interiorly,
so that it is nearly cylindrical, the upper part of the peduncle being flattened out into a
broad fan-shaped end to meet it. The cephalic collar is ample, presenting dorsally a
large lateral lamella on each side of the median fissure, and being thrown into many frills
ventrally, though no fissure occurs.

The anterior bristles (PI. XXIXa. fig. 31) somewhat resemble those of the previous
Vermilia, having a short tapering tip with well-marked wings, the edges of which are
serrated.

The anterior hooks (PL XXIXa. fig. 32) have an elevated crown and a very long
serrated edge, no less than eleven or twelve teeth occurring above the great fang. More-
over, the latter is produced in a remarkable way, and the tip is bifid. The dorsal line
has a deep incurvation, but the ventral margin is nearly straight. There is a small
truncated prow below the notch under the great fang. The striae on the body of the

1 Op. cit, Revisio critica Serpnlidaruiii, p. 421.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.)

LI 67

530

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

liook are wide, and have peculiar intermediate transverse markings, like those on certain
feathers.

The tube forms a single coil, which measures from 3 to 5 mm. across, according to
the direction of the axis ; but a terminal piece apparently pertaining to it is not included
in this calculation. The tube is finely marked with somewhat waA^y transverse ridges,
except on the free part, which has only one or two isolated transverse processes and
some longitudinal ridges. The aperture of the tube is round. A smaller tube runs
outside the foregoing in the attached portion at the margin.

The hooks thus differ from those of Spirohranchiis {Cymospira) giganteus, Pall.
(British Museum specimens, from St. Vincent, West Indies), in having a well-marked
dorsal inflection, in the great projection of the anterior bifid process, and in the nature
of the outline beneath the latter. The hooks of Cymospira hracliycera, Baird, from
Australia, also have a very diagnostic shape, the anterior inferior process being short and
turned' upward. A small form, Cymospira decumbens, Sowerby, occurs in the same
collection from Van Diemen’s Land, and differs from the Challenger form in the
operculum and uncini. Grube does not figure the hooks of his Philippine species of
Spirohi'anchus [Serpida tricornigera and Serpida quadricornis), and thus their relation-
ship is in some respects uu certain.

Spirorhis, Daudin.

Spirorbis sp. (?)

Habitat. — A fragment occurred on Polyzoa dredged at Station 149g (off Christmas
Harbour, Kerguelen), January 29, 1874; lat. 48° 50' S., long. 69° 18' E. ; depth, 110
fathoms; surface temperature, 40° '2 ; sea-bottom, volcanic mud.

A fragment of a coiled tube, apparently belonging to the Serpulidae, comes from the
Admiralty Islands. It has a diameter of 2'5 mm. and a length of 17 mm., is marked
by transverse wrinkles and a few longitudinal furrows. It is nearly round, the attached
parts being flattened, and a slight ridge occurring here and there. A spinous Lepralia
is attached to a sheltered portion of the external surface.

Another empty, smoothly rounded tube, somewhat regularly coiled round a central
axis which is hollow, was trawled at Station 201 (ofi* the Philippines, Basilan Strait),
October 26, L874 ; lat. 7° 3' S., long. 121° 48' E. ; depth, 82 fathoms; surface tempera-
ture, 83°'0 ; sea-bottom covered with stones and gravel. The tube is a long one, with a
diameter at its widest part of 2‘5 mm. This coiled arrangement round an oblique (hollow)
axis is |Deculiar. Externally are various Lepralia.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

531

A fragmentary calcareous tube occurs in a slight groove (apparently formed by the
animal) on a nodule of manganese trawled at Station 289 (in the middle of the Pacific),
October 23, 1875; lat. 39° 41' S., long. 131° 23' AV. ; depth, 2550 fathoms; bottom
temperature 34°‘8, surface temperature 54°'5 ; sea-bottom, red clay. The track is little
more than half a line in diameter, and as only the attached part of the tube (lower curve)
remains, it is difficult to say whether we are dealing with a perfect or imperfect
organism. The softness of the calcareous track causes some doubt as to the nature of
the structure.

Ditrypa, Berkeley.

Ditrypa arietina, 0. F. Muller (PI. LIV. fig. 6).

Habitat. — Dead tubes inhabited by Sipiinculi, and with adherent patches of Nullipore,
were dredged off Tenerife in 70 fathoms, February 10, 1874. Similar tubes, inhabited
by Gephyreans, occurred at Station 75 (off Fayal, Azores), July 2, 1873 ; lat. 38° 38' N.,
long. 28° 28' W. ; depth, 450 fathoms ; sea-bottom, volcanic mud. The same species was
dredged in the “Knight Errant,” at Station 3, August 3 and 4, 1880 ; lat. 59° 12' N.,
long. 5° 57' AV. ; depth, 53 fathoms, off the island of North Rona.

The specimens agree in appearance with those from the Mediterranean, the tubes
being marked transversely with brownish bars.

Grube^ in his Philippine Annelids describes a new species [Ditippa p'raci7/ma), which
does not, however, seem to differ essentially from the typical form.

A peculiar fusiform glistening porcellanous tube comes from 470 and 390 fathoms
off Sombrero and St. Thomas, AVest Indies, but as it contains nothing but mud its
position is uncertain.

Family Tomopterid^.

Tomopteris, Eschscholtz.

Tomopteris carpenteri, De Quatrefages.

Tomopteris carpenteri, De Quatrefages, Hist, Nat. des Annel, p. 227, pi. xx. figs. 1, 2.

Habitat. — Found in considerable numbers at the surface of the sea between
Kerguelen and Macdonald Islands, February 2, 1874.

1 Op. cif., p. 279.

532

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

I agree with Vejdovsky^ in considering this species requires further investigation.
Thus the cup on the ventral division of the feet occurs in the forms procured by the
“Knight Errant” and “Triton” in 1880 and 1882.

A fragmentary form, too much injured for identification, was procured in the Atlantic,
February 28, 1873.

Tomojoteris onisciformis, Eschscholtz.

Tomopteris onisciformis, Eschscholtz, Isis, t. xvi. p. 736, pi. v. fig. 5.

A species apparently identical with this form, so well known from the observations of
Dr. Carpenter, M. Claparede, Prof. Allman, and others, in our own seas, was procured in
considerable numbers in the “ Triton” and “ Knight Errant.”

H.M.S. '^Knight Errant,^' 1880.
Station 10, July 28, surface.

H.M.S. “ Triton," 1882.

Surface to 12 fathoms.

August 4

Surface to

600 fathoms.

. August 21

Surface, . . . . .

7

53

600

33

„ 22

Surface to 100 to 150 fathoms.

9

33

40

33

„ 24

Surface, . . . . .

5)

10

33

40

33

„ 28

Surface to 40 fathoms.

53

20

33

40

33

„ 30

,, 300 ,,

35

33

,, about 400

33

• 33 53

„ 400 „

35

33

33

40

33

„ 31

„ 600 „

33

33

Like many other pelagic animals, this species is found not only at the surface but at
considerable depths. The main obstacle to accuracy is the difficulty in adjusting the
tow-nets, so that they shut before being drawn from such depths. The most recent kind
(the Turbyne net seems to have certain practical advantages over its predecessors, but
it yet requires thorough testing.

1 Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. xxxi. p. 96. Besides this interesting paper, some valuable remarks are given by GreefF
in the subsequent volume of the Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., viz., Bd. xxxii. p. 256.

2 The Scottish Marine Station, Granton, Its Work, &c., p. 21, pi. ii., 1885.

SYNOPSIS OP THE PAULIES, GENERA, AND SPECIES DESCRIBED

IN THE EOREOOINO REPORT.

Family Euphrosynid^,

Euplirosyne, Savigny,

Eicplirosyne capensis, Kiiib.,

„ borealis, CErst.,

Family Amphinomid^, .

Chloeia, Savigny, .

Chloeiaflava (Pall.), .

„ fasca, n. sp., . . PI. II. figs. 1, 2 ;

Chloenea, Kinberg,

Chloenea atlantica, n. sp.,

Notopygos, Grube,

Notopygos megalops, n. sp.,

„ lahiatus, n. sp., . . PI. II.

Amphinome, Bruguifere,

Amphinome rostrata (Pall), PI. I. fig. 7 ; PI. IV.
Hermodice, Kinberg,

Hermodice caruneulata, Pall,

Eurythoe, Kinberg,

Eurythoe pacifica, Kinb., PI. II. figs. 3, 4; PI. III. fig
„ „ var. levukaensis, PI. XVI. fig.

Hipponoe, And. and Edw.,

Hipponoe gaudicJiaudi, And. and Edw., PI. I. fig.

Family Aphroditid.®, .

Aphrodita, Linn4,

Apbrodita aculeata, L.,

„ australis, Baird,

„ echidna, De Quatref.,

„ intermedia, n. sp.,

Hermione, Blainville,

Hermione liystrix (Sav.),

Lcetmonice, Kinberg,

Lvetmonice filicornis, Kinberg,

„ producta,. Grube,

„ ,, var. wyoillei,

„ ,, var. bentlialiana, PI VIII. figs. '

„ „ var. willemoesi,

,, „ var. assimilis.

japomca, n. sp.,
apliroditoides, n. sp..

PI. VIII. fig

. PI. II. fig. 5; PI. Ia. figs. 1-3
PI. I. figs. 2, 3 ; PI. 1a. figs. 4-6

PI. III. figs. 1, 3; PI. Ia. figs. 7-9
PI. Ia. figs. 14, 15; PI. IIa. figs. 1, 2

PI. I. fig. 4; PI. Ia. figs. 10-13

. PI. I. fig. 1 ; PI. IIa. figs. 3, 4
fig. 6 ; PI. IV. fig. 2 ; PI. IIa. figs. 5, 6

g. 1 ; PI Ia. fig. 16; PI. IIa. figs. 9-11

PI. V.; PL IIIa. figs. 1-3

2; PI. IIa. fig. 13; PL IIIa. figs. 5-9
; PL IIa. fig. 14; PL IIIa. figs. 10, 11

5 ; PI. IV. fig. 3 ; PL IIIa. figs. 13-17

PL VI. figs. 6, 7 ; PL VIa. figs. 4-7
PL VII. figs. 1, 2 ; PL VIa. figs. 2, 3
. PL I. fig. 6 ; PL VIa. fig. 1

. PL VIII. fig. 3

. PL Va. fig. 7
PL VI. figs. 1,2; PL IVa. figs. 1-8
PL VII. fig. 3; PL IVa. figs. 9-11
, 5; PL IVa. fig. 12; PL Va. figs. 1, 2
PL VI. fig. 3 ; PL Va. figs. 3, 4
PL VIII. fig. 2 ; PL Va. figs. 5-8
1; PL IVa. fig. 13 ; PL Va. figs. 9, 10
PL VII. figs. 4, 5; PL Va. figs. 11-15

PAGE

1

1

1

5

6
8
8

14

15
15
17
17
19
21
21
24
24
27
27

29

30
30

33

34
34
34
36

38

39
39
39
39
39

44

45
47

49

50

51

534

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEFt.

Family Palmteid^,

Palmyra, Savign}^,

Palmyra aurifera, Savigny, .

Family Polynoid^,

Ipliionella, n. gen.,

Iphionella cimex, De Quatref.,
Euphio7ie, n. gen.,

Euphione elisahethce, n. sp.,Pl. IX. fig.
Lepidonotus (Leach),

Lepidonotns squamatus, L.,

,, gymnonotus, Marenz.,

„ waliTbergi, Kinb.,

„ . cristatus, Grube,

Eunoa, Malmgren,

Eunoa iphionoides, n. sp.,

„ opalina, n. sp.,

,, eapensis, n. sp.,

„ abyssorum, n. sp.,

,, 7nindanave7isis, n. sp.,

„ yedoensis, n. sp. ,

Polyeimoa, n. gen..

Poly eunoa IcBvis, n. sp.,

Dasylepis, Malmgren,

Dasylepis equitis, n. sp.,

Lagisca, Malmgren,

Lagisca propinqua, Malmgren,

,, tenuisetis, n. sp.,

,, antardica,n. sp., PL XIII. fig

PI. IX. figs. 1,2; PI. VIa. figs. 8, 9

Pis. IX. figs. 4-6 ; PI. XVII. fig. 3 ; PI. VIIIa. figs. 7, 8
3; PI. XVII. fig. 7; PI. XVIII. fig. 10; PI. VIIIa. figs. 3-6

PI. X. fig. 4 ; PI. XVII. fig. 5 ; PI. IXa. figs. 2, 3
PI. XL fig. 1 ; PI. XVIII. fig. 8; PI. Xa. figs. 15, 16
PI. XI. figs. 2, 3 ; PI. XVII. fig. 1 ; PL Xa. figs. 10, 11

. PL XVII. fig. 4; PL VIIIa. figs. 1, 2
PL X. fig. 6; PL XIX. fig. 2; PL VIIIa. figs. 9-11
,P1. XV. fig. 6 ; PL XIa. figs. 1-3
.PL XIa. figs. 14-16
PL XL fig. 6; PL XVII. fig. 6 ; PL XIIa. figs. 7, 8
PL XV. fig. 4; PL XIX. fig. 9; PL Xa. figs. 11, 12

PL XII. fig. 2 ; PL XX. fig. 8 ; PL VIIa. figs. 12, 13

. PL XXXIIa. fig. 7 ; PL XXXIXa. figs. 5, 6

. . .PL VIIa. figs. 5-9

PL II. fig. 7 ; PI. XVIII. fig. 9 ; PL VIIa. figs. 5-9
1 ; PL XVI. fig. 3 ; PL XVIII. fig. 1 ; PL VIa. figs. 10, 11
magellanica, n. sp., . PL XIII. fig. 5 ; PL XVIII. figs. 3, 4 ; PL VIIa. figs. 1, 2
,, var., murrayi, nov., . . PL XIX. fig. 1; PL IXa. figs. 13, 14

„ var. grubei, nov., PL III. fig. 5; PL XVIII. fig. 2 ; PL VIIa. figs. 14-16
peracida, n. sp., . . . .PL IV. fig. 6 ; PL VIIa. figs. 10, 11

PL

,, {Agnodice) inoseleyi, n. sp.,

,, crosetensis, n. sp., PL VIII. fig. 6; PL
,, yokohamiensis, n. sp.,

„ darwini, n. sp.,

„ (.?) kermadecensis, n. sp.,

„ {?) liexaetinellidai, n. sp.,

Eidagisca, n. gen.,

Eulagisca corrientis, n. sp.,

Plarmothoe, Kinberg,

Harmotlioe benthaliana, n. sp.

„ haliaeti, MT.,

Evarne, Malmgren,

Evarne kerguelensis, n. sp.,

,, tenuisetis, n. sp.,

,, jolinstoni, M‘L, ,

Lamilla, Malmgren,

Laenilla fusca, n. sp.,

PL

PL VI. fig. 6; PL Xa. figs. 7, 8
XIII. fig. 2; PL XVIII. fig. 7; PI. XIa. figs. 4-6
. PL XIa. figs. 12, 13
VI. fig. 5; PL XIX. fig. 5; PL XIIa. figs. 1-3
. PL XIII. fig. 8 ; PL XIIa. figs. 4-6
. PL IV. fig. 5 ; PL XIIa. figs. 14-16

. PL XIII. fig. 4 ; PL VIIa. figs. 3, 4

XIII. fig. 3 ; PL XX. fig. 7 ; PL Xa. figs. 9, 10

PL VI. fig. 4; PL XIX. fig. 6 ; PI. VIa. figs. 12-14

. PL IXa. figs. 11-12

PL XIV. fig. 3; PL VIIIa. figs. 12, 13

PAGE

53

53

53

56

58

58

62

62

64

64

64

66

67

69

69

71

72

73

74

75

76

76

77

77

78
78
78
80
82

83

84

85

87

88

89

90

93

94

91
91

95

95

96

97
97
99
99

100

100

EEPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

535

Eupolynoe, M'lntosh, ..........

Eupolynoe mollis, M‘L, .........

Allmaniella, n. gen., ..........

Allmaniella setubalensis, n. sp., . . .PI. XIV. fig. 2 ; PI. Xa. figs. 3, 4

Scalisetosus, n. gen., ..........

Scalisetosus ceramensis, n. sp., . . . . . PL Xa. figs. 13, 14

Hermadion, Kinberg, ..........

Hermadion kergiielensis, n. sp., . . . . PL XI. fig. 5 ■, PL XII. fig. 1

Polynoe, Savigny, ..........

Polynoe {Langerliansia) euplectellce, n. sp., PL XV. fig. 6 ; PI. XIX. fig. 7 ; PL IXa. figs. 8, 9
„ {?) asddioides, n. sp., . . . . .PL XXXIIa. figs. 3, 4

„ platycirrcda, n. sp., PL III. fig. 4 ; PL XVI. fig. 2 ; PL XIX. fig. 3 ; PI. VIHa.

figs. 14, 15; PL IXa. fig. 1, .......

„ capensis, n. sp., PL IV. fig. 4 ; PL XV. fig. 1 ; PL XIX. fig. 4; PL IXa. figs. 4, 5,
„ pustulata, n. sp., . . PL X. fig. 3 ; PL XVII. fig. 2 ; PI. IXa. figs. 6, 7

„ {Lepidonotus) ipliionoides, n. sp., . . PL X. figs. 1, 2 ; PL Xa. figs. 1, 2

„ magnipalpa, n. sp., PL XIII. fig. 6 ; PL XIV. fig. 1 ; PL XVIII. fig. 5 ; PL Xa. figs. 5, 6
„ attenuata, n. sp., . . PL XV. fig. 2 ; PL XX. fig. 9 ; PL XIa. figs. 8, 9

„ {Macelliceplicda) mirahilis, n. sp., . . PL XVI. fig. 1; PL XIIa. figs. 9-11

„ {Rohertianella) synoplithalma, n. sp., PL XIV. fig. 4 ; PL XX. fig. 5 ; PL XIIa.

figs. 12, 13,

„ (Admetella) longipedata, n. sp., PL XIV. fig. 5; PL XX. fig. 6; PL XIIa. fig. 17
„ ocellata, n. sp., . . . .PL XII. fig. 3; PL XIIa. figs. 18, 19

Polynoella, n. gen., ..........

Polymelia levisetosa, n. sp., PL XI. fig. 4 ; PL XV. fig. 3 ; PL XVI. fig. 4; PL XVIII. fig. 6 ;

PL XIX. fig. 8 ; PL XIa. fig. 7 ; PL XXXIIa. fig. 6,

Eulepis, Grube, ...........

Eulepis loyvillei, n. sp., PL XIX. fig. 11; PL XX. figs. 2, 3; PL XXIV. figs. 2, 3 ; PL XXV.
fig. 11 ; PI. XI Va. figs. 4-6 ; PL XXXIIa. fig. 7, .

„ challengerice, n. sp., PL XX. fig. 1; PL XXIII. fig. 1; PL XXIV. fig. 1; PL XIVa.

figs. 7, 8, .........

PAGE

101

101

102

102

103

103

105

105

108

108

109

111

114

115

116
118
120
121

122

124

126

128

128

131

131

134

Family Acoetid.®:, . . . . . . . . . . .135

Eupompe, Kinberg, . . . . . . . . . .135

Eupompe australiensis, n. sp., PL XXI. figs. 4, 5 ; PL XXIII. fig. 8 ; PL XXIV. fig. 4 ;

PL XIIIa. figs. 2-6, 135

Family Sigalionid^, . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Thalenessa (Baird), . . . . . . . . . .139

Thalenessa digitata, n. sp., PL XXII. fig. 2; PL XXIII. figs. 5-7; PL XXV. figs. 4, 5;

PL XIIIa. figs. 7-10, . . . . . . .140

,, oculaia, n. sp., PL XXL figs. 1, 2; PL XXIII. fig. 12; PL XXV. fig. 3;

PL XIIIa. figs. 11, 12, . . . . . . .142

„ jimhriata, n. sp,, PL XIX. fig. 10 ; PL XXIII. fig. 4 ; PI. XXIV. fig. 5 ;

PL XXV. figs. 1, 2; PL XIIIa. fig. 13, . . 144

Sigalion, Milne-Ed wards, . . . . . . . . . .145

Sigalion iusldi,lsPl., . ...... PL XXII. fig. 1 145

Psammolyee, Kinberg, . . . . . . . . . .146

Psammolyce occidentalis, n. sp., PL XXII. fig. 5; PL XXIII. figs. 2, 3; PL XXVII. fig. 6;

PL XIIIa. figs. 14, 15, .......

146

536

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Psammohjee fljiensis, n. sp., PI. XXL fig. 6; PL XXII. fig. 4; PL XXIV. fig. 6; PL XIIIa.
fig. 18, .

Leanira, Kinberg, ...........

Leanira magellanica, n. sp., PL XXL fig. 7; PL XXIII. fig. 13; PL XXV. figs. 6, 7;

PL XIIIa. figs. 19, 20,

areolata, n. sp.,
japoniea, n. sp.,
liystrids, Ehlers,
Imvis, n. sp..

PL XXL fig. 3 ; PL XXV. figs. 8, 9 ; PL XIIIa. fig. I
. PL XXII. fig. 3 ; PL XIVa. figs. 1, 2
PL XXIII. fig. 9
PL XX. fig. 4; PL XXIII. figs. 10, 11

Euplioloe, n. gen., . .........

Eupholoe philippensis, n. sp., PL XXII. figs. 6, 7; PL XXIV. fig. 7; PL XXV. fig. 10;
PL XIIIa. figs. 16, 17,

Family Nephthydid.e, ...........

Nephthys, Cuvier, ...........

Nephthys trissophyllus, Gr., PL XXVI. figs. 1-5; Pi. XXVII. figs. 1, 4; PL XXX. fig. 8;

PL XIVa. figs. 9-11, .......

„ dihranchis, Gr., . . . PI. XXVI. figs. 8, 9 ; PL XXVII. fig. 5

„ verrilli, n. sp., ... PL XXVI. figs. 6, 7 ; PL XXXIIa. fig. 8
„ phyllobranchia, n. sp., PL XXVI. fig. 10; PI. XXVII. fig. 3; PL XIVa. figs. 12, 13

„ malmgreni, Tlieel (?), ..... PL XXVII. fig. 2

Family Phyllodocid^, ..........

Phyllodoce, Savigny, ..........

Phyllodoce {Anaitis) sancti-vincentis, n. sp. PL XXVII. fig. 9 ; PL XXXII. fig. 8 ;
PL XIVa. figs. 14, 15, .

„ duplex, n. sp., . PL XXVII. fig. 8 ; PL XXXII. fig. 9 ; PL XVa. fig. 1

Eidalia, Savigny, ...........

Eulalia capensis, Sclim., PL XXVII. fig. 7 ; PL XXXII. fig. 10; PL XIVa. figs. 16, 17
Genetyllis, Malmgren, ..........

Genetyllis (?) oculata, n. sp., PL XXVIII. fig. 1 ; PL XVa. figs. 2, 3 ; PL XXXIIIa. figs. 1-8

Family ALCiopiDiE, ...........

Alciopa, Milne-Ed wards, ..........

Alciopa antarctica, n. sp., . . . PL XXVIII. figs. 2-4; PL XXXII. fig. 12

„ {?) quadriocidata, n. sp., . . . PI. XXVIII. fig. 8; PL XXIX. fig. 7

„ (?) sp., ^ . .PL XXXII. fig. 13

Halodora, Greeff, ...........

Halodora reynaudii, Aud. and Edw., PL XXXIIIa. figs. 1, 10-12, 14-18, 20-22 ; PI. XXXIVa.

figs. 1, 3-6, .........

Greeffia {Nauplianta), Greeif, .........

’ Greeffia oaliuensis, n. sp., . PL XXVIII. figs. 5-7 ; PL XXXII. fig. 11 ; PL XVa. fig. 4

Family Hesionid^, ...........

Hesione, Savigny, ...........

Hesione pacijica, n. sp., . . . .PL XXIX. fig. 2; PI. XXXII. fig. 14

„ {Fallacia) pantlierina, Risso, PL XXIX. fig. 1 ; PL XXXII. fig. 16; PI. XVa. fig. 10
„ (.?) sp., .... PL XXXII. fig. 15 ; PL XVa. figs. 8, 9

Dalhousia, n. gen,, ..........

Dalhousia atlantica, n. sp., . PL XXIX. fig. 3 ; PL XXXIII. fig. 2 ; PL XVa. figs. 5-7
8alvatoria, n. gen., ..........

Salvatoria kergixelensis, n. sp., PL XXX. fig. 4; PL XXXIII. fig. 1 ; PI. XVa. figs. 11, 12

PAGE

148

150

150

151

154

155

156

157

157

159

159

159

161

163

164

165

165

166

166

167

168
168
169
169

173

175

175

176

177

178

178

182

182

183

184

184

185

186
186
186
188
188

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

537

Family Syllid^:, ...........

EusylUs, Malmgren, ..........

EusylUs tuhifex, Gosse, .........

„ kerguelensis, n. sp., . PI. XXIX. fig. 4 ; PI. XXXIII. fig. 3 ; PI. XVa. fig. 13

SylUs Savigny (Grube), ..........

SyUis cayensis, a. sp., . . .PI. XXXIII. figs. 8, 9 ; PI. XVa. fig. 21

„ gigantea, n. sp., PI. XXX. figs. 1-3; PI. XXXIII. fig. 4 ; PI. XVa. fig. 14; PI. XXXIVa.
fig. 7, .

,, setubalensis, n. sp., PI. XXX. figs. 5, 6; PI. XXXIII. fig. 6; PI. XVa. figs. 16, 17
„ hrasiliends, n. sp., . PI. XXX. fig. 7 ; PI. XXXIII. fig. 7 ; PI. XVa. fig. 20

„ rolertianoe, n. sp., . . .PI. XXXIV. figs. 1,2; PI. XXIXa. fig. 14

„ ramosa, MT., PI. XXXI. fig. 1; PI. XXXIII. figs. 11-14; PI. XVa. figs. 18, 19;
PI. XVIa. fig. 1 ; PI. XXXIVa. figs. 8-10, 12, 13,

Exogone, OErsted, ...........

Exogone heterosetosa, n. sp., . . .PI. XXXIII. figs. 15, 16; PI. XXIVa. fig. 11

Sphcerosyllis, ClaparMe, ..........

Sph(Brosyllis kerguelensis, n. sp., PL XXIX. fig. 5 ; PI. XXXIII. fig. 10 ; PI. XVa. fig. 22
Autolytus, Grube, ...........

Autolytus madearanus, n. sp., PI. XXIX. fig. 6; PI. XXXIII. fig. 5; PI. XVa. fig. 15

Family Nebeid^:,

Nereis, Linne,

Nereis [Platynereis) kohiensis, n. sp.

,, „ tongatabuensis, n. sjj.,

,, ,, arafurensis, n. sp,

,, (Lyeoris f) pelagica, L.,

,, [Perine7'eis) melanoeephala, n. sp.,

„ atlantiea, n. sp.,

„ dmnei'ilii, Aud. and Edw., var

,, longisetis, n. sp.,

,, {Platynereis) eatoni, MT.,

,, antillensis, n. sp.,

„ kerguelensis, Baird (1), .

,, patagonica, n. sp.,

,, (Ceratonereis) brasiliensis, n. sp.

Family SrAUEOCEPHALiDiB,

Staurocephahis, Grube,

Stauroeepjlialus australiensis, n. sp.

„ atlanUcus, n. sp..

Family LuMBRiNEREioiE,

Notocirrus, Scbmarda,

Notoeirrus capensis, n. sp.,

Larandu, Kinberg,

Laranda longa Webster,

PI. XXXIV. figs. 3-6; PI. XVIa. figs. 2-4
PI. XXXIV. figs. 7-9; PI. XVIa. figs. 5-7
PI. XXXIV. figs. 10-13

IT. XXXIV. figs. 14-17 ; PI. XVIa. figs. 8, 9
PI. XXXV. figs, 1-3; PI. XVIa. figs. 10, 11

PI. XXXV. fig. 4; PI. XVIa. figs. 12, 13, 19
. PI. XXXV. figs. 5, 6
PI. XXXV. figs. 7-9 ; PI. XVIa. figs. 14-16
PI. XXXV. figs. 10-12; PI. XVIa. figs. 17, 18
PI. XXXV. figs. 13-15 ; PI. XVIIa. figs. 1, 2
PL XXXVI. figs. 1-3 ; PI. XVIIa. figs. 3, 4

PI. XXXVI. fig. 6 ; PI. XVIIIa. figs. 9, 10
PI. XXXVI. figs. 4, 5 ; PL XVIIa. figs. 5-8

PL XXXVII. figs. 3, 4; PL XVIIIa. fig. 15

PI. XXX. fig. 10; PL XXXVII. fig. 5 ; woodcut fig. 3
Lumhriconereis, Blainville {Zygolobus, Grube), .......

Lumbr-iconereis pettigrewi, n. sp., PI. XXXVI. figs. 7-9; PL XVIIa. figs. 11-15; woodcuts 4-6
„ bifurcata, n. sp., PL XXXVI. figs. 10-12 ; PI. XVIIa. fig. 16; woodcuts 7, 8

„ japonica, Marenzeller, PL XXXVI. figs. 13-15; PI. XVIIa. fi;

PI. XVIIIa. fig. 1 ; woodcuts 9-11,

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.)

5- 17;
LI 68

PAGE

189

190

190

191
193
193

193

195

196

197

198
205

205

206
206
207

207

208
210
210
212
214
216
216
219
221
222

223

224

225
228
230

231

232

232

233

235

236

236

237
337
239
239
241

243

538

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

PI. XVIIIa. figs. 20, 21

PI. XXXVII. figs. 6-8 ; PI. XVIIIa. figs. 16-19 ; woodcuts

PI. XXXVII. fig. 10 ; PI. XIXa. figs. 1, 2
PL XXXVII. fig. 11 ; PI. XIXa. figs. 3-5

PI. XXXVII. figs. 12-15 ; PI. XIXa. figs. 6-9

Lurribriconereis Icerguelensis, Gr., PI. XXXVI. figs. 16, 17 ; PI. XVIIa. fig. 18 ; PI. XVIIIa
fig.s. 2-4 ; woodcuts 12, 13,

,, neo-zealanice, u. sp., PI. XXXVI. figs. 18, 19; PI. XVIIIa. figs. 5-9

woodcuts 14, 15,

„ abyssorim, n. sp., PL XXXVI. figs. 20, 21 ; PL XVIIIa. fig. 10 ; woodcuts

16-18, .

„ punctata, n. sp., . PL XXX. fig. 9; PL XVIIIa. fig. 11 ; woodcut 19
„ ehlersii, n. sp., var. tenuisetis, nov., PL XXXVII. fig. 9; PL XVIIIa. fig. 12

woodcuts 20-22, ......

„ heteropoda, Marenz., PL XXXVII. figs. 1, 2; PL XVIIIa. figs. 13, 14;

woodcuts 23-25,

Palolo, J. E. Gray,

Palolo viridis, Gray, .

Family Eunicid^,

Nematonereis, Schmarda, .

Nematonereis schmardce, n. sp
26, 27,

„ sp. (Cape Town),

,, sp. (St. Vincent),

Eunice, Cuvier,

Eunice magellanica, n. sp.,

« (young), .

„ pjrognatha, n. sp., PL XXXVII. figs. 16, 17 ; PL XIXa. figs. 10, 11 ; woodcuts 29-31

,, torresiensis,n. sp., PI. XXXVII. figs. 18-21 ; PL XIXa. figs. 12, 13 ; woodcuts 32, 33

„ cerstedi (1), Stimpson, PL XXXVIII. figs. 1, 2 ; PL XIXa. figs. 14, 15 ; woodcuts 34, 35
„ vittata, D. Ch., . PL XXXIX. fig. 18; PL XXIa. figs. 10, 11 ; woodcut 36

„ „ var.,. . . PL XXXVIII. figs. 3-5; PL XIXa. figs. 16, 17

„ cirrobranchiata, n. sp., . PL XXXVIII. figs. 9-11 ; PL XIXa. figs. 21-24

„ Icobiensis, n. sp., PL XXXVIII. figs. 12, 13; PL XXa. figs. 1, 3; woodcuts 37, 38

,, edwardsi, n. sp., PL XXXVIII. figs. 14, 15; PL XXa. figs. 4-7 ; woodcuts 39, 40

„ aphroditois, Pall., PL XXXVIII. figs. 16, 17; PL XXa. figs. 8-10; woodcuts 41-43

„ torguata, De Quatref., PL XXXVIII. fig. 18; PL XXa. figs. 11-13; woodcuts 44, 45

„ elseijt, Baird, . PL XXXIX. figs. 1-3; PL XXa. figs. 14-16; woodcuts 46, 47

„ murraiji, n. sp., PL XXXIX. figs. 7, 8; PL XXa. figs. 19, 20; woodcuts 48, 49

„ mindanavensis, n. sp., PL XXXIX. figs. 9, 10; PL XXa. figs. 21, 22; woodcuts 50, 51
„ equibranchiata, n. sp., . . .PL XXXIX. fig. 11; PL XXa. figs. 23, 24

„ barvicensis, n. sp., PL XXXIX. fig. 12; PL XXIa. figs. 1-3; woodcuts 52, 53

„ pycnobrancliiata, n. sp., PL XXXIX. figs. 13-15 ; PL XXIa. figs. 4, 5; woodcuts 54, 55
„ tribrancMata, n. sp., . . . . . .PL XXIa. figs. 6, 7

„ bassensis, n. sp., . . .PL XXXIX. fig. 16; PL XXIa. figs. 8, 9

„ (?) sp. (Bermuda), . . .PL XXXIX. fig. 19; PL XXIa. figs. 12-14

Marpliysa, De Quatrefages, .........

Marpliysa goodsiri, n. sp., PI. XXXVIII. figs. 6-8, 19; PL XIXa. figs. 18-20; woodcuts 56, 57
Nicidon, Kinberg, ..........

Nicidon balfouriana, n. sp., PL XXXIX. figs. 4-6 ; PL XXa. figs. 17, 18; woodcuts 58, 59
Macduffia, n. gen., ..........

Macduffia bonliardi, n. sp., . PL XXXIX. figs. 20-22; PL XXa. fig. 26; woodcut 60

Family Onuphidid.®, . . . . . . . . . .

Nothria, Johnston, . . . . . . .

PAGE

246

248

250

252

253

255

257

257

261

262

262

264

264

265
265

267

268
270
273

275

276

277

278
280
282

285

286
288
289

291

292
294

297

298

299
299
299
301
301
303

303

304

305

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

539

Nothria concJiylega, Sars, ...... woodcuts 61, 62

„ tenuisetis, n. sp., . PI. XL. figs. 8, 9 ; PI. XXIa. figs. 24-26; woodcuts 63-65

„ somhreriana, n. sp., . PI. XL. figs. 5-7 ; PI. XXIa. figs. 19-23; woodcuts 66-69

„ „ var., ...... woodcuts 70, 71

„ ahranchiata, n. sp., PI. XL. figs. 10-12 ; PI. XXIa. fig. 27 ; PL XXIIa. figs. 1-3 ;
woodcuts 72, 73,

,, pycnohranchiata, n. sp., PI. XL. figs. 13-15; PI. XXIIa. figs. 4, 5 ; woodcuts 74-76
,, macrohrancliiata, n. sp., Pl. XLI. figs. 1-3; PI. XXIIa. figs. 6, 7 ; woodcuts 77, 78

„ willemoedi, n. sp., PL XLI. figs. 4-10; PL XXVIa. figs. 1-4; PI. XXXVa. fig. 1;

woodcuts 79, 80,

3 ; PI. XXVIa. figs. 5-7 ; PL XXXVa. fig. 2 ;

PL XLII. figs. 1

„ elilersi, n. sp.,

woodcuts 81-83,

„ ar'inandi, n. sp., PL XLI. fi

„ quadriciispis, M. Sars,

,, minuta, n. sp., . ' . PI.

Hyalincecia, Malmgren,

Hycdinceda tuhicola, O. F. M.,

„ „ var.,

„ „ var. longibranchiata, no

,, ,, var. papuensis, nov,

„ henthaliana, n. sp.,

,, hilineata, Baird,

Family GoNiADioiE,

Eone, Malmgren, .

Eone trifida, n. sp., .

Family Glyceride,

Glycera, Savigny, .

Glycera tessellatu, Grube,

,, capitata, tErst.,

„ Iterguelensis, n. sp.,

,, amhoinensis, n. sp.,

„ sagiitarice, n. sp.,

„ lamelliformis, n. sp.,

Hemipodus, De Quatrefages,

Hemipodus magellanicus, n. sp., PL X
figs. 5-7,

Family ARiciiDiE,

Arida, Savigny, .

Arida norvegica, M. Sars,

,, platycephala, n. sp.,

Ariddea, Webster,

Ariddea fragilis, W ebster,

Scoloplos, (Blainville) CErsted,

Scolop>los Iterguelensis, n. sp..

Family Opheliid/E,

Ammotrypane, H. Ratbke,

Ammotrypane gradle, n. sp.,

gs. 11-13; PL XXVIa. figs. 8-10; woodcut 84

woodcuts 85, 86
XL. fig. 4; PL XXIa. figs. 17, 18; woodcut 87

PL XL. fig. 1 ; woodcuts 88, 89
PL XL. fig. 2 ; woodcut 90
woodcut 91

PL XL. fig. 3; PL XXIa. figs. 15, 16

PL XLII. fig. 4 ; PL XXIIa. tigs. 8, 9

PL XLII. fig. 5

PL XXXVa. figs. 3, 4
PL XLII. figs. 6, 7
. PI. XLII. fig. 8 ; PL XXIIa. fig. 10
PL XLII. figs. 9, 10 ; PL XXIIa. fig. 11

LII. figs. 11-15 ; PL XXIIa. figs. 12-15; PL XXXVa.

PI. XLIII. figs. 1-3 ; PI. XXIIa. figs. 16, 17
PL XLIII. figs. 4, 5 ; PL XXIIa. fig 18
PI. XLIII. figs. 6-8; PL XXIIa. fig. 19

. PL XLIII. figs. 9, 12

PAGE

305

307

310

313

314
317
320

322

327

330

332

334

335

335

336

337
339

339

340

341
341

341

342

343
343

343

344

345

346

347
349

349

352

352

352

353

354

354

355
355

357

357

357

540

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Travisia, Johnston,

Travisia herguelensis, n. sp., .

Family Scalibregmid.e,

Scalihregma, H. Rathke, .

Scalihregma inflahm, H. Rathke, var.,
Eumenia, (Ersted,

Eumenia reticulata, n. sp.,

Family Sph/erodorid^,

Ephesia, H. Rathke,

Epliesia antaretica, n. sp., .

PI. XLIII. fig. 10; PI. XXXVIa. figs. 1, 2

PI. XLIV. figs. 3, 4 ; PI. XXIIa. fig. 21
PI. XLIV. figs. 1, 2 ; PI. XXIIa. fig. 20

PI. XLIV. fig. 5 ; PI. XXIIa. figs. 22, 23

Family CHLOR.ffiMiD.E, .

Trophonia, Milne-Edwards,

Tr aphonia capensis, n. sp.,

„ kerguelarum, Grube,

,, wyvillei, n. sp., PI. XL

figs. 5-7,

V. fig.

Brada, Stimpson,

Brada mammillata, Grube,
„ whifeavesii, n. sp.,
Buskiella, n. gen.,

Busldella abyssorum, n. sp.,

PI. XLIV. figs. 7, 8 ; PI. XXIIIa. figs. 1-3
PI. XLIV. figs. 9, 10; PI. XXIIIa. figs. 4-6
6; PI. XXIIIa. figs. 11-14; PI. XIOCVIa.

PI. XLIII. fig. 11; PI. XXIIIa. figs. 7, 8
PL XLV. figs. 3, 4; PI. XXIIIa. figs. 9, 10

PI. XLV. figs. 1, 2; PI. XXIIIa. figs. 15-18

Family Ch^etopterid.®,

Phyllochcetopterus, Grube,

Pliylloclioetopteriis .claparedii,
figs. 1-5,

n. sp.,

PI. XLV. figs. 9-11 ;

PI. XLVI. fig. 1 ; PI. XXIVa

Ranzania, Claparede,

Ranzania (?) capensis, n. sp.,
Spioclimtopterus, Sars,

Spiocluetopterus sp. (?),

PI. XXIIIa. figs. 19, 20

Family Spionid.®,

Scoleeolepis, Blainville,

Scolecolepis cirrata, Sars, var.,
)> )) M var.,

Prionospio, Malmgren,

Prionospio capensis, n. sp.,

Family Cibratulid.®, .

Cirratulus, Lamarck,

Cirratidus capensis, Schmarda,
„ zebuensis, n. sp.,

,, assimilis, n. sp.,
Chcetozone, Malmgren,

Chcetozone atlantica, n. sp.,

„ benthaliana, n. sp.,

,, pad flea, n. sp.,

Family HALELMiNTHiD.a5,

Eunotomastus, n. gen.,

Ennotomastus grubei, n. sp., .

PL XLV. figs. 5, 6 ; PL XXIVa. fig. 6
PL XLV. fig. 7 ; PL XXIVa. figs. 7, 8

. PL XXIVa. figs. 9, 10

PL XXIVa. figs. 11, 12

PL XLV. fig. 8; PL XXIVa. fig. 12
PL XXIVa. figs. 13, 14

PL XXIVa. fig. 16

page

357

357

359

359

359

360

360

361
361
361

362

363

363

364

366

370

370

371

372
372

374

374

374

378

378

379

379

380
380

380

381
381

381

382

383

383

384

384

385

385

386

387

388
388
388

REPOKT ON THE ANNELIDA.

541

Notomastus, Sars, .

Notomastus agassizii, n. sp.,

„ sp. (Christmas Harbour, Kerguelen),
Dasyh’anchus, Grube,

Dasyhranclius (?) sp..

Family Maldanid^,

Maldane, Grube, .

Maklane sarsii, Mgrn.,

„ malmgreni, n. sp.,

„ (.?) sp.,

,, {?) atlantica, n. sp.,

Muldanella, n. gen.,

Maldanella ardarctlcay n. sp.,

„ valparaisiensis, n. sp., PI. XLVl

„ neo-zecdanicB, n. sp.,

Nicomache, Malmgren,

Nicomache capensis, n. sp., PI. XLVI. fig. 4
„ japonica, n. sp.,

,, (?) henthaliana, n. sp.,

Praxilla, Malmgren,

Praxilla kdllikeri, n. sp., . PI. XLVI. fig. 6; PI.
„ lankesferi, n. sp.,

„ (?) challengerioi, n. sp.

,, capensis, n. sp.,

„ kerguelensis, n. sp.,

„ assimilis, n. sp.,

,, occidentalis, n. sp.,

„ (?) sp.,

„ cdjyssorum, n. sp., PI. XLVI. figs. 10, II

figs. I, 10,

FAmily Ammocharid^, .

Myriochele, Malmgren,

Myrioehele lieeri, Mgrn.,

„ „ var.,

„ „ var.,

,, pacifica, n. sp..

Family Hermellid^, .

Sahellaria, Lamarck,

Sahellaria (Pallasia) jolmstoni, n. sp.,

,, „ capensis, Schm.,

,, „ giardi, n. sp..

Family AMPHiCTENiDiE,

Petta, Malmgren, .

Petta assimilis, n. sp..

Family AMPHARETiDiE, .

Ampharete, Malmgren,

Ampliarete somhreriana, n. sp
„ kerguelensis, n. sp..

PI. XLVI. fig. 3; PI. XXIVa. fig. 15

PI. XLV. figs. 13, 14; PI. XXIVa. fig. 17

PI. XXVa. fig. 1
PI. XXVa. fig. 9
PI. XXVa. fig. 4

PI. XLVII. figs. 1, 2; PL XXVa. fig. 11
fig. 12; PI. XLVII. fig. 3; PI. XXVa. fig. 12
PI. XLVII. fig. 4; PI. XXVa. fig. 13

PI. XXIVa. figs. 18, 19; PI. XXXVIIa. fig. 2
PI. XLVL fig. 5 ; PI. XXIVa. fig. 20
PI. XLVI. fig. 8 ; PI. XXIVa. fig. 21

XXVa. fig. 2 ; PL XXXVIIa. figs. 3, 8
PL XXVa. fig. 3
PL XXXVa. fig. 5
PL XXXVa. fig. 8
PI. XLVI. fig. 7 ; PL XXVa. fig. 6
PI. XLVI. fig. 9 ; PL XXVa. fig. 7
PL XXVa. fig. 10
PI. XXIXa. fig. 15
PL XXXVII. fig. 5; PL XXXIXa.

PL XXVa. fig. 14, a, b, c
. PI. XXVIa. fig. 5, d

PI. XXVa. fig. 15

PI. XLVII. figs. 5, 6; PL XXVa. figs. lG-23
PI. XXVa. figs. 24, 25; PL XXVIa. figs. 11, 12
. PL XLVII. fig. 7; PL XXVIa. figs. 13-15

PI. XLVII. figs. 8, 9 ; PL XXVIa. figs. 16-19

PL XXVIa. figs. 20, 21
PI. XLVII. fig. 10 ; PI. XXVIa. figs. 22-24

PAGE

389

389

390
390

390

391

392

392

393
401

401

394
394
396

398

399
399

399

400

402

402

403

404

404

405

406

407

408

408

410

410

410

412

413

413

414
414
414
418

421

422

423

423

424
424
424
426

542

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

PAGE

Ampharete gracilis, Mgrn.,

•

426

Phyllocomus, Grube, ....

427

Phyllocomus croceus, Gr., PI. XL VII. fig. 11 ; PI. XXVIa. fig. 25 ; PI. XXXVIIa. fig. 6

427

Ampliicteis, Grube, ....

428

Amphicteis gunneri, M. Sars,

428

„ „ „ var. atlantica,

PI. XXVIa. figs. 26-29

429

„ sarsi, n. sp.,

PI. XLVII. fig. 12; PI. XXVIIa. fig. 1

429

,, ivyvillei, n. sp.,

PI. XXVIIa. fig. 2

430

,, japonica, n. sp.,

. PI. XXVIIa. figs. 3-5

431

Grubianella, n. gen., ....

. . ....

432

Grubianella antarctica, n. sp..

PI. XLVIII. figs. 1, 2 ; PI. XXVIIa. fig. 6

432

„ „ var., .

PI. XXVIIa. fig. 7

434

Samythopsis, n. gen., ....

.

435

Samytliopsis grubei, n. sp., .

PI. XLVIII. fig. 3 ; PI. XXVIIa. fig. 8

435

Eusamytlia, n. gen., ....

436

FMsarmjtha pacifica, n. sp..

PI. XLVIII. fig. 4 ; PI. XXVIIa. fig. 9

436

Melinnu, Malmgren, ....

438

Melinna maculata, Webster, .

PI. XXVIIa. figs. 10-12

438

„ armandi, n. sp.,

PI. XLVIII. fig. 5 ; PI. XXVIIa. figs. 13, 15

439

„ pacifica, n. sp.,

PI. XLVIII. fig. 6 ; PI. XXVIIa. fig. 17

440

Melinnopsis, n. gen., ....

441

Melinnopsis atlantica, n. sp., .

. PI. XXVIIa. fig. 18

441

Family Teeebellid/e, .....

442

Amphitrite, 0. F. Muller, ....

443

Amphitrite kerguelensis, MT.,

. PI. XLVIII. fig. 7 ; PI. XLIX. fig. 1

443

Terebella, Linne, .....

444

Terebella crassicornis, Sclim. (1),

. PL XXVIIa. fig. 19

444

„ grubei, n. sp.,

. PI. XLIX. fig. 2 ; PI. XXVIIa. fig. 20

445

„ kermadecensis, n. sp..

. PI. XXVIIa. fig. 21

446

„ {Lanice) flabellum, Baird, . PI. XLIX. fig. 3 ; PI. L. fig. 1 ; PI. XXVIIa. fig. 22

446

,, ,, sp.,

448

,, „ seticornis, n. sp..

448

Loimia, Malmgren, ....

449

Loimia savignyi, n. sp..

PI. XXVIIa. fig. 23 ; PI. XXXVIIa. tig. 7

449

Schmardanella, n. gen., ....

449

Schmardanella pterochceta, Schm.,

PI. LIII. fig. 1 ; P], XXVIIa. figs. 24-26

449

Pista, Malmgren, .....

451

Pista sombreriana, n. sp..

. PI. XXVIIa. fig. 27

451

,, fasciata, Gr. (?), PI. XLIX, fig. 5

; PL XXVIIa. fig. 28 ; PL XXXVIIIa. fig. 3

452

,, abyssicola, n. sp..

PL XXVIIa. fig. 33 ; PL XXXVIIIa. fig. 1

453

„ mirabilis, n. sp., PI. LI. figs. 1, 2

; PL XXVIIa. fig. 34 ; PL XXXVIIIa. fig. 2

454

„ corrientis, n. sp..

PL XLVIII. fig. 11 ; PL XXVIIa. fig. 35

457

Eupista, n. gen., .....

458

Eupista darioini, n. sp..

PL L. figs. 2, 3 ; PL XXVIIa. figs. 30-31

458

„ „ var.,

. PL XXVIIa. fig. 32

459

„ grubei, n. sp..

PL XLIX. figs. 6, 7 ; PL XXVIIIa. fig. 1

459

Lecena, Malmgren, .....

460

Lecena neo-zealanioi, n. sp., .

PL LI. fig. 3 ; PL XXVIIIa. figs. 2, 3

460

„ abyssorum, n. sp..

PL XXVIIIa. figs. 8, 9

461

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

543

PAGE

Leoena antardica, n. sp., . . PI.

„ langerhansi, n. sp.,

Lanassa, Malmgren, ....

Lanassa sarsi, n. sp.,

,, hentlialiana, n. sp., .

Euthelepus, n. gen., ....

Euthelepus setubdlensis, n. sp.,

„ cliilensis, n. sp.,

Thelepus, Leuckart, ....

Thelepiis sp. (Torres Strait), .

„ cincinnatus, Fabr., .

,, ,, var. canadensis, nov.,

,, sp. (off New York),

,, marenzelleri, n. sp.,

Neottis, Malmgren, ....

Neottis antardica, M‘I.,

Ereutho, Malmgren, ....

Ereutlw kerguelensis, n. sp., .

Polycirrus, Grube, ....

Pohjcirrus kerguelensis, n. sp.,

Ehlersiella, n. gen., ....

Ehlersidla atlantica, n. sp., .

Artacama, Malmgren, ....

Artacama challengerioe, n. sp., . PI.

„ zebuensis, n. sp.,

Terebellides, M. Sars, ....

Terehdlkles stroemi, M. Sars, .

,, „ „ var. kerguelensis,

„ (.?) sp., ....

„ ehlersi, n. sp.,

Family Sabellid2e, .....
Potamilla, Malmgren, ....
Potamilla torelli, Mgrn.,

Saiella, Linnd, .....
Sabella zebuensis, n. sp.,

,, assimilis, n. sp.,

,, bipundata, Baird,

,, fusca, Grube (1),

Laonome, Malmgren, ....

Laonome liaeckelii, n. sp.,

Branchiomma, Kolliker, ....

Brandiiomma vesiculosum., Mont. (?), .
Dasychone, M. Sars, ....
Dasychone bairdi, n. sp., PI. XXXa. figs. 13-15 :
2 9

,, pida, n. sp.,

„ orientalis, n. sp., PI. LII. fig. 5 ;
„ japonica, n. sp., .

„ wyvillei, n. sp..

XLVIII. figs. 9, 10; PI. XXYIIIa. fig. 10, 11 462

. PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 12 463

.463

PI. XXVIIIa. figs. 4, 5 463

PI. XLVIII. fig. 8 ; PI. XXVIIIa. figs. 6, 7 464

... . .465

PI. L. fig. 4; PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 13 465

PI. LI. figs. 4, 5; PI. XXVIIIa. figs. 14, 15 467

. 469

. PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 16 469

. 469

. PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 17 469

. PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 18 470

XXVIIIa. fig. 19 471

472

. PI. LII. fig. 1 472

. 474

PI. XXVIIIa. figs. 20, 21 474

. 475.

. PI. XXVIIIa. fig. 22 475-

. 475

PI. XXVIIIa. figs. 26, 27 475

477

LI. fig. 6; PI. XXVIIIa. figs. 23, a, 5, 24, 25 477

. PI. LI. fig. 7; PL XXIXa. figs. 1, 2 478

. 480

• . PI. XXIXa. figs. 3-6 480^

PL XXIXa. figs. 7, 8 ; PL XXXVIHa. fig. 4 480.

PL XXIXa. figs. 12, 13 481

. PL LI. fig. 8; PL XXIXa. figs. 9-11 482

. 483

. 484

PL LIII. fig. 2; PL XXIXa. figs. 16-19 484

487

PI. LII. fig. 2 ; PL XXIXa. figs. 20-22 487

PL XXIXa. figs. 23-25 488

. PL LII. fig. 4 ; PL XXXa. figs. 1-3 489

. PL LII. fig. 3 ; PJ. XXXa. figs. 4-6 491

492

. PL XXXa. figs. 7-9 492

. 493

. PL XXXa. figs. 10-12 493

. 495

; PL XXXVIHa. figs. 5, 6 ; PL XXXIXa. figs.

. 495

PL XXXa. figs. 16-18 ; PL XXXIXa. fig. 3 497

PL XXXa. figs. 19-21 ; PL XXXIXa. fig. 4 498

PL XXXa. figs. 22-24 ; PL XXXIXa. fig. 5 500

PL XXXTa. figs. 1-3 501

544

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGEK.

Dasychone nigro-maculata, Bairr], PI. LIII. fig. 5 ; PI. XXXIa. figs. 4-6 ; PI. XXXIXa. fig. 6

PI. LIII. fig. 3 ; PI. XXXIa. figs. 7, 8 ; PI. XXXIXa. fig. 7

„ vioJacea, Sclim.,

,, capensis, n. sp.,

Family SBRPULiDiE,

Protula, Eisso,

Protula capensis, n. sp.,

„ lusitanica, n. sp.,

„ arafurensis, u. sp.,

,, americana, n. sp.,

Apomatas, Philippi,

Apomatus elisahethce, n. sp.,

Serpula, Linne,

Serpula sonibreriana, n. sp.,

,, narconensis, Baird,

,, „ var. magellanica

„ pjhiUppensis, n. sp.,

„ vermicular is, L.,

,, , tubes of,

Pomatocerus, Philippi,

Pomatocerus strigiceps, Morch,
Placostegus, Philippi,

Placostegns ornatus, Sovverby,

„ henthalianus, n. sp.,

,, morchii, n. sp.,

,, assimilis, n. sp., .

„ triderdatus, 0. Fabr.,

Hydroides, Gunner,

Hy dr aides multispinosa, Marenz.,

,, norvegica. Gunner,

Vermilia, Lamarck,

Vermilia sp. (1) (Patagonia),
PipArohranchus, Blainville, .

Sph'obranchus occidenfalis, n. sp.
Spirorbis, Daudin,

Spirorbis sp. (1),

Ditrypa, Berkeley,

Ditrypu ariatinu, 0. F. M.,

Family ToMOPTERiniE, .

Tomopteris, Eschscholtz, .

Tomopteris carpenteri, De Quatref.,

,, onisciformis, Esch.,

PI. LIV. fig. 1 ; PI. XXXIa. figs. 9-11 ; PI. XXXIXa. fir

PI. LIV. fig. 2 ; PI. XXXIa. figs. 12, 13
PI. XXXIa. fig. 16
PI. XXXIa. figs. 17, 18
PI. LIV. fig. 3 ; PI. XXXIa. figs. 19, 20

PI. LIV. fig. 4; PI. XXXIa. figs. 21, 22

PAGE

503

504
506

PI.

nov.,

PI. XXXIa. figs. 14, 15
LIV. fig. 5 ; PI. LV. fig. 1 ; PI. XXXIa. fig. 23
. PI. LV. fig. 2 ; PI. XXXIa. figs. 24, 25
. PL LIV. fig. 7 ; PL XXIXa. fig. 28

508

509
509
511

511

512
514

514

515

515

516

518

519

520
530, 531

520

PL LV. figs. 3, 4 ; PL XXXIa. figs. 26-28

PL LV. figs. 5, 6 ; PL XXXa. figs. 25, 26
. LV. fig. 7 ; PI. XXXa. fig. 28
. PL LV. fig. 8 ; PL XXXa. figs. 29, 30
PL LV. fig. 9 ; PL XXIXa. figs. 29, 30

PL XXIXa. figs. 26, 27 ; PL XXXIXa. fig. 12

. PL XXXa. figs. 31, 32
PI. LV. fig. 10; PL XXIXa. figs. 31, 32

. PI. LIV. fig. 6

520

522

522

524

524

525
527
527

527

528
528

528

529

529

530

530

531
531

531

531

531

532

Ceustacean Parasites.

Leaniricola rotundata, n. gen. et sp., on Leanira areolata, n. sp.,
Trophonipliila bradii, n. sp., on Trophonia wyvillei, n. sp.,
Praxillinicola kroyeri, n. gen. et sp., on Praxilla abyssorum, n. sp.,
(Estrella levinseni, n. gen. et sp., on Elder siella atlantica, n. sp..

153
. 368

PL XXXIXa. fig. 10 409

PL XXXIXa. fig. 11 477

INDEX.

Synonyms and Species incidentally mentioned are in italics, and where several pages are indicated that

having the holder type is most important.

Achloe astericola, 57, 76, 127.

Acineta, 98.

Acoetidse, 135.

Acrocirrus, 383.

Agassiz, Prof. Alex., 389, &c.

Alciopa, 177.

antarctica, 175.
ailantica, 173.

Candida, 173.
lepidota, 173.
pacifica, 174.
quadrioculata, 176.
reynaudii, 173.

Alciopidse, 173.

Alciopina parasitica, 174.

“ Alert,” cruise of, 326.

Alitta, 223.

Allman, Prof., 102.

Allmaniella setubalensis, 102.

Amage, 432, 433.

Ammocharidse, 410.

Ammotrypane aulogaster, 357.

gracde, 357.

Ampharete arctica, 425.
pcesf, 425.
gracilis, 425, 426.
kerguelensis, 426.
patagonica, 424, 426.
somhreriana, 424.

Ampharetidse, 424.

Amphicteis acutifrons, 434.

gunneri, 424, 430, 431.
gunneri, var., 429.
japonica, 431.
pMlippinarum, 428.
sarsi, 429.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PAKT XXXIV. — 1885.)

Amphicteis wyvillei, 430.

(Sahellides) angustifolia, 428, 432.
Amphictenidm, 422.

Amphinomidse, 6.

Amphinome hruguitresi, 29.
gigas, 27.

didymobranchiata, 27
rostrata, 21.
vagans, 8, 21.

Amphitrite cirrata, 443.

kerguelensis, 443.
ornata, 128.
vigintipes, 444.

Anderson, Dr. John, xxv.

Annelids, general condition of Challenger, vii.
methods in description, viii.
classification, viii.
species, ix.
food, ix.
tubes, X.

General remarks on, x.

Geographical and bathymetrical distribution,
xiii.

Antinoe pulcliella, 73.
sarsi, 58.

Anisoceras, 231, 233.

Aphrodita alta, 37.

australis, 34, 421.
aculeata, 34, 495.
echidna, 36.
intermedia, 38.
longicornis, 37.
squamata, 67.

Aphroditidse, 33.

Apomatus ampulliferus, 515.
elisahethse, 514

LI 69

546

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Apomatus glohifer, 515.

similis, 515.

Arabella, 236, 238.

Araeoda, 340.

Arenia, 390.

Arestenia eonspimta, 7.

Aricia norvegica, 352.

platycepliala, 353.

Aricidea fragilis, 354.

Ariciidas, 352.

Artacarna cliallengeriae, 477.
proboscidea, 477.
zebuensis, 478.

Aster ope, 174.

Candida, 176.

Autolytus cornutus, 204.

prolifer, 204.
maclearanus, 207.

Balfour, Prof. John Hutton, 301.
Bathymetrical distribution, xiii, xxx.
Beecby, Capt., voyage, v.

Belcher, Sir E., voyage, v, vi.

Bell, Prof. Jeffrey, xi.

Bhawania, 55.

myrialepis, 116.

“Blake,” U.S. ship, vii.

“ Bonite, La,” voyage, v.

Bourne, A. G., B.Sc., 57.

Brada mammillata, 370.

whiteavesii, 371.

Brady, Prof. G. S., 368.
Branchiomma vesiculosuin, 493.

vigilans, 495.

Bylgia, 103.

Busk, Prof. G., xiii, 372.

Buskiella abyssorum, 372.

Callizona, 174.

Capitella, 388.

cagntata, 389.

Carpenter, Dr. B. W., viL
Oeratonereis mirabilis, 231.

vulgata, 231.
Clicetogaster, 205.

vermicularis, 203.
Chaetopteridae, 374.

Chsetopterus, 377.

insignis, 128.
Chaetozone atlantica, 385.

benthaliana, 386.
pacifica, 387.

Chaetozone setosa, 385.

Chamisso and Eysenhardt, voyage, iv.

Chloraemidae, 362.

Cliloeia bevgalensis, 15.
capillata, 8.
eetjloniea, 9.
iiava, 8.
fusca, 14.
incerta, 9.
macleayi, 15.
malaiea, 15.
parva, 15.
puleliella, 9.
rupestris, 8.
tumida, 13.

Chloenea atlantica, 15.

Chrysopetalum, 116.

fragile, 55.

Chrysotliemis, 396.

Cirratulidae, 382.

Cirratulus assimilis, 384.

borealis, 385.
capensis, 383.
cirratus, 383.
zebuensis, 384.

ClaparMe, Edouard E., vii et passim.

Clym,ene grossa, 397.

koreni, 393.

Cobbold, Dr., ii.

Gorymorplia, vii.

Crustacean parasites, iii, 153, 368, 409,

Gystenides liyperborea, 423.

Dalhousia, 186.

atlantica, ii, 186.

Dalhousie, the Earl of, 186.

Dasybranchus (fragment), 390.

caducus, 391.

Darwin, Charles, v, 90.

Dasychone bairdi, 495.

cingulata, 498.
dalyelli, 501.
capensis, 506.
japonica, 500.
luetuosa, 500.
nigro-maculata, 503.
orientalis, 498.
picta, 497.
polyzonos, 507.
serratibrancliis, 498.
violacea, 504.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

547

Dasychone wyvillei, 501.

Dasylepis asperrima, 78.
equitis, 77.

Diopatra, 304.

Diplohranchus, 162.

Distribution, Geographical, xiii.

Ditrypa arietina, 531.

Dodecaceria, 383.

Drilonereis, 238, 340.

Ecliinoderes dvjardinii, 472.

Ehlers, Prof. Ernst, vii et ubique.

Ehlersiella atlantica, 475.

Elliot, Sir Walter, xxv.

(Ersted, A. S., 5 et uhiqtce.

Eone nordmanni, 341.
trifida, 341.

Ereutho kerguelensis, 474.
smitti, 474.

Eschscholtz, voyage, iv.

Eteone, ii.

Eulagisca corrientis, 91, 112.

remarkable parasite of, 93.

Eulalia capensis, 168.
gracilis, 204.
viridis, 168.

Eulepis cballengerise, 134.
liamata, 133.
wyvillei, 131.

Eiunenia longisetosa, 360.
reticulata, 360.

Eumolphe fragilis, 56.

Eunice sp. (?), 299.

branched tube of, 267.
apbroditois, 282.
australis, 272.
barvicensis, 292.
bassensis, 276, 298.
helm, 304.
capensis, 294.
cirrobranchiata, 277.
cdwardsi, 280.
elseyi, 286.

equibrauchiata, 291, 297.
filamentosa, 300.
frauenfeldi, 270.
indica, 272.
kobiensis, 278.
limosa, 276.
maclirochceta, 294.
madeirensis, 302.

Eunice magellanica, 265.

(young), 267.
ndcroprion, 280.
mindanavensis, 289.
murrayi, 288.
norvegica, 27o et seq.
oerstedi, 273.
pauper a, 301.
prognatha, 268.
pycnobranchiata, 294, 298.
quoya, 298.
siciliensis, 261.
stragulum, 304.
torquata, 285.
torresiensis, 67, 270.
tribranchiata, 297.
vittata, 275.

Eunicidse, 261.

Eunoa abyssoruni, 73.
ampidlifera, 74.
capensis, 72.
liispanica, 72.
iphionoides, 69.
mindanavensis, 74.
oerstedi, 70.
opalina, 71.
yedoensis, 75.

Eunotomastus grubei, 388.

Euphione elisabethce, 62.

Eupholoe, 157.

pbilippensis, 157.

Euphrosyne borealis, 5.

capensis, 1.
foUosa, 2, 3, 4, 5.

Eupbrosynidse, 1.

Eupista darwini, 458, 460.

var., 459.
grubei, 459.

Euplectella, 109, 205.

Eupolynoe mollis, 101.

chilensis, 467.
setubalensis, 465.

Eupompe australiensis, 135.

Eurythoe, 384.

borealis, 6.
complanata, 29.
pacifica, 27.

var. levukaensis, 29.

Eusamytha pacifica, 436.

Eusyllis assimilis, 196.

548

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Eusyllis kerguelensis, 191.

Jiupfferi, 192.
tubifex, 190, 198.

JEvarne impar, 58, 97.
johnstoni, 99.
kerguelensis, 97.
tenuisetis, 99.

Eysenbardt, see Cliamisso.

Exogone, 81.

genmiifera, 204.
heterosetosa, 205.
naidina, 204.

Fallada sicula, 185.

“ Favourite, La,” voyage of, v.

Filigrana, 204.

Fisurella cratitia, 128.

Flahelligera, 373.

Flower, Prof., xi.

“ Fly,” H.M.S., voyage, v.

Forbes, Prof. Ed., Zoology, H.M.S. “ Herald,” vi.

Freycinet, voyage, iv.

Frey, see Leuckart.

Gastrolepidia davigera, 57.

“ Gazelle,” German ship, vii.

Genetyllis oculata, 169.

Geographical distribution, xiii.

Gephyrea, hi.

Glycera amboinensis, 345.
brevicirrus, 346.
capitata, 342, 343.
decijnens, 345.
kerguelensis, 344.
lamelliformis, 347.
mertensii, 348.
rutilans, 345.
sagittariae, 345.
saccihrandiis, 346.
siihcenea, 347.
tessellata, 343.

Glyceridai, 342.

Goniada maculata, 341.

Goniadidss, 341.

Gray, Dr. J. E., iv.

Greeff, Prof. E., 171, 180, 181, 204.

Greeffia (Nauphanta) oahuensis, 182.

Gregarinae, 168.

Grube, Prof. A. E.., v, et passim.

Grubianella antarctica, 432.

var., 434.

Gunn, Dr. R. Marcus, x, 170, 178.

Gijptis, 189.

Halelminthidae, 388.

Halodora, 174, 178.

reynaudu, 178, 183.

Halosgdna fragilis, 128.

gelatinosa, 102.
lordi, 128.

Hansen, Dr., vii., &c.

Harmothoe benthaliana, 95.
haliaeti, 96.
imbrieata, 58, 95, 128.
malmgreni, 128.
marpliyscB, 112.

HasweU, W., M.A., B.Sc., 20, 57, 529.

Hemipodus magellanicus, 349.

patagonicus, 351.

Hermadion ferox, 108.

fragile, 104.
fuUgineum, 101.
kerguelensis, 105.
longicirratus, 83, 108.
magallicensi, 77, 104, 108.
pelluddum, 124.

Hermellidae, 414.

Hermione clirysocoma, 39, 108.
hystrix, 33, 39.

Hermodice carunculata, 24.

Hesione intertexta, 185.
pacifica, 184.
pantherina, 185.
splendida, 185.
fragment, 186.

Hesionidae, 183.

Hipponoe craneMi, 31.

gaudichaudi, 30.

Hooker, Sir Joseph, v.

Hoyle, W. E., xi.

Hubrecht, Prof., iii.

Huxley, Prof., vi, xxvii, 204.

Hyalea, 472.

Hyalincecia benthaliana, 339.
bilineata, 340.
eamiguina, 338.
platybrandiis, 338.
tubicola, 307, 335.
var., 336.

var. longibranchiata, 337.
var. papuensis, 339.

Hyalonema, 313.

Hydroides multispinosa, 527.

REPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

549

Hydroides norvegiea, 527, 528.

Hydrophanes, ii.

Infusoria, 98.

IpMone glahra, 60.

fimhriata, 60.
muricata, 58, 59, 60, 61.
ovata, 60.
spinosa, 61.

Iphionella cimex, 58.

Jeffreys, Dr. Gwyn, i, 359, &c.

Jolmston, Dr. George, 414.

Kronia angelini, 174.
aurorce, 174.

Kinberg, J. G. H., vi et passim.

King, Capt., voyage, iv.

“Knight Errant,” H.M.S., vii.

Kroyer, H., vi.

Laenilla alha, 58.

fusca, 100.
glahra, 58.
mollis, 58, 94.

Laetmonice aphroditoides, 51.
filicornis, 39.
japonica, 50.
producta, 39, 97.

var. assimilis, 49.
var. benthaliana, 45.
var. willemoesi, 47.
var. wyvillei, 44.
violascens, 51.

Lagisca antarctica, 80, 205.
crosetensis, 88.
darwini, 90.
hexactineUidae, 94.
jeffreysii, 79, 86.
kermadecensis, 93.
magellanica, 82.

var. grnbei, 84.
var. murrayi, 83.
(Agnodice) moseleyi, 87.
peracuta, 85.
propinqua, 58, 78, 86.
rarispina, 79.
tenuisetis, 78.
yokohamiensis, 89.

Langerhans, Prof., 204 et passim,

Lankester, Prof. Ray, iii, 203, 351, 403, 407.

Lanassa benthaliana, 464.

nordenskioldi, 464.
sarsi, 463.

Lanice concliilega, 447.

Laonome haeckehi, 492.
japonica, 493.
kroyeri, 493.
salmacidis, 493.

Laranda longa, 237.

Lesena abyssorum, 461.
antarctica, 462.
graffii, 461.
langerhansi, 463.
neo-zealanise, 460.

Leanira areolata, 151.

hystricis, 153, 155.
japonica, 154.
laevis, 156.

magellanica, 150, 152.
quatrefagesi, 155.
tetragona, 151.

Leaniricola rotundata (Crustacean parasite), 153.
Leiocapa vertehralis, 173.

vitrea, 173.

Lepas anatifera, 205.

Lepidametria commensalis, 128.

Lepidastlienia, 73, 113.

Lepidonotus clava, 57, 116.

cristatus, 67.
coeruleus, 65.
dictyolepis, 61.
gynmonotus, 64.
melanogrammus, 130.
oculatus, 116.
squamatus, 60, 64, 112.
stellatus, 114.
simplicipes, 131.
striatus, 113.
wahlbergi, 66.

Leuckart, F., iv.

Leuckart, Frey and, 204.

Litliognatha worslei, 262.

Loimia medusce, 449.

savignyi, 449.

Loxosoma, 85.

Lumbriconereis abyssorum, 250.

atlantica, 251.
bifurcata, 241.
hrasiliensis, 251.
eavifrons, 241.
cMlensis, 243.
ehlersii, 253.

var. tenuisetis, 253.

550

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Lumbriconereis fragilis, 235 et seq.

heteroclioBta, 251.
heteropoda, 243, 255.
jacksoni, 243.
japonica, 243.
johnstoni, 245.
kerguelensis, 246.
magalliaensis, 247.
nardords, 246.
neo-zealanise, 248.
opalina, 253.
pettigrewi, 239.
punctata, 252.
sphcerocephalus, 250.
tetraurus, 241.

Lumbrinereidse, 235.

Lygdamis indicus, 422.

Macduff, Alex., 303.

Macduffia bonhardi, 303.

Macellicephala (Polynoe) mirabilis, 110, 121.

Maldane atlantica, 401.

tnalmgreni, 393.
sarsi, 392.
tenuis, 394.

0) sp., 401.

Maldanella antarctica, 392, 394, 397, 408.
valparaisiensis, 392, 396.
neo-zealanise, 392, 398.

Maldanidse, 391.

Marphifsa, 282.

goodsiri, 299.
sangidnea, 300.

Melinna armandi, 439.

cristata, 439, 440, 441.
maculata, 438.
pacifica, 440.

Melinnopsis atlantica, 441.

Microstomum, 203.

Milne-Edwards, Prof. H., 280.

Monteith, James, xi.

Moseley, Prof., 202.

MiiUer, 0. F., 203 et passim.

Murie, Dr., xi.

Murray, Mr John, i, iii, 288, &c.

Myrianida, 203.

Myriochele danielsseni, 413.

heeri, ii, 410.
var., 412.

heeri, var. (2), 413.
pacifica, 413.

Myriochele sarsii, 411.

Nais prohoscidea, 203.

Najades {Alciopa) cantrainii, 173.

Nares, Sir George, vii.

Nauphanta, 174, 177, 182.

celox, 182.

Nausicaa, 304.

Nectonereis megalops, 209.

Nematoids, ii, 160.

Nematonereis schmardse, 262.

unicornis, 264.
sp., 264.

Nemerteans, iii, iv.

Neottis antarctica, 472.

Nephthydidse, 159.

Nephthys atlantica, 163.
ciliata, 162.
caeca, 160, 161.
dibranchis, 161, 163.
jeffreijsii, 162.
malmgreni, 165.
minuta, 163.
modesta, 165.
phyllobranchia, 164.
pieta, 133.
trissophyllus, 159.
verrilli, 163.

Nereidse, 208.

Nereilepas, 209, 223.

Nereis ahyssicola, 231.
agassizi, 211.
antillensis, 224.

(Platy nereis) arafurensis, 214.
atlantica, 219.

(Ceratonereis) brasiliensis, 230.
cultrifera, 209, 217, 221.
diversicolor, 209, 212.

dumerilii, 209, 210, 211, 213, 221, 224, 225.
(Platynereis) eatoni, 223.
floridana, 221.

{Platynereis) fusco-ruhida, 216.
lieteropoda, iv.
hircinicola, 210.
jucunda, 215.
kerguelensis, 225, 231.

(Platynereis) kobiensis, 210, 224, 225.

limbata, 219.

longisetis, 222.

longissima, 209.

magellanica, 229.

EEPORT ON THE ANNELIDA.

551

Nereis marionii, 216, 218.

{Lycoris) masalacensis, 227.

(Perinereis) melanocephala, 216.
patagonica, 228.

pelagica, 209, 216, 226, 227, 262.
(Cemtonereis) similisetis, 223.
succinm, 219.

(Platyneieis) tongatabuensis, 212.
vexillosa, 219.

Nei’ine foliosa, 380.

Nicidon balfouriana, 301.

Nicolea, 450.

Nicomacbe benthabana, 391, 400.
capensis, 399.
japonica, 399.
lumhricalis, 399, 400.

Nordenskiold, Prof., N. Atlantic voyage, vii.

Norman, Eev. Dr. Merle, 333.

Nothria abranchiata ( = abyssicola), 314, 318, 319,
armandi, 330.
concbylega, 305 et seq.
eblersi, 327, 330, 331.
liyperhoi'ea, 317.
macrobrancbiata, 320.
minuta, 334.
pycnobrancbiata, 317.
quadricuspis, 332.
sombreriana, 310.

var., 313.
tenuisetis, 307.
willemoesii, 322, 329.
hrevicirris, 339.

Notocirrus capensis, 236.

chilensis, 237.
scotieus, 238.
tricolor, 236, 237.

Notomastus agassizii, 389.

filiformis, 390.
luridus, 390.
sarsii, 390.

(?) sp., 390.

Notopygos crinitus, 18.

labiatus, 19.
maculata, 21.
megalops, 17.

Nychia, 77.

cirrosa, 108, 128.

Odontosyllis hyalina, 190.

CEorpata armata, 439.

OErsted, A. S., vi. et uhique.

(Estrella levinseni (Crustacean parasite), 477.
Onuphididse, 304.

Onupbis, 304, 305.

fragilis, 313.
holohranchiata, 322.
intermedia, 339.
setosa, 313, 335.

Opbeliidse, 357.

Ophiodromus, 189.

Otanes, 434.

Owenia, 410.

Pagenstecher, Prof. Alex., 204.

Paloeonotus, 55.

Palmyra aurifera, 53.

Palmyridse, 53.

Palolo viridis, 257.

Panthalis oerstedi, 138.

Parry, Capt., voyage, iv.

Pedicellaria, 296.

Perinereis, 221.

gallapagensis, 214.
formosa, 214.
hedenhorgi, 221.

Perouse, La, voyage, iv.

Petta assimilis, 423.

pusilla, 423.

Pettigrew, Prof., 239.

Phenada, 467.

Phipps, Capt., voyage, iii.

Pholoe brevicornis, 124.
minuta, 158.

PhyUochsetopterus claparedii, 374.

socialis, 376.

PhyUocomus croceus, 427.

Phyllodoce groenlandica, 170.
duplex, 167.

(Anaitis?) madeirensis, 167.
sancti-vincentis, 166.
PhyUodocidte, 165.

Piromis arenosus, 364.

Pista abyssicola, 453.
corrientis, 457.
cristata, 451 et seq.
fasciata, 452.
intermedia, 458.
maculata, 453.
mirabilis, 454.
sombreriana, 451.

Placostegus assimilis, 525.

benthalianus, 524.

552

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Placostegus mdrchii, 624.

ornatus, 522.

tridentatus, 525, 526, 527.
tricuspidatm, 523.

Platynereis, 210, 212, 214.

Pleurohrackia densa, 205.

Polycirrus, 204.

aurantiacus, 475.
hocmcdodes, 475.
kerguelensis, 475.
nervosus, 475.

Poly dor a, 378, 380.

Polyeunoa Isevis, 7 6.

Polymnia congruens, 446.

Polynoe antarctica, 82.

aacidioides, 109.
asterolepis, 125, 131.
attenuata, 120.
australis, 113.
capensis, 114.

(Langerhansia) euplectellse, 108.
foraminifera, 57.
fullo, 83.

• fidvovittata, 113.

(Lepidonotus) iphiouoides, 116.
islandiea, 7 0.
lamellifera, 90.
longicirra, 104.

(Admetella) longipedata, 124.
longisetis, 128.
macrolepidota, 70.
magnipalpa, 58, 118.
(Makellicephala) miiabiUs, 121.
ocellata, 126, 376.
ocMlioibolepis, 131.
platycirrus. 111, 113, 232.
pellucida, 104.
peronea, 61.
pustulata, 115.
rutilans, 128.

scolopendrina, 76, 108, 120, 121.

(Robertianella) synopbtbalma, 122.

tenuisetis, 79.

trocliiscophora, 67, 73.

vesiculosa, 81.

vittata, 128.

zonata, 79.

Polynoella levisetosa, 128.

Pomatocerus howerhankii, 522.

cariniferus, 522.

Pomatocerus multicornis, 522.

sanguinea, 522.
strigiceps, 520.
triquet&r, 520.

Pontogenia, 53.

Potamilla malmgreni, 486.
oculifera, 486.
torelli, 484.
reniformis, 486.
tortuosa, 486.

Praxilla abyssorum, 408.
arctica, 408.
assimilis, 406.
capensis, 404.
challengerife, 404.
collaris, 403.
gracilis, 408.
kerguelensis, 405, 407.
kollilteri, 402, 406.
lankesteri, 403, 407.
occidentalis, 407.
prcetermissa, 402, 405.
sp., 408.

Praxillinicola kroyeri (Crustacean parasite), 409.

Prince, Ed. E., x.

Prionognathus, 232.

kefersteini, 234.

Prionospio capensis, 381.

steenstrupi, 382.

Procercm picta, 204.

Protula americana, 512.

appendicidata, 514.
arafurensis, 511.
arctica, 511.
capensis, 509.
coccus, 511.
lusitanica, ii, 511.
multicostatus, 511.
protensa, 510.

Pseudonereis, 214.

Psammolyce albicans, 147.

arenosa, 147.
fijiensis, 148.
lierminice, 147.

occidentalis ( = sombreriana), 146.
petersi, 147.
rigida, 147.

sombreriana = occidentalis, 149.
umhonifera, 147, 149.

Psamocollus, 410.

REPOET ON THE ANNELIDA.

553

Quatrefages, Prof. A. de, 7 et ubique.

Ranzania capensis, 378.

sagitlaria, 379.

Regions, xiv.

Region A. North Atlantic, xiv.

B. South Atlantic, xvii.

C. South Indian or Kerguelen, xx.

D. Australian, xxii.

B. Philippine or Japanese, xxv.

F. North Pacific, xxvii.

G-. South Pacific, xxviii.

Rhodine loveni, 409.

Eliodinicola elongata (Crustacean parasite), 409.
RhyneJionerella, 173, 174.

Ross, Sir James, voyage, v.

Ross, Sir John, voyage, iv.

Riippel, Atlas, p. iv.

Sabella acrophthalmos, 495.
assimilis, 488.
bipunctata, 489.
fusca, 491.
frustulosa, iii.
fusco-tcenia, 493.
occidentaUs, 489.
pavonina, 483 et seq.
saxicava, 486.
zebuensis, 487.

Sabellaria (Pallasia) giardi, 421.
capensis, 418, 421.
johnstoni, 414, 419, 421.

IcBvispinis, 422.
sexhamata, 418.
saxicava, 414, 418.

Sabellidse, 483.

Sabine, Capt. Sir Ed., iv.

Sagitta, vi.

St. John, Capt., vii.

Salpingceea, 67.

Salvatoria, 188.

kerguelensis, 188.

Samarang, H.M.S., voyage, v.

Samytha, 435.

Samythella, 436.

Samythopsis grubei, 435.

Sars, Prof. M., 392 et passim.

Scalibregma inflatum, 359.

Scalibregmidae, 359.

Scalisetosus ceramensis, 103.

Schmarda, Prof. L., vi et passim.

Schmardanella pterochaeta, 449.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.)

Schmidt, Prof. Oscar, 204.

Scionopsis, 451.

Scolecolepis cirrata, 380.

var., 380.
var., 381.

Scoloplos, 353, 355.

armiger, 355, 356.
kerguelensis, 355.

Serpula crater, 517.
jukesii, 518.
narconensis, 516.

var. magellanica, 518.
patagonica, 516, 518.
philippensis, 519.
sombreriana, 515.
triquetra, iii.
uncinata, 517.
vasifera, 518.
vermicularis, 516, 520.

Serpulidae, 508.

Sigalion arenicola, 146.
buskii, 145.
edwardsii, 146.

Sigalionidffi, 139.

Slabber, Martin, 204.

Sonnerat, M., voyage, iii.

SplKBrosyllis, 189.

Spiochastopterus sp., 379.

typicits, 374.

Spionidae, 380.

Spirobranehus {Cymospira) deeumhens, 530.

hracliycera, 530.
giganteus, 508, 530.
occidentalis, 529.
Spirographis australiensis, 492.

Spirorbis sp. (?), 530.

Staurocephalidae, 231.

Staurocephalus atlanticus, 233.

australiensis, 232.
ciliatus, 234, 235.
loveni, 233.
rudolphii, 234.
rubrovittatus, 234.

Stenostomum, 203.

Sternaspis, iii.

Stimpson, W., voyage, vi.

Studer, T., 371.

Stylaria, 205.

Stylarioides parmahis, 370.

Syllidae, 189.

LI 70

554

THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. CHALLENGER.

Sphserosyllis kerguelensis, 206.

Surface forms, xiii.

Sijllides pulligera, 206.

Syllis armillaris, 193.
brasiliensis, 196.
capensis, 193.
flaccida, 203.
gigantea, 193.
gracilis, 196, 197.
lyclioclimtus, 203.
prolifera, 203.
ramosa, 198.
robertianae, 197.
setubalensis, 195.
spongicola, 196.
vancaurica, 196.

Telepsavus costarum, 378.

Terebella atricapilla, 451.

hipundata, 473.
crassicornis, 444.
flabellum, 446.
grubei, 445.
kerguelensis, 473.
kermadecensis, 446.
meckelii, 450.

nesidensis [danielsseni, Mgrn.), 445.
(Lanice) seticornis, 448.

(?) sp., 448.

Terebellidse, 442.

Terebellides ehlersi, 482.

pacifica, 483.
sieboldii, 482.
stroemi, 480.

var. kerguelensis, 480.
ypsilon, 483.
sp. (?), 481.

Thalenessa, 139.

fimbriata, 144.
digitata, 140.

Thalenessa oculata, 142.

Tli6el, Dr. Hj., 361, &c.

Thelepus sp., 469, 470.

antardicus, 473.
cincinnatus, 469.

var. canadensis, 469.
goodsiri, 471.
japonicus, 472.
marenzelleri, 471.
triserialis, 471.

Thomson, Prof. Sir WyviUe, i.

Tomopteris carpenteri, 531.

onisciformis, iv, 531.

Tradopia maculata, 309.

Travisia forhesii, 358.

glandulosa, 358.
kerguelensis, 357.

Triton, H.M.S., vii.

Trophonia capensis, 363.
glauca, 362.
kerguelarum, 364.
plumosa, 363.

■wyvillei, ii, 366.

Trophoniphila hradii, n. sp. (Crustacean parasite), 368.
Tuckey, Capt., voyage, iv.

Typosyllis, 193.
j variegata, 205.

United States Exploring Expedition, v.

Vaillant, L., 204.

“Valorous,” voyage of, vii.

Vanadis, 174.

Vermilia (?) sp., 528.

Voyage en Scandinavie, &c., iv.

Wilkes, C., vide United States Exploring Expedition.
Willemoes-Suhm, Dr. Rudolf, i, ii, &c.

Wilson, John, x.

Zophyrus loveni, 519.

Zygolobus (Lurnbrieonereis), 255.

L

-

NOV itobo

{/

PLATE I.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV, — 1885.) — LL

PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Ventral view of Notopygos megalops,

Enlarged.

Fig. 2. Eiiplirosyne hoi-'ealis. Dorsal view, and from position the caruncle

is imperfectly shown, ..... Enlarged.

Fig. 3. Ventral view of the same species, .

Fig. 4. Ventral aspect of Chloenea atlantica,

Fig. 5. Dorsal view of Hipponoe gaudichaudi,

Fig. 6. Dorsal surface of Aphrodita intermedia, .
Fig. 7. Tail and dorsal anus of Amphinome rostrata.

Similarly enlarged.
No. 5 Enlarged.
Enlarged.

Enlarged.

O

Slightly enlarged.

E. L. del. W. C.M (Fig, 6) • L 'TK. ANS~. v :_E -rj-

EUPHROSYNID^, AMPHINOMID/E .Vc

i

. •

h'

r

/

!,*> •

/

'■<^-

^ 'V

I

rcf

PLATE II. , . ;, > . ;

' -v^ -’ •- ' A"' '# "\ • ' " ■' •'

”7'' ■■^■'' '- '■' ' ' ■ ,"r-.^,,-' - ■ ~ i.'-'J "'

; v7-' ' ■ ■. . ■ • ■ ■ ^

. . ’ »

. "■ '■,-■"'■■■■ . "■■ ■" .. ■-

r

,'k'

•, >,

'•*'

l’:- '.'

¥

I

“f

%

>

.

:<■

'i.

■'o-

K ■

'T

f ‘

'■* /..

>-

■ i

>

PLATE II.

1. Chloeia fusca. Dorsal view,

2. Ventral view of the same.

3. Anterior end of Eurythoe pacijica,

4. Ventral view of the same, .

5. Dorsal view of Euplirosyne capensis,

6. Lateral view of Notopygos labiatus,

7. Anterior extremity of Lagisca tenuisetis.

in process of regeneration,

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

The tentacle is probably

Enlarged.

Annelida. PL. IT.

The ■'Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger

EUPH ROSYN I D/E, AMPHINOMID/E.tft..

H

'i

. J

1

1

-H

i

■ }

■4

■i

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.)— LI.

PLATE IIL

Fig. 1. Chloeia jlava. Dorsal view,

Fig. 2. Eurythoe pacijica. Dorsal view, .

Fig. 3. Ventral view of Chloeia Jlava, .

Fig. 4. Anterior end of Polynoe platycirrus,

Fig. 5. Anterior extremity of Lagisca magellanica, var. gruhei,

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

ihe Voyage of H M. S, Cliallenger Annelida. PL HI.

)

I

AMPHINOMID/E ^ POLYNOID/E.

)

h-

y. •

PLATE IV.

I

PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Amphinome rostrata, ..... Slightly enlarged.
Fig. 2. Ventral view of Notopygos Idbiatus, .... Enlarged.

Fig. 3. Ventral view of Hipponoe gaudichaudi, .... Enlarged.

Fig. 4. Anterior extremity of Polynoe capensis, .... Enlarged.
Fig. 5. Anterior end of Lagisca hexactinellidce, .... Enlarged.

Fig. 6. Anterior end of Lagisca peracuta, .... Enlarged.

TJie Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger ’

Annelida. PI. IV.

E . L . del .

LITH.AMSTv. .V ?1CH .L£'PZ

AMPHINOMID/E ^ POLYNOID/E.

V

•ot'

■ ' '

PLATE V.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE V.

Hermodice carunculata, ...... Slightly enlarged.

The Voyage of R.M.s/challenger’. Annelida. PI. V.

|. E.L.del .

HERMODICE CARUNCULATA, Pallas.

PLATE V.

Hermodice carunculata^

Slightly enlarged.

The Voyage of IT. M.S . ''ChallerL^er'’.

Annelida. PI. V.

"H.ANST

E.L.del .

HERMODICE CARUNCULATA, Pallas

PLATE VI.

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.

Fig'. 4.
Fig. 5.

Fig 6

Dorsal view of Lcetmonice producta,

Ventral view of another example, .

Dorsal view of Lcetmonice producta, var. ivillemoesii,
Head and anterior region of Evarne Icerguelenensis,

Very slightly enlarged.
. Similarly enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Anterior extremity of Lagisca darwini. Probably a young (imma-
ture) form, ....... Enlarged.

Anterior end of Lagisca {Agnodice) moseleyi, . . . Enlarged.

APHRODITID/E 8, POLYNOID/E

ArLTielida, PL VI,

LITH. ANSI. V. J.3.5 ACH L El PZI 3.

r

\

s’ , The Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’ .

(

. •.

A

I

- ^

'■ 1

■■■!

PLATE VII.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PABT XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of Aphrodita echidna,

Fig. 2. Ventral view of the same.

Fig. 3. Lcetmonice producta, var. wyvillei. Dorsal view, .
Fig. 4. LcBtmonice aphroditoides. Dorsal view, .

Fig. 5. Ventral view of the same.

Fig. 6. Dorsal view of Aphrodita australis,

Fig. 7. Ventral view of the same.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

The Voyage of H. M. S.‘Ghalleiigei?’

Annelida, PI. YJ!.

r

E:. L, del

A PH R 0 D ITl D •£.

I

i

*

PLATE YIII.

Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
Fig, 5
Fig.

PLATE VIII.

Y)oxQdl oi Lcetmonice jajponica,

. Enlarged.

Dorsal view of Lcetmonice producta, var. assimilis,

1

Enlarged.

Dorsal aspect of Hermione hystrix,

. Enlarged.

Dorsal view of Lcetmonice producta, var. henthaliana,

Enlarged.

Ventral view of the same.

Dorsal view of the anterior extremity of Lagisca crosetensis,

Enlarged.

APHRODITID/C PO LYN 0 I D.€

PLATE IX.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV.— 1885.) — LI.

PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of Palmyra aurifera,

. Enlarged.

Fig. 2. Ventral view of the same.

Fig. 3. Dorsal aspect of Euphione elisabethcB,

Enlarged.

Fig. 4. Iphionella cimex, ......

Enlarged.

Fig. 5. First scale of Iphionella cimex, ....

X 20.

Fig. 6. Scale from the anterior third of Iphionella cimex, .

X 12.

Fig. 7. Scale of Iphione muricata, ....

X 12.

'J?^CaQ of H.M.S 'Challenger

4

PALMYRID/E POLYNOlD/^

PLATE X.

PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of Polynoe iphionoides,

Enlarged.

Fig. 2. Head and anterior region of tlie same. From tlie dorsal

aspect, ..... Still further enlarged.

Fig. 3. Dorsal aspect of a male Polynoe pustulata. The specimen has
somewhat lax scales in front. Anteriorly are the two palpi
and the two tentacular cirri, . . . * .

Enlarged.

Fig. 4. Dorsal view of Lepidonotus gymnonotus,

Enlarged.

Fig. 5. Anterior end of Eunoa opalina. From the dorsal aspect, .

Enlarged.

/. , ^ >,7, *•*.*

V'Y uC.oiL

IL 0<? ,0 ’’^<.^3^^

^ o ° o'v'7

The Voyage of H. M. S /Challenger’ ’ Annelida. PL.X,

- LITH ANST .5. e-^CH ^ E. ~ Z

POLYNOID/E-

PLATE XL

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XL

Fig. 1. Dorsal aspect of Lepidonotus ivahlbergi, . . . .

Fig, 2, Dorsal view of Lepidonotus cristatus, . . . .

Fig. 3. More highly magnified dorsal view of the head and anterior region
of the same.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Fig. 4, Polynoella levisetosa. From the dorsal aspect, . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 5. Dorsal view of the head and anterior region of Hermadion her-

guelensis, ...... Somewhat enlarged.

Fig, 6. Posterior extremity of Eunoa mindanavensis. From the dorsal

aspect, . . ..... Enlarged.

The Voyage of H. M. S. 'Challenger.

#/.J i|

>'"L

^tT^V iii

.diiifevA. 'fii

■ 'V

Ilg E L del.

P O LYN 0 I D/E.

\

1

■'1

PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of Hermadion herguelensis. The single large long
median cirrus below the anus is absent in the specimen
figured, .......

Fig. 2. Polyeunoa IcBvis. From the dorsal aspect,

Fig. 3. Polynoe ocellata. Dorsal aspect, . . •

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Annelida. PI.ZIl.

The Voyage of H.M.S."Ch.alIeiiger.’

I

P 0 LY N O I D 'E

PLATE XIIL

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of Lagisca antarctica, . . . .

Fig. 2. Dorsal aspect of Lagisca crosetensis. Most of the cirri and scales
are absent, .......

Fig. 3. Dorsal aspect of the head of Har^nothoe benthaliana,

Fig. 4. Head and anterior dorsal region of Eulagisca corrientis,

Fig. 5. Dorsal aspect of the head and anterior region of Lagisca magel-
lanica, .......

Fig. 6. Dorsal view of the anterior end of Polynoe magnipalpa, with the
proboscis partly extruded, . . . . .

Fig. 7. Similar view of Scalisetosus ceramensis (imperfect),

Fig. 8. Anterior dorsal view of Lagisca (?) kermadecensis (imperfect).

Enlarged,

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged,

Enlarged.

The Voyage of H. M.S.'Clialleiiger.' " Annelida,. PL.ZHI.

P 0 LY N O I D /E

1

i

j

.1

■)

1

1

4

1

PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of Polynoe magnipalpa (male),

Fig. 2. Head and anterior dorsal view of Allmaniella setubalensis,^
Fig. 3. Dorsal view of the head of Lcenilla fusca,^

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Fig. 4. Anterior dorsal aspect of Polynoe (Rohertianella) synophthalma, .

Fig. 5. Head and anterior dorsal region of Polynoe (Admetella) longi-
pedata. The proboscis is seen slightly extruded between the
bases of the palpi. The processes at the base of the tentacle
have been removed, . . . .

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Fig. 6. Dorsal view of a female Polynoe magnipalpa,

Enlarged.

1 The engraver has made the lines and shading on the dorsum too formal.

^ The engraver has erroneously indicated the shading round the posterior eyes.

The Voyage of H. M. S.'Cliallenger.’

Annelida PL, XIV!

_IT,H. AMST. V. J.S.SAO- LEi-;n

P 0 LY N O 1 D /E

<

4

-

fti'iiiiifiiilfi ..i.^ . .. > _..V. i...,.i . ■■ .

PLATE XV.

(ZOOL. OHALL. EXP. — PAET XXXIV. 1885.) — LL

PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of Polynoe capensis, . ... .

Fig. 2. Similar view of Polynoe attenuata. The palpi are absent,

Fig. 3. Dorsal aspect of the head of Polyno'dla levisetosa, with the proboscis
extruded, . . .

Fig. 4. Dorsal view of the head of Eunoa yedoensis,

Fig. 5. Similar aspect of the head of Eunoa capensis,

Fig. 6. Dorsal aspect of the head and anterior region of Polynoe [Langer-
liansia) euplectellcB. The specimen was softened,

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Annelida. PL. XV.

The Voyage of H. M, S. 'Challenger,'

E. L. del.

LITH ANST V J.G.BACH. LEIPZ G.

P O LY N O I D ,€

'1'

PLATE XVI.

PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1. Dorsal aspect of Polynoe {Macellicephala) mirahilis,

Fig. 2. View oi Polynoe platycirrus, . . . .

Fig. 3. Head of Lagisca antarctica. Viewed from the dorsum,

Fig. 4. Partially protruded proboscis of Polynoella levisetosa. Viewed from
the ventral surface, . . . .

Fig. 5. Eurythoe pacijica, var. levukaensis. From the dorsal aspect,

Enlarged.

Enlarged

Enlarged

Enlarged.

Enlarged

^.L.d«

P 0 LY N 0 1 D /E

Annelida. Pl-XH.

if Tiie Voyage of H.M.S 'Challenger’

i

'^A iff

.i:^ _ /: .^,

PLATE XYIL

(ZOOL. OHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XVII.1

Fig. 1. Scale of Lepidonotus cristatus, as a transparent object and some-
wbat compressed, ......

Fig. 2. Posterior scale of Polynoe pustulata, as a transparent object. The
papillae are flattened by the cover-glass,

Fig. 3. Space in the scale (from the anterior third) of Iphionella cimex, .

Fig. 4. Scale from the anterior third of Eunoa iphionoides,

Fig. 5. Scale of Lepidonotus gymnonotus, ....

Fig. 6. Posterior scale of Eunoa mindanavensis, ....

Fig. 7. Portion of a scale of Euphione elisahethce, showing the tubercles
by transmitted light, .....

X 18.

X 20.
X 210.
X 20.
X about 6.
X 40.

X 90.

1 The scales are seen by transmitted light as transparent objects.

The Voyage of H.M. S.'diallen^ex.’

Annelida,, PL,X’'/Il,

(3 '0 6®

> > i

O

fi •O’S:',,' i

i:-rj ■; c ■:-«-Ri5

E. L. del

P O LY N 0 I D >E .

V

PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Posterior margin of the first scale of Lagisca antarctica, . . x 90.

Fig. 2. Outer edge of the second scale of Lagisca magellanica, var.

grubei, ....... x 350.

Fig. 3. Margin of the first scale of Lagisca magellanica, . . . x 350.

Fig. 4. Portion of a scale of the same, . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 5. Entire scale from the anterior third of Polynoe magni'pal'pa, . x 20.

Fig. 6. Portion of a scale of Polynoella levisetosa, showing remarkable

reticulations, . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 7. Anterior scale of Lagisca crosetensis, . . . . x 20.

Fig. 8. Scale of Lepidonotus wahlbergi. Viewed as a transparent object, x 15.

Fig. 9. Edge of a scale of Lagisca tenuisetis, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 10. Portion of the edge of a scale of Euphione elisabethce, . . x 350.

Annelida, PI XVia

The Yoya^e of H, M S. ‘’Challenger

to/i‘OOtl^O ^
Wx'-\05-«

C °i'«:,« % J®'- ?o*o ® v^-0%? j

®^-.fe-5 0Q 0.; .0 so c

i?%®” V“' °° ®®o3'i.'’*’

fo-^e^oo® osgoo 'Bo oo°^°A°,

^ L L del

t

PO LYNO I D/E

PLATE XIX.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Scale from the anterior region of Lagisca magellanica, var.

murrayi, .......

Fig. 2. First scale of Eunoa opalina, . .

Fig. 3. Scale from the anterior third of Polyno'e platycirrus,

Fig. 4. Scale from the middle of Polyno'e capensis. The lines are due to
the wrinkles, not to the nerves, and the engraver has made
the grains of dark pigment to the left of the scar look like
the spinous tubercles in a triangular group on the right.

Fig. 5. Posterior scale of Lagisca darwini, viewed as a transparent pre-
paration. Most of the granules are hypodermic, .

Fig. 6. Scale of Evarne kerguelensis. Most of the slender cilia are covered

with parasitic growths, . . . . .

Fig. 7. Scale of Polyno'e (Langerhansia) euplectellce,

Fig. 8. Scale of Polyno'ella levisetosa, . ... .

Fig. 9. Scale of Eunoa yedoensis, . ... .

Fig. 10. Head and anterior region of Thalenessa jimbriata,

X about 12.
X about 12.
X about 12.

X 20.

X 350.

X about 30.
X about 20.
X about 20.
X about 40.
Enlarged.

Fig. 11. Head and anterior region of Eulepis wyvillei. Most of the bristles
have been removed, and the first pair of scale-pedicels some-
what overlap the head, .....

Enlarged.

The Yoyage of H.M. S. 'Challenger.’

Annelida, PL.XIZ,

WiHW

^t£A.i

LITH. ANST V. J G..SAC^, LE:FOiC

P O LY N O I D /t &?.

'^'T^Yrrrnr'

I

- 1

•I

1

■j

i

i

1

i

j

/

/

... ’ ;'C,

PLATE XX.

.1 yw*,.' I ,

' V '-i

i - ' i' r*'Lv- • -' •* ’

■•^'''' .. ' ■ .\.

' ,.’■ ,> ■"•' ' .

V, * ’

'ji'Pi; . -■: A ■ ■ ■ ..

'1 1. V,'. .; , ■ ■ ’

\lfi.

•n\'. ,

PLATE XX.

Fig. 1. Eulepis challenger ice, viewed from the dorsal surface,

Fig. 2. Dorsal aspect of Eulepis ivyvillei, ....

Fig. 3. Ventral view of the same.

Fig. 4. Anterior dorsal view of Leanira Icevis, . . . .

Fig. 5, Foot from the anterior third of Polynoe (Robertianella) synoph-
ihalma, .......

Fig. 6. Foot from the anterior third of Polynoe [Admetella) longipedata.

The upper region has been somewhat flattened out so as to
overlap the foot, ......

Fig. 7. Scale of Harmothoe henthaliana, . ... .

Fig. 8. Scale from the anterior third of Polyeunoa Iwvis,

Fig. 9. Scale from the anterior third of Polynoe attenuata,

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.
X about 15.

Enlarged.
X about 55.
X about 20.
X about 20.

w

Tiie Vova^e of H.M.S 'Challeui?er!

Annelida.. PL.ZZ,

LITH. ANcT. V. J .

I

i

PLATE XXL

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PABT XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XXL

Fig. 1, Dorsal aspect of Thalenessa oculata. The eyes of this example
differ from those of the next, ....

Fig. 2. Head and jDartially extruded proboscis of the same, seen from the-
dorsum, .......

Fig. 3. Dorsal asjDect of Leanira areolata, . .

Fig. 4. Dorsal view of Eu'pompe australiensis. The everted alimentary
region posteriorly forms a large button at the rupture.

Fig. 5. Ventral aspect of the same species.

Fig. 6. Head and anterior dorsal region of Psammolyce Jijiensis. The
wing at each side of the tentacular base is insufficiently
marked, .......

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Fig. 7. Dorsal view of Leanira magellanica, with the proboscis extruded, . Enlarged.

The Voyage of H.M- S. Challenger.

Annelida. PL.2XI

DthlYvy

SIGALIONID/E & ACCETID/E

PLITE XXII.

PLATE XXII.

Fig. 1. 'DovqqI yigw oi Sigalionhushii, ..... Enlarged..

Fig. 2. Dorsal aspect of the head and neighbouring region of Thalenessa

digitata. A small hook draws back the fold covering the head.

The specimen unfortunately appears to have been dried in front, Enlarged.

Fig. 3. Dorsal view of the head and anterior region of Leanira japonica, .. Enlarged.

Fig. 4. Dorsum of the anterior region of Psammolyce Jijiensis, . . Enlarged,.

Fig. 5. The same region of Psammolyce occidentalis, . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 6. Dorsal view of Eupholoe pMlippensis. The tentacle is not so

distinct as in nature, ...... Enlarged.

Fig. 7. Head of the same. The scales have been removed, and the nuchal

fold has been retracted so as to show the head, . Still more enlarged.

LITH. ANST. V. J.G. 8 ACH

r

The Voyage of H. M. S.'Clialleiiger.’

Annelida, PI. 2X11.

SIGALIONID/E&.5

./

'41

La' -
.• ‘i

W X

PLATE mil.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XXIII.

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.
Fig. 6.
Fig. 7.
Fig. 8.

Fig. 9.
Fig. 10.
Fig. 11.
Fig. 12.
Fig. 13.

Ventral aspect of the anterior region of Eulepis challengerice, .

Ventral view of the anterior region of Psammolyce occidentalis,

Dorsal aspect of the head and anterior region of the same.
The palpi have no connection with the first feet, which
lie above them.

Anterior region of Thalenessa Jimhriata, viewed from the
dorsum, .......

Anterior dorsal region of Thalenessa digitata, .

Foot of the same, ......

Scale of the foregoing, . . . . .

¥ oot oi Eupompe australiensis. From the front. The articula-
tion of the dorsal cirrus is almost hidden.

Scale of Leanira hystricis, .....

Scale of Leanira Icevis, . ... .

Foot from the anterior third of Leanira Icevis, .

Papilla from scale of Thalenessa oculata.

Foot (mounted in Farrant’s solution) from the anterior third of
Leanira magellanica, .....

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.
Enlarged.
X about 20.
X about 20.

X about 20.
X about 20.
X about 20.
X about 25.
X 210.

X about 20.

SIGALl 0 NID/E &?.

■ \i

PLATE XXIV.

Fig. 1. Foot of Eulepis cJiallengericB. The specimen was not very well
preserved, .......

Fig. 2. Foot of Eulepis wyvillei, ......

Fig. 3. “ Bite ” in the first scale of Eulepis wyvillei,

Fig. 4. Papillae on first scale of Eupompe australiensis, .

Fig. 5. Foot of Thalenessa Jimbriata, .....

Fig. 6. Fimbriae on the translucent margin of the scale of Psammolyce
Jijiensis, .......

Fig. 7. Scale of Eupholoe philippensis, .....

X 40.
X about 20.
X 250.
X 80.
X 20.

X 350.
X 90.

E. L. del

LITH. ANSI. V. J.G. BACH, LEIPZI

PLATE XXV.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XXV.

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

Fig.

8.

Fig.

9.

Fig.

10.

Fig.

11.

Scale from anterior third of Tlialenessa Jimhriata,

Marginal papilla of the foregoing, ....

Scale of Thalenessa oculata, .....
First foot of Thalenessa digitata, ....

Marginal papilla on anterior scale of the foregoing,

Scale of Leanira magellanica, .....
Portion of the foregoing, showing papdlse,

Ciliated margin of a scale (from the middle) of Leanira areolata,
Papillae on the margin of the same, ....
Fimbriae of the scale of Eupholoe philippensis, .

Scale of Eulepis ivyvillei, .....

X about 35.

X 300.
X about 20.
X about 20.

X 350.
X about 20.

X 350.
X about 20.
X 320.
X 350.
X about 20.

The Yoyage of H.M. S. 'Challenger.

Annelida, ?l. TI}f.

LITH ANSI. V j G BACH. LEIPZIG

SIGALIONID/E & S

1

■

PLATE XXVI.

1. Anterior dorsal region of Nephthys tnssophyllus (Station 151).

Proboscis partly extruded, .... Slightly enlarged.

2. Tip of the tail of the foregoing specimen, viewed from the dors’um. Enlarged.

3. Anterior dorsal region of Nephthys trissophyllus, from Kerguelen, Enlarged.

4. Ventral aspect of the anterior region of Nephthys trissophyllus,

with extruded proboscis, from Balfour Bay, Kerguelen, . Enlarged.

5. Dorsal view of Nephthys trissophyllus, with proboscis extruded, . Enlarged.

6. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Nephthys verrilli, . . Enlarged.

7. Similar view of same species, with the proboscis extruded, . Enlarged.

8. Dorsal view of Nephthys dihranchis, from the Arafura Sea, showing

projection (from rupture) of the dorsal muscles.

9. The same {Nephthys dihranchis) in profile, . . Not so much enlarged.

10. Dorsal aspect of the anterior region of Nephthys phyllohranchia,

with the proljoscis partly extruded. . . . Enlarged.

The Voyage of H. M. S/Challenger,

Annelida. PL.XIVI.

N E P H T H Y D I D /E .

PLATE XXVII.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LL

PLATE XXVII.

Fig. 1. Foot of Nephthys trissophylhis, from Kerguelen. A few parasitic
Nematoids are attached to the branchia.

Fig. 2. Foot of Nephthys malmgreni (?), (from the anterior third),

Fig. 3. 'Eoot oi Nephthys phyllohranchia, 1240 fathoms, .

Fig. 4. Foot of Nephthys trissophyllus, from the front. The ventral cirrus
is viewed nearly on edge. It is lanceolate, .

Fig. 5. Foot of Nephthys dihranchis. The papilla at the base of the upper
branchia is hidden, and the foot is somewhat flattened from
softening, .......

Fig. 6. Outline of a scale of Psammolyce occidentalis,

Fig. 7. Head and anterior region of Eidcdia capensis,

Fig. 8. Head and anterior region (with everted proboscis) of Phyllodoce
duplex, .......

Fig. 9. Head and anterior region of Phyllodoce (Anaitis) sanctce vincentis,

X about 8.
X about 40.
X 55.

X about 8.

X about 20.
X about 20.
Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

ft

/

[ _ K

V

PLATE XXVIII.

'A

' -A

’v^ #?

'A"

•

*

i \

X I •

fe-

1

PLATE XXVIIL

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.

Dorsal view of the head and anterior region of Genetyllis oculata, . Enlarged.

Dorsal aspect of Alciopa antarcticcG .... Enlarged.

Head and anterior dorsal region of the same,
Ventral view of the foregoing region,

Dorsal aspect of Greeffia oahuensis.

Still further magnified.
Similarly magnified.

Enlarged.

Fig. 6. Head and anterior region of the same, viewed from the dorsum,

Fig. 7. Ventral aspect of the foregoing.

More highly magnified.
Similarly magnified.

Fig. 8.

Dorsal aspect of the head and anterior region of Alciopa quadri-
ocidata. The feet were quite pulpy and membranous from
decay, so that they are only indicated in the drawing.

Enlarged.

^ The Alciopidse were in an indifferent condition.

t

E.L.del. ^ ^

1 '.: C-^_ V ,;_ j j

The Voyage of H.M. S/Challenger:

Annelid

ALCIOPID/E «c

.3

J

■n

/ ;

* . ■

> . r

/

PLATE XXIX.

PLATE XXIX.

Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Fig. 6

Fig. 7

. Dorsal view of Hesione {Fallacia) pantherina,

. Dorsal aspect of Hesione pacijica, ....

. Head and anterior dorsal region of Dalhousia atlantica, .

i

. Head and anterior dorsal region of Eusyllis herguelensis, .

. Enlarged dorsal view of SphcerosylUs Icerguelensis,

1. Head and anterior dorsal view of Autolytus maclearanus. The two
pale dorsaPmarks on the second body-segment are the bases
of cirri, . . . . ...

’. Ventral aspect of the head and anterior region of Aleiopa quadri-
oculata. The condition of the feet has been already ex-
plained, .......

Enlarged.
Enlarged.
Enlarged.
Enlarged.
X about 20.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

m-

The Voyage of H.M. S. 'Challenger!

Annelida. PL, X2IZ.

■i

- 4'|

'• * M

PLATE nX.

PLATE XXX.

Fig. 1. Head and anterior dorsal region of Syllis gigantea,

Fig. 2. Ventral view of the same region, .....

Fig. 3. Dorsal view of the posterior extremity of the foregoing, .

Fig. 4. Head and anterior dorsal region of Salvatoria kerguelensis,

Fig. 5. Head and anterior dorsal region of Syllis setubalensis,

Fig. 6. Ventral view of the same region, . . . .

Fig. 7. Dorsal view of the head and anterior region of Syllis brasiliensis,

Fig. 8. Foot of Nephthys trissophyllus, var., . . . .

Fig. 9. Dorsal aspect of the anterior region of Lumbriconereis punctata, .

Fig. 10. Foot of Laranda longa, from the front, a, papilla; b, spine;

c, winged bristles. Other spines appear below the latter, .

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

X 400.

E,I..(lel. Ii§.10.¥,C.K.

Anaelida, PL. XZX.

I

f

\

T.he Voyage of H.M. S, ‘Challenger.’

■ —

S Y LL I D/E !&.

•7

I.

•' /

PLATE XXXI.

- .^..v

(ZOOL. OHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI

PLATE XXXI.

Fig. 1. Syllis ramosa. The specimen has no head, and is otherwise frag-
mentary, . . . .

Enlarged.

The Voyage of H.M. S. ' Cha;Hen§er.’

Annelida PL. XXXI.

E.i..dei. 9f.1l

IITH. AfiST.v.J.C-.BiCH, lE F:l3.

SYLLIS RAMOSA.

I

!

\

i

' /, \ '

y .

■>'^i

'H'f

>>iV¥'AV'jv fi -.i, ir'tst¥ intfi li;-

' ; Jit I 'luMft j. ' ■■

’ •■' ■ ‘M-? P(> iv

, .,V.I i .

'-i-W

PLATE

••*> Lt f h -rV V

ft MV

,;a

■■i. ,'!■

,vi=l

■ u

> .. '■

^.7 ■

-H

iV'

PLATE XXXIL

Fig. 1. Anterior region of Eunoa iphionoidea.

Fig. 2. Head of Enj^olynoe mollis^ ....
Fig. 3. Head and anterior region of Harmotlioe haliaeti, .

Fig. 4. Portion of the surface of a scale of the same,

Fig. 5. Edge of a posterior scale of the same,

Fig. 6. Head and anterior region of Polynoe ascidioides, .

Fig. 7. Posterior border of a scale of Dasylepis equitis,

Fig, 8. Thirtieth foot of Phyllodoce {Anaitis) sanctoe vincentis,

Fig. 9. Thirtieth foot of Phyllodoce duplex, . ...

Fig. 10. Thmtieth foot of Eulcdia capensis,

Fig. 11. Foot of Greeffia oahuensis, ....
Fig. 12. Middle foot oi Alciopa antarctica, from Honolulu,

Fig. 13. Foot of Alciopa antarctica, variety,

Fig. 14. AritQTiot foot oi Hesione pacijica,

Fig. 15. Foot of Hesione (fragment), from St, Thomas, West Indies,
Fig. 16. oi Hesione {Fallacia) pantherina, .

Enlarged.
Enlarged.
Enlarged.
X 55.
X 55.
Enlarged.
X 55.
X 40.
X 24.
X 24.
X 18.
X 18.
X 24.
X 25.
X 25.
X 25.

o

The Voyage of H.M. S/ChalleTiger!

Aimelida, PL.XXXII,

POLYNOID/E, P HYLLO D O C I D/E &f.

■

i

I

PLATE XXXIII.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XXXIIL

Fig. 1. Foot of Salvatoria kerguelensis. The upper bristle should have

been simple, . . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 2. Anterior foot of Dalhousia atlantica, before complete formation.

The dorsal cirrus is broken, . . . . x 18.

Fig. 3. Foot of Eusyllis kerguelensis, . . . . . x 24.

Fig. 4. Anterior foot of Syllis gigantea, . . . . . x 24.

Fig. 5. Anterior foot of Autolytus maclearanus, .... x 40.

Fig. 6. Foot of Syllis setuhalensis, . . . . . x 55.

Fig. 7. Foot of Syllis hrasiliensis, ..... x 90.

Fig. 8. Anterior region of Syllis capemis, . . . . x 24.

Fig. 9. Anterior foot of the foregoing, somewhat folded, so as to affect the

distance between the cirrus and setigerous process, . . x 90.

Fig. 10. Foot of Sphwrosyllis kerguelensis, .... x 90.

Fig. 11. Female bud of Syllis ramosa, viewed from the ventral surface and

somewhat flattened out. A younger bud comes off exactly
opposite, . . . . . . . X 55.

Fig. 12. Foot from the anterior third of the foregoing bud, . . x 80.

Fig. 13. Posterior foot of male bud of Syllis ramosa, with the ventral

cirrus somewhat flattened, . . . . . x 55.

Fig. 14. Anterior foot of Syllis ramosa (parent stock), . . . x 50.

Fig. 15. Anterior region of Exogone heterosetosa, from the ventral surface, x 90.

Fig. 16. Two embryos of the foregoing, . . . . . x 90.

Annelida, . Yl.IWS.

S Y L L I D /E

A

•.i

I

PLATE XXXIV.

PLATE XXXIV.

Fig.

1.

Anterior region of Syllis roh&i^tiance,

•

X about 25.

Fig.

2.

Anterior foot of the foregoing,

X 55.

Fig.

3.

Head and anterior region of Nereis kohiensis,

•

Enlarged.

Fig.

4.

Tenth foot of the foregoing,

X 25.

Fig.

5.

Thirty-seventh foot of the same, .

X 25.

Fig.

6.

Maxilla of the same species.

•

X 25.

Fig.

7.

Head and anterior region of Nereis tongatahuensis,

•

Enlarged.

Fig.

8.

Tenth foot of the same, ....

•

X 25.

Fig.

9.

Thirty-seventh foot of the foregoing,

•

X 25.

Fig.

10.

Head and anterior region of Nereis arafurensis. The
been bent downward and inward, .

palpi have

Enlarged.

Fig.

11.

Tenth footh of the same, ....

.

X 25.

Fig.

13.

Thirty-seventh foot of the foregoing,

*

X 25.

Fig.

14.

Head and anterior region of Nereis melanocephala^

►

Enlarged.

Fig.

15.

Tenth foot of the same, ....

•

X 25

Fig.

16.

Thirty-seventh foot of the same, .

.

X 25.

Fig.

17.

Sixty-seventh foot of the foregoing.

• .

X 40.

Tli.1 VoYdge of H.M.S ''Challenger

N e: R E 1 D .C .

PLATE XXXV.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XXXV.

Fig. 1. Head and anterior region of Nereis atlantica.

•

Enlarged.

Fig. 2. Tenth foot of the foregoing,

•

X 40.

Fig. 3. Fifty-seventh foot of the same, .

•

X 40.

Fig. 4. Head and anterior region of Nereis longisetis,

•

Enlarged.

Fig. 5. Head and anterior region of Nereis eatoni,

•

Enlarged.

Fig. 6. Proboscis of the same, with maxillae and paragnathi.

From a small

specimen, .....

•

Enlarged.

Fig. 7. Head and anterior region of Nereis cmtillensis,

•

Enlarged.

Fig. 8. Tenth foot of the same, ....

•

X 40.

Fig. 9. Twenty-sixth foot of the foregoing.

•

X 40.

Fig. 10. Head, proboscis, and anterior region of Nereis herguelensis,

Enlarged.

Fig. 11. Tenth foot of the same, ....

•

X 25.

Fig. 12. Thirty-seventh foot of the foregoing.

•

X 25.

Fig. 13. Head and anterior region of Nereis patagonica.

The terminal

bosses of the palpi are doubled under.

•

Enlarged.

Fig. 14. Tenth foot of a small example of the foregoing, .

•

X 40.

Fig. 15. Thirty-seventh foot of a large example of the same.

.

X 25.

Aanellda, Pl.ZXXV

/ )

u ^^3/

V

? The Toya^e of H.M.S ‘'Challenger'

N E R E I D /E

1

\

i

. J.. }' ■'

/

PLATE XXIVL

•i

%

L.

i.

PLATE XXXVI.

Fig. 1. Head and anterior end of Nereis h'asiliensis, . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 2. Tenth foot of the same, . . . . . . x 25.

Fig. 3. Thirty-seventh foot of the foregoing, . . . . x 25.

Fig. 4. Anterior foot of Staurocei^halus atlanticus, mdiSerentlj 'pieseiyed, x 80.

Fig. 5. Head and anterior region of the same species, . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 6. Foot of Staurocephalus australiemis, .... x 25.

Fig. 7. Anterior region (dorsal view) of Lumhriconereis pettigreivi, . Enlarged.

Fig. 8. Tenth foot of the same, . . . . . . x 40.

Fig. 9. Thirtieth foot of the foregoing, ..... x 40.

Fig. 10. Dorsal aspect of the anterior region of Lumhnconereis hifurcata, . Enlarged.

Fig. 11. Ventral view of the anterior region of the same species, . . Enlarged.

Fig. 12. Posterior foot of the foregoing, . . . . . x 40.

Fig. 13. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Lumhriconereis japonica, Enlarged.

Fig. 14. Tenth foot of the same, . . . . . . x 25.

Fig. 15. Posterior foot of the foregoing, seen partly from below, . . x 25.

Fig. 16. Dorsal aspect of the anterior region of Enlarged.

Fig. 17. Fiftieth foot of the foregoing, . . . . . x 80.

Fig. 18. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Lumhriconereis neo-zealanice.

The longitudinal grooves on the dorsum have not been shown. Enlarged.

Fig. 19. Thirty -third foot of the same, seen obliquely from below, , x 80.

Fig. 20. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Lumhriconereis ahyssorum, Enlarged.

Fig. 21. Thirtieth foot of the same, . . . . . x 80.

’ Tlis ’/byage of H. M. S. Cliallen^er’.

■ ■ ' : ^ Annelida. Pl.ZXZVI.

LITH. .ANST.V. J.C-.5.AC-

STA UROCEPHALID/t; LUMBRINEREID/E cJ<:.

/

¥

>■,

■M'

PLATE XXXVII.

(ZOOL. CHAT.L. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.)— LI.

PLATE XXXVII.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Lumhriconereis heteropoda, Enlarged.

Fig. 2. Fiftieth foot of the same, . , . . . x 25.

Fig. 3. Dorsal aspect of the anterior region of Notocirrus capensis, . Enlarged.

Fig. 4. Fiftieth foot of the foregoing. The bristles are pressed upward, . x 40.

Fig. 5. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Laranda longa, . . Enlarged.

Fig. 6. Dorsal aspect of the head and adjoining region of Nematonereis

schmardce, ....... Enlarged.

Fig. 7. Thirtieth foot of the same, . . . . . x 80.

Fig. 8. Hundredth foot of the foregoing (upper bristles incomplete), . x 80.

Fig. 9. Anterior dorsal view of Lumbriconereis ehlersii, var. tenuisetis, . Enlarged.

Fig. 10. Foot of Nematonereis (fragment), from Sea Point, near Cape

Town, . . . . . . . X 80.

Fig. II. Nematonereis (fragment), from St. Vincent, ... x 80.

Fig. 12. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Euniee magellaniea, . Enlarged.

Fig. 13. Maxillae and dental plates of the foregoing, . . . x 12.

Fig. 14. Mandibles of the same, . . . . . . x 12.

Fig. 15. Twentieth foot of the same, . . . . . x 18.

Fig. 16. Dorsal aspect of the anterior region of Eunice prognatha, . Enlarged.

Fig. 17. Thirtieth foot of the same, . . . . . x 18.

Fig. 18. Anterior ventral region of Eunice torresiensis} A pedicellaria is
fixed to one of the processes.

Fig. 19. Twentieth foot of the same, . . . . . x 18.

Fig. 20. Maxillae and dental plates of an adult of the foregoing, . . x about 8.

Fig. 21. Mandibles of an adult of the same, . . . . x about 8.

^ The engraver has erroneously added an outer row to the unpaired left lateral series of teeth, instead of merely
showing a dark brown pigment-band, as in the original.

The Voyage of H M. S /Challenger

Aniielido PI XW/ll

LUMBRINP:REID/E k t:UNlCID/€

■'■A

PLATE XXXVIII.

PLATE XXXVIII.

Fig. 1. Head and anterior region of (P), . . , Enlarged.

Fig. 2. Twentieth foot of the foregoing, . . . . . x 18.

Fig. 3. Anterior dorsal view of Eunice vittata, var., . . , Enlarged.

Fig. 4. Tenth foot of the foregoing, . . . . . x 40.

Fig. 5. Thirtieth foot of the same, . . . . . x 40.

Fig. 6. Ventral view of the anterior region of a large specimen of

Marpliysa goodsiri, ..... Enlarged.

Fig. 7. Twentieth foot of the foregoing, . . . . . x 25.

Fig. 8. Fortieth foot of the same, somewhat compressed inferiorly, . x 25.

Fig. 9. Maxillae and dental plates of Eunice cirrobranchiata, . . x 12.

Fig. 10. Mandibles of the same, . . . . . . x 12.

Fig. 11. Fiftieth foot of a large example of the foregoing, . . . x 18.

Fig. 12. Head and anterior dorsal region of . . Enlarged.

Fig. 13. Tw'entieth foot of the foregoing, . . . . . x 25.

Fig. 14. Anterior dorsal view of Eunice edwardsi, . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 15. Twentieth foot of the same, ..... x 25,

Fig. 16. Anterior dorsal region oi Eunice aphroditois, from Port Jackson, Enlarged.

Fig. 17. Fully developed foot (somewhat shrivelled in spirit) of Eunice ■

aphroditois, from Samboangan, .... Enlarged.

Fig. 18. Thirty-sixth foot of Eunice torquata, . . . .. x 18.

Fig. 19. TQTLth. iooi oi Marphysa goodsiri, . . . . x 25.

Annsliia V1J3JJK

e of H.M.S.‘'Ctiallen^er

E L del .

L!TH ATSST. V sf.G B tC

E U N 1 C I D -C .

i

. i

-i

4

■4

j

r..

rr r ,.

k ", ■' %

I

■ •■ ' / '

■, T.-'

■^}-r - -j- ■ ■■

ri; :..

. .V

'■ >. \

C-'^V

... ■^' -

PLATE XXXIX

y. -vv^- >. :

V-' ■ ■ ■'■ ■

V X •

f\'

(ZOOL. CHALL, EXP, — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) LI.

PLATE XXXIX.

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

Fig.

8.

Fig.

9.

Fig.

10.

Fig.

11.

Fig.

12.

Fig.

13.

Fig.

14.

Fig.

15.

Fig.

16.

Fig.

17.

Fig.

18.

Fig.

19.

Fig.

20.

Fig.

21.

Fig.

22.

Dorsal aspect of the anterior region of Eunice elseyi,

Thirtieth foot of a small specimen of the foregoing,

Branchia of the twentieth foot of a large example of the same,
Anterior dorsal view of Nicidon halfouriana,

Tenth foot of the foregoing, ....

Fiftieth foot of the same, . . . . ,

Dorsal aspect of the head and anterior region of Eunice murrayi,
Tenth foot of the foregoing, . . . . ,

Anterior dorsal view of Eunice mindanavensis, .

Twentieth foot of the foregoing, . . . . ,

Foot of fragmentary Eunice equihranehiata,

Nineteenth foot of Eunice harvicensis,

Anterior dorsal region of Eunice pycnobranchiata,

Tenth foot of the foregoing, . . . . .

Tenth foot of a variety with small branchiae.

Foot of Eunice hassensis, . ... .

Thirtieth foot of Euniee vittata, . ... .

Twentieth foot of Eunice vittata, . . . .

Foot of Eunice (fragment) from Bermuda,

Anterior dorsal view of Maeduffia bonhardi,

Tenth foot of the foregoing, . . . . .

Twentieth foot of the same, . . . . .

Enlarged.

X 18.
X 12.

Enlarged.
X 40.
X 40.
Enlarged.

X 25.
Enlarged.
X 25.
X 12.
X 18.
Enlarged.
X 18.
X 18.
X 18.
X 25.
X 50.
X 18.
Enlarged.
X 50.
X 50.

TheYoyage of H.M. S. ‘ChaHeiiger.

Annelida, PL ZXXIX.

EU N 1 C I D/E.

\

y

w

PLATE XL.

\

<•.AJ.jr X-.x7'' •'! 7>*r(.'.'; f

. «)f ► j * 1^;^; p /• /> "Jr '• ■;

.r'

,.5:-

• I

- i^r

>

PLATE XL.

Fig. 1. Hydlincecia tuhlcola, var., inverted in its tube (from

Station 320), ..... About natural size.

Fig. 2. Sixty-third foot of Hyalinoecia tubicola, var. longibranchiata, . x 25.

Fig. 3. Anterior dorsal region of Hyalinoecia benthaliana, . . Enlarged.

Fig. 4. Anterior dorsal view of Nothria minutd, .... Enlarged.

Fig. 5. Nothria sombrennana^ in a hyaline tube strengthened with large

sponge-spicules, ...... Enlarged.

Fig. 6. Anterior dorsal view of the same species. The tentacular cirri

have been accidentally omitted, .... Enlarged.

Fig. 7. Twentieth foot of the foregoing, . . • . . . x 25.

Fig. 8. Anterior dorsal aspect of Nothria tenuisetis, . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 9. Thirtieth foot of the foregoing, . . . . . x 25.

Fig. 1 0. Tube of Nothria abranchiata, .... About natural size.

Fig. 11. Head and anterior dorsal region of the same, . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 12. Thirtieth foot of the foregoing, . . . . . x 25.

Fig. 13. Nothria 'pycnobranchiata, in tube, . . . Slightly enlarged. ■

Fig. 14. Head and anterior region of the foregoing, . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 15. Posterior foot of the foregoing, indifferently preserved, . . x 25.

1 The artist has omitted the shading between the tentacles.

'he Voyage of H M.S. 'Challenger’

Aimelida. Pl.ZL.

ONUPHIDID/E.

.V

t-

j

PLATE XLT.

(ZOOL. OHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI,

PLATE XLL

Fig. 1. Tube of Nothria macrohranchiata, strengthened with the linear
leaves of a pine, and with the animal projecting an-
teriorly, ...... About natural size.

Fig. 2. Head and anterior region of the foregoing, . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 3. Fortieth foot of the same, irregularly contracted in the preparation, x 18.

Fig. 4. Tube of Nothria willemoesii, .... Slightly enlarged.

Fig. 5. Spine from the foregoing (tube), ..... Enlarged.

Fig. 6. Portion of a spine from the same tube, . . . . x 80.

Fig. 7. Head and anterior dorsal region of the same species, the palpi

being somewhat flattened, ..... Enlarged.

Fig. 8. Tenth foot of the same, . . . . . . x 18.

Fig. 9. Fiftieth foot of the foregoing, with a parasitic Loxosoma on the

left, . . . . . . . X 18.

Fig. 10. Separate branchia of the same species with parasitic Loxosomce, . x 25.

Fig. 11. Head and anterior region of arma?^c?^, . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 12. Eleventh foot of the same, . . . . . x 40.

Fig. 13. Twenty -first foot of the foregoing, .... x 40.

6^

TheYoyage of H.M. S. ‘diallen^er.

Annelida. PL.XLI

E.l.del.

LITH ANST.y.JG 3 AC H,' LEI

0 N U PH I DID/E.

1

f

■{

i

-.1

■ j

1

'i

PLATE XLIL

Fig.

1. Anterior dorsal region of Noihria elder si,

-

Enlarged.

Fig.

2. Tenth foot of the same, .

•

X 25.

Fig.

3, Thirtieth foot of the foregoing, .

-

X 25.

Fig.

4. Foot of Eone tnjida,

•

X

oo

p

Fig.

5. Thirtieth foot of Glycera tessellata,

-

X 40.

Fig.

6. Twentieth foot of Glycera amboinensis, .

.

X

00

p

Fig.

7. Anterior region of the same, with the proboscis extruded,

X about 12.

Fig.

8. Thirtieth foot of Glycera sagittarice,

.

o

X

Fig.

9.. Anterior region of Glycera lo^melliformis,

with the proboscis

ex-

traded, ....

•

Slightly enlarged.

Fig.

O

10. Thirtieth foot of Glyc&t-'a lamellif(y)''mis, .

X 15.

Fig. 11.

Dorsal view of the anterior region of Heniipodus magel-

lanicus, ...... Somewhat enlarged.

Fig. 12

Ventral view of the same region in another example,
Fig. 13. Tenth foot of the same, ....
Fio-. 14. Thirtieth foot of the foreffoinff, .

O O o’

Similarly enlarged.

X 25.
X 25.

Fig. 15.

One hundred and tenth foot of Hemipodus magellanicus^

X 25.

The VojcLge of HM.S.‘GhalleTigerl

AiLiielida. PIZLII.

ONUPHIDID/E, G LYCER I

PLATE XLIIL

(ZOOL CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XLIIL

Fig. 1. Anterior region of Aricia platycephala, .... Enlarged.
Fig. 2. Tenth foot of the foregoing, somewhat imperfect in bristles and

otherwise, ......

X 25.

Fig.

3. Twentieth foot of the same, ....

. X 25.

Fig.

4. Anterior dorsal region of Aricidea fragilis,

Enlarged.

Fig.

5. About the twenty-third foot of the foregoing.

X 40.

Fig.

6. Anterior dorsal region of Scoloplos herguelensis, .

. Enlarged.

Fig.

7. Eighth foot of the same, .....

X 40.

Fig.

8. Twentieth foot of the foregoing, somewhat flattened.

X 40.

Fig.

9. Anterior dorsal region of Ammotrypane gracile, .

X 18.

Fig. 10. Posterior end of Travisia herguelensis,

X 12.

Fig.

11. Brada mammillata, .....

. Enlarged.

Fig. 12. Tenth foot of Ammotrypane gracile,

X 40.

Annelida. PL.ZLII.

^ The Yoyage of H.M, S.'CAallenfer'

E. L. del .

J.?. SAC ^

ARICIID/E, OPHELIID/E, CHLOR/EMID/E 8£.

i >

i

I

/ .

PLATE XLIV.

Fig. 1. Head and anterior region of Eumenia reticulata, from the

dorsum, . . . . . . . x about 12.

Fig. 2. Ventro-lateral view of a portion of a large example of the same,

Similarly magnified.

Fig. 3. Anterior end of Scalibregma injiatum, var., . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 4. Fortieth foot of the same, ..... x 40.

Fig. 5. Head and anterior region of Ephesia antarctica, . . x 12.

Fig. 6. Trophonia wyyillei, ..... Somewhat enlarged.

Fig. 7. Anterior end of Trophonia cap>ensis, from the ventral surface, . x 12.

Fig. 8. Posterior end of the same, with tip slightly turned upward, . x 12.

Fig. 9. Lateral view of Trophonia herguelarum, . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 10. Anterior end of a small specimen of the same species (ventral

surface), . . . . . . . x 12.

UTH. ANST, V. J.G. BACH

The Voyage of H.M.S/Cliall eager,’

Aimelida, PL.ALIV

S C A LI B R EG M I D/C, C H LO R/E M I D/E

'A

PLATE XLV.

p.,

*

(zooi* CHALIi. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XLV.

Fig. 1. Anterior end of Bushiella ahyssorum. The snout is seen from the
dorsum, the rest is partly turned round so as to present a
lateral view. The specimen is somewhat softened, . . Enlarged.

Fig. 2. Anterior nervous ganglia of the foregoing. The bifid region em-
braces the snout, . . . . . . X 12.

Fig. 3. Dorsal surface of the anterior region of Brada wliiteavesii, . x 1 2.

Fig. 4. Ventral surface of the same region, . . . . x 12.

Fig. 5. Dorsal view of the head and anterior region of Scolecolepis cirrata,

var., from Sombrero and St. Thomas, . . . x 12.

Fig. 6. Ventral surface of the same, . . . . . x 12.

Fig. 7. First (left) branchial process of Prionospio capensis. Somewhat

compressed, . . . . . . x 24.

Fig. 8. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Chcetozone atlantica, . Enlarged.

Fig. 9. Tip of the tail of Phyllochcetopterus claparedii. Viewed from the

ventral surface, . . . . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 10. Tube of the foregoing species. The dark shading inferiorly indicates
the muddy deposits at the bottom, while 10a is an outline
of the diaphragm, ..... About natural size.

Fig. 11. A tube of the same species in which repair has occurred, the former

torn end projecting to the right as a broad spur, . . Natural size.

Fig. 12. Whorled tube occurring with the foregoing, . . Slightly enlarged.

Fig. 13. Lateral view of three segments of Dasyhranchus sp., from Yedo,

Japan, ....... Enlarged.

Fig. 14. Ventral view of three segments of the same, . . . Enlarged.

Annelida, PL.XLY.

The Voyage of H. M. S. 'Clialleii^ er

E.L.dei;

LITH. ANSI. V J.:-.BACh. lEIPIlu.

CHLOR/EMID/E, CH/ETOPTERiD/E, SPIONID/E

PLATE XLYL,

I

. r«

N

PLATE XLYV

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

Fig.

8.

Fig.

9.

Fig.

10.

Fig.

11.

Fig.

12.

i

It is

has been removed from a tnbe. All are imperfectly pre-
served, .......

Fig. 7. Lateral view of the head and anterior segments of Praxilla
herguelensis. The proboscis is extruded,

rminal cup of Nicoinaclie (f) henthaliana. The front teeth are
viewed obliquely, . . . .

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

made by tbe Expedition.

The Voyage of H,M. S.' Challenger’

Anne 11 da, PI ZLVI.

C L.del.

LITH AN37 : ;■

CH/CTO PTE R I D/E , HALELMINTHID/E Sc MALDANID/E.

\

.4

4

PLATE XLVIL

(ZOOL. CHaLL. exp. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XLVII.

1. Lateral view of the anterior end of Maldanella antarctica, Nearly natural size.

2. Anterior surface of the snout of the same, . . Somewhat enlarged.

3. Anterior region of Maldanella valparaisiensis. From the ventral

surface, ...... Slightly enlarged.

4. Lateral aspect of the anterior region of Maldanella neo-zealanice, Enlarged.

5. Anterior end of Sahellaria (Pallasia) johnstoni. From the dorsal

aspect, . . . . . . .

6. Lateral view of the same region,^ ....

7. Lateral view of the anterior extremity of Sahellaria [Pallasia)

australiensis, ......

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged,

8. Anterior region of Petta assimilis. From the ventral surface, . Enlarged

9. Posterior end of the same. From the dorsal aspect. Still further enlarged,

10. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Ampharete kerguelensis, . Enla,rged,

11. Anterior dorsal view of P%//ocomws crocew5, . . . Enlarged,

12. Anterior end of Amphicteis sarsi. The specimen is softened and
imperfect, but the proportional length of the bristles is
indicated, .......

Enlarged.

1 The curvature of certain of the anterior bristles is an idea of the engraver.

The Yoya^e of H.M. S/Ch-allen^er.'

Annelida. PL.XLYH,

E. L. del.

LITH. ANST.v. J.G.BACH. lEIFZiG.

iVl ALDANID/E, HERMELLID/E &. A M PH ICT EN 1 D/E .

I

PLATE XLVIIL

PLATE XLVIIL

1. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Gruhianella antarctiea, some-
what compressed by the tube from which it was removed.

The left branchise are absent, .... Enlarged.

2. Posterior end of the same species, .... Enlarged.

3. Anterior region of Samythopsis gruheL From the dorsal aspect, . Enlarged.

4. Lateral aspect of the anterior region of Eusamytlia paeifica, . Enlarged.

5. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Melinna armandi, . . Enlarged.

6. Anterior region of Melinna pacijica. From the dorsum, . Enlarged.

7. Anterior view of the snout of Amphitrite kerguelensis, . . Enlarged.

8. Lateral aspect of the anterior region of Lanassa hentha-

liana, ..... Enlarged under a lens.

9. Lateral view of the anterior end of Lecena antarctiea, . . Enlarged.

10. Extremity of the tail of the foregoing, .... Enlarged.

11. Lateral view of the anterior extremity of Pista corrientis. The

specimen is injured.

Enlaregd.

The Voyage of H,M.STCh.aHenger’

Annelida. PIXLVni

EL. del ' LiTH .AMS"' V J.C.8ACH -EIP2IG

A M P H I CTE N 1 D/E T E R E B E L L I D /E

PLATE XLK.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XLIX.

Fig. 1. Amphitrite herguelensis, viewed laterally. The middle of the body

is enclosed in a massive tube of fine mud, . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 2. Lateral view of the anterior region of Terebella gruhei, . " . Enlarged.

Fig. 3. Anterior region of Terehella {Lanice) Jidbellum. From the lateral

aspect, ....... Enlarged.

Fig. 4. Free or upper extremity of the tube of Terehella {Laniee) seti-

cornis, ....... Enlarged.

Fig. 5. Lateral aspect of the anterior region of Pista fasciata, Grube. The

tentacles have been abbreviated, . . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 6. Tip of the tail of Eupista gruhei, with the anal funnel bent

upward, .... . . Enlarged.

Fig. 7. Outline of the anterior region of the same. The specimen is so

decayed that only a remembrance is attempted, . . Enlarged.

Fig. 8. Eemarkable tube with longitudinal and somewhat spiral spinous

ridges. It is chiefly composed of mud, . . Not much enlarged.

Fig. 9. Fragment of the same more highly magnified, showing the scale-like
arrangement of the mud.

LITH. ANST.v.J.G.BACH, LEIPZIG.

The Toya^e of H.M. S.‘ Challenger,’

Aimeliaa, PL.XLIX,

TEREBELLID/C.

I

\

PLATE L

PLATE L,

Fig, 1, Tube of Terehella {Lanice) Jlabellum, with its finely branched
anterior end. It is attached to a Terehratula from 150
fathoms, off Prince Edward Island, . , . Somewhat enlarged.

Fig. 2. The anterior region of Eupista darwini. From the dorsal aspect.

The specimen was removed from a tube, and is softened, . Enlarged.

Fig. 3. Ventral aspect of the same region of the foregoing, . . Enlarged.

Fig. 4. Tube of Euthelepus setubalensis, mostly composed of sponge-

spicules, Enlarged.

The Voyage of H.M.S/CliallerLger’.

Annelida,, PL.L.

TEREBELLID^.

* •

k.*'

I

fi.

}

/

■ I

I

PLATE LI

■

•V r

f:

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV.— 1885.) — LI

■ I

PLATE LI.

Fig. 1. Anterior region of Pista mirabilis, viewed laterally, . . Enlarged.

Fig. 2. Tube of the foregoing, ..... Slightly enlarged.
Fig. 3. Anterior region of Lecena neo-zealanice, viewed from the dorsum.

The specimen is much injured.

Fig. 4. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Euthelepus cliilensis, .
Fig. 5. Ventral view of the same region, ....
Fig. 6. Artacama challengericB. From the lateral aspect.

Fig. 7. Anterior lateral region of Artacama zebuensis,

Fig. 8. Lateral view of Terebellides ehlersi,

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

The Voyage of H.M. S.Thaller.ger.’

yinnelida PI. LI

TEREBELLID/E.

I

I ^

. - ^K' . :~ 'r ‘i-

> 'j ' i ' •

J :

•vt- *^ >

'"•k

i PLATE LIL "

;u\v>_u^

' . . , - .^ii! ^

fc*

Vi«'

J'

• #'.T

»

PLATE LIL

Fig. 1. Neottis antarctica. A portion of the tube — composed of Sali-
cornaria, shells, and other organisms — covers the median
region, .......

Fig. 2. Dorsal aspect of the anterior region of Sabella zehuensis. The
branchiae are softened, ■ .

Fig. 3. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Sabella fusca,

Fig. 4. Anterior dorsal region of Sabella bipunctata,

Fig. 5. Anterior dorsal region of Dasychone orientalis removed from its
tube,

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

‘'•’Wn

[!-'' ' '!' ’; ',

The Voyage of H.M. S. 'Challenger’.

Annelida. PL.LII,

£. L. del.

ivVST V C.G.3ACH. L£

T ER E B ELLI D/E & SABELLID/E.

]

f

\

PLATE LIII.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI.

PLATE LTIL

Fig. 1. Lateral view of Schmardanella pterochceta,

Fig. 2. Lateral view of Potamilla torelli. A portion of the tube — composed
of sand-grains, with a few adherent shells — remains on the
middle of the body, . . . . .

Fig. 3. Dasychone violacea. From the dorsal aspect.

Fig. 4. Anterior ventral region of the same, . . . .

Fig. 5. Dorsal view of the anterior region of Dasychone nigro-maculata, .

Enlarged.

Enlarged,

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

TheA^age of H.M.S.'Cliallengerl

ATLnelida„PILni,

L. del . LITH.ANST V.J.G.BACH LEi^Zlb

TEREBELLID/E "k, S A B E L L I D /€ .

V

X

J

i

I

I

-A.

t-

/

I

; .j

PLATE LIV.

[ ..... J-v'

%

v'Si

I-

’A.

ti.

PLATE LIV.

Fig. 1. Anterior ventral aspect of Dasychone capensis,

Enlarged.

Fig. 2. Dorsal view of Protula capensis, .

Enlarged.

Fig. 3. Protula americana, and tube,

Enlarged.

Fig. 4. Apomatus elisabethce. From the lateral aspect,

Enlarged.

Fig. 5. Tube of Serpula narconensis^

Slightly enlarged.

Fig. 6. Tube of Ditrypa arietina,

Enlarged.

Fig. 7. Tube of Serpula philippensis.

Enlarged.

lith.anst. V j.G.BAC“

Anneltda, PILIV,

Tli6 fo3^g6 of H.M.S.'Challen^er.^

PLATE LV.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE LV.

Fig. 1
Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.
Pig. 6.
Fig. 7.
Fig. 8.

Fig. 9.

Fig. 10.

Anterior region of Serpula narconensis, viewed from the right side,

Tubes and anterior end of Serpula narconensis, var. magellanica.
The rounded bodies attached to the tubes are Ascidians,

Operculum of Pomatocerus strigiceps, showing three tiers,

Anterior region of another example of the same species, with
only a single plate in the operculum.

Portion of the tube of Placostegus ornatus,

Branchiae and operculum of the foregoing.

Portion of the tube of Placostegus henthalianus, .

Fragment of the tube with branchiae and operculum of Placostegus
morchii, . . . . . .

Anterior region of the tube with the operculum and the tips
of branchiae of Placostegus assimilis,

Operculum of Spirohranchus occidentalis,

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

Enlarged.

The Voyage of H.M.S /Challenger'

Annelida. PL.LV.

LITH. .ANST. V. J.G.BACH. LE:P;:G,

SERPULID/C,

PLATE Ia.

Fig. 1. Dorsal bristle of EupTirosyne capensis, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 2. Dorsal bristle of Euphrosyne capensis^ at the inner or dorsal edge

of the row, ....... x 350.

Fig. 3. Ventral bristle of the same species, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 4. Dorsal serrated and forked bristle of Euphrosyne borealis, . x 350.

Figs. 5, 6. Varieties in the ventral bristles of the foregoing, . . . x 350.

Fig. 7. Long serrated dorsal bristles of Chloeia jlava, . . . x 210.

Fig. 8. Anterior dorsal bristle of the same form, with a smooth tip, . x 210.

Fig. 9. Ventral bristle of the same, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 10. Tip of a boldly serrated dorsal bristle of Chloena atlantica,

beyond the fork, . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 11. Tip of another dorsal bristle from the same species, showing slighter

serrations, . . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 12. Third kind of dorsal bristle of the foregoing, with a well-marked

fork and smooth surface, . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 13. Ventral bristle of the same species. From the middle of the body, 350.

Fig. 14. Long slender bristle. From the dorsal tuft of Chloeia fusca, . x 350.

Fig. 15. Ventral bristle (average form). From an anterior foot of same

species, ....... x 350.

Fig. 16. Fragment of one of the longer roughened or spinous dorsal bristles

of Amphinome rostrata, . . . . . x 350.

Tiie Voyage of H.M. S. 'Clia]lengerr.’

An-aelida. Pi I A

PLATE IIa.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI

PLATE IIa.

Fig. 1. Tip of one of the second kind of dorsal bristles of (Jhloeia fusca, . x 350.

Fig. 2. Tip of one of the third kind of dorsal bristles in the same species.

It is tinted of a deep yellow colour, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 3. One of the smoother dorsal bristles (having three faint serrations).

From the anterior third of Notopygos megalopjs, . . x 350.

Fig. 4. Average ventral bristle of the same, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 5. Large pale greenish dorsal bristle of Notopygos lahiatus, . . x 90.

Fig. 6. Tip of an average ventral bristle of the same form, . . x 90.

Fig. 7. Dorsal bristle of (7A/oefa (from “ Porcupine ”), . . . x 350.

Fig. 8. Stouter form of dorsal bristle of Ampliinome rostrata, . . x 350.

Fig. 9. One of the longer dorsal bristles in the same form, . . x 210.

Fig. 10. Ventral bristle of the preceding species, . . . . x 90.

Fig. 11. Tip of the spine of the dorsal division of the foot of the same, . x 350.

Fig. 12. Tip of the spine of the ventral division of the foot in the foregoing, x 350.

Fig. 13. Stout simple hastate spine in the ventral series of Eurythoe

pacijica, ....... x 350.

Fig. 14. Stout simple hastate bristle in the ventral series of Eurythoe

pacijica, var. levukaensis, . . . . . x 350.

^.C M del.

Arineiula . PI, II. A.

1

AM PH I NOM I da:..

PLATE IIIa.

Fig. 1. Simple slender dorsal bristle, minutely roughened toward the tip,

of Hermodice carunculata, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 2. One of the stouter serrated dorsal bristles of the same, . . x 350.

Fig. 3. One of the upper series of ventral bristles of the foregoing, with

a more elongated tip, ..... x 350.

Fig. 4. A stouter ventral bristle of the same species, . . . x 350.

Fig. 5. Simple, slightly curved bristle of ^cf^ca, . . x 350.

Fig. 6. One of the elongated slightly bifid dorsal bristles of the same, . x 350.

Fig. 7. Third kind (stout serrated) of dorsal bristle of the foregoing, . x 350.

Fig. 8. A long (superior) bifid ventral bristle of the same, with a finely

serrated inner margin, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 9. One of the stouter ventral bristles of the preceding, having only

three or four serrations near the tip, . . . x 350.

Fig. 10. Elongated translucent bifid bristle of Eurythoe pacijtca, var.

levuhaeiisis, . . . . . . . x350.

Fig. 11. Stout serrated dorsal bristle of the same, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 12. Ventral bristle (of medium size) from the anterior third of the fore-
going species, . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 13. Simple translucent dorsal bristle of Hipponoe gaudichaudi, . x 350.

Fig. 14. Bifid tip of one of the foregoing, ..... x 700.

Fig. 15. Normal appearance of the lower part of the shaft of the same kind

of bristle, only a slight roughness along the edge indicating
the points, ....... x 700.

Fig. 16. A compressed (and fissured) shaft of the same form, with more

distinct indications of the points or serratures, . . x 700.

Fig. 17. Bifid ventral hook of the preceding species, . . . x 350.

The Voya-ge of H-IT. S. 'ChaHenger

A-nneli da, R. Ill A.

■ ■ W c U dri.

J.O.

i

8.

ii

15.

I

j

; j

AM PHI NO Ml D/E.

• vy '''

• i

PLATE IYa.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE IVa.

Fig. 1. Bristles from the ventral group of the first foot of Lcetmonice

producta, . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 2. One of the stouter superior bristles showing minute chitinous

nodules. From the second foot of the same, . . . x 350.

Fig. 3. Serrated bristle from the upper division of the ventral branch of

the second foot in the same form, . . . . x 90.

Fig. 4. Spinose bristle from the lower division of the ventral branch of the

second foot of the preceding, . . . , . x 90.

Fig. 5. Tip of one of the lustrous brown dorsal spines (of medium size) of

the same species, ...... x 90.

Fig. 6. One of the same with the chitinous sheaths or guards from the

ninth foot, . , . . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 7. Tip of a spine showing an alternate arrangement of the recurved

teeth from the same species, . . . . x 55.

Fig. 8. Tip of one of the fully formed ventral bristles of the foregoing, . x 55.

Fig. 9. Tip of one of the dark brown dorsal spines of Lcetmonice producta,

var. wyvillei, . . . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 10. Tip of one of the ventral bristles of the same form, . . x 55.

Fig. 11. Portion of the distal region of one of the simple inner dorsal
bristles of the same, showing the nodes, which are better
marked than in proper, . . . x 350.

Fig. 12. Portion of one of the fine dorsal bristles overlapping the scales of

Lcetmonice producta, henthcdiana, . . . x 350.

Fig. 13. Portion of the shaft (a short distance below that figured in PI. Va.

fig. 10) of one of the dorsal spines of Lcetmonice japonica, . x 90.

The of H.M. S /Challenger

ATTfieJicI^ PlIVA

APH RODITI D/E.

i

'2

-.-i

. >

-ii

•I

. jt

"i

PLATE Va.

Fig. 1. Tip of one of tlie great dorsal spines of Lcetmonice producta, var.

henthaliana, . . . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 2. Tip of a ventral bristle from the same form, . . . x 55.

Fig. 3. Tip of a short (developing ?) spine from the posterior third of

Lcetmonice producta, var. willemoesii, . . . x 90.

Fig. 4. Ventral bristle of the same species, . . . . x 55.

Fig. 5. Tip of a dorsal spine of Lcetmonice producta, var. assimilis, . x 90.

Fig. 6. A more extensive view of the tij) of one of the spines, so as to

demonstrate the terminal curves, . . . . x 55.

Fig. 7. A similar view of the organ in Lcetmonice filicornis, from Shetland.

The contrast in the curves is evident, . . . x 55.

Fig. 8. Tip of a ventral bristle of Lcetmonice producta, var. assimilis, . x 90.

Fig. 9. Tip of a ventral bristle of Lcetmonice japonica, . . . x 55.

Fig. 10. Tip of a dorsal spine of the same species, . . . . x 90.

Fig. 11. Extremity of one of the very fine hairs forming the “felt” of

Lcetmonice aphroditoides, . . ... . x 350.

Fig. 12, Tip of one of the lustrous brown dorsal spines of this form, . x 55.

Fig. 13. Ventral bristle of the same species, showing the “hairy” condition

of the tip, . . . . . . . X 55.

Fig. 14. Tip of one of the minute serrate bristles from the anterior feet of

the same species, . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 15. Extremity of one of the stout brownish spines from the same region

of the body, . . . . . . . x 90.

APH RODIT! da;.

%

y C .. ■

p"' 'I'i ■ *--••’•'

- -• V^vY

- ■ ■ ! ^ ' •'•V

, j

i

PLATE VIa.

I

(ZOOL CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE VIA.

Fig. 1. Tip of a ventral bristle of Aphrodita intermedia, . . . x 210.

Fig. 2. Dorsal spine of Aphrodita echidna, . . . . x 18.

Fig. 3. Tip of one of the lower ventral bristles of the same species, . x 210.

Fig. 4. Tip of a light bronze -coloured dorsal spine of Aphrodita australis, x 210.

Fig. 5. Tip of one of the inner dorsal bristles (which curve inward amongst

the felt), ....... X 350.

Fig. 6. Tip of one of the smaller inferior ventral bristles of the same species, x 102.

Fig. 7. Extremity of one of the dart-shaped anterior ventral bristles, the

tip being broken, . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 8. Spinose dorsal bristle of Palmyra aurifera, . . . x 50.

Fig. 9. Ventral bristle of the same, . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 10. Dorsal bristle of Lagisca antarctica in Farrant’s solution, . . x 90.

Fig. 11. Ventral bristle of the same, . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 12. Dorsal bristle of Evarne herguelensis, . . . . x 210.

Fig. 13. Superior ventral bristle of the same, slightly turned rouud, and

showing a trace of a secondary process, . . . x 210.

Fig. 14. One of the series having shorter tips from the middle of the ventral

■ tuft in the foregoing species, . . . . . x 210.

Ilie 'Voyage of- HJJ. S. ‘Challeiigea:'

-Ajmehaa, .i/i. ■!! f,.

dd

APHRODITID/E &POLYNOID/E.

PLATE VIIa.

Fig. 1. Average dorsal bristle of Lagisca magellanica, . . . x 90.

Fig. 2. Ventral bristle of the same (from the middle of the series), . x 90.

Fig. 3. Tip of average dorsal bristle of Eulagisca corrientis, . . x 90.

Fig. 4. Bristle from the middle of the ventral tuft of the same form, . x 90.

Fig. 5. Average dorsal bristle of Lagisca tenuisetis, . . . x 400.

Fig 6. Tip of one of the large forms from the same tuft, . . . x 400.

Figs. 7, 8. Superior ventral bristles of the same species, . . . x 40o

Fig. 9. Bristle with shorter tip, from the middle of the ventral series of

the same, ....... x 400.

Fig. 10. Tip of a dorsal bristle of Lagisca per acuta, . . . x 350.

Fig. 11. Extremity of one of the middle bristles of the ventral series of the

same species, . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 12. Tip of a dorsal bristle of Polyeunoa Icevis, . . . . x 210.

Fig. 13. Ventral bristle of the foregoing, . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 14. Tip of a dorsal bristle of Lagisca magellanica, var. grubei, . x 210.

Fig. 15. One of the superior ventral bristles of the same form, . . x 90.

Fig. 16. Tip of a bristle from the middle of the ventral series of the fore-
going, ...... X 210.

A-irntlida P] , VJI. A

P 0 LY N 0 1 D /E^

PLATE VIIIa.

(ZOOL. OHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. — 1886.) LI.

PLATE VIIIa.

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

Fig.

8.

Fig.

9.

Fig.

10.

Fig.

11.

Fig.

12.

Fig.

13.

Fig.

14.

Fig.

15.

Tip of one of the stouter dorsal bristles of Eunoa iphionoides,

Ventral bristle of the same species, ....

Tip of one of the attenuate silky hairs of the dorsal tuft of Iphione
spinosa, .......

Inferior portion of the same bristle, ....

Tip of a ventral bristle of the same species in profile,

A small bristle from the same region of the foot, seen antero-
posteriorly, .......

One of the fine pale dorsal bristles of Iphione ovata,

Tip of one of the second ventral series in the same species.

Tip of a dorsal bristle of Eunoa opalina, ....

Abnormal tip (from fracture ?) of one of the same bristles, .

Pale yellow ventral bristle of the foregoing.

Dorsal bristle of LcBnilla fusca, .....

One of the average examples, from the ventral division of the foot.

Tip of one of the longer superior ventral bristles of Polynoe
platycirrata, .......

Antero-posterior view of a smaller example from the same region, .

X 210.

X 210.

X 700.
X 350.
X 90.

X 90.
X 700.
X 350.
X 90.
X 90.
X 90.
X 90.
X 90.

X 210.
X 210.

AnTielida.. PI.VIIL.A,

P 0 LY N O I D/E.

r- ' f

PLATE IXa.

Fig. 1. T)ots>q\. oi Polynoe platycirrata, . ... x 350.

Fig. 2. Dorsal bristle of Lepidonotus gymnonotus, . . . . x 90.

Fig. 3. Tip of average ventral bristle of the same, . . . . x 210.

Fig. 4. Dorsal bristle of Polynoe capensis, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 5. Ventral bristle of tire same, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 6. Dorsal bristle of Polynoe pustidata, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 7. Tip of a ventral bristle of the same form, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 8. Attenuate dorsal bristle of Polynoe {Langerhansia) euplectelloe, . x 350.

Fig. 9. Tip of average ventral bristle of the foregoing, . . . x 210.

Fig. 10. Tip of a dorsal bristle of Evarnetenuisetis, . ... x 350.

Fig. 11. Extremity of one of the superior ventral bristles of the same

species, ....... x 350.

Fig. 12. Tip of an inferior ventral bristle of the same, . . . x 350.

Fig. 13. Tip of dorsal bristle of Lagisca magellanica, var. murrayi, . x 90.

Fig. 14. One of the short ventral bristles (from the middle of the series) of

the same, . . . . . . . x 90.

The Voya.ge of H.M. S- Challenger.

Ari-nelida,. Pl.IK.A.

PO LY NOl D/E

PLATE Xa.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PAET XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE Xa.

Fig. 1. Extremity of a dorsal bristle of Polynoe iphionoides, . . x 90.

Fig. 2. One of the upper or longer ventral bristles of the same, . . x 90

Fig. 3. Dorsal bristle of Allmaniella setuhalensis, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 4. One of the ventral bristles of the same, from the middle of the group, x 350.

Fig. 5. Tip of moderately elongated dorsal bristle of Polynoe magnipalpa, x 350.

Fiff. 6. Ventral bristle of the same, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 7. Tip of dorsal bristle of Lagisca {Agnodice) moseleyi, . . x 350.

Fig. 8. Tip of ventral bristle of the same, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 9. Tip of long and boldly curved dorsal bristle of Harmothoe hen-

thaliana, . . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 10. Tip of one of the intermediate (or average) ventral jDristles of

the same, ....... x 350.

Fig. 11. Tip of a dorsal bristle of Eunoa yedoensis, . . . x 350.

Fig. 12. Extremity of a ventral bristle of the same, . . . x 350.

Fig. 13. Dorsal bristle of Scalisetosus ceramensis, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 14. One of the inferior ventral bristles of the same, . . . x 350. '

Fig. 15. Dorsal bristle of Lepidonotus ivahlhergi, . . . . x 126.

Fig. 16. Ventral bristle of the same, . . . . . x 126.

AriTielid.a, , PI. X, A.

POLYNOID/E.

PLATE XIa.

Fig. 1. One of the shorter and peculiarly curved dorsal bristles of Eunoa

capensis, ....... x 350.

Fig. 2. Tip of another, with a longer smooth extremity, . . . x 350.

Fig. 3. Ventral bristle of the same, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 4. One of the longer and more slender dorsal bristles of Lagisca

crosetensis, . . . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 5. Lateral view of the tip of one of the shorter dorsal bristles of

the same, ....... x 350.

Fig. 6. Average example from the ventral division of the foot in the

foregoing, ....... x 210.

Fig. 7. Spine-like bristle from the ventral division of the foot of Polynoella

levisetosa, . . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 8. Dorsal bristle of Polynoe attenuata, . ... x 350.

Fig. 9. Tip of ventral bristle, from the same, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 10. Tip of dorsal bristle of Lepidomtus cristatus, . . . x 350.

Fig. 11. Tip of a ventral bristle of the foregoing, . . . . x 210.

Fig. 12. Dorsal bristle of Lagisca yohohamiensis (average example), . x 350.

Fig. 13. Ventral bristle of the same, . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 14. An average form amongst the longer dorsal bristles of Eunoa

ahyssorum, . . . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 15. Tip of one of the longer (superior) ventral bristles of the preceding, x 90.

Fig. 16. Tip of one of the shorter and smaller inferior bristles, . . x 90.

16.

13 /

PO LY N O 1 D/E,

PLATE XIIa.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI.

PLATE XIIa.

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

Fig.

8.

Fig.

9.

Fig.

10.

Fig.

11.

Fig.

12.

Fig.

13.

Fig.

14.

Fig.

15.

Fig.

16.

Fig.

17.

Fig.

18.

Fig.

19.

Tip of dorsal bristle of Lagisca darwini, . . . .

Extremity of one of the longer ventral bristles of the same,

One of the shorter ventral bristles of the foregoing,

Extremity of a dorsal bristle of Lagisca kermadecensis,

One of the upper ventral bristles of the same in profile,

Tip of one of the latter. Viewed antero-posteriorly.

Dorsal bristle of Eunoa mindanavensis, ....
Tip of a ventral bristle of the same species.

Smooth dorsal bristle of Polynoe {Macellic&pliala) mirahilis^

One of the ventral bristles of the foregoing.

Tip of one of the latter, ......

Tip of one of the dorsal bristles of Polynoe synopMhalma, .

Tip of a ventral bristle of the same species.

One of the shorter dorsal bristles of Lagisca hexactinellidcB,

One of the superior (long) ventral bristles of the same,

One of the inferior (shorter) ventral bristles.

Tip of a ventral bristle of Polynoe {Admetella) longipedata,

Tip of an average ventral bristle, from about the twentieth foot of
Polynoe ocellata, ......

Tip of one of the powerful bristles, from the fiftieth foot of the
same. The contrast with the former is bold.

X 800.

X 800.

X 700.
X 350.
X 350.
X 350.
X 350.
X 250.
X 80.
X 80.
X 400.
X 250.
X 250.
X 400.
X 400.
X 400.
X 210.

X 800.

X 800.

The Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger.

^ C K.

Armelida,. 'FI.. XII, A.

10.

, 'I

r-

L

L

u

I

.'A

a

3

n

A

-i

n

A

:q

— »

A

liClT

PO LYNOI D/E,

i

. i

i

i

•1

A

J

PLATE XIIIa.

Fig. 1, Ventral bristle (of the anterior third of the body) in Leanira

areolata, . . . . . . . x 250-

Fig. 2. Lateral view of a bristle with attenuate spear-tip, from the upper

part of the foot of the same, about the anterior third, . x 104.

Fig. 3. One of the smaller (inferior) bristles of the stout vertical row,

showing a minute filiform process at the tip, . . . x 80.

Fig. 4. A stout bristle with smooth tip (probably from wear) from the same

row, . . . . . . . . X 80.

Fig. 5. One of the larger inferior bristles of the same, in profile, . . x 80.

Fig. 6. Characteristic portion of an average example of the inferior bristles

of the foregoing species, . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 7. Dorsal bristle, from the anterior third of Thalenessa digitata, . x 210.

Fig. 8. Portion of the thickest region of one of the same, . . . x 350.

Fig. 9. One of the central series of stoutish bristles in the first foot of the

foregoing, ....... x 210.

Fig. 10. One of the stout ventral bristles in the fully formed foot, showing

only a single terminal piece, . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 11. Portion of the thickest region of one of the larger dorsal bristles

in the fully formed foot of Thalenessa oculata, . . x 350.

Fig. 12. One of the central ventral bristles (in the fully formed foot) of the

same, ....... x 250.

Fig. 13. Central ventral bristle in the anterior third of Thalenessa

Jimbriata, ....... x 400.

Fig. 14. Central or average form of the ventral bristle, from the anterior third

of Psammolyce occidentalis, . . . . . x 250.

Fig. 15. Tip of one of the more elongated forms, . . . . x 250.

Fig. 16. Dorsal bristle of Eupholoe philippensis, . . . . x 400.

Fig. 17. One of the central ventral bristles of the same, . . . x 250.

Fig. 18. An average bristle of the ventral divisions of Psammolyce

Jijiensis, ....... x 250.

Fig. 19. One of the superior ventral bristles of Leanira magellanica, . x 250.

Fig. 20. One of the stouter (median) bristles of the same division of the

foot, ........ X 250.

SIGALION I D/£.

.1

i

PLATE XIYa.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XIVa.

Fig. 1, One of tlie superior ventral bristles (with whorls of spikes) of Leanira

japanensis, . . . . . . . x 250.

Fig. 2. One of the upper and larger ordinary ventral bristles of the same, . x 250.

Fig. 3, Ventral bristle of Leanira IcBvis, ..... x 250.

Fig. 4. Serrated bristle, from the inferior division of the tenth foot of

Eulepis wyvillei, . , . . . . x 400.

Fig. 5. One of the powerful golden dorsal hooks, from the middle region

of the body in the same species, . . . . x 100.

Fig. 6. One of the strong winged bristles, from the inferior division of the

foot, . . . . . . . X 110.

Fig. 7. Dorsal hook of Eulepis challengerice, . . . . x 400.

Fig. 8. Solitary pectinate bristle, from the superior edge of the inferior

division of the foot of the same, . . . . x 600.

Fig. 9. One of the short, transversely barred bristles of Nephthys trisso-

phyllus, ....... X 210.

Fig. 10. One of the superior elongated bristles of the same, . . x 90.

Fig. 11. A long posterior bristle from another (smaller) example, having the

parasitic Infusorian attached, . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 12. BsiTTedi hvistle of Nephthys phyllobranchia, . . . x 400.

Fig. 13. One of the elongated bristles of the same, . . . . x 90.

Fig. 14. Bristle (average) in profile, from the anterior third of Phyllodoce

{Anaitis) sanctoe-vincentis, . . . . . x 800.

Fig. 15. Antero-posterior view of one of the same, . . . . x 800.

Figs. 16, 17. Two varieties of bristles, from the anterior third of Eulalia

capensis, . . . . . . . x 530.

5.

- The Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger.’

SIGALIONID/E, N EPHTHYDI D/£.&'='

PLATE XVa.

Fig. 1. Bristle of Phyllodoce duplex, . . . . . x 800.

Fig. 2. Bristle of Genetyllis (?) oculata. Viewed somewhat antero-

posterioriy, . . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 3. Another of the same seen laterally, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 4. Bristle of Greeffia oahuensis, ..... x 430.

Fig. 5. Dorsal bristle of Dalhousia atlantica, . . . . x 50.

Fig. 6. One of the longer (superior) ventral bristles of the same, . . x 90.

Fig. 7. One of the forms with shorter tips, . . . . x 210.

Fig. 8. One of the posterior bristles (with short tip) of a fragmentary

Hesione, from St. Thomas’s, West Indies, . . . x 400.

Fig. 9. Another with a longer extremity, ..... x 400.

Fig. 10. Average bristle of Hesione (Fallacia) pantherina, . . . x 400.

Fig. 11. Simple solitary bristle of Salvator ia kerguelensis, . . . x 400.

Fig. 12. Jointed inferior bristle of the same, . . . . x 400.

Fig. 13. Ono, oi t\\Q,\oagQThxis,t\&s, oi Eusyllis kerguelensis, . . x 400.

Fig. 14. Bristle of Syllis gigantea, . . ... . . x 250.

Fig. 15. Bristle of Autolytus maclearanus, ..... x 400.

Fig. 16. Setigerous process of one of the feet, with the bristles of Syllis

setuhalensis, ....... x 400.

Fig. 17. Setigerous process of a posterior foot of the foregoing, with the

bristles, ....... x 400.

Fio;. 18. Setio^erous lobe of the anterior region of an attached female bud of

Syllis ramosa (13 on the Plate by mistake), . . . x 400.

Fig. 19. Tip of one of the broad flattened translucent bristles in a free

female bud of the same, ..... x 400.

Fig. 20. Setigerous region of one of the anterior feet of Syllis hrasiliensis, . x 400.

Fig. 21. Upper bristle of Syllis capensis, ..... x 400.

Fig. 22. Bristle of Sphcerosyllis kerguelensis, . . . . x 400.

AntielicLsi-. Pl.'XV.A.

PLATE XYIa.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XVIa.

Fig. 1. Setigerous region of a foot of Syllis ramosa (parent stock), . x 400,

Fig. 2. Dorsal bristle, from the tenth foot of Nereis (Platynereis)

kobiensis, . . . . . . . x 400.

Fig, 3, Amber-coloured hook from the inferior border of the group, from

the thirty-seventh foot of the same, . . . . x 400.

Fig. 4. One of the larger superior falcate bristles, from the inferior division

of the foregoing foot, . . . . . . x 400.

Fig. 5. One of the dorsal bristles, from the tenth foot of Nereis tonga-

tabuensis, ....... x 400.

Fig. 6. Falcate bristle, from the superior lobe of the thirty-seventh foot of

the foregoing, . . . . . . x 590.

Fig. 7. Falcate bristle, from the inferior lobe of the same foot, . . x 590.

Fig, 8. Dorsal bristle, from the thirty-seventh foot of Nereis melanoce'phala^ x 400.

Fig. 9. Distal end of a falcate bristle, from the ventral series of the same foot, x 400.

Fig. 10. Setose dorsal bristle, from the thirty-seventh foot of Nereis atlantiea, x 400.

Fig. 11. A falcate bristle, from the inferior division of the tenth foot of the

same, ....... x 400,

Fig. 12. Setose dorsal bristle, from the tenth foot of Nereis longisetis, . x 400.

Fig. 13. One of the inferior ventral bristles, with very short setose tips, in the

twenty-seventh foot of the foregoing, . . . x 400.

Fig. 14. A setose bristle, from the dorsal series of Nereis antillensis, . x 400.

Fig. 15, A falcate bristle, from the superior division of one of the posterior

feet of the same, ...... x 400.

Fig. 16. One of the upper falcate forms, from the ventral division of the foot

posteriorly, ....... x 400.

Fig. 17. Setose dorsal bristle, from the tenth foot of Nereis kerguelensis, . x 400.

Fig. 18. One of the upper falcate bristles, from the inferior series of the tenth

foot of the same, ..... ‘ x 530.

Fig. 19. One -of the falcate bristles, from the inferior division of the foot of

Nereis longisetis, . . . . . . x 400,.

The Voyage of H.M. S. ‘Challengex.’ Apndida.Pl, XVlA

SY LLI D/E k N E R E I D/E

PLATE XVIIa.

Fig, 1. Setose bristle, from the middle of the superior series of the tenth

foot oi Nereis patagonica, ..... x 400.

Fig. 2. A falcate bristle, from the inferior series of the same foot, . . x 530.

Fig. 3. A setose bristle, from the middle of the superior series of the

twelfth foot (in water) of Nereis hrasiliensis, . . . x 400.

Fig. 4. A falcate bristle, from the inferior border of the twelfth foot of

the same, ....... x 530.

Fig. 5, Peculiar crenate dorsal bristle of Stauroceg)halus atlanticus, . x 800.

Figs. 6, 7. Superior and inferior bristles of the ventral division of the

foot of the foregoing, . . . . . . x 450,

Fig. 8. One of the slender elongate bristles from the ventral division of the

foot in the same, ...... x 350.

Fig. 9. One of the shorter dorsal bristles of Staurocephalus australiensis, . x 250.

Fig. 10. Ventral bristle of the foregoing, ..... x 250.

Fig. 11. One of the superior winged bristles (in calcium chloride), from

the tenth foot of Lumhriconereis pettigrewi, . . . x 250.

Fig. 12. Bristle, from the middle of the same foot, . . . . x 250.

Fig. 13. A posterior hook (in profile) of the same form, viewed laterally, . x 400.

Fig. 14, An antero-posterior view of a smaller hook from the same region, . x 400.

Fig. 15. Elongated hook, from the tenth foot of a variety of Lumhriconereis

pettigrewi, . . . . . . . x 250.

Fig. 16. Profile view of the upper hook, from a foot near the middle of

the body of Lumhriconereis hifurcata, . . . x 400.

Fig. 17. One of the third series (jointed hooks), from the anterior third of

Lumhriconereis japonica, . . . . , x 250.

Fig, 18. A posterior hook of Lumhriconereis herguelensis, . . . x 400.

Annelida.. Pl.XVJIA.

N EREI D/E, STAUROCEPHALID/E I LUMBRIN EREI D/E

PLATE XVIIIa.

(ZOOL. CHAiL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XVIIIa.

Fig. 1. A lateral view of one of the posterior hooks of Lumhriconereis

japonica, . . . . . . . x 250.

Fig. 2. One of the winged bristles next the winged hooks in the tenth

foot of Lumbriconereis hei^guelensis, . . . . x 250.

Fig. 3. The upper hook of the series in the tenth foot of the same, . x 400.

Fig. 4. Two of the extremely elongated bristles projecting from the thirtieth

foot of the foregoing, . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 5. One of the elongated bristles, from the sixteenth foot of Lumhri-

conereis neo-zealanicB, var. A, . . . . x 250.

Fig. 6. Posterior hook of the same, var. A, . . . . x 400.

Fig. 7. Posterior (and suj>erior) hook of Lumhriconereis neo-zealanice, var. B, x 400.

Fig. 8. Winged bristle, from the sixteenth segment of the same (var. B), . x 250.

Fig. 9. The third winged hook (viewed antero-posteriorly) of the tenth

foot of the foregoing (var. B), . . . . x 250.

Fig. 10. Posterior hook of Lumhriconereis ahyssorum, . . . x 400.

Fig. 11. Vo&tQYiox hook oi Lumhriconereis punctata, . . . x 400.

Fig. 12. Posterior hook of Lumhriconereis ehlersi, var. tenuisetis, . . x 400.

Fig. 13. An average hook, from the fragmentary example of Lumhrico-
nereis hetero'poda, . . . . . . x 250.

Fig. 14. Tip of a bristle (from the group below the dorsal hook) of the

foregoing, ....... x 250.

Fig. 15. A posterior bristle of Ahtocfrrits cayjensfs, . . . . x 250.

Fig. 16. Dorsal bristle, from the thirtieth foot of 5c/marc?6B, . x 400.

Fig. 17. Jointed bristle, from the thh’tieth foot of the same, . . x 400.

Fig. 18. Upper brownish spine (with hook and wing), from the fiftieth foot

of the foregoing, . . . . . . x 400.

Fig. 19. Brush-like bristle, from the posterior region of the same, . . x 400.

Fig. 20. One of the stouter bristles, from a fragment of a male specimen of

Palolo viridis, ...... x 400.

Fig. 21. A jointed bristle from the same specimen, . . . . x 400.

An-nelida., PL XYUIVi.

12.

V.-.i-te;-!! Brci.

PLATE XIXa.

Fig. 1, Brusli-sliaped bristle of Nematonereis (fragment) from Sea Point.

From the superior division of the foot, . . . x 350.

Fig. 2. Articulated ventral bristle of the same species, . . . x 350.

Fig. 3. Brush-shaped bristle, from the superior branch of Nematonereis,

from St. Vincent, ...... x 350.

Fig. 4. Compound bristle, from the inferior division of the foot of the

same species, ....... x 350.

Fig. 5. Long hook, from the inferior division of the foregoing, just after

development {i.e., unworn), . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 6. Dorsal bristle of jE'imme . . . . x 210.

Fig. 7. Brush-shaped bristle from the same group, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 8. Compound bristle, from the inferior division of the foot of the

foregoing, . . . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 9. Strong bifid posterior hook from the same, one of the wings only

being indicated, . . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 10. Compound bristle, from the inferior division of the foot of Eunice

prognatha, . . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 11. Tip of stout blackish hook, from the posterior region of the same, . x 210.

Fig. 12. Compound bristle, from the inferior group of the twentieth foot of

Eunice torresiensis, . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 13. Posterior hook, from the same species, . . . . x 210.

Fig. 14. Compound bristle, from the twentieth foot of Eunice cerstedi, off

Marion Island, . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 15. Compound bristle, from the same foot of a specimen of Eunice

from Bergen, Norway, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 16. Compound bristle, from the twentieth foot of Eunice vittata, . x 350.

Fig. 17. Posterior hook, from the same species, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 18. Compound bristle, from the inferior border of the twentieth foot of

Marphysa goodsiri, . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 19. Tip of the posterior hook of the same species, . . . x 350.

Fig. 20. One of the lower (broader) bristles, from the dorsal group of the

foregoing, ....... x 350.

Fig. 21. Superior bristle, from the twentieth foot of Eunice cirrohranchiata.

Not altogether a lateral view, . . . . x 210.

Fig. 22. Compound bristle from the same foot, slightly turned round, . x 350.

Fig. 23. A more completely lateral view of a bristle from the same foot, the

shaft being somewhat injured by compression, . . x 350.

Fig. 24. Posterior hook of the same species, with the usual double wing, . x 210.

Annelida.. FI. XJXA.

8.

W.C M del

T&rLtsrr. Brc'

LUMBRINEREID/E &. EUNICID/E.

PLATE XXa.

('ZOOL, CHALL. EXP. — PABT XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI

PLATE XXa.

Fig. 1. Dorsal bristle, from the anterior region of Eunice kobiensis, . x 350.

Fig. 2. Compound bristle, from the fortieth foot of the same, mounted in

calcium chloride, . . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 3. Posterior hook of the foregoing, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 4. Dorsal bristle, from the tenth foot of Eunice edivardsi. Viewed

nearly but not quite laterally, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 5. Brush-shaped bristle, from the same foot, . . . , . x 350.

Fig. 6. Compound bristle of the same species, from the middle of the body, x 350.

Fig. 7. Inferior hook of the foregoing, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 8. Compound bristle, from the middle region of Eunice aphroditois, . x 210.

Fig. 9. Posterior hook, from the same form, . . . ' . x 210.

Fig. 10. Compound bristle, from the anterior third of Eunice aphroditois

from Samboangan, . . . ... . x 126.

Fig. 11. Tip of a compound bristle, from the twentieth foot of Eunice

torquata, ....... x 350.

Fig. 12. Fully developed and somewhat worn hook, from the posterior

region of the same, ...... x 210.

Fig. 13. Developing hook of the foregoing not yet projecting beyond the

foot. The wing is imperfectly seen from the opacity of the
surrounding tissue, . . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 14. Compound bristle, from one of the smaller examples of e/seyf, x 350.

Fig. 15. Similar bristle, from a large example of the foregoing species, . x ,350.

Fig. 16. Posterior hook from the latter specimen. The wing or guard,

which is seldom complete, has been restored after an examina-
tion of several, . . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 17. Compound bristle, from the twentieth foot of Nicidon balfouriana, x 350.

Fig. 18. Posterior hook, from the foregoing, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 19. Compound bristle, from the twentieth foot of Eunice murrayi, . x 350.

Fig. 20. Eecently developed hook, from the posterior region of the same, . x 350.

Fig. 21. Compound bristle (in water), from the twentieth foot of Eunice

mindanavensis, . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 22. Inferior hook of the same, . . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 23. Compound bristle, the shaft being slightly turned round, from the

twentieth foot of Eunice equihranchiata, . . . x 350.

Fig. 24. Inferior hook of the same, . . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 25. Bifid hook of Macduffia honhardi, . ... x 350.

Fig. 26. Compound bristle of the foregoing, . . . . x 350.

Tlie Voyage cf H.M. S. ‘Challen^^er.

Anxi e'Hda,, PI 7.X. A .

E U N 1 C 1 D/E.

- ...if/.-.-J-y . ...

H J ■; . -r .'.v -. ,

;-'s ;.- ?■•;'•.■• 'y^ '.'"I' •'•>,'^1

4'i, -'

y,? , '■- ->5^' •■

Ik •

'C, '.fc■^

PLATE XXIa.

■■ A>v-- yyy* -ti j f

l< ’■ ■ •--.'A'

■•^' * > ■• • •. .<•

./ .

■Vk

]-•" ■«

- ‘I

PLATE XXIa.

Fig. 1. Brush-shaped bristle, from the dorsal series of the twentieth foot
of Eunice harvicensis, . . , .

Fig. 2. Compound bristle, from the same foot, ....
Fig. 3. Posterior hook of the foregoing, .....

Fig. 4. Compound bristle (nearly developed and unworn), from the ventral
border of the twentieth foot of Eunice pycnohranchiata,

Fig. 5. Inferior hook, from the same, .....
Fig. 6. Compound bristle of Eunice trihrancliiata.

Fig. 7. Inferior hook of the same, ......

Fig. 8. Compound bristle, from the superior group in Eunice hassensis,

Fig. 9. Inferior hook, from the same species, ....

Fig. 10. Compound bristle, from Eunice (fragment) from Bermuda,

Fig. 11. Posterior hook of the same species, ....

Fig. 12. Brush-shaped bristle, from the dorsal series of the foregoing Eunice,
Fig. 13. Compound bristle, from the same species, ....

Fig. 14. Inferior spine (corresponding to the hook) of the same.

Fig. 15. Hook, from one of the posterior feet of Hyalinoecia henthaliana,

Fig. 16. Bifid bristle, from the first foot of a dried example of the same,

Fig. 17. Bifid bristle, from the first foot of Nothria minuta,

Fig. 18. Hooks, from the twentieth foot of the same.

Fig. 19. Worn bifid bristle, from the first foot of a large example oi Nothria
sombreriana. The wings have been broken off.

Fig. 20. More perfect bristle, from the same foot of a young specimen.

Fig. 21. Tip of an anterior dorsal bristle (simple) from the same.

Fig. 22. Brush-shaped bristle from the foregoing, ....
Fig. 23. Hook, from the twentieth foot of the same.

Fig. 24. Bifid bristle, from the first foot of Nothria tenuisetis,

Fig. 25. Hook (superior), from the twentieth foot of the same.

Fig. 26. Hook (superior), from the posterior region of the foregoing, one wing
being bent downward, .....

Fig. 27. Bifid bristle ^ (probably slightly worn), from the first foot of Nothria
abranchiata, .......

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

210.

X

210.

X

210.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

90.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

90.

^ It is weU to bear in min'd that Farrant’s solution obliterates many of the markings toward the tip.

Aimelida., PI KXLA,

The Voya-^e of H.If. S. '^Clialle-ngeT.'

PUNICID/E &ONUPHIDID/E^

PLATE XXIIa.

(iJOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) — LI.

. PLATE XXIIa.

Fig. 1. Dorsal bristle, from the twentieth foot of Nothria abranchiata, . x 210.

Fig. 2. Inferior bristle, from the same foot, . . . . x 210.

Fig. 3. Hook, from the twentieth foot of the foregoing, . . . x 210.

Fig. 4. Bifid bristle, from the first foot of iVbi/m’a ^2/cnohrawc/w’ato, . x 210.

Fig. 5. Lower hook, from the twentieth foot of the same, . . . x 210.

Fig. 6. Bifid bristle, from the first foot of Nothria macrobranchiata, . x 210.

Fig. 7. Hook, from the middle of the foot (about tw^entieth) of the

same, ....... x 210.

Fig. 8. Bristle, from the twentieth foot of Eone trifida, in calcium

chloride, ........ x 350.

Fig. 9. Blunt spine, from the fiftieth foot of the same, . . . x 350.

Fig. 10. Bristle, from the upper edge of the inferior series of the twentieth

foot in Glycera sagittariw, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 11. Bristle, from the middle of the ventral series in Glycera lamelli-

formis, ....... x 350.

Fig. 12. One of the lower series of the superior tuft of the thirtieth foot in

Hemipodus magellanicus, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 13. One of the lower series of the superior division of the ventral bristles

of the thirtieth foot of the same, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 14. Bristle, from the middle of the inferior series of the ventral bristles

of the thirtieth foot in the foregoing species, . . . x 350.

Fig. 15. The middle bristle (of the three), from the inferior ventral series of

the ninetieth foot in the same, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 16. Stout bristle, from the anterior region of Hn'ci’a . x 210.

Fig. 17. Basal region of a serrated bristle, from the same region of the fore-
going, the tip being fractured, . . . . x 210.

Fig. 18. Long and peculiarly curved bristle, from the tenth foot of Aricidia

fragilis, . . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 19. Long bristle, from the ventral tuft of the eighth foot of Scoloplos

kergiielensis, . . . . . ... x 350.

Fig. 20. Forked bristle, from the tenth foot of Eumenia reticulata, . . x 350.

Fig. 21. Forked bristle, from about the fortieth foot of Scalibregma injiatum,

var., ........ X 350.

Figs. 22, 23. Two bristles, from Ephesia antarctica, the former being
slightly turned,

X 350.

! 'V'

ON U PH I Dl D/E, CLYCERID/E. A R 1 C 1 1 D.C 5.c,

PLATE XXIIIa.

Fig. 1. Portion of a bristle, from the inferior tuft of the second foot of

Trophonia capensis, . . . . . x 116.

Fig. 2. Hook, from the ventral tuft of the tenth foot of the same, . . x 90.

Fig. 3, Posterior bristle with hooked tip, from the foregoing, . . x 55.

Fig. 4. Portion (near the tip) of a superior bristle, from the tenth foot of

Trophonia herguelarum, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 5. Hook, from the lower border of the tenth group of the same, . x 90.

Fig. 6. Upper hook, from the same series, . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 7. Portion of one of the larger frontal bristles of Brada inammillata,

with parasitic Infusoria, . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 8. Ventral hook, from the tenth foot of the same, . . . x 90.

Fig. 9. Basal region of one of the anterior bristles of Brada ivhiteavesii, . x 350.

Fig. 10. Anterior hook of the foregoing, . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 11. Portion of the basal region of a dorsal bristle, from the first foot

of Trophonia wyvillei. The proximal end is inferior, . x 90.

Fig. 12. Portion of the slender distal region of the same bristle where the

striae are evident, . . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 13. Bristle, from the ventral series of the tenth foot of the foregoing, x about 40.

Fig. 14. Tip of one of the same series, . . . . . x 90.

Fig. 15. Extremity of a bristle, from the first series of . x 350.

Fig. 16. Portion from the middle of one of the smaller forms from the

same group, ....... x 350.

Fig. 17. The same region of the bristle so as to show the length of the

divisions on each side of the transverse bar, . . . x 55.

Fig. 18. Tip of one of the ventral bristles from the foregoing, . . x 350.

Fig. 19. Group of the fourth series of bristles in Ranzania capensis^ . x 350.

Fig. 20. Bristle with expanded tip, from the same foot, . . . x 350.

CHLOR/EM I D/E Xcc

i

PLATE XXIVa.

^ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI.

PLATE XXIVa.

Fig. 1. One of the first series of bristles in FhyllochcBtopterus claparedii,

in profile, ....... x 350.

Fig. 2. The same seen antero-posteriorly, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 3. Strong brownish spine, from the middle of the third series of

bristles in the foregoing form, . . . . x 90.

Fig. 4. Bristle, from the fifth series in this species, . . . x 350.

Fig. 5. Group of bristles, from the posterior region in the same example, . x 350.

Fig. 6. Hook, from about the fiftieth foot of Scolecolepis cirrata, var. 2,

from Sombrero and St. Thomas, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 7. One of the larger hooks, from the tenth foot of Prionospio capensis,

seen partly but not quite in profile, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 8. A smaller example from the same foot, exhibiting a full profile, . x 350.

Fig. 9. Fragment of a dorsal bristle, from the tenth series of Cirratulus

capensis, . . ’ . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 10. Hook, from the posterior region of the same (in Farrant’s solution), x 55.

Fig. 11. Hook, from the posterior part of the fragment of amWZz's, x 350.

Fig. 12. Dorsal bristle, from the tenth foot of Chcetozone atlantica, . . x 55.

Fig. 13. Dorsal bristle, from the tenth foot of Chcetozone henthaliana, . x 55.

Fig. 14. Posterior ventral bristles and spines in the same form, . . x 350.

Fig. 15. Anterior hook of Notomastus agassizii, . ... x 500.

Fig. 16. Hook, from the second region of . . x 500.

Fig. 17. Hook oi Dasyhranchus sp. (fragment), . . . . x 500.

Fig. 18. Dorsal bristle, from the eighth foot of Nicomache capensis, . x 350.

Fig. 19. Ventral hook, from the same foot of the foregoing, . . . x 350.

Fig. 20. Hook, from the eighth bristled foot of Nicomache japonica, . x 350.

Fig. 21. Posterior hook of Nicomache (?) henthaliana, . . . x 350.

CH/ETOPTERl D/E, SPION 1 D/E, Cl RRATU LI □>€, MALDAN 1 D/E.&c

PLATE XXVa.

Fig. 1. Hook, from the fourteenth row of Maldane malmgreni, .

Fig. 2. Hook, from the sixth segment of Praxilla Jcdllikeri,

Fig. 3. Hook, from the eighth segment of Praxilla lankesteri,

Fig. 4. Hook, from the eighth segment of Maldane (?) atlantica,

Fig. 5. Posterior hook of Praxilla (?) challenger ice,

Fig. 6. Hook, from the eighth segment of Praxilla Icerguelensis, .

Fig. 7. Hook, from the eighth segment of Praxilla assimilis,

Fig. 8. Hook, from the eighth segment of Praxilla capensis.

Fig. 9. Hook, from a fragmentary speeimen of Mcddane (?),

Fig. 10. Hook, from a fragment of Pi'axilla occidentalis, .

Fig. 11. Hook, from the eighth segment of Maldanella antarctica.

Fig. 12. Hook, from the eighth segment of

Fig. 13. Hook, from the eighth segment of Mcddanella neo-zecdanice,

Fig. 14. a, h, c, d. Various views of the hooks of Myriochele lieeri, and
var. from Station 47,

Fig. 15. Hock, oi Myriochele pacifica, . ... .

Fig. 16. One of the outer palese of the cephalic region of Sahellaria
(Pallasia) johnstoni, .....

Fig. 17. Tip of one of the inner palese from the same specimen.

Fig. 18. Bristle from the first tuft in the foregoing,

Fig. 19. Dorsal bristle, from the anterior region of the same.

Fig. 20. Intermediate (and more minute) oar-shaped bristle, from the same
tuft, .......

Fig. 21. Ventral bristle, from the same foot, ....

Fig. 22. a. Portion of a delicate spinous bristle, from the ventral tuft of
the posterior region of the foregoing species. 6. A similar
fragment of a more minute example.

Fig. 23. Anterior hook of the preceding, .....

Fig. 24. One of the outer palese of the cephalic region of Sahellaria
(Pallasia) capensis, .

Fig. 25. Another of the same, viewed laterally.

X

210.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

430.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

350.

X

234.

X

430.

X

350.

X

1200.

X

1200.

X

55.

X

55.

X

90.

X

90.

X

350.

X

210.

X 350.
X 700.

X 55.

. X about 35.

MALDANl D/E. AM MOCH ARl D/E S. H ERM ELLI D/E

PLATE XXYIa.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI.

PLATE XXVIa.

Fig. 1, Bifid bristle, from the third foot of Nothria willemoesii,

Fig. 2. Bristle from the same foot, viewed antero-posteriorly, so as to
exhibit the “ wing,” ......

Fig. 3. Delicate brush-shaped bristle, from the posterior region of the
foregoing, .......

Fig. 4. Bifid hook, from the posterior region of the same, .

Fig. 5. Bifid bristle, from the first region of Nothria ehlersi,

Fig. 6. Hook, from the posterior region of the same,

Fig. 7. Brush-shaped bristle, from the twentieth foot of the foregoing.

Fig. 8. Bifid bristle, from the first foot of Nothria armandi,

Fig. 9. Brush-shaped bristle, from the twentieth foot of the same, .

Fig. 10. Hook, from the fiftieth foot of the foregoing.

Fig. 11. One of the inner palese of Sahellaria [Pallasia) capensis, . x

Fig. 12. Hook of the same species (slightly turned).

Fig. 13. Outer palea of the crown of Sahellaria {Pallasia) australiensis.

Fig. 14. Tip of one of the inner palese of the same, ....

Fig. 15. Hook of the foregoing, ......

Fig. 16. Winged bristle, from the anterior region of Petta assimilis. The
figure shows part of both wings, ....

Fig. 17. Winged bristle of the same, with a delicate limb at the tip.

Fig. 18. Strong hook-like caudal bristle from the foregoing.

Fig. 19. Hook of the same form, ......

Fig. 20. Paleola (of average size) of Ampharete somhreriana,

Fig. 21. Uncinus of the same, ......

Fig. 22. Paleola from the middle of the group in Ampharete Jcerguelensis, .
Fig. 23. Tip of a paleola from a smaller specimen of the same species,
showing the filiform tip and the wing-like process at the margin.
Fig. 24. Hook of the same, .......

Fig. 25. Hook of Phyllocomus croceus, .....

Fig. 26. Bristle from the anterior region of Amphicteis gunneri, var.

atlantica, .......

Fig. 27. Hook of the same, .......

Fig. 28. Flook of Amphicteis gunneri, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
Canada, . . . .

Fig. 29. Hook of Amphicteis gunneri, from Shetland,

X 350.

X 430.

X 350.
X 210.
X 350.
X 210.
X 350.
X 350.
X 350.
X 210.
about 40.
X 700.
X 90.
X 90.
X 700.

X 210.
X 210.
X 210.
X 700.
X 90.
X 700.
X 114.

X 700.
X 700.
X 350.

X 55.
X 700.

X 700.
X 700.

ONUPH!DID/E, HERMELLID/E, AM P H i CTE N I D/€ & AM PHAR ETl D.€.

<

4

■i

‘1

'1

A

•;

'

1

PLATE XXVIIa.

PLATE XXVIIa.

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.
Fig. 6.
Fig. 7.
Fig. 8.
Fig. 9.
Fig. 10.
Fig. 11.
Fig. 12.
Fig. 13.
Fig. 14.
Fig. 15.
Fig. 16.
Fig. 17.
Fig. 18.
Fig. 19.

Hook of AmpMcteis sarsi, ......

Hook of Amphicteis ivyvillei, .....

Paleola of Amphicteis japonica, . ... .

Paleola of Amphicteis gunneri, from Norway,

Hook of Amphicteis japonica, . ... .

Hook of Gruhianella antarctica, .....

Hook of dried specimen of Gruhianella antarctica, var. (Station 158),
Uncinus of Samythopsis gruhei, . ... .

Hook of Eusamytha pacijica, .....

Posterior l)ranckial hook of Melinna maculata,

Anterior bristle (as usual in Farrant’s solution) of the same.

Ventral hook of the foregoing, . . . . .

Posterior branchial hook of Melinna armandi,

Posterior branchial hook of Melinna cristata, from Norway,
Anterior ventral hook of Melinna armandi,

Anterior ventral hook of Melinna cristata.

Anterior ventral hook of Melinna pacijica, . . . .

Ventral hook of Melinnopsis atlantica, . . . .

Hook from a fragment of the posterior region of Terebella crassi-

cornis, ......

Fig. 20. Anterior hook of Terebella grubei, ....

Fig. 21. Anterior hook of Terebella hermadecensis, .

Fig. 22. Anterior hook of Terebella [Lanice) flabellimi, from Marion
Fig. 23. Posterior hook of Loimia savignyi, ....

Fig. 24. Bristle of Schmardanella pterochceta.

Fig. 25. Tip of one of the same, .....
Fig. 26. Anterior hook of the foregoing, ....
Fig. 27. Anterior hook of Pista sombreriana.

Fig. 28. Anterior hook of Pista fasciata, ....
Fig. 29. Bristle of Pista cristata, .....
Fig. 30. Bristle of Eupista darwini, ....

Fiff. 31. Anterior hook of the foregoing;, ....
Fig. 32. Anterior hook of Eupista darwini, var..

Fig. 33. Anterior hook of Pista abyssicola, ....
Fig. 34. Anterior hook of Pista mirabilis, ....
Fig. 35. Anterior hook of Pista corrientis, . . . • .

Island,

X 700.
X 700.
X 55.
X 55.
X 700.
X 700.
X 700.
X 700.
X 700.
X 90.
X 210.
X 700.
X 90.
X 90.
X 700.
X 700.
X 700.
X 700.

X 700.
X 700.
X 700.
X 350.
X 620.
X 120.
X 350.
X 700.
X 470.
X 470.
X 350.
X 350.
X 470.
X 470.
X 470.
X 470.
X 470.

; The Voyage of H.M. S .'Challenger’.

Annelids., PI. jCT'/Il /A.

WCM dal

PLATE XXVIIIa.

J ;■ ,

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — FART XXXIV. — 1885 ) LI.

PLATE XXVIIIa.

Fig.

1.

Anterior hook of Eupista darwini, ....

X

470.

Fig.

2.

Anterior bristle of Lecena neo-zealanice, ....

X

390.

Fig.

3.

Anterior hook of the same, ...

X

620.

Fig.

4.

Anterior bristle of Lanassa sarsi, . . . .

X

350.

Fig.

5.

Anterior hook of the foregoing, .....

X

620.

Fig.

6.

Anterior bristle of Lanassa henthaliana, ....

X

350.

Fig.

7.

Anterior hook of the same, .....

X

520.

Fig.

8.

Anterior bristle of Lecena ahyssorum, ....

X

350.

Fig.

9.

Anterior hook of the same, . . . .

X

620.

Fig.

10.

Anterior bristles of Lecena antarctica, ....

X

350.

Fig.

11.

Anterior hook of the foregoing, .....

X

620.

Fig.

12.

Anterior hook of Lecena langerhansi, ....

X

620.

Fig.

13.

Hook, from the middle of Eutlielepus setuhalensis,

X

510,

Fig.

14.

Anterior bristle of Eutlielepus chiliensis, . . . ' .

X

350.

Fig.

15.

Anterior hook of the same, .....

X

510.

Fig.

16.

Posterior hook from fragmentary Thelepus sp. (Torres Strait),

X

510.

Fig. 17.

Anterior hook of Tlielepus canadensis, ....

X

510.

Fig.

18.

Anterior hook of Thelepus (A), St. Andrews,

X

510.

Fig.

19.

Anterior hook of Thelepus japonicus, ....

X

510.

Fig. 20.

Anterior bristle of Ereutho Jcerguelensis, ....

X

350.

Fig. 21.

Hook of the same, . . . . .

X

1200.

Fig. 22.

Hook of Polycirrus herguelensis, .....

X

1200.

Fig.

23.

Anterior bristles of Artacama challengerice. a, one of the longer ;

h, one of the shorter series, .....

X

210.

Fig.

24.

Anterior hook of the foregoing, .....

X

1060.

Fig.

25.

Another hook from the same species, ....

X

680.

Fig.

26.

Bristle of Ehlersiella atlantica (off the Azores),

X

210.

Fig.

27.

Hook of the same species, .....

X

1060.

The Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger.

Annelida., PI, XXVIJI.A.

PLATE XXIXa.

Fig.

1.

Anterior bristle of Artacama zebuensis, ....

X

210.

Fig.

2.

One of the shorter and broader anterior hooks of the same,

X

1060.

Fig.

3.

Anterior hook of Terehellides stroemi, var.,

X

470.

Fig.

4.

Posterior hook of the same, .....

X

1060.

Fig.

5.

Anterior hook of Terehellides stroemi, from Bergen,

X

470.

Fig.

6.

Posterior hook of the foregoing, .....

X

1060.

Fig.

7.

Anterior hook of Terehellides stroemi, var. (Station 149), .

X

550.

Fig.

8.

Posterior hook of the same, .....

X

1060.

Fig.

9.

Anterior bristle (from the inferior series) of Terehellides ehlersi, .

X

138.

Fio'.

A.

10.

Anterior hook of the foregoing, .....

X

470.

Fig.

11.

Posterior hook, .......

X

1060.

Fio"

12.

Anterior hook of Terehellides sp. (Station 169),

X

790.

Fig.

13.

Posterior hook of the same, .....

X

1060.

Fig.

14.

Bristle of Syllis rohertiance, .....

X

400.

Fig.

15.

Hook of fragmentary Praxilla (Station 76),

X

430.

Fig.

16.

Anterior dorsal bristle of Potamilla torelli.

X

350.

Fig.

17.

Paddle-shaped inferior bristle from the same tuft.

X

350.

Fig.

18.

Upper bristle, from the posterior region of the body, showing the

tip greatly elongated, .....

X

350.

Fig.

19.

Anterior hook of the same species, . . .

X

390.

Fig.

20.

Anterior bristle (dorsal group) of Sahella zehuensis.

X

350.

Fig.

21.

Inferior bristle (in profile), from the same region.

X

350.

Fig.

22.

Anterior hook of the foregoing species, ....

X

390.

Fig.

23.

Upper bristle, from the anterior dorsal region of Sahella

assimilis, .......

X

350.

Fig.

24.

Inferior bristle, from the same foot, ....

X

350.

Fig.

25.

Anterior hook of the foregoing, .....

X

390.

Fig.

26.

Tip of an anterior bristle of Hydroides midtispinosa, , .

X

350.

Fig.

27.

Anterior hook of the same, .....

X

700.

Fig.

28.

Anterior hook of Serpula philippensis, ....

X

700.

Fig.

29.

Tip of an anterior bristle of Placostegus assimilis.

X

350.

Fig.

30.

Anterior hook of the same species, somewhat flattened, after

mounting in Farrant’s solution, ....

X

700.

Fig.

31.

Tip of an anterior bristle of Spirohranchus occidentalis, slightly

curved by Farrant’s solution.

Fig.

32.

Anterior hook of the foregoing, .....

X

700.

^ The engraver unfortunately has made a mess of the fine and regular lines on the right.

t

J

■i

PLATE HXa

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI.

PLATE XXXa.

Fig. 1. Superior bristle, from the anterior region of Sabella hipunctata, . x 350.

Fig. 2. An inferior bristle, from the same group, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 3. Anterior hook of the foregoing, ..... x 390.

Fig. 4. Dorsal bristle (with shorter tip than usual), from the anterior

region of Sabella fusca, . . . . . x 126.

Fig. 5. Tip of inferior bristle, from the same foot, . . . . x 126.

Fig. 6. Anterior hook of the species, ..... x 390.

Fig, 7. Upper bristle, from the posterior region of Laonome haeckelii, x 350.

Fig. 8. Tip of inferior bristle, from the same foot, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 9. Hook of the same species, . . . . . . x 390.

Fig. 10. Tip of an anterior bristle, from the upper series in Brancliiomma

vesiculosum, . . . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 11. Tip of another, from the inferior group, . . . . x 210,

Fig. 12. Anterior hook of the foregoing form, . . . . x 390.

Fig. 13. Tip of an upper bristle, from the anterior region of Dasychone

bairdi, . . . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 14. Tip of an inferior bristle, from the same part, , . . x 350.

Fig. 15. Anterior hook of the foregoing species, . . . . x 390.

Fig. 16. Tip of an upper anterior dorsal bristle of Dasychone picta, . x 390.

Fig. 17. Tip of an inferior bristle, from the same foot, slightly turned

round so as to show both wings, . . . . x 390.

Fig. 18. Anterior hook of the foregoing species, . . . . x 390.

Fig. 19. Tip of anterior bristle (dorsal group) of Dasychone orientcdis, . x 350.

Fig. 20. Tip of one, from the inferior group, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 21. Anterior hook of the preceding form, . . . . x 390.

Fig. 22. Tip of anterior bristle (upper) of Dasychone japonica, . x 210.

Fig. 23. Tip of bristle, from the inferior group of the same part, . . x 210.

Fig. 24. Anterior hook of the foregoing, ..... x 390.

Fig. 25. One of the anterior bristles (with shorter tip) of Placostegus ornatus, x 350.

Fig. 26. Posterior bristle, from the same, . . . . . x 350.

Fig. 27, Anterior hook of the foregoing, . . . . . x 700.

Fig. 28. Anterior hook of Plaeostegus benthalianus, . . . x 700,

Fig. 29. Anterior bristle (with “ bite ” at tip) of Placostegus mbrchii, . x 350.

Fig;. 30. Anterior hook of the same, ..... x 700.

Fig, 31. Tip of an anterior bristle of Vermilia sp. (Station 302), . . x 350.

Fig. 32. Anterior hook of the foregoing, the posterior margin incomplete, . x 700.

SABELLID/E & SERPULID/E,

PLATE XXXIa.

Fig. 1, Upper thoracic bristle of Dasychone wyvillei, . . . x 210.

Fig. 2. Inferior bristle of the same process, . . . . x 210.

Fig. 3. Anterior hook, from a large example of the foregoing, . . x 390.

Fig. 4. Superior thoracic bristle of Dasychone nigro-maculata, . . x 210.

Fig. 5. Inferior bristle, from the same foot, . . . . x 210.

Fig. 6. Anterior hook of the foregoing species, . . . . x 390.

Fig. 7. Bristle (of average form), from the anterior region of Dasychone

violacea, ....... x 210.

Fig. 8. Anterior hook of the same, ..... x 390.

Fig. 9. One of the upper (not uppermost) bristles of the thoracic region of

Dasychone hubrechti, . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 10. Inferior bristle, from the same region, . . . . x 210.

Fig. 11. Anterior hook of the foregoing, ..... x 390.

Fig. 12. Thoracic ventral bristle of Protula capensis, . . . x 350.

Fig. 13. Anterior hook of the species, ..... x 700.

Fig. 14. One of the longer thoracic bristles of Serpula sombreriana, . x 430.

Fig. 15. Anterior hook of the same, ..... x 700.

Fig. 16. Anterior hook of Protula lusitanica, . . . . x 700.

Fig. 17. Thoracic bristle of Protula arafurensis, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 18. Anterior hook of the foregoing, ..... x 700.

Fig. 19. Anteriov hvistle oi Protula americana, . . . . x 210.

Fig. 20. Hook, from the same region, ..... x 700.

Fig. 21. Thoracic bristle of Apomatus elisabethce, . . . . x 210.

Fig. 22. Anterior hook of the foregoing, ..... x 700.

Fig. 23. Anterior: hAAle oi Serpula narconensis, . . . . x 114.

Fig. 24. Tip of bristle, from the thoracic region of Serpula narconensis,

var. magellanica, . . . . . . x 210.

Fig. 25. Anterior hook of the foregoing, ..... x 430.

Fig. 26. Tip of an anterior bristle of Pomatocerus strigiceps, . . x 210.

Fig. 27. Tip of a posterior bristle of the same, . . . . x 350.

Fig. 28. Anterior hook of the species, . . . . . x 430.

The Voyage of H. M. S /'Challenger'

'W.C.M. del.

SABELLID/E 8c SERPULID/E.

Annelida. PI, XXXI. A.,

' '1

PLATE XXXIIa.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI.

PLATE XXXIIa.

Fig. 1,
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.
Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.
Fig. 9.

The Lettering is the same in all the Figures.

e. Dorsal longitudinal muscles. j. Alimentary canal.

/. Ventral longitudinal muscles. n. Nerve cords.

g. Oblique muscles.

Tip of a dorsal bristle of Dasylepis equitis, ....

Extremity of a ventral bristle of the same, ....

Tip of a dorsal bristle of Polynoe {?) ascidioides,

Tip of a supraspinous ventral bristle of the foregoing,

Extremity of one of the inferior ventral bristles.

Transverse section of the anterior third of the body-wall of Poly-
melia levisetosa, ......

Transverse section of the anterior’ third of the body- wall of Eulepis
ivyvillei, .......

Foot of Nephthys verrilli, ......

Transverse section of the body- wall in the anterior third of
Thalenessa digitata, ......

X 210.

X 210.
X 350.
X 350.
X 350.

X 24.

X 40.
X 40.

X 24.

The Ahyage of H M. S Challenger.

Annelida. PI XXXILA.

I

POLYNOID/E, S 1 G A LI 0 N I D/t, kz

h

I

/

PLATE XXXIIIa.

PLATE XXXIIIa.

Fig. 1. Horizontal median section througli botli eyes of Genetyllis oculata, stowing their relation to tire cerebral
ganglion. (Somewhat diagrammatic.) Magnified about 150 diameters.
a, shows the junction of the anterior part of the sclerotic of the two eyes. The oval spaces are blood-vessels cut
across. 6, the cornea ; a thin, transparent coat continuous with the outer chitinous covering of the sclerotic,
c. Finely granular, clear, structureless material, probably of the nature of vitreous, d, pigment-la3’’er of
retina, lining the inner surface of the sclerotic and reflected over the anterior surface of part of the ganglion.
e, the large cerebral ganglion, showing a partial division into two lateral lobes. The large ganglion cells are
found near the periphery, while the interior is occupied by finer cells and molecular substance (see fig. 4, e).
(The ganglion cells are here represented as rather too large.)

Fig. 2. Section through outer coat of eyeball at the periphery of the globe.

a, thin chitinous layer ; h, epithelial cells and connective tissue stroma.

Fig. 3. Small piece of cornea viewed from inner surface, showing outlines of endothelial cells.

Fig. 4. Section through cerebral ganglion near its anterior part, showing part of both eyes.

a, single median blood-vessel cut across ; d.d., pigment-layer of retina of each eye ; e, ganglion (imperfect)
showing numerous ganglion cells ; /, fibrous septum, continuous with sclerotic, separating the two lobes.

Fig. 5. Antero-posterior section through eyeball near outer side.

a, sclerotic coat ; i, cornea, accidentally bent inward ; d, pigment-layer of retina ; e, lobe of the cerebral
ganglion occupying the posterior part of the globe.

Fig. 6. Section through the pigment-layer of the retina. The (?) vitreous still adheres to it, hut it has become
detached from its other connections.
a, an appearance suggesting rods, but probably due to folds in the vitreous layer.

Fig. 7. Tangential section through the ganglion near its inner end, showing the pigment adhering to it aU
round.

Fig. 8. Similar to fig. 6.

Fig. 9. A unipolar ganglion cell ; the process is long and somewhat tapering. Found detached, hut closely in
relation with the columnar layer.

Fig. 10. Pigment arranged in the form of large hemispherical bodies with the curvature outward ; its colour is
light reddish-brown (burnt-sienna). At its inner surface are several small vertically elongated
deposits of dark /Sey>fa-coloured pigment, each little aggregation corresponding with the outer
or insertion-end of a rod. Between the outer end of this last small pigment aggregation and the
outer rounded border of the large pigment body is a comparatively colourless linear area, in
distinct contrast to the rest of the pigment-hemisphere.

Fig. 11. Large, round, dark pigment masses occurring in the periphery of the retina; one of them is placed at
the inner end of an elongated columnar nucleated cell.

Fig. 12. Oblique section through pigment-layer. The pigment is seen here to he arranged in broad circles
around clear areas, which latter seem to correspond to sections of rods. From their size and wide
separation from each other these would appear to he club-shaped peripheral rods. Others are
seen in section at a.

Fig. 13. Peculiar appearance in an oblique section through the rod-layer. The doubly contoured rings are
apparently sections tbrough the narrow ends of rods.

Fig. 14. Pigment arranged as in fig. 2, hut here there is one large clear body in the midst of each pigment-
hemisphere, probably nuclei.

Fig. 15. Also like fig. 2, but cut obliquely. Here the non-pigmented linear areas are cut across and appear as
small round clear bodies.

Fig. 16. Section through peripheral part of retina. The pigment is in isolated masses, which are probably
distinct cells. Along the inner border of the pigment is a thin transparent line, the representa-
tive of the rod-layer. Huclei occur immediately to the outer side of the pigment. One of the
pigment-masses has a long process {a) extending outward, pigmented for some distance, and then
hyaline and wavy, like those represented in figures 15, 17, and 18. At the right hand extremity
“of the section is a large pigment body with ceil attached (displaced).

Fig. 17. Large nucleated cells in connection with the peripheral pigment bodies. Two of them have clear tapering
structures extending inward, representing the rod-layer. Each pigment body is formed of
numerous oval dark pigment granules, each about 1 mm. long by 0'5 mm. broad.

Fig. 18. Section through peripheral part of retina. The general arrangement is similar to that shown in fig. 8.
Several of the nuclei seem to belong to pigment-cells.

Fig. 19. Piece of pigment-layer from near the periphery of the retina, viewed from its inner surface. The
disposition of the small aggregations of pigment corresponding to the insertion of the rods is well
shown. These are here placed with much regularity at considerable distances from one another.

Fig. 20. Vertical section through pigment-layer with club-shaped rods attached. Fine pigment granules are
seen extending for some way along the narrow outer ends of the rods, but evidently on the
surface, not in the interior.

Fig. 21. Section through pigment with small club-shaped rods attached. The general arrangement is similar to
that in figs. 2, 6, and 7.

Fig. 22. Section through centre of lens, showing cortex, nucleus, and intermediate crescentic spaces arranged
concentrically with their concavities inward.

R.M.O. del.

LITH. ANSI. V. J.C-.BAC-h -E =-

A L C I 0 P I D /C .

1:.

■/A

iiMiiikiwii

PLATE XXXIVa.

(ZOOLu OHALL. EXP. — PABT XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI

PLATE XXXIVa.

Fig. 1. Vertical section through entire retina, a, rod-layer ; Ta, pigment ; c, columnar cells.

At d the pigment-layer is almost quite devoid of pigment, and is seen to
be defined by a sharp border both internally and externally : one small
nucleus is visible in this area. At e is a hyaline-looking tapering process
resting by its base on the pigment-layer, and extending outward for some
distance between the columnar cells.

Fig. 2. a, Transverse section of rods showing arrangement of cortex in two crescents
nearly enclosing a central area ; they apparently just touch at one place
and leave a slight gap at the opposite side. 6, transverse section of other
rods. The cortex is in the form of doubly contoured circles enclosing a
large central space.

Fig. 3. Vertical section through retina. Most of the rods have become detached.

Several clear, tapering processes (like e, fig. 1) are visible : one of these
extends quite half way through the columnar layer.

Fig. 4. Vertical oblique section through pigment-bodies (? cells). One or two fragments
of rods are attached. Clear spaces in the pigment correspond to sections of
processes from rods or columns. Clear tapering processes extend outward
from the pigment-bodies.

Fig. 5. Two detached rods viewed under a high power. Pigment-granules adhere to
their inner ends. The rods present an involuted appearance, suggesting
their having been originally formed by the folding in of a thin, vertical,
plate-like structure.

Fig. 6. Vertical section through rod and pigment-layers at centre of fundus. The rods
are long, narrow, and cylindrical, and exhibit the appearance described by
Greeff as transverse striation. The pigment is mapped out into areas
sqggesting a cellular structure, each corresponding to the insertion of one,
or at most two rods. Pigment-granules are traceable for some little
distance along the outer ends of the rods.

Fig. 7. Transverse section of the body-wall in the anterior third of Syllis gigantea, . x 20.

Fig. 8. Portion of Syllis ramosa, from the Arafura Sea, showing a head, . . . x 12.

Fig. 9. Anterior end of a female bud of the same species with long simple bristle- tufts, . x 24.

Fig. 10. Anterior region of another female bud of the same species, from Ki, . . x 24.

Fig. 11. Twenty-first foot of Exogone Jieterosetosa, . . . . . . x 430.

Fig. 12. Head and anterior region of a male bud of Syllis ramosa, from Prof. Moseley’s

specimen, ......... Enlarged.

Fig. 13. Posterior extremity of the same, ....... Enlarged.

The Voyage of H.M.S. ThalleiLger.’

AmieV^la. PI. imJ.A.,

Fig. 1-6 R.M.G, Jel. Fig, 7 J.W. Fig.12 E.P. L:"n. amst j.:-. 5 .-C - . I - ;

Co'ter’a Yv'.C.M.

AlCIOPID/C £ SYLLID/E.

,)

/

PLATE 'XXXVa

PLATE XXXVa.

The Lettering is the same in all the Figures,

h. Cuticle.

c. Hypoderm.

d. Circular muscular coat.

e. Dorsal longitudinal muscles.

f. Ventral longitudinal muscles.

g. Oblique muscles.

j. Alimentary canal.

k. Tufts of spines and bristles.

l. Glandular organs.
n. Nerve cords.

Fig. 1. Transverse section of the body^wall of Nothria willemoesii in the
anterior third, .......

Fig. 2, Transverse section of the same region of the body in Nothria ehlersi, .

Fig. 3. Nerve-area (in section of the anterior third) of Glycera kerguelensis, .

Fig. 4, Papillae of the proboscis of the same species, . , . .

Fig. 5. Nerve-area of Glycera lamelliformis, . . . .

Fig. 6. Nerve-area (ganglionic region) of the anterior third of Glycera magel-
lanica. ........

X 12.

X 30.
X 74.
X 90.
X 55.

X 90.

Fig. 7. Section of the interganglionic region in the same species.

X 90.

Tte Voyage of H.M.S. 'Challenger'.

Annelida . PL XXX.V. A ,

W.c M.& J.W.del.

ONUPHIDID/E & GLYCERID/E.

PLATE XXXYIa.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. — PART XXXIV. — 1885.) — LI.

PLATE XXXVIa.

a. (Esophageal region.

&. Cuticle.
hV. Small intestine.

c. Hypoderm.

cd. Vascular mesentery.

d. Circular muscular coat.

The Lettering is the same in all the Figures.

e. Dorsal longitudinal muscles.

/. Ventral longitudinal muscles.
g. Oblique muscles.
lih. Reproductive glands.

z. Meshes containing yellowish masses like oil in Phyllo-
chmtopterxis.

Fig. 1. Body-wall of Travisia Jcerguelensis in vertical transverse section, . x 90.

Fig. 2. View of the surface of the skin of the foregoing, . . . x 90.

Fig. 3. Transverse section of the anterior third in PhyllochoBtopterus
claparedii. z, z, peculiar secretion, probably connected with
phosphorescence, . . . . . . x 40.

Fig. 4. Trophoniphila hradii, a parasitic Crustacean from the oral region

of Trophonia wyvillei, ..... Enlarged.

Fig. 5. Alimentary apparatus of Trophonia wyvillei, from the ventral
aspect, a, oesophageal or firm region of the alimentary canal ;
h, h', small intestine ; c, c', vascular mesentery between great
blood-vessel and gut ; d, large intestine ; e, rectum ; f, anus ;

g, proboscis (1) ; h, h, reproductive glands, . . . Enlarged.

Fig. 6. .Refractive globular bodies prevalent over the vessels of the intestine, x 250.

Fig. 7. Fimbriated end of proboscidian region {Trophonia wyvillei), where

fixed to the intestine, ..... Enlarged.

If"

Tlie Yoya^e of H.^.S/ChalleTi^eT.’

Aimelida.PLXXT/I.A

I

I

W.C.M.i E.P, ael. ■ “A.Ltfirii!?

■ i I .. \X

t«»nnTiinip/

CHLOR/ElVllD/€ & CH/ETOPTERID/E.

i

i

i

'■'J

L

I

[•.

I

I

PLATE XXXVIIa.

■f

PLATE XXXVIIa.

The Lettering is the

6. Cuticle.

c. Hypoderm.

d. Circular muscular coat.

e. Dorsal longitudinal muscles.

/. Ventral longitudinal muscles.
g. Oblique muscles.

j. Alimentary canal.

same in all the Figures.

]c. Tufts of spines and bristles.
n. Nerve cords,
r. Reproductive organs.

V. Ventral channel.
vs. Ventral blood-vessel.

X. Base of foot.

Fig. 1. Transverse section of tlie body- wall of Trophonia ivyvillei in the
ventral median line. Two of the long papillge are covered with
Diatom ooze, .......

Fig. 2. Nerve-area of Nicomache capensis in transverse section, with the
united insertions of the oblique in the middle line superiorly.
V, section of loops of ventral vessels, ....

Fig. 3. Transverse section of the body-wall of Praxilla hdlliheri.

Fig. 4. Transverse section of the anterior third of Praxilla assimilis,

Fig. 5. Nerve-area of Praxilla abyssorum, .....

Fig. 6. Transverse section of the anterior third of the body- wall of Phyllo-
comus croceus, Grube, ......

Fig. 7. Transverse section of the posterior region of Loimia savignyii,

Fig. 8. Section of the ventral margin in the anterior third of Praxilla
hdllikeri, in which the parts have been stretched so as to
demonstrate the neural canal, .....

X 90.

X 90.
X 55.
X 55.
X 138.

X 20.
X 40.

X 55.

W.C.M.& J.W, del

LITH. ANS‘.\ J G.SAJh

Tiie Voyage of H.M.S."ChalIenger’

Annelida. PI XX:<3/II.A.

MALDANID/C, AMPHARETID/E, TEREBELLID/E &c.

f

i

i

.1

PLATE XXXVIIIa.

(ZOOL. CHALL. EXP. PART XXXIV. 1885.) LI.

PLATE XXXVIIIa.

The Lettering is the

c. Hypoderm.

CO. Kemarkable development of basement tissue beneath
the hypoderm.

d. Cu’cular muscular coat.
dv. Dorsal blood-vessel.

e. Dorsal longitudinal muscles.

f. Ventral longitudinal muscles.

fe. Longitudinal band of fibres in median ventral line.

same in all the Figures.

g. Oblique muscles.
j. Alimentary canal.
j'. Proboscis.
n. Nerve cords.

V. Ventral channels.
vs. Ventral blood-vessel.
z. Meshes containing yellowish masses like oil
chcetopterus.

Fig. 1. Transverse section of the ventral body- wall of Pista abyssicola,
showing the nerve-area enclosed by the circular muscular coat,
glandular tissue, ......

Fig. 2. Transverse section of the anterior third of the body-wall of Pista
mirabilis. fe, band of longitudinal muscular fibres inside circu-
lar coat ; V, vessels around alimentary tract ; 2, glandular tissue
apparently in connection with the hypoderm,

Fig. 3. Transverse section of the anterior third of the body-wall of Pista
japonica, .......

Fig. 4. Transverse section of the anterior third of Terebellides strcemi, var.,
from Kerguelen, je, remarkable apparatus intricately folded.
The figure has been inverted, .....

Fig. 5. Transverse section of the ganglionic region of the nerve-area in
Dasychone occidentalis. co, modified basement-tissue, .

Fig. 6. Transverse section of the interganglionic region in the same species.

CO, modified basement-tissue, .....

. Phyllo-

X 55.

X 40.
X 24.

X 55.
X 55.
X 55.

Aimelida.PlXIT/IILA,

The Voyage of H.M S 'Challenger’,

W. C. M , , J , W. & E. P. del.

THE CAMBRIDGE SCIENTIf^lC INSTRCVE'

T E R E B E LLI D/E & S A B E L L I D /t

K.J

?•* /

V

’ fc ■■

::vv.f

• \

(

■ ■ /
/ .. "

PLATE XXXIXa.

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.
Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.
Fig. 9.

Fig. 10.
Fig. 11.
Fig. 12.

Fig. 13.

Anterior hook of Praxilla abyssorum, ....

X

350.

Portion of a branchial radiole (near the base) of Dasychone
bairdi. The tips of the pinnse have been injured, .

X

12.

Fragment of a branchial radiole of Dasychone picta, partially
turned round so as to expose one of the external processes, .

X

90.

View of a portion of one of the branchial arms of Dasychone
orientalis, .......

X

90.

Fragment of the base of a branchial radiole of Dasychone japonica,

X

12.

Portion of the middle of a branchial process of Dasychone
nigro-maeulata, ......

X

12.

View (near the tip) of a portion of a branchial radiole of Dasychone
violacea, .......

X

12.

Portion of the base of a branchial process of Dasychone capensis,

X

12.

Two segments, from the distal region of a branchial radiole of
Dasychone bairdi, ......

X

12.

Crustacean parasite {Praxillinicola hrbyeri) of Praxilla abyssorum,

Enlarged.

Crustacean parasite [(Estrella levinseni) of Ehlei'siella atlantica, .

Enlarged.

View of the distal aspect of the upper spinous circle of Hydroides
multispinosa, ......

X about 24.

Tube formed of a scale-like arrangement of shells from Port

Jackson, Sydney, ..... About natural size.

The Voyage of HJ[ S. 'Challenger.’

Annelida. P1.7JJJI.A.

fHE CAMBRIDGE

SABELLID/E &C

Aimelidn.

TRACK. OF

H.M.S.CHALLENGER

Decf 1872 to 1876.

En^*td hj llall^iV Si'

"^7

I

i

1

L

;

1

!

16 )« u'o* m|o* i»* 120“ ao* lob

i